¡¶The reincarnation of Sun Bin¡· Works related to Wei Wuzu "The martial arts of Qi cannot match the warriors of Wei; the warriors of Wei cannot defeat the warriors of Qin." Qi's "martial arts" and Qin's "warriors" are a kind of name for warriors, while Wei's "martial soldiers" are a kind of military household management system. These three seemingly unrelated "nouns" are Combined together, it seems to have the flavor of "Guan Gong fighting Qin Qiong". But these few words showed the amazing fighting power of Qin's soldiers, and also demonstrated Qin's illustrious martial arts from the side. Why can the "Great Qin Warriors" be the only one in the world and invincible? Excellent military talents. During the more than 200 years of the Seven Heroes' struggle for hegemony, the Qin State emerged in large numbers, including leading generals such as Bai Qi, Wang Jian, and Meng Tian. The Qin State has a strict management system. The Qin State has 20 levels of military nobility. The military nobility at each level manages each level step by step, and the army's combat effectiveness is astonishing. With a complete system of rewards and punishments, the Qin State rewards war achievements. Soldiers who go into battle bravely to kill the enemy are ashamed to run away, and the front is invincible. The well-organized Qin army's battle formations were dominated by military formations during the Warring States Period. The Qin army's formations were well-organized and had well-distributed troops. The defense seemed impregnable and the attack was like mercury vomiting and diarrhea. Advanced weapons and equipment, Qin's advanced smelting technology, sophisticated ordnance manufacturing and suitable weapon combinations, are infinitely powerful on the battlefield. At the same time, Qin's country is fertile and fertile, and its productivity is developed, which also provides sufficient material foundation and logistical support for Qin's operations. These reasons allowed the Great Qin Ruins to leave countless classic battles in the history of Chinese wars and world wars. However, the combat effectiveness of the Shandong Sixth Army was low and they were defeated in almost every battle with the Qin soldiers. The above reasons cannot be fully explained. I hope to analyze the combat capabilities of various countries from another perspective. Qi's "martial arts" is the name given to Qi's soldiers. Qi's "martial arts" are not so much soldiers as they are "military slaves" responsible for fighting. The military system of Qi State was formed in the Spring and Autumn Period. Duke Huan appointed Guan Zhong to reform and divide the country into fifteen townships. Soldiers were recruited from each township during wartime. This army recruitment system played an important role in Duke Huan of Qi. It not only ensured the smooth progress of production, but also ensured the replenishment of military sources, and played an important role in making Qi the "first of the five hegemons". By the Warring States Period, because Qi's commodity economy was far more developed than other countries in terms of land annexation, large landowners and businessmen would not refuse military service if they were tired of fighting. Therefore, those who bore the burden of military service were the children of poor families and those slave farmers who had no personal freedom. This will inevitably lead to a low status of soldiers and become "military slaves". How can such an army carry out campaigns? Therefore, during the Warring States Period, Qi State was not only unable to fight against the powerful Qin State in wars, but was often defeated by the three Jin countries. It is not surprising to say that "the martial arts of Qi cannot meet the martial soldiers of Wei". Wei "Wu Zu" is a military organization system invented by the famous military strategist Wu Qi. This system is similar to the "military household". First, it is necessary to ensure that the "military soldiers" are allocated a hundred acres of land. After obtaining the land, the "military soldiers" not only have to bear the responsibility of military service, but also need to bear their own military equipment and logistics during service. supplies. At the beginning of the establishment of the "Martial Soldiers" system, it was the transition period from slave land ownership to the feudal system. Therefore, the "Martial Soldiers" who obtained land gained a higher economic status and at the same time the personal dependence relationship with the slave owners was lifted. His social status has also been greatly improved. At this time, the "martial soldiers" were well-equipped, "clad in armor of three attributes, wielding a twelve-stone crossbow, carrying fifty arrows, placed on top of a spear, and carrying a crown and sword." At the same time, the "martial soldiers" had amazing combat effectiveness and physical strength. Being able to be fully armed and "moving forward hundreds of miles in the sun". Therefore, at the beginning of the Warring States Period, the State of Wei dominated the world, with Marquis Wen of Wei, Marquis Wu of Wei and King Hui of Wei successively dominating other countries. By the middle of the Warring States Period, the Wei State lost six cities in Hexi and a large area of ??land. Land annexation was serious, and the Wei State could not guarantee the land quota for "war soldiers." Due to the long-term war, the "military soldiers" were unable to guarantee production and their land income was greatly reduced, but the burden did not decrease in any way. For these two reasons, the "martial soldiers" lost their financial ability to pay and were unable to provide themselves with sophisticated weapons and equipment. Along with the decline in economic status, the social status of "martial soldiers" also began to decline. With the development of productivity and economy, feudal land ownership completely replaced the previous land system. In the past, "slave farmers" and slaves were liberated and became self-cultivating farmers, but at this time, "military soldiers" became "military serfs". The simultaneous decline in economic status and social status seriously affected the combat effectiveness of the soldiers. Therefore, in the middle and late Warring States Period, the Wei State had become a second-rate country. In the face of the powerful Qin, it often had to refuse to cede territory and pay compensation. Compared with the "military slaves" of Qi and the "military serfs" of Wei, the Qin army was composed of "owning farmers". Facing an army composed of "yeoman farmers", Wei's "martial soldiers" and Qi's "martial arts" could only flee. In order to continue to improve their social status, Qin soldiers who became "yeoman farmers" must obtain military merits in wars and rely on military merits to obtain "titles"; in order to obtain more economic benefits, they must also kill more enemies and perform meritorious services on the battlefield. , so you can get more generous rewards. The Qin State relied on its "strong warriors" who were good at fighting to continuously seize land and finance from other countries, which in turn gave the Qin Empire enough land and finance to reward soldiers. The two complemented each other, and Qin eventually cultivated an invincible "tiger and wolf division". "The martial arts of Qi cannot defeat the warriors of Wei; the warriors of Wei cannot defeat the warriors of Qin." The formation of this situation is related toIt is better to say that it is the difference in combat effectiveness between the armies of the various parties, but it is better to say that the different economic and social status of the people of each country affects the combat effectiveness of the armies. Text Wedge At night. Sun Bing sat alone by the Huangpu River, drinking quietly. Behind him is the beautiful Bund, which is now even more charming amid the colorful neon lights. However, this dreamlike prosperity is incompatible with Sun Bing's shabby clothes. Sun Bing is an orphan. When he was six years old, he lost his parents in a car accident. Fortunately, he was adopted by an orphanage and kept from living on the streets. Sun Bing is very smart and ambitious. From elementary school to high school, his grades have always been excellent. ?Perhaps, this is exactly what makes people strong. Finally, in the summer when he was 19 years old, Sun Bing received an admission notice from Zhejiang University, a prestigious Chinese university. Logically speaking, this is an opportunity to change his own destiny, but Sun Bing is full of sadness. The reason is simple. University tuition is too expensive, and orphanages, which have always had financial difficulties, simply cannot afford it. Sun didn¡¯t want to embarrass the kind old dean, so he quietly tore up the notice. That night, he quietly climbed out of the orphanage wall with his simple luggage on his back, headed straight to Shanghai, and said goodbye without saying goodbye. He has reached adulthood and it is time to fend for himself. Sun Bing, who has just entered society, is young and passionate, and dreams of breaking out into the world with his own efforts. However, reality soon told him what cruelty is! Sun Bing, who had no background and no academic qualifications, naturally ran into obstacles everywhere in this society where he struggled to find a good job. ¡° Moreover, the unique experience of being an orphan also gave Sun Bing great weaknesses in his personality. His self-esteem is too strong and too strong. He lacks the ability to be tactful and flexible, let alone flattering. In other words, one has high IQ but low EQ. So, three years later, Sun Bing worked as a security guard, a salesman, a construction worker He changed jobs over a dozen times without changing a job, but he couldn't do any one for long or well, and he was still struggling at the bottom of society. And today, he is unemployed again. Because he couldn't stand his boss teasing a female colleague, Sun Bing stepped forward to dissuade him, but was scolded by the angry boss. Sun Bing also had a bad temper and couldn't help but beat his boss hard. Of course, the job was ruined. well! Sun Bing smiled bitterly. He also knew that his temper was not very good, but with such a personality, what could be done. Thinking about how he had been working in Shanghai for three years, and his total wealth was less than a thousand yuan. Let alone starting a family and starting a business, he didn't even have a girlfriend. Sun Bing was a little confused and didn't know where his future was. At this moment, a big bright ball suddenly appeared on the sparkling river, with electric light shining brightly. Hey, ball lightning! ? Sun Bing was stunned when he saw the spherical lightning piercing the night sky and heading straight for him. Damn it, you¡¯re not so unlucky! ? In the blink of an eye, Sun Bing was hit by ball lightning before he could dodge, and was enveloped in the arc of lightning. A moment later, when the ball lightning dissipated, Sun Bing had mysteriously disappeared without a trace, leaving only a few empty beer cans. Text Chapter 1 The disaster of annihilation Chapter 1: The Disaster of Destruction of the Qi State. Northeast of Juancheng, Sunzhuang. This is a quiet mountain village, located in a valley with lush trees, where chickens and dogs hear each other, and there is no fight with the world. There are about twenty families in the village, all with the surname Sun, hence the name. Although Sun Zhuang is inconspicuous, the origins of the villagers are extraordinary. It is said that they are descendants of Sun Tzu, a military sage. In the past, Sun Tzu entered Wu, defeated the powerful Chu in the west, and Wei Qi and Jin in the north, with great achievements. Later, Sun Tzu retired after his success, returned to his hometown of Juancheng, and established Sunzhuang. From then on, he remained anonymous and devoted himself to studying. ??In the end, Sun Tzu turned his life's gains into the eternal masterpiece of military strategists, "Sun Tzu's Art of War". Suddenly, a hundred years have passed, and the Sun family no longer has any outstanding figures. They just farm, study and pass down the family, and they are rich and comfortable. It was noon, and the cool breeze of early autumn was very pleasant. In the mountain forest outside Sunzhuang, hundreds of swordsmen in green robes had sneaked in at some unknown time. Everyone was silent and cold. The leader is a big man in purple clothes, with a leopard head and eyes, and a face as cold as frost. Quietly, a murderous aura filled the sky, and the birds and beasts lost their voices, and there was a dead silence. "Let's do it." Suddenly, murderous intent flashed in the eyes of the big man in purple: "Remember: first, leave no one alive, and second, you must get the things." "Promise." All the swordsmen in blue took the order and jumped out one after another. , and broke into the mountain village in an instant. Suddenly, the tranquility of Sunzhuang was broken, and all the swordsmen in blue rushed into each house and started a bloody killing. ?? And the Sun family is worthy of being the successor of the sage of war. Every man practices martial arts and immediately resists with all his strength. ¡°It¡¯s a pity that being caught off guard and outnumbered made the villagers¡¯ resistance so weak that they lost their lives one after another. For a time, the blood of innocent people flowed all over the earth, and the tragedy was unbearable to witness. Soon, the swordsmen in blue cleared the perimeter and broke into the center of Sun Village. In front of you is a green tile compound covering an area of ??several acres, which is the residence of Sun Cao, the current head of the Sun clan, and his family. At this time, the courtyard door was closed tightly, and it seemed that everything was ready. "Up." "Around." The man in purple who came to the door sneered and made two neat gestures with his right hand. The swordsmen in blue immediately divided into two teams, one team surrounded the courtyard, and the other team went straight to the courtyard gate. "Open." Two burly swordsmen in green sheathed their swords, took out two heavy battering rams from their backs, put their tongues on their gums, shouted loudly, and swung their hammers against the courtyard door. ¡°Boom¡ª¡ª¡± There was a loud noise, and the thick door bolt broke instantly, and even the entire courtyard door groaned and fell to the ground. When the dust and fog finally dispersed, dozens of swordsmen in green robes had burst into the hospital. In front of you is a wide front yard. In the center of the courtyard, more than a dozen tough Geyi warriors, each holding a sword, formed a circle and tightly protected the three people with their bodies. One is a middle-aged man with thick eyebrows and white clothes, who is free and elegant. He is Sun Cao, the leader of the Sun clan. One is a young woman in a yellow dress, beautiful and demure. She is Sun Cao's wife Han. In addition, there is a young boy about ten years old, also wearing white clothes, looking very delicate. Many years later, this young man will become famous all over the world. His name is Sun Bin and Sun Boling. "Get out of the way." At this time, Sun Cao, who had a gloomy look on his face, waved his hand, and the Ge Yi warriors moved and moved out of the way. Sun Cao walked out slowly and looked at the swordsmen in blue. His bright black eyes were full of anger and he said in a cold voice: "I want to know where on earth did I, Sun, offend you, causing you to want to kill me, Sun?" Kill them all?" All the swordsmen in blue responded in silence. "Huh." There was a sneer, and a big man in purple stepped in and looked at Sun Cao: "Brother Sun, are you okay?" "It's you." Sun Cao was stunned and recognized the person. The visitor¡¯s name is Tian Kuan, and he is a close disciple of Tian Gu, the doctor of Ayidu, Qi State. A few days ago, Tian Gu heard that Sun was a descendant of the military sage Sun Tzu, so he sent Tian Kuan to ask for "Sun Tzu's Art of War". Sun Cao refused, even though Tian Kuan did not hesitate to spend a lot of money. In ancient times, the art of war was a truly undisclosed secret because of its immense power to overthrow an army and a country. A superior military book will be regarded as a treasure even by princes and nobles. ??And military classics such as "Sun Tzu's Art of War" are even more unfathomable. It's too late to hide them in the secret room of the Golden Chamber. Who is willing to let them! ? More importantly, ¡®Sun Tzu¡¯s Art of War¡¯?As a direct descendant, Sun Cao did not dare to bear the reputation of being unfilial. But what he didn¡¯t expect was that Tian Kuan would come back within a few days, again in such a cruel way. ¡°Are you here for ¡®Sun Tzu¡¯s Art of War¡¯?¡± Sun Cao gritted his teeth and spoke carefully. "That's right." Tian Kuan's tone was cold: "Since you don't understand current affairs, Tian has no choice but to take it in his own way." Sun Cao was inexplicably sad and angry: "You are so bold and reckless, aren't you afraid of the king's law?" "As long as you all die. Who would know?" Tian Kuan smiled sinisterly and said leisurely: "Maybe it's the bandits who are responsible for it?" "Okay, okay." Sun Cao was trembling with anger at the enemy's shamelessness. "Fight? Are you qualified?" Tian Kuan looked up with a sneer, but his tone was extremely cold: "Kill them all." All the swordsmen in blue took the order and quickly surrounded him. Sun Cao's eyes were bloodshot, and he was about to draw his sword, but he felt a pain in his back, and a bloody sword tip came out of his chest. The person who inflicted the murderous attack was Sun Cao¡¯s steward Sun He! "Master¡ª¡ª" "Father¡ª¡ª" Such a shocking change made everyone in the Sun family stand stunned on the spot, but Tian Kuan showed a sarcastic sneer: Master Tian Kuan is determined to win the 'Art of War', who dares not to follow it? , there is only a dead end! ¡°Pounce¡ª¡ª¡± Sun He quickly drew his sword and jumped away with blood splashing. Sun Cao screamed, looked up to the sky and fell down, shouting in grief and anger: "The sky has no eyes, God will destroy the Sun family." He died. "Those who betray the Lord and seek glory, come to me." The Geyi warriors came to their senses and rushed towards Sun He like crazy, intending to cut the traitor into pieces. "Master¡ª¡ª" "Father¡ª¡ª" Han and Sun Bin also rushed forward, caressing the corpse and crying bitterly. However, the swordsmen in green clothes seemed to be well prepared, and they quickly intercepted a group of warriors in green clothes and started a fierce battle on the spot. There was no leader, and the enemy was outnumbered. Amidst the pitiful cries, the warriors in Geyi fell unwillingly one by one. Sun¡¯s blood gradually drained away. "My lord, I am fortunate to have lived up to my command." In front of Tian Kuan, the young and handsome Sun He looked flattering. "Very good, I will report your contribution to Lord Tian Kuan." Tian Kuan nodded appreciatively, as if looking at a loyal dog: "Where is the art of war?" "It's hidden in that little bastard." Sun He With a happy face, he pointed at Sun Bin, who was crying bitterly, and said bravely: "It's ridiculous that Sun Cao wants me to find an opportunity to protect this little kid from escaping. I don't dare to do anything to you, sir, so I will get it for you now." "Yes. " Tian Kuan nodded, becoming more and more satisfied with this loyal dog, so Sun He raised his sword and went straight to Sun Bin with a grin. ??While Han was crying, Sun He picked up a sword and killed her on the spot. ¡°Mother¡ª¡ª¡± Having lost both his parents, Sun Bin was almost crazy, his eyes were red, and he pounced on Sun He like a furious little beast. Sun He also had some palpitations, and quickly flew up with a kick, hitting Sun Bin in the chest. Sun Bin screamed, and flew out with blood gushing out. After landing, he struggled twice, then there was no movement, and he seemed to have died. Text Chapter 2 Resurrection from the Dead PS: Check out the new book list at midnight in the evening. If new and old book friends are online, please vote for it. Thank you. ? ****** Sun He breathed a sigh of relief and hurriedly walked to Sun Bin, squatted down, and wanted to find out "Sun Tzu's Art of War". At this moment, there was a sudden noise outside the hospital. Um? Sun He raised his head in surprise and saw a green-robed Taoist priest holding a fly whisk in his left hand and a long sword on his back, crossing the wall like a flying bird. His wide sleeves were blowing fiercely, as if he was walking in the air. Such a mysterious lightening skill made Sun He lose his mind for a while. Looking at the Taoist priest, he quickly glanced around the courtyard in mid-air, then tapped his hemp shoes on the ground and went straight to Sun Bin. When Sun He woke up from his dream, he felt that the person coming was not good. He roared and thrust out a sword with lightning. "Hmph." But the Taoist priest snorted coldly, and with a flick of his left hand, the whisk flew through Sun He's sword net and hit his left cheek. "Bang¡ª¡ª" This time, like being defeated by Ge, Sun He couldn't help but scream, blood and fallen teeth flew to the side, and he fainted immediately. ¡°Then, the Taoist priest picked up Sun Bin and turned around to leave. "Stop him." Tian Kuan was shocked and angry. Unexpectedly, Cheng Yaojin came out halfway. While issuing orders, he drew his sword and came in person. The Taoist priest did not want to fight, he ran to the wall in three or two steps, jumped up, used his feet on the wall twice in a row, and jumped out of the wall like a flying bird, extremely light. Outside the hospital, there was another commotion. Tian Kuan was in a hurry. He was not that good at making light of himself. He couldn't help but jumped into a rage: "Hurry, chase them all." At this time, more than ten Ge Yi warriors had died in the battle. After hearing the order, all the Tsing Yi swordsmen rushed out in droves. Courtyard gate. When they arrived outside the courtyard, they saw six or seven swordsmen in blue and moaning mournfully lying on the ground, but the Taoist priest was nowhere to be seen. "What about the Taoist priest? Which direction did he go to?" Tian Kuan's expression was so anxious that his eyes turned red. This time it took so much effort and a lot of people were lost. If it failed, Tian Gu would not be able to spare him. "No, I don't know." Several unlucky swordsmen in green struggled to get up in a hurry and answered in a trembling voice. They were all still so dizzy that they couldn't find their way around. "Ah¡ª¡ª" The frantic Tian Kuan couldn't help but howl loudly, which frightened all the swordsmen in blue into silence, fearing that they would suffer the same fate. A moment later. In the mountain forest, the Taoist priest in green robe couldn't help but breathed a sigh of relief when he saw that no one was chasing him. He quickly put down Sun Bin and checked his pulse. It¡¯s over! After this investigation, the Taoist priest felt a chill in his heart, but his pulse was cut off and he had no breath. "Alas -" The Taoist priest sighed with regret: "It's a pity that this generation of military saints has never been able to succeed because I was a step too late." While he was blaming himself, he suddenly saw that Sun Bin's body seemed to be moving. Um? Just when the Taoist priest thought he was dazzled, he heard Sun Bin moan softly again. Not dead yet! ? The Taoist priest was overjoyed. His medical skills were unparalleled in the world, but he knew about the saying of "suspended death" and was anxious to check Sun Bin's pulse again. Sure enough, the pulse started to beat again, but it was weaker. It¡¯s really fake death! The Taoist priest was happy, but he did not dare to neglect. He quickly took out a pack of silver needles and applied them continuously to stabilize the situation. ???????? Vaguely, Sun Bing's brain became a little conscious. However, as if playing a movie, countless ancient figures and deeds flashed through his mind repeatedly. Sun Bing thought it was a dream, so he tried hard to open his eyes. However, his whole body was so weak that he seemed to have no strength at all, and he couldn't open his eyes at all, so he fell asleep again after a while. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Sun Bing regained some consciousness again. At this time, he felt someone holding him, and first fed him some gruel, and then the painful medicinal soup. Finally, Sun Bing remembered that he seemed to be hit by ball lightning before he fell into coma. This should be a hospital. Sun Bing thought, while he was happy that he was saved, he was also a little worried about how much the medical expenses would be. He is a poor person. At this time, the porridge and medicinal soup he had just eaten seemed to be working. Sun Bing felt that he was gradually getting warmer and his body was gaining strength. Slowly, Sun Bing finally opened his eyes. He took stock of the environment he was in: there seemed to be a narrow wooden carriage in front of him, which was undulating and bumping. There was also the sound of rumble wheels and one or two horses neighing in his ears., obviously in motion. The carriage! ? Sun Bing was shocked: Aren¡¯t you in the hospital? Why are there still carriages in Shanghai? Where are you? At this moment, there was a bang in Sun Bing's mind, and the ancient images that appeared when he was half awake and half confused were magically merged with his memory. "Sun Bin! I have become Sun Bin! The second sage of the military strategist!" Looking at his current body, he is indeed an immature boy, and he knows that he is not dreaming. The carriage was still rolling forward, and the shocked Sun Bin finally slowly accepted this absurd reality - his soul actually traveled through more than two thousand years of time and space, came to the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, and possessed the body of the young Sun Bin! Could it be that the huge power of ball lightning opened the space-time tunnel? Sun Bing smiled bitterly in his heart. He didn't know whether he was lucky or unlucky when he encountered this once-in-a-lifetime adventure. However, originally he was supposed to be struck to death by lightning. Although time and space have changed, he survived at least. Moreover, his current status is also very good - Sun Bin, who is the queen of a famous family, and will grow into the second sage of military strategists in the future, a super awesome person. However, Sun Bin's experience was even worse than his own. Everyone in his family was killed, and he himself was kicked to death by the traitor. Only then did he take advantage and become possessed. Recalling that in history, Sun Bin did not die at a young age. Perhaps this was the butterfly effect caused by his time travel. After sorting out the memories belonging to the host in his mind, Sun Bing decided not to dwell on the vexing issue of 'traveling', but to think about how to survive in this troubled world. Thanks to his hard study in his previous life, Sun Bing's history is very good, and he is also familiar with allusions and characters from the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period. For a time, Sun Tzu, Fu Chai, Gou Jian, Fan Li, Wu Qi, Pang Juan, Sun Bin, Su Qin, Zhang Yi, Shang Yang and other familiar heroes and their wonderful stories flashed through Sun Bing's mind like comets. In troubled times, heroes emerge! Sun Bu couldn't help but get a little excited - in his previous life, he lived a failure. In this life, he must live a different life. ¡°Anyway, he had no relatives or friends in his previous life, and had nothing worth remembering, but now he has nothing to worry about. However, since he replaced Sun Bin, as a son of man, he must seek revenge on Tian Gu in the future. By the way, who saved me? Sun Bing came back to his senses and looked carefully to his side. Through a mottled bamboo curtain, he vaguely saw someone driving a car. "Is there anyone?" Sun Bing then opened his mouth and called out with difficulty. "Eh-" He seemed to have heard Sun Bing's call. The man quickly stopped the carriage, turned around and raised the curtain and came in. It turned out to be a Taoist priest in his forties: green clothes and hemp shoes, a handsome face, and a pair of eyes as bright and clean as stardust. , quite a bit of a fairy-like spirit, and the air of a master who rises from the dust. Text Chapter 3 Sun Bing becomes a disciple PS: On Monday, I will try to rush down the new book list, and I urgently ask for your recommendation and collection support! ? ****** ?A Taoist priest? Sun Bing was stunned when he saw the relief and joy on the Taoist priest's face: "Great, little friend, you have been sleeping for a day and a night, and you finally woke up." His tone was a bit weird, as if the pronunciation of ancient Chinese was quite different from modern times. However, with Sun Bin's memory, Sun Bing could understand it, so he said gratefully: "It was the Taoist priest who saved me, right? Thank you for saving my life." "It seems that my little friend doesn't recognize me anymore." The Taoist priest smiled: "No wonder, you were only three years old at that time and didn't remember much." An old friend? Sun Bing was stunned, and he searched the memory of Sun Bin in his mind. He really had no impression, so he had to say embarrassedly: "Dare you ask me who the master is?" "The poor Taoist Wang Chan, the Taoist name is 'Guiguzi'." The Taoist said with a smile. Guiguzi! ? When Sun Bing heard this, he was so shocked that his eyes almost popped out - this was a strange man of his generation. Even two thousand years later, he was still famous and highly respected. According to legend, this man lived in seclusion in the Ghost Valley of Yunmeng Mountain and devoted himself to studying. He was proficient in martial arts, military art, political skills, business ethics, medical skills, divination, health care, Qimen Dunjia, etc. for thousands of years. It is difficult to find a genius and all-rounder. Although Guiguzi had no intention of pursuing an official career in his life, he profoundly influenced history. "Look at his disciples - Pang Juan, Sun Bin, Su Qin, Zhang Yi, which one is not stirring up the world. To use a fashionable saying, although I am no longer in the world, there is always a legend about me in the world! Sun did not expect that when he first came to the Warring States Period, he would meet a historical figure. etc! Sun Bing thought: Isn't Guiguzi Sun Bin's master? This means that he has the opportunity to become his master. If there is such a famous teacher, coupled with the golden finger of the time traveler, it will not be a dream to dominate the world in the future. At least, Sun Bing is confident that his future achievements will not be worse than the original Sun Bin. Thinking of this, Sun Bing struggled to get up, but Guiguzi quickly held him down: "Little friend, don't move, you are seriously injured. If you have anything to say, just lie down and say it." "Thank you, Taoist Master." Sun Bing said sincerely: "Taoist Master is a genius in the world. , you are famous all over the world, I want to worship you as my teacher, study hard, and in the future I can avenge this bloody sea of ????blood and help the world at the same time. I wonder if I will accept you?" At this time, Gui Guzi, although a group of outstanding disciples have not yet been born, But he is already an academic master as famous as Mo Zhai, so Sun Bing's little flattery is not out of the ordinary. "Haha" Guiguzi smiled when he heard this. Sun Bing suddenly felt uneasy, thinking that Guiguzi disagreed. "Actually, Pindao came here just for you." "For me?" Sun Bing was stunned. "Yes." Gui Guzi recalled: "Eight years ago, Pindao had a chance meeting with your father and son in Juancheng. After a pleasant conversation, he learned that his grandson has many heirs. Seeing that you are smart and smart, he has already accepted a disciple. It's a pity that you were too young at that time, so I had to give it up for the time being." At this point, Gui Guzi's expression gradually dimmed. "In the blink of an eye, eight years have passed. I originally wanted to discuss with your father and take you back to the mountain, but I didn't want the Sun family to suffer such a misfortune. It's a pity that I was so late and could only save you, but it can be regarded as God's blessing. Mr. Sun." Sun Bing was overjoyed. This is such a good master. He said quickly, "Thank you, teacher. I will study hard." "Good disciples are rare, and Gui Guzi is also very happy." Seeing that Sun Bing was in a catastrophic situation, but his mood was still stable, I couldn't help but secretly admire him: This son has a strong character and can endure what ordinary people cannot endure. He is a good person. How did he know that Sun Bing was a fake, so naturally he wouldn't be very sad. "By the way, teacher, where are we?" Sun Bing looked out the window. Outside was a field. On both sides of the road, one or two farmers could be seen immersed in farming from time to time, a simple pastoral scenery. "In Weiguo." Guiguzi looked very relaxed and said with a smile: "Tiangu covers the sky in the west of Qiguo. I didn't dare to be careless as a teacher. I found a carriage and rushed into Weiguo from the road overnight. We should be safe now." "That's great." Sun Bing also breathed a sigh of relief and nodded: "Teacher, are we going back to the mountain?" "Yes. Ghost Valley is in the Songshan Mountains in South Korea, which is still more than a thousand miles away. We still have to hurry up. "The Ghost Valley is in Songshan Mountain?" Sun Ming thought it was funny when he thought of the countless Yunmeng Mountain and Guigu caves popping up in modern times for the purpose of tourism for sugar daddies. "Okay, Boling, you just woke up, don't you?"?Talk more and take a rest. Seeing that Sun Ting looked a little tired, Guiguzi gave instructions while taking out a folded silk book with a solemn expression on his face: "Also, this is the 'Art of War' passed down by your family. When you fall asleep, I will keep it for you." It is now back to its original owner. This is the life and work of the Soldier Saint, and it is extremely precious. You must study it well and don't let it down. " "is teacher. "Sun Ting gratefully accepted the silk book and hid it in his arms. "Sun Tzu's Art of War" may have been very precious to the ancients, but to Sun Ting, it was worthless. In modern times, "Sun Tzu's Art of War" has long been popularized , Sun Bing had seen it several times and was familiar with it. However, it was regarded as a relic of the Soldier Saint, and the cultural relic was of great value. Sun Bing thought it was better to collect it carefully. Then Gui Guzi stood up and walked out. After a while, the carriage came. He walked again. From now on, Sun Bin is dead. I am here. Sun Bin made up his mind secretly. After a while, Sun Bin felt sleepy and soon fell asleep again. In the next few days, the carriage meandered westward. Along the way, Guiguzi just picked up some herbs from the roadside and nursed Sun Bin back to health. There was no shortage of mountain delicacies and game. It felt so good to be a master. Sun Bin felt proud, and with his rapid recovery, he finally had the energy to look at the farm tools of this strange era. Most of them were bronze, and there were also a few iron ones, which seemed to be in the period. In the transitional stage from bronze civilization to iron civilization, plowing the fields with cattle has become very popular, and people have learned to use grass ash and human manure to fertilize fields and increase production. It is speculated that the current agriculture should have reached a certain level. Clothes are generally made of hemp and kudzu, while those of the nobles and wealthy businessmen are made of silk, with clear boundaries. And Gui Guzi is indeed a super famous teacher. Along the way, when he encounters towns, he will explain to Sun Bin the local customs and how to attack and defend. The famous mountains and rivers explained to Sun Bin where to ambush and where to camp The breadth and depth of knowledge were truly astonishing. Of course, with Sun Bin's current level, Gui Guzi only had a taste of it. Sun Bin was eager to learn. He could also make some suggestions that made Guiguzi's eyes brighten with the help of the time traveler's forward-looking vision, which also made Guiguzi more and more satisfied with this apprentice's talent Slowly, Sun Bin began to integrate into this era. However, he only ate one day. After two meals, Sun Bin still felt a little uncomfortable, and he always felt a little hungry. In addition, people in this era did not wear underwear, which made Sun Bin feel a little painful - it was a real pain, not a metaphor. Comfort yourself, it's cooler. But what bothered Sun Bin the most was going to the toilet. There was no toilet paper in the big toilet, but he used a black piece of wood to clean it. I am so embarrassed that I always feel my anus is burning. Text Chapter 4 The Ghost-Faced Killer PS: For the second update, I would like to ask for your recommendation and collection support. Your little effort is the greatest support for the new book! ? ****** ? A few days later, the carriage left Wei Jing and entered the Wei Kingdom. Sun Bin knew that at this time, the Wei State, after Li Kui's reforms and Wu Qi's military strengthening, not only had sufficient wealth, but also had elite soldiers, making it a superpower. Especially the Wei soldiers founded by Wu Qi are so powerful that they can be said to be rampant in the world and powerful in all countries. Even after two thousand years, their names are still immortal. Sun Bin couldn't help but be a little curious, wondering what the current superpower looks like. A thousand chariots? The warehouse is full of food? So, being in good health, he lifted the curtain of the car, sat next to Guiguzi, and looked around. Guiguzi didn¡¯t take it seriously either. It was not easy for the ancients to travel, especially when Sun Bin was still a child. When he went to a strange place, he would inevitably be a little curious. Suddenly, there was a noise from the front. Sun Bin looked into the distance and saw dozens of refugees walking along the road, supporting the elderly and young. All of them were dressed in shabby clothes and looked tired. Um? Sun Bin was a little stunned. He looked back at Guiguzi and said, "Teacher, didn't you say that the state of Wei was strong and prosperous? What's happening in front of you?" "Alas -" Guiguzi sighed: "Last year, Marquis Wu died without establishing a crown prince, so Young Master Yinghe The prince is fighting for the throne, and the two countries are also taking advantage of the situation and sending troops to attack Wei. Sun Bin was speechless for a while, then suddenly realized, Gong Ziying, isn't he the famous King Hui of Wei in history? It was he who appointed virtuous ministers and famous generals to bring Wei to its peak and dominate the princes. Historically, Marquis Wu of Wei seems to have died in 370 BC, so now it is 369 BC. After finally accurately locating the era, Sun Bin was happy: "Teacher, who do you think will win in the end?" "It's hard to say." Guiguzi squinted his eyes: "Gongziying is brave, smart, and has a reputation for virtue. She is stronger than Gongzi Xu. If there is no external intervention, Gongzi Ying will definitely lose. However, it is precisely because Gong Ziying is strong that Han and Zhao are on Gongzi Ying's side. If the three are united, Gongzi Ying will lose. Qi, Han, and Zhao have always been at odds with each other. I'm afraid¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin secretly raised his thumb in his heart, and his eyes were indeed fierce. ??History, Gongzi Ying was indeed unable to defeat the three-party coalition and was defeated by Zhuoze. The entire army was trapped and in danger. But luckily, there was a gap between Han and Zhao, and South Korea patted his butt and dodged. Gongzi Ying took the opportunity to counterattack, beheaded Gongzi Xu, defeated Han and Zhao, and finally ascended the throne of Wei Hou. Sun Bin couldn't help but admire: "Teacher's vision is indeed sharp. The person who finally ascended to the position of Wei Marquis was probably Gong Ziying." Just as he was talking, the refugees had come to see them, and many of them looked appetizing, including the elderly. , women and children, Gui Guzi sighed and felt compassion: "Bo Ling, how much food do we have?" Sun Bin hurriedly turned around, took a small baggage from the car and opened it: "Teacher, there are only six left. "Seven pancakes." "Leave two pieces and give the rest to them." "Hey." Sun Bin nodded and called to the refugees in the car: "Everyone, come here, there are pancakes to eat." "Thank you, young master." "Thank you, Taoist priest." The refugees were overjoyed and hurried forward to take a few pieces of pancakes. Each of them shared a little and ate them hungrily. Sun Bin felt sad when he saw this. Although he was an orphan in his previous life, he still had enough to eat and a place to live, which was much better than these refugees. In troubled times, human life is really as cheap as a dog. "Let's go." Guiguzi sighed, whipped and moved forward. There are too many refugees, and their little pie is only a drop in the bucket. They can only help a little bit. For a moment, both the master and the disciple were not in high spirits and became a little dull. In the blink of an eye, a forest appeared beside the road. At this time, it was almost evening, and the afterglow of the setting sun shrouded the earth, seeming to coat everything with a brilliant golden film. Suddenly, Gui Guzi¡¯s expression changed and he stopped the carriage. "Teacher, what's wrong?" Sun Bin was stunned. If he didn't hurry up, he would sleep in the wilderness tonight. Guiguzi did not answer, but glanced at the woods on both sides with a solemn expression. Sun Bin was so smart that he immediately realized something was wrong - it was too quiet in the woods, so quiet that there was no sound. This is absolutely unreasonable.   "Since all the heroes are here, why don't you show up to see them?" Gui Guzi said lightly. At this moment, quietly, more than ten figures jumped out of the woods on both sides and surrounded the carriage. Sun Bin took a closer look and couldn't help being shocked. I saw these people holding sharp swords with the sword tips hanging low. They were all dressed in black. They had no decorations on their bodies, but they all wore ferocious ghost faces on their faces. The ghost faces seemed to be made of bronze, glowing with a cold light under the setting sun, with the exception of one ghost face, which was shiny and seemed to be made of pure silver. Judging from his appearance, he should be the leader. As the sun sets, these uninvited guests are speechless, but they are like evil ghosts emerging from hell, eerie, mysterious, and terrifying. Gui Guzi¡¯s expression also changed, and his tone was solemn: ¡°Ghost-faced killer!? What a great gesture, who sent you here?¡± Ghost-faced killer? Sun Bin swallowed quietly: The teacher seems to recognize these pretenders? Is it famous? "Hmph." The silver ghost replied solemnly: "As a killer, how can you reveal the name of your employer? Taoist Master will not have to waste his efforts. It is better to hand over the 'Art of War' obediently. In this way, someone may consider giving it to you." A happy death for both of them. " "Haha" Gui Guzi laughed angrily: "It turns out you were sent by Tian Gu, such good thieves, you are so hard on each other, you really are a poor man who dare not kill anyone. "?" It's Tian Gu again! Sun Bin was also gnashing his teeth for a while. He had already fled to Wei State, but Tian Gu still refused to give up. Well, he even sent out assassins. He really didn't want to give him a way to survive. Sun Bin secretly swore in his heart: Tian Gu, just wait for me. As long as I don¡¯t die today, I will make your death ugly in the future. Seeing that the prey refused to cooperate, the Silver Ghost Face seemed to be impatient, and snorted coldly: "I don't know whether to live or die, do it." Thirteen bronze ghost-faced killers took the order, and immediately flashed their bodies, silently covering up and killing, and moved It is crisp and clear, without any sloppiness. For a time, the light of the sword was like a shuttle, weaving into a web of death. "Bo Ling, hide in the car quickly." Gui Guzi stood up and shouted angrily. He took the fly whisk with his left hand and clanked the long sword from his back with his right hand. With a strong enemy in front of him, Sun Bin knew that he could not distract the teacher, so he turned over and threw himself into the carriage. ? ? ******** ? Note: King Hui of Wei became king in 344 BC. In the past, the title of Wei Kingdom was always Marquis. Text Chapter 5 A bloody battle PS: Please recommend and support your favorites, thank you all! ****** The electric light and stone fire, the bronze ghost noodles were covered by the side of the car. It¡¯s really fast! allow! ruthless! It is obvious that these ghost-faced killers are definitely masters of swordsmanship and have received strict training. Gui Guzi stood in front of the carriage, with one man standing in front of him, and no one could stop him, and there was no fear on his face. "How dare you, Xiaoxiao!" With a sharp shout, Guiguzi swung his fly whisk, and immediately caught three sharp swords coming from the left and entangled them tightly. ¡°Tsk¡ª¡ª¡± On the right side, a bronze ghost-faced killer took the opportunity to hit the ground. The tip of his sword was as bright as a cold star, and he pounced down in the air. "Hmph." Gui Guzi had already expected it. With a fierce force on the fly whisk, the three sharp swords that were wrapped in him were immediately released from his hands and flew out diagonally. ¡°Plop, plop¡ª¡± The bronze ghost-faced killer who was fluttering in mid-air screamed, and was engulfed in the chest by the three loose swords. Blood flew everywhere, and he fell to the ground with a bang. "Good kill." In the carriage, Sun Bin, who was worried, saw Gui Guzi take action for the first time, and couldn't help but cheer loudly. It was so relieved. What a plan! Good martial arts! The silver ghost face not far away was surprised: Who is this Taoist priest? You must know that in his organization, although the bronze ghost-faced killer is the lowest level, he has undergone at least ten years of rigorous training. Even facing the elites of the army, these bronze ghost-faced killers can easily defeat one against ten, which shows how terrifying they are. However, for such a terrifying killer, one person was killed in just one move, which surprised Silver Ghost Face, who still didn't know Gui Guzi's identity. Suddenly, the silver ghost face let out a whistle. The three bronze ghost-faced killers who lost their weapons immediately retreated and got out of the way of the battlefield, while the remaining nine rushed forward like lightning. "Chi chi¡ª¡ª" The sword light uttered a breathtaking scream, and once again it forced Gui Guzi. What a good Guiguzi, with a whisk in his left hand to protect himself, and a long sword in his right hand to block the situation, he actually kept the airtight. "Ding ding" For a moment, the sound of swords clashing was as loud as exploding beans, sparks flying everywhere, shining like fireworks. ¡°Here¡ª¡± Suddenly, Gui Guzi shouted, and with a sword as sharp as a hair, it hit the right wrist of a bronze ghost-faced killer. "Push¡ª¡ª" Where the blood mist bloomed, a severed hand flew in the air. The injured screamed miserably, but Guiguzi drove him to the ground with a sword. Damn it! Silver Ghost Face was so angry that he gritted his teeth. He never expected that this deal would be so difficult, and two people would die in the blink of an eye. A cold light flashed in his eyes, and the silver ghost face let out another whistle. The three bronze ghost-faced killers who had retrieved their weapons immediately rushed towards Guiguzi, but instead ran towards the carriage. "How dare you, thief." Gui Guzi was shocked and eagerly wanted to turn around and rescue him, but he couldn't make it in time. ¡°Take¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°Take¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°Take¡ª¡ª¡± In an instant, three long bronze swords pierced through the carriage with one blow. Wood chips flew everywhere, and almost even the handles were engulfed. "Ah¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin was caught off guard and fell to his knees in a hurry. A long bronze sword flashed with a faint green light, chasing after him, but narrowly stopped less than an inch in front of his nose. Oh my god! Sun Bin was so frightened that he almost fainted. Before Sun Bin could calm down from the shock, the three bronze ghost-faced killers who raided the carriage gave a sharp shout and drew their swords suddenly. "Boom¡ª¡ª" The old carriage could not withstand such a torment. It suddenly fell apart, and the entire wall of the carriage was torn off. The three bronze ghost-faced killers were overjoyed and rushed to grab Sun Bin one after another, intending to kill Sun Bin. My life is at an end! Sun Bin was immediately devastated. He didn¡¯t expect that this time travel would be a short trip of just a few days. God was so deceptive. At the critical moment, a long sword came across the sky like a flying sword from the sky. "Ding ding ding¡ª¡ª" At the three clanging sounds, the three bronze ghost-faced killers who had just jumped onto the carriage staggered back, each with a bloody wound on their chest. The rescuer is none other than Gui Guzi! "Teacher!" Sun Bin almost cried with joy. He felt that Guiguzi was just like the Guanyin Bodhisattva who saved people from suffering. "Let's go."? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? Gui Gu Zi abandoned the fly whisk, and he jumped out of the carriage with Sun Bin in his left hand, and then he touched the ground with his hemp shoes and headed towards the woods. The enemy was too difficult to deal with. Guiguzi could not think about the future and had no choice but to run away. It¡¯s not that easy to escape! The silver ghost face who had been prepared sneered in his heart, flashed like a ghost, and blocked Gui Guzi's path. Gui Guzi was furious: "The thief is looking for death." Three swords were swiped, and the light of the swords was rolling like a stormy sea, coming in succession. What a powerful swordsmanship! This Taoist priest probably has a lot of history! The silver ghost's face was frightened, and he immediately used all his strength, flying three swords in succession and screaming in the air, risking his life. "Ding ding ding¡ª¡ª" Three clanking sounds, sparks flying everywhere, the silver ghost face grunted, "kick, kick, kick" and took three steps back, almost falling over. However, as soon as it slowed down, eleven bronze ghost-faced killers surrounded him. "Hahaha" The silver ghost face was determined and laughed proudly: "Stinky Taoist priest, even if your swordsmanship is superb, you will still die today." Guiguzi's face was a little ugly. When it comes to fighting alone, he is not afraid of anyone, but the enemy's swordsmanship is extremely high and there are many people, so it is difficult to defeat him. "If he were alone, he could still run away if he couldn't win. With his light body skills, it would be difficult for the enemy to catch up. But now that Sun Bin is with him, his body skills are greatly affected, and it is difficult to escape even if he wants to. "Teacher, leave me alone, you can go alone." Seeing that he couldn't escape, Sun Bin, who had already died once, looked away, with a very calm expression on his face. Gui Guzi shook his head, greedy for life and fear of death, how could it be the behavior of a sage. "Kill them." Silver Ghost's tone was cold: This stinky Taoist priest is too skilled in swordsmanship and must be eliminated without leaving any future troubles. In an instant, twelve ghost-faced killers rushed towards him with their swords blazing and lightning. Guiguzi shouted, and holding Sun Bin in his arms, he fought hard to meet the enemy. His long sword was as dense as a peacock's tail. "Ding ding" Immediately, the sound of clanking sounded like exploding beans. Sun Bin felt the sword light flashing in front of his eyes, almost dizzying. Who knows if Gui Guzi didn't block the sword, it could kill him. Really It's about being on tenterhooks. "Uh-" Suddenly, Guiguzi groaned, but his right arm was hit by a sword, and blood burst out. Sun Bin became anxious and struggled desperately: "Teacher, put me down quickly, I will hurt you if you continue like this." "Don't move." Guiguzi shouted sharply, but also with all his life, the sword light suddenly flashed and rushed to one side. , seems to want to carve out a bloody path. However, the ghost-faced killers were well-trained, and their separate attacks were very methodical. Not only did Gui Guzi's charge fail to open the gap, but he was hit with another sword in the back, and blood flowed out, staining half of his body red. Guiguzi sighed in his heart: Could it be that Xiao Xiaoxiao¡¯s hands are really going to kill him today! ? It¡¯s really frustrating to have everything you¡¯ve learned in your life go down the drain. At the critical moment, someone on the side suddenly shouted angrily: "You brave villain, why don't you stop with me quickly!" Text Chapter 6 Meeting the Swordsman Again PS: This book is getting better and better, and I am asking for your recommendation and collection support from new and old book friends! ***** Who doesn¡¯t know whether to live or die! ? The ghost-faced killers were startled and jumped away one after another. Gui Guzi felt relieved and quickly put down Sun Bin and took a breather. Not far away, I saw a man in white standing proudly, about thirty years old, with a slender figure, a long sword on his back, and extremely sharp eyes. Standing there, although the sword was not unsheathed, it was already sharp and aggressive. The man in white glanced at the ghost-faced killers and sneered: "It turns out they are a bunch of rats from 'Guiyin', who are they?" , you should know how powerful it is. I advise you not to meddle in other people's business, otherwise -" "So what?" The man in white interrupted and said contemptuously: "Do you think Nie will be afraid of a bunch of shady rats?" Silver Ghost Face was so angry that his nose was crooked: Crazy, so crazy! He said sternly: "Separate two people and kill him." The two bronze ghost-faced killers immediately ran out, but the others still cautiously surrounded Gui Guzi and Sun Bin to prevent them from escaping. "Well done." Looking at the two bronze ghost-faced killers approaching fiercely, the man in white smiled faintly and calmly drew his sword. I saw that this sword was made of refined iron. It was as cold as water, sharp and extraordinary. With a sword in his hand, the already formidable man in white became even more powerful. He was ready to strike, like a tiger waiting to pounce or an eagle circling, which was terrifying and frightening. "Suffer death." Two bronze ghost-faced killers rushed towards him instantly, and the two long swords hissed and stabbed the man in white in the chest. From a professional perspective, these two swords are impeccable in terms of speed, strength, and angle. They are obviously the work of countless efforts. I saw the figure of the man in white move, soar into the air, and fly over the heads of the two bronze ghost-faced killers like a bird. At the same time, the sharp sword in his hand turned into two dazzling cold stars, stabbing the foreheads of the two men like lightning. ¡°Push¡ªpush¡ª¡± The two bronze ghost-faced killers¡¯ swooping figures immediately stopped, a blood hole suddenly opened on their foreheads, blood spattered, and they fell down suddenly. Behind the two of them, the man in white floated to the ground. The tip of his sword was hanging low, but he didn't bother to look back. What confidence this is! How calm! There was silence for a moment, everyone was stunned by such exquisite swordsmanship. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Our swordsmanship is the best Gui Guzi is inferior to one another, this man in white is probably on par with the best swordsman in the world - Mo Zhai! "Who else?" The man in white glanced at the ghost-faced killers, and everyone suddenly discovered that there was blood on the tip of this man's sword. It¡¯s so fast! "White clothes beat the snow, and his swordsmanship was unparalleled. For a moment, Sun Bin suddenly remembered a legendary character in martial arts novels-Ximen Chuixue. It¡¯s so similar. The silver ghost face was shocked and angry. Such exquisite swordsmanship was almost unparalleled in the world. Even with the strength of the organization, no one could match it in a single fight. "Who is your Excellency?" The silver ghost face gritted his teeth: "Are you really determined to fight against me, 'Guiyin'?" "That's a long way to go." The man in white said impatiently: "You have only two choices, get out. Or die." Too domineering! Sun Bin felt so good in his heart, just like eating a piece of ice cream that was so cold on a hot summer day. He wished that the man in white would immediately kill all these hateful ghost-faced killers, oh no, cut them into pieces. "Come together and kill him." Silver Ghost blushed. Due to the strict organizational discipline, anyone who escapes from battle will die miserably. Therefore, even if the enemy is too strong, he can only fight to the death. In an instant, ten ghost-faced killers abandoned Gui Guzi and Sun Bin and rushed towards them like rain. "That's interesting." The man in white smiled faintly, and with a movement of his body, he rushed into the enemy's formation. Every time the sword flashed, a ghost-faced killer would fall down with a scream. He killed two people in an instant, but no one could defeat him. ¡°Kill him¡ª¡ª¡± Silver Ghost Face was so frightened that his liver and gallbladder split apart, and he howled in a hissing voice. The ghost-faced killers were also fighting for their lives, their swords were shining like crazy, and they wished they could chop the man in white into pieces with their swords. However, the man in white was very fast, like a butterfly walking through flowers, erratic and unpredictable. The ghost-faced killers slashed and slashed wildly, but they didn't even touch a hair on his body. "And where the man in white flashed his sword, two more ghost-faced killers screamed and fell down. For a time, Silver Ghost Face almost collapsed, the enemy was too strong.?, there is almost no hope of winning. He wanted to escape, but thinking of the organization's ruthlessness, he didn't dare to escape. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: The sword of a man in white flashes continuously, and two more ghost-faced killers are lying dead on the spot. The remaining three bronze ghost-faced killers are scared, cowering and not daring to move forward, they all look at the silver ghost-faced killers. The silver ghost face was also frightened, and the sword in his hand trembled unconsciously. "You are trembling." The man in white also noticed it, with a sarcastic look on his face: "A rat is a rat, and it is impossible to become a hero." A hero is not afraid of life or death, as long as his righteousness lies, he will be generous and calm even if he goes through fire and water. "Kill him." The killer also had self-respect, and the extreme shame made Silver Ghost Face go crazy. He actually defeated his fear and pounced on him, howling hysterically. The three bronze ghost-faced killers had no choice but to rush forward. "Okay, I still have some courage." The man in white laughed and moved forward to meet him. "The sword light flashed three times, and the last three bronze ghost killers lay on the ground and turned into cold corpses. The tip of the sword of the man in white was already pressed against Silver Ghost Face's throat, and the biting cold made Silver Ghost Face almost stiff. At this time, the silver ghost face seemed to have calmed down and said in a serious voice: "Do you know that if you do this, you will face the endless pursuit of my 'Ghost Hidden'?" "Where is the righteousness, what is there to be afraid of? "The man in white smiled faintly, looking proud. Good man! Sun Bin, who was dazzled by the sight, cheered in his heart when he heard it. The Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period were a very free era, when people were very sentimental, reciting poems in front of flowers and under the moonlight, and performing chivalrous acts in the arena. What is even more touching is that people in this era often pretend to have a country in their hearts, and how many heroes have no regrets even if they die for the word "righteousness", even if their heads fall to the ground. ?????? Sun Bin loves reading, and these stories are familiar to him. In his opinion, people in the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period were very cute, and they seemed to have a temperament that was not afraid of anything. But just because it¡¯s so beautiful, it¡¯s always a bit unreal. However, what he saw with his own eyes today made Sun Bin believe all this. This is really the worst of times and the best of times! Text Chapter 7 After Nie Zheng PS: I continue to ask for your support and collection. **** When encountering such a ruthless person, the silver ghost face could only accept his fate and smiled bitterly: "That's all, give me a good time." "As you wish." The man in white had no mercy, and the sharp sword Pass it forward. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Blood spurted out along the edge of the sword, and the silver ghost face made two sounds from its throat before falling to the sky. At this time, the man in white didn't even look at the dead bodies on the ground. Instead, he took out a piece of pure white cotton and wiped the blood on the sword very carefully. The gentle look was like a lover's touch. Sun Bin was a little stunned: This man is really very nervous, and he is a sword-loving person. He secretly glanced at the dead bodies on the ground, but he was a little frightened and didn't dare to look any further. In his previous life, when he lived in a peaceful era, he had never seen so many dead people and such a tragic scene. At this time, Guiguzi came back to his senses and quickly stepped forward to thank him: "I am a poor man, Guiguzi, thank you for your help." The man in white who was cleaning his sword was stunned and said hurriedly: "Guiguzi? Are you Mr. Guigu?" "It's the poor Taoist." The man in white looked straight. He quickly sheathed his sword and said in awe: "Sir, Mr. Nie is famous all over the world. Nie has been famous for a long time. I don't want to see you today. I am really lucky. It's really a little effort." "It's not worth mentioning." Sun Bin gave a thumbs up in his heart: "The teacher is famous all over the world. This is really not a boast. This knight in white is so awesome and respectful." "The chivalrous man has won the prize." Guiguzi thought with a thought: "Your surname is Nie, and your swordsmanship is so superb. Could it be that you are the queen of political chivalry?" "Ashamed, it is my father." The man in white looked quite proud, and suddenly he patted his head. He said with embarrassment: "Damn it, I forgot to report my family status. Junior Nie Feng, whose courtesy name is Yongsi, has met Mr. Guigu." "Master, who is Zhengxia?" Sun Bin was curious, pulled Guiguzi, and whispered. "Nie Zheng." Guiguzi leaned over and whispered two words. Nie Zheng! When Sun Bin heard this, he felt like thunder striking his ears. Nie Zhengzhe, a generation of heroes, one of the four great assassins of the Warring States Period. According to historical records, Nie Zheng was a native of Zhe, South Korea. He was known as a knight, a filial piety to his mother, and a butcher by profession. At that time, Han Xiangxia was tired of wielding power, and the official Yan Zhongzi was forced to flee to another country. Yan Zhongzi was obsessed with revenge. When he heard about Nie Zheng's reputation as a hero, he became friends with Nie Zheng and asked him to avenge himself. Nie Zheng graciously agreed, and after his mother's deceased sister got married, he went straight to Handu alone. It is said that that day, Prime Minister Xia Lei of Han was sitting in the palace to sit on the board of directors. He was surrounded by guards like clouds and soldiers like rain, all of whom were elite warriors. Nie Zheng, on the other hand, showed no fear and stormed into the prime minister's palace alone with his sword. For a moment, countless guards and soldiers were unable to stop him. Nie Zheng killed him and cut his way straight into the hall. He killed Xia Lei with one sword. The guards and soldiers were extremely angry, vowing to avenge Xia Lei, and surrounded Nie Zheng. Nie Zheng showed great power and killed dozens of guards and soldiers with his sword. The scene was horrified. In the end, he was exhausted. In order not to harm his sister, he gouged out his eyes, destroyed his face, and died by caesarean section. The Koreans were angry and brutally murdered Nie Zheng in the city. His sister heard about it and did not avoid the danger. She held the corpse in the busy city and cried bitterly, telling Nie Zheng's righteous deeds. She was killed on the steps. From this, Nie Zhengxia¡¯s name spread throughout the world and he was respected as ¡®Zhengxia¡¯. It can be said that among the four great assassins of the Warring States Period - Zhuan Zhu, Yao Li, Nie Zheng, and Jing Ke, Nie Zheng was undoubtedly the most capable and died the most vigorously. When Sun Bin read the stories about Nie Zheng in the past, his blood boiled with excitement and he admired him very much. He didn't expect to meet a descendant of Nie Zheng today and be saved by him. "He must be a descendant of Zhengxia." Gui Guzi was very happy and sighed: "No wonder Yongsi has such exquisite swordsmanship and a heroic spirit. There is a successor to Zhengxia." "Ashamed." Nie Feng said with some shame: "You are clumsy. Nothing has been accomplished so far, and it is really not as good as my father's." "You are too humble," Sun Bin also hurriedly stepped forward: "Not everyone dares to take care of today's affairs. I should remember this deeply." What's the position?" Nie Feng looked at Gui Guzi. "This is a disciple of Pindao. Sun Bin and Sun Boling are the direct descendants of the military sage Sun Wuzi." "I am disrespectful that I am a descendant of a famous family." Nie Feng was surprised, and then said happily: "It seems that Nie is today You really didn¡¯t save the wrong person.¡± The three of them looked at each other and smiled. "That's right," Nie Feng saw that Guiguzi's wound was still bleeding and said quickly, "Stop chatting, sir, please take care of the wound quickly." "Okay, okay." Guiguzi himself is a famous doctor. He pricked the acupuncture points with acupuncture to stop the bleeding. Sun Bin and Nie Feng also helped bandage it. Finally, he put on a clean Taoist robe. After a while, things were sorted out. Fortunately, Guiguzi's injuries were not serious, but he was not seriously injured. Nie Feng then searched the corpses of the killers, but there was quite a lot of property, a lot of gold coins and copper coins, so he divided the property into two and said with a smile: "There is no harm in taking these ill-gotten gains. Junior and Mr. "Everyone takes half." Gui Guzi didn't refuse: "Very good." "That's right," Nie Feng thought for a moment and said, "Although I don't know why Gui Yin is chasing the two sirs, this time the pursuit failed. If the whole army is wiped out, I'm afraid I won't give up. I hope you will be more careful." Gui Guzi sneered: "I was just unprepared before and was taken advantage of by these little guys. Now I'm prepared, so why worry." "Haha. " Nie Feng laughed and said: "That's right. With your wisdom, you can play with it while applauding. In this case, I have important things to do, so I will leave now." Gui Guzi said: "'Gui. "You will be punished if you are angry, but you should be cautious." Free and easy. "What a strong man." Sun Bin couldn't help sighing sourly, and turned around and said: "By the way, teacher, what should we do next?" Guiguzi narrowed his eyes: "In one day at most, 'Gui Yin' will Knowing that the assassination failed, he would be so angry that he would send a large number of people to take revenge. " Sun Bin was startled, and his heart was really worse than Huang Lian: I have provoked someone, and I have to flee for my life as soon as I cross. The day is precarious. He said anxiously: "Teacher, what should we do?" "Don't worry." Guiguzi sneered and said: "'Guiyin' must have thought that we would flee in panic to avoid pursuit, and he would definitely send a large number of people after hearing the news. Following along the road, we decided to go in the opposite direction. "What do you mean, teacher?" Sun Binruo realized something. "Youdao means 'Great Hidden in the City'. Daliang City, not far from here, has many registered residences and is very prosperous, which is very convenient for hiding. Let's go to Daliang City for a while to keep the 'ghost hidden' busy. It won't be too late for us to go back to the mountain after he loses his patience and gives up the search." "Good idea." Sun Bin was overjoyed. This Jiang is really old. "Then let's go." Guiguzi stood up and held back the pain: "Let's go to Daliang City at night, just to avoid people's eyes and ears." "Okay, teacher." At that moment, the two got on the tattered carriage and sneaked there overnight. Daliang City. Text Chapter 8 A chance encounter with Shang Yang PS: Let me explain: According to the information that Jazz found, during the Warring States Period, there was no longer the "Bin punishment" of digging out the kneecaps. What Sun Bin suffered was actually the "Mutilation punishment", that is, the amputation of both feet. Therefore, Sun Bin's name has nothing to do with the punishment he received. Of course, history is too complicated, and maybe the information Jazz found is wrong. Don't take it too seriously. Just read a novel, just relax. ****** The night is like water, and the bright moon is like a hook. At such a beautiful time, other people may be drinking wine and admiring the moon, but Gui Guzi and Sun Bin are running for their lives in embarrassment. The autumn night was getting cold, and Sun Bin, who was sitting next to Guiguzi, couldn't help but tighten his clothes. "Teacher, how far is it from Daliang now?" "Almost." Guiguzi urged the horse to run: "There is still sixty or seventy miles at most. We should be able to arrive before dawn." Sun Bin nodded, but he felt a little sleepy. , However, the car was very bumpy, one side of the carriage was missing, and the cold wind was blowing directly, but it was impossible to sleep. Sun Bin cheered up and looked for a topic to pass the time: "Teacher, what kind of organization is 'Gui Yin'?" Gui Guzi's face was solemn: "There are three major killer organizations in the world, Qi's 'Gui Yin', Chu's 'Blooding', Wei Zhi's "Tianji", and "Guiyin" is the most terrifying one. No one knows where this organization is in Qi, nor who its leader is. They only know that the killers of this organization are divided into three levels: Bronze Ghost Face. , Silver Ghost Face, Gold Ghost Face. For decades, the 'Ghost Hidden' has almost never failed to make a move, causing the world to change its mind." "Damn it!" Sun Bin cursed in a low voice, being entangled by such a terrifying killer organization. , what a headache. "Don't worry, Boling." Guiguzi comforted, "We will be safe once we enter Daliang." "Yes." Sun Bin nodded, hoping so. There was no words all the way, and when the morning sun rose from the eastern sky, the master and the apprentice finally arrived at the eastern suburbs of Daliang City. In the dim morning light, Sun Bin looked at the beam from a distance. In front of us, a majestic giant city rises from the ground. The city is fifteen meters high and no less than ten miles wide. There is also a moat nearly a hundred meters wide surrounding the city. It is really like a tiger sitting on a dragon's disk. It is very impressive. Marvel. "Teacher, what a majestic city." "Haha" Guiguzi said with a smile: "This is natural. Daliang in Wei and Linzi in Qi are the two largest cities in the world. Daliang has 60,000 households and Linzi has 70,000. "Sun Bin didn't know that during the Warring States Period, the social economy was already quite developed, and it was no longer unusual for a city of thousands of feet to have a town of ten thousand households. However, at this time, the capital of Wei State was not Daliang City, but Anyi. ¡°ßÔßÔ¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, Guiguzi suddenly reined in his horse and stopped by the wide moat. "Teacher, do you want to stop the horse again?" Sun Bin looked at the big green horse in front of the car. Although he stopped three or four times during the night, he was still so tired after running hundreds of miles that he would foam at the mouth if he didn't take a break. It's really useless. "No." Guiguzi shook his head: "Our broken car is too conspicuous and can be easily spotted. We have to push it into the river." Sun Bin suddenly realized. At that moment, the master and the apprentice took their luggage, untied the big green horse, and together they pushed the broken car into the river. The broken car floated and floated, and soon it floated away. "Okay, now you're relaxed. Bo Ling, let's go." Guiguzi smiled and patted the big green horse on the head, then called to Sun Bin, and the two led the horse straight to the beam. After a while, the master and the apprentice arrived outside the east gate of Daliang City. Because it was too early, the city gate was still closed. There were only a few people waiting in front of the door. They got up so early, most of them had urgent matters and were rushing into the city. The master and apprentice waited quietly, not wanting to draw attention to themselves. "Boom -" Soon, the huge, heavy city gate groaned and slowly opened, and a group of more than ten Wei army soldiers walked out, standing on both sides. "We're entering the city." "We're entering the city." There was a commotion among the waiting people, and they stepped forward one after another. "Follow." Gui Guzi whispered, and the master and apprentice hurriedly followed the flow of people towards the city gate. In the crowd, Sun Bin looked at him furtively. The soldiers of the Wei army on both sides wore bronze helmets, black leather armor, red clothes and pants, swords under their waists, and guns in their hands. They were full of energy and strong. They were obviously elite men with strong fighting power. It seems that although Wei is in civil strife, its heritage as a superpower cannot be underestimated. "It's just that these soldiers should not be Wei soldiers. The gatekeepers are so strong. How tyrannical should the real Wei soldiers be?"?The point! ? Sun Bin secretly longed for it. When he entered the city gate, he couldn't help but be surprised to find that Daliang's city gate actually had two gates, an inner and an outer gate. There was also a hanging door above the head, which was commonly known as the "Thousand Jin Gate". It can be seen that at this time, The city defense is quite mature. Sun Bin admired in his heart, and he had already flowed into Daliang City with his people. ????????????????????????????????????????????: 10,000 houses are lined up in rows in the city, the roads are also very wide and can accommodate several carriages running parallelly. At this time, the entire Daliang City seemed to have woken up from its slumber, and the crowds were gradually gathering. Along the street, there are hawkers doing business and shops selling breakfast, and the shouts and shouts are coming and going, making it very lively. ¡°Teacher, it¡¯s so lively.¡± This was the first time for Sun Bin to see such an ancient giant city like Daliang, and he couldn¡¯t help but be eye-opened and very excited. "Haha" Guiguzi smiled: "Let's go, let's find a secluded place to stay in the city. I have been to Daliang City several times as a teacher, and I am very familiar with it." "Hey." Sun Bin agreed and followed Guiguzi around. Traveling through Daliang City. Not long after, Guiguzi led Sun Bin to a secluded street, found an inn, walked over, tied the horse to the hitching post outside the door, and stepped in. "Two gentlemen, do you want to eat or stay in the hotel?" The waiter hurriedly greeted me attentively. "Eat and stay in the hotel." Guiguzi said: "Find a good guest room and get us some food. Also, the big green horse outside is also a poor man, so let people lead it behind. It's so annoying Take care of him and feed him more good bean cakes." With the unexpected revenge of the "Guiyin" killer, Gui Guzi, who had always been poor, was once again rich. "Okay." The waiter readily agreed and turned around to make arrangements. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Steamed bread, pickles, soy beans, etc. will be served early. Although it was simple, Sun Bin was also hungry after a night of tossing and eating, and it was very delicious. "Shopkeeper, if you give me a few more days, Wei will definitely pay back the money." "No. You have owed money for the shop and food for more than ten days. I am being kind by not sending you to see the official. I can't let you stay here anymore." While eating, there was a sudden noise in the store. Sun Bin raised his head in surprise and saw the innkeeper, a middle-aged man in his forties, and a young man in his twenties who was poorly dressed. The son is arguing. Sun Bin shook his head. He was still being hunted and couldn't protect himself. He didn't want to deal with such noisy things as having no money to stay in a hotel. "Shopkeeper, shopkeeper, please help me." The young scholar begged: "If you drive Mr. Wei away, Mr. Wei will be sleeping on the street." "I can't control this, just take your luggage. , Come on. Come on." The shopkeeper was very impatient. The young scholar had no choice but to hold his luggage and looked up to the sky and sighed: "It's a pity that I, Wei Yang, am full of ambitions, but today I am in such a miserable state. The sky is unfair." "What, Wei Yang!" ? Sun Bin, who had just lowered his head and was about to continue eating, couldn't help being surprised. Many people may not know the name Wei Yang, but if it were replaced by Shang Yang, I am afraid that everyone would recognize it. Wei Yang is Shang Yang. Wei Yang was a branch of the Wei clan, so his surname was Wei. He later became successful in the Qin State and was granted the title of "Shang", so he was first called Shang Yang. Text Chapter 9 Getting to know Wei Yang PS: Continue to ask for your recommendation and collection support! ? ****** ? Sun Bin never imagined that he could meet such a historical figure just by having a meal and staying in a hotel. However, Wei Yang seems to be doing very poorly now, and is so depressed that he is sleeping on the streets. Sun Bin started thinking. Wei Yang, that¡¯s a potential stock. Taking advantage of his downfall now, if he can form a good relationship, it may be beneficial in the future. Thinking of this, Sun Bin whispered to Guiguzi: "Teacher, how about we help this person?" Guiguzi was stunned: "Bo Ling, do you know this person?" "I have heard of it." Sun Bin said with a smile: "This person is Wei The imperial family heard that he studied under Xi Jiao, a famous scholar from the state of Lu, and was proficient in law and military. He is a very talented person. I don¡¯t know why he is so depressed today. My disciple wants to form a good relationship with him, maybe he can be helpful in the future. " Gui Guzi smiled: "So he is a disciple of Xi Jiao. I have a relationship with Xi Jiao, and we should help each other. " Seeing Gui Guzi agree, Sun Bin was overjoyed, but when he saw Wei Yang was about to go out with his head down, he hurriedly went out. He stood up and said, "Brother Wei, stay here." "Who called me?" Wei Yang turned his head in surprise. "You're calling me, my little brother. How about we come over and talk to you?" Sun Bin smiled, clasped his fists, and said to the shopkeeper: "Shopkeeper, I will pay Brother Wei's shop and meal expenses here. How much do I owe you in total?" The shopkeeper was overjoyed. He thought the money would be wasted, but he didn't expect that the person who had been wronged was willing to admit his debt. That was the best thing. He quickly stepped forward and said diligently: "Not much, not much, only 150 big bucks." "At this time, one stone of corn cost only 30 dan, and 150 dan was not a small amount. "Teacher." Sun Bin looked at Guiguzi. Guiguzi nodded, took out a shell-shaped gold coin from his arms, opened it in half and threw it over: "Is that enough?" During the Warring States Period, in addition to copper coins, there were also gold coins as currency. ?? And the Chu State is rich in gold, so the gold coins minted by the Chu State are the most widely circulated, and the world calls them "Ying Yuan". What Guiguzi paid was Ying Yuan. Ying Yuan comes in different sizes, and the currency is also engraved with equal grooves to facilitate division, which is very conducive to circulation. He carefully weighed the weight of Ying Yuan in his hand, and found that it was enough to exchange for 200 big coins. He couldn't help but nodded and bowed and said: "That's enough, that's enough. Thank you, the Taoist Priest and the young master for the generous reward." He glanced at Wei Yang, who was still stupid, and said dissatisfiedly: "You Why is this person still standing there? Why don't you thank me quickly? He's such an idiot." He threw up his sleeves and walked away. Wei Yang woke up from a dream. He stepped forward with a grateful face and bowed his head: "Wei Yang thanked the Taoist priest and this little brother for meeting each other by chance. I wonder why you two generously helped each other?" Gui Guzi smiled and said, "Your teacher Shi Jiao and I They are considered old friends, so we help each other." Wei Yang was overjoyed: "It turns out that I am an old friend of the teacher. Dare I ask the elder's name?" Guiguzi hesitated for a moment. In normal times, it would be okay to tell him his family name, but now he is a little worried and thinks about it. Thinking about it, he whispered: "Gui Guzi, a poor Taoist, this is my disciple Sun Bin and Sun Boling, who is the successor of Sun Wuzi, a generation of military saints." Wei Yang was shocked. Gui Guzi was famous all over the world, but he was much more famous than his teacher Shi Jiao. He was about to give a big gift. Greetings, Guiguzi stopped him quickly and said in a low voice: "Wait a minute. I have been in some inconvenience recently, so I don't want to reveal my identity." Wei Yang was also a very smart man. He understood immediately and said in a low voice: "Junior understands." Sun Bin smiled and said: "Wei Yang You must be hungry, please sit down." He said in a loud voice, "Waiter, bring me some more food and some chopsticks." "Thank you very much." Wei Yang was really hungry and sat down gratefully. . ¡°That¡ª¡ª¡± Guiguzi looked at Wei Yang, but didn¡¯t know what to call him. In ancient times, generally only fathers could call their sons and kings and ministers by their first names. The rest were called by their first names, otherwise it would be considered insulting and rude. Wei Yang said hurriedly: "My junior name is Zhiyuan." Guiguzi nodded and asked: "Zhiyuan is from Wei, why is he in such a mess in Wei?" "Oh, it's hard to explain in one sentence." Wei Yang sighed and said Face of shame. At this time, the waiter added bowls, chopsticks and food, and Sun Bin hurriedly said: "Brother Wei, don't worry, let's chat while eating." "Okay, okay." Wei Yang picked up the bowls, chopsticks, and took a few bites first. Paddling his stomach, he said slowly: "The junior is a branch of the Weiguo clan, but it was in decline by the time of my father. He only had the name of a clan, but he could only survive. The junior vowed to revitalize the family, so he went to the Lu Kingdom "Two years ago, the junior returned to Weiguo and proposed himself to the public office, hoping to reform and strengthen the country, but no one took him seriously."?Speaking of this, Wei Yang looked frustrated: "I had no choice but to go to Wei State. I wanted to go to Anyi to try my luck, but I didn't want the civil war in Wei to be chaotic. Anyi was in a mess, so I had to stay in Daliang. This time I went back and forth. , the money has been exhausted." Sun Bin suddenly realized, "Brother Wei, don't be discouraged. With your talent, you will achieve great results in the future. But being trapped in Daliang is not a long-term solution. I wonder what Brother Wei has planned?" Wei Yang thought for a while and said: "Recently, Yang heard that Gongzi Ying proclaimed himself the Marquis of Wei, and sent his younger brother Gongzi Ang to guard Daliang to provide military resources and troops for the front line. It is said that Gongzi Ang was upright, generous and talented. He is a gentleman and always loves talents. I want to try my luck with him and see if I can use him." "That's fine." Gui Guzi nodded. He had also heard of Gongzi Ang: "It's a good way. , you can give it a try." "Senior, do you think so?" Wei Yang cheered up: "That's great, Yang Yang will give it a try today." "I wish brother Wei success." Sun Bin smiled. He said: "Teacher and I will stay in Daliang City for a while. Brother Wei, if you are in trouble, just come to us." "Yes, just keep the money and use it as an emergency." Guiguzi took the remaining half of the money. Ying Yuan gave it to Wei Yang and gave him some shovel coins from Wei. "Thank you. Thank you." Wei Yang was so grateful that since ancient times, offering help in times of need is the most merciful thing. Sun Bin was already full at this time, so he said: "Brother Wei, you have to work first. The teacher and I will go to rest first, and we will talk again." "Okay, okay, see you later." Wei Yang hurriedly got up and saw him off. Arriving at the guest room, Sun Bin put down the package and asked with interest: "Teacher, what do you think of Wei Yang?" Guiguzi said in a deep voice: "With great ambition and perseverance, he will definitely have great achievements in the future. But -" "But what?" "This Wei Yang seems to have great respect for the Legalists, and the Legalists' reforms have always been harsh and there are many people who complain. I'm afraid the outcome will not be better in the future." Guiguzi shook his head, seeming to feel a little pity. Sun Bin was surprised: Guiguzi is Guiguzi. After a simple contact, he had predicted Wei Yang's ending. How amazing! "Okay, I've been working hard all night, let's go to bed early." Guiguzi waved his hand. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin was also very sleepy, yawned, and then he and Gui Guzi quickly took a rest. Text Chapter 10 Roosters and Dog Thieves PS: Don¡¯t forget to vote after reading this, hehe! ***** Afternoon. Sun Bin and Gui Guzi got up after a good sleep. They washed themselves and filled their bellies. Sun Bin asked the waiter about Wei Yang's whereabouts, and found out that he had not returned after leaving the house in the morning. He wondered whether his request to see Young Master Ang went smoothly. Seeing that there was nothing to do, Sun Bin asked Guiguzi to take a walk in the city, see the customs of Daliang, and buy something on the way. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OUT?????? Sun Bin was on the run and didn¡¯t have anything to offer, so he naturally had to do some shopping. Guiguzi thought for a while, then nodded in agreement. Daliang is a strategic location on land and water, and there are many people coming and going from various countries. As long as Sun Bin doesn't cause trouble, he will not attract anyone's attention. Sun Bin was overjoyed and rushed out of the door. Daliang is indeed bustling, with pedestrians and vehicles everywhere, and shops on both sides of the street. Sun Bin mingled among the crowd, watching all the way. ¡°The market is filled with products from various countries such as lacquerware from Chu State, sculptures from Song State, silk cloth from Lu State, fish salt from Qi State, furs from Qin State, ironware from Korea, etc. Daliang City is truly a commercial center and a land and water hub. Sun Bin walked all the way and was dazzled by what he saw. Not long after, Sun Bin passed by a shop and saw that it was selling combs and hairpins, with a wide variety and fine production. This is a necessity in life, so I walked in. "This young guest, welcome, welcome." A fat shopkeeper saw a guest coming and greeted him warmly: "What do you want, a comb or a hairpin? I have everything." "Everything is needed." Sun Bin After looking at it for a few times, I picked up a jade hairpin and looked at it carefully. I saw that it was carved with exquisite cloud patterns, which was very eye-catching. Seeing that Sun Bin seemed very interested, the shopkeeper immediately said eloquently: "Your Majesty, you have good eyesight. This is a fine hosta. It is a jade from the Qin State and a jade craftsman from Yangzhou. It is a first-class product." "Really? How much is it?" Sun Bin smiled. Who doesn't say that their goods are good? "It's not much, two hundred dollars." "It's not much. In terms of food, it's enough for an adult to eat for half a year." Sun Bin felt that the boss was too shady. Although Guiguzi gave him a lot of money before going out, he couldn't let him be slaughtered as a fat sheep. "You can't say that," the shopkeeper said with an aggrieved look, "Jade is a beautiful object that gentlemen love. It is not for the poor. This two hundred yuan is really fair." "One hundred and fifty, if you don't sell it, I'll leave. ." Sun Bin was too lazy to talk nonsense and turned to leave. "Sir, please don't leave. One hundred and fifty is one hundred and fifty. I'll sell it." The shopkeeper quickly grabbed Sun Bin, with a pained face as if he had suffered a great loss. "Then wrap it up for me." Sun Bin smiled. He knew that the boss would sell it. He turned around and walked to the place where combs were sold, wanting to buy another comb. After scanning twice, he also took a fancy to a jade comb. As soon as Sun Bin stretched out his hand, someone next to him took the jade comb almost at the same time as him. Well? Sun Bin raised his head in surprise, and saw a beautiful girl in front of him looking up at him in surprise. The girl is young, about eleven or twelve years old. She has a beautiful face, her eyebrows are like willow leaves, and her eyes are like autumn water. She is dressed in a deep green dress and skirt, which makes her stand tall and graceful, making her look a bit fresh and elegant. At a young age, she was breathtakingly beautiful. Sun Bin looked a little dazed. He is so beautiful and refined at his age. When he grows up, will he not bring disaster to the country and the people? "You pervert, what are you looking at? Believe it or not, I will ask someone to dig out your eyeballs!" Seeing Sun Bin's gaze fixed on him, a pretty little maid who was also eleven or twelve years old next to the girl became unhappy. , put her hands on her hips and said coquettishly. Sun Bin's face turned red and he quickly apologized: "Miss, I forgive you, I didn't mean to offend you." But the beautiful girl glared at the little maid, and said shyly: "Young Master is so polite, it's my little servant Wu Zang who is the one." "Where. Where." Sun Bin quickly said politely: "If Miss comb likes it, I will give it to you." "Huh, you are wise." The little maid looked proud. The beautiful girl glared at the little maid again and bowed Yingying: "In that case, thank you so much, sir." Then she asked the shopkeeper to wrap up the jade comb, paid the money, and nodded gently to Sun Bin, and then came slowly. go. Sun Bin shook his head and thought no more. Maybe, this is just a beautiful encounter in life, and I am afraid it will be difficult to meet again in the future. It is useless to think about it. At that moment, Sun Bin chose another jade comb, paid the bill and left. ???????????????????? It¡¯s a coincidence that Sun Bin didn¡¯t go very far. Just after he turned a corner, he unexpectedly ran into that beautiful girl again.The girl and her naughty little maid. "Okay," before Sun Bin could say anything, the little maid jumped up and attacked again: "You actually followed us and said, what's your intention? If you don't confess honestly, I will arrest you and go to the official." Sun Bin was speechless: You are so stupid You feel so good about yourself. Who is following you? In his previous life, his emotional intelligence was a bit low and he was never good at dealing with women. He didn't explain it now, just shook his head and turned to leave. If I can¡¯t afford to offend you, why can¡¯t I hide from you? "Stop, you are not allowed to leave until you explain clearly." The little maid was fierce, grabbing Sun Bin's clothes and refusing to let go. Sun Bin had a bitter look on his face: Isn¡¯t this just bad luck for me? How come I met such a little pepper? At this time, the beautiful girl stopped the little maid and said anxiously: "Xiaoqiu, don't be ridiculous, how could the young master follow us?" But the little maid persisted: "Miss, you are just too kind-hearted. Look at this guy, you can tell he¡¯s not a good person.¡± Sun Bin was shocked. Although he didn't look like Pan An in this life, he was still very handsome. He was said to have the head of a deer and the eyes of a rat. This, this is too insulting. Sun Bin was about to get angry when a dark and thin boy in Geyi suddenly rushed over from the side, grabbed the purse from the beautiful girl's waist, and flew away. At this moment, Sun Bin and the other three were all dumbfounded. Suddenly, the little maid came back to her senses and screamed: "Come on, people, grab something, come on, people." Sun Bin was speechless, you should be punished for calling you unruly, and quickly said: "You guys wait. Come on, I'll chase you." Hurry up and catch up. "Hey, don't leave, maybe you are in the same group." Behind him, the little maid was stamping her feet angrily. After hearing this, Sun Bin was so angry that he almost fell down. He was too lazy to pay attention to this little girl with no eyesight. He stared closely at the young man in Ge Yi who was running around in the crowd, chasing after him with all his strength. After all, he is the queen of Jiangmen. He has been practicing martial arts since he was a child, and his physical skills are very good. Soon, Sun Bin caught up with the young man in Ge Yi. The young man in Ge Yi was in a panic. He seemed to be in a panic and had no choice but to go straight into a dead end. Sun Bin chased after him and took a look. He couldn't help but laugh. He stopped and asked Shi Shiran, "Boy, you can't run away, can you? Hand over your things obediently." But he saw the boy in Ge Yi grinning: "I'm afraid I can't run away. Is that you?" Sun Bin was stunned, and suddenly felt something bad. He looked back quickly and saw four young and strong men in shabby clothes blocking the entrance of the alley, and they were approaching with unkind expressions. It¡¯s bitter! Sun Bin was dumbfounded now. The situation must have changed too quickly. Text Chapter 11 Wei Ang¡¯s Daughter PS: Please collect and recommend. ****** ****** "Don't come over here, or I'll call someone." Sun Bin swallowed his saliva and screamed a little fiercely. However, as soon as the words came out of his mouth, Sun Bin felt a little awkward - it seemed that those weak women on TV who were in trouble were all saying this, well, I was so embarrassed. But the young man in Ge Yi said with a smile: "Just scream, I'll see who dares to interfere in other people's business." You've got me, right? Sun Bin was speechless, and with a panic in his heart, he rushed towards the four strong men, secretly praying that it would be best for the other party to help the soft persimmon. However, the wishes are full, but the reality is very skinny. The two sides met, and as soon as Sun Bin swung his fist, a big man grabbed his fist, and then he was hit with a knee in his lower abdomen. "Uh-" Sun Bin immediately bent over in pain, feeling that his internal organs were churning, and he vomited sour water. It is obvious that the opponent's force value is much higher than that of Sun Bin. "Hold him down." "Search him." Amidst a flurry of chatter, Sun Bin was pushed to the ground by four big men, and the money bag in his arms was quickly searched away. "Ha, so much money." "There is also gold. It has been paid. It has been paid." As soon as the money bag was opened, the four big men and the boy in Ge Yi were all beaming with joy, almost dancing. "Damn it!" Sun Bin was so angry that his nose was crooked. It was all because he was too weak now. Otherwise, he would have beaten these bastards. "Hey, boy, you still don't accept it?" A big man bent down happily and patted Sun Bin's cheek proudly: "You have the ability, why don't you bite me? I'll teach you a lesson this time. Be good next time and don't interfere anymore." "Nothing." "Haha" Several big men and young men in Geyi laughed. This is a bunch of roosters and dog robbers. Sun Bin was very angry. However, there is another idiom in the world called "Extreme joy brings sorrow". "Here, grab him quickly." At the entrance of the alley, someone suddenly started to yell, and then there was the sound of clanging armor and neat footsteps. Everyone in the alley turned their heads in shock. I saw a little maid standing majestically at the entrance of the alley, it was Xiaoqiu. Behind her, there was actually a large group of heavily armed and murderous Wei soldiers, who were rushing towards her when they heard the order. The four big men and the boy in Ge Yi were dumbfounded. They just grabbed a purse, there was no need for such a big battle, what, what is going on? But Sun Bin laughed loudly: "Great, great, how can you be so arrogant when you have the ability?" Looking at the rapidly approaching soldiers, the four big men and the boy in Ge Yi looked at each other, without saying a word, they quickly squatted down with their heads in their hands. . A good man will not suffer immediate losses, but a man must know the current affairs. The soldiers of the Wei army rushed forward, roughly knocked down the four big men and the young man in Ge Yi, and tied them up with ropes. "Ouch, Master, be gentle, it hurts." "Yeah, it's just a purse snatching, it's not a big crime." The four big men and the boy in Ge Yi didn't know the seriousness of the situation, and they were smiling to themselves. They were obviously a gang of hobs. Meat. "Isn't it a serious crime?" The leading Wei army officer weighed the recovered purses and money bags, and sneered: "Do you know who the young lady you offended today is? Her father is Gongzi Ang, and he is the younger brother of the Marquis of Wei. " "Ah!" The four big men and the young man in Ge were shocked. This was not just a collision with an iron plate, it was simply a nail. Gongzi Ang¡¯s daughter? Sun Bin, who was still in pain and couldn't get up, was also stunned. He didn't expect that the beautiful girl was so prominent. "Hey, why don't you get up and pretend to be dead?" At this time, someone kicked Sun Bin rudely. Sun Bin turned around and saw that it was Xiaoqiu. He couldn't help but said angrily: "Are you polite? After all, I'm helping. Didn't you see that I was beaten? Forget it if you are not grateful. A little help is not too much. "Tch-" Xiao Qiu said with disdain, "You want me to help you in the next life. If I hadn't seen you being beaten, I probably wouldn't have been with them." "You, you¡ª¡ª" "Sun Bin was so angry that his stomach hurt even more. He had never seen such a naughty little girl. Master Kong was right, only women and villains are difficult to raise. "Xiaoqiu, don't be rude." At this time, the beautiful girl also walked into the alley and scolded with an unhappy look on her face. Xiaoqiu curled her lips and stopped talking. "Miss." When the soldiers of the Wei army saw this, they hurriedly saluted. Everyone lowered their heads and held their breath, not daring to look directly. The officer also hurriedly stepped forward and said respectfully: "Miss, these are your and this young master's purses and money bags. , the original item is recovered.¡±  "Xiaoqiu, please keep it first." The beautiful girl waved her hand gently, walked quickly to Sun Bin, and leaned over to help him with an apologetic look: "Young servant is rude, don't blame me. Have you ever hurt me? Where?" Sun Bin stood up slowly. After a while, the pain in his lower abdomen had eased a lot. At this time, the girl was very close to him, and a faint fresh body fragrance lingered in his nose. Sun Bin had rarely been so close to a girl. He couldn't help but blush, his hands were sweating, and he hurriedly said: "Thank you for your concern, Miss. It's just a touch on my lower abdomen." One punch, it doesn¡¯t hurt anymore.¡± ¡°That¡¯s good.¡± The beautiful girl breathed a sigh of relief: ¡°There is a teahouse in front of you. Can you help me take a rest?¡± ¡°That¡¯s fine, Miss.¡± Sun Bin felt warm and grateful. Honestly, look at people's attitudes, how can the gap between people be so big? "Miss¡ª" Xiaoqiu had just taken the purse and money bag, and became unhappy when she heard this. When she was about to speak, she was glared at by the beautiful girl. Xiaoqiu pouted and had no choice but to keep quiet. Seeing Xiaoqiu eating turtles, Sun Bin was also happy and secretly winked at her. He was so angry that the little girl's chest bulged and her mouth was so pouty that it could hang a bottle of oil. The beautiful girl supported Sun Bin and was about to leave when the boy in Geyi suddenly shouted: "Miss, I know I was wrong. I know I was wrong. Please spare my life." "Yes, yes, miss, please spare my life." ." The four big men also begged. They are also smart. If they were robbing ordinary people, it wouldn't be a big problem if they were caught. But this time they were robbing an office, and I'm afraid the end would be miserable. " Several people saw that the beautiful girl seemed to have a good heart, so they began to beg hard. "Shut up. Shut up, everyone." The soldiers of the Wei army were furious, punching and kicking them, causing several people to scream and beg for their lives. The beautiful girl frowned: "According to the law, what crime should these people be guilty of?" "Miss," the officer said solemnly, "offending the official office is a crime of conspiracy, and the family property will be confiscated. They will be executed immediately." "Ah¡ª¡ª" The faces of the four big men and the young man in Ge suddenly turned green, and they struggled wildly: "Miss, please spare my life." "We are from good families and have lived in Xintian. Because of the war, we fled to Daliang and lived in poverty, so we took the risk , It¡¯s true that love is inevitable.¡± ¡°Yes, please spare my life, miss. I won¡¯t dare to wait any longer.¡± Several people knew that they only had this chance, and if the beautiful girl left, they would definitely die. When the beautiful girl heard this, she couldn't bear it and hesitated. It¡¯s the war that¡¯s causing trouble again. Sun Bin sighed in his heart, and most of his hatred for these people dissipated, and he said to the beautiful girl: "They are also poor people. They escaped death today. I don't dare to do evil again in the future, so let them go." "Okay." The beautiful girl thought for a while and nodded. The officer did not dare to disobey, so he motioned to his subordinates to loosen their bonds, and coldly snorted: "Miss, you are so magnanimous, you are lucky." "Thank you, miss, for not killing me." "Thank you, sir, for your mercy." The four big men burst into tears of gratitude, glad to have escaped death. The young man in Ge Yi didn't say anything, but bowed to Sun Bin and said seriously: "Today, the villain offended the young master, but the young master ignored the past and interceded for us. Such a great kindness will be rewarded in the future." Sun Bin shook his head. "You don't need to repay me, just find something serious to do." He said to the beautiful girl: "Let's go." "Yes." The beautiful girl nodded, supported Sun Bin and moved forward slowly. Xiaoqiu and the soldiers hurriedly Keep up. Text Chapter 12 Meeting the Killer Again PS: I don¡¯t have any recommendations this week. I¡¯m in the middle of streaking, so I don¡¯t update quickly. I hope you can forgive me. Recommendations will be posted next week and updates will be accelerated. ***** In the teahouse. On the second floor, Sun Bin, the beautiful girl, and Xiao Qiu were sitting next to the window. The beautiful girl raised her tea cup and smiled: "I would like to use tea instead of wine to thank you for your help today." She drank it all in one gulp. "You're welcome, Miss." Sun Bin hurriedly toasted to thank you, and said with shame, "Besides, I can't help you much." "Humph, it's good that you know." Xiaoqiu's mouth was still so poisonous. "Xiaoqiu." The beautiful girl said with a straight face, "Don't blame me, sir, this girl has been spoiled by me." "Haha, it's okay, it's okay." In front of the beauty, Sun Bin must show some grace. "By the way, don't you know your surname? From the accent, it doesn't seem like I'm from Wei." The beautiful girl said. Sun Bin hesitated for a moment, not knowing whether he should say it or not. The beautiful girl was very smart and immediately said: "Young master, are you inconvenienced? It's my family's rudeness, please forgive me." "You hide your head and show your tail, and you still say that you are a good person." Xiaoqiu muttered to the side. Sun Bin thought for a while and realized that the other party was the daughter of Gongzi Ang. She had a distinguished status and should not pose any harm to him, so he said apologetically: "My name is Sun Bin. It is true that I am not from Wei, but from Qi. I hesitated just now, but I didn't mean to deceive. But there are some enemies who are chasing me, so they don¡¯t dare to reveal their identity easily.¡± The beautiful girl suddenly realized: ¡°That¡¯s it. Thank you for your trust.¡± ¡°Thank you, Miss.¡± Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief. I still don¡¯t know how to call the lady?¡± ¡°Hey, hello,¡± Xiaoqiu said in a rage, ¡°Why are you asking my lady¡¯s name?¡± Sun Bin smiled bitterly: Do I look like a bad person? So defensive. "Xiaoqiu." The beautiful girl glared at the little girl again angrily, and then said a little shyly: "My family's surname is Wei, and my name is Yinyu. You can just call me Yinyu." It seems that although Xiaoqiu is indifferent Sun Bin is not pleasing to the eye, but Yinyu still feels good about Sun Bin. Otherwise, he won't tell Sun Yan's name, let alone let him be called "silver jade". "Yinyu, a good name." Sun Bin praised: "I am really lucky to be able to meet the young lady today." "Young master, you are so polite." Yinyu smiled slightly, looked at the sky, and said apologetically: "It's getting late. , Yinyu has been out for a long time, so he said goodbye to avoid his father's worries. If the young master is in trouble, he can send someone to the city guard to tell him. Yinyu will do his best to ensure that the young master is safe, at least in Daliang. "Thank you Yinyu." Sun Bin felt grateful. This was like giving him a big amulet. She was such a considerate girl. "Then Xiaoqiu, let's go." Yinyu Yingying stood up and greeted Xiaoqiu, preparing to go home. "Wait a minute." Sun Bin suddenly felt a little reluctant. This was the first time in his life that he felt this wonderful feeling, and his heartbeat could not help but accelerate. "Is there anything else, young master?" Yinyu smiled lightly. "Uh-" Sun Bin hurriedly thought of words: "You have sent those soldiers away. I'd better send you back to avoid any more accidents." Yinyu seemed to notice something, and his face turned red with embarrassment, but he did not refuse. , just said softly: "Then it's troublesome, young master." "No trouble. No trouble." Sun Bin beamed with joy. "Hmph." Xiao Qiu snorted heavily on the side, obviously very unhappy, but Sun Bin just pretended not to hear. At that moment, the three of them got out of the restaurant, led by Yinyu, and went straight to the city guard's mansion. Along the way, Sun Bin worked hard to mobilize his little emotional intelligence and liven up the atmosphere, which also made Yinyu very happy. Not long after, the three of them walked into a secluded alley. "Wait a minute." Sun Bin, who had experienced an assassination, suddenly felt a little uneasy and stopped suddenly. "What's wrong, young master?" Yinyu was a little surprised. Sun Bin didn¡¯t say anything, but just glanced around. Although nothing seemed out of the ordinary, the uneasiness in his heart became stronger and stronger. This is an instinctive intuition of danger. "Yinyu," Sun Bin said in a low voice with a solemn face, "It seems something is wrong. Let's exit slowly." Yinyu was startled and nodded quickly. "It's too late." The three of them were about to retreat when someone suddenly snorted. Then, a dozen swordsmen with cold faces jumped down from the walls on both sides, sealing the front and rear with murderous intent. It¡¯s bitter! Sun Bin was horrified. He thought it was the ¡®Ghost Shadow¡¯ killer who had locked onto him so quickly.Whereabouts, I can't help but complain secretly. It doesn¡¯t matter if he dies, but I¡¯m afraid it will hurt others. "It's all your fault, you broomstick, for killing people." Xiao Qiu looked at Sun Bin with a cry in her voice. She looked frightened, and she obviously thought it was him who caused the disaster. "Xiaoqiu." Although Yinyu was also very scared, she still glared at Xiaoqiu to prevent her from talking nonsense. Hey, that¡¯s not right. Sun Bin was suddenly stunned. Although the people in front of him were dressed in black, they did not have ghost faces. Instead, they had a bloody dagger on their chest. He suddenly remembered the three major killer organizations Guiguzi had told him - Guiyin, Tianji, and Sanxue. He suddenly understood - these people were not from Guiyin, but from another killer organization - Sanxue. Killer. " Then, the target of these people will not be themselves, but should be - Yinyu. Sun Bin hurriedly whispered: "They are not the people who are chasing me, Yinyu, these people seem to be coming for you." He smiled bitterly in his heart: Since time traveling, bad luck has come one after another, and this time it is even worse. Also shot. Yinyu was stunned for a moment, then suddenly seemed to realize something. He took a step forward and said calmly: "But the second uncle sent you here?" Second uncle? Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, and then he realized a person - Young Master Su! Nowadays, the allied forces of Xu, Han, and Zhao and Wei Ying are facing each other in Hedong. Prince Ang is sitting behind Daliang, transporting grain, grass, baggage, and soldiers for Wei Ying. He has made great contributions and his status cannot be said to be unimportant. "If these killers were sent by Gongzi Xian, they should go to Gongzi Ang according to common sense. As long as they kill Gongzi Ang, it will be equivalent to taking Wei Ying's retreat, and the coalition's chances of winning will definitely increase. But, what are these killers doing for a little girl named Yinyu? Even if Yinyu can be killed, it will not help the situation. It may anger Young Master Ang and be counterproductive. Suddenly, Sun Bin thought of a possibility: this young master Xu BaZheng wanted to kidnap Yinyu, thereby coercing Young Master Ang to defect. Obviously, forcing Young Master Ang to defect is far greater and more lucrative than killing him. "It is not impossible if Prince Ang loves his daughter Yinyu very much. What a good plan! Sun Bin smiled bitterly in his heart. He didn't expect that he would be so unlucky to be involved in the civil strife in Wei, but it was too late to say anything now. He could only act according to the situation. Text Chapter 13 Cleverly Leaving Marks PS: The second update, please recommend and collect it, old book friends are welcome to return. ***** "Haha" After hearing Yinyu's question, a man in black with hawk-like eyes and a rhinoplasty smiled and said with admiration: "I've heard that Young Master Ang of the State of Wei has a smart man. My daughter, when we meet today, we are indeed more famous than before. " "It's really the second uncle who sent you here." Yinyu frowned slightly: "I know what you want to do. All you need is me. Don't hurt others. Let me go. "How about your maid leaving with this young master?" "Miss, I won't leave." Although Xiaoqiu was scared, she held on to Yinyu's clothes. Sun Binze sighed: Bingo, it seems you guessed it right. But what's the use? I am of no use to these 'blood-piercing' killers, so why should I be left alive? This time there is a high chance of disaster. "Impossible." Sure enough, the man in black with hawk-like eyes and rhinoplasty shook his head and narrowed his eyes slightly: "These two people have seen us before. The killer's code of conduct is not to leave any trouble behind, and it is difficult to obey the order. "Yin Yin looked determined: "Then you can take us away together. If you must kill them, I will kill them here. If you fail, you will anger my father, and I'm afraid there will be no way to complain. Are you going to organize an explanation with my second uncle?" The man in black with eagle eyes and rhinoplasty was stunned for a moment, then shook his head with a wry smile: "Very good, Miss Yinyu, take them away, hurry up. " "No." The killers heard the order and stepped forward quickly. What a smart Yinyu! Sun Bin was a little surprised. He didn't expect that she actually forced the 'blood-piercing' killer to compromise. Fortunately, after escaping from death again, he suddenly had an idea. He walked to Yinyu and whispered: "Quick, I'm carrying Rouge box? Give it to me quietly." Yinyu was stunned. Although he didn't know what Sun Bin wanted to do, he still took it out quietly and put it in Sun Bin's hand. Sun Bin hurriedly hid it in his sleeve and stood still. The clothes of the ancients were always long robes with big sleeves. It was difficult to hide swords, but it was still easy to hide a small rouge box. The "blood-piercing" killers stepped forward and quickly tied the hands of Sun Bin and the others behind their backs, covered their eyes with black cloth, and stuffed cloth balls into their mouths. Immediately, someone searched Sun Bin¡¯s body and found no dangerous goods. "Okay, let's go." Someone pushed Sun Bin, and Sun Bin walked forward. At the same time, he quietly slipped the rouge box from his sleeve into his hand and hid it. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OUT off the alley, and Sun Bin and three others were pushed into a carriage. Immediately, the carriage rumbled forward. Sun Bin felt that someone was sitting across from him and watching him. On the surface, he was sitting calmly, but behind his back, he quietly opened the rouge box. Sun Bin pinched a little rouge with his fingers, groped for the gaps in the floor, and carefully sprinkled the rouge down bit by bit. The carriage was weaving through the city, not knowing where it was going. Sun Bin knew that the lair of the ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killer might not really be that far away, and most likely he was taking a detour in the city to confuse him. ¡°This scene has been seen many times in movies and TV dramas. Finally, after driving for more than half an hour, the carriage slowly stopped. Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief. If he didn't stop, the rouge would be used up. He quickly and quietly covered the rouge box and hid it in his sleeve. "Come down." Someone pushed Sun Bin out of the car. At this time, the scarce light that could still pass through the black blindfold was gone. It seemed that it was already dark. It was indeed more concealed to transfer the hostages at this time. "Lift your legs and go in." Feeling that he was about to enter a house, Sun Bin pretended to be unsteady and fell to the ground. Immediately, Sun Bin felt that his hands tied behind his back touched a threshold. He couldn't help but be overjoyed. He quickly wiped the remaining rouge on his hands quietly, but his mouth seemed to moan in pain. "Damn, it's useless." Someone cursed in a low voice, helped Sun Bin up and pushed him into the house. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Out of nowhere, he suddenly walked down dozens of steps and was pushed into a room. Sun Bin squinted his eyes, slowly adapting to the sudden increase in light in front of him. Soon, Sun Bin saw the surrounding situation clearly. In front of him was a small room with no windows on all sides and only a small door. There was no furniture in the room, only two beds, and luckily there were beddings. There are four oil lamps embedded in the surrounding walls. They are all lit at this time, making the room very bright and not dark. There is no doubt that this should be a hidden underground chamber. A ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killer killed Sun BinsanHe glanced at the man and said in a cold voice: "Stay there and don't play tricks. Food and drink will be brought to you. If you want to be more convenient, there is a bedpan under the bed." Then he turned around and left, and then closed the door and locked it. There seemed to be more than one person guarding the door. Yinyu turned to look at Sun Bin and said apologetically: "Young Master has not yet repaid your help, but you don't want to drag him down again. Yinyu is really uneasy." Sun Bin shook his head and said with a smile: "The matter is over now, let's talk about it. What's the use of this? The most important thing for us now is to work together to overcome the difficulties." "Young Master is right." Yinyu also smiled: "I didn't expect Young Master to be so open-minded." Sun Bin shrugged. Pigs are not afraid of being scalded by boiling water, so it doesn't matter if they have seen enough dangers." Seeing Sun Bin's witty remarks, Yinyu couldn't help but smile. Although the beauty was just beginning to grow, it was still breathtakingly beautiful, which made Sun Bin quite fascinated. "Miss." At this time, Xiaoqiu suddenly looked awkward, with a very strange expression on her face. "Xiaoqiu, what's wrong with you? Are you feeling uncomfortable somewhere?" Yinyu was stunned and quickly asked with concern. "No, no, I, I want to relieve myself." Xiaoqiu's face turned red, as if she couldn't bear it anymore. "Puch -" Seeing this unruly little girl in such embarrassment, Sun Bin couldn't help but laugh out loud, quite gloating about her misfortune. ¡°You, you¡ª¡ª¡± Xiaoqiu was ashamed, angry and anxious, and was about to burst into tears. "Young Master." Yinyu held back her laughter and glared at Sun Bin angrily. "Okay. Okay." Sun Bin raised his hands and surrendered: "Isn't it okay if I don't laugh? I'll face the wall, you can do whatever you want." He walked to the wall and stood facing the wall. "No, you, you cover your ears." Xiaoqiu refused. "Okay, okay, I'll just cover it." Sun Bin had no choice but to cover his ears with his hands. After a while, Sun Bin vaguely heard a dripping sound, and felt a little funny. He was so close, even if he covered his ears, he would definitely be able to hear the sound, but he was just covering his ears and stealing the bell, deceiving himself and others. "Okay, sir." Soon, Yinyu called softly. "Oh." Sun Bin put down his hand and turned around, and saw Yinyu and Xiaoqiu both blushing and squirming. The girl has a tender face, how can she not be shy about this kind of thing? Text Chapter 14 Young Master Wei Ang PS: The recommendations will follow in the afternoon, and updates will be accelerated next week, with at least three updates on Monday. The new book list will hit the list at midnight tonight. Book lovers who are qualified, please help vote. Thank you very much! ***** Sun Bin also felt a little embarrassed and quickly changed the subject: "Yinyu, let's discuss the situation?" "Okay, okay." Yinyu understood and quickly agreed. Sun Bin and the others walked to the corner and stayed away from the small door to avoid being overheard by the 'blood-piercing' killer outside the door. "Yinyu, your second uncle probably wants to use you as a hostage to blackmail your father into defecting, right?" "Obviously." "Then the question is, will your father give in?" Yinyu was silent for a moment and slowly shook his head. : "Although my father only has one daughter, he treats me as the apple of his eye and loves me very much, but he has always made a distinction between public and private matters and is very loyal to the Marquis of Wei. I am afraid he will not give in." "Then we will be in danger." Sun Bin frowned. Said: "Once these killers can't threaten your father, we will lose the value of our use and cannot escape death. Moreover, the killer's creed is not to give up until the goal is achieved. Since they can't threaten your father, the next step is to find ways to assassinate him. " "Then, what should we do?" Yinyu became anxious upon hearing this. It was obvious that she was more concerned about Young Master Ang's safety than herself. "There is only one way, kill these killers before they deal with us and your father." A cold light flashed in Sun Bin's eyes. In his last life, as an orphan, Sun Bin developed a unique character: hate evil as much as hatred, repay kindness with kindness, repay tooth for tooth, blood for blood, and never give in! When Yinyu heard this, he was greatly frustrated: "How is this possible? We are too young, and we can't deal with any of these killers." "That's right, you made it easy." Xiaoqiu also sneered. Sun Bin smiled and said: "Of course we can't rely on the three of us, but we can ask for foreign aid." "Foreign aid?" Yinyu was stunned: "You mean, we try to notify my father? But, we are locked up here, God There is no way, no way to get in, how can I report the news? " "That's right, this should be a secret room. There are no windows, and there are people guarding the door. It is impossible to escape." Xiaoqiu also shook his head, and suddenly an idea came to him. : "How about we bribe the people outside the door?" Yinyu's eyes lit up, and she seemed to think it was feasible. "Impossible." Sun Bin rolled his eyes: "You are too naive. These killers are hard-core and cannot be bribed at all. Besides, do you still have money?" "Uh-" Yinyu and Xiaoqiu were both dumbfounded. All the money they had on them was taken away, and there was nothing they could do to bribe them. "What should we do?" Yinyu looked disappointed. "Silver jade," Sun Bin suddenly answered the question: "As a son of the Wei Kingdom, your father must have many retainers, right?" During the Spring and Autumn and Warring States Period, it was a fashion for nobles to keep retainers, and it was also a kind of strength. "Yes." Yinyu nodded in confusion: "There are probably more than a hundred disciples under my father's sect." "Very good, are there any strange people who are particularly good at tracking and solving cases?" "Yes." Yinyu nodded: "There is a disciple of my father. This person is named after his sword. He is called Jian Song. He is the number one swordsman in Wei State. He is not only a master of swordsmanship, but also very good at tracking. He is highly valued by my father." " That's great." Sun Bin was overjoyed: "God is helping me." "Yinyu Ruo realized something: "Master, does he hope that this Jian Song can help his father find us?" However, Daliang is so big and there are no clues. "What if the master raids the whole city?" Xiaoqiu said. "It's useless." Yinyu shook his head: "These killers must have made careful arrangements before they act. The hiding place must be very safe and unexpected." "That's right." Sun Bin nodded: "And it is very likely that the whole city will be attacked. Provoking these killers, they jumped over the wall and killed the hostages. Therefore, as long as Yinyu's father still has some sense, he would not do this. "What should I do?" Xiaoqiu looked frustrated. Yinyu looked at Sun Bin who seemed to be confident, and couldn't help but feel moved in his heart, and said excitedly: "Master, you must have a way, right?" "Not bad." Sun Bin said proudly: "Without clues, of course it will be difficult for your father to find us, but, What if I left a clue?" "Leave a clue?" Xiaoqiu's eyes widened, with a look of disbelief: "How is this possible? Your hands are tied, your eyes are covered, and your mouth is blocked. How can you leave a clue? "Who said we can't leave clues?" Sun Bin took out the rouge box with a smile and shook it. "I see."Yinyu was stunned for a moment, then almost cheered with excitement. ¡°Shhh¡ª¡ª¡± Sun Bin was startled and quickly signaled Yinyu to be silent. Yinyu understood and stuck out his tongue in embarrassment, then whispered: "Young Master must have sprinkled the rouge on the road quietly as a guide, right?" "Bingo, you got it right." Sun Bin gave a thumbs up in appreciation. . ¡°Young master is so smart, you actually thought of such an ingenious method.¡± Yinyu looked admiring. ¡°Hehe¡ª¡ª¡± Sun Bin looked proud. Xiaoqiu also looked at Sun Bin as if he didn't recognize him, and said to himself: I didn't expect this stinky guy to be really thoughtful. "Now, all we have to do is wait with peace of mind." Sun Bin stretched out: "As long as Jian Song is worthy of his name, and as long as Yin Yu's father is not stupid, he should be able to find this place and rescue us." "That's great." Yinyu and Xiaoqiu almost cried with joy. At the same time, Daliang City guards the mansion. In the study, a young man in his twenties frowned and was pacing back and forth anxiously. He wore a white brocade robe, a high crown, and deerskin boots. He had a handsome face and a somewhat heroic air. He is the younger brother of the Marquis of Wei, the extremely virtuous and famous Young Master Ang. On one side, there is a man sitting upright. He is about 20 years old. Although he is poorly dressed, he has bright eyes and a resolute expression. It is Wei Yang. Wei Yang came to visit Young Master Ang today, and it went very smoothly. Hearing that Wei Yang was a disciple of Xi Jiao, a famous scholar from the state of Lu, the talented young master Ang was overjoyed and immediately received him warmly. Wei Yang also seized the opportunity and encouraged himself to recommend himself. After a conversation, the two young people hit it off. Prince Ang admired Wei Yang very much. Not only did he immediately accept him as a first-class guest in the mansion, but he also planned to host a banquet in person to entertain Wei Yang. However, a piece of news brought by the housekeeper Wei Xiao suddenly made the young master lose his interest in eating. Yinyu has not returned yet. Young Master Ang was very anxious. It was already dark. Nothing would happen. He quickly ordered people to look for him everywhere. However, I waited and waited, but there was still no news. This makes Young Master Ang, who has always loved silver and jade like a treasure, not get angry and restless! ? Text Chapter 15: Many Wisdom Guards Martingale pS: I will be on the list on Monday. I urgently ask for your recommendation votes and collection support. I will thank you all for at least three updates today! ****** Seeing that Young Master Ang was anxious, Wei Yang couldn't help but comfort him: "Young Master, don't worry, the lady is auspicious and everything will be fine." "I hope so." Young Master Ang sighed, and he couldn't help but regret not sending a message. The guards followed the daughter. Today's Daliang City has a complicated flow of people and undercurrents. It's too careless. "Young Master." At this time, the butler Wei Xiao hurried in again. "How is it? Do you have any news?" Young Master Ang hurriedly stepped forward. "Just now I have to report: An hour ago, the young lady appeared in Jiqingfang. I heard that there was a young master beside her." "In addition, there was a group of thieves who robbed the young lady's purse. Fortunately, they were encountered by the patrol sergeant. "According to reports from the sergeants, the young lady was kind-hearted and let the thieves go, and then went to the Baoqing Tea House with the young master." "The news from the tea house was that the young master sent the young lady back home not long after. "The last place where the lady appeared was probably Kanglefang, and then the clues were lost." "The villain quickly sent people to patrol the vicinity of Kanglefang. Just after receiving the report, he found neither the whereabouts of the lady nor the murder of the lady." The villain judged that he might have been kidnapped. "As the younger brother of the monarch, one can imagine the power of Gongzi Ang. Once activated, all kinds of news will come to him. Something really happened! Young Master Ang's heart sank, murderous intent loomed in his eyes, and he said slowly: "So, Yinyu disappeared on the way back home. Wei Xiao, who do you think did it? What is the intention?" "Who did it? It's hard to say." Wei Xiao frowned: "The young master and the thief are both possible, but it is not ruled out that there is a third party. As for the intention, I can't guess who is responsible." "Young Master Ang. Huo Ran turned around: "Wei Yang, what do you think?" "Wait patiently." Wei Yang said lightly. "Wait patiently?" Young Master Ang and Wei Xiao were both stunned. "That's right." Wei Yang narrowed his eyes: "Now that Miss Yinyu is missing instead of being killed, then the other party should want to use Miss Yinyu to achieve some purpose. Whether the purpose is to seek money or something else, then They will definitely contact Young Master, so now we can only wait patiently for the other party to show up, and wait until we find out who the enemy is before we take action.¡± , I have actually lost my bearings. Very good, I will wait patiently and see who the other party is!" At this point, Young Master Ang opened his eyes, and a fierce killing aura came out. Horrifying. You must know that Young Master Ang is a famous general in the Wei Kingdom. Although he is young, he has commanded the army for many years and has been in battle for many years. Once he gets angry, his reputation will naturally be terrifying. "Young Master," at this moment, a burly officer with an eight-foot-high hide came in hurriedly: "Just now someone shot this letter on the door with an arrow. I don't dare to master it. Please make your decision, Young Master." "It's really true. Here we go." Young Master Ang sneered, "Bring it to me." "No," the officer quickly handed over a piece of white silk. Young Master Ang opened it and took a look. The anger on his face quickly disappeared, and instead became a little pale. Wei Yang was startled and couldn't sit still anymore. He stood up hurriedly: "Master, what's wrong?" "You have a look." The master closed his eyes weakly and handed over the silk. Wei Yang took it and looked at it, and was also shocked. This letter was actually written by Gongzi Xu to Gongzi Ang. The whole letter was to persuade Gongzi Ang to abandon secret service and betray Wei Ying. And silver jade is clearly a bargaining chip. Wei Yang was also silent. Even though he was mentally prepared, the situation was far worse than he expected. "What a vicious and despicable young master!" "What's wrong?" Wei Xiao was anxious and quickly grabbed the silk from Wei Yang's hand. He was dumbfounded at first glance and said in a trembling voice: "This, this, how could Mr. Xu do this? Silver jade, silver jade is He is my niece!" "You are really my second brother." Young Master Ang opened his eyes and laughed miserably: "In order to compete for the throne, he not only colluded with Han and Wei, but now he also attacked his own niece. , It¡¯s really great.¡± Seeing Young Master Ang¡¯s heartbroken look, Wei Yang and others also felt sad. Power is really a poison to the human body. Once you become addicted to it, you will forget all etiquette, integrity and family affection. Wei Yang sighed: "Master, the matter has come to this, it is useless to lament, it is better to make a decision quickly." "Decision? How do you want me to make a decision?" Master Ang sat down slowly, holding the stigma in his hand, with a look of pain on his face. "RuogongZi was determined to surrender to Wei Ang, so he immediately blocked the main beam and killed Wei Hou's party as a response. If the young master refuses to obey, he must quickly try to rescue Miss Yinyu, otherwise, Miss Yinyu may die. " Wei Yang's eyes were sharp and his tone was very fast. " To him, it doesn't matter who becomes the Marquis of Wei. What he needs is just an opportunity to retaliate. And this opportunity is only given to him by Young Master Angken. No matter what decision Ang makes, Wei Yang will help him carry it out and complete it. There is no doubt that this is a difficult decision. He and Wei Ying have a good relationship since childhood. It is difficult for him to make the decision to betray Wei Ying. Similarly, Yinyu is his only bloodline and the jewel in his palm. If he rejects the young master, Yinyu will be in great danger. This is very dangerous for a loving father. Cruel. There was silence in the room, everyone was waiting for Young Master Ang to make a decision. Suddenly, Young Master Ang slowly raised his head: "Ang is trusted by the Marquis of Wei and guarding Daliang. The king's kindness is as great as the sea, so how can he abandon the official position for personal reasons. " Gongzi Ang chose to refuse. His expression was firm, but his eyes revealed the pain in his heart. He felt that he was sorry for his daughter and that he was not worthy of being a father. " I will arrange for the whole city to be rescued. " Wei Xiao turned around suddenly. Since Mr. Ang has made a decision, he must try to rescue Miss Yinyu now. "No. Wei Yang quickly stopped him. When Wei Xiao heard this, he became furious: "Wei Yang, what do you mean?" Do you want to sit back and watch Miss Yinyu being killed? " "No. "Wei Yang shook his head and explained calmly: "The whole city's big rope will only scare the grass and scare the snake, but it may force the enemy to jump over the wall and hurt Miss Yinyu. Therefore, even if you want to rescue people, you must do it quietly, but quickly. . " Young Master Ang was stunned: "Wei Yang is right, Wei Xiao, don't be reckless. " "Then, what should we do? Wei Xiao was anxious: "Daliang City is so big and there are no clues. How can we find someone?" " "Wei Yang, what do you have in mind? "Wei Yang's calm and outstanding performance made Young Master Ang couldn't help but place his hopes on him. "First, immediately put a curfew on the four gates, and return the military and political affairs to their respective positions, but don't act rashly and create a kind of external tension. The inner pine situation confuses the enemy. At the same time, it can also close the enemy's eyes and ears, which is beneficial to saving people. "Second, please urgently mobilize experts who are good at tracking and solving cases, and go to Kanglefang with Yang Yang to investigate and look for clues. Maybe you can find something." "Third, mobilize the elite soldiers in the mansion to stand by. Once the enemy is located, they will kill them with thunder and rescue Miss Yinyu." ¡± Wei Yang talked carefully and arranged everything in an orderly manner. Text Chapter 16 Two swords combined PS: The second update today, I urgently ask for your recommendation votes and collection support, thank you all! ! ***** "Okay, let's do it like this." When Young Master Ang heard this, he was greatly appreciative, and immediately took the case and ordered the arrow: "Where is Gongsun Ying!" "The general is here." The burly officer, who was hiding eight feet high, solemnly accepted the order. . "Quickly convey my general's order, seal four gates, put the whole city under curfew, return military and political affairs to their respective positions, anyone who disobeys the order - beheaded!" "Promise." Gongsun Ying took the order arrow and walked away. "Wei Xiao." "The villain is here." "You go immediately to select a hundred elite people in the mansion, prepare horses and stand by, and invite Mr. Jian Song here immediately!" "No." Wei Xiao also hurried away. "Sword Song?" Wei Yang's eyes lit up and he asked anxiously: "Young master, are you known as the number one swordsman in the Wei Kingdom?" "Exactly. This man is not only extremely skilled in swordsmanship, but also as meticulous as a hair and very good at tracking." "Tai. Okay." Wei Yang was overjoyed. With such good help, he felt much more confident about saving people. "Young Master, Mr. Jian Song is here." Not long after, Wei Xiao led someone in hurriedly. I saw that this man was about thirty years old, with a slender body, slightly tall, but a resolute face, sharp eyes, and a simple long sword on his back, which seemed to be old. When Wei Yang¡¯s eyes met his, there was an illusion, as if he was not seeing a person, but a fierce falcon! What a sharp look! Wei Yang was secretly shocked. His reputation as the number one swordsman in the Wei Kingdom was indeed in vain. "Jian Song has met the young master." The visitor bowed to the young master. "Sir, no courtesy." The young master hurriedly stepped forward to help him, and said with a sincere expression: "Wei Xiao must have explained the matter to the gentleman. This time, it is entirely up to the gentleman." "Please rest assured, sir, Song will do his best." Jian. Song's answer was categorical, as if it had the sound of stone. "Okay, this is Mr. Wei Yang, come with me, you can meet him." The matter was urgent, Jian Song and Wei Yang nodded, and they were acquainted. At the moment, Young Master Ang took the lead, accompanied by Wei Yang, Jian Song, Wei Xiao and dozens of personal guards, and rushed to Kanglefang. After leaving the door, I saw that there was no one on the street, except for groups of Wei army soldiers who passed by with eager eyes. ¡°Apparently, a curfew has been issued and pedestrians have been cleared. The whole journey was speechless. After a while, Gongzi Ang and others approached Kanglefang, and Fangzheng, who had been waiting for them, rushed to greet them. "The villain, Kang Lefangfangzheng Liu Xi, has met the young master." Liu Xi hurriedly knelt down. ¡° Even a fool can see that something big happened in Daliang tonight, but Liu Xi didn¡¯t know what happened. He was just ordered to wait here for Young Master Ang to receive him. This made him feel uneasy as he had never seen such a big shot before. He was afraid that if he didn't handle it well, he would lose his job or even his head. "Without courtesy, get up." The young master waved his hand, and was too lazy to pay attention to the frightened Liu Xi. He turned to Wei Yang and said, "Martin Yang, you come to ask questions." "Nuo." Wei Yang stepped forward and asked, "I Let me ask you, how do you usually go from Jiqingfang to Chengshoufu via Kanglefang? " "Back to your lord," Liu Xi said hurriedly: "First take Yong'an Lane, then Nanchang Street, and finally Biandan Lane, or It's Wuzi Street, and you can go to Changlefang, where the Chengshou Mansion is located. "Where is the quietest road?" "Biandan Lane." "Are you sure?" Liu Xi swore: "Sir, the villain has lived in Kanglefang all his life. It will never be wrong. If it is wrong, just chop off the villain's head." "Very good." Wei Yang was very satisfied and turned back. He said: "Young Master, I have nothing more to ask." Young Master Ang took out a Ying Yuan from his arms and threw it to Liu Xi: "As a reward, please lead the way to Biandan Lane." "Thank you, Young Master." Liu Xi was almost overjoyed. Mouth, hurry up and lead the way. After a while, Biandan Alley arrived, and Liu Xi hurriedly said: "Master, gentlemen, this is Biandan Alley." With the help of the soldier's torch, Wei Yang took a look at the alley. The alley was narrow and long, so it was called Biandan Alley. He was also impressed, so he asked Liu Xi: "Is this alley the closest to Yongle Fang?" "Yes, sir, it is closer than Wuzi Street." Liu Xi said hurriedly: "It's just that this alley is narrow and not suitable for carriages. It's relatively deserted, so there are fewer people walking around, and it's relatively quiet. " "Very well, it's none of your business, go back." Wei Yang walked towards Young Master Ang and said confidently, " Young Master, if Yang's prediction is correct, Miss Yinyu is the one. He was kidnapped here." "It's hard work." Young Master Ang turned to look at Jian Song with an expectant expression. "Mr. Jiansong, it's your turn. "Jian Song nodded, took a torch, and went straight into the alley. "Quick, give me some light, sir. "Wei Xiao greeted immediately, and a group of soldiers followed with torches. "No need." Jian Song quickly stopped and said, "There are many people with different skills, which may destroy the clues. I can do it alone." " "Okay, okay, you all wait. "The young master said hurriedly. "No. "Wei Xiao and others took the order. Jian Song first walked along the entire Biandan Alley, bending down and carefully searching every inch of the ground with his sharp eyes, and then jumped on the walls on both sides to investigate carefully. It took half an hour. Finally, Jian Song jumped off the wall and strode back, "Sir, did you find anything? "Young Master Ang immediately greeted him impatiently. Jian Song looked solemn and shook his head: "There are no useful clues left. The opponent is very sophisticated and must not be an ordinary person. The only thing that is certain is that the young lady was indeed kidnapped here. I found some footprints on the walls on both sides. They were very shallow and were left by people with excellent light body skills. According to my speculation, the enemy must have found out that the lady often returned home from here, and then set up an ambush here early. " Young Master Ang's face suddenly became very ugly. He didn't expect that the enemy was so cunning and didn't leave him any clues. How can we save people!? Is it really necessary to hunt down the whole city? But if you do this, you are likely to get only Yinyu¡¯s body. ¡°The enemy should have retreated from the opposite alley. I¡¯ll go take a look. Maybe I can get some clues. " Wei Yang was unwilling to accept it. He reached out to grab the torch from a soldier and hurried away. "I'll go and have a look too. "Jian Song hesitated for a moment. Although he felt that due to the enemy's sophistication, he did not leave any clues when arresting people, and it was even less likely to leave any traces when retreating, he still followed Wei Yang. This is also a dead horse Quan is treated as a living horse. Doctor, try your luck. Wei Yang walked to the opposite lane. In front of him was an alley that was perpendicular to Biandan Lane. There was no end in sight. Wei Yang lowered his head and surveyed the ground carefully to the south. Some ruts were found, and there was more than one car. According to common sense, carriages should rarely pass through a narrow alley like Biandan Lane. Once two cars meet, they may get stuck. They were the vehicles used by the enemy to hide the hostages, but it was useless to find them. There were too many people and vehicles, and the tracks would be messed up once they left the alley. Suddenly, it was impossible to track them. Some red powder in front of him caught Wei Yang's attention. Text Chapter 17 Locking the Enemy Nest PS: The third update, please recommend and collect again, urgent! ***** This is? Wei Yang picked up a little red powder with his hand and smelled it. It smelled a bit fragrant, but he couldn't tell what it was for the moment. "Master Wei, have you discovered anything?" Jian Song strode over and saw that Wei Yang seemed to be studying something, so he hurriedly asked. "Mr. Jian Song, please take a look," Wei Yang said quickly, "Young Yang found some red powder, but you don't know what it is?" "Let me take a look." Jian Song took a few steps forward, squatted down, and sure enough he saw some red powder. . He also picked up some with his hands, put it under his nose and smelled it. As expected of a tracking expert, he immediately smelled it: "Hey, it's rouge." "A woman's rouge?" Wei Yang was stunned. He was not married yet. , naturally unfamiliar with women¡¯s rouge. "Yes, and it's very expensive, not something ordinary people can afford." Jian Song carefully distinguished the quality of the rouge. "Where did this thing come from?" Wei Yang suddenly felt something in his heart: "Mr. Jian Song, do you think this could be a clue left by Miss Yin Yu?" Jian Song's eyes lit up and he stood up suddenly: "Let's go, let's go to Come and take a look." "Okay." Wei Yang agreed quickly. At this moment, the two people held torches and walked forward, their eyes widened, and they carefully looked at every inch of the ground. Sure enough, every few steps or ten meters, the presence of red rouge was discovered. "80% yes. Master Wei, you have made a great contribution this time. I will call the young master right away." Jian Song looked excited, hurried to the alley, and said loudly: "Young Master, please come here quickly, we have found something." " Did you find anything?" Upon hearing this, the depressed young man couldn't help but cheer up and said, "Go and have a look" and rushed away. "Follow me quickly." Wei Xiao also led others to follow him anxiously. Seeing Gongzi Ang and others arriving, Jian Song immediately stepped forward and said, "Young Master, Butler Wei, please see this?" "This is Rouge?" Looking at the red powder on Jian Song's fingers, both Gongzi Ang and Wei Xiao were both We have been married for many years, so we are no strangers to each other. "Yes." Jian Song said: "Look, is this the rouge used by Miss Yinyu?" "Let me see." Upon hearing this, Young Master Ang quickly picked up a little with his hand, smelled it carefully, and nodded. "Exactly, it's this kind of fragrance." Wei Xiao also picked up a little and smelled it, and immediately affirmed: "It's unmistakable, it's this smell. Miss's rouge is all from the best rouge shop in the city, Cuiyuxuan. I bought it. The villain's mother-in-law also uses this." "It's great." Wei Yang, who followed him back, said happily: "These rouges were found at the entrance of the alley and were scattered all over the place. We were wondering if they were left by the lady. The clues that came down seem to be correct." "Young master, you are so smart! What are you waiting for? Just follow the clues and find them." "No," everyone accepted. At the moment, Jian Song took the lead, and a group of people held torches and followed Rouge's traces, slowly searching for her. Fortunately, not long after Sun Bin and the others were kidnapped, Young Master Ang ordered a curfew, and the rouge sprinkled along the way was not much damaged by passers-by, which made it easy for Jian Song to track them. In the blink of an eye, half an hour passed. However, Gongzi Ang realized that something was wrong, because he found that he had already walked through the alley in front of him just now. "Mr. Jian Song," Young Master Ang couldn't help but said, "We seem to have walked through this alley once just now. We can't be mistaken, right?" "No." Jian Song was confident and sneered, "Young Master, I don't know. This is the cunning of the thieves. They deliberately take detours in the city, so as to confuse not only the hostages, but also possible trackers." Young Master Ang suddenly realized and couldn't help gritting his teeth: "These insidious rats, wait until they are caught. I swear I won¡¯t be a human until I cut him into pieces.¡± Wei Yang narrowed his eyes and said, ¡°Looking at the thief¡¯s cunningness, I guess the hiding place may be beyond our expectations.¡± ¡°Hmph, no matter how cunning you are, this time. It's hard to predict whether they will have wings." Jian Song's eyes flashed coldly: "Master, let's hurry up, the night is getting longer." "Okay, okay" Master Ang agreed quickly. A group of people continued to search forward, working hard in circles in Daliang City, slowly approaching the target. Finally, after another small hour, the rouge on the road was broken, and there was no more. "No more?" The young master panicked: "Mr. Jian Song, what do you think?" "Young Master, don't worry." Jian Song was very calm: "The rouge is broken. There are two situations. The lady's rouge is used up, or the thief The nest has arrived.¡±sp; "I hope it's the latter." Wei Yang expectedly said, sometimes, you can only expect good luck to come. "Quickly, look around to see if there are any clues." Hearing that the thief's lair might be nearby, Young Master Ang became uneasy. "Wait a minute." Jian Song stopped him and said, "It's easy to frighten the enemy. Young Master, just lead the armored men to retreat. Mr. Wei Yang and I will do it." "Okay, okay." Young Master Ang had no choice but to be patient and lead the armored men. The soldier stood back and waited. Jian Song and Wei Yang stepped forward, and they searched the area carefully, not missing every bush or courtyard gate. Soon, Jian Song found another trace of Rouge on a threshold. It is indeed here. Jian Song sneered in his heart, quickly extinguished the torch, quietly greeted Wei Yang, and quickly retreated. "How is it? What did you two gentlemen find?" Young Master Ang was extremely anxious. "Found it." The somewhat serious Jian Song also looked happy: "I found Rouge again on a threshold. The young lady must have been taken into that house." "Which house?" Young Master Ang was overjoyed. Jian Song said: "There is a plaque hanging on the lintel with the word 'Liu's Mansion' written on it. The house is quite big, it seems to be no ordinary house." "Liu Mansion?" Young Master Ang nodded and glanced around: "Wait, wait. Do you know where this is? Who is this Liu family? "As a young master, he cannot leave the house at will, so he is not familiar with Daliang. "Sir," Wei Xiao had been looking for Yanzhi all the way. At this time, Wei Xiao had time to look around carefully. At this glance, he said with some disbelief: "This, this seems to be Yongle Square." "What? ?" Young Master Ang was stunned, thinking that he heard wrongly. "That's right, it's Yongle Square." Jian Song also recognized it: "And it seems not far from the city guard's mansion, at most a hundred steps to the west. Let me think about it, Liu's Mansion? Yes, this should be the Prime Minister of Daliang County Liu Ao's house. "What a cunning thief!" Young Master Ang, Wei Yang and others almost looked at each other. Who would have thought that the thief would hide the hostages so close. Moreover, the magistrate of Daliang County was the deputy of Daliang Ling, and he had a high position in Daliang. On the surface, Liu Ao seemed to be loyal to Wei Ying, but who would have thought that this person was actually Gongzi Chu's secret plan. The more dangerous and impossible the place, the safer it is! Text Chapter 18 The ruthlessness of Jian Song (Part 1) PS: Urgently asking for your recommendations and collections, thank you! ****** ****** "It's dark under the lamp." Suddenly, Wei Yang sneered. "Liu¡ª¡ªAo!" Young Master Ang also came back to his senses, with a ferocious look on his face and every word, obviously he hated this guy. "Young Master," Wei Xiao gritted his teeth and said, "I'm going to go back and mobilize people right now to level the Liu Mansion." "Okay, I'll leave no chickens or dogs behind for this Young Master." In anger, Young Master's eyes were red and murderous. . "No." Wei Xiao accepted the order without hesitation. "Wait." Jian Song stopped Wei Xiao who was about to leave and said to the young master: "Sir, if we attack forcefully, no matter how fast we move, I'm afraid the enemy will have the opportunity to hurt the young lady, so I want to go first. Sneak in and find an opportunity to rescue the young lady, and then the young master will send people in. This will ensure safety." "Mr. Jian Song is right," Wei Yang's eyes lit up and he agreed. However, Young Master Ang hesitated a little and said, "Sir, you want to go into the tiger's den alone? Isn't it too dangerous?" "Thank you for your concern, Young Master." Jian Song was a little moved, and gave a long salute and said proudly: "However, Young Master, don't worry, I'm sorry that these young people can't hurt me. Song, I will definitely rescue the young lady safely." "Well, sir, be careful." Young Master Ang thought for a while and agreed. "In that case, Song will go first." Jian Song cupped his hands, turned around and jumped into the darkness. "Young Master, then I'll transfer people." Wei Xiao said. "Go." Young Master waved his hand, looked at the direction where Jian Song disappeared, and said worriedly: "I hope he can succeed." "Yes." Wei Yang also nodded. Since ancient times, he has traveled a hundred miles, and half of it is ninety, but Don't fall short. Liu Mansion, in the secret room. "Miss, why hasn't there been any movement?" Xiaoqiu couldn't sit still. The feeling of waiting was too painful. "I, I don't know either." Yinyue was also a little uneasy. Although Rouge was left as a clue, what if his father and Mr. Jian Song didn¡¯t discover it or didn¡¯t understand it? "It should be soon." Sun Bin was very confident and comforted: "Don't worry, be patient." "Okay." Seeing Sun Bin's confident look, Yinyu and Xiaoqiu unconsciously settled their minds. "Not good." Suddenly, Sun Bin jumped up. "What's wrong?" Yinyu was a little worried, not knowing what happened. Sun Bin said uneasily: "I forgot something. If your father finds this place and brings people in, will those killers take us as hostages, or jump over the wall and kill us first? Alas, that was an oversight." "Ah¡ª¡ª "Yinyue and Xiaoqiu were dumbfounded and said hurriedly: "Then, what should we do?" Sun Bin was also anxious: "Now, I can only hope that your father or someone around you is smart enough to come up with a proper solution. No way, I can't put my fate on others, I have to find some weapons, just in case." However, looking around, there is not even a stick, let alone a weapon. It¡¯s bitter! Sun Bin¡¯s face looked a little ugly. If those killers rushed in, he would have no choice but to die with his bare hands. "Sir, can you use a hairpin?" Yinyu suddenly had an idea. "Hairpin?" Sun Bin's eyes lit up and he hurriedly pulled out the hairpin on his head - it was a bronze hairpin, not too fine or expensive, but very strong and sharp. It seems that this can be regarded as a weapon, at least enough to kill someone if it is stabbed in the vital part. However, if you use a hairpin to fight with the enemy's long sword, no matter how it seems, the chance of winning is very slim, not to mention the huge gap in the strength of the two sides. "Yes, something is better than nothing." Sun Bin laughed at himself, then put the bronze hairpin in the cover and hid it, and pinned it on his head with the jade hairpin he just bought to prevent his hair from spreading and affecting his movements. Just as he was getting ready, he heard someone outside shouting: "Who is it?" "Chi - chi -" Immediately, two sharp sword whistles suddenly sounded, and after two muffled groans, two heavy objects crashed Fall to the ground. "Ha, it seems someone has come to save us." Sun Bin was overjoyed and jumped up. ¡°Wow¡ª¡± Yinyu and Xiaoqiu were so surprised that as soon as they got up, someone split the lock with a sword and pushed the door open. Sun Bin immediately clenched the hairpin in his sleeve, just in case. I saw the person coming, holding an ancient fine iron sword. He was tall and thin, but his eyes were sharp and his murderous intent was terrifying. "Mr. Jian Song¡ª¡ª" Yinyue immediately exhaled with joy. "Finally saved." Xiaoqiu cried with joy.   He is Jian Song! ? Sun Bin also felt angry in his heart. Thank God, he no longer had to fight those ghost killers with hairpins. Jian Song also let out a sigh of relief when he saw that Yin Yu was fine. Suddenly, his figure flashed, and the sharp sword tip was already pressed against Sun Bin's throat. It was as fast as a ghost. "Tell me, who are you?" Jian Song's voice was cold and bone-chilling. Sun Bin was horrified and said quickly: "Don't misunderstand, don't misunderstand, we are friends. Miss Yinyu and I are friends." The biting coldness at the tip of the sword made Sun Bin almost freeze, and he did not dare to move an inch. Yinyu was also startled and said anxiously: "Mr. Jian Song, what are you doing? Take the sword away quickly. Mr. Sun is really my friend. If he hadn't thought of using rouge as a clue, I'm afraid you wouldn't have found this place." "Oh!?" Jian Song was stunned. He didn't expect that using Rouge as a clue was actually the idea of ??the young man in front of him. He was really smart. He took the sword back and said coldly: "I'll trust you first. You'd better not lie to me." "Don't dare. Don't dare." Sun Bin laughed dryly and walked around the gate of hell, but he was so frightened that his underwear was almost soaked. "It's not advisable to stay here for a long time, miss. I'll escort you away." Jian Song said immediately. "Okay, okay, young master, Xiaoqiu, let's go quickly." Yinyu greeted immediately and followed Jian Song outside the house. As soon as he went out, he saw two "blood-piercing" killers lying dead at the door. There were dozens of spiraling stairs in front of him. Sun Bin guessed correctly, this was indeed an underground secret room. "Don't make any noise and go quickly." Jian Song greeted in a low voice, leading Sun Bin and Yin Yu to climb up quickly. Not long after, his eyes lit up and the four of them had already exited the tunnel. Sun Bin was very happy. As soon as he glanced at it, the joyful expression on his face condensed. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? A dozen or so ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killers were suddenly surrounded, and the leader was the man with eagle eyes and nose augmentation. At this time, he was shocked and angry. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????:??????????????????????????????????????:???????????????????????????????? The hiding place they put in so much effort and so much effort was discovered before their buttocks warmed up?¡ª What went wrong? However, there is no point in worrying about this now, as a large number of Gongzi Ang's men will soon swarm over. Since the mission has failed, the top priority is to retreat quickly. But before leaving, the four people in front of me must die. Since the young master does not know how to appreciate others, he must pay the price. "Kill them immediately and then retreat." The hawk-eyed man with the nose job looked fierce. "No." More than ten "blood-piercing" killers immediately came up to kill him. Text Chapter 19 The ruthlessness of Jian Song (Part 2) PS: The second update is on the list. I urgently ask for your recommendation and collection support. Thank you. ****** Jian Song looked solemn. It¡¯s really unexpected that the enemy discovered his intrusion so quickly. He is worthy of the notorious ¡®blood stabbing¡¯. " If Jian Song is just one person, he will not be afraid no matter how strong the enemy is. He has this confidence. But the problem is that he still has three children to protect, at least Miss Yinyu must be protected. Jian Song gritted his teeth and said sternly: "Follow me and rush to the gate." Taking the lead with his sword. Sun Bin and the others hurriedly followed. At this time, we must not fall behind. Once we escape the protection of Jian Song, we will definitely die. "Whoever stands in my way will die!" Jian Song's eyes were like eagles, looking at the two blood-striking killers rushing in front of him, and in the midst of his fierce shouts, the sword light flashed like lightning. What a fast sword! too fast! The two "blood-piercing" killers looked horrified. They didn't have time to block the attack, and their throats were already hit by swords. ¡°Push¡ªpush¡ª¡± With blood splattering, the two ¡®blood-stabbing¡¯ killers fell down and died. The eagle-eyed rhinoplasty man was shocked. The enemy's swordsmanship was too terrifying. According to the intelligence, he immediately realized the identity of the opponent - Jian Song. It¡¯s the guy who is known as the ¡®Number One Swordsman of Wei¡¯. No wonder you are so brave, you dare to break into the Liu Mansion alone with a sword. Very good, you will never come back this time. "Use a hidden weapon to stop him." The eagle-eyed nose-plasty man shouted sharply, and he also drew his sword and pounced on him. "Whoosh" Upon hearing the order, all the "blood-piercing" killers took action one after another. For a moment, flying knives, arrows and other hidden weapons rained down like rain. Among them, many hidden weapons were directed towards Sun Bin and the others. Jian Song was startled and had no choice but to give up the breakout and jumped in front of Sun Bin and the others. The sword light surged and became as dense as a net. "Ding ding" There was a clang like exploding beans, sparks flew everywhere, and countless flying knives, arrows and other objects fell like raindrops on the ground. Damn it, what a great swordsmanship! Sun Bin was dumbfounded. He didn't know who was stronger in swordsmanship between Song Jian and Nie Feng. "Uh-" At this moment, a flying knife passed through the sword net, hitting Jian Song's left shoulder, and blood burst out. "Kill him." The three nearest 'blood-piercing' killers were overjoyed and swarmed towards him. Jian Song was furious, stretched out his hand and pulled out the flying knife on his shoulder, threw it at a 'blood-piercing' killer, and jumped on him at the same time. The ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killer had just turned sideways to avoid the flying knife, when the sword Song Kuai Jian arrived. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Blood bloomed in his throat. The unlucky killer had a look of disbelief on his face and slowly fell to the ground softly. ¡°Chi¡ªchi¡ª¡± At the end of the Sword Song Dynasty, Ji was delighted when two sharp sword whistles came from behind. Jian Song looked fearless. After hearing the sound and identifying his position, he spun his body, reversed his sword, and thrust it out from under his left armpit. "Push¡ª¡ª" The sharp fine iron sword tore open the flesh between the chest and abdomen of a 'blood-piercing' killer, and came out fiercely through the back. At the same time, Jian Song quickly drew his sword and turned to the right with lightning. A sharp sword light swept up a long bloody drop, and the third "blood-piercing" killer fell down with a sword in his throat. "Sir, be careful!" At this moment, Sun Bin suddenly warned. Jian Song was startled, and felt a biting chill coming from behind, and a sharp sword roar was very close. If you want to hide, it's too late. "Ding¡ª¡ª" What a swordsman. When there was no time to make a move, the sword swept back and narrowly managed to deflect the oncoming sword. How can it be! ? The sneak-attacking rhinoplasty surgeon looked in disbelief: Does this guy also have eyes on his back? Jian Song escaped from danger with his sword. At the sound of shouts, the long sword spun sharply and slashed towards the enemy's head. Those who have rhinoplasty with eagle eyes will retreat immediately. The swordsmen followed each other closely, the long swords like maggots attached to bones, emitting harsh screams, never leaving the opponent's chest and abdomen. He vowed to kill this man. What Jian Song hates most are those shameless people who like to sneak attacks from behind. That is the shame of swordsmen. "Go kill those children." The eagle-eyed nose-oplasty man was furious and shouted sinisterly. The remaining ** "blood-piercing" killers took the order and pounced on them together, making Yinyu and Xiaoqiu scream in shock. Sun Bin also had a green face and hurriedly picked up oneA long sword for stubborn resistance. Jian Song was shocked. As expected, he withdrew his sword, turned around, and wanted to return for help, but by doing so, his back was already wide open. "Go to hell." The man with eagle eyes and rhinoplasty was overjoyed and stabbed with his sword. Jian Song didn't seem to notice it, until the tip of the sword was about to enter his back, then he quietly turned to the side, avoiding the vital point. "Push¡ª¡ª" The sharp green edge penetrated straight into the body, and blood suddenly burst out. Song Zhi couldn't help but groan in pain even though his sword was strong. Ha ha! "The man with eagle eyes and nose job is ecstatic, so what if he is the best swordsman in the Wei Kingdom? He will be killed by my sword today." "Push¡ª¡ª" At this moment, the eagle-eyed nose job man suddenly felt a chill in his heart. He lowered his head in shock and saw a fine iron long sword covertly passing through Jian Song's left armpit and penetrating into his chest. What a swordsman, he actually used himself as bait to kill the most difficult enemy leader! Many people are cruel enough, but they are only cruel to their enemies, but Jian Song is not only cruel to his enemies, but also to himself! Impressed. The man with eagle eyes and nose job sighed deeply in his heart and looked up to the sky. Jian Song succeeded with the sword, and without stopping, he quickly returned to help, and pulled out the long sword from his back with his backhand. Although the blood is sprayed like rain, it does not change color. The tenacity of the nerves is really as iron as steel, which is extremely admirable. At this time, Sun Bin and the others were in danger. "Go to hell." The first "blood-piercing" killer looked extremely ferocious and stabbed Yinyu's chest with his sword. As long as Yinyu can be killed, their operation will not be considered a complete failure. ¡°Ah¡ª¡ª¡± Yin Jade¡¯s soul flew away and she screamed in surprise. Damn it! Sun Bin gritted his teeth and stood in front of Yinyu regardless of his own safety. He used his sword with all his strength to intercept it to the death. In his previous life, Sun Bin never learned martial arts. But in this life, he is the queen of the generals. He has been practicing martial arts since he was a child. Although he is young, he still has some foundation in swordsmanship. Sure enough, Sun Bin intercepted successfully. "Ding¡ª¡ª" Where the sparks were flying, Sun Bin was in joy, but he felt a huge force coming from the sword, and he staggered back immediately. Not only was his arm sore and numb, but the tiger's mouth was in severe pain, and he could hardly hold the sword. live. ¡°One is an eleven-year-old boy, and he is still injured. The other one was a cold-blooded killer who had been brutally trained and killed countless people. You can think of it with your toes. There is not only a huge gap in arm strength between the two sides, but also a world of difference in strength. "You don't overestimate your own capabilities." The 'blood-piercing' killer laughed ferociously and was about to kill Sun Bin who was in the way. Sun Bin complained secretly. At this time, Yinyu and Xiaoqiu¡¯s screams came from behind again, but other ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killers also pounced on them. Sun Bin was desperate. He could not save himself, let alone save others. "Push¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a long sword, like a flying fairy from the sky, came across the sky, and the killer in front of Sun Bin was actually penetrated through the skull. Where the blood sprayed, the dead body suddenly fell at Sun Bin's feet, blood and brains gargle and flow. "Uh - uh -" Poor Sun Bin, who had never seen such a terrifying scene, his stomach suddenly twitched, and he bent over and vomited wildly. But it was Jian Song who finally rushed back. Text Chapter 20 Getting to know Wei Ang PS: We are in the process of making the list, and we urgently need your recommendation and collection support, urgent! ******* After rescuing Sun Bin from the siege, Jian Song jumped in front of Yin Yu and Xiao Qiu. Every flash of sword light would kill one person. In the blink of an eye, more than half of the ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killers were killed and injured, leaving only five or six people. Looking at Jian Song, who was still as invincible as a god even though he was covered in blood, the killers were frightened. They cowered and trembled, not daring to step forward. "Kill¡ª¡ª" At this moment, there was a shout in the courtyard, and a large number of Liu's servants and retainers heard the news and came over to kill him. The leader was a middle-aged man in a brocade robe, none other than Liang Cheng Liu Ao. Jian Song was shocked. No matter how hard he fought, he couldn't stop so many people. He hurriedly said, "Miss, let's go quickly. I'll stop the queen." "Sir, let's go quickly." Yinyu was also panicked. When Sun Bin saw that the situation was not good, he didn't care about vomiting anymore. He quickly took the sword in one hand and Yinyu and Xiaoqiu in the other, and ran for his life. "You dare to go to the first and die!" Jian Song roared angrily, and the sword light was like a glow. Several servants and retainers who were at the forefront were hit by the sword and fell down. The rest were so frightened that they did not dare to step forward for a while. But Liu Ao raised a sword and killed one person with a ferocious expression: "Come on, those who dare to retreat will die!" Now that the conspiracy was exposed, Liu Ao also took the risk. Anyway, he could not escape death, but at least he had to kill a few people. Burial. The servants and retainers had no choice but to bite the bullet and swarm forward, shouting. Jian Song complained secretly, he could only block it with all his strength, fight and retreat. However, there were too many enemies, and Jian Song was seriously injured. Although he tried his best to kill several more people, he was hit by another sword. Seeing that the situation was extremely critical, and Jian Song could no longer hold on for much longer, a loud noise came from the gate: "Boom -" The courtyard gate of Liu Mansion collapsed, and in the flying dust, a large number of elite soldiers and retainers from the Young Master Ang Mansion swarmed. Enter the mansion. Prince Ang himself followed closely behind, surrounded by Wei Yang and Wei Xiao. ¡°Father¡ª¡ª¡± When Yinyu saw him, he was so happy that he quickly broke away from Sun Bin¡¯s hand and rushed forward with tears. Young Master Ang was waiting for news from the Jian Song Dynasty outside, but suddenly he heard the clanging of swords in the Liu Mansion, and the sound of killing was loud. He knew something was wrong, and quickly led his people to attack and respond. Who would have thought that as soon as he entered the mansion, he happened to bump into Yin Yu . "Yinyu!?" The very surprised Young Master Ang was ecstatic when he saw that his daughter was fine. He hugged Yinyu and comforted her repeatedly: "Good boy, it's okay. Daddy is here, don't be afraid, don't be afraid." "By the way, father, please save Mr. Jian Song quickly." Yin Yu came back to her senses and said quickly, not caring about wiping her tears. "Don't worry." Young Master Ang's eyes were full of murderous intent, and he ordered sternly: "Wei Xiao, give it to me, leave no one behind. No, that Liu Ao, I want to live." "No." Wei Xiao accepted the order and led the way. All the soldiers and retainers quickly came to reinforce him. ¡°These people are all elite men who have been with Young Master Ang on the battlefield for a long time. This effort is really as powerful as a tiger. Liu Ao's servants and retainers were all a mob. When they saw something was not going well, they all abandoned Liu Ao, shouted and fled in all directions. The few remaining ¡®blood-piercing¡¯ killers also quickly fled. ¡°Come on.¡± ¡°Don¡¯t let them escape.¡± ¡°Kill them all.¡± ¡­ Wei Xiao stamped his feet aggressively, brandishing his sword and roaring. The soldiers and retainers of Gongzi Ang's Mansion were like wolves and tigers, and they pursued bravely, killing the enemy until corpses lay all over the field, and wolves rushed abruptly. Jian Song relaxed from the pressure and breathed out: Thank God, thank you, I finally managed to hold on. Suddenly his eyesight went dark, and he hurriedly pressed his sword to the ground before he could stand firm. ¡°Quickly, send Mr. home immediately and find someone for first aid.¡± Wei Xiao was startled and ordered quickly. "No." Two doormen rushed forward and supported Jian Song. When he arrived at the door, he saw Young Master Ang hugging Yin Yu and whispering comfort. Jian Song smiled hard but proudly: "Young Master, I am fortunate to have lived up to my command." Young Master Ang quickly stepped forward and held Jian Song's hand. With a face full of gratitude: "Sir, you have worked hard. I will thank you deeply for this great contribution. I won't say more. You two, please send your husband home for emergency treatment." "No." The two disciples agreed and hurriedly supported him. The sword turns around. "Hey, who are you?" Young Master Ang looked away, but suddenly he saw Sun Bin beside Xiao Qiuhou. "Little brother, why are you here?" Before Yinyu introduced him, Wei Yang had already exclaimed. He never expected that he would be here.I bumped into Sun Bin. How is this going? Sun Bin threw away the sword and held it in his hand with a smile: "It's a long story. I would like to congratulate brother Wei for his wish coming true." Seeing Wei Yang following closely beside the young master, he knew that Wei Yang must have won the young master. Ang's favor. Wei Yang laughed heartily and said happily: "Thank you, thank you very much. This is all thanks to my little brother." Young Master Ang couldn't help but said: "Wei Yang, do you know this little brother? Why don't you introduce me to my young master? "Young Master, forgive me." Wei Yang was ashamed and said in a low voice, "His name is Sun Bin and Sun Boling. He is a descendant of the military sage Sun Wuzi." Young Master Ang was shocked: He is a queen from a famous family! "In addition, this son has become a disciple of Mr. Guigu, a strange man of the generation, and his future achievements may be limitless." Wei Yang was very grateful to Sun Bin for his help, and naturally he did not hesitate to praise him. "It's actually a disciple of Guigu!?" Young Master Ang's eyes suddenly lit up and he said anxiously: "Then Sun Bin is here, could it be that Mr. Guigu is also in Daliang?" "Exactly." Wei Yang smiled and nodded: " So he stayed at the same inn as Yang Yang. "Gongzi Ang was overjoyed and said, "For such a great virtuous person, Ang should pay him a visit in person." Guiguzi is famous all over the world, but it's a pity that he has never seen the light of day. In Prince Ang's opinion, if he can be invited to serve as Wei. If you want to serve your country, why should you be afraid of Han and Zhao? Wei Yang hurriedly said: "Young master, please don't make any noise. Mr. Gui Gu and Bo Ling offended some young men and were being hunted, so they hid in Daliang. If you want to meet, you should keep a low profile to avoid leaking the news." Suddenly he realized: "Don't worry, I understand." He stepped forward and grabbed Sun Bin's hand enthusiastically: "It turns out that the little brother is actually a queen from a famous family. I am disrespectful and disrespectful." Of course, people are not enough. After all, no matter how powerful the grandson is, he will have died long ago. The person who did it is Gui Guzi. "Young master, you've received the award." Sun Bin was relieved when he saw that Wei Yang only revealed his identity to the young master Ang alone. Now, he didn't want to be famous. That would be a target for 'Gui Yin'. "Father," Yinyu said happily when she saw that her father liked Sun Bin, "My daughter's escape today is all thanks to the young master." As he said this, he was so excited that he told the story quickly. Young Master Ang and Wei Yang were shocked. They didn't expect that Sun Bin was so young and resourceful. They thought it was Yinyu's work. "That's it." Young Master Ang became even more enthusiastic. This is not only his daughter's lifesaver, but also a great horse for the future. I will gather talented people for the country! He grabbed Sun Bin's hand and kept saying, "A hero is born from a young age. The grace of saving his daughter will be unforgettable by Wei Ang." "Young Master, you are so polite." Sun Bin was flattered by Young Master Ang's enthusiasm. Text Chapter 21 Wei Ang Recruits PS: The new book is on the list, and I continue to ask for your recommendation and collection support. ***** "Sir, Liu Ao has been arrested." At this time, Wei Xiao led several people and excitedly came over with Liu Ao, who had a bruised nose and swollen face and was tied with ropes. "Very good." Young Master Ang immediately grasped the hilt of the sword with a murderous look on his face. He wanted to chop Liu Ao to death with one strike, but he remembered that his daughter was right beside him. Don't frighten her. He held back his anger and gritted his teeth. : "Take him back, take him to the execution ground at noon tomorrow, and cut him in half!" Cutting him in half is a very cruel way to die. After the prisoner is cut off at the waist, he will not die for a while. After suffering all the pain, he will slowly die. But in Gongzi Ang¡¯s view, this way of death was an advantage for Liu Ao. "No!" Wei Xiao waved his hand: "Take it away." Several soldiers pushed Liu Ao away, who looked ashen. When Sun Bin saw that it was getting late and Gui Guzi didn't see him at the inn, he must have been very anxious when he returned. He quickly said: "Master, since the matter here is over, Bin will leave. The master is still in the inn, so he doesn't dare to stay for a long time." Wei Yang also said hurriedly: "Young Yang also has to go back and prepare your luggage. I will come to the young master's house tomorrow to see what you can do." Go back." Arrange the manpower immediately. Sun Bin then said goodbye to Yinyu who was reluctant to leave, and turned around with Wei Yang. In the inn. Gui Guzi was pacing back and forth in the room anxiously. It was late at night, but Sun Bin was still nowhere to be seen. How could he not be anxious. What¡¯s worse is that there¡¯s a curfew outside. Apparently something big happened to Daliang. Guiguzi couldn't help but feel a little more anxious, but since he couldn't go out to search, he could only worry. No, I have to make a divination. Gui Guzi took out a few pieces of turtle bones and gently threw them on the table. There was a clattering sound and the turtle bones stopped one after another. It¡¯s a good sign! Gui Guzi was overjoyed and felt much more at ease. Although his divination may not be accurate in every hexagram, it is at least 100% certain and is trustworthy. "Teacher!" At this moment, there was a sound of footsteps, and Sun Bin pushed the door open and entered. "Bo Ling!" Guiguzi was overjoyed and greeted him hurriedly: "Why did you come back so late? I'm so worried about my teacher." Sun Bin said embarrassedly: "Something happened to make the teacher worried." "Martinez has seen Mr. "At this time, a person came out from behind Sun Bin and bowed to Guiguzi. It was Wei Yang. "Zhiyuan?" Guiguzi was stunned: "You and Bo Ling came back together?" Sun Bin went to buy things, and Wei Yang went to see Young Master Ang. How could these two people come back together? Guiguzi was very puzzled. "Haha, it's hard to explain in one sentence. Let's sit down and talk." Wei Yang smiled, there are indeed too many stories today. "Okay, okay." Guiguzi nodded repeatedly. The three of them sat down, and Wei Yang told the story of the incident one by one, while Sun Bin added something from time to time. It will take a long time for this twists and turns, bizarre and thrilling story to be told. Gui Guzi looked in disbelief and couldn't laugh or cry at the same time: "Bo Ling, your luck is really bad." "No." Sun Bin also looked helpless. ????????????????????????????????????????????? "Haha" Wei Yang said with a smile: "Fortunately, Bo Ling was not in danger, and he also made a good connection with Gongzi Ang, which will surely be beneficial in the future. This can be regarded as a blessing and a disaster." " That's true." Guiguzi smiled after thinking about it. Although he has no intention of pursuing an official career, he still has to think about his disciples. Although the Wei State is currently in civil strife, it is still the most powerful country in the world. Once the civil strife is calmed down, with Wei Ying's ability, he will surely recover quickly. If Guigu¡¯s disciples want to become officials, Wei is undoubtedly the best choice. ?????????????????????? And having a good relationship like Gongzi Ang will be of great help to the entire Guigu sect¡¯s career in Wei. "Sir, it's getting late, so I won't disturb Yang Yang." Wei Yang stood up and said with a smile: "If Yang Yang's prediction is true, Master Ang will definitely send someone to invite Sir and Bo Ling early tomorrow morning. I hope we can do it soon." Get ready." "Okay." Gui Guzi nodded. After Wei Yang left, Sun Bin smiled and said with some meaning: "Teacher, just now Master Ang is very enthusiastic about his disciples. It seems that it is more than just a favor to save his daughter. I am afraid that the drunkard's intention is not to drink." " Haha" Guiguzi also laughed: "You are quite clever, you just want to recruit me as a teacher and show off your skills.He is a virtuous corporal. " "What do you think, teacher?" " Sun Bin was happy. Among smart people, speaking is easy. Guiguzi shook his head lightly: "If I want to become an official, why wait until today? I'm afraid I've already worshiped the general and become the prime minister. Tomorrow, if Young Master Angruo wants to recruit someone, just refuse. " Sun Bin said with a pity look on his face: "Teacher is a man of earth-shattering talent, it is a pity not to serve as an official. " "Haha" Guiguzi said calmly: "My happiness lies in the mountains and rivers, glory and wealth, what's the point. " Sun Bin was in awe: "Teacher is a true gentleman. " It is really commendable that someone with such outstanding talent as Gui Guzi can be content with poverty and devote himself to studying and educating people. "Everyone has his own ambitions, so how can we talk about being a gentleman. Guiguzi didn't take it seriously, and said with a little worry: "Okay, it's getting late, let's all have a rest." I'm afraid there will be some entertainment tomorrow. " It is conceivable that with Guiguzi's quiet and desireless character, he definitely doesn't like troublesome things like socializing. "Haha" Sun Bin also laughed, he didn't like socializing either. The next day, early in the morning. Sun Bin and Guiguzi got up and had just washed up. After it was over, someone knocked on the door, "Please come in." "Gui Guzi greeted. "Creak¡ª¡ª" The door opened, and Wei Xiao stood in front of it and said very politely: "Young man Wei Xiao, on the order of my master, I invite Mr. Guigu and Mr. Boling to come over to the house for a reunion. I hope you two will enjoy this thin noodles. " Guiguzi and Sun Bin looked at each other: Hey, you are really impatient. "Yes. "Gui Guzi nodded lightly, and his masterly hermit style was revealed unconsciously. Seeing Gui Guzi giving face like this, Wei Xiao was overjoyed and said quickly: "Sir, please. " Guiguzi and Sun Bin left the inn and saw a simple carriage waiting outside, with Wei Yang standing next to it. "Sir, Bo Ling, how about going with Yang Yang if you want to be honored? "Wei Yang said with a smile. Sun Bin was secretly satisfied. Young Master Ang was really careful in doing things. He knew they were in trouble and was so low-key in hiring people. "Of course you can. Let's go. " Gui Guzi nodded. The three of them got on the carriage. Wei Xiao drove the carriage himself, the wheels rolled, and drove to the city guard's mansion where Young Master Ang was. Along the way, Gui Guzi sat speechless, with his eyes closed. Sun Bin looked at it curiously. Wei Yang was much familiar with the scenery of Daliang, so he introduced it to Sun Bin. The two of them talked and laughed, but they were not lonely. Text Chapter 22 Sun Bin¡¯s Engagement PS: There will be at least three updates today. Please support me with your recommendations and collections. Urgent! ***** Not long after, the carriage stopped. "You three, we're here, please get out of the car." Wei Xiao raised the curtains of the car and said politely to Sun Bin and the others. Of course, this attitude is mainly against Guiguzi. There are still seventh-rank officials in front of the prime minister's door. What's more, Wei Xiao is Gongzi Ang's steward and usually walks sideways in Daliang. The current Sun Bin and Wei Yang are not qualified enough to be fawned over like this. "Yeah." Guiguzi nodded lightly, but he got up and got out of the car without being surprised. Sun Bin and Wei Yang quickly followed. When the three of them got out of the car, they saw Young Master Ang waiting in front of the door in person. "Is this Mr. Guigu?" Seeing the immortal and extraordinary Guiguzi, the young master stepped forward and gave a long salute: "I have admired Mr. Guigu's name for a long time, and I am very lucky to meet you today." Sun Bin was shocked. : What a young master, he is so courteous to a corporal. He is the younger brother of the king of a country. Even if it¡¯s just a show, it¡¯s quite rare. But even so, Gui Guzi still had a calm expression on his face: "Young Master is so polite, but I am so humble and don't dare to deserve it." "You deserve it, you deserve it." Young Master Ang said with a matter-of-fact expression: "Sir, you are a genius in the world, and you will never be able to do so in a thousand years." , if I can see him today, let alone Wei Ang, even the Marquis of Wei should personally step down to greet him." Guiguzi smiled and said nothing. The so -called desire is justified. He has already made up the heart of the world. Seeing that Guiguzi was unmoved, Young Master Ang was a little disappointed. "However, Guiguzi is famous all over the world. If he was recruited so easily, I'm afraid he would have left the mountain long ago. It seems that we need to figure it out slowly. Young Master Ang made up his mind, and hurriedly stepped forward and saluted Sun Bin: "Bo Ling is here too. I can't thank you enough for saving my daughter last night. When I pass the house today, I must let Wei Ang be a good host." You're welcome." "You're so polite, sir." Sun Bin responded quickly, smiling bitterly in his heart: Well, you don't need to be so polite to me if you want to take advantage of my teacher, right? We are young and weak, so I cannot bear such a big gift from you. "Young Master," Wei Xiao stepped forward and whispered, "Let's go in and talk." "Yes, yes, Ang is rude." Young Master Ang quickly greeted warmly: "Sir, Bo Ling, Zhiyuan, please come quickly. "Come in." "Master, please." Gui Guzi bowed slightly. The master was so polite, so he couldn't be too disrespectful. At this moment, a group of people humbly entered the mansion and went straight into the lobby. "Young Master." As soon as Sun Bin entered the house, a beautiful girl Yingying in a dark blue dress saluted him. It¡¯s none other than Yin Yu. "Miss, you are so polite." Sun Bin was stunned and quickly returned the gift, but suddenly found that Yinyu had lightly applied pink and white today, which made her already extremely beautiful even more beautiful. "Haha" Young Master Ang said with a smile from the side: "Bo Ling, when I heard that you were coming, Yinyu got up early in the morning to dress up. It's unprecedented to be so careful." "Father -" Yinyu was immediately ashamed Her heels turned red and she stamped her feet in annoyance. "Hehe" Sun Bin could only say a silly smile in response. Guiguzi and Wei Yang looked at each other: These two little children seem to have eyes on each other, which is interesting. "Oh, you three, please take a seat." Gongzi Ang greeted quickly: "There are no outsiders today, but please feel free to do so." The implication is to tell Guiguzi and Sun Bin, don't worry, your identities will not be revealed. Gui Guzi and Sun Bin understood each other and sat down happily. ????????? Young Master Ang is the master, sitting in the center. During the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, Gui Guzi, as an honored guest, naturally sat at the top of the right table, followed by Sun Bin. Yinyu and Wei Yang are half masters, so they are accompanied by the Prime Minister on the left. "Serving." At this time, Wei Xiao, who was standing at the entrance of the hall, clapped his hands when he saw this, and immediately a group of beautiful maids lined up. Soon, the table in front of Sun Bin was filled with more than ten kinds of delicacies, wines and delicacies. "Everyone, please go down." Young Master Ang knew that the identities of Gui Guzi and Sun Bin could not be disclosed now, so he did not let anyone stay to wait on them. "This is a family banquet. Let me pour it and drink it by ourselves. It seems more casual." The young master smiled and poured himself a glass. There was no one to wait on him, so he couldn't pour it by himself. But the words he said were Very beautiful. "Very good." Of course, everyone had no objection. "This first glass of wine should be a toast to Guigugentlemen. "Young Master Ang raised his wine glass and said seriously: "Sir, you are a great master in this world. Today, when you come to my mansion, Wei Ang will be very happy. Please drink this cup to the full. "Drink it all in one gulp first. "Young Master, you're welcome. "Guiguzi was not rude and drank it in one gulp. "This second cup should be a tribute to Bo Ling. Young Master Ang said gratefully: "If it hadn't been for Bo Ling yesterday, my little girl might not have survived." Please drink this cup to the full. "He drank it all in one gulp. "Young Master, you're welcome. "Sun Bin hurriedly raised the glass to each other and drank it in his mouth. He only felt that the entrance was slightly astringent and bland. The ancient wine was not only not pure enough, but also not strong enough. No wonder there were so many bowls of it. "Bo Ling's Daughter-Saving Story Well, Wei Ang has nothing to repay. If you give money as a gift, it will inevitably look tacky in front of your husband. How about this, if Ribo Ling is in trouble, all he needs to do is open his mouth and Wei Ang will do his best to help him, how about that? " Sun Bin was shocked. As a young master, the value of this promise can be imagined. This is not only a feeling of saving his daughter, but probably more of a goodwill and solicitation signal to Guiguzi. "Such a great gift, I can't bear to be ashamed. Sun Bin quickly declined: "I hope you can take it back." " "Berling doesn't have to refuse, the matter is settled. "Master Ang made the final decision and did not give Sun Bin a chance to refuse. Sun Bin had no choice but to say: "Then thank you, Master. " "It should, it should. " Young Master Ang laughed loudly, but glanced at Guiguzi, as if he wanted to see something on Guiguzi's face. Unfortunately, Guiguzi still had a calm expression on his face, his eyelids were slightly drooped, as if he didn't hear anything at all. It seems that Gongzi Ang's good sales are all in vain! ? Gongzi Ang is depressed, thinking about whether he should go straight to the recruitment, but it would be a bit embarrassing if he was rejected. While Young Master Ang was struggling, Yin Yu stood up, held the wine cup, walked to Sun Bin, and said a little shyly: "Young Master rescued me several times yesterday, Yin Yu was grateful to Mo Ming, now Quan thanks you with this wine Young Master. please! "It turned out to be a woman who didn't want to be a man and drank it all in one gulp. "Miss, you're welcome. Bin just happens to be in the right place, and he is just doing his duty as a gentleman. " Sun Bin stood up quickly and raised his glass in return. How could such a person as Young Master Ang fail to see that Yin Yu had a good impression of Sun Bin? Suddenly something moved in his heart, and he said to Gui Guzi with a smile: "Wei Ang has a suggestion, could you please help me sir? " "Sir, please tell me. "Gui Guzi remained calm. "After Bo Ling is from a famous family, and there is a famous teacher like Mr., his achievements in the future will be limitless. Therefore, Wei Ang shamelessly wants to marry his daughter to Bo Ling, and become in-laws with Mr., but I don't know what Mr. Wang wants. how? " Text Chapter 23 Sun Bin decides on the policy (Part 1) PS: The second update today, please support me by recommending and collecting. There will be a third update tonight. ****** ****** At this moment, there was silence in the room. Sun Bin was even more stunned: No, Young Master Ang, what kind of trick are you playing? Are you reluctant to let your child trap the wolf? Oh, no, it must be because he couldn't bear to let his daughter get away with Xiancai. You're not kidding me, are you? "Father¡ª¡ª" Yinyu came back to his senses, and immediately the flying clouds hit his face, and he stomped his feet in annoyance, feeling extremely embarrassed. Although she has a good impression of Sun Bin, after all, they have only known each other for a day, so it is too soon to start talking about marriage. "Haha" Guiguzi suddenly laughed: "Young Master, are you serious about what you said?" "You are not joking." The Young Master said sternly, thinking: I have invested so much money, am I sincere enough? "That's fine." Gui Guzi smiled and said, "I see that Miss Yinyu and Bo Ling are also very compatible. The talented man and the beautiful woman are a match made in heaven. Why don't you agree?" Wei Yang was also happy. Of course he had to join in on such a good thing. , hurriedly said: "Yes, yes, Miss and Boling are really a good match. As the saying goes, there is no marriage without a matchmaker. Wei Yang is not talented, so he is willing to be the matchmaker." "Okay, okay." Young Master Ang was delighted: "That's it. In this way, the matter is settled. The engagement will be held at the family dinner today, and the marriage will be consummated when Bo Ling and the daughter grow up. "Very good, very good." Gui Guzi nodded repeatedly. "Father¡ª¡ª" Yinyu was ashamed and anxious, and couldn't stay any longer. She stamped her feet and fled to the back hall. Sun Bin was almost in tears. Damn it, are you serious? But, Mr. Ang, teacher, why didn¡¯t you ask the person involved when you arranged my engagement? There were no human rights in ancient times. Do you have! ? "Master, teacher," Sun Bin couldn't help it any longer: "I¡ª¡ª" "Bo Ling must be very happy, right?" Guiguzi interrupted and winked at Sun Bin: "Have you met your father-in-law soon?" No, teacher, what are you doing? Sun Bin was dumbfounded, and all his objections were stillborn, and he almost suffered internal injuries. But now that the matter was at this point, he could no longer object, so he had to accept his fate, stood up with a grimace, and said, "Bin has met my father-in-law." "Okay." , OK." Young Master Ang nodded with satisfaction and looked at Wei Yang. Wei Yang was so smart that he immediately understood: "Bo Ling, you need a token to get engaged. Look for it and bring out something." "Uh, okay." Sun Bin had no choice but to touch his body. He really didn't have much, except for Apart from "Sun Tzu's Art of War", there was only a jade pendant passed down from his family, so he took it off and said: "This jade pendant was passed down by our ancestor Sun Wuzi. It is said to have been given by King Helu of Wu, so it can be used as a token." Wei Yang was busy. He stepped forward to take it and handed it to Young Master Ang. "Okay, okay." Young Master Ang took the jade pendant and was very happy. He turned to Wei Xiao and said, "Hurry up and ask the lady for a token." "No." Wei Xiao also went happily. Well, this time there are nails on the calculation board, and nails cannot be died anymore. Sun Bin was really bursting with tears. In his previous life, he was over 20 years old and he didn't even have a girlfriend. How about now? He just traveled through time for a few days and he got a wife. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????This is progress! ? Not long after, Wei Xiao walked in with a smile: "Sir, when the villain left, the young lady was still a little shy. The villain tried hard to persuade her, but finally she got it. You see, this is the jade pendant that Marquis Wei gave to the young lady when she was born. The villain thought that it was a good match for Bo Ling to give the jade, and it was just right for the lady to give it back. " "It's indeed appropriate," Young Master Ang said happily, "Send it to Bo Ling." "No," he said. As for Sun Bin, he had no choice but to take it. He was really speechless and shed tears. "Come on, everyone," Young Master Ang raised his glass enthusiastically, "Let's have a drink to make this a good match today." "Very good." Guiguzi and Wei Yang raised their glasses in response. Sun Bin also drank, but the wine was really tasteless. He felt like a puppet today, being manipulated here and there. It¡¯s so frustrating! Seeing that the atmosphere was warm and harmonious, Gongzi Ang felt that the time had come, so he tested Guiguzi and said, "Sir, you are known to the world for your talents. It would be a pity if you were buried in the mountains. Now that we are in civil strife in Wei, we are in urgent need of talented people." , If you are willing to give in, Wei Ang will definitely report it to the Marquis of Wei and treat him as prime minister. I wonder what your intention is? "Well, the plot is revealed, and the drama is coming! Sun Bin sighed, you can just play your own tricks, why bother bringing me along and making fun of my life-long events? Life is hard! After hearing what Mr. Ang said, Guiguzi smiled and said: "Thank you for your love, Mr., It's just that Pindao is old and has a lazy temper, so he really can't get into the elegant hall. Ping Dao understands the young master's love for talents. It is better to wait until Bo Ling is older and let him serve the young master on Pindao's behalf. By then, it will be a good story that you and your son-in-law will assist the Wei State together. "What a treacherous Guiguzi. "Gongzi Ang came over with sugar-coated cannonballs. He unceremoniously left the candy to his apprentice, but returned the cannonballs. "Gongzi Ang felt bitter in his heart. "I didn't expect Guiguzi to be so slippery. He really spent a lot of money, but he couldn't impress anyone. However, it's not a big loss if he can't get a teacher. With Sun Bin's family background, talent and mentorship, it won't be any different in the future. I feel wronged by my daughter. Thinking of this, Young Master Ang finally felt better and sighed: "It seems that I, the State of Wei, have no chance to meet you sir. However, since I met my husband in person, I can't go back to Baoshan empty-handed. I still hope that my husband will give me some advice. " Guiguzi smiled slightly and said calmly: "But what's the trouble with Marquis Wei? " Young Master Ang was shocked: "Sir, you are indeed a god. To be honest, sir, when I returned home last night, Wei Ang suddenly received an urgent report that the Wei Marquis was unfavorable in the battle. He was surrounded by the allied forces of Han, Wei, and Gongzi Xu in Zhuze, and was in danger. "What!?" Wei Yang was shocked, and suddenly felt uneasy in his heart. He had just surrendered to Young Master Ang. If Wei Ying was defeated, how could Young Master Ang be alone!? Then wouldn't he have to wander around again, looking for opportunities? "The situation is critical, sir. He is a talented person, and I hope he can give me some advice for the sake of his in-laws. "The young master left his seat and bowed to Guiguzi with a sincere attitude that was almost begging. If the situation was not so critical, why would he be so thirsty for Guiguzi's talent? Not to mention giving up his daughter. " Haha" Guiguzi smiled softly when he heard this: "This is a trivial matter, why do you need to be ignorant? You can just ask Bo Ling. "Ask Birling?" "Young Master Ang was stunned, a little at a loss. In his opinion, no matter how smart Sun Bin is, he is only eleven years old. Isn't it too childish to entrust him with such a military and national event? And, can he do it? Gui Guzi, of course He knew about Sun Binxing, because he and Sun Bin had already analyzed the situation in Wei. However, Guiguzi didn't intend to make the limelight on his own. Prince Ang even gave up his daughter, but he didn't agree to go out. He always wanted to let people know about it. You made a good choice for your son-in-law, right? "Haha" Gui Guzi smiled and consoled him: "Don't worry, sir. Although Boling is young, he has extraordinary knowledge and can handle such trivial matters. Text Chapter 24 Sun Bin decides on the policy (Part 2) PS: The third update has fulfilled its promise as promised. We urgently ask for your recommendation and collection support! ! ***** A mere trivial matter! ? Young Master Ang almost couldn¡¯t breathe. The situation was so critical. He thought hard all night but was helpless. "Such a major military and national event is just a trivial matter in Guiguzi's opinion?" ?? Okay, then let¡¯s ask our cheap son-in-law. Young Master Ang had no choice but to walk towards Sun Bin. Anyway, if Sun Bin couldn't handle it, Gui Guzi couldn't just sit back and watch, right? "Bo Ling," Young Master Ang said with a smile on his face, "Marquis Wei is now considered your uncle. You have to think of a way to save your uncle." "Well, here comes another cheap uncle!" Sun Bin smiled bitterly in his heart. He was very smart and naturally knew Guiguzi's intention, so he could only sigh and said: "Just one word: wait!" "Wait!?" Young Master Ang was dumbfounded: What, what kind of solution is this? What should I do if I run out of food and grass if I keep waiting? What to do if morale is messed up? Don't wait until the whole army is wiped out. Seeing that the young master was confused, Sun Bin had to explain: "May I ask my father-in-law, how is the relationship between the three Jins on weekdays?" The three Jins are Han, Zhao and Wei. Because these three countries all originated from the Jin Dynasty, they are also called the Three Jin Dynasties. Young Master Ang thought for a while and said: "Han, Zhao and Wei share the same origin, and they were separated into Jin not long ago. Externally, they can still take care of their incense and work together. However, they are also full of internal contradictions and constant attacks. If not, Han and Zhao will not interfere in our civil strife and try to get a piece of the pie. " "That's right." Sun Bin said with a smile, "Han and Zhao are helping Young Master Hsu because he is a weakling, and they can get the most from helping him. At the same time, it can also weaken the state of Wei to the greatest extent." "That's right." Young Master Ang and Wei Yang nodded. Sun Bin continued: "Before defeating the Marquis of Wei, it is not difficult for the three countries to work together. However, since ancient times, we have shared hardships and wealth. Seeing that the Marquis of Wei was defeated and in danger, and when it was time to reap the victory, my father-in-law thought, Can Han, Zhao, and Gongzi Xu remain calm and work together?" Gongzi Ang's eyes lit up: "What does Bo Ling mean, is there going to be civil strife among the three parties?" "That's right," Sun Bin sneered. It is expected that the three parties of Han, Zhao and Gongzi Xu will now be fighting for their future interests. Fortunately, Gongzi Xu is just a puppet of Han and Zhao, and they can only tolerate their anger and cannot tolerate his objection. It seems that Han and Zhao can't reach an agreement." "That's right." Young Master slapping his thigh, he said excitedly, "I only thought about how to turn defeat into victory, but I forgot about people's hearts. What do you think will happen if South Korea and Zhao cannot reach an agreement? " "Haha" Sun Bin smiled slightly: "It's very simple. If we can't reach an agreement, then we can break up and we won't have a civil war. However, there will definitely be one party who can't help but leave first. " "Haha" Young Master Ang said ecstatically, "That's great. As long as the three coalition forces disperse, the siege of the Marquis of Wei can be resolved without a fight. , You can even take advantage of the situation to counterattack and win a big victory." "Of course." Sun Bin shrugged easily: "That's why I said, don't panic, don't be anxious, just wait. , In fact, it was a near miss. " "That's great, Boling is really a genius. This is truly a young man who has been a hero since ancient times." Young Master Ang was convinced, and he became more and more fond of Sun Bin as his son-in-law. Bravely. "Bo Ling is really amazing." Wei Yang also expressed admiration. Although he is talented, he still lacks experience and does not have such a vision. Of course, Sun Bin opened the outer hexagram. "However, who wants to be a time traveler? This golden finger is not in vain. "How is it?" Guiguzi saw this and said with a smile: "Young master, you have chosen the right son-in-law to ride a dragon, right?" ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Not only relieved the siege of the Marquis of Wei, but also got a horse that will be a thousand miles in the future, what a bargain! Sun Bin smiled bitterly: You all got a deal, who should I ask to reason with? I never fell in love in my last life, and I had some little fantasies about spending time under the moon in this life, okay, but you killed them all. "Bo Ling, we are a family now. Don't let anyone go outside. I heard that Xiaoxiao is chasing you? Tell me, who are you who don't care about life and death? Your father will make the decision for you." The young master patted his chest. His son-in-law performed so well, so of course his old father-in-law would reciprocate his kindness and help him solve some minor troubles. Sun Bin looked at him in embarrassment.??Millet, I don¡¯t know whether I should talk about it. Gui Guzi nodded, with a man like Mr. Ang holding a lot of troops, how could he still be afraid of some killers? ? "It's a long story." Sun Bin could only tell the story from beginning to end about his family's misfortune with a "sad" look on his face. ¡°It¡¯s not okay if I don¡¯t pretend. After all, I¡¯m traveling through time, and the sadness isn¡¯t strong enough. "What!?" Gongzi Ang was furious when he heard that his son-in-law's family had been wiped out. Wasn't this a slap in Gongzi Ang's old face? At that moment, he said angrily: "This Tian Gu is simply crazy. Bo Ling, don't be sad. When Wei Guo settles down, I will send a letter to the Marquis of Qi for my father, asking him to hand over Tian Gu. I understand that Qi will not dare not to obey." . In short, it will not be over until Tian Gu is cut into pieces. "Although Wei is in civil strife, it is the foundation of a superpower. Once it stabilizes, no one will dare to resist! ? "Wei's warriors roamed the world and were invincible, which is not just a boast." That Tian Gu was just a side branch of the clan, and it was impossible for the Qi State to offend an important minister of the Wei State such as Young Master Ang for him. This self -confidence, the son Ang still has it. After hearing this, Wei Yang felt sad in his heart: I didn't expect that Boling, who was so talented, had such an unfortunate life experience, how pitiful. "No need." Unexpectedly, Sun Bin shook his head: "I'm sorry for bothering my father-in-law. This is a family feud, and Bin doesn't want to do it in other people's hands. When it comes down from the mountain, Bin has many ways to clean up the tenons." Needless to say, Sun Bin's life as an orphan in his previous life developed his pride. Young Master Ang was stunned for a moment, then gave a thumbs up and said: "Bo Ling is ambitious, okay, I'll let Tian Gu live for two more years. However, how about my father solving those 'Ghost Hidden' killers for you?" Sun Bin He hesitated for a moment: "You won't cause any trouble to your father-in-law, right?" Young Master Ang said disdainfully: "You're just a rat, what's there to be afraid of?" Indeed, others are afraid of those 'Ghost Hidden' killers, but those who hold heavy troops From Gongzi Ang's point of view, it's nothing. No matter how powerful you are as a killer, try to stop my Wei soldiers from attacking! He is not afraid of offending 'Guiyin'. If he wants to seek revenge from him, he has to go through layers of Wei warriors and soldiers. "In that case, my son-in-law will thank his father-in-law." Sun Bin thought for a while and nodded in agreement. It has always been said that one can only commit a thief in a thousand days, but there is no one who can prevent a thief in a thousand days. If these "Ghost Hidden" killers are not dealt with, I will never feel at ease going to Gui Valley. Moreover, this can be regarded as giving Tian Gu a lesson in advance. "Okay, to be safe, Mr. Boling and Mr. Boling should move to my house temporarily, and then find a way to get rid of those killers." Young Master Ang said uneasy. "That's fine." Sun Bin and Gui Guzi looked at each other and agreed happily. Text Chapter 25 Sun Bin¡¯s Transformation PS: First update, you have to be kind when you are a person, and you have to vote when you read a book. Please throw your votes at me. ***** After dinner, Gongzi Ang sent someone to the inn to fetch Gui Guzi and Sun Bin's luggage, and arranged a good small courtyard in the house, and then the two settled down. "Teacher," Sun Bin couldn't help it when he saw that there was no one among the four of them: "We are getting engaged today, why didn't you ask my opinion?" "Haha" Guiguzi smiled and asked, "Isn't Miss Yinyu beautiful? "Uh, beautiful." Sun Bin nodded and said to himself: It's not just beautiful, it's simply very beautiful. He is not blind, and he can¡¯t tell the difference between beauty and ugliness! ? "That's not virtuous?" "Well, although Miss Yinyu is a noble girl from a wealthy family, she is humble and polite, and does not have that arrogant and extravagant air." Sun Bin thought for a while and said. "That's all right." Gui Guzi smiled and said, "With such a good match, does Bo Ling have any dissatisfaction?" "But, but -" Even so, Sun Bin felt that there seemed to be something wrong with Gui Guzi's logic. " Even if Miss Yinyu is beautiful and virtuous, I am not familiar with her, so you can't force her on me. This is a lifelong event, and it¡¯s not a matter of buying cabbage. You can do whatever you want. "Bo Ling," Guiguzi said meaningfully when he saw that Sun Bin still couldn't turn around, "Do you want to make contributions?" "Of course you do." Sun Bin said without hesitation. "Then, you should understand: with the wealth and power of the Wei State, you will definitely be the first choice if you become an official in the future, and with the power of the young master in the Wei State, if you can become his son-in-law, it will be a great help." Sun Bin Some silence. He can understand Guiguzi's painstaking efforts, but it is still difficult for modern people to accept this kind of political marriage. "Teacher," Sun Bin said stubbornly, "even if there is no help from the young master, as long as there is real talent and practical learning, I believe that the disciple will not be able to get ahead." "Alas -" Gui Guzi sighed, feeling a little headache. His apprentice is very smart, but his emotional intelligence is really low. I am afraid he will suffer a big loss if he becomes an official in the future. No, as a teacher I have to teach him well. "Bo Ling, you think too simplistically. Confucius was rich in learning, but he traveled around the world for 14 years and achieved nothing. Why? Although Confucianism has the shortcomings of stupidity and being limited in etiquette, the main reason is that no one appreciates it." Sun Bin was stunned, if Thinking. Guiguzi said earnestly: "Bo Ling, thousand-mile horses often exist, but Bole does not always exist. How many 14 years in a person's life can be wasted? Give up, give up, in this world, you often have to give up before you can gain. This That¡¯s right, think about it carefully.¡± After patting Sun Bin on the shoulder, Guiguzi floated away. Sun Bin came to the door and sat quietly on the steps, looking at the flowers and plants in the courtyard in a daze, silently lost in thought. They are very smart. It¡¯s not that he doesn¡¯t understand what Guiguzi said, it¡¯s just that he didn¡¯t want to think or give up like this before. But this kind of arrogance and arrogance has already cost him in his previous life. Now, he has come to the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, and this is an era that pays more attention to class, bloodline and connections. It is conceivable that if his emotional intelligence is still so low, the outcome in the future may not be better. If so, his time travel was a failure. God is very lucky to have given him a chance to come back, but he will never be given a second chance. Thinking of this, Sun Bin took a long breath and made up his mind. "Okay, I'll correct you. I'm not stupid. As long as I let go of my arrogance, I won't be afraid of anyone compared to Houhei." "It's just that a real man has things to do and things he doesn't do, and he just has to try his best to live up to his conscience. Once the psychological barrier was gone, Sun Bin felt much happier. Thinking again about Miss Yinyu, no matter in appearance, character, or family background, there is nothing about her that is not worthy of me! ? What can I feel wronged about? ? "Haha" Sun Bin laughed and laughed at himself: "Perhaps, in the eyes of the world, I am the one who surpasses Miss Yinyu." Standing up, Sun Bin walked to Guiguzi's door, but the door was at the end. "Teacher." Sun Bin bowed. "Do you understand?" Guiguzi smiled faintly. "I understand." Sun Bin looked relaxed: "I also want to thank the teacher for finding a good marriage for my disciple." "Okay, I can teach you." Gui Guzi looked very relieved. "Sir," at this time, a maid, Yingying, came in: "Miss, I would like to invite you toGo to the back garden. " "Go ahead. Go ahead. "Guiguzi smiled a little ambiguously. "Then the teacher takes his leave. "Sun Bin was tender-faced after all, so he blushed and walked away quickly. The maid led Sun Bin to the back garden, pointed out the location of the silver jade, and then quietly disappeared. Sun Bin walked forward, and after a while, she saw A pavilion. In the pavilion, there is a beautiful and quiet girl in green, looking at the koi in the pond next to the pavilion. "If it's not Yinyu, who is it?" "Sun Bin stepped forward and called out softly. "Young Master is here. Please take a seat. "Yinyu seemed a little flustered, and stood up quickly, her face flushed crimson. "Okay. "Sun Bin also felt a little embarrassed. "Don't forget, the two of them didn't know each other a day ago, and they got engaged a day later. It's really fate, fate is destined, but it's definitely not used to it. So, wait and sit down After getting off, the two of them sat together without saying a word, and the atmosphere was extremely awkward. "No, EQ, EQ." Sun Bin couldn't sit still. In this situation, if he doesn't speak, how can he expect other girls? "Yin. Miss Yu, you were frightened yesterday. Did you rest well after coming back? "Finally holding back a sentence, Sun Bin couldn't help but breathe a sigh of relief. Yinyu seemed to be relieved as well, and smiled lightly: "Thank you for your concern, Mr., I rested well. After hesitating for a moment, he suddenly lowered his head shyly: "I already know the matter. My father wanted to recruit Mr. Guigu, but the young master was in trouble." If, if the young master is unwilling, Yinyu can talk to his father - " "No, no, it's not difficult. Sun Bin immediately said: "Young lady is naturally beautiful and so considerate. If you get a wife like this, what more can a husband ask for?" I just hope that the lady will not disapprove of her. " He also thought about it. Anyway, nowadays, getting married is also the order of parents and the words of concubines. If you can't help it, you might as well find someone who is pleasing to your eyes. At least, when he saw the silver jade for the first time, he felt a heartbeat that he had never felt before. . This is a beautiful feeling of first love. However, after thinking about it, Sun Bin was still a little surprised that he could say such disgusting words. In the past, he would have been embarrassed to say it. After hearing Sun Bin's 'confession', Yinyu was also very shy: "How could Yinyu dislike the young master? Not to mention the life-saving grace yesterday, my father was full of praise for the young master's talent and learning, and Yin Yu also admired him. "The voice was getting lower and lower, almost no more, and the beautiful face was as red as dripping water, making it even more delicate. However, Sun Bin at least understood it - Yinyu was still very happy and did not refuse the marriage. . I couldn't help but be a little surprised: Damn, isn't it? Is there any bonus to traveling through time? For a moment, the two of them sat speechless, but they looked into each other's eyes with affection. At that time, feelings were so wonderful, it all depended on fate. At this moment, someone suddenly laughed from behind the flowers, breaking the ambiguous tranquility. Sun Bin turned around and saw a person peeking out from behind the flowers. It was Xiaoqiu, and she couldn¡¯t help but blush. ¡°You stinky Xiaoqiu, how dare you peek, you are not allowed to leave. "Yinyu became angry from shame and ran up to scratch Xiaoqiu. "Miss, I don't dare anymore. "Xiaoqiu screamed and ran away. The two people chased and fled, and disappeared among the flowers in a blink of an eye with laughter like a silver spirit. "Hoo!" Sun Bin took a long breath and wiped the cold sweat from his forehead: This talk Falling in love is really not an easy job. Text Chapter 26 Slaying Guiyin (Part 1) Ps: The second update, Xiao**, please give me your recommendation and collection support, it¡¯s almost in the top 12, please try your best to support me again. ***** Three days later. Southeast of Daliang, a simple carriage was meandering on the official road. On the car seat, a Taoist priest in Tsing Yi drove the car leisurely, and sitting beside him was a handsome young man in white clothes. It was Gui Guzi and Sun Bin. Sun Bin was leaning against the carriage, biting a piece of grass, his eyes half-closed, looking a little lazy. ¡°Ta-ta¡± At this moment, there was a rapid sound of horse hooves from behind, and a knight in black galloped forward, sweeping up the dust. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Cars and horses running in parallel. The knight in black turned his head and glanced at Sun Bin and the others. A cold light flashed in his eyes before he whipped his horse away. "Teacher, we seem to be being targeted." When the knight walked away, Sun Bin suddenly opened his eyes and looked at Guiguzi meaningfully. Gui Guzi smiled faintly: "As expected." The master and apprentice looked at each other, with a sly smile on their faces, like two foxes, one big and one small. A moment later, another knight in green clothes caught up from behind, looked at Sun Bin and others, and then rode past. The master and the disciple seemed to have finally woken up, just meandering forward. It was nearly noon, and a vast lake suddenly appeared next to the official road ahead, sparkling and fascinating. Sun Bin's eyes lit up: "Teacher, is this Muze?" "Yes." Guiguzi stroked his beard and smiled: "Muze is located twenty-four miles southeast of Daliang, with a radius of fifteen miles, facing Pengze in the east. "This Erze is connected with the Daliang moat, and it is a natural barrier for warships to enter and exit." "It's so beautiful." As he was approaching the lake, he could see the gentle breeze and the gathering of sand gulls. Sun Bin couldn't help but feel relaxed and happy. "It's beautiful." A smile flashed at the corner of Guiguzi's mouth, and he pointedly said: "However, it is also a good place for killing people and setting fires." I saw a mountain range with lush trees suddenly appeared to the east of the official road ahead. "Yes." Sun Bin also smiled softly: "It is such an important transportation route, and it is convenient for ambush and corpse destruction. I wouldn't miss it if it were me." While talking and laughing, the carriage rumbled past the edge of the forest. "Beep¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a clear whistle sounded from the forest. Where the sound fell, dozens of black figures jumped out and rushed towards the carriage. In the blink of an eye, the carriage was surrounded by water. I saw these uninvited guests, all dressed in black, holding swords, and wearing different ferocious ghost masks on their faces. If he¡¯s not the ¡®ghost¡¯ killer, who is he? For a moment, the atmosphere nearby suddenly became eerie and terrifying, and a murderous aura filled the air, which was frightening. Sun Bin was fearless and said with a smile: "Hey, we are here." Gui Guzi glanced around, stroked his beard and praised: "Thirty-two bronze ghost faces, six silver ghost faces, and one gold ghost face, tut tut , In such a big battle, I am so honored, so lucky." "Humph." A golden ghost appeared from the crowd and said solemnly: "Your Excellency, you should be honored." In recent years, this is the first time that I, Ghost Shadow, have mobilized on such a large scale for an assassination." No wonder Ghost Shadow has mobilized so many troops. The dozen or so elites who were lost last time were almost all killed with one sword. The enemy's swordsmanship was so high that it is unseen in the world. "Ghost Shadow" didn't know the existence of Nie Feng, and thought it was Gui Guzi who was so powerful. Therefore, in order to take revenge and save face, 'Guiyin' mobilized almost all the people in the western part of Qi State. In order to kill with one strike, even a lion and a tiger will fight a rabbit. "Haha" Guiguzi smiled: "Your Excellency seems to be very confident, but I'm afraid I'm going to disappoint you." The golden ghost face sneered: "Sharp teeth and sharp mouth, this time, I want to see how you escape." A cold light flashed in his eyes: "Kill, be quick." Thirty-eight silver and bronze ghost faces were waiting to surge up. ¡°Whoosh¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, a sharp whistle exploded from the depths of the mountain, but it was a whistle flying in the sky. what happened? The 'ghost' killers couldn't help but be stunned. "Rumble-" Just at this moment, a dull thunderous sound of horse hooves suddenly sounded. Looking around, there was an elite cavalry turning out from behind the mountain. The smoke was thick and it was running along the official road. It was approaching in the blink of an eye. forward. ?Looking at their flags: they are the powerful ¡®Wei¡¯ and ¡®Gongzi Ang¡¯.   Golden Ghost Face was immediately dumbfounded: Wei Jun? Ang, the young master left behind in Daliang? This, what exactly is going on? Isn't it just killing a stinky Taoist priest and a down-and-out boy? Why is it like poking a hornet's nest? Before he could recover, the Wei army knights had already revealed their ferocious fangs. "Lift!" "Shoot!" A hundred steps away, the majestic young master with golden helmet and golden armor shouted sharply on his horse and launched an attack. Hundreds of Wei cavalry raised their crossbows and pulled the triggers. "Whoosh" In an instant, arrows were like locusts, making a terrifying scream, covering the sky and the sun, and pounced on the "Ghost Hidden" killers. Gui Guzi reacted so quickly that he and Sun Bin immediately jumped into the carriage. Although the target of the arrow rain is not them, the sword and arrow have no eyes, and it is not worth it if they accidentally hit the branch arrow. They hid, but the "Kiyaku" killer was tragic. ¡°Be careful¡ª¡± As the arrow rain was approaching, Golden Ghost Face finally woke up, shouted in a panic, and hurriedly drew his sword to block. The "Ghost Hidden" killers also waved their swords desperately to protect themselves. However, even if your swordsmanship is monstrous, if you don't have a shield, you will never be able to stop such a dense rain of arrows. The battlefield and the fight in the arena are two different things. "Push - pounce - ah" In the blink of an eye, a round of arrow rain fell. Although most of them missed, six or seven ghost-faced killers were shot into thorns and died on the spot. Nearly half of the people were shot and injured. It was really miserable. "Quickly, retreat and enter the woods." After all, Golden Ghost Face has the best swordsmanship, but he escaped this round. Seeing that the Wei army's cavalry was getting closer and closer, he didn't bother to kill Sun Bin and Gui Guzi. It was more important to escape. The "Ghost Hidden" killers panicked and swarmed towards the woods. "Whoosh" Just at this moment, there was a crash of bowstrings in the forest, and countless arrows were shot out, swooping up like locusts. "Push, pounce - ah" The "Ghost Hidden" killers were caught off guard, and seven or eight more were shot dead immediately, including two Silver Ghost Faces. ¡°Bang¡ªbang¡­¡± Immediately, with thunderous footsteps, hundreds of Wei soldiers wearing heavy armor, carrying shields on their backs, and holding powerful crossbows rushed out of the forest. "Oh my god, it's Wei Wu's soldiers!" Looking at these sturdy and capable heavy armored infantry of the Wei army in front of him, the knowledgeable "Ghost Hidden" killer howled in despair. The famous Wei Wu soldiers! ? When Sun Bin heard this, he immediately poked his head out of the carriage curiously. At this time, most of Wei Wu's soldiers were under the command of Wei Ying and Gongzi Xu, and there were less than a thousand people in Daliang City. It is conceivable that Young Master Ang must regard it as a treasure and will not use it easily. But what Sun Bin didn't expect was that his old father-in-law was willing to send Wei Wu soldiers out in order to vent his anger. It¡¯s so awesome! Text Chapter 27 Slaying Ghost Hidden (Part 2) pS: First update, please recommend and support me. **** "Abandon the crossbow." "Hold the sword and raise the shield." The leader of Wei Wu's soldiers was none other than Gongsun Ying, the fierce general under Gongzi Ang. He calmly and unhurriedly issued orders one by one. Immediately, hundreds of Wei warriors quickly threw away their empty crossbows and took off their shields and weapons. "Line up." "Keep shape and charge." Hundreds of Wei soldiers quickly formed three rows, with shields in their left hands and weapons in their right hands, walking in unison and buffering forward. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????: Each of them is wearing three layers of heavy armor, and is over 1.8 meters tall. At the same time, hundreds of Wei cavalry also put away their crossbows and drew their swords to prepare for close combat. "Quick, rush over and enter the woods." Seeing that the situation was not good, Golden Ghost Face was also anxious. If the Wei army was attacked from both sides, no one would be able to escape. "Kill¡ª¡ª" the "Ghost Hidden" killers howled and charged wildly with their swords. "Hold still. Prepare - kill!" Gongsun Ying controlled the speed of the Wei soldiers' advance. He waited until the "Ghost Hidden" killers were approaching before giving a stern order. In an instant, more than a hundred sharp long swords protruded fiercely from behind the solid shield wall, forming a dense Gorin without any blind spots. "Push-push" Immediately, blood splattered everywhere. The bronze ghost faces who rushed at the front were caught off guard and had no way to avoid it. They were stabbed to the core and fell down with a miserable scream. "Ding¡ª¡ª" A silver ghost-faced man reacted very quickly, and with one move of his long sword, he actually shook away the heavy long sword that stabbed his chest and abdomen. "Chi la -" Chang Ge stabbed into the air, narrowly passing through the right chest of the silver ghost face, bringing up a piece of flying fragments of clothes. so close! The silver ghost face was just congratulating itself when the Chang Ge that pierced the air suddenly swung, and the horizontal blade next to the sharp edge actually hooked back. not good! ????????? Baiyin Ghost Face is indeed a master. He suddenly heard the evil wind behind him and hurriedly dodged to the left. If it was a fight between rivers and lakes, this 'returning spear' would certainly not be able to hurt a single hair on Baiyin Ghost Face. However, this is a battlefield, not a world. A Wei soldier on the left side of the silver ghost face had already expected it. A cold light flashed in his eyes, and the long sword in his hand returned with the same barb. "Push - pounce -" Poor Silver Ghost Face, was hooked in the waist by two horizontal blades at the same time. He let out a miserable scream and was cut off by the hook at the waist. Blood was flying everywhere and internal organs were scattered everywhere. Sun Bin saw it so clearly that his hair stood on end. He knew how powerful Baiyin Guimian was. Even Gui Guzi would have to work hard to win. But even such a master was easily killed by Wei Wuzu in front of his eyes. Although this is enhanced by the power of the military formation, the individual ferocity and eliteness of Wei soldiers cannot be ignored. In the blink of an eye, all the ghost-faced killers who were closest to Wei Wuzu¡¯s military formation had been wiped out. "Retract the enemy." "Maintain the formation." "Continue to move forward." Gongsun Ying shouted loudly, controlled the Wei soldiers' formation, coldly stepped over the enemy's corpse, and crushed forward. Soon, the powerful military formation encountered the second wave of enemies. "Kill!" Gongsun Ying shouted, and more than a hundred long swords under the shield wall were glowing with the light of death again, and they poked out fiercely. ¡°Push¡ªpush¡ª¡± Where the blood was flying, several more bronze ghost faces fell unwillingly. Under the dense and dense army of dead soldiers in Wei, these people have superb swordsmanship, but they are useless. They didn¡¯t even have a chance to touch the shields of Wei soldiers, let alone kill their opponents. How despairing this is! "Ah¡ª¡ª" Seeing that his companions were slaughtered by Wei Wu soldiers as easily as he slaughtered chickens and dogs, a silver ghost's face was split, and he let out a crazy roar, his toes touched the ground, and he jumped into the air, leaping like a bird. Passing through the stabbed mountain Golin, he rushed straight into the military formation, and with a flash of sword light, he stabbed the throat of a Wei soldier. This Wei Wuzu was shocked. He had been in the army for many years, but this was the first time he saw such a powerful opponent. This jump is too high! However, there is nothing to be afraid of. No matter how powerful the enemy is, they are only individuals, but Wei Wuzu is a unit that works well together. At that moment, he squatted on the ground with lightning and raised the shield in his left hand high in the air. "Ding¡ª¡ª" BaiyinA sword from behind hit the shield, sparks flying everywhere, but the iron-clad shield was so shocked that the tiger's mouth went numb. Damn it! ??Silver Ghost Face cursed secretly in his heart, and then stepped on the shield to use his strength to jump into the enemy formation and kill them at close range. When the time comes, let¡¯s see who among these tortoise-like Wei troops can stop him. "Whoosh¡ª¡ª" However, just when Bai Yingui's right foot touched the shield and his body just took off, three long spears from the second row of Wei soldiers came through the air. "Moreover, these three spears are executed with great care. The one on the left, with the horizontal blade raised straight to the right, is used for hooking; the middle one, with the horizontal blade downwards, is used for assassination; the one on the right, with the horizontal blade raised flat to the left, is also used for hooking. ?This way, any space for the Silver Warrior to dodge is blocked. What's more, at this moment, the Silver Warrior is leaping in the air. When he has nowhere to draw strength, where can he dodge? ? ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± As a result, the Chang Ge in the middle made a powerful blow, piercing the silver warrior¡¯s chest and abdomen, causing blood to flow everywhere, and knocked him away in the air. The Wei soldier under the shield seemed to have expected it. He stood up quickly, without even looking at his helping comrades behind him, and quickly adjusted his pace to keep up with the violently advancing army formation, sealing off the enemy for a short time. gap. What a terrible Wei Wu soldier! What a tacit cooperation! Sun Bin saw it so clearly that he took a breath of cold air. With such a well-trained and powerful Wei soldier, no wonder the Wei State was able to run rampant in the world and dominate the six countries. At this moment, Prince Ang led hundreds of Wei cavalry to cover up from behind. "Rumble¡ª¡ª" Where the hoofbeats sounded like thunder, all the Wei cavalrymen grasped the reins of their horses with one hand and raised their swords horizontally with the other hand. They formed dozens of tight horizontal formations to ensure that there was no dead space, and then urged the horses to move like galloping horses. It came like waves one after another. "Bang, bang¡ª¡ª" "Push, pounce¡ª¡ª" The remaining ten or so ghost-faced killers were unlucky now. The first few were immediately knocked down by war horses and submerged under countless iron hooves. Some wanted to resist, but The Wei army was mercilessly knocked away, beheaded and trampled to pieces by the violently passing gun. A moment later, when all the Wei cavalry swept through, all that was left on the spot were countless mutilated and bloody corpses. There is only one person alive - the most powerful Golden Ghost Face. However, no matter how skilled this person is in swordsmanship, he still has to pay a heavy price if he wants to survive this wave of cavalry assault. With four sword wounds, the golden ghost face was covered in blood and was on the verge of collapse. Sharp! Sun Bin cheered in his heart when he saw this. Although the cavalry at this time did not have stirrups and horseshoes, they had already begun to show their majesty as the king of land warfare. "Stop!" At this time, the young master who reined in his horse and turned back waved his hand, and the Wei army's cavalry and foot formations that were about to advance stopped immediately. With such orders and prohibitions, it is indeed a powerful military of a superpower. Text Chapter 28 Farewell to Daliang PS: Second update, please recommend and collect it again. ***** Looking at the embarrassed golden ghost face, Young Master Ang said with disdain: "I have said that these young people are only qualified to engage in some sneaky things. In a head-on confrontation, they are simply vulnerable. What about now?" "Hahaha" There was a burst of laughter in the Wei army formation. Indeed, they won so easily, with almost no casualties. In fact, if you want to deal with a powerful military formation, you can only respond with a powerful military formation. "The individual martial arts skills are too high. Without strict military discipline and precise cooperation, no matter how many people there are, they will be nothing more than a mob." And a mob is vulnerable to a powerful military formation. "Young Master Ang," the golden ghost-faced eyes were almost bursting with fire, and he gritted his teeth and said: "I, Guiyin, and you are not at odds with each other, so why did you send out a large army to ambush me? You are not afraid of me, Guiyin." "Retaliation?" Young Master Ang laughed: "I welcome you very much, but you must have the ability to defeat our Wei army." "Haha" Wei Jun let out another burst of contempt. laugh. "Okay, okay." The golden ghost face's eyes were extremely vicious: "Master Ang, I know your Wei army is powerful, but you can't lead an army everywhere every day. If I, 'Ghost Yin', want to take revenge, there will always be a chance." " "Don't talk nonsense." Young Master Ang said impatiently: "I think you are not the culprits, you are just using money to do things. I can let you live. However, please listen clearly to me. Sun Bin and Sun Boling are my sons-in-law. Don't dare to touch him again." , even if you are hiding in Qi State, I will still have a way to destroy you. " Son-in-law! ? The golden ghost's face was astonished, and he couldn't help cursing in his heart: Tian Ju, Tian Ju, **this is a trick to our "Ghost Hidden"! ? The Sun family has such terrible in-laws, and you actually dare to try to steal their ¡®Art of War¡¯! ? What¡¯s even more disgusting is that they didn¡¯t tell us the details of ¡®Ghost Hidden¡¯. Okay, I'll wait until I get back and explain the organization, and then I'll settle the score with you. How did this guy know that if they hadn't hunted Sun Bin down, Sun Bin and Young Master Ang wouldn't have been able to get married. "Hmph." At that moment, the golden ghost face snorted coldly: "Young Master Ang, I can bring you your words. However, I can't decide what decision the organization makes." "I know you can't make the decision." Young Master Ang sneered. He said: "However, I am not afraid of us. If you have the ability, come to me. Don't bully an orphan. Get lost." "Get lost. Get lost" All the Wei soldiers burst into laughter. The golden ghost face was so angry that he was shaking all over. He glanced at Gong Ziang with a sinister look, then he picked up his sword, looked sadly at the dead bodies of his companions on the ground, and staggered into the woods. "Sir, Birling, come here, everything is solved." Young Master Ang greeted the carriage with a proud look on his face. Sun Bin and Gui Guzi then got out of the car and greeted them. Guiguzi raised his fly whisk and said with a smile: "I have heard for a long time that the Wei army is powerful. Today I saw it with my own eyes. It is indeed the strongest army in the world." "Where, where." Gongzi Ang dismounted sideways and said politely: "If it hadn't been for the master's plan, Wei Ang would have You can't do it so beautifully." "It's just a trivial matter." Gui Guzi couldn't help but look smug. " In terms of personal force, Guiguzi may not be considered the best in the world, but in terms of strategy and military use, I am afraid that no one in the world can defeat him. ¡°¡®Oniyin¡¯ lost so miserably this time, he really brought it upon himself, as he found the wrong opponent. "Bo Ling was not accidentally injured, was he?" Young Master Ang looked at Sun Bin with a smile. "No." Sun Bin quickly bowed and said, "My father-in-law is really working this time. He even sent out soldiers." The young master waved his hands and said nonchalantly: "What kind of labor? Anyway, the soldiers have nothing to do in Daliang. "It's time to train." He turned around and shouted, "Are there any casualties?" "Young Master, not even a hair has been lost." Gongsun Ying took a few steps forward, looking relaxed and proud. "We have three slightly injured people, but none seriously injured." A cavalry officer also joked. "Look." Young Master Ang laughed loudly: "It's so easy. It doesn't take much trouble to deal with a few little thieves." "This is my father-in-law's good command of the army." Sun Bin also flattered a little. After figuring it out, Sun Bin's emotional intelligence improved greatly. In the past, such flattery would not have been allowed to come out of his mouth. Young Master Ang also seemed to find it useful and patted Sun Bin happily on the shoulder: "Bo Ling, the matter has been resolved. Let's go back to Daliang with my father and stay for a few more days." "No." Sun Bin shook his head: "It's been delayed. For many days, the teacher and I wanted to go back to Guigu immediately. "We have to leave now," Young Master Ang was a little reluctant, but he still wanted to go back.? nodded and said: "That's fine. Anyway, 'Guiyin' won't be able to trouble you anymore, so I can rest assured on the way." After thinking about it, he took out a money bag from his arms and stuffed it into Sun Bin: "Bo Ling, these money Take it and don't wrong yourself along the way." Sun Bin was moved in his heart: This father-in-law is really good to him. Just as he was about to accept it, Guiguzi said: "Master, we can't take this money. Bo Ling, return it to the master quickly." The master was stunned and said with a smile: "Sir, why is this? We are all members of the same family, why should we be polite." Gui Guzi said seriously: "Since ancient times, it is easy to go from frugality to luxury, but it is difficult to go from luxury to frugality. Bo Ling is still young. He should experience more suffering in the world to sharpen his character and will. It is not good for the young master to give him so much money. He is entangled with poor Taoism here. There are still some, which are enough to go back to the mountain." Upon hearing this, Sun Bin had to say: "Father-in-law, please take it back." Young Master Ang couldn't help but smile bitterly: "Sir, you are really a strict teacher." Get the money bag back. "Then father-in-law, let's take our leave." Sun Bin bowed, hesitated, and said a little embarrassedly: "Also, I am in such a hurry that I can't say goodbye to Miss Yinyu in person, so I hope my father-in-law will tell you this to avoid being rude. "Of course, there is Brother Wei." "Don't worry." Young Master Ang laughed and winked at Sun Bin. He knew that in the past two days, Yinyu and Sun Bin had secretly met each other when nothing happened, which was quite a bit of a joke. However, he pretended not to know that, young people are shy. "Hehe" Sun Bin blushed and smiled awkwardly. "Okay," Young Master Ang patted Sun Bin on the shoulder: "We say goodbye now. I don't know when we will see each other again. My father gives you three hopes: first, learn skills from your husband, second, protect yourself, and third , Come down the mountain early, don't keep Yinyu waiting for a long time." "Thank you, father-in-law." Sun Bin couldn't help but be very moved by such earnest expectations. "Okay, sir, Bo Ling, let's say goodbye then. Farewell." The young master jumped on his horse, cupped his hands at the two of them, and rode away without any delay. "Leave." A large number of Wei troops also followed, and in a blink of an eye, only the broken corpses of the "Ghost Hidden" killers were left. "Young Master Ang doesn't have to worry about this, the local government will handle it." "Bo Ling, let's go too." Gui Guzi greeted. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin nodded and glanced at Daliang with some reluctance: Yinyu, wait for me, I will be back as soon as possible. Text Chapter 29 Xinzheng, South Korea PS: Weekend is closed, only one update. I will be on the list at 12 o'clock tonight, and will be updated three to four times tomorrow. Book friends who are qualified, please support me at that time. ****** ****** After bidding farewell to Young Master Ang, the master and apprentice headed westward. Without the harassment of the "Ghost Hidden" killer, the journey was still very pleasant, almost like a tourist trip. As soon as they were in a good mood, the injuries of the master and apprentice recovered quickly. On this day, the master and the apprentice left the Kingdom of Wei. As soon as they entered Korea, Xinzheng, the capital of Korea, was in sight in the distance. You should know that Xinzheng is very close to the border between South Korea and Wei, only more than fifty miles away. In the evening, the master and apprentice, who had been tired of their travels, finally arrived outside Xinzheng City before the city gate closed. This was the first time Sun Bin came to the capital of a country, and he looked around curiously. I saw that Xinzheng is worthy of being the capital of a country. The city is 15 meters high, majestic and majestic. The city is also seven or eight miles wide. It is surrounded by a wide moat formed by diverting water from the river. It is really like a tiger sitting on a dragon's plate. "It's so majestic, not much worse than a beam." Sun Bin sighed. "That's natural." Guiguzi said with a smile: "Looking at the world, apart from Linzi and Daliang, Xinzheng is the most prosperous. The city has a circumference of nearly thirty miles, with more than 40,000 households, prosperous commerce, and is famous for its ironware." Sun Bin Diandian Heading up, he suddenly remembered something: "By the way, teacher, this Xinzheng seems to have been the capital of the Zheng State before, right?" Moved here. This is really a city with a changing king's flag, and the sea has changed, and many countries have been prospered and destroyed in a blink of an eye." Sun Bin also sighed. While he was talking, the wheels were rolling, and he was approaching the city gate. Several Korean soldiers in leather armor and green robes stretched out their hands to stop the carriage. "Stop and pay the tax." Pay the tax! ? Sun Bin was stunned: Is there any talk about city gate tax now? Then Guiguzi stopped the carriage, touched his body, took out two big coins and threw them into the big bamboo basket beside him. "Not enough." A small leader of the Korean army snorted: "The carriage needs money to enter the city, three." Guiguzi frowned, but did not care about these pawns, took out three more big coins and threw them into the basket. Only then did Han Jun let them go. As the carriage rumbled into the city, Sun Bin couldn't help but said: "Teacher, are the five big bucks just now the city gate tax?" "Yes." Guiguzi nodded and sighed: "Exorbitant taxes and miscellaneous taxes are more fierce than tigers." Sun Bin said in confusion: "Then why didn't the Wei Kingdom see city gate tax?" "Haha" Gui Guzi smiled and said: "Wei State has gone through Li Kui's reform and its politics are relatively clear, but it doesn't look down on these small amounts of money. Moreover, not collecting city gate taxes is also beneficial to people. , goods flow, otherwise, how could Daliang be so prosperous? As for South Korea -" Guiguzi couldn't help but curled his lips contemptuously: "The king is ignorant and mediocre, he only cares about family status, not talents, and he is sitting on it in vain. In the center of the world, there are powerful iron tools, but nothing can be accomplished. It is really laughable. " Sun Bin also laughed: "The teacher is right, just like South Korea's greed for profit this time, it mixed with Wei Ying's civil strife. Once you have secured your position, you will definitely have to beat the Koreans. You have to spit out everything you eat, maybe twice as much." Guiguzi agreed: "Bo Ling has seen it thoroughly, so there is no one in Korea. "Teacher, what would you do if you were the Prime Minister of Han?" Sun Bin suddenly had an idea. Gui Guzi narrowed his eyes: "If I were the Prime Minister of South Korea, I would reform the historical governance and rectify the army internally, and make good relations with Wei externally, and use Wei's strength to expand the Qin, Ba, and Shu. If I can annex them, I will use them to annex them. The dangers in Guanzhong, the wealth of Ba and Shu, peeking into Guandong, in order to map the world. " Sun Bin lowered his head, thought carefully for a moment, and suddenly slapped his thigh excitedly: "The teacher is so right, these words are worth ten thousand gold. Disciple has learned. " "Okay, let's not say any more. Let's find a hotel to stay in. I've been busy traveling these past few days and I just have two days to rest in Xinzheng. Sun Bin was overjoyed: "Great, I happened to be visiting Xinzheng." The two of them looked for an inn together. Sun Bin took the opportunity to look at Xinzheng and found that the city was indeed very prosperous, with cars and people coming and going, but it was really worse than Daliang. "This is the one." Guiguzi found a clean and not too noisy inn and stopped the carriage. "Two guests, welcome, welcome, do you want to eat or stay in the hotel?" A waiter immediately came up enthusiastically and took the reins of the horse. "Eat and stay in the hotel." Guiguzi and Sun Bin got out of the car, handed the car to the waiter, rushed to the backyard to take care of it, and walked into the store.After booking a room and putting down their luggage, the master and apprentice went to the hall to have dinner. Gui Guzi was used to being simple, but Sun Bin was still a boy and needed nutrition, so he ordered some meat. There is plenty of fish and meat. Sun Bin was also hungry, and he ate very sweetly. In a blink of an eye, he almost finished two large bowls of corn rice. ??This is really a good saying: a half-grown man will eat me to death. "Uh-" Finally, Sun Bin filled his belly, burped with satisfaction, poured another cup of tea, and tasted it carefully. Guiguzi doesn¡¯t eat much, so he has already finished eating and is enjoying tea. By this time, the sky had completely darkened, and the candles were lit early in the store, illuminating the area as bright as day. "Hurry, hurry, carry it in quickly." At this moment, there was a panic in the backyard, and several people hurriedly carried a young child in and put it on a table. This child was about four or five years old, but he was covered in blood and motionless. Beside them, there was also a crying young woman in red and a panicked middle-aged man in blue, who seemed to be the parents of the young child. what happened? Sun Bin was stunned. But I saw someone saying anxiously: "Shopkeeper, go and call the doctor quickly. This child was playing by the well. It was dark and he accidentally fell in." "What!?" The shopkeeper was shocked. This is going to kill someone, so he must suffer a lot. Tired, he hurriedly said: "Okay, okay, I'll send someone right away." He quickly sent a waiter and ran away like a flying bird. When Gui Guzi heard this, he couldn't sit still. Saving people is like putting out fire. God knows when the doctor will come. He hurriedly called out: "Bo Ling, come on, let's go take a look." "Hey." Sun Bin agreed, and Gu No more tea was allowed and he hurriedly followed. "Everyone, please step aside and let Pindao come and take a look." Guiguzi separated from the crowd and hurried to the young child's side. The middle-aged man in blue shirt was stunned and asked hurriedly: "Does the Taoist Master know medical skills?" "That is true." Sun Bin said with a proud look on his face: "Teacher's medical skills are almost, if not unique in the world." The middle-aged man in blue shirt is almost there. I was overjoyed to see that the life-saving god had come, and he saluted hurriedly: "Then it all depends on the Taoist priest. If I can save the child, I will be very grateful." "The poor Taoist will do his best." Guiguzi did not look back. , as soon as it caught the young child's pulse, his expression froze. At this moment, the people around him had their hearts in their throats, but no one dared to say anything to disturb him. Guiguzi put down the child's wrist and opened his eyelids to take a look. He couldn't help but sigh and shook his head: "It's too late, the pulse has stopped, the pupils have dilated, and the poor man is helpless." The middle-aged man in blue suddenly turned pale, and his body The figure shook and almost fell. "My son." The young woman in red was even more distraught. She threw herself on the child and cried loudly: "I feel so bad for my mother because I didn't take good care of you. How can I live with you now that you are gone? Ah." For a time, the scene was so tragic and desolate that it made people cry, and Sun Bin couldn't help but feel a little sad. Text Chapter 30 Sun Bin saves people PS: The first one will be released on Monday, and there will be three or four more releases today. I sincerely ask for your recommendation and collection support! ! **** "Give way." "The doctor is here." At this time, a waiter pulled a middle-aged doctor angrily, and the two rushed in sweating. ¡°Hey, it came so fast.¡± ¡°That¡¯s great, let the doctor take a look again, maybe there¡¯s still hope.¡±¡­ Everyone was talking about it. "Yes, yes, madam, get up quickly and don't hinder the doctor's treatment." The man in blue shirt also ignited a glimmer of hope. Guiguzi was not annoyed, he just sighed and stepped aside. Sun Binze shook his head secretly: This is because he was in a hurry and sought medical treatment. Even my teacher can't do it. It would be free to replace him with someone else. Sure enough, the doctor hurriedly checked and shook his head: "It can't be saved." The little hope he had just ignited was suddenly shattered. The middle-aged man in blue and the young woman in red looked miserable, hugging each other and crying. ¡°Oh, it¡¯s so tragic.¡± ¡°Yes, the black-haired man is sending the white-haired man away.¡± ¡­ There were also voices of sympathy all around, and no one thought that this young child could be saved. "Let's go, Bo Ling." Gui Guzi couldn't bear to look any more, so he turned around and went back to his room, but Sun Bin suddenly thought: Maybe there is a way! ? "Teacher, wait a moment." "What's wrong?" "Please help me evacuate the crowd. Maybe I can find a way." Sun Bin turned around and walked quickly towards the toddler. Guiguzi was stunned. Throughout this journey, he never knew that Sun Bin had medical skills, and he couldn't figure out what weird thing this apprentice was up to. However, let¡¯s give it a try, things won¡¯t get worse anyway. "Well, please step back and let me, my disciple, have a try." Guiguzi then called to everyone to make way for air circulation. "Isn't it? This young man wants to give it a try?" "Is it possible? Even the teacher can't save him." "That's right. Young people don't know their own abilities." The onlookers were very surprised for a moment, and they all looked down upon Sun Bin. Even the middle-aged man in blue shirt and the young woman in red shirt were still holding their heads and crying, and they also had no hope for Sun Bin. Sun Bin turned a blind eye and just squatted down in front of the child. He first pinched the child's nose, then took a long breath, and blew air into the child's abdominal cavity from mouth to mouth. Just like this, I blew it more than ten times in one breath. ¡°What is this young man doing?¡± ¡°Yeah, I don¡¯t understand.¡± ¡°I think it¡¯s just messing around.¡±¡­ The crowd of onlookers began to whisper, and they began to question Sun Bin more and more. Even Gui Guzi couldn't help it. If he hadn't seen Sun Bin's serious face, he would have almost wanted to step forward and pull him up. The ancients had little scientific knowledge and how could they know the mystery of artificial respiration. However, Sun Bin tried hard for about a minute, but there was still no movement from the child, and he couldn't help but feel a little anxious. After drowning, the golden rescue time is only a few minutes. If you can't save it, there will be no chance. He changed the method, first artificially squeezing the heart and lungs, and then artificial respiration, alternating the two. Finally, a miracle happened. The child's hands and feet suddenly trembled, and then, the breathing that had been paused miraculously resumed. ¡°Oh my God, it¡¯s moving! It¡¯s moving!¡± ¡°It¡¯s really moving. How is this possible!?¡± The onlookers were stunned for a moment and could hardly believe their eyes. Gui Guzi and the middle-aged doctor were also shocked. They never expected that Sun Bin could come back to life! ¡°Mother, mother¡ª¡ª¡± At this time, the child woke up, coughing and spitting out the water in his abdomen, and breathing intermittently. ¡°Huh¡ª¡ª¡± Sun Binzhen let out a long breath and wiped the hot sweat from his forehead: Thank God, he was finally rescued. He quickly helped the toddler sit up and patted his back to help control the water accumulation. "Son, you, you're awake!?" The young woman in red finally came to her senses, swooped over in ecstasy, hugged the child tightly, and cried and laughed at the same time: "I'm scared to death. I'm scared to death. Mom. Uh-uh-" "Thank you, little brother. Thank you." The middle-aged man in blue shirt also cried with joy.Kneel down on the ground and kowtow fiercely to Sun Bin. Poor his three generations of single biography, so such independent seedlings. If it is gone today, it will not be able to pass this day. For a moment, I was really grateful to Sun Bin. "Oh my god, I'm so alive. Today is an eye-opener." "Yes, yes, I didn't expect this little brother to be a miracle doctor." "Amazing. Amazing." The spectators also praised Sun Bin fiercely, wishing they could praise Sun Bin. Show off your flowers. Sun Bin is a little embarrassed. He is not a miracle doctor. He just knows some modern first aid techniques. "Sir, please get up quickly. It's just a matter of raising your hand. I don't dare to accept such a great gift." Sun Bin quickly stepped forward and helped the middle-aged man in blue shirt up. When he saw that this man's clothes and conversation suggested that he belonged to a noble family, he also called him "sir" with respect. "No, no, sir, if you save the child, you have saved my whole family. How can I not thank you for such a life-saving grace?" said the middle-aged man in blue shirt stubbornly. "Little brother," at this moment, the middle-aged doctor rushed over, grabbed Sun Bin's hand, and said excitedly: "You, how did you save this child!? Can you teach Qin this magical skill? Someone?" The middle-aged man in blue shirt was immediately very unhappy: Who are you? I am grateful to my little brother, why are you here to cause trouble? Huh, I'm not good at medical skills, but I still have the nerve to yell here. "This -" Sun Bin was also taken aback by the middle-aged doctor's enthusiasm. However, this kind of first aid involves a lot of modern medical knowledge, but he couldn't explain it at the moment. He couldn't help but wonder: "It's hard to explain in one word." "It's hard to explain." It's okay, we can talk slowly." The middle-aged doctor was very persistent. "Why is this person like this? How can I just tell you about the magical skills of this little miracle doctor?" "That's right, you are not someone else." "You are so thick-skinned." Sun Bin's hesitation was misunderstood by everyone, There were a lot of accusations coming from the middle-aged doctor. "This, this¡ª¡ª" The middle-aged doctor's face was suddenly filled with embarrassment, and then he realized that he was a little reckless. Guiguzi also thought that Sun Bin didn¡¯t want to say anything. You know, knowledge and technology are very valued these days. It is not father and son, master and apprentice, and it is rarely passed on to outsiders. "Bo Ling," Gui Guzi calmly stepped forward to rescue him, and said with a smile: "You have done a good job, saving someone's life, there is no greater kindness. Okay, since the child is fine, let's go back to the room and get some rest early." "Yes, Teacher." Although Sun Bin knew that everyone had misunderstood, he didn't bother and just walked down the slope. "My dear friend, don't be stunned. Take the child back to the room quickly, change into clean clothes, and calm down." Guiguzi gave another instruction to the middle-aged man in blue shirt. "Yes, yes," the middle-aged man in blue shirt said gratefully, "Okay, Taoist priest and little brother, I will come to the door in person tomorrow to thank you." "Brother, you're welcome." Guiguzi nodded, and then went back to the room with Sun Bin. . Behind him, the middle-aged doctor opened his mouth, as if he wanted to say something, but in the end nothing came out. ******* PS: You have to be kind in life, and you have to vote when you read. After reading it, grab a vote, haha! Text Chapter 31: Miracle Doctor Bian Que PS: Today¡¯s second explosion is expected to be three to four. I sincerely ask for your recommendation and collection support. It is on the list. Hurry! ! ******* Back in the room, Gui Guzi looked at Sun Bin and said in wonder: "Bo Ling, I didn't expect that you are also very knowledgeable in medical skills. The resurrection from the dead just now is an eye-opener for all the teachers. It's really I'm ashamed of myself." Sun Bin said with shame, "Teacher, don't you know the details of this disciple? He knows nothing about medical skills." "It seems so." Gui Guzi thought for a while. It is true that Sun Bin has no medical skills, but what happened to this resurrection? He couldn't help but said with a puzzled face: "Bo Ling, since you don't know medical skills, how can you save the child?" "Uh-" Sun Bin scratched his head, thought about it and explained: "This is not actually a medical skill. , It¡¯s just some common sense about first aid. Even if a person¡¯s breathing is cut off after drowning, he can still be rescued in a short period of time as long as he can rescue him. " Gui Guzi seemed to have some understanding: "Then you can still breathe through the mouth. "Squeezing the heart and lungs is to help the child breathe again?" "Yes, yes," Sun Bin said happily: "These two methods can make the stopped heart and lungs beat again and resume breathing." Gui Guzi said incredulously: "This method. , It¡¯s really unheard of, but when I saw it today, it seems to be very effective. "Bo Ling, where did you come from such a wonderful method?" "This-" Sun Bin was dumbfounded and could only talk nonsense: "It was a disciple who figured it out through daily observation. Come." Observation on weekdays? Guiguzi is doubtful. Is it possible that you often bump into people falling into the water? However, he is not someone who likes to get to the bottom of things, so he doesn¡¯t have any secrets. Then he smiled and said: "Very good, Bo Ling is careful. With this good method, I don't know how many lives can be saved in the future. It is really a blessing." Sun Bin said embarrassedly: "The teacher said this, which makes the disciples feel ashamed." "Haha " Guiguzi laughed, waved his hand and said, "Okay, okay, let's not talk anymore. It's been a long day, so let's rest early." "Hey." Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief and finally got over it. Hiding on the bed, although he was a little tired, the joy and pride of successfully rescuing people made him unable to sleep. The next day, morning. Sun Bin got up, washed up, and excused himself to Guiguzi: "Teacher, I went to stroll around the city." "Go." Guiguzi smiled and said, "You won't cause trouble again this time, right?" "" Sun Bin Wuyu: Teacher, you are teasing me. "Haha, let's go." Gui Guzi was amused in his heart and waved his hand: "Go early, go early, don't worry me." "Hey." Sun Bin was relieved and hurried away. "Little brother." Unexpectedly, as soon as he went out and walked into the courtyard, he was enthusiastically pulled by someone. It was the middle-aged man in blue shirt yesterday: "A certain Cao Gui, do you still remember me?" "It turns out to be Mr." Sun Bin smiled and held his hands in his hands: "How is the child now?" Cao Gui said with a face full of relief: "Okay, okay, everything is fine. I was just a little frightened, thanks to the little brother's wonderful rejuvenation. I was in a hurry yesterday and was not deep enough. Thank you, I hope you can accept this offer." As he said that, he took out a money bag from his arms and handed it to Sun Bin. "No, no." Sun Bin quickly refused. A gentleman helps others for his own benefit. He didn't want to be scolded by Gui Guzi: "It's a small effort, but it's worth mentioning." Cao Gui insisted on giving it, but Sun Bin refused. The two pushed each other for a long time, but Cao Gui had no choice but to smile bitterly and said: "My little brother is really a noble character, which is admirable. Anyway, Cao doesn't force others to do anything, but he should always remember this kindness in his heart and repay it later. "Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief. This pushing and shoving was really tiring, so he said, "You're welcome, sir. I have something else to do, so I'll take my leave." "Okay, okay, little brother, please do it." Cao Gui didn't dare to force him to stay. Suddenly he slapped his forehead: "By the way, I forgot to ask my little brother how to address him?" "Sir, just call me Sun Bin. Farewell." Sun Bin cupped his hands and left. "Sun Bin?" Cao Gui secretly remembered: Judging from his accent, this little brother seems to be from Qi. Maybe we will see each other again one day. When Sun Bin left the inn, it was already dawn, and he saw that the street was bustling with people, and it was very lively. Find a place to try Korean specialty snacks. Sun Bin made up his mind and walked around for a while. At this moment, someone suddenly grabbed his clothes again. "Little brother, wait a minute, do you still know me?" Someone came over with a smile. Damn it, who is it? ? Sun Bin was very helpless. He looked at this person and had an impression: "Isn¡¯t he the doctor yesterday? " "yes. yes. The man was very happy: "My little brother has such a good memory." " "What's up? "Sun Bin was a little impatient. "Well," the man hesitated for a moment, then seemed to have made up his mind and said, "Qin wants to become his disciple. " "What? "Sun Bin was startled and almost thought he heard wrongly. "Qin has thought about it. As long as the little brother is willing to teach the magical skills that saved people yesterday, Qin is willing to worship you as his teacher. " Sun Bin was stunned: "Isn't it? I'm only eleven years old, you're already older, are you kidding me? " "What a joke! ? The guy's eyes widened and he said seriously: "Since ancient times, the master has been the teacher. Xiang Luo can be the teacher of Confucius at the age of seven, and the little brother is eleven years old. Why can't he be the teacher of my Qinyue people?" " Sun Bin was speechless. He had realized that the man in front of him was a medical idiot, and he could only learn medical skills at any cost. Although he thought this man was a bit stupid, persistent people are always admirable. Sun Bin After thinking for a while, he said: "If you want to learn the first aid method, I can teach you, but I don't have to be a disciple. I can't afford it. Suddenly, his eyes widened: "Wait, what did you say your name was, from Qinyue?" " "Yeah, what's wrong? "The people of Qinyue blinked with confusion on their faces. Many people may not know it when we say 'people of Qinyue', but if we say 'Bian Que', I'm afraid everyone will recognize it. The people of Qinyue are Bian Que. Bian Que , turned out to be a miraculous doctor in the ancient Huangdi period. During the Warring States Period, there was a miraculous doctor named Bian Que. Because of his superb medical skills, people in the world called him and praised him. Later, as time went by, the world only knew Bian Que. Que, I don¡¯t know his real name. Throughout the five thousand years of China, only Hua Tuo can match Bian Que¡¯s reputation. Moreover, during the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, Bian Que was also the leader of medical schools with his outstanding medical skills. What a great person! When Sun Bin thought back to the time when Bian Que lived, he knew that he would definitely recognize the wrong person. In this case, it is not surprising that the people of Qin and Yue are so thirsty for knowledge. With his crazy pursuit and persistence in medical skills, this person may not be able to become a miracle doctor and be famous for thousands of years! Text Chapter 32: Kidnapped again PS: The third explosion, if everyone supports it enthusiastically, there will be a fourth explosion tonight! ! ******* "It turns out to be Mr. Bian Que." In awe, Sun Bin saluted: "Sun Bin is so rude." "Bian Que?" The Qin Yue people reacted extremely, waving their hands with a blushing face. : "Little brother must have made a mistake. Qin would never dare to accept such high praise, never dare to accept it." Uh, why are you having such a big reaction? Sun Bin was a little stunned: "Isn't that what everyone calls sir?" "Nothing. Nothing." The Qin Yue people shook their heads violently and firmly denied: "Qin's medical skills are poor, how dare he be ranked with the ancient miracle doctors." Do you admit your mistake? People? Same name and surname? Sun Bin couldn't help but feel a little confused. He suddenly slapped his head and burst into laughter. According to historical records, the people of Qin and Yue were not miraculous doctors at the beginning. At the beginning, their medical skills were mediocre and they often made mistakes. But the people of Qin and Yue were very hard-working, studied medical skills hard, and studied with teachers everywhere. Slowly, after people reach middle age, the Qinyue people who have accumulated a lot of experience become widely known and are called Bian Que. ????Looking at the age of this Qinyue man, he is no more than forty years old, and he is probably not famous yet. "That's it," Sun Bin said, pretending to be embarrassed, "I must have remembered it wrong. I'm sorry, I'm sorry." The Qinyue man breathed a sigh of relief, but this "Bian Que" call made him extremely stressed. Suddenly remembering the business, he quickly and cautiously said: "Little brother, then, are you still willing to teach me medical skills?" "Of course you will teach me." Sun Bin widened his eyes, with a serious look on his face, but he was so beautiful in his heart: Hehe, Even the miracle doctor Bian Que asked me for medical advice. This time I am really awesome. Needless to say, it must be remembered in history. "That's great." The people of Qin and Yue didn't know Sun Bin's little thoughts. They were so happy that they couldn't help but pull Sun Bin and said: "Little brother, let's go to my hospital. Let's learn now." Sun Bin shook his head helplessly. It seemed that he couldn't go shopping on this street today. Turning into an alley, after about a hundred steps, we came to an ordinary small hospital. A wooden sign hung in front of the hospital: Yue Ren Medical House. It¡¯s quite close to the inn. No wonder the Qinyue people came so quickly yesterday. The Qin Yue people pushed the door open and said anxiously: "Cong'er, where are you? Hurry up, there are guests, hurry up and prepare tea." "Squeak¡ª¡ª" "Don't move." At this moment, something happened. When they got up, two people suddenly appeared behind the door. As they quickly closed the courtyard door, two sharp iron swords were placed on the necks of Sun Bin and Qin Yue. The figure of the Qin Yue people immediately froze and said in shock: "Who are you? What do you want to do?" Sun Bin felt a faint chill on his neck, and secretly cried out: Mother, what's going on this time? If you are so lucky, you can win the lottery. "Are you a doctor?" Someone behind Qin Yue said coldly, and then there was the sound of the door being bolted. "Yes, yes." Qin Yue was so nervous that his heart was beating wildly, and cold sweat broke out on his forehead unconsciously. "Then who is he?" "Qin, a little brother of Qin." "What are you here for?" "He, he has very good medical skills. Qin, Qin wants to ask him for advice." "Seriously?" The voice was very surprised. , obviously, the Qinyue people's answer was somewhat unexpected. "Don't dare lie." The Qinyue man said honestly. "Very good, go in." The person behind him pushed Sun Bin, but Sun Bin had no choice but to grimace and slowly walk towards the lobby with the Qin Yue people. As soon as he entered the door, he saw several people inside the house. A child in green clothes, about seven or eight years old, was squatting in the corner with a fearful look on his face, faintly trembling. This should be the 'Cong'er' that people in Qinyue call him. There was another girl in red, covered in blood, lying unconscious on the couch. Accompanying the couch is a young girl in green clothes. She is beautiful and fit, with a long sword on her back, making her appear heroic. At the entrance of the hall, there was also a young man in brown clothes, with thick eyebrows and big eyes, holding a sword in one hand, and looking like a tiger. At this time, the young man in brown clothes and the girl in green clothes both looked worried. They glanced at the unconscious girl in red clothes from time to time, their brows furrowed. Sun Bin's heart moved, and he became a little worried: It doesn't look like a good idea. Seeing Sun Bin come in, the young man in brown relaxed and looked behind Qin Yue: "Is he a doctor?" "Yes." "But, this young man also seems to know medical skills." Two people came out from behind Sun Bin. A young swordsman named Ge Yi, one tall and one thin,?There is a faint evil spirit. "Very good." The young man in brown pointed at the girl in red and said coldly: "She is injured. You two will rescue her immediately. Don't worry, as long as you don't play any tricks, we will pay the full medical fee." Sun Binhe The people of Qin and Yue looked at each other and understood. The people in front of me probably committed something, and they didn¡¯t dare to seek medical treatment openly, so they resorted to this method. Who said that the "Yueren Medical House" was a little secluded, so people noticed it. However, under the current situation, if they don¡¯t want their heads to fall, they can¡¯t help but submit obediently. Let¡¯s go. Sun Bin and Qin Yue each smiled bitterly, walked towards the girl in red, squatted down, and carefully inspected the injury. Of course, the inspections were mainly conducted by people from Qin and Yue, and Sun Bin was just a pseudo-miraculous doctor, just watching. The girl in red suffered sword wounds in three places: left shoulder, right arm, and abdomen. At this time, the three wounds seemed to have been simply treated. They were no longer bleeding, but the flesh and blood were blurred, which was a bit scary. The Qin Yue people inspected the three injuries, and then checked the pulse, breathing and pupils of the girl in red. He couldn't help but take a breath: "Hiss¡ª¡ª" "Doctor, doctor, how is the situation?" The girl in green beside him said anxiously. Qin Yue's face was solemn: "Three wounds from the sword. The shoulder and arm wounds are fine, but the spleen may have been pierced in the abdomen. It is estimated that there is acute internal bleeding." "Hiss¡ª¡ª" This time, four young men in brown clothes fell down. Take a breath of cool air. In ancient China, there was no such thing as thoracotomy. The only treatment for injuries to internal organs was acupuncture, massage, and traditional Chinese medicine. ¡° However, this can only cope with chronic or minor internal injuries. But if it is a serious and acute internal injury such as visceral rupture or internal bleeding, there is basically nothing that can be done. In a word, either wait for death or resign yourself to fate. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ ?This shows how dangerous the situation of the girl in red is. "Doctor," the girl in green suddenly choked up: "Please, please save her." The Qin Yue people smiled bitterly and said, "If Qin is not willing to do his best, you should also do the same for such a serious injury. Understand, it¡¯s really hard for gods to save you.¡± The young man in brown trembled, tears rolled down his eyes, and he knelt down in pain, ¡°Why? Why?¡± The two young men in Geyi couldn't help but shed tears. Text Chapter 33 The Embers of Zheng PS: The fourth explosion! ! This is enough sincerity for today. Let¡¯s throw in your recommendation votes. ***** ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, someone pressed lightly on the wall and jumped down into the courtyard. It was a young man in his twenties dressed in white. I saw that he was handsome, tall and tall, and he was a standard handsome man. He has a sword behind his back, a vigorous heroic energy is beating between his eyebrows, and his eyes are even sharper and brighter. "Who?" This uninvited guest immediately alarmed everyone in the hall. The young man in brown clothes stood up with a murderous look in his eyes. "It's me." The young man in white responded calmly and walked in quickly. "Xiaozhen!?" When he saw the unconscious girl in red on the couch, the young man in white suddenly changed his expression and stood stunned. "Brother Shen," the girl in green clothes felt like she was seeing a relative, and threw herself into the arms of the young man in white clothes, crying bitterly: "The doctor said that Sister Xiaozhen is hopeless. Uh-huh -" "What!?" The young man in white clothes looked miserable. , and then glared at the three young men in brown clothes: "Look at the good things you have done, will you be happy!?" The two young men in brown clothes lowered their heads in frustration and said nothing. The young man in brown clothes looked unconvinced and said angrily: "Shen, what qualifications do you have to accuse us!? You have forgotten that you are from Zheng, but we have not forgotten. You have forgotten the bloody hatred between the country and the family. , We have not forgotten.¡± The young man in white said sadly: ¡°Yes, I am not qualified. You can call me weak and a coward. But have you ever thought about how many lives we have lost in the past six years in order to revive Zheng State? Brothers and relatives! But what happened? They died in vain. Thinking of them, my heart bleeds." Hearing this, the expression of the young man in brown clothes could not help but dim, and the two young men in Ge clothes were also filled with sadness. cry. Sun Bin and the people of Qin and Yue looked at each other and complained secretly: It turns out that these people are the remnants of the Zheng State and are plotting to restore the country. They were involved in such a shocking conspiracy. This is terrible. "For a vain dream of national restoration, is it worth the sacrifice?" The young man in white said with faint tears: "The sea has changed, and many countries have been reborn and destroyed in the blink of an eye. This is the general trend and it is unstoppable. Everyone, Zheng Guo has no hope. "Stop it!" "No!" The young man in brown suddenly roared with a ferocious expression: "I'm not willing to give up if so many people died!" "Then what do you want?" The young man in white shouted angrily: "Like today, you overestimate your ability to assassinate Han Xiang Xia'an and let more brothers and sisters die? Look at Xiaozhen, aren't you awake?" The young man in red clothes stared blankly at the dying girl in red on the couch, then suddenly squatted on the ground and burst into tears. The tearful and helpless look was like a helpless child. Damn it! Sun Bin was shocked when he heard this: To assassinate the Prime Minister of Han? These people are really courageous. They didn't die all. They are lucky. How can a prime minister of a country be killed so easily? I really thought I was Nie Zheng! ? Seeing that he seemed to have convinced everyone, the tone of the young man in white also softened: "Everyone, the dead are gone, the living will continue, let go of hatred and live well. I think this is what our ancestors hoped for under Jiuquanxia. "Brother Shen, I listen to you." The two young men in Geyi wiped away their tears and nodded softly. "Brother Shen, I also listen to you." The girl in green also choked with sobs. "No, I'm not willing to do so. I want to kill that thief in Xia An to avenge Xiaozhen." Suddenly, the young man in brown clothes stood up, with a ferocious look on his face and red eyes, and rushed out the door with his sword in hand. "Quickly stop him." Seeing the young man in brown clothes suddenly lose control, the young man in white clothes was shocked. Two young men in Ge clothes rushed to grab him and hugged him tightly: "Ahu, calm down, you can't go to die anymore." "No, I want to kill Xia An, kill him!" The young man in brown clothes said to himself The struggle continued. "Pah! Pah!" At this moment, the young man in white came up and slapped him twice, making the young man in brown stand stunned. "Have you had enough trouble!?" The young man in white said sternly: "The way Xiaozhen is acting now is all because of your impulse. Why don't you know how to repent!? Okay, you want to die, I won't stop you, but if you want Have you ever met Xiaozhen? Does she want you to die in vain for her? She just wants you to live well" The young man in brown clothes suddenly dropped his sword and burst into tears. Sun Bin and Qin Yue glanced at each other secretly: It seems that this young man in brown clothes and this girl in red clothes are lovers. "Okay." The young man in whiteHe patted the young man in brown clothes and said softly: "Don't be sad. For Xiaozhen's sake, live well." "Yes." The young man in brown clothes seemed to have finally thought about it and nodded with tearful eyes. The young man in white breathed a sigh of relief and said hurriedly: "Okay, it's not advisable to stay here for a long time. I can find this place, and the people from Xia'an will be here soon. We have to leave quickly." "Hey." The four girls in green hurriedly nod. "By the way, Brother Shen, what should we do with these three people?" A young man in Ge Yi pointed at Sun Bin and Qin Yue with his sword. "They have already seen us. To avoid trouble, why not-" Another young man in Ge Yi had a cold light in his eyes and his tone was very unkind. Damn it! Sun Bin was startled: You bastards, if I provoke you to provoke us, I will kill us and silence you. The Qin Yue people were also panicked and said hurriedly: "Don't worry, knights, Qin didn't see or hear anything today, and he will never leak a word." "Yes, Brother Shen, spare them. "The girl in green couldn't bear it and begged for mercy on behalf of Sun Bin and the others. The young man in white also shook his head and said: "There is no need to kill them. Xia'an is not a fool. Do you think he can't guess which force assassinated him? Moreover, killing innocent people indiscriminately is against chivalry. Take Xiaozhen, let's go." "Okay." The young man in white seemed to be very prestigious. Once he made his decision, no one would object. Qin Yue and Sun Bin looked at each other and couldn't help but heaved a sigh of relief: It was such a close call, how lucky they were to escape with their lives. "Three of you are frightened." The young man in white stepped forward and said apologetically: "This little money will be used as a medical fee and to support the shock. Please accept it." After saying that, he threw down a money bag and turned around and said: "Let's Let¡¯s go.¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Everyone agreed. The young man in brown clothes stepped forward, picked up the girl in red with a sad look on his face, and quickly opened the door and ran away with the young man in white. "Huh, it's too dangerous!" Seeing that they were finally safe, the Qinyue people couldn't help but let out a sigh of relief. "Yeah, who would have thought that luck was so bad." Sun Bin also smiled bitterly: "Fortunately, if you survive the catastrophe, you will be blessed later." "That's true, that's true." The Qin Yue people laughed loudly: "Come on, come on, come on, Little brother, let's not delay. Please teach me the first aid method. Cong'er, be quick and close the door so that no one will disturb you." "Yes, sir," the child agreed with a happy face and stood up. I'm going to close the door. ¡°¡­¡± Sun Bin was speechless: This guy is so heartless. He has forgotten the danger so quickly. He is really a medical idiot. Text Chapter 34 The Marquis of Han invites you PS: First update, please recommend and collect it. ******* "Tell me, who is it?" Fortunately, Guiguzi has a good temper, and he loves his disciple Sun Bin very much, but he doesn't care about him. "It's the doctor last night." Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief and said with an apologetic smile: "This man is a medical idiot with very good medical skills. I have admired the teacher's reputation for a long time and would like to ask the teacher for advice." "Okay, I have nothing to do. There's no harm in chatting." Guiguzi nodded politely. "Thank you, Teacher, I'll let him in right now." Sun Bin was overjoyed and rushed outside: "Mr. Qin, come in." Upon hearing this, the Qin Yue people who were waiting anxiously outside rushed in in three or two steps, respectfully He bowed and fell to the ground: "I'm from Qinyue, I've met Mr. Guigu. I've heard of his name for a long time, and I'm really lucky to see you today." "Mr. Qin, you're very polite, please sit down." Guiguzi stroked his beard and smiled, Everyone is very considerate. "Thank you, Mr. Guigu." The Qin Yue people thanked him and sat down. He was impatient, so he said straightforwardly: "I have heard for a long time that Mr. Guigu has superb medical skills. I have some difficulties in medical skills. I hope you can give me some advice." "But it doesn't matter." Guiguzi is still very confident in his medical skills. But he didn't know that the unknown Qinyue man in front of him would surpass him in medical achievements in the future. This is really in line with the old saying: Without madness, there is no talent! At this moment, the people of Qin and Yue were not polite and dumped all the medical problems they had accumulated for many years on Guiguzi. If he doesn¡¯t make good use of this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity, he won¡¯t be a Qinyue person. Guiguzi is worthy of being a genius and all-rounder who has not been born for thousands of years. He quotes from other sources and explains in a simple and profound way. When the people of Qin and Yue heard the wonderful thing, they couldn't help scratching their heads and applauding loudly. The two of them talked happily, but Sun Bin knew nothing about medicine and was so bored that he dozed off. I don¡¯t know how long it took, but Sun Bin rubbed his eyes and saw that it was already noon outside the bed, and it was long past time to eat. As for the Qinyue people, this guy was still in high spirits and kept asking Guiguzi. Sun Bin yawned and said, "Mr. Qin, are you done? I've been working hard for a long time and I'm hungry." Although Qin Yue is crazy about medical skills, it doesn't mean he is stupid. In fact, this guy is quite smart. According to historical records, after the Qinyue people became famous, they practiced medicine in Handan and found that women were cared for here, so they became a gynecologist. I was practicing medicine in Luoyang and found that the elderly were respected here, so I became an ENT doctor. When I was practicing medicine in Xianyang, I found that the people of Qin State loved children very much, so I quickly became a pediatrician. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OUT Seeing that Duke Huan of Qi did not believe that he was sick, the people of Qin and Yue fled early to avoid harming themselves when he fell ill. With all these things, you know that this person is definitely a smart person. Seeing what Sun Bin said, the people of Qin and Yue knew that it was time to leave. He consulted Guiguzi for a long time, and he had solved many problems that had troubled him for many years, and gained a lot. People can¡¯t be dissatisfied, or it¡¯s time to be annoying. The Qin Yue people looked grateful and said, "Excuse me for disturbing you today, sir. Qin has gained a lot, and I am very grateful." "You're welcome." Gui Guzi smiled faintly. "Then Qin said goodbye." "I won't send it away." Sun Bin yawned and breathed a sigh of relief: Finally, the dog-skin plaster was driven away. The Qinyue people left with satisfaction. Sun Bin turned around and said with a smile: "Teacher, what do you think of this dog-skin plaster, oh no, what do the people of Qin and Yue do?" Gui Guzi muttered: "He is a shrewd and resourceful person, with a solid foundation in medical skills, and a thirst for knowledge. He will become a great asset in the future. "I think so." Sun Bin smiled and said, "So, the disciple wanted to form a good relationship with him, which might be useful in the future, so he agreed to introduce the teacher to him." Guiguzi laughed and scolded: "You little monkey, you can do it yourself." "It's a good thing, but I brought my master to hold the vat." "Hehe" Sun Bin scratched his head in embarrassment. ¡°Bang, bang¡ª¡± At this moment, someone knocked on the door. "Who is it?" Sun Bin was a little impatient. He was about to go to eat, but someone came to interrupt him out of curiosity. "Excuse me, is Mr. Guigu here?" This was a sharp voice. Guiguzi glanced at Sun Bin with a dissatisfied look, you little monkey, how many people have you told me about my identity? Sun Bin shrank his head and looked embarrassed. "Come in."Gu Zi responded lightly, no matter what, the visitor is a guest, so he must be polite. "No." In response, the door opened, and a young man with tender skin and tender flesh came in, with a smile on his face and luxurious clothes. "This must be Mr. Guigu, right?" The man looked at Guiguzi and bowed hurriedly. However, he always felt that his movements were somewhat feminine and his words were also sharp and feminine. In short, it was very uncomfortable to see Sun Bin. "I'm sorry, who are you? What's the matter?" Guiguzi seemed not to like this guy, and his tone was a little cold, showing off the airs of an outsider. "The villain Pu Ji is a close attendant of Han Hou. Hearing that Mr. Guigu is here, Han Hou is not very happy. He has prepared a banquet in the palace and specially ordered the villain to come to invite you. Cars and horses have been prepared outside the shop. I hope you will Sir, please give me your respect." Attendant? Be a eunuch! Sun Bin suddenly realized: No wonder this guy is so weird. Yes, it must have been Zhou Bao who told Han Xiang that Mr. Xia An was here, and then the news reached Han Hou¡¯s ears. If it's over, you will definitely be questioned by your husband later, and maybe even scolded. Dizzy, life is miserable! "Marquis of Han?" Guiguzi frowned. The current Marquis of Han, Han Ruoshan, was not a wise master. He was fatuous and incompetent, and he did not want to see him. Then he said calmly: "Thank you for your kindness, Marquis Han, but I am a man from the mountains. I am used to idleness and cannot be restrained. Therefore, I hope that your envoy will report back to Marquis Han and forgive me for the crime of disrespect." Teacher, you are awesome! Sun Bin was so impressed that he fell to the ground - so what about the Marquis of Han? Even if I don't like you, I still won't buy your face. Pu Ji was a little stunned. The king of a country extended a warm invitation, but some people dared not to go? Did I hear it wrong, or is the world too crazy? However, Guiguzi was famous all over the world, Pu Ji did not dare to get angry, so he could only apologize and said with a smile: "Hanhou is so kind, please give me a favor, sir" Guiguzi became a little impatient and interrupted: "Disciple, see you off." Based on what he said today. If you don't buy Han Hou's respect for his transcendent academic status, you won't buy it. Who dares to do anything to him? Unless South Korea wants to be infamous and be criticized by scholars all over the world. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin stood up quickly and said goodbye with a smile: "Your Majesty, please come back." Pu Ji is so angry. He is a close minister of the king. He can almost walk sideways in Korea. Even Han Xiangxia An Ye has to show off some face, but when has he ever been so angry? If it had been anyone else, Pu Ji would have called for someone to take it down and deal with it severely, but if it had been Gui Guzi, he would not have dared. "Since sir, I like peace and quiet, I won't disturb you and say goodbye." Pu Ji held back his anger and walked away. Since Guiguzi doesn't know how to praise, he will tell Han Hou that there are so many talents in the world, why bother to stick to someone's cold butt with a warm face. Text Chapter 35 Shen Zibuha PS: Second update, please recommend and collect it. ***** Seeing Pu Ji storming away, Sun Bin gave Guiguzi a thumbs up: "Teacher, you are so awesome, you don't even buy the face of the Marquis of Han." Guiguzi sneered: "Huh, such a foolish king, it's unreasonable. What is he doing?" He suddenly remembered and glared at Sun Bin: "You little monkey, don't think about trying to flatter me and get away with it, tell me, what are you hiding from me?" "You can't get away with it. Sun Bin¡¯s little thought was revealed, and he smiled sarcastically, so he had to tell the details of today¡¯s unfortunate experience. Guiguzi was speechless when he heard this. He couldn't laugh or cry: "You little monkey, why are you in so much trouble wherever you go? It's incredible how lucky you are." Suddenly, something moved in his heart, and he began to count with his fingers. "Teacher, what's wrong?" Sun Bin was a little surprised. He knew that Guiguzi was proficient in astrology, divination and other metaphysics, so he must have felt something. "It's such a wonderful meeting." Guiguzi suddenly sighed with emotion. What does it mean? Sun Bin blinked in confusion, worried: Teacher, can we not say half of what we say? Very impatient. Guiguzi looked at Sun Bin in amazement: "That is to say, you kid actually coincides with the number of days. No matter where you go, you can stir up troubles in the world and cause countless things." "Ah!?" Sun Bin was dumbfounded: You are causing trouble everywhere. Is that okay? He asked anxiously: "Teacher, then, is this a good thing or a bad thing?" "Haha" Guiguzi smiled and said with a mysterious tone: "Don't you hear that 'good fortune lies in the presence of misfortune, and misfortune lies in the blessing of blessing'?" Sun Bin How smart. After thinking about it for a while, he immediately came back to his senses and said with a smile: "Disciple understands. It seems that although there are many troubles, disciples are still in danger, and maybe they can get some benefits from the stormy meeting." "Of course." Gui Guzi stroked his beard and smiled, he was very satisfied with this apprentice's talent: "However, the fate is unpredictable and the weather is unpredictable, so you still have to be careful." "Thank you, teacher." Understood." Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief and was finally not so worried. "Okay," Guiguzi stood up and said, "After working hard all morning, let's go get something to eat. After dinner, let's change our accommodation. It's rare to be quiet here." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin nodded knowingly. After dinner, Sun Bin and Gui Guzi quietly changed to an inn to avoid being disturbed by anyone who heard the news. After settling in, Sun Bin went out again. It¡¯s not easy to visit Xinzheng. He didn¡¯t finish shopping in the morning. He has to make up for it this time. He can¡¯t have accidents all the time, right? Wandering along, Sun Bin soon discovered that South Korea is indeed famous for its ironware. Not only are there many blacksmith shops and weapon shops, but also the craftsmanship is exquisite, and the level of iron smelting industry is unparalleled in the world. In addition, Sun Bin also discovered that Korea has beautiful women! On the street, there are fat and thin birds, each with its own merits, and most of them are good-looking, which is a feast for the eyes. At this time, the social atmosphere was also very open, far less pedantic than that of later generations. When they saw beautiful men, many women took the initiative to strike up a conversation. Some of them were bold and even teased him, which surprised Sun Bin. ¡­ Not long after, Sun Bin wandered to Nanyang Street, the busiest street in Xinzheng. I heard that the Fan¡¯s Sauce Pork here is the best in Xinzheng, so I picked up a portion in a small jar and prepared to go back to honor my teacher. Seeing that it was getting late, Sun Bin was tired after walking for a long time, so he searched around all the way. As I was walking, I saw a young man in white clothes setting up a stall on the side of the road, with a sign saying "Test calligraphy and write letters for me". Sun Bin was stunned after scanning. This young man in white is clearly the 'Brother Shen' he met in the morning. "It's just that in the morning this man was still the leader of the remnants of the Zheng Kingdom, how come he became a fortune teller in the afternoon? Of course, Sun Bin was not interested in finding out. What he wants now is to run away quickly, lest the young man in white see him and kill him or silence him. Who would have thought that just as he was about to take a step, the young man in white looked up and saw Sun Bin. Sun Bin did not dare to move. He was afraid that others would think that he was a guilty conscience. The man in white and green clothes was also stunned, obviously he didn't expect such a coincidence, but he quickly smiled and cupped his hands, saying hello: "Little brother, this is a coincidence." "Uh, yes." Sun Bin felt that he must be smiling. Very reluctantly, he didn't want such a coincidence, and he secretly complained in his heart: This damn situation is really a scam! "If you don't mind, why don't you come over and sit down?" The young man in white actually invited him with a smile. "wellBar. "Sun Bin had no choice but to step forward and sit down on the straw mat next to the young man in white. "From the accent, it seems that the little brother is from Qi? "The young man in white inquired calmly. "Uh, yes. " "Then, little brother, are you coming to Xinzheng? " "Uh, passing by, passing by, I'll be leaving in two days. " Sun Bin said quickly, and the meaning of his words was very clear: Don't worry, I am a foreigner, and I will leave soon. I will never testify against you. The young man in white understands that he has given up on reviving Zheng and just wants to live a good life. Then He was looking for an opportunity to express his ambitions, so if he had to, he didn¡¯t want to cause any more trouble. Seeing Sun Bin hint like this, he felt relieved. ¡°Then I wish you a happy journey, little brother. The young man in white said with a smile: "Xinzheng is so prosperous, it would be a pity not to spend more than two days here." " Of course, these are polite words, but the actual meaning is still: please leave quickly, so that everyone can rest assured. "Thank you. Thank you. " Sun Bin also understood the other party's meaning and knew that he was in no danger. He couldn't help but secretly breathed a sigh of relief. "Then, it's getting late, so I won't keep my little brother. "The young man in white said with a smile. "Okay, okay, farewell. "Sun Bin also hurriedly ran away. The two of them had a tacit understanding and did not ask each other's name. In this way, both parties would feel more at ease and safer. However, there are always accidents in this world. "Shen Buhai, Brother Shen. " At this moment, a young scholar walked up to the side with a smile and greeted the young man in white warmly. "Bitter!" The young man in white wanted to cry helplessly, but now his bottom was exposed. "Shen Buhai!? Just now Sun Bin, who was about to stand up, was also shocked when he heard "Shen Buhai". This was a representative figure of Legalism during the Warring States Period. He was also honored as "Shenzi" by later generations. He was also one of the hundreds of schools of thought in history. He was originally from Zheng and later served in the Han Dynasty. During the Han Zhaohou period, Shen Buhu was given great importance and was appointed as the Prime Minister of Han. In these nineteen years, history records: Zhong Shenzi was able to govern the country and have a strong military, and no one could invade Korea. Text Chapter 36 Getting to know Shenzi PS: First update, please recommend and collect. ******* Sun Bin was stunned. He never expected that he would meet a historical figure by chance, and also in such an embarrassing situation. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? off out of the early years, Shin Buha, who was known as the famous Korean Prime Minister, turned out to be anti-Korean. It has to be said that some of the secrets hidden behind history are so jaw-dropping and unbelievable. "Brother Shen, are you okay tonight?" At this time, the young scholar walked up to Shen Buyu with a smile and said enthusiastically: "Let's go to Zuiyang Tower. I'll treat you tonight. Let's cook wine and talk about heroes. "I won't go home until I'm drunk." "Well¡ª¡ª" Shen Buhui forced a smile and said, "I still have guests here." The young scholar noticed Sun Bin and said sheepishly, "Then you are busy, I will go first." Go, see you there." "Okay, you go first." Shen Buhui could only nod. After the young scholar left, Shen Buhai's head began to hurt. He didn't know how to treat Sun Bin. There is no doubt that his identity has been revealed and he is now in danger. "But Sun Bin was just a young man, and he promised to evade him as soon as possible. It seemed too cruel to silence him. But what if Sun Bin reports? Looking at the troubled Shen Buhai, Sun Bin certainly knew why, but he was no longer worried. If the other party is a desperado who doesn¡¯t know the details, Sun Bin may be afraid. But the other party is Shen Buhai. From this morning¡¯s observations and the historical trajectory, Sun Bin can tell that Shen Buhui has given up on opposing South Korea. If it¡¯s not necessary, I believe Shen Buhao doesn¡¯t want to cause any more trouble. Sun Bin knew that what Shen Buhao was worried about now was that he didn't know his details and was afraid that he would report him. As long as he reports his identity as a disciple of Guigu, everything will be solved. At that moment, Sun Bin smiled easily, "My Sun Bin, Sun Boling, is a disciple of Mr. Guigu. I have met Brother Shen." "What!?" Shen Buhe was really surprised: "Little brother is a disciple of Mr. Guigu?" "Exactly." Sun Bin smiled and said: "After Brother Shen left this morning, the Korean army arrived. If I hadn't reported my name as a monk, I might have been jailed." Shen Buhu suddenly felt embarrassed: "Well, I'm really sorry, I almost missed it. "I'm hurting my little brother." He suddenly said excitedly, "My little brother is here. Could it be that Mr. Guigu is also in Xinzheng?" From Guigu. With the master's 'golden name' as a guarantee, I believe Brother Shen should be relieved, right?" Shen was not embarrassed and said quickly: "Mr. Guigu has a noble character and is famous all over the world. What else is wrong with Mr. Shen? Don't worry." Suddenly he rubbed his hands in embarrassment and said, "I just wonder if Shen can come and visit?" Sun Bin was stunned and said with a smile, "I've heard of Brother Shen, and he seems to be good at Legalism. The master is not good at this, and he doesn't like to see outsiders. I'm afraid-" Shen Buhui was stunned and said a little embarrassedly: "How ashamed is it that my little brother knows about Shen's reputation? Brother, I don¡¯t know. It¡¯s true that Shen is an expert in Legalism, but he is not unique in this way. In fact, Shen should be considered a miscellaneous family, and he also has a lot of experience in Taoism and political strategists.¡± Sun Bindun was a little surprised. He didn¡¯t expect this. A representative figure of Legalism in history, he was originally a member of the Zajia family. ??????????????? Then, Shen Buhai¡¯s development trajectory should be from Zaza to Fa. This is not surprising. People's thoughts will change according to the environment. For example, Mozi changed from Confucianism to Mohism. "In that case, I can make some arrangements." Sun Bin smiled and nodded. "That's great." Shen Buhu was overjoyed. Guiguzi always saw the beginning but not the end of the dragon. Although he was famous all over the world, not many people had seen him. Undoubtedly, it was a rare opportunity to learn from such an academic master. Immediately he thought to himself: "It's better to catch the sun than to catch it, little brother, let's go now?" "This -" Sun Bin was stunned, a little dumbfounded, but he didn't expect that this person was impatient again, and reminded: "Brother Shen didn't make an appointment. Are you going to drink?" "Uh-" Shen Bushe slapped his forehead and said in annoyance: "I almost forgot about this excitement. It seems that little brother Shen can't go tonight. How about we pay a visit tomorrow morning?" "Okay." Sun Bin smiled and nodded: "My teacher and I are staying at the Hantai Inn on Ping'an Street in the east of the city. We will wait for Brother Shen tomorrow." He stood up and said, "Then don't disturb Brother Shen. Goodbye." "Goodbye." The two said goodbye warmly. Walking on the road, Sun Bin couldn't help but marveled: The teacher said that I coincided with the number of days,It seems that it is true that it has triggered a storm. Just walking around the street unexpectedly led to a big guy like Shen Buhai. Haha, it was indeed a near miss! Sun Bin was very proud for a moment. Back at the inn, he pushed the door open and said excitedly: "Teacher, teacher, guess who I met this afternoon?" Guiguzi was meditating. Hearing this, he opened his eyes and said with a smile, "Who did I meet again?" "Shen Buhai." "Who is that person?" Guiguzi thought for a while, but he had never heard of it - isn't Shen Buhai a nobody now? "My old friend this morning." Sun Bin quickly recounted the story in detail. When Gui Guzi heard this, he couldn't help crying or laughing: "Xinzheng has a population of no less than 200,000, and you two can bump into each other!? You are really lucky." Suddenly he said thoughtfully: "According to the hexagram, you can stir up troubles. By chance, this Shen Buhu is so destined to be a person of great potential in the future? That¡¯s why you agreed to introduce him as a teacher?¡± He is able to judge the situation, has great ambitions, has learned a lot, and seems to have the ambition to be an official. If nothing happens in the future, he will be a famous figure. This is also a good relationship first." "Sigh¡ª¡ª" Gui Guzi was surprised. Unexpectedly, Sun Bin had such a high opinion of this person. He was very interested and said: "If so, I really want to meet this person." "I shouldn't let the teacher down." Sun Bin said confidently: "That's right. "Teacher, I bought you a jar of Fanji sauce meat. You can try it. It tastes quite good." Gui Guzi smiled and said, "You little monkey is a bit filial." He opened the jar and smelled it. The aroma was fragrant. It made people salivate, and he said with satisfaction: "It is indeed a good thing, but how can you have delicious food without wine?" "Disciple, go and call." Sun Bin immediately ran out diligently and asked the waiter to bring wine and a few side dishes to accompany the wine. . For a while, the master and apprentice were drinking and chatting, feeling quite at ease. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 37 Five generations of Prime Ministers pS: I wish all book friends a happy Dragon Boat Festival and family reunion. I just came back from my hometown in the evening, and I still don¡¯t forget to update. Please vote for recommendations and give Jazz some holiday gifts. hehe. ***** Early the next morning, Shen Buhai walked to the door as expected. Gui Guzi was very polite and received him warmly, and also carefully explained some of his academic doubts. At noon, Shen Buhao left with satisfaction. After seeing Shen Buhai off, Guiguzi immediately said: "Bo Ling, pack up, we'll leave after lunch." Sun Bin was a little surprised: "Teacher, are you in such a hurry? Don't you want to stay for two more days?" "Still staying?" Guiguzi couldn't laugh or cry. : "How can you, a little monkey, live in peace with the wind leaking everywhere?" "Uh¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin scratched his head in embarrassment. "Hurry up and pack it up. It has been nearly three months since I left Guigu as a teacher, but I don't feel at ease. It's time to go back." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin quickly agreed and packed up quickly. After lunch, the master and the apprentice got into the car and left the west gate of Xinzheng, meandering forward and heading straight to Songshan Mountain. Not long after, a pavilion appeared in front of the wheels. This pavilion is a bit particular. It is a place specially used to send off relatives and friends, so it is also called Shili Pavilion. There is an old saying: Say goodbye ten miles away, that¡¯s what it means. Sun Bin glanced at the pavilion, but it was empty at this time. He was saying goodbye to his relatives and friends. It was morning, but now the time was obviously wrong. "Ta-ta-ta" At this moment, there was a sudden sound of horse hooves behind him, and someone was coming on a flying horse. "Is this Mr. Guigu in front of you?" Someone shouted out a greeting near the sound of horse hooves. "Eh-" Gui Guzi was startled and quickly reined in the horse. Sun Bin also turned his head in surprise, not knowing who was chasing him. ¡°Wha¡ª¡± I saw a young man in green riding his horse to catch up, reining in the horse and stopping beside the car. "Sure enough, it's Mr. Guigu." The man jumped off his horse happily and gave a long salute: "Junior Zhangkaidi, sir, do you remember?" The young man suddenly remembered and said with a smile: "Are you the son of Brother Zhang Liushuo?" "Exactly. Sir, you have a good memory. Three years ago, I met my husband with my father." The young man said happily. An open space? Sun Bin was thinking about it on the side, why does this name sound so familiar? "It turns out he is an old friend." Guiguzi jumped out of the car with a smile and called to Sun Bin: "Bo Ling, come and meet me. This is Zhang Liushuo, the eldest son of Korean Grand Sikong Zhang Liushuo. His courtesy name is Zhengming. Please call him brother." "Hello, brother." Sun Bin did not dare to neglect and hurriedly got out of the car to bow to him. "Zhengming, this is my new disciple, Sun Bin and Sun Boling. They are descendants of Sun Wuzi, a generation of military sage." Hearing this, Zhang Kai was also in awe, and returned the greeting: "It turns out that Boling is the queen of a famous family. I'm disrespectful. "Disrespected." "By the way, Zhengming, you are in such a hurry, why are you here specifically to chase me?" Guiguzi asked. "Exactly." He opened his mouth and said respectfully: "My father was overjoyed when he heard that your husband had come to Xinzheng. He quickly ordered people to look around. However, he found out that your husband had just left, so he asked the younger generation to catch up quickly. Please come back and meet your husband." " "This -" Gui Guzi wondered: "Pindao is in a hurry to go back to the mountain, and he has already left Xinzheng, so let's forget it. Just tell Brother Liu Shuo that you are so kind, and Pindao understands that it is okay to change. I'll come back to apologize later." Kaidai didn't dare to stay, so he could only say, "Sir, wait a moment, my father will come soon, and I'll offer you three glasses of water before I leave." Now, Guiguzi couldn't refuse anymore, so he had no choice but to say. Said: "In that case, I'll just wait a moment." I remembered it! At this time, Sun Bin finally remembered who was in this place. Speaking of this place, many people may not understand it, but when it comes to Zhang Liang, probably everyone knows you. The place opened is Zhang Liang¡¯s grandfather. According to historical records, the Zhang family is a famous family in South Korea, with officials from generation to generation, especially Zhang Liang's grandfather Zhang Kaidi and father Zhang Ping, who were prime ministers of Korea for five generations, and they were even more powerful. Speaking of which, although this place is not as famous as Shen Buyu, it has served as the Prime Minister of Han for more than thirty years, so it is extraordinary! Damn it! Sun Bin was speechless. He was really in the eye of the storm. Wherever he appeared, big and small people appeared one after another. "Boom" Soon, there was a sound of horse hooves in the direction of Xinzheng, but dozens of sword-carrying knights were guarding a carriage and rushing towards it. Hey! goodThe grand style is indeed a Korean giant. Sun Bin was secretly surprised. Not long after, carts and horses came running close to them. People shouted at the horses, and they stopped one after another, causing dust to fly. ??????????????????????????????????????????: The car curtains were lifted open, revealing a rich and elegant middle-aged man. "Brother Wang," this man jumped out of the carriage and walked up to meet him, complaining: "You came to Xinzheng and left without saying hello to your brother. You are not a good friend, right?" Sun Bin thought to himself: It seems , this is undoubtedly Zhang Liu Shuo. Sure enough, Gui Guzi greeted him with a smile: "Brother Liu Shuo, please forgive me, but I am a poor mountain man and I am in a hurry to go back to the mountain, so I don't want to disturb you." "Don't do this." Zhang Liushuo said angrily: "What are you looking at? Now that I have become Da Sikong, I am afraid that people will say that you cling to the powerful, so you deliberately keep your distance from me, right?" Gui Guzi meant this, but he said: "Brother Liu Shuo is serious, there is no such thing. "That's what you said. How about you come back and stay with me for a few days?" "This -" Gui Guzi was in a dilemma. It is no longer a secret that he showed up in Xinzheng. If he goes to Zhang Liushuo's house in a big way again, I am afraid that all kinds of people will come to visit him one after another, making him uneasy. "Forget it, forget it," Zhang Liushuo said with a wry smile: "I knew you wouldn't go. With your temperament, you don't like socializing the most. If they knew you were in my house, those who wanted to visit would probably cross the threshold and put them away. You're so annoying." Gui Guzi said hurriedly: "Brother Liu Shuo is fine. It's easy to say no to others. If Han Hou comes to visit, I'm afraid it won't be easy for Brother Liu Shuo." Zhang Liushuo smiled bitterly when he heard this and said: "Brother Wang, your knowledge is astonishing, why don't you want to become an official? If you are willing to go out, the position of Prime Minister of Han must be yours, then where can you stay?" Sun Bin After listening to it, I got a taste of it: I dare not get along well with Han Xiang Xia An. Gui Guzi said apologetically: "Brother Liu Shuo should know that the poor Taoist ambition is in the mountains and rivers, and he is really not interested in an official career." "Well, everyone has their own ambitions, and I won't force you. Since you don't want to go back with me, then drink three A glass of water and wine, and let Brother Wei see you off, is that okay?" Zhang Liushuo said with regret. "Thank you, Brother Liu Shuo, for your kindness." Guiguzi would not deny this face. At the moment, Zhang Liushuo ordered people to bring water and wine, and both parties drank separately. Then they said goodbye by the pavilion and the ancient road. Text Chapter 38 Encountering bandits on the road pS: Going to work after the holiday, I wish everyone good luck in work and a happy mood. Of course, don¡¯t forget to vote and collect to support the Jazz. ***** The carriage meandered forward. Sun Bin asked curiously: "Teacher, you have always disliked powerful people, how come you are so familiar with this Zhang Liushuo?" "Although there are exceptions in everything." Guiguzi smiled and said: "Brother Liu Shuo is very knowledgeable. I only talk about knowledge with him. , It has nothing to do with anything else." "Oh?" Sun Bin understood and said with a smile, "But it seems that this Da Sikong is not easy to be praised by the teacher." "That's right," Gui Guzi also said with appreciation. Not only is he knowledgeable, but he is also good at dancing. When I first met him more than ten years ago, he was just a commoner in a middle school, and the Zhang family was only from a first- or second-rate family, and was not considered prominent now. As Da Sikong, the Zhang family has also become one of the most powerful families in Korea. If I predict correctly, this person will be the prime minister of Han after Xia An. , Zhang Kaidi and Zhang Ping have been prime ministers of Korea for five generations. If Zhang Liushuo has also been prime minister, then the Zhang family is really awesome in Korea. "Teacher, do you think that if Zhang Liushuo becomes prime minister, will South Korea be prosperous and strong?" Zhang Bin thought for a while and said. "Difficult." Gui Guzi shook his head and said sharply: "Although Brother Liu Shuo is one of the few sensible people in the Korean court, he is cautious and lacks courage. He can only defend the status quo and cannot develop." "Oh, that's a pity." Sun Bin understood. No wonder Zhang Liushuo was not famous in history. In the end, it was Shen Buhe who led South Korea to the path of iron-blooded reform. As we walked and chatted along the way, Mount Song gradually came closer. Three days later, the carriage entered Songshan Mountain. At this time, Songshan Mountain was still very primitive. Although the road became increasingly rugged and difficult to navigate, the scenery along the way was full of birds singing and flowers fragrant, tigers roaring and apes croaking, and the scenery was very attractive. On this day, the carriage was meandering along the rugged mountain road. Suddenly, a fallen tree appeared on the road ahead, blocking the already narrow mountain road. "Eh-" Gui Guzi pulled the reins, stopped the carriage, and said in surprise: "Why is there a broken tree? It's really troublesome. Boling, let's go, give me your hand and move it away." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin agreed, but vaguely felt that the scene in front of him seemed a bit familiar. At this moment, the master and the apprentice got out of the car and stepped forward to move the tree. ¡°Hugh¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, there was a whistle, and one or twenty people suddenly rushed out from the forest on both sides and surrounded the carriage. I saw these people, all of them looked ferocious and were holding knives and halberds. "Hey!" A burly bald man came out with a sharp shout and said with a smile: "I built this mountain and planted this tree. If you want to go this way, I will leave the money to buy the road. You two, be wise. "Please, leave the carriage and money, and I will spare your life." Sun Bin was stunned: Robber! ? No wonder this scene feels familiar. Gui Guzi was also a little stunned. When he left Songshan three months ago, this place was still a peaceful and peaceful paradise. Where did this group of bandits appear now? The bald man became impatient. He glared and said with an evil look: "Stinky Taoist, what are you looking at? If you don't hurry up, I will chop you into pieces." Guiguzi was furious: How dare a gang of people do this in front of a poor Taoist? Arrogant, think of you as 'Kiyin' killers. He sneered and said: "You are a thief who doesn't know how to live or die. If you don't want to be unlucky, get out of here." The bald man was furious: "What a stinky Taoist priest, he has a lot of talent. Come on, boys, and kill this stinky Taoist priest." "Tear it down to pieces." "Kill¡ª¡ª" The bandits immediately swarmed up. Although they seemed to be aggressive, they were completely disorganized. In the end, they were just a mob. "Bo Ling, stand back." Guiguzi shouted sharply, but did not draw his sword. He just waved the whisk in his hand and faced the thieves without fear. Sun Bin quickly stepped back and hid beside the carriage. During the fight, the sword has no eyes, and he is small and weak. If he accidentally gets hit, it will be terrible. What a good Guiguzi, I saw him breaking into the crowd of thieves, using a whisk to hit this and the other. Wherever he passed, the thieves' faces blossomed, blood flew everywhere, and they fell to the ground howling miserably. That invincible majesty is like a tiger entering a flock of sheep. In the blink of an eye, most of the nearly twenty bandits had fallen, and no one could hurt Guiguzi even a hair. Sun Bin was speechless: Damn, these bandits are really good, they are just for the teacher to torture. "Wow" Seeing this, the bald man was so angry that the three corpse gods jumped: "What a stinking Taoist priest, if I don't chop you into pieces today, it won't be considered a good thing."Chinese. "As he said that, he picked up a large siege ax and rushed towards Guiguzi aggressively. "Speaking of which, this guy has a good figure, about 1.9 meters tall, with gnarled muscles, and an ugly appearance. It was very intimidating, and he carried a bright and heavy ax with a wide face, and he rushed forward, really having the posture of a fierce general. However, in Guiguzi's view, this person was just a bit of brute force, and his whole body was full of brute force. Up and down, there were so many empty doors that he was embarrassed to count them. ¡°The rats are looking for a fight. " Guiguzi snorted coldly, left the thieves behind, and ran towards the bald man, determined to deal with this guy. In a blink of an eye, the two were close. "Look at the axe! "The bald man's eyes were wide open, like a glaring King Kong. He struck hard with the ax, and the sharp roar that broke through the air was frightening. But Gui Guzi was fearless. No matter how powerful your ax is, if it can't hit anyone, what's the use of it? His body shape He dodged the heavy ax in one flash, and then threw a whisk at the opponent's face - this time, he used all his strength. "Bang -" The bald man screamed as if he was hit head-on by a large siege bell. With a sound, the heavy ax was thrown away, and the man fell back. His nose was smashed to pieces, and it lay on his face softly and bloody. Blood spurted out of his nose and mouth with just one blow. The bald man was miserable, half of his life was gone. ¡°The second in charge! "The remaining seven or eight bandits were dumbfounded, and cold sweat broke out all over their bodies. Knowing that they had hit an iron plate today, they all cowered and did not dare to step forward. "Asshole, bastard! "The bald man fell to the ground, feeling a little unconvinced. He struggled to get up, but he felt his head was buzzing, stars were flying in front of his eyes, and the sky was spinning, and he couldn't get up. "You're not honest! ? " Guiguzi was not polite. He stepped forward and kicked the bald man, causing the guy to belch and almost lose his breath. "What, you still don't admit defeat? " Guiguzi turned his head and glanced at the remaining bandits with sharp eyes. He didn't mind spending a little more effort. " Taoist priest, spare my life. " "Taoist Master, please spare my life. "" These bandits were frightened. When they saw that they really couldn't defeat them, even the second master was restrained. They didn't want to wait any longer to admit defeat. They all knelt down and kowtowed. "Move the tree immediately." "Guiguzi snorted coldly. "Yes, yes. "A few people got up in a hurry and struggled to move the broken tree away. They were so tired that they were covered in stinky sweat. Text Chapter 39 Magical Ghost Valley PS: Something happened yesterday and I missed one chapter. I will make up for it in three updates today. Continue to ask for your recommendations and collections. ***** "You, come here." Seeing that the tree had been moved away, Guiguzi pointed at a tall and thin bandit. "Tao, what are the orders from the Taoist Priest?" The man stepped forward in fear. Seeing the bloody and bloody look on his companion's face, his legs became weak. "I ask you, where do you come from?" Guiguzi put on a serious face and put away the calm and calm look of an outsider, but he also had a somewhat chilling air. "Reply to the Taoist priest, he's from Wancheng." The tall and thin bandit said cautiously. "Wancheng?" Guiguzi frowned. It was the second largest city in South Korea, the center of the iron industry and an important trade town. He snorted coldly: "It's so prosperous there. If you can't be happy there, why would you wander to this remote place?" "Reply "Chief," the tall and thin bandit said with a sad face, "You guys don't want to either, but the bandits are being suppressed over there, and the brothers are suffering heavy casualties, so we really can't stay any longer. " That's it. Guiguzi understood, but he would not sympathize with these bandits, especially since this was his place of cultivation, and he did not want to be harassed by these bandits. He continued: "How many people do you have now?" "Yeah, not many, just three to five hundred people." So many! ? Gui Guzi was a little overwhelmed. If the number of people was small, he could still drive away the opponent, but it was difficult to deal with so many people. No matter how good he is at fighting, he can't handle thirty or fifty people. "If three to five hundred people really want to rush forward, even one person's spit can drown him to death." "Hmph." Guiguzi snorted coldly: "I don't care where you come from or how many of you there are, get out of Songshan Mountain immediately. If not, the next time we bump into you, you and other dogs will be killed. Get out now." He was also trying to scare the other party. If he could scare away these rats, that would be the best. If you can¡¯t leave in fear, why don¡¯t you think of a way? "Yes, yes." If the bandits were granted amnesty, they quickly picked up the injured, carried the second master who was seriously injured, and ran away in pee. Seeing that he was safe, Sun Bin came up with a smile: "Teacher, you were really majestic just now." "You little monkey, stop flattering me." Guiguzi laughed and scolded: "It doesn't matter if you clean up a few rabble." "By the way, teacher. , do you think these bandits will leave obediently?" Sun Bin asked. Guiguzi hesitated for a moment: "It's hard to say. These are all desperadoes, and scaring them may not work." "Then what should I do if they don't leave?" Sun Bin frowned. There was a group of bandits nesting in front of his house. Something. "I can only think of another way." Guiguzi is not a fairy. He can solve any problem in seconds. He said angrily: "Okay, let's talk about it later. Let's go back to the mountain first." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin had to put it down for the time being. . The next day, as the carriage was meandering, a valley suddenly appeared in front of it. The valley was steep and steep, with strange rocks standing there, ancient trees blocking the sun, waterfalls pouring from the sky, and a faint mist breathing in it. Taoyuan is like a fairyland. "Haha, disciple, we are finally home." Guiguzi stroked his beard and smiled. "This is the Ghost Valley!?" Sun Bin looked around curiously. This place is more than 200 miles deep into Songshan Mountain. It is very secret. It is really difficult to find it if no one leads the way. At this time, it was almost noon, but the mist still lingered, and the scenery in the valley was looming. "Let's go, let me show you around." Gui Guzi drove the carriage leisurely and rumbled into the valley. In the hazy mist, some tall stone pillars were looming on both sides, like a group of silent giants. "Teacher, these stone pillars-" Sun Bin vaguely felt that these stone pillars seemed a little weird, as if they were arranged according to some kind of pattern. "Haha" Guiguzi smiled: "Did you notice? These stone pillars are actually Guigu's gate-keeping formation. They are one of the 'Qimen Dunjia', which is called the 'Maze Formation'." "Qimen Dunjia!" ? Sun Bin was astonished that such a thing really existed, and couldn't help but asked curiously: "Teacher, is this 'Qi Men Dun Jia' really as magical as the legend says, able to go up to the sky and into the earth, and become invisible?" "Haha" Gui Guzi laughed loudly, He waved his hand and said: "How can it be so magical? In fact, 'Qi Men Dun Jia' is based on the Book of Changes and Shushu. According to the terrain and weather, various illusions are created according to local conditions to confuse the enemy and make them think it is the power of ghosts and gods. As a result, he became frustrated, frightened, and lost his sense of proportion." As he spoke, Guiguzi pointed at the stone pillars in front of him and said, "Just like these stone pillars, they are naturally formed.Based on local conditions and slight modifications, it coincides with the numbers of the Nine Palaces and Eight Trigrams. Coupled with the natural and persistent fog in the Ghost Valley, it is difficult to see far. If you do not know this formation, even if you are invincible, you will be trapped in it. . " "In addition, in order to enhance the power of this stone formation, we have also set up many mechanisms inside. However, in order to prevent mountain residents from entering by mistake, these mechanisms are not activated except for warnings. " After a pause, Guiguzi taught earnestly: "Of course, this 'Qimen Dunjia' is not invincible. Its formation is very dependent on terrain, weather and other factors, and cannot be used at any time or anywhere. Another example is that although this stone formation is mysterious, if the enemy has sufficient manpower and uses clumsy methods to set up camp step by step and forcefully break down the formation, it will be impossible for them to do so. "That's it! Sun Bin suddenly realized: It seems that this 'Qi Men Dun Jia' is not so amazing after being told the truth. Not long after, the carriage walked out of the stone formation. Sun Bin estimated that this formation stretched for a thousand meters and was very large in scale. , the uncanny craftsmanship of nature is amazing. At this time, Gui Guzi pointed to a high platform on the cliff in front of him and said: "Bo Ling, you see, this is a martial arts platform for you and other disciples to discuss the art of war and battle formations." . " Sun Bin looked up and saw that the platform was tens of meters high, with hundreds of steps connected on the cliff. The area was not large, more than a hundred square meters at most. There were faintly visible stone tables, stone benches, etc., and ancient trees on both sides. It was dense and the scenery was very beautiful. Further forward, every few dozen meters, there were stone figures standing on the left and right, some with different shapes, some holding swords, some holding crossbows, some angry, and some elegant. Sun Bin's heart moved. Teacher, these stone figures are not ordinary, right? " "Of course. Guiguzi smiled and said: "These stone men are the hubs of mechanisms, controlling the crossbow formations, fire formations, falling rocks, pits and other hidden weapons along the way." Once activated, it is enough to change Xiao Xiao's color and kill him on the spot. " Damn it! Sun Bin's mouth twitched and sweat broke out on his forehead. This Ghost Valley is really a dragon pool and a dragon's lair. If someone dares to come and act wild, it will be a tragedy. Not long after walking, Gui Guzi pointed to a high platform on the right and said: "This is the lecture platform, where the teacher teaches every day. " Sun Bin looked again, and saw a waterfall roaring down the mountainside, pouring into a small pool. Not far from the edge of the pool, a spacious high platform was visible, with several ancient pine trees standing majestically, and the scenery was even more spectacular. Okay. Moving forward, we have reached the bottom of the valley, and we see a large cave in front of us. There are three big words on it: Guigu Cave! There are two small caves beside the cave, one on the left is called Zangjing Cave, and the other is called Zangbing Cave. In front of the cave entrance, there are seven or eight huts scattered, simple and neat, hidden in a bamboo forest. Guiguzi pointed with a smile: "The 'Guigu Cave' in the middle is the teacher's residence, and the 'Sutra Storage Cave' on the left. It is where all kinds of classics are stored, the 'Tibetan Soldier Cave' is where all kinds of weapons are stored, and the thatched cottage is where you disciples live. There are many things to pay attention to when living in the valley. I will explain them to you in detail when you settle down. " Sun Bin nodded, and while he was looking around, he saw a young man in Geyi walking out of a hut. He was about twenty years old, slender and elegant. He raised his head and caught a glimpse of Gui Guzi. He immediately said with great joy: "Everyone, come out quickly, the teacher is back. " As soon as the words fell, several people came out of the huts, most of them young people. They all came up with excitement. "Teacher. " "teacher. ¡± For a time, the carriage was surrounded by people, and there were so many people talking. Text Chapter 40 Meeting Pang Juan for the first time PS: Second update, please recommend and collect it. **** "Okay, okay." Guiguzi stopped the carriage with a smile, and while getting out of the car with Sun Bin, he smiled and cursed: "Stand still, don't behave yourself, you have a new junior brother." "Promise." Disciples They respectfully accepted the order and stood in a row in front of the car. Guiguzi first pointed at Sun Bin and said: "His name is Sun Bin, his courtesy name is Boling, he is eleven years old, and he is a descendant of Sun Tzu, a great soldier. Here, Boling is the youngest. As senior brothers, you must pay more attention to him." "It's the teacher." "I've met my junior brother." When the disciples heard that Sun Bin was a descendant of the Bingsheng, they couldn't help but respect him and salute one after another. "I don't dare to take it seriously." As a junior, Sun Bin did not dare to take advantage of him, so he quickly returned the gift. "Bo Ling," Gui Guzi pointed at the young man from before, with a rather fond expression: "His name is Bai Gui, also known as Dan, and he is your senior brother. This year he is twenty-seven, and he will learn how to govern the country and do business from his master, and go to the mountains. The longest time." Bai Gui! Sun Bin was surprised. In history, this person was not an easy person. He first served as the Prime Minister of Wei, and later abandoned his official position to engage in business. His family was extremely wealthy, and he was revered as the 'Shang Ancestor' by later generations. But he didn't expect that this person was also a disciple of Gui Guzi. "I've met senior brother." Sun Bin didn't dare to neglect and hurriedly greeted him. "Junior brother, you are polite. If you have any difficulties in the future, just come to see me." Bai Gui is worthy of being a senior brother, and he seems very enthusiastic. Guiguzi pointed at a dark and thin young man with a cynical smile on his face and said: "His name is Wei Liao, whose courtesy name is Boyin. He is two years older than you. He is your second senior brother and studied the art of war with me." Wei Liao! Sun Bin fainted again. This Wei Liao was also an extraordinary person. Although he never served as an official in his life, his military masterpiece "Wei Liao Zi" was enough to be famous throughout the ages. (This Wei Liao is not the same person as the Wei Liao when King Qin won power, but has the same name.) "I have met senior brother." With all the great people in front of him, Sun Bin became more and more respectful. In later generations, Guigu was revered as the number one military academy in the world because it trained many outstanding disciples. It was indeed true! "Junior brother comes from a famous family, and his family knowledge must be profound. I hope you will give me some advice in the future, but don't keep it secret." Wei Liao said with a smile. "I don't dare. I don't dare." Sun Bin said hurriedly. "This is your third senior brother. His surname is Mao and his name is Meng. He is four years older than you. Because he entered school late, he is ranked third. He studied Taoism, health and alchemy with his teacher." This is a thin man. A tall young man with bright eyes, a handsome face, and an aura of transcendence. "I've met senior brother." Sun Bin saw the gift, but felt relieved in his heart: Fortunately, an unknown person finally came, and the pressure was reduced. He didn¡¯t know that Mao Meng would also be a Taoist celebrity in the future, but he was obsessed with the way to maintain health and longevity, so his reputation was not obvious. Within a hundred years, he even had three outstanding descendants - Mao Ying, Mao Gu, and Mao Zhong, who established the Maoshan Taoist sect, which has been famous for thousands of years. "Junior brother, you're welcome." Mao Meng nodded and smiled slightly, showing a Taoist style that was clear and calm. He was worthy of being a Taoist. The last boy, although he does not look very old, is very strong, has very broad shoulders, and has thick eyebrows and big eyes. He seems to be quite simple and straightforward, but he seems not very talkative and a bit dull. Guiguzi introduced: "Bo Ling, this is your fourth senior brother, named Pang Juan, also named Ziyi. He is one year older than you, and he also learned the art of war from you." "What, Pang Juan!" ? Sun Bin was shocked. Historically, his senior brother Pang had deceived him so badly that he almost tortured him to death. Now that I see him, he is so ordinary and doesn't appear to be treacherous or evil at all. It's really surprising. There were so many stories along the way that Sun Bin even forgot about this deceiving senior brother. Finally, Sun Bin's emotional intelligence has improved a lot now. Although his heart was in turmoil, his face remained calm and he said respectfully: "I've met senior brother." "Yes." Pang Juan smiled innocently and didn't say much. "Okay, I've seen it all." Guiguzi smiled and said, "Ziyi, it's up to you to take Boling to settle down." "Nuo, teacher." Pang Juan nodded respectfully and motioned to Sun Bin to follow him. Although he felt as if he had eaten a fly, Sun Bin had no choice but to pick up the package and hold his nose to follow. Pang Juan led Sun Bin into a clean hut and said dryly: "Junior brother, this room is for you. Just wait a moment, I will get you some bedding." "You're welcome, senior brother," Sun Bin said politely. Pang Juan turned around and left. Sun Bin looked around and said: The house is not big.It is about ten square meters, with a low couch for sleeping, two square cabinets for putting some things, a small square table and an oil lamp, but nothing else. Damn, it¡¯s really simple. Sun Bin scratched his head. Fortunately, he was used to hardship in his previous life and did not enjoy any good life, so it was not difficult to adapt. Soon, Pang Juan fetched the quilt. "Senior brother, let me come." Sun Bin hurriedly came to pick him up. He did not dare to work with Pang Juan. He just wanted to stay away from this cheating senior brother. "You've been working hard on the journey, so I'd better do it." Pang Juan shook his head repeatedly, ignoring Sun Bin's politeness, and neatly laid out the couch. After laying the paving, Pang Juan stood up, as if he wanted to express his concern, and opened his mouth, but he didn't know how to speak. He could only scratch his head and smile sheepishly: "Junior brother, you, you can rest, and come to me if you need anything." Without waiting for Sun Bin to be polite, he turned around and left. Sun Bin was a little stunned. This senior brother Pang Juan seemed to be a little arrogant, but he was quite a nice person. "Pah! Pah!" Immediately, Sun Bin slapped himself twice: Sun Bin, Sun Bin, you just trust others too easily. Didn't you suffer too much in your previous life? Since ancient times, you have known people but not their hearts. In short, you must be extremely vigilant about this Pang Juan. Of course, on the surface, this kind of caution cannot be shown, so as not to affect the unity between the brothers, let alone make the teacher disgusted. Sun Bin made up his mind, so he sat cross-legged and opened his package. In the package, there were only a few changes of clothes, a few pairs of shoes, and simple daily necessities such as combs and hairpins. After a while, Sun Bin put the things in the cabinet and put them away, then lay down on the bed and rested. "Junior brother, have you packed it up?" At this time, the door moved and Bai Gui walked in with a smile: "Teacher asked me to call you to have a meal." "It's packed, senior brother." Sun Bin quickly stood up. Hold your fists. "Then let's go." Bai Gui enthusiastically pulled Sun Bin towards a thatched cottage, where he saw two ancient seal characters written on the lintel: Shantang! Text Chapter 41 Sun Bin chooses subjects PS: Third update, the promise is fulfilled as promised. ***** "Bo Ling, sit down quickly." As soon as he entered the door, Gui Guzi, who had already taken his seat, smiled and waved to Sun Bin. I saw Gui Guzi in the middle, Wei Liao, Pang Juan and others sitting on both sides, with a small dining table in front of them. And at the bottom, there was an empty dining table, which was obviously reserved for him. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin quickly sat down. ?The food is very simple, a bowl of rice made from corn, a bowl of green vegetable soup, and a bowl of fragrant stew. "Eat everyone." Guiguzi said hello, then raised his chopsticks to eat. Seeing Guiguzi moving, Bai Gui, Sun Bin and others picked up their chopsticks. In ancient times, eating etiquette was very important. Before the elders raised their chopsticks, the younger ones were not allowed to eat first. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????? So, in the huge dining room, there was only the sound of people snoring and eating, and it seemed very quiet. After a while, everyone was full and put down their chopsticks one after another. "Bo Ling, come with me, while the others study by themselves." Guiguzi stood up, walked out of the dining hall, and walked straight to Guigu Cave. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin quickly followed. The two entered Guigu Cave, and Sun Bin looked at it curiously: Guigu Cave was very large, more than ten meters wide and thirty to forty meters deep. It was divided into several functional areas by Guiguzi - meditation, martial arts, Reading, going to bed, etc. At this time, several candles were lit in the cave to make up for the lack of light. "Sit down." Guiguzi sat down on a futon. "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin quickly sat down opposite, holding his chest up and raising his head, sitting upright. "Bo Ling," Gui Guzi smiled slightly: "Being a master and a disciple, we pay attention to teaching students in accordance with their aptitude. I have learned the art of war, vertical and horizontal skills, business, astrology, divination, health, governance, medical skills, alchemy, Qimen Dunjia, etc., have you ever thought about it? What should I study? "Oh, I have to choose a subject. Sun Bin knew that this was a big deal, so he thought about it carefully, raised his head and said, "Teacher, I choose the art of war and the art of vertical and horizontal movements. For the others, it's good to dabble a little." There are specialties in the art industry, and an all-rounder like Gui Guzi is rare in thousands of years. Sun Bin I dare not compare. "Oh?" Guiguzi seemed a little surprised and said in deep thought: "Can you tell me, my teacher, why you made this choice?" In Guiguzi's view, the art of war and the art of vertical and horizontal arts are two completely different subjects. Very few people dabble in them at the same time, so he can't help but feel a little bit confused. Curious about Sun Bin¡¯s choice. "Back to the teacher," Sun Bin thought for a while and said, "Nowadays, we are in troubled times. Countries are constantly conquering and forming alliances. Therefore, the art of war and the art of vertical and horizontal are the two most easy to make achievements." "Well, not bad." Guiguzi praised. Nodding: "Then why don't you just choose one? But what's the deep meaning?" "Teacher," Sun Bin said with a smile: "Choosing the art of war is both practical and family-study, and the disciple also considers the vertical and horizontal skills. From the disciple's point of view "War is not isolated, but a continuation of politics and diplomacy, serving both." "Therefore, an excellent military commander must also be proficient in political and horizontal skills and be able to perfectly control the war according to changes in politics and diplomacy. Otherwise, you may be convicted even if you win, or even you may not win at all. "Historically, most simple military strategists did not end well, and the endings of Han Xin and Li Mu were disappointing. But Li Jing was the complete opposite. He was adept at maneuvering and had great political acumen. Although he had great military exploits, he had a peaceful life and his reputation remained intact. With the lessons of history, Sun Bin certainly cannot repeat the same mistakes. "War is not isolated, but a continuation of politics and diplomacy, serving both." Guiguzi pondered, repeatedly savoring this classic saying of later generations in his heart, and gradually felt like he had gained something. "Wonderful!" Suddenly, Gui Guzi clapped his hands and sighed: "Bo Ling, your view on the nature of war is more thorough than my teacher, which is amazing." For a time, the more he looked at Sun Bin, the more he fell in love with him, and he intuitively felt that he had made the right disciple. "Teacher, thank you." Although he was given a golden finger, Sun Bin was still very happy to receive Guiguzi's praise. Guiguzi was in a good mood: "Then it's settled. From tomorrow on, I will teach you the art of war and the art of vertical and horizontal movements as my teacher." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin was very happy. "By the way, in addition to academic studies, I, Guigu, also need to sharpen my body and will. Therefore, from tomorrow on, you and all the senior brothers will plow fields, chop wood, fish and hunt, cook, and practice martial arts. Don't complain, don't Slack off, otherwise you will be punished without mercy. " "Ah!" Sun Bin was dumbfounded. He was only an eleven-year-old boy, but he had to do so much work., this is too tragic. He thought that as long as he studied with peace of mind in Guigu, he didn't have to worry about anything else. "Why, are you afraid of hardship?" Guiguzi said calmly, showing off the air of a strict teacher. "No, no." At this point, Sun Bin had no choice but to bite the bullet and say: "Disciple must obey the master's orders." "That's good." Guiguzi nodded with satisfaction: "Your senior brother comes from a famous family in Wei State, and the third senior brother He is also from a wealthy family. He can enjoy hardships in the mountains and hone himself. I hope you will not let me down. " "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin was stunned. The stubbornness of the orphan also came up. What others can do. I can do it too. Seeing Sun Bin¡¯s resolute expression, Gui Guzi nodded secretly. "Also, you can browse through the classics in the Tibetan Scripture Cave at will. If you want to learn any martial arts, you can also go to the Tibetan Weapon Cave to choose the weapons you want. In addition, this is a schematic diagram of the mechanisms and formations in the valley. You have to read it carefully. So as not to break in by mistake." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin took the silk book handed by Gui Guzi and put it away carefully. You have to look carefully when you go back, otherwise, if you accidentally touch the trap, you may lose your life. "Everything else is fine. It's been a hard journey, so go back and rest early. Get up at Yinmo tomorrow and practice martial arts with your senior brothers." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin agreed, but smiled bitterly in his heart: Yinmo, that is, five o'clock in the morning Ah, does this count as dancing on the sound of a chicken? Looking at Sun Bin¡¯s leaving figure, Gui Guzi couldn¡¯t help stroking his beard and thinking: This boy is gifted and intelligent, rare in the world, and he deserves to be the Queen of the Soldiers Saint. Perhaps, my long-cherished wish in life can be fulfilled by this child? At this moment, flutter, a white homing pigeon flew in from outside the cave. "Huh?" Guiguzi was stunned, and quickly raised an arm to let the homing pigeon hovering in the air fall. Then he took out a small silk book from the bamboo tube on the pigeon's feet, with a few words on it: Seven days later , an old friend comes to visit, Mo! "Haha" Guiguzi suddenly laughed: "This old Mozi, I haven't seen you for several years, but you still remember me as an old friend." Turning the silk book over, he wrote the numbers on the back with a pen: Come quickly, there is good wine, king! Not long after, the snow-white homing pigeon flew out of the cave with the reply letter and headed straight for Yunxiao. Text Chapter 42 Pang Juan¡¯s life experience PS: I have been on a business trip to Suzhou and Shanghai in the past two days, but the updates will not stop. Two updates will be sent in advance today, and then Jazz will have to travel a long distance. Don't forget to vote for it. ? ****** Time passed day by day, and Sun Bin gradually settled down in Guigu. Several senior brothers also took good care of him: when going up the mountain to cut firewood, they always carried the smallest bundle of firewood on their backs; when farming, they only did the lightest work of pulling weeds; when hunting, they only did the least dangerous thing to gather and guard the prey. ¡­ This made Sun Bin, an orphan for two generations, very touched and felt the warm family affection. And Pang Juan, whom Sun Bin was wary of, although he still spoke very little, was still a qualified senior brother. Every time he chopped firewood, Pang Juan would chop a little more and then give it to Sun Bin with a naive smile. Sun Bin was working and had blood blisters on his hands and feet, and Pang Juan rushed to help break them and apply medicine, never feeling dirty. ¡­ This made Sun Bin feel very complicated. In comparison, he seemed to be a complete villain. This day, early in the morning. In the gradually brightening morning light, Sun Bin and several senior fellow apprentices were practicing swordplay in front of the bamboo forest. The bamboo leaves were fluttering, the sword light was shining vertically and horizontally, and sweat was flowing freely. The young man¡¯s passion and hard work are fully revealed. Soon, Sun Bin was sweating profusely. Although he picked the lightest sword, he was only eleven years old after all, and his strength was still not enough. However, after all, the host is a general and has been practicing martial arts since he was a child. Sun Bin's moves are quite impressive. "Okay, let's stop and have a rest." When Bai Gui saw this, he was very considerate of this junior brother and called for a rest in advance. Gui Guzi only teaches swordsmanship. As for supervision, senior brother Bai Gui has always been responsible. "Oh, I'm so exhausted." Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief, sat down on the ground, touched his swollen arm, and grinned a little. "Haha, are you tired?" Bai Gui sat aside with a smile and took Sun Bin's arm: "I'll help you squeeze it. I learned some basic massage techniques from the teacher." After saying that, he started kneading himself. . "Thank you, senior brother." Sun Bin said gratefully. In his conscience, senior brother Bai Gui was really good to him. "Haha, our senior brothers, why are you so polite?" "By the way, senior brother," Sun Bin said curiously: "I heard from the teacher that you come from a famous family in Wei State, why are you willing to suffer in the mountains?" "Haha" Bai Gui smiled Recalling: "I, the Bai family, are indeed a famous family in the Wei State. I have been honored for many generations. When I was eighteen years old, my family also offered me a small official position. However, the more I became a senior official, I felt that my talents were lacking and my knowledge was weak, and I was harming the country and the people." "It just so happened that I heard that there was a Mr. Gui Gu in Yunmeng Mountain who was very knowledgeable and a wonderful person in the world. I wanted to learn from him, so I left a letter for my family and went straight to Songshan Mountain to look for him. No, luckily I met the teacher later. "Although Bai Gui said it easily, it is extremely difficult to find the Ghost Valley due to the size of Songshan Mountain and the lack of clear guidance. Sun Bin can imagine that Bai Gui must have suffered a lot. It can be seen that although Bai Gui looks elegant and gentle on the outside, he is also a very determined person with excellent moral character. Amazing! Sun Bin secretly admired in his heart: No wonder this senior brother can serve as the prime minister of Wei in the future and become the ancestor of the Shang Dynasty. "What about the second senior brother? What is his origin?" Sun Bin asked curiously. Bai Gui glanced at the lieutenant beside him. He was lying lazily on a piece of bluestone, chewing a piece of grass in his mouth, looking very lazy. "This guy -" Bai Gui shook his head helplessly and said with a smile: "Junior Brother Wei is from a commoner background. He and I are both from the Wei State. Once my teacher went on a trip and brought him back. He is very smart and has a great understanding of the art of war. , It¡¯s just that I¡¯m too lazy to be an official in the future. He himself said that in the future he would like to devote himself to studying like his teacher and not be an official.¡± Sun Bin secretly admired: This second senior brother is really indifferent to fame and fortune, no wonder he can write in the future. The famous military classic "Wei Liaozi" will be famous throughout the ages. "Where is the third senior brother?" At this time, Mao Ying was meditating and resting on the grass. With her clear and calm appearance, she looked like a little Taoist priest. "He" Bai Gui also looked helpless: "Junior brother Mao is a native of Qin. He has been a wealthy businessman for many generations and has a very good family background. However, he has no interest in doing business or being an official. Instead, he likes Taoist theory and health care. . Ever since the teacher took him into the mountains, he has always looked calm and calm. " Sun Bin was speechless. This man has his own ambitions and cannot be forced to do so. "Ha¡ª¡ª" "Hey¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a sound of shouting suddenly came from his ears, but it was Pang Juan who didn't wait for Bai GuiHuh, he took the initiative to practice hard again, taking every sword move extremely seriously. Although the sweat was rolling down, he didn't care at all. "Senior Brother Pang is very hardworking." Sun Bin was a little surprised. "Yes." Bai Gui also had a look of admiration: "Among all the brothers, Junior Brother Pang always gets up the earliest and goes to bed the latest. I once asked him why he works so hard? He said that he doesn't want to work anymore. Being bullied, he wants to be a general, stand out and be powerful in the world. " Sun Bin was stunned: This Pang Juan really has lofty ambitions, and in the end, he really achieved it. Regardless of his character, this kind of spirit of not being afraid of hardship and perseverance for the sake of ideals is quite admirable. Sun Bin felt complicated in his heart and asked, "Senior Brother, where did Senior Brother Pang come from?" "He¡ª" Bai Gui hesitated and whispered, "I'm telling you, don't talk too much." Have a story? Sun Bin was a little surprised and nodded: "Brother, don't worry." Bai Gui lowered his voice and sighed: "Speaking of this, Junior Brother Pang has an extremely unfortunate life experience. He is from Pangcheng, Wei State. His mother died when he was five years old. , his father married another stepmother. This stepmother treated him very badly and often beat and scolded him. When the stepmother had children of her own, she treated him even worse. "Sun Bin couldn't help but said: "What about his father? " "Oh -" Bai Gui sighed: "His father is a businessman and travels around all the time. When he comes home, his stepmother is always acting coy. Who knows how much Junior Brother Pang has suffered from him. Speaking of being abused by his stepmother, but being mercilessly reprimanded, his father thought it was because Junior Brother Pang didn't like his stepmother and was deliberately trying to frame her up. "Sun Bin was stunned and whispered, "What a pitiful person" he thought of his parents in his previous life. I can't help but feel sad about the tragic situation of death. "When he was nine years old, Junior Brother Pang's father went out again. One day, his stepmother beat and scolded Junior Brother Pang for no reason and refused to give him food. Junior Brother Pang couldn't bear it. When his stepmother wasn't paying attention, he hit his head with an ax. When his stepmother fell down, In the pool of blood, Junior Brother Pang was frightened and fled into the mountains. "Sun Bin was shocked and said, "Is that woman dead?" But he felt happy in his heart: This evil woman really deserves to die. "No, it was just a serious injury, but Junior Brother Pang didn't know it, and he didn't dare to go home from then on. A year later, Master passed by the mountains and happened to meet Junior Brother Pang, but was shocked by him. At this time, Junior Brother Pang was naked, He looks like a savage, but he is in the company of wild wolves. He not only eats raw flesh and blood, but he can't even speak. You can imagine what kind of life Junior Brother Pang has been living in the mountains this year." Bai Gui said in a tone of voice. Very low and sad. "Ah!?" Sun Bin was also shocked. He didn't expect Pang Juan's childhood to be so miserable. You can imagine how difficult it must be for a nine-year-old child to be helpless and struggling to survive alone in the mountains. Being able to survive is simply a miracle! "Master felt sorry for his misfortune, so he took him back to the valley and took good care of him. Junior Brother Pang slowly recovered, but he was still a little taciturn. It can be seen that Junior Brother Pang cherishes the opportunity in front of him, so he works extra hard." Suddenly. Bai Gui remembered that Guiguzi had revealed to him that Sun Bin was also killed, and he couldn't help patting Sun Bin on the shoulder with pity: "Little junior brother, you and junior brother Pang have an unfortunate life experience. You must love each other in the future." Sun Bin was silent. . Yes, with the same unfortunate life experience and the same strong desire for fame, he and Pang Juan are so similar. Logically speaking, this pair of brothers should really love each other. But in history, these brothers turned against each other. The records in the history books are too simple and full of mysteries. What kind of unknown changes are there in this! ? Text Chapter 43 The Mohist Giant PS: The second update is here. ****** ****** "Hahaha" Just at this moment, a burst of laughter suddenly came from the direction of the valley entrance, as loud as a bell, full of energy. Furthermore, the sound was approaching rapidly and seemed to have broken through the Taniguchi Stone Formation. Sun Bin and others were startled and stood up one after another. ¡°Senior Brother, it seems that someone has entered the valley!¡± Mao Meng¡¯s face turned solemn as the laughter seemed to be getting closer and closer. "Impossible." Wei Liao widened his eyes and expressed disbelief: "The Taniguchi Stone Formation is unpredictable. Who can break it!?" "Gah¡ª¡ª" As he was speaking, a crane chirped in the air. The sound was so loud that it could reach the heavens and shake the whole world. Sun Bin and others looked up in astonishment and immediately stood on the spot. In the mist above the head, a huge black shadow flew up from nowhere, with a wingspan of seven or eight meters, circling back and forth in mid-air. What the hell! ? Sun Bin was startled and felt a hair in his heart. At this time, after the huge black shadow circled twice, it seemed to have found the right place, and it fell down quickly. "Huh¡ª¡ª" Amidst the flying sand and rocks, the huge black shadow retracted its wings and landed steadily, only a few meters away from Sun Bin. "Ah!?" Sun Bin took a closer look, and was so frightened that he took in his breath and took several steps back. The same is true for Bai Gui and others. I saw this black shadow, which turned out to be a huge wooden white crane, with a thrush and feathers, which looked lifelike. Standing there, it was four or five meters high, like an ancient giant beast, commanding and imposing. On the back of the white crane, two people sit. An old man with white hair, wearing a green kurzu coat, but with fair skin and deep blue eyes, he is not of Chinese ethnicity. The other person was dressed in purple and had lively eyes. She was actually a beautiful little girl. Sun Bin was simply stupid: these two people came from the air, no wonder the Taniguchi maze didn't work. However, this is the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, so why did aircraft appear? This, this is not scientific? After all, we are modern people and have seen many aircrafts. Although Sun Bin was shocked, his expression was not too exaggerated. Bai Gui and others were in a much worse situation. How had the ancients seen any flying machine? Everyone was so shocked that their eyes nearly popped out. They were obviously petrified. At this moment, a figure flashed next to Sun Bin, but it was Gui Guzi. "Haha" Gui Guzi laughed and scolded: "Old Mozi, I saw you at the end of the year, and you are still so high-profile. Look, my disciple was stunned with fear." "Haha" Then he saw the blue eyes. The white-haired old man with dark eyes laughed loudly: "It's because they are timid. Who can blame them?" He hugged the little girl in purple and jumped to the ground. However, she was extremely tall and strong. "Click-" The white-haired old man turned around and patted the white crane's abdomen with his hand. It seemed that some mechanism had been touched. There was a creaking sound in the white crane's body, and then it stood still. etc! Sun Bin suddenly came back to his senses: Old Mozi? God, could it be that this person is Mo Zhai, the founder of the Mohist family! ? In history, Mo Zhai was also a great person. This person first studied Confucianism, but later he felt that Confucianism was too rigid in its etiquette and could not save the world, so he created his own Mohism. Throughout his life, Mo Zhai advocated "loving all without attacking", fighting against tyranny, helping the poor and weak, and became powerful in all countries. He was respected as a "political hero". Legend has it that this man was knowledgeable and had both Confucianism and Mohism. Legend has it that this man was extremely skilled in swordsmanship, chivalrous and courageous. He led the Mohist disciples to travel here and there throughout his life, hoeing the strong and supporting the weak. Legend has it that this man was proficient in Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons, putting even Lu Ban to shame. If this person is really the person, then it is not difficult to accept the creation of a wooden crane that can fly and carry people. "Come, come." At this time, Guiguzi called to Sun Bin and others: "Let's all pay homage. This is the world-famous Mo Zhai giant - Mo Zhai!" It is indeed Mo Zhai! Sun Bin was excited. He didn't expect to be able to see the elegance of this strange man with his own eyes. It was truly a life worth living. He hurriedly stepped forward to greet him: "Junior Sun Bin has met senior Mo." But he was surprised: there seemed to be no mention in the history books. Mo Zhai is not of Chinese blood. What kind of story is there? "You're very good." Mo Zhai looked at Sun Bin and nodded appreciatively. Among the junior fellow apprentices, although Sun Bin is the youngest, he is the one who is calmest when it comes to changes, which obviously makes Mo Zhai take a look. At this time, Bai Gui and others finally came to their senses, and excitedly stepped forward to greet them. ?"Excuse me." This time, Mo Zhai was stingy with his praise. He just nodded lightly and said kindly to the little girl in his arms: "Mo Mo, come down quickly. I have seen Uncle Wang and all the senior brothers." "Yes, Master. "The little girl in purple jumped out of Mo Zhai's arms. She seemed to be only seven or eight years old. She had lively eyes, a slender body, a beautiful face, and was a perfect beauty. She smiled and said, "Mo Mo has met Senior Uncle Wang and all the senior brothers." " Okay." Sun Bin and others agreed quickly. Gui Guzi touched his body and took out a piece of mutton-fat jade and gave it to him: "This is the first time we meet, my uncle has nothing to give you, so this is just a meeting gift." "Thank you, uncle Wang." Seeing that it was a good thing, Mo Mo beamed with joy. , took it quickly. Mo Zhai was dumbfounded and cursed: "Brother Wang, you also give me beautiful jade? Isn't this too dark." Gui Guzi looked innocent: "It's not worth mentioning what others gave me." "You're cruel." Mo Zhai looked depressed: "I only have one apprentice, but you have five. I am at a huge loss." Sun Bin suddenly realized. This meeting gift is mutual. Gui Guzi gave Mo Mo a piece of beautiful jade, and Mo Zhai's return gift shouldn't be too shabby. But the problem is: Mo Mo is one person, but Sun Bin and others are five. No wonder Mo Zhai wants to shout about losing money. Sun Bin and his brothers snickered in their hearts, and they all looked at Mo Zhai eagerly, waiting to be robbed. After thinking for a while, Mo Zhai took out a small jade vase and a silk book from his arms. "In this jade bottle, there are five elixirs, which I refined with my own hands. They have miraculous effects on healing and are very precious. This silk book contains the nineteen styles of swordsmanship of our Mo sect. It is not easily passed on to outsiders, but is given to everyone. You guys." As he said that, Mo Zhai handed it over with a look of pain on his face. "Thank you, Senior Mo." Bai Gui was so happy. These are good things that are hard to find with a lot of money. He quickly accepted them happily on behalf of everyone. "In terms of value, elixirs and sword skills are much more valuable than jade. Mo Di turned his face, saying that out of sight, out of mind, he said fiercely to Gui Guzi: "Where is the wine you mentioned?" "It's in the cave." Gui Guzi, who had taken advantage of it, smiled like an old fox. "Then let's go quickly." Mo Zhai strode forward and said aggressively: "Humph, I will definitely drink back my money this time." "No problem." Guiguzi laughed and followed: "Brother, you can come and drink every day. "Shit. Why don't you come here to drink?" The two strange men of the generation walked straight to Guigu Cave, quarreling like children, and Mo Mo jumped to follow. "Come on, come on, let's divide things up quickly." Wei Liao immediately smiled, looking impatient. "Okay, okay, everyone has a share." Bai Gui opened the jade bottle with great interest. One for you and one for me, they were all divided up in the blink of an eye. "What should I do with the sword manual?" Pang Juan looked at the sword manual and swallowed his saliva. Everyone knows that Mo Zhai's swordsmanship is unparalleled in the world, even Gui Guzi is not as good as him, who doesn't covet him? "Let's do this." Bai Gui thought for a moment and said, "Let me go first, and you can just copy it with the bamboo slips." "Good idea." As soon as he finished speaking, Sun Bin, Pang Juan, Wei Liao, and Mao Meng disappeared. , all went back to look for paper and bamboo slips. Bai Gui was stunned: Damn, he ran so fast! Text Chapter 44 The Secret of Ghost Valley PS: I just came back from Suzhou and Shanghai, so I updated it immediately. Tonight at 12 o'clock, Jazz will hit the new book list for the first time. I hope that new and old book friends will be able to vote for it online at that time. Thank you. ***** In the thatched cottage. Sun Bin was immersed in copying the sword manual. Although he had the memory of the host, he was still not used to writing ancient seal characters. Bending hooks, weird shape, like bird text. ¡°Moreover, paper had not yet appeared at this time, and silk was too expensive, so bamboo slips were generally used as carriers for writing. This made Sun Bin, who was used to using paper, very uncomfortable. Wei Liao, Mao Ying, and Pang Juan looked on helplessly. As seniors, you always have to show some style, so the three of them politely let Sun Bin, the younger junior, copy first. "However, this little junior brother writes too slowly. He is really in a hurry to kill someone." "Finally, I finished copying." Finally, Sun Bin let out a sigh of relief, put down his pen, and shook his numb arm. "It's my turn." The impatient Wei Liao immediately grabbed his seat. This guy was already scratching his head and ears in anxiety. "Haha" Sun Bin smiled: "Then senior brothers are busy, junior brother, leave." He took the bamboo slips and walked away. Sun Bin returned to his room, put away the bamboo slips, and stepped out. As soon as I turned my head, I saw senior brother Bai Gui standing next to the huge white crane, looking up and down curiously. ¡°Senior brother, what are you busy with?¡± Sun Bin chuckled. "Yes." Bai Gui looked full of admiration and disbelief: "There is such a magical thing in the world, and the Momen's magical skills are really extraordinary." "No." Sun Bin agreed very much. It is indeed extremely unbelievable that aircraft appeared in ancient times when the level of science and technology was backward. No wonder even two thousand years later, Momen is said to be so magical. At the moment, Sun Bin also looked around the white crane curiously. The white crane has feet and wings, and the degree of simulation is extremely high. It can be said that it makes good use of bionics. Of course, the ancients may not have understood what bionics is. They probably just imitated it instinctively, thinking that they could fly in this way. However, the biggest question is, what is the motivation of this white crane? Firewood? Coal? Oil? Sun Bin couldn't imagine it. He was so curious that he wanted to cut open Bai He's belly and take a closer look. Of course, he didn¡¯t dare. If he messes up Bai He, I'm afraid Gui Guzi will scold him to death. "Can't you understand?" Bai Gui said with a smile: "How can we understand Momen's magical skills just by looking at them?" "That's true." Sun Bin shrugged self-deprecatingly: "By the way, Senior Brother, Mr. Mo Where are the seniors and teachers still drinking in the cave? " "No." Bai Gui pointed to the back mountain and said, "It seems that he just ran to the chessboard table with his wine. Sun Bin was playing chess in his spare time. I will also play against my senior brothers here. In ancient times, Go was an elegant skill for gentlemen and must be learned. "Brother, how about we go take a look?" Sun Bin was a little curious: "Listen to what they talk about, maybe we can learn something." "That's good." Bai Gui was also moved. At that moment, the two senior brothers turned to the back mountain and ran all the way to the ¡®chessboard stage¡¯. The chessboard platform is located on the mountainside, surrounded by sea-like pines and gurgling springs. It is indeed a good place to play chess. At this time, it was noon. Under an ancient pine, Gui Guzi and Mo Zhai sat opposite each other, drinking and laughing at each other. The little girl Mo Mo was not interested in playing chess, so she squatted aside and played by herself. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? Bai Gui made a silence gesture to Sun Bin, and the two brothers crept behind the pine tree to listen. "Old Mozi, I'll see you at the end of the year. You have a good drinker." "What do you mean by a good drinker? I've always been drinking so much, okay? Even though I'm old, believe it or not, you still can't drink me." "You can't drink enough." Just brag, people still have to obey the old man. " "Shit, don't you believe we are really competing?" "Don't. If you get drunk and act crazy, the juniors will make fun of you. I am doing this for your own good. It¡¯s obvious that you don¡¯t dare to compete, so you have so many excuses.¡±¡­ Listening to the two strange men bickering like children again, Bai Gui and Sun Bin couldn¡¯t help but smile at each other. "By the way, Brother Mo, you are over ninety this year, right?" "What are you doing? I envy my old man for living a long time."  "I envy your size." Guiguzi couldn't laugh or cry: "I want to advise you that you should take a rest at such an old age." Mo Zhai seemed to be stunned and did not speak. Guiguzi kindly advised: "Look at you, you have been running around all your life, living for others. Are you tired? After so many years, countries are still fighting for each other. Don't you understand that your "universal love" is very important? "Gong's" approach won't work. Leave everything to the younger generation, don't ask anything, and enjoy a few days of happiness. "Mo Zhai was anxious when he heard someone belittle his life's ideal." Who said that my Mohist ideas are unworkable? I will kill anyone who dares to practice tyranny. I don¡¯t believe that the world is not peaceful.¡± , is the world at peace again?" Mo Zhai was speechless. Indeed, in his life, although he traveled here and there to eradicate tyranny, the world seemed to be getting more and more chaotic. What exactly is this for? "Is it because Mo Zhai didn't kill enough evil people?" Or is it that 'love without aggression' can always only be a beautiful wish? After a moment of silence, Mo Zhai's expression became firm: "In this life, one must always have some ideals. Even if 'universal love without aggression' can never be realized, as long as there are weak people in the world who need me, Momen, I will never give up." Sun Binyi Listening, I can't help but feel awe: This is really a respectable old man, who is persevering for his ideals. It¡¯s a pity that even after two thousand years, ¡®love without aggression¡¯ is still just a beautiful utopia. ¡°Alas¡ª¡ª¡± Gui Guzi saw that he could not persuade Mo Zhai. Although he admired Mo Zhai in his heart, he shook his head at Mo Zhai¡¯s stubbornness. Mo Di was unhappy when he saw it, and snorted coldly: "You're sighing! Don't keep talking about me. In fact, you and I are basically on the same road. Others think you are a hermit who doesn't care about the troubles of the world, but I know that you are not at all." Guiguzi was stunned and said with a smile: "What's the explanation?" There are secrets! There are secrets! Sun Bin and Bai Gui looked at each other and immediately pricked up their ears curiously. "I can see that you also care about the common people and want to bring peace to this troubled world. However, you are timid and don't know which path is right. You are afraid that you will make the wrong choice and harm the common people in the world, which makes you feel uneasy. " "So, you open up Guigu Valley, recruit disciples, and teach students according to their aptitude, just to use the hands of disciples to stir up the world and find a correct path. If you succeed, of course it is best. If you fail, you don't have to feel guilty." There was silence, as if Mo Zhai's words hit the nail on the head. "So, am I right?" Mo Zhai said with a proud look on his face: "Actually, we are basically the same kind of people, it's just that I'm dumber and you are smarter." Finally, Guiguzi smiled bitterly: "Sure enough, You are the one who knows me, Brother Mo. Do you think I am more selfish?¡± ¡°Shit!¡± Mo Zi said dismissively, ¡°It¡¯s just a different path. You are kind to the common people. Who dares to do that?¡± Say you are selfish! ? Okay, don¡¯t talk about these troubles, let¡¯s drink and play chess.¡± ¡°Haha, okay.¡± Gui Guzi also put aside his worries and started drinking with Mo Zhai. Text Chapter 45 Panasonic Examination PS: The new book is on the list. I urgently ask for your recommendation and collection support. Urgent! ! ! ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? off back, Bai Gui and Sun Bin looked at each other. The two of them did not expect that through inadvertent eavesdropping, they would come into contact with the true heart of a strange man, Gui Guzi. Yes, Guiguzi¡¯s people are hidden, but their hearts are not. In his heart, he still thinks about the people of the world who are struggling in troubled times, and wants to find a way to govern the world. Therefore, he spared no effort and traveled across mountains and rivers to find successors. Then, for decades, he tirelessly taught outstanding disciples such as Bai Gui, Sun Bin, Pang Juan, Wei Liao, Su Qin, and Zhang Yi. No one can say that Guiguzi is selfish, and no one has the qualifications to do so. "If Gui Guzi is really selfish, he can be a veritable hermit, living in the mountains and forests without caring about the world of mortals. Or you may pursue glory and wealth, and worship generals and become prime ministers. As Mo Zhai said, Guiguzi just chose a different path. He has already done enough. "Junior brother." Bai Gui suddenly said softly. "Huh?" Sun Bin turned his head. Bai Gui said with admiration: "I originally thought that the teacher taught disciples and just wanted to pass on what he had learned. Unexpectedly, the teacher had such high hopes for us. No wonder the teacher attaches great importance to our character cultivation. We must use farming, "It's all about cutting firewood to sharpen us." "Yes." Sun Bin murmured, "We are really lucky to have such a good teacher." "By the way, junior brother," Bai Gui said thoughtfully. Which way can bring peace to this troubled world? Taoism? Confucianism? Zongheng? Who among our brothers is most likely to succeed?" Sun Bin shook his head slowly. ?According to history, Mozi and Guiguzi never saw the day when the nine states would be unified and the world would be ruled. And the efforts of the disciples of Guiguzi also failed. "To end this troubled world, we have to wait for more than 150 years for the Qin State under the guidance of Legalism to complete it. However, Qin's laws were harsh, the second generation died, and the world fell into war again. So, which path is the most suitable for this troubled world? Not only must the world be unified as quickly as possible, but also recurrences must not occur easily. Sun Bin didn¡¯t know the answer. He is not a thinker, a politician, or a military strategist. He was just a high school student in his previous life. Although he is extremely talented, his experience and knowledge are very limited. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????OUTOUTOUT But now, something is different. He feels that he is too selfish. Is this once-in-a-millennium time-travel adventure just to achieve his personal brilliant achievements? "Compared to the selflessness of Mo Zhai and Gui Guzi, Sun Bin felt very small. ¡°Perhaps, as the teacher hopes, I should be able to promote the unification of the nine states and the great governance of the world as soon as possible while making great achievements. Only in this way can I live up to my life. But, how to do it? Sun Bin was thinking hard when suddenly, Gui Guzi snorted: "The two little monkeys behind the tree have been listening for long enough and still don't want to come out?" Bai Gui and Sun Bin looked at each other. Fortunately, they thought they were keeping it secret, but they didn¡¯t want others to know about it, so they were still eavesdropping here with great interest. "Teacher." "Senior Mo." Sun Bin and Bai Gui walked out of Gusong and greeted them with embarrassed expressions. "Haha, I was caught eavesdropping." When Mo Mo saw this, he couldn't help but gloated and stuck out his tongue. Sun Bin and Bai Gui blushed even more. Gui Guzi was not angry, but said calmly: "After listening for a long time, have you two learned anything? Let's talk about it." "Uh¡ª¡ª" Bai Gui was dumbfounded. In a hurry, he couldn't gain anything. His face was smiling awkwardly. "What about you?" Mo Zhai ignored Bai Gui, and just looked at Sun Bin with piercing blue eyes: "I heard that you are a descendant of Sun Bin, and your teacher also thinks highly of you. I would like to hear what you are like. What's the difference?" Sun Bin pondered for a moment and said slowly: "Human nature is greedy, and if you want to calm down the troubled times, etiquette and education are useless, so Confucianism, Taoism, and Mohism are not acceptable." But Mo Zhai was not upset: "What do you want to do? To govern the world through knowledge?" Sun Bin thought for a while: "Maybe the Legalists should be the main ones, and the military strategists and the vertical and horizontal can complement each other." "What's the explanation?" Gui Guzi and Mo Zhai looked at each other and continued to ask. "Use Legalism to eradicate old evils, strengthen the country and enrich the people, and then use manipulationThe Heng family can make friends from far away and attack at close range, and then use military strategists to defeat them one by one. In this way, they may be able to unify the world. "Sun Bin felt that this was the best way he could think of at the moment. "Befriend far away and attack close by? Defeat each one? Mo Zhai's eyes lit up and he exclaimed: "Wonderful!" These eight words capture the essence of Zongheng and military strategists. Brother Wang, you have made a good disciple. "Can it be bad? Diplomacy at a distance and attack at close range, and defeat each other, is the strategic thinking of the Qin State to unify the world in the future. It can be said that it has been refined over time. "I have some insights, but I still take it for granted. Gui Guzi snorted coldly and poured a basin of cold water on his pocket: "Legalist reforms are mostly cruel and violent, and there are many people who complain. Therefore, the reforms of Duke Zhonglian of Zhao, Li Kui of Wei, and Wu Qi of Chu are all difficult." Escape ends in a hurry, and the people perish and the government ceases to exist. Nowadays, all three countries are plagued by internal troubles. How can we talk about strengthening the country, enriching the people, and unifying the world? " Precisely because he hates the tyranny of Legalism, although Guiguzi is known as an all-rounder, he doesn't have much knowledge about Legalism. "This -" Sun Bin was blinded. "Giggle" Looking at Sun Bin's grimace and embarrassment, Mo Mo snickered again from the side, but Mo Di tried to smooth things over and said, "Brother Wang, you don't have any good skills yourself, so why bother a disciple? In my opinion, what Berlin said, although there are still loopholes, is also insightful and thoughtful. In the future, we may not be able to explore a correct path. " "That's true. Gui Guzi smiled, glanced at Sun Bin and Bai Gui, and said angrily: "What are you two little monkeys doing standing around stupidly? Why don't you go quickly?" When he went back, he was forced to copy the Book of Changes once as a warning to others. " "No, teacher. " Sun Bin and Bai Gui ran away quickly as if they were amnesty. Gui Guzi turned around, pondered for a moment, and suddenly said: "Brother Mo, you and I are both proficient in Qimen Dunjia and yin and yang divination. Why not use a hexagram to see the future of the world? What's the general trend? " Mo Zhai frowned: "The general trend of the world? Such a secret cannot be fathomed by mortals! ? We have done divination many times in the past, but either we found nothing or it was a mess, so why bother? Suddenly he realized something and said with a smile: "You don't really think that this Sun Bin will unify the world in the future, do you?" I see that you are a true lover of your disciples. How could it be such a coincidence? " "Are you divination? " When Gui Guzi was told about the central issue, his old face was a little dull and he looked unhappy. Mo Zhai had no choice but to mutter: "Just divination, and it will be a waste of effort. " At that moment, the two of them each took out a few pieces of mottled tortoise shell from their arms, and then dropped it on the chess table with concentration. There was a crashing sound, and the tortoise shell stopped, but it was inconclusive. "Sure enough, it is still a secret. Measurement. "Mo Zhai sighed in disappointment: "It seems that I will never see the day when the world will be restored. " Gui Guzi also sighed softly, giving up. He didn't know how long the people would have to struggle in this troubled world. Text Chapter 46 Fierce Leopard PS: Second update, please recommend and collect it. ****** The next day, morning. After Sun Bin finished practicing the sword, he was sweating profusely, but his whole body felt comfortable. As he was wiping his sweat, Pang Juan came over. "Junior brother, it's time to set off." "Okay, let's go now." Poultry and livestock have never been raised in the valley, and Sun Bin and others are growing up, and meat is indispensable. Therefore, daily fishing and hunting are imperative. Today, it happened to be Sun Bin and Pang Juan's turn. At this moment, the two of them took their swords, bows and fish baskets on their backs, and took a short spear, and they were about to set off. "Two senior brothers." As soon as he went out, he saw a little girl in purple jumping over to greet her, it was the lovely Mo Mo. "It's junior sister, are you okay?" Sun Bin greeted with a smile. "It's okay. Hey, are the two senior brothers going fishing and hunting?" Mo Mo's eyes lit up when he saw how Sun Bin and Pang Juan were dressed. "Yes." Sun Bin nodded. Mo Mo was overjoyed and hurriedly begged: "Then take me there, okay?" "That's not possible." Sun Bin shook his head quickly. Fishing and hunting were still a bit dangerous. If Mo Mo did anything wrong, they couldn't explain it. "That's not possible." Pang Juan was not stupid. "Two senior brothers, please." Mo Mo made a pitiful look: "There is nothing interesting in the valley. It's boring. Just take me with you." "No." Sun Bin and Pang Juanxiang He glanced at it and shook his head firmly. "Huh!" The little girl's expression changed instantly and she said angrily: "If you don't take me, I will make myself cry, and then I will complain to Master and Uncle Wang, saying that you bullied me." Sun Bin and Pang Juan were dumbfounded. They didn¡¯t expect that this little girl would fall out of love faster than turning the page in a book, and she was so sinister. Now she would be in trouble. "Brother, what should we do?" Sun Bin smiled bitterly, she is really a complete little witch. "What can I do? Just take it with me." Pang Juan looked helpless, otherwise he would be in trouble. "Okay." Sun Bin thought for a moment and said, "But don't go hunting. Just fish. It's safer." "Okay." Pang Juan's eyes lit up and he agreed deeply. "Yeah, thank you two senior brothers, let's go quickly." When Mo Mo heard this, he was very happy, with a face full of joy. "Let's go." Sun Bin and Pang Juan had no choice but to accept their fate. Ghost Valley is only a part of Yunmeng Mountain. The entire Yunmeng Mountain is very large, covering dozens of miles in radius. In the meantime, there are naturally many rivers, streams, pools and waterfalls. Not far from Ghost Valley, over a hill, there is a small stream, which is where Sun Bin and others usually fish. Walking in the mountains, Mo Mo was jumping up and down happily and didn't seem tired at all. Sun Bin couldn't help but breathe a sigh of relief. If this girl couldn't walk, it would be hard for them to carry her on her back. "Two senior brothers, haven't you arrived yet?" Suddenly, Mo Mo turned around. "It's not far." Sun Bin said hurriedly: "Listen carefully, is there the sound of water? You'll be there after passing the woods in front." When Mo Mo heard that there was indeed the sound of water, he couldn't help but cheered and rushed forward. Sun Bin and Pang Juan did not dare to neglect and quickly followed up to take care of them. Sure enough, after passing the woods, a gurgling stream came into view. The water was clear and fish were swimming around. "Wow, brothers, come quickly, there are so many fish." Mo Mo was very excited by the stream. "Here we come." Sun Bin and Pang Juan came to the stream, put down the short bows and fish baskets they were carrying, rolled up their trousers, and prepared to go into the water. "Two senior brothers, you don't seem to have brought a fishing net?" Mo Mo was a little surprised. "Haha" Sun Bin said with a smile: "The teacher said that fishing nets can harm the sky, so we just have this." He raised the short spear in his hand. "Can you stab me with a spear?" the little girl expressed doubts. "Sure." Sun Bin laughed, and then he and Pang Juan got into the water, slowly waded to the middle of the stream, and carefully looked at the water. "Here." Suddenly, Pang Juan shouted and stabbed him with a spear. ¡°Crash¡ª¡ª¡± The short spear entered the water with lightning, and then came out of the water with lightning, only to see a foot-long fat fish struggling on the tip of the spear. "Wow, Senior Brother Pang is great." Mo Mo's eyes lit up, and he cheered and clapped. "Go on." Pang Juan smiled shyly, took the fat fish off the tip of the spear, and threw it to the shore. "Bata¡ª¡ª" ?When the fish landed, Mo Mo rushed forward and put the fat fish that was still struggling to death into the fish basket. "Brother Sun, where is your fish?" "Come right away." Sun Bin replied unambiguously, his eyes widened, he aimed at a fat fish and stabbed it fiercely. "Whoa¡ª¡ª" As a result, the spear pierced the air, and the fat fish was unhappy and threw Sun Bin into a splash, and then swam away arrogantly. "Haha" Mo Mo suddenly fell down laughing: "Senior Brother Sun, you are so stupid." Sun Bin looked embarrassed. This stickleback looks simple, but vision, speed, and lead time are all indispensable, and it is not that easy. Sun Bin is just learning and practicing, so his hit rate is certainly not high. "Haha" Pang Juan couldn't help but laugh: "Junior brother, you've got it right, just aim three inches in front of the fish." "I got it." Sun Bin was annoyed, so he prepared to avenge his shame and stab the fat fish. It feels so cold. It feels so cold. "Ah!" At this moment, Mo Mo suddenly heard a scream from the shore. When Sun Bin and Sun Bin raised their heads, they were shocked. When I saw the shore, I don¡¯t know when a leopard sneaked up, only ten meters away from Mo Mo. This leopard has a tall and muscular body, smooth fur, and a pair of green eyes flashing with strong wildness and fierceness. Mo Mo had never seen this scene before. He was so frightened that his face turned pale and his whole body trembled. "Brother, what should I do?" Sun Bin's heart was beating wildly. He never expected that the easiest fishing would encounter such a beast. ¡° Moreover, the leopard was too close to Mo Mo, which made Sun Bin sweat for the little girl. "Don't move." Pang Juan seemed to have some experience. Although his face was very ugly, he was still calm. He whispered to Mo Mo and Sun Bin: "If this leopard is not hungry and just comes to drink water, it will probably leave soon." . As long as we don¡¯t act rashly and make it feel threatened, maybe it won¡¯t hurt us. ¡° I hope so. Sun Bin couldn't help but pray to gods and Buddhas all over the sky. Although there were many of them, they were all young men. If they started a fight, they might not be able to deal with the ferocious leopard. For a while, the leopard and the man quietly faced off. After a while, Huabao didn't react at all, but Sun Bin and Pang Juan were sweating profusely on their foreheads. They were so nervous. Mo Mo was even more choked. Tears were rolling in his eyes, but he just didn't dare to cry. Text Chapter 47: Fighting to the Death PS: The third update, please support your recommendation and collection, thank you. ******** move. move. Sun Bin stared at the leopard, thinking silently in his heart. His whole body was so nervous that he was sweating like liquid. It was really like a year. Unconsciously, he tightened his grip on the short spear in his hand, his palms filled with sweat. Suddenly, the leopard that had been standing still moved, squatted slightly, and let out a low roar from its throat. Sun Bin and Pang Juan's expressions changed greatly. Even a fool can see that this is a signal to attack. This leopard is obviously hungry, so bitter! "Charge!" Regardless of the danger, seeing that Mo Mo was about to die at the leopard's mouth, Pang Juan raised his short spear and roared straight towards the leopard. Damn it, give it a try! Sun Bin was not a coward either. He gritted his teeth and set his heart straight, howling straight towards the leopard. Huabao was about to attack Mo Mo, but when he saw Pang Juan and Sun Bin rushing forward, he immediately changed his target. Undoubtedly, these two teenagers armed with sharp weapons are a much greater threat than the weak Mo Mo. ¡°Roar¡ª¡ª¡± With a low roar, the leopard leaped forward and rushed straight to Pang Juan, who was rushing at the front. It was as fast as lightning. "Ah!" Pang Juan didn't expect the leopard to be so fast. He didn't even have time to swing his spear before he was thrown to the ground. "Senior brother¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin was shocked. ¡°Roar¡ª¡ª¡± The leopard threw Pang Juan down and without saying a word, it gnawed at Pang Juan¡¯s throat with its sharp fangs. Although Pang Juan was horrified, he quickly got wise and abandoned his spear in a hurry. He pressed his hands against the leopard's lower jaw to prevent it from swallowing. "Roar¡ª¡ª" The leopard was angry, scratching its claws, roaring repeatedly, trying desperately to break through Pang Juan's blockage. Poor Pang Juan, his body was immediately scratched in several places, he screamed repeatedly, and blood flew everywhere, but he did not dare to let go, and said sternly: "Junior brother, do it quickly." In that moment, many things flashed through Sun Bin's mind. ¡°If he lets the leopard kill Pang Juan, no one can blame him. From now on, he no longer has to worry about Pang Juan harming him. But if he does this, what difference will he make from a sinister villain? Doesn¡¯t it go against the teacher¡¯s teachings? What's more, Pang Juan had a miserable life experience and loved him very much, so how could he be so cruel? In the chaos, Sun Bin thought: Go to hell, we will talk about the rest later. With a roar, he rushed forward and stabbed the leopard in the waist with a spear. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± The spear struck hard, and as blood spattered, the leopard let out a shrill howl and rolled to the side. "Go to hell." Sun Bin was overjoyed and raised his spear again, ready to beat the drowned dog. ¡°Aww¡ª¡± However, what Sun Bin didn¡¯t expect was that the leopard in the pool of blood suddenly jumped up in anger and pounced towards him. Sun Bin is too careless, a ferocious beast is not easy to kill. "Plop -" Sun Bin was caught off guard and was immediately thrown to the ground. The short spear also let go, and the leopard's bloody mouth came to bite fiercely, ready to avenge the spear. My life is at an end! After all, Sun Bin came from a peaceful era, and his mental quality was obviously not as good as that of Pang Juan, who had endured many hardships. In his panic, his mind went blank with fear, and he even forgot to use his hands to block the attack like Pang Juan. "Ah¡ª¡ª" At this critical moment, there was a roar, and a man swooped up, knocked the leopard to the ground, and saved Sun Bin. Sun Bin was shocked to see that it was Pang Juan, and he couldn't help but feel very complicated. This is really a cycle of cause and effect. If I just refused to save Pang Juan, who will save me now? "Roar -" At this time, Hua Leopard and Pang Juan rolled into a ball - Pang Juan strangled the leopard's neck without fear of death, while the leopard struggled desperately and scratched his claws. For a moment, the leopard roared like Thunder, dust everywhere. Seeing the stalemate, Sun Bin quickly thought of helping. As soon as he struggled, he felt a sharp pain in his chest and fell back, as if he had injured his ribs. The power of a ferocious beast to pounce to the death is no small feat. Damn it! Sun Bin was extremely anxious when he saw Pang Juan with a ferocious look on his face and roaring angrily. He actually strangled the leopard's neck with one hand and wrapped his legs around the leopard's body. He quickly drew out the dagger from his waist with his other hand and stabbed wildly at the leopard's waist. "Push¡ª¡ª" "Push¡ª¡ª" The sword entered the leopard's body, blood spattered, and the leopard let out a miserable wail. It struggled desperately, but was strangled by the rampaging Pang Juan and could not break free. ?????????? One sword after another, one sword after another, one sword after anotherAfter more than ten sword blows, the ferocious leopard finally gave out its strength and collapsed in a large pool of blood. died! ? Sun Bin was stunned by Pang Juan's bravery and ferocity: At the age of twelve, he can kill leopards. This, this is too perverted! ? No wonder he would become a powerful general of the Wei State in the future. He really has a desperate spirit in his bones. Suddenly remembering Pang Juan¡¯s difficulty in struggling to survive alone in the mountains when he was a child, Sun Bin suddenly understood where his unusual ferocity came from. "Huh-huh-" Seeing that the leopard had stopped moving, Pang Juan, who seemed so brave just now, seemed to have suddenly been drained of all his strength. He let go of the dead leopard and fell over in a pool of muddy blood, gasping for breath. Out of breath. Sun Bin quickly shouted: "Brother, are you okay?" "I can't die, what about you?" Pang Juan's breathless voice came quickly. "It seems that he injured his ribs, but it's nothing serious." Sun Bin was relieved and slowly struggled to get up. Enduring the severe pain in his chest, he staggered towards Pang Juan. When he got to his side, Sun Bin took a closer look at the leopard and couldn't help but be shocked: This leopard was already an adult, with a body length of nearly one meter and a half and a weight of probably less than two hundred kilograms. Even if it was dead, it would still be as powerful as a tiger's death. Now, it's chilling. Today, the three young men were really lucky to escape with their lives. Of course, it all depended on Pang Juan's bravery, which seemed to suddenly go crazy. "Brother, how are you injured?" Seeing Pang Juan's clothes in pieces, as if he were bloody, Sun Bin was startled and hurriedly came to help Pang Juan. "It's okay." Pang Juan smiled innocently: "Don't look at me covered in blood. It's just a flesh wound. The blood is from a leopard." With Sun Bin's help, he slowly sat up, but for a moment he felt a little weak, and his hands and feet felt weak. soft. "Junior brother, I'm fine. You go and see Mo Mo, I'll just take a rest." "Okay." Sun Bin hurriedly staggered towards Mo Mo again, and saw this little girl sitting on the ground, with a dull look on her face. He was frightened by the brutal fight just now. Sun Bin's heart tightened. Don't scare this little girl. He squatted down, held Mo Mo in his arms, and said softly: "It's okay. Mo Mo, don't be afraid, it's okay." "Wow¡ª¡ª "As if he finally came back to his senses, Mo Mo curled up the corner of his mouth and immediately burst into tears. Sun Bin felt relieved. It would be great if he could cry, which means he was not frightened. After a few more words of comfort, Pang Juan finally regained some strength and ran over staggeringly. He reluctantly said: "Junior brother, we can't catch the fish today, so we should go back. It will be bad if we encounter a fierce beast again." " Yes, yes." Sun Bin also changed his color, and hurriedly coaxed Mo Mo, and staggered back with Pang Juan's support. Text Chapter 48 The initial separation of barriers PS: First update, please recommend and collect. ***** In front of the hut. Wei Liao sat with his back against a big tree, biting a piece of grass leisurely in his mouth, his eyes half closed, as if he was half asleep. On the side, Mao Meng came over and greeted him: "Senior brother, is breakfast ready?" "No." Wei Liao opened his eyes and said lazily: "Junior brother Pang and junior brother Sun haven't come back from fishing and hunting yet, so it's hard for a clever woman to do it. "You haven't come back yet?" Mao Meng looked at the sun, it was almost noon, and he couldn't help but said in surprise: "It's getting late, it's time to come back." "I didn't know." shrug. "Is something going to happen?" Mao Meng was a little worried. Wei Liao was stunned for a moment: "Probably not. The teacher often patrols the surrounding mountains and forests, and drives away any ferocious beasts. Oh, Mo Mo also went with us today. I guess it's because this little girl is difficult to deal with, and it wasted time." "Then it's probably true." Mao Meng seemed to suddenly realize and laughed. At this moment, there was the sound of footsteps ahead. Wei Liao and Mao Meng looked up and were startled. I saw Pang Juan and Sun Bin staggering over, covered in blood, supporting each other. The little girl Mo Mo followed closely, sobbing. "Is something really happening!?" Wei Liao was stunned, and then he realized what he was doing and said to Mao Meng hurriedly: "Junior Brother Mao, go and ask for the teacher and Senior Mo." "Okay, okay." Mao Meng ran as fast as he could. Report the news. Wei Liao quickly came forward and supported Pang Juan and Sun Bin eagerly: "Two junior brothers, what is going on?" "Don't mention it." Sun Bin said with a bitter smile: "If you encounter a leopard, you will escape from death." "What? !?" Wei Liao was also shocked. This is a ferocious beast. It's really lucky for the three of them to survive. He said hurriedly: "Stop talking. I'll help you lie down in the room first. Teacher and Senior Mo will be here soon." "Hey." Sun Bin and Pang Juan agreed. After walking a few steps, there was chaos in front of them, but Gui Guzi, Mo Zhai, Bai Gui, and Mao Meng came flying towards them. "Master." Mo Mo cried loudly when he finally saw his relatives, and flew into Mo Zhai's arms. "Don't be afraid, good boy, what happened?" Mo Zhai quickly picked up Mo Mo and comforted her softly. "We encountered a leopard." Mo Mo sobbed. Mo Zhai and Gui Guzi were also startled. They took a quick look at Mo Mo, but other than dirty spots, he was not injured. "Brother Mo, take care of Mo Mo. I'll go see the two children." "Okay, okay." Gui Guzi stepped forward quickly and said to Sun Bin and Pang Juan first: "Don't say anything. Quick, help them into the house." "Hey." Bai Gui and Mao Meng agreed and hurried up to help. A group of people entered the house and put Pang Juan and Sun Bin on the couch. Guiguzi quickly checked them. After a while, Gui Guzi breathed a sigh of relief: "It's okay, it's okay, it's just some skin injuries." "Thank God." Bai Gui and others looked at each other and sighed. "Gui'er, take off the clothes of the two junior brothers immediately." "Bo Yin, quickly go get a basin of water, and get two clean towels." "Chu Cheng, hurry up and get the medicine to stop the bleeding for our master. "Bring it with a bandage." Gui Guzi was worthy of being a master of medicine, so he immediately gave the instructions in an orderly manner. "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui and the other three quickly divided the work and cooperated, and soon everything was ready. Only then did Gui Guzi quickly treat Sun Bin and Pang Juan. A group of people worked for nearly half an hour before they finished treating and bandaging the injuries of Sun Bin and Pang Juan. "Okay." Guiguzi wiped the sweat from his forehead and his face relaxed: "You will be fine after ten and a half days of rest." "Thank you, teacher, for your hard work." Sun Bin and Pang Juan quickly thanked them. "I don't need to be polite." Gui Guzi smiled and then asked with concern: "I heard that you encountered a leopard. What happened?" "Uh-" Pang Juan scratched his head, as if he didn't know where to start. . "Let me tell you." Knowing that Pang Juan was not good at words, Sun Bin quickly explained the cause and effect. Speaking of the thrilling part, Gui Guzi and the others couldn't help but feel frightened, and were very afraid for Sun Bin and the others. "Well done!" When he heard that Pang Juan was so brave and killed the leopard, Bai Gui was so excited that he slapped his thigh: "Junior Brother Pang, this is amazing." "It's a good story." "Junior brother Pang is so brave and wants to be a general in the future. I think"Completed. " Wei Liao and Mao Meng also praised him one after another. " At least, Bai Gui and the other three asked themselves whether they were sure of dealing with the leopard. This requires not only excellent martial arts, but also extraordinary courage and courage. Seeing everyone praising himself, Pang Juan was a little embarrassed. , said quickly: "Junior Brother Sun, you are so polite, this is not my fault alone. If Junior Brother Sun hadn't saved me first and then stabbed the leopard, no matter how powerful I was, I probably wouldn't have been able to kill it. " "No, no, it is mainly due to Senior Brother Pang. "Sun Bin declined quickly. He really wasn't of much help. "Haha" Guiguzi smiled: "Don't be too modest. You two performed very well today. In the face of danger, you are able to protect the weak without fear of life and death, and the brothers and sisters treat each other with sincerity, respect and love each other, which is very gratifying for the teacher. "Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other and were very happy. "Okay, you guys should have a good rest. Gui Guzi stood up and said, "Gui'er, you, Boyin, and Chucheng will get some delicious food for Ziyi and Boling to replenish their health." " "is teacher. " Bai Gui quickly agreed. " Wei Liao smiled and said: "It happened that there were two fish left a few days ago. They were kept in the tank. They will be cooked for Junior Brother Pang and Junior Brother Sun later. In the afternoon, Junior Brother Mao and I went to drag the dead leopard back and stew the two Junior Brothers to relieve their hatred. " "I'll go too. "Bai Gui said quickly, he is the senior brother and should take the lead. "Okay, okay. "Seeing the brothers and sisters loving each other, Guiguzi nodded happily, but he was thinking in his heart: This leopard must have come from somewhere else. It seems that he has to patrol the mountains and forests nearby more. " After a while, Guiguzi and others They all left, and only Pang Juan and Sun Bin were left in the room. Sun Bin looked at Pang Juan, who was covered in bandages and looked like a rice dumpling. He couldn't help but feel moved, and suddenly couldn't help but said: "Senior brother, thank you. " "Thank me for what? " Pang Juan seemed a little surprised. Sun Bin said seriously: "Of course I want to thank you. If you hadn't sacrificed your life to save me today, I would have died. " "This is nothing. Pang Juan smiled sheepishly and said, "Are we brothers? That's right." Besides, didn¡¯t you save me before? "Looking at Pang Juan's honest smile and simple face, for a moment, Sun Bin could not put the good senior brother in front of him together with the treacherous and evil man who framed his junior brother in history. "Perhaps, in history, it was There must be a reason. Sun Bin thought to himself: If he had been more careful in this life, the tragedy of brothers killing each other would not have happened again. Thinking of this, most of Sun Bin's wariness towards Pang Juan disappeared. Text Chapter 49 Mo Zhai leaves PS: Second update, please recommend and collect. ***** Ten days later. Pang Juan¡¯s injury is still a bit scratched, but Sun Bin, who was slightly injured, has recovered and is jumping around again. "Senior Brother Sun." On this day, Sun Bin was reading in the house, but Mo Mo walked in unhappy, with his little mouth pouting. "It's Mo Mo, is there anything wrong?" Sun Bin put down the bamboo slips in his hand with a smile. The little girl has been particularly attached to him and Pang Juan since the last time they went through trouble together. However, Pang Juan is a bit dull and talkative. In comparison, Mo Mo is better with him. And after playing together more, Sun Bin also knows Mo Mo's life experience. Mo Mo¡¯s surname is not Mo. When she was three years old, her village was attacked by a group of bandits. Everyone in the village died, but Mo Mo survived. Mo Zhai, who happened to be passing by, rescued the poor child. Mo Zhai felt pity for her misfortune and saw that she was smart, so he accepted her as a close disciple and named her Mo Mo. Therefore, Mo Zhai is like a teacher and a father in Mo Mo's heart, and the two have a deep relationship. "Senior brother," Mo Mo seemed to be about to cry: "I, I'm leaving." "What!?" Sun Bin was surprised. Although the little girl has a bit of a unruly temper, she is smart and very lovable. After getting along with her these days, Sun Bin has already loved her as a sister. Now that he heard that she was leaving, he felt very reluctant to part with her. "Is Senior Mo going to leave?" "Yes." Mo Mo nodded sadly: "Master said that we have been staying here for a long time and it's time to leave." "Yes." Sun Bin sighed: " Senior Mo is the leader of the Mo clan. There are so many things in the world waiting for him to do to eliminate the violent and support the weak." He touched Mo Mo's hair and said softly, "Don't be sad, Mo Mo. I'll just come and see you senior brother when you have time." " "Yes." Mo Mo could only nod aggrievedly. "Junior brother," Bai Gui stepped in at this time: "Senior Mo is leaving, and the teacher wants us to see him off. Oh, junior sister is here too." "I understand, come here. Mo Mo, let's go Come on." Sun Bin quickly stood up and led Mo Mo out of the door. Sure enough, in front of the hut, Mo Zhai was already standing next to the giant crane, and Gui Guzi and others were seeing each other off. "Brother Mo," Gui Guzi said with some reluctance when he saw that everyone had arrived: "You care about the common people. I don't dare to stay too long. I will be a guest again when I have time." Mo Di laughed at himself and said, "I'm such an old man. My arms and legs are old, maybe I will die someday, I hope I can still have this day." Bai Gui said hurriedly: "Senior Mo, don't say that, look at your body, you are sure to live a long life." "Yes, yes." Sun Bin and the four others quickly agreed. "Hahaha" Mo Zhai laughed: "You little guys can make my old man happy, okay, let me lend you some good words." He waved to Mo Mo: "Mo Mo, come here quickly, it's time to go." "Oh." Mo Mo glanced at Sun Bin and Pang Juan reluctantly: "Two senior brothers, I'm leaving then, remember to miss me." "Okay, senior brother must miss me every day." Sun Bin nodded with a smile. "Me too." Pang Juan nodded naively. He had lacked family affection since he was a child, and he loved this little junior sister very much. Mo Zhai turned around and was about to hug Mo Mo to the white crane when he suddenly turned around again. "Brother Mo, what else can I do?" Gui Guzi asked hurriedly. "It's okay." Mo Zhai waved to Sun Bin: "Little guy, come here, I have something to tell you." "No." Sun Bin was stunned, but hurried forward. Mo Zhai took Sun Bin aside and said with a smile: "Do you know why I asked you to come here alone?" "Senior Mo must have taught me something." You can tell how smart Sun Bin is at a glance. "Yes." Mo Zhai nodded and said seriously: "You should be able to tell that I am not of Yanhuang blood, right?" "This -" Sun Bin didn't know what Mo Zhai meant and was a little afraid to answer. Mo Zhai smiled and said indifferently: "There is nothing bad to say. I am indeed not of Yanhuang blood. Since ancient times, I have been a barbarian from the Rong South to the Yi and Beidi from the north. I am a Di person in the north. The reason why I am named Mo Zhai is also because ' Zhai'tong'di'yin, with such a background, there is no need to hide his uprightness." "Senior is indeed a gentleman." Sun Bin couldn't help but admire him. China has despised Yi and Di since ancient times. Logically speaking, given Mo Zhai's current status, as long as he doesn't mention it, no one would dare to say that he is of Yi and Di blood. There are thousands of swordsmen in the Mohist family's "Fei Gong Yuan". All of them are excellent in swordsmanship and fearless of death. Even the monarchs of various countries changed their expressions after hearing this.This is no joke. "However, Mo Zhai did not shy away from anything, which shows his broadmindedness. "Bo Ling, you know, when I was young, I admired the culture of the Central Plains. Later, because of the war, my mother took me to flee to the Central Plains and remarried to the family of a small official in the Song Dynasty. Although I am of Di blood, I think, The mind of China should be tolerant. As long as the heart is towards China, no matter whether it is Yi or Di, it should be a citizen of China. " "So, I no longer regard myself as a Yi and Di, and I am determined to achieve a career from then on. The Mohist family pursues peace of mind and love for the common people throughout their lives. I want to prove to the world that I, Mo Zhai, am no worse than anyone else. I will do better than most people in China. Can you understand? " Sun Bin nodded. , was greatly touched in his heart: "Senior, I'm sure that when future generations mention the word 'Mo Zhai', what comes to mind will not be your origin, but your broad mind and the greatness of the Mohist spirit." "Hahaha " Mo Zhai laughed: "Little guy, if this is true, I, Mo Zhai, will have no regrets in this life." "I will definitely do it," Sun Bin said with certainty. "You can speak." Mo Zhai suddenly felt a little sad: "It's a pity that I have spent my whole life with so much fame but achieved nothing. I see the world becoming more and more chaotic. I really feel ashamed of the common people." "Senior, don't worry about it." , Just do your best. The general trend of the world is that if we divide for a long time, we will unite, and if we unite for a long time, we will divide. One day, the nine states will be unified and the world will be unified." Mo Zhai looked a little hopeful: "I hope this day can come soon. In this way, even if I am dead, Jiuquanxia will be very relieved. Bo Ling, you come from a famous family, you are talented, and you have the guidance of a famous teacher. You will be able to make great achievements and become famous all over the world in the future. Can you promise me that you will do things with the common people in mind, do more good deeds, and kill less, so that this troubled world can be brought to an end as soon as possible?" Sun Bin was stunned. He didn't expect that Mo Zhai would say this. He really valued him very much, and he quickly looked serious. Said: "Senior Mo, please rest assured, Bin will definitely do it." "Okay." Mo Zhai happily took out something: "This is the Mo sect's 'Ju Zi Ling'. Seeing things is like seeing me. Just hold it, and in the future If you have any difficulties, you can show it to my Momen disciples, and you will go through fire and water without hesitation. However, this order is of great importance, so don¡¯t mention it to your teacher, just keep it carefully." Sun Bin was shocked, but he heard it. As I said, as soon as the 'Ju Zi Ling' came out, thousands of Mo Sect swordsmen showed no regrets and quickly declined: "Senior Mo, this thing is too valuable, I will never dare to accept it." "Take it. Mo Zhai impatiently handed it to Sun Bin: "Don't think this is giving you an advantage, maybe Momen will need you to take care of me in the future. Okay, I'm leaving." He strode away, hugging Mo Mo and getting on the white crane. I don¡¯t know what mechanism Mo Zhai touched, but the huge white crane instantly activated, chirped loudly, and flew away. "Junior brother," Wei Liao turned his head curiously: "Senior Mo values ??you very much. What did he say to you?" "Nothing, just some words of encouragement." Sun Bin smiled and said calmly. . Guiguzi glanced at Sun Bin, as if he had some realization, but he didn't say anything, he just stroked his beard and smiled slightly. Text Chapter 50: The Name of Pirates (Part 1) PS: First update, please recommend and collect. ************ A few days later. After Sun Bin was studying, he went out to practice swordsmanship. Mohist swordsmanship is a good thing, and it must be thoroughly studied. Of course, Sun Bin has no intention of becoming a peerless master. What he wants to learn is the ability to fight against ten thousand enemies, the ability to lead troops in battle, and the skill of swordsmanship, as long as he can protect himself. "Junior brother." Just as he was sweating from practicing, someone suddenly called Sun Bin. Sun Bin turned around and saw that it was Pang Juan. He stopped quickly and said with a smile: "Brother, what's the matter?" "Uh-" Pang Juan scratched his head: "Um, do you want to go out of the valley?" "Out of the valley?" Sun Bin raised his eyes As soon as it dawned, he had been here for nearly a month and hadn't left the Ghost Valley yet. He was really a little depressed. He hurriedly said: "Okay, little brother, I am really bored, but do you have the teacher's order?" Going out of the Valley is no small matter. , without Guiguzi's permission, you will be punished for sneaking out. "Of course." Pang Juan smiled naively: "Many things in the valley have been used up. When the teacher saw that my injuries were healed, he asked me to go and take care of it." "Okay, okay." Sun Bin was overjoyed: "Let's go together, go together. "Let's go." Pang Juan went to get the horse and prepare the cart. Sun Bin said hurriedly: "Brother, don't you prepare anything?" "No, I have put everything in the cart." "It's not far. I can come back that night." "Okay." Sun Bin quickly followed. At that moment, the carriage was hitched and Pang Juan drove the horse. The two of them walked leisurely through the maze at the entrance of the valley and out of the Ghost Valley. "Ha, the scenery outside is better. It's been foggy all day in the valley." Sun Bin looked at the beautiful mountain scenery on both sides with a happy face and a piece of pancake in his mouth for breakfast. "Haha, I think it's about the same." Pang Juan smiled naively. In his eyes, he only had military skills and swordsmanship all day long, and he had no love for any scenery. Sun Bin shrugged, knowing that he was playing the piano to an ox. "By the way, senior brother," Sun Bin turned around and asked curiously: "Where are we going to buy things? How far is it?" "Maplewood Town, probably, um, more than thirty miles away." "That's not far. "Sun Bin nodded. In the mountains, three or forty miles is not a big distance at all. It's only a matter of three or two hills: "By the way, senior brother, is Fenglin Town big?" Pang Juan thought about it? He thought and gestured: "It's very small, only about a hundred households. However, there are several shops, and the nearby mountain people often go there to exchange some things. It should be quite lively." "Understood." Sun Bin shrugged, It is estimated that there are only a few hundred people in Maplewood Town at best, but life is difficult in the deep mountains, so having so many people in a small town is not bad. There were no words all the way. At noon, the carriage turned a corner of the mountain. Pang Juan suddenly pointed his horsewhip: "Look, it's just ahead." The mountain road was rugged, and the ancient carriage had no cushioning. Sun Bin was jolted so hard that his butt hurt. He hurriedly stood up. Take a look. I saw a small mountain col not far away, surrounded by large maple forests. At this time, it is mid-autumn, the maple leaves are like fire, the mountain breeze blows gently, and the waves of leaves are rolling like the sea, it is so beautiful. "There is a small town hidden in the maple forest, with about a hundred households. Most of them are houses made of mud, which are slightly dilapidated. "Isn't the scenery good?" Sun Bin was a little surprised. "Haha" Pang Juan just laughed innocently, not knowing what the beauty was. "Brother Pang Pang." As soon as the carriage arrived at the entrance of the town, a little girl came bounding over from the front. She was about six or seven years old. She was wearing a red Ge Yi. Although there were many patches, she was clean and the little girl looked pretty. Also very delicate. ¡°Obviously, this is a child from a poor family. "Eh-" Pang Juan quickly pulled the reins of the horse and said happily: "It turns out to be Daya. Is your dad at home?" "Yes. I'll tell dad you're here." Daya said, turned around and ran away. . Sun Bin was stunned: "Senior brother, who is this?" Pang Juan scratched his head: "Uncle Han's daughter in the grocery store, I often exchange things at her house, so I am familiar with her." "Oh." Sun Bin understood. The carriage continued to move forward, and Sun Bin looked at the town carefully. It is said to be a small town, but in fact it is just one street. Hundreds of households are basically built on both sides of the street. It looks very wealthy. There are several shops, very simple grain stores, hotels, blacksmith shops and the like. As he was talking, a small grocery store appeared on the right front, and a middle-aged simple man greeted him with a smile., Da Ya followed happily behind her with a three or four-year-old boy with a runny nose. "Brother Pang Pang." When he saw Pang Juan, the little boy came up to him cheerfully and greeted him excitedly. "Hey." Pang Juan laughed innocently: "Er Niu, I haven't seen you for a few days, and you have grown taller again." He turned to Sun Bin and said, "This is Da Ya's younger brother. He likes to pester me with questions." "Haha" Sun Bin smiled when he heard this. Even children are like this. "Xiao Pang, I haven't been here for a few days." The middle-aged man also looked enthusiastic. It was obvious that he was Uncle Han. He waved to the two children: "While we are playing, dad and Brother Pang are talking." It's business." "Oh." The two children had no choice but to run away. Pang Juan stopped the car and scratched his head with a smile: "Yes, I was injured a few days ago and was delayed." "Is that okay?" Uncle Han asked with concern. "It's okay, it's fine." "That's good. By the way, Xiao Pang, this little brother is a bit unfamiliar, who is he?" "Oh, the teacher's new junior brother, you can just call him Xiao Sun. "Uncle Han." Sun Bin also greeted politely. "Okay, okay." Uncle Han nodded kindly, and the two parties finally got to know each other: "By the way, Xiao Pang, what did you bring this time?" "You can see for yourself." Pang Juan hurriedly called to Sun Bin: "Junior brother, help me. "Unload the things from the car." "Hey." Sun Bin agreed, and he and Pang Juan turned around and got into the car to move the things. There are several large baskets on the car, which contain fungus, mountain mushrooms, herbs and other wild products, as well as many animal furs, which are accumulated in the valley. "Uncle Han, take a look, that's all, give me a price." Pang Juanhan smiled and wiped his sweat as the things were moved out of the car. "Hey, let me take a look." Uncle Han carefully inspected the goods and estimated the weight. Suddenly, his eyes lit up, and he picked out a beautiful piece of leopard skin from the pile of furs: "What a good thing." When he unfolded it, he couldn't help but be stunned: the leopard skin had more than a dozen large punctures on its waist and abdomen. It was really terrible. "This, this," Uncle Han was dumbfounded: "How did a good leopard skin become like this?" Pang Juan scratched his head in embarrassment and said: "That's it anyway, Uncle Han, just look at the price. " Sun Bin laughed secretly: It's all Brother Pang's fault. Who asked him to stab him with so many swords! Uncle Han had a look of pain on his face: "What a pity. If this piece of leopard skin is intact and looks at the color of its fur, it would be worth at least two hundred dollars. Now that it's broken like this, it's only worth fifty dollars." Damn it! Sun Bin was also a little depressed and suffered a big loss. After inspecting all the goods, Uncle Han thought about it in his mind and said with a smile: "Xiao Pang, we are old friends, I will give you a fixed price, 300 yuan, what do you think?" "Okay, I still can't trust Han. Uncle." Pang Juan agreed readily. Everyone in this town knows that Uncle Han is a kind man. "Okay, okay," Uncle Han was also very happy: "Come on, help me move the things in, and then I will give you money." "Hey." Pang Juan agreed, and asked Sun Bin to move the things. "Ta-ta-ta" Just at this moment, there was a rumble of horse hooves, and several horsemen galloped straight into the entrance of the town, galloping towards them. Who is so arrogant? ? For a time, countless people in the town poked their heads out and looked at them in surprise Text Chapter 51: The Name of Pirates (Part 2) PS: Second update, please recommend and collect. ***** ¡°Boom¡­¡± I saw people coming, dressed in messy clothes, with ferocious expressions. Each of them was carrying swords, axes and other weapons. They entered the town, but they were still shouting and galloping on their horses. The arrogant His posture seemed a bit unkind. For a time, the town was so frightened that they fled. In the blink of an eye, several riders were approaching, and the smoke and dust were still billowing. Suddenly, Uncle Han came to his senses and shouted in a panic: "Da Ya, Er Niu, get out of the way!" Sun Bin was startled and turned his head to look. I saw Daya and Erniu standing in the road playing, but at this time they were frightened by the galloping horses and were motionless. But the riders seemed to turn a blind eye to the two children and had no intention of stopping. Tragedy is about to happen before you see it. "Junior brother, save people quickly!" Pang Juan was anxious. He said hello and rushed forward. Sun Bin did not hesitate and followed closely. "Boom, boom¡ª¡ª" Seeing that the galloping horse was about to hit Daya and Erniu, Pang Juan and Sun Bin jumped out of the way, hugging the two children desperately, and rolled to the side of the road dangerously. ¡°Wha¡ª¡± But those horses seemed to be frightened by Sun Bin and Pang Juan who suddenly jumped out. They raised their hooves and neighed wildly. "Oh-" There were no stirrups at this time, and it was difficult to borrow strength from the horse. The horse was frightened and jumped wildly, and the people on the horse suddenly became unable to sit still. They all fell down with a sudden crash, and their noses were bruised and their faces were swollen. "Da Ya! Erniu!" Uncle Han, who was almost frightened to death, rushed up in a hurry, hugged the two frightened children, and said repeatedly: "Dad is scared to death. Daddy is scared to death." "Wow" Damn it In their father's familiar arms, the two children burst into tears and were really frightened. "Damn it, you dare to scare the uncle's horse, I don't want to live!" "Go ahead, kill these two boys." "Yes, yes, chop them down." Sun Bin and Pang Juan were relieved and just breathed a sigh of relief. At this moment, there was a sound of cursing from the side, and the fallen men were seen getting up in embarrassment, pulling out their swords and axes, and running over with murderous intent. Uncle Han was horrified. These people are desperadoes. He couldn't help but hurriedly stepped forward and knelt down, begging: "Masters, spare your lives. We didn't mean it. I'm willing to compensate. Please show your support." "Go to your mother." "A fierce light flashed in the eyes of a big man with an axe, and he slashed at Han Bo's head with an axe, which was extremely cruel. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????Obviously, it is easy to see that this group of people is not a good person. "Daddy!" Daya and Erniu were frightened. "Ding¡ª¡ª" At the critical moment, a bronze sword came across the air and firmly blocked the sharp axe. The big man holding the ax raised his head in shock, only to see a strong young man holding the sword. It is Pang Juan. At this time, Pang Juan looked furious and said angrily: "You galloped wildly, almost hurting people, and are you blind? Now, you don't even know how to repent, and you want to kill innocent people indiscriminately. What's the point?" "Go!" That's your mother's truth." The big man with the ax was also angry and said with a ferocious look: "I am a robber, and the ax in my hand is the truth." "That's it." Pang Juan sneered, "Then I will kill you. I feel guilty." "You're looking for death!" The big man with the ax was completely enraged. He kicked Han Bo away, and the big ax struck down like lightning with the evil wind. That vicious stance made him want to split Pang Juan in half with an axe. However, how could he know how powerful Pang Juan was. "Chi¡ª" Suddenly, Pang Juan was seen dodging to avoid the big axe, and then his sword pierced the air and howled like a sharp snake, and actually penetrated the throat of the big man holding the ax with one blow. neat. Suddenly, the figure of the big man holding the ax suddenly froze, his eyes bulging like a salted fish that refused to rest in peace. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Pang Juan drew his sword coldly, blood splattered from the wound like a spring. The big man holding the ax made two strange sounds of "hiccups" in his throat, and then he fell to the ground with a look of disbelief on his face. The heavy ax hit the ground so much that it trembled. The remaining four robbers were stunned. They didn¡¯t expect that the always brave axe-wielding man would be killed by a mere boy with a single sword stroke. This, how is this possible! ? Sun Bin on the side was also stunned by how neatly Pang Juan killed a bandit. Pang Juan has excellent swordsmanship, he knowsTao, as long as you are willing to work harder than others, there will be no gains. But this is not killing chickens or hunting, this is killing people! Looking at Pang Juan who had killed someone but still looked calm, Sun Bin couldn't help but have a new understanding of this senior brother's cruelty. "Asshole, he killed 'Axe'." "Kill him to avenge 'Axe'." "Yes, yes, otherwise we won't be able to explain to the boss when we go back." Finally, the four robbers woke up from a dream, With a shout, he ran towards Pang Juan with red eyes and murderous intent. "Brother, let me help you." Sun Bin also came to his senses. Naturally, he would not sit back and watch the gangsters bully the others. Although he was young and his swordsmanship was not good, he could at least get some help. He immediately drew his sword and caught up. "Junior brother, be careful." Pang Juan reminded him dullly, and calmly stopped the three robbers, leaving only one for Sun Bin. As a senior brother, Pang Juan felt that he had to share more risks. When Sun Bin saw this, although he was grateful, he would not show off. Only he can understand how capable he is. "Come, come, you are mine." Sun Bin stopped his plate of dishes and greeted with a smile. "You're looking for death!" This robber was fat and fat, and when he saw Sun Bin smiling playfully and not taking him seriously, he almost burst into anger. Without saying a word, he used the heavy sword in his hand to cover his head and face. A sword. Of course Sun Bin would not compete with his opponent, that would be stupid. ??????????????????????????????????:??? He ducked down flexibly to avoid the enemy's sword, and at the same time, the edge of the sword was reversed and moved lightly. "Push¡ª¡ª" The fat robber immediately howled miserably, but he was struck by a sword in his right thigh, which tore open a seven- to eight-centimeter-long gash, and blood flowed profusely. This move is called ¡®Turn Hand Sword¡¯, and it is one of the nineteen swords of Mo Sect. Originally, this sword attack should have been on the enemy's side, but since Sun Bin was short, he could only cut his thigh. Text Chapter 52: The Name of Pirates (Part 2) PS: I have something to do this morning, sorry. ****** ****** "How about it, does this sword feel good?" Seeing the fat bandit grinning in pain and moaning, Sun Bin was still smiling and making sarcastic remarks. This, my conscience is really bad. "You disgusting brat." The fat robber screamed in anger. His expression was distorted and his eyes were spitting fire. He seemed to want to devour Sun Bin alive: "Don't run away, or you will take another blow from me." Feeling the pain, he flew up and slashed diagonally at Sun Bin with his sword. The wind of the sword was so ferocious and terrifying that it was terrifying. But Sun Bin quickly dodged again. Anyway, he didn't want to fight with the other party - I'm small, so I'm more flexible than you, hehe. The fat robber didn¡¯t cut, and swung his sword back angrily. Sun Bin hid again. ¡­ In the blink of an eye, the fat bandit slashed six or seven times with his sword, seemingly powerful and majestic, but he didn¡¯t even cut off Sun Bin¡¯s hair, and instead made himself panting from exhaustion. I just felt that the hateful boy in front of me was like a slippery mouse that I couldn't catch. Sun Bin, however, looked at the advantage. Seeing that the opponent was a little unable to breathe, he swooped and struck the opponent's lower abdomen with a stabbing move. The tip of the sword penetrated seven or eight centimeters deep. This is also one of the nineteen swords of Momen. It originally attacked the enemy's heart and throat. However, due to Sun Bin's size, he could only stab the lower abdomen instead. "Ouch¡ª¡ª" The fat robber let out an earth-shattering howl. However, this guy also had a ruthless spirit and endured the severe pain. He turned back and slashed at Sun Bin's head with his sword. If it were to be hit, half the head would fly off. " However, Sun Bin's "stabbing sword" style is about retreating immediately with one blow, leaving room for both the sword's momentum and footsteps. When he saw something was not going well, he drew his sword with lightning and escaped with a leap. The fat bandit missed another strike with his sword. He couldn't help but grunted. He staggered and almost fell down. He leaned on the ground with his sword and managed to stand firm. However, he felt a sharp pain in his lower abdomen. When he lowered his head, he saw blood gushing from the wound. It keeps bleeding and I can't even cover it with my hands. It was obvious that the injury from this sword was serious. Sun Bin joked with a smile: "Tsk, tsk, you are bleeding, it must be very painful, right? It seems that you are very incompetent as a robber, and you are too weak. This makes me feel very unfulfilled." Next, Sun Bin's self-confidence also increased dramatically. With the guidance of famous teachers and sharp weapons such as Momen swordsmanship, it is hard to say whether he can deal with the difficult "Ghost Hidden" killer now, but it is more than enough to deal with a handful of robbers. "Damn it! You, you -" The fat bandit was trembling with anger. He was a tough gangster, but he was played like this by a young man. If there was a piece of tofu now, he would really kill him. "What are you doing?" Sun Bin said with a proud look on his face: "Looking at how bad you are, you are no match for me. I advise you, life is precious, so surrender." The fat robber was confused. No one wanted to die. This is certain, but, surrendering to a young man, this, this is very shameless. Thinking of this, he glanced at the battle group aside, hoping that his companions could deal with their opponents as soon as possible and come over for reinforcements. But at this glance, the fat robber's heart dropped. Of the three people who besieged Pang Juan, two have already died, and there is still a bald-headed guy struggling to hold on. However, with Pang Juan¡¯s sword flashing and pressing every step of the way, his life was in jeopardy. When Sun Bin saw this, he became even more happy: "Tsk tsk, you want to find reinforcements? It seems that they can't help you." He slowly pressed forward: "Since you can't make up your mind to surrender, then I will help you. You're done." Seeing something bad, the fat robber suddenly turned around and rushed towards the horse beside him, trying to escape. After all, they are just a mob. Once the situation goes bad, don¡¯t expect these people to accept death as their own. I want to run! ? Sun Bin was furious: If you run away, wouldn't I be embarrassed? He immediately followed up with two steps and threw the long sword in his hand like a javelin. "Push -" OK, this sword hit the fat robber's right thigh, and blood spattered. The guy immediately screamed and threw himself to the ground. He also threw away the sword. He was so painful that he was rolling on the ground with runny nose and tears. . You deserve it! Sun Bin was happy. Shi Shiran stepped forward, first pulled out the sword, and then kicked him a few times without any courtesy. He said angrily: "I told you to run, I told you to run. If you have the ability, run again." Since his rebirth, Sun Bin He is small and weak, and has always been bullied by others. Now, he has finally found a bit of awe-inspiring feeling, which is really a wonderful word. "Spare, spare my life." The fat robber couldn't stand up this time. He was kicked so hard that he held his head and screamed. He could only beg for mercy. "Ah¡ª¡ª"   At this moment, a scream came from the side, but the last robber was also killed by Pang Juan with a sword. Hearing this miserable cry before his death, the fat robber trembled more and more like chaff. "Junior brother," Pang Juan walked over angrily, holding a bloody long sword: "Why bother talking nonsense with this guy? Just kill him." "No, little brother, spare my life." The fat robber was horrified when he heard this. His liver and gallbladder were split apart, and he hugged Sun Bin's thigh and cried loudly. People, once you lose your courage, you can do anything embarrassing. "Go away." Seeing this guy crying with snot and tears, Sun Bin also felt upset and kicked him. ¡°It¡¯s such a coward, it¡¯s really embarrassing for a man. "Spare your life. Spare your life." The fat robber was kicked to the ground, but he didn't dare to delay. He quickly got up and knelt down to beg for mercy. "Shut up." Sun Bin was so noisy that he couldn't bear it: "If you continue to be wordy, I will kill you right now." The noise stopped abruptly. Sun Bin snorted coldly: "You know the truth. It's not impossible to spare your life. However, if I ask you a question, you have to answer it honestly. Do you understand?" "Yes, yes, the villain must tell everything he knows. "The fat robber was overjoyed to see that there was a chance of survival, and he nodded like a chicken pecking at rice. "Very good." Sun Bin nodded with satisfaction: "Let me ask you, are you from the Wancheng area?" "Yes, yes. Uh, how do you know?" The fat bandit looked stunned. "How do I know? Do I need to explain to you?" Sun Bin snorted coldly: "Just reply." "Yes, yes." The fat robber was startled and quickly made a promise. "How many people do you have now?" Sun Bin asked. "More than five hundred people." "That's too many people?" "Yes, yes, some more people have been recruited recently." Sun Bin frowned and asked: "How many of these more than five hundred people can fight?" "There are about three hundred people who can fight. The others are old, weak, women and children, and cannot be of much use." "Very good." Sun Bin nodded with satisfaction: "Who is your master?" "Thieves? " Text Chapter 53 The storm is coming PS: Second update. ******* Stealing extension! ? Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, thinking that the name sounded familiar, and then thought about it again. During the Spring and Autumn Period, there was a big thief in Qi State, his name was Tuo Tuo. This man was smart and capable, with thousands of followers, and he spread across the land, and the government could do nothing. His reputation was so great that he was even revered as the ancestor by thieves of later generations, and was even included in Zhuangzi's story. If a thief reaches this level, he has reached the pinnacle of success. "However, this is the Warring States Period now, and the pirate has died long ago, and his bones may have turned into ashes. "Damn it!" Sun Bin was furious and kicked him over again: "You're still not honest. That Tuo Tuo is a big thief of Qi State and has been dead for hundreds of years. You think I don't know? How dare you lie to me." "You're wronged." The fat robber shouted injustice loudly, fearing that Sun Bin and Pang Juan would kill him in anger, so he hurriedly said: "Our boss just admired Tuo Tuo's name and wanted to be as majestic as him, so he changed his name." It turns out. It's a celebrity! Sun Bin dismissed with disdain: "Okay, I understand. Also, why did you come to Fenglin Town this time?" "This-" The fat bandit hesitated. "Say!" Pang Juan became impatient and stared. "Yes, yes." The fat robber was immediately scared to death and said quickly: "Our boss has taken a liking to Maplewood Town and asked us to spread the word. Within three days, we will prepare a thousand stones of chestnuts and thirty thousand dollars." , otherwise, the town will be razed." "What!" Sun Bin and Pang Juan were shocked when they heard this: No wonder these gangsters came here for blackmail. "Oh my God, what can I do?" "Yeah, how can we raise so much food and so much money?" "This is simply too much for people to live." A chaotic wailing suddenly sounded all around. . It turned out that seeing that the situation was under control, many townspeople quietly came over to watch the fun. When they heard the bad news, everyone became anxious. The mountains have always been poor, with a thousand stones corn and 30,000 yuan, which is almost the town's output for more than half a year. If you give it up to others and your family is in a poor situation, you may have to abandon your home and flee, or you will have to starve to death. Therefore, when they heard that the robbers were extorting money so viciously, the townspeople felt like the sky was about to fall, and they were really on the verge of crying. "Son of a bitch!" Pang Juan was furious. It was really unbearable for such a common people to be so merciless. He waved his sword and wanted to kill the fat robber. Seeing that something was not going well, the fat robber quickly hugged Sun Bin's thigh again: "Little brother, have mercy on me, have mercy on me, I only follow orders, no wonder I am." "Brother, wait a minute." Sun Bin stopped Pang Juan, thinking silently. stand up. It seems that the bandits he and Gui Guzi encountered before and the bandits in front of them should be the same group. Undoubtedly, this group of robbers did not heed Guiguzi¡¯s warning. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ "And in the mountains, there are only a limited number of residents. If such a large group of bandits want to survive, they will definitely have to rob and extort everywhere. It is not surprising that the relatively large Maplewood Town will be targeted. "However, the extortion is so vicious, it is indeed a bit excessive, it is simply a waste of money. Of course, the robbers will never reason with you. They only care about their own wealth, and who cares about the life and death of your people. "Brother," Sun Bin sighed, "Things are hard to handle." If the robbers were few, he could still think of a way, but with so many people, there was nothing he could do. "Yeah." Pang Juan also thought about it and said gloomily: "Especially since these people died here, I'm afraid the pirates won't let it go, and they might even increase the risk." "Oh my god, then, what about this? "Is that okay?" "It's over, it's over, let's run away." "But the belongings are all here, so I can't bear to leave them." "The townspeople are in a state of chaos, and they can't afford to pay more." It's going to kill people. At this time, more and more townspeople gathered together, and the noise was really overwhelming. "Xiao Pang, Xiao Sun," at this time, Uncle Han came up and begged: "Mr. Guigu has a wonderful plan. He is an expert in the world. You are his disciples. You must have a way to save the villagers." No?" "Yes, Xiao Pang, it's all up to you now." "Fellow folks from my hometown, Xiao Pang, you can't just sit back and watch." "That's right.Yes, Xiao Pang, you killed these bandits. Now that you are in charge, you can't let them go halfway. "" The surrounding townspeople also begged for help. Pang Juan often comes to Fenglin Town to do business, and the townspeople know that he is Mr. Guigu's disciple and respect him very much. Now, of course, he is clinging to this life-saving straw. "This -" Pang Juan felt embarrassed upon hearing this. There was nothing he could do. "Everyone, please be quiet. Sun Bin quickly waved his hand, thought for a while and said: "Isn't it possible to report to the official?" " "It's useless. " There was a sound of lamentation all around. "Isn't this the territory of South Korea? Sun Bin was a little confused: How could the government stand by and watch when bandits were causing trouble? "Han Bo smiled bitterly and explained: "Xiao Sun, who would want the government to do this in these barren mountains and wild ridges? Come here to suffer? Even the summer taxes and taxes during the year are collected by the town elders and then sent to the county. If there is any case, it is also the town elder who will handle it. Do you think the officials will pay attention to this report to the county? " "That is, it is dangerous and useless to go to the mountains to suppress bandits. Who will come?" " "Yes, if you report it, the government will definitely deny it." Anyway, in this deep mountain and old forest, no one knows what happened. "" The townspeople also shook their heads and were pessimistic. Pang Juan also sighed and said, "Junior brother, the folks are right, the government will not care about it." Two years ago, there was a group of bandits in the mountains. They caused trouble for a while, but the government ignored them. In the end, the villagers pooled their own money and hired some swordsmen to drive away the bandits. " Damn it! Sun Bin was depressed. The emperor was so far away today that he was really lawless. He said helplessly: "How about we hire a swordsman? " "There are only three days, it's too late. Uncle Han smiled bitterly and said: "Besides, the group of robbers last time only had a hundred people, so it would be enough to hire three to fifty swordsmen." There are too many robbers this time. We, we can't afford to hire swordsmen. "The scene was silent for a moment. "Xiao Pang," suddenly, someone said cautiously: "How about you go back and ask Mr. Guigu to see if there is anything you can do? " "Yes, Mr. Guigu has a clever plan, maybe there will be a way. " "Yes, yes, isn't it said that Mr. Gui Gu can call the wind and rain and spread the beans into soldiers? Then it shouldn't be difficult to deal with these bandits, right? "" The townspeople were suddenly in high spirits and started talking a lot. In the Songshan area, Guiguzi often used medicine to treat illnesses, rescued people and solved problems, and was extremely knowledgeable. Therefore, he was said to be miraculous, and exaggeration was inevitable. , when people have no choice but to ask for help, it is normal. If it is not covered by the "Qimen Dunjia" technique, people do not know the exact location of Guigu, and those who want to ask for help or come here because of their reputation, they can probably find it. Once the threshold of Ghost Valley is breached, there is no chance of a moment of peace. Text Chapter 54: Preparing for war (1) PS: Updated daily, never stopping. ***** "It's useless." Sun Bin couldn't laugh or cry when he heard this: "My master is not as magical as everyone said. He can call upon the wind and rain and scatter beans to make soldiers. Those are gods, not humans. In fact, a month ago, my master and I I know this group of robbers, and I want to drive them away, but there are too many robbers, but there is no way." "It's over, Mr. Guigu has nothing to do, what should I do?" "How about running away? Right? We can¡¯t afford the money and food, but we still kill their people. How can we give up when the bandits come?¡± ¡°But if our family is here, where can we go?¡±¡­ They were in despair, and everyone looked confused and panicked. "Junior brother," Pang Juan came up with an idea, hesitated, and whispered: "How about we take the villagers to Guigu? With the protection of Qimen Dunjia and the agency, those bandits will definitely not be able to get in. Teacher is compassionate You shouldn't blame us." After hearing this, Sun Bin shook his head and said, "Brother, this is just a temporary measure. Can you escape the first year of junior high school? Can you escape the fifteenth year of junior high? Moreover, if Gui Gu is exposed, I'm afraid there will be trouble in the future. "Numerous, don't even think about a moment of peace." "What should I do?" Pang Juan was so distressed that he wanted to pull his hair. Sun Bin was silent. Suddenly, a crazy idea came to his mind. He looked at the fat robber with a panic-stricken look and said coldly: "You, go back and tell that robber that you want money and food, okay. In three days, there will be Come and get it. " "Yes, yes." The fat robber was overjoyed when he heard that he could go away. He was afraid that Sun Bin would regret it, so he struggled to climb onto a horse and ran away in a mess. Don't even dare to look back. "Junior brother, why did you let this guy go?" Pang Juan was a little dissatisfied. In his opinion, this kind of bastard should be killed with a sword. "Haha" Sun Bin smiled: "Senior brother, whether or not he kills such a little minion has nothing to do with the overall situation. Let him report a message to Piotou." Seeing Sun Bin's relaxed expression, Pang Juan felt something in his heart and said excitedly: "Junior brother , do you have any idea?" Sun Bin did not answer, but waved his hands around: "Everyone, be quiet and listen to me." The noisy voices gradually subsided, and countless pairs of eyes looked at Sun Bin expectantly. Heard a good news. Sun Bin looked solemn: "As for the situation, the villagers should all understand it. We now have three choices: one, surrender, and two, escape. I think no one wants to choose these two roads, because they are both dead ends." The people were silent. Undoubtedly, what Sun Bin said touched their hearts. Surrender means obediently handing over a large amount of money and food, and the rest will not be enough to feed everyone, and everyone will starve to death sooner or later. " Escape, people leave their hometown and are humble, with no way to make a living. I'm afraid not many will survive. "Xiao Sun," Uncle Han couldn't help but said, "Didn't you say there are three choices? What is the other one?" "That is resistance!" Sun Bin said word by word with bright eyes. There was silence all around, and then there was a sudden noise: "Resistance? How is this possible?" "Yes, there are four or five hundred thieves, and there are only more than a hundred strong men in our town. How can we beat them?" "That's right." , It¡¯s easy to say.¡± ¡°This is simply a way to die.¡± ¡°Also, those robbers are desperadoes who kill without batting an eye, and most of us have only touched a hoe.¡± ¡°¡­ Undoubtedly, the opinions of the townspeople are Everyone thinks this is a fantasy. Sun Bin was very calm, waving his hands and saying: "Don't make any noise, please be quiet, be quiet, and listen to me." The noisy noise finally calmed down. Sun Bin said calmly: "I know you don't have confidence, but I want to tell you that everything is possible. Twenty years ago, the Qin State mobilized 500,000 soldiers to attack Wei State's land west of Hexi. Wei's famous general Wu Qi led Wei Wu's soldiers Fifty thousand people attacked and defeated them in one battle." "One to ten, folks." Sun Bin said impassionedly, "But Wei still won easily. The reason is simple: Although Wei's soldiers are small, they are well-trained. Although the Qin army was large in number, it was poorly equipped and poorly trained. In the end, the small number of elite troops easily defeated the large number of rabble. " The townspeople seemed to have realized something, and began to whisper in low voices. "Similarly, despite the fact that the bandits are numerous and outlaws, they have no military discipline or loyalty at all. In fact, they are just a bunch of rabble. Wei soldiers can beat ten to one, and we have one There are more than a hundred strong men, but there are only more than four hundred robbers, just one to three., why fear not being able to win? " "Yes," Pang Juan, who wanted to be a general, suddenly became excited: "Folks, my junior brother is right, there is nothing to fear from these bandits. As long as everyone dares to resist, we will definitely win. " "But, even if those robbers are a mob, we are not Wei soldiers, right? " "Yes, except for a few hunters in the town, most people have only touched a hoe. Isn't that even more of a mob? "Although Sun Bin made wild claims, there really is no fool in the world, and the townspeople still have no confidence. "Haha" Sun Bin laughed: "I know that the villagers have not been trained and do not know how to fight. But aren¡¯t there still me and my senior brother? The two of us learned the art of war from our teacher. Although we are young and have not yet started our army, we are still more than enough to deal with some bandits. " "Yes, Xiao Pang and Xiao Sun are Mr. Guigu's disciples. They must be very capable. "Uncle Han said excitedly. "Great, if we can defeat those bandits, we can survive. "" The townspeople's confidence suddenly increased. "Everyone give in, the town elder is here." " At this moment, the dense crowd suddenly separated, and an old man with gray hair but good spirits walked out. " Elder Zhen. "All the townspeople bowed respectfully. Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, and then realized that the white-haired old man in front of him was the de facto manager of Fenglin Town. In ancient China, political power often did not go to the countryside. And those who managed the countryside for the government, They are squires, landowners, clan leaders and other people who have great influence in the local area. This should be the case for this old man. May I ask how to call it? " With the elder in front of him, Sun Bin did not dare to be negligent and hurriedly greeted him and said: "Old man, you are very polite. My little boy, Sun Bin, is Sun Boling. " "well. Fang Che said seriously: "Bo Ling, I heard what you just said from behind." Forgive me for being presumptuous, but this is a big deal. How confident are you? " Sun Bin was silent for a moment and said seriously: "Ninety percent! " "But there are only three days! "Fang Che said uneasily. "After all, Sun Bin is young, and he would not dare to easily bet the wealth and lives of the whole town on a young man. "Three days are enough." "Sun Bin said with confidence. Text Chapter 55: Preparing for war (2) pS: Second update. **** ¡°Mr. Zhen,¡± Pang Juan, who was also very smart, followed up and said, ¡°You don¡¯t know that Junior Brother Sun is not only a disciple of his master, but also has an amazing family education. He is a descendant of the military sage Sun Wuzi. I believe he can do it." "Seriously!?" Fang Che was overjoyed when he heard that Sun Wuzi's name was known to everyone in the world, and he couldn't help but make up his mind: "Okay, Xiao Pang, Xiao Sun, the old man and the whole town are worth it. My life is all in your hands. Tell me what to do. I will obey your orders." "That's great. I'll go back and show those dog bandits. Look, there are no cowards in our town of Fenglin" The townspeople were excited and their confidence increased, and many young people were eager to try. Sun Bin was dumbfounded. He could imagine that these townspeople would not have any decent weapons, most of them were just kitchen knives and hoes. "Everyone, be quiet," Sun Bin shouted hurriedly, "Listen to me." "Okay, everyone, be quiet and listen to Xiao Sun's instructions." Fang Che also quickly greeted everyone, asking everyone to calm down. The excited crowd gradually calmed down. Sun Bin thought for a while and then issued an order in an orderly manner: "Mr. Fang, please count first how many young men in the town who are above seventeen and below forty-five who are capable of fighting. Then call them all here." "I haven't said anything yet. " Fang Che agreed with a stern look on his face: "I will make arrangements immediately. Anyone who dares to cower, including my son and grandson, will have no place in Fenglin Town. " This punishment is really cruel. , but there is no way to obey the authority in urgent matters. "Okay, then I'll have to work for you." Sun Bin nodded. At this moment, Fang Che quickly arranged manpower and mobilized young people of suitable age according to households to gather here. Sure enough, Fang Che even sent his own son and grandson. Seeing this, no one dared to disobey his request. Seeing Fang Che busy, Pang Juan was a little unsure and whispered: "Junior brother, are you really 90% sure?" "You lied to them." Sun Bin smiled faintly. "Ah!?" Pang Juan was shocked and stuttered: "Lied, lied to them?" "Yes." Sun Bin said helplessly: "If they didn't say that, would they dare to resist? This can be regarded as a white lie. However, Jiu "No," he hesitated and said, "I think it's 70%." "70%!" ? Pang Juan calmed down and could barely accept it, but he felt a little worried and said, "Junior brother, what are you going to do?" "Don't worry," Sun Bin said with a smile, "You will understand it soon." Pang Juan was helpless, Had to wait. Not long after, all the young people of the right age in the town gathered in front of Sun Bin, crowded together, it was a mess, and there was no formation at all. "Xiao Sun, Xiao Pang," Fang Che stepped forward with a smile: "We have all the people, a total of 154 people, and no one is absent." "Okay, thank you, Mr. Fang." Sun Bin nodded and took two steps forward. : "Everyone, be quiet. It's the Orions. Come forward." Hearing this, twenty-four people walked out of the team. These people may be tall and strong, or they may be witty and capable. They are much stronger than the ordinary townspeople. As a hunter, he often runs around in the mountains and forests and fights with wild beasts, so he is naturally different from ordinary people. "Very good," Sun Bin said happily: "There are quite a lot of people. I would like to ask how well everyone shoots arrows?" "Of course I didn't say that. This is the skill of eating." "I can't say that I can always hit the target. The number nine is still stable. "" All the hunters immediately talked about it and said very confidently. "That's good." Sun Bin said with satisfaction: "I need everyone to do two things: 1. Select the six smartest and fastest Ren Kuan to find out the whereabouts of the bandits and pass on the news; 2. Make up the remaining people to The crossbowmen are used as a long-range strike force. Is there any problem?" "No problem," the hunters said. "Okay, I'm not familiar with you. You can allocate yourself to these two teams. Just choose one from each." The hunters discussed it and quickly completed the formation. "Anyway, we are all from the village and know everything about it, so we all know how capable we are. The leader of the rebuking team is called Xi. He is in his twenties, thin and strong, and he looks like a smart person at first glance. The leader of the crossbow team is Meng Kuan, an old hunter in his thirties, tall and strong, with eyes as sharp as an eagle.   "Okay, let me assign your tasks." Sun Bin said seriously: "From now on, the Expedition Team will be responsible for reconnaissance ten miles out of the town. No matter night or day, you will take turns. You are the eyes of the town, Qian You must not slack off, understand?" "Brother Sun, don't worry." Xi patted his chest and pledged himself confidently. "Uncle Meng, the task of your crossbow team is to maintain the bows and crossbows, prepare arrows, and use them at any time." "Yes." Uncle Meng also agreed like a bell. "By the way, Mr. Fang," Sun Bin turned to Fang Che and asked, "Do you know where there are large bamboo forests nearby?" "Bamboo forests?" Fang Che said with a smile, "There are them in the north. There are many." "Okay, then. "Sun Bin glanced at the remaining 130 young men and said, "The rest of them are going to chop bamboos?" "Chopping bamboos?" All the young men were stunned. "Junior brother, what are you doing cutting bamboo?" Pang Juan, who was also a little confused, couldn't help but ask. "Make weapons." Sun Bin said with a smile. When Fang Che heard this, he couldn't help but said: "Xiao Sun, if you want weapons, each family can make up some hunting forks, spears, daggers, swords, etc., but at the worst, each family has hoes, hatchets, etc. There is no shortage. How can this bamboo be used?" Sun Bin shook his head and said, "I don't need any of these things. I cut bamboo to make a bamboo gun. You will understand when I finish it." "If you want to win with less. If there are too many, Sun Bin must deal with Wuhe with regularity. "The most basic requirement for a regular army is the unity of weapons and equipment, which is conducive to the performance of tactics. "Okay." Although Fang Che didn't understand, but seeing the confidence on Sun Bin's face, he decided to do as he was told, and said, "Did you hear me? Go back to find the hatchet, and then go to the bamboo forest to gather." "Yes, Mr. Town." One hundred and thirty young men agreed and dispersed. "Junior brother, is this bamboo spear really good?" Pang Juan still felt that it was a bit unreliable to use a simple bamboo spear to fight against the bandits' sharp spears and weapons. He had never heard of bamboo spears being used to fight. "Don't worry." Sun Bin said confidently: "An army, no matter how crude the equipment, is enough to defeat a group of well-equipped rabble. Let's go and chop bamboo together." "Okay." Pang Juan sighed and had no choice but to Think about it and then talk about it. Text Chapter 56: Preparing for war (3) PS: First update. ****** ****** In the evening, by the bamboo forest in the north of the town. One hundred and thirty young men each cut down a long bamboo, while Sun Bin inspected them one by one. You must know that this bamboo gun is also very particular, and the thickness must be appropriate. It¡¯s too thick and difficult to hold with both hands. It¡¯s too thin and easy to break. In a blink of an eye, after the inspection was completed, Sun Bin nodded with satisfaction: "Very good, the bamboos everyone chopped meet the requirements. Now, everyone, look at me, sharpen one end of each bamboo, and the length is two feet, no more." "Nothing less, understand?" "I understand." This thing is very simple. The young men started to use hatchets, and after a while, fresh bamboo guns came out. Sun Bin strictly checked everything and everything was correct, and then he said happily: "Very good, let me organize everyone. Five people will be in a team, ten people will be in a ten, and forty people will be in a row. Each row will have an officer and a personal officer." One guard, just like the repelling team and the crossbow team, everyone should organize themselves and choose the leader. " "Yes." The young men agreed, and the formation was quickly completed and the convinced ones were selected. Lead. The first platoon is led by Erhu, the platoon leader. Although he is only eighteen or nineteen years old, he is strong and brave. It is said that he has been practicing martial arts since he was a child. He has no rival among his peers in the town. In the second row, the platoon leader Cui Cheng is in his thirties. He is a blacksmith in the town. He has strong muscles and a face full of cheeks, which makes him look very powerful. The third row, platoon leader Jie, is in his early twenties, slender and steady, and I heard he is quite good at swordsmanship. "However, there are 42 people in each row, a total of three rows, and there are still four vacancies among the 130 people. The four people looked helpless: "Brother Sun, look, what should we do?" "Simple." Sun Bin said with a smile: "You don't need to use bamboo spears. Be my and my senior brother's personal guards. We can use whatever weapons we like." Okay." "Okay." The four of them are also happy, as long as they have something to do. Sun Bin inspected the three rows of young men and found some shortcomings, so he arranged: "Everyone has done a good job, but we need to make some adjustments. The first row is the main force of the enemy, and it bears the greatest pressure and is also the most dangerous, so , it requires the most courageous and strongest people. If you think you are not good enough, just change with the people behind you." After the words fell, there was no movement in the first row. It was just that you looked at me and I looked at you, but no one was willing. move. Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, then realized and explained with a smile: "This has nothing to do with fear of death, it is just the need to fight. Showing off strength is not bravery, it will not only kill yourself, but also implicate other people, do you understand?" In this way, Only a few young men who felt that they were not good enough had to retire, and those behind them who felt they were qualified took their place. Now, Sun Bin looked at it and felt much more satisfied: "Very good, from now on, you will be a member of the Bamboo Spear Team. Remember your formation. Now go home and rest. We will come here again tomorrow morning. Get training." "Let's go and come back tomorrow morning." Upon hearing this, the young men dispersed with their bamboo spears. "Mr. Fang," Sun Bin walked towards Fang Che who was watching from the side: "We are still short of a shield, what can you do?" "A shield?" Fang Che said with a confused look on his face: "This is only found in the Eastern and Western armies, but it is available in this town. I haven't seen it before. Otherwise, is the pot lid ready?" Khan! Sun Bin was speechless when he heard this, and went to the battlefield with the pot lid. He didn't say whether he could hold it well or not. "Junior brother," Pang Juan interjected, "You can use a shield. During the Yin and Shang Dynasties, they used this thing more often." "A shield?" Sun Bin's eyes lit up: Yes, how could I have forgotten the story of Zhuge Liang's burning of the vine-armed soldiers? He said happily: "Brother, what a great idea. Although the shield is not as strong as the copper shield or the iron shield, it is worse than nothing. Moreover, the bows and crossbows of those bandits are not very sharp, so the shield is enough." Fang Che heard this, He said happily: "That's easy. There are many people who can knit things in the town. I will send people to collect canes all night, and I will ensure that everyone has one hand tomorrow evening." "It should, it should." Mr. Fang said hurriedly: "Well, it's getting late, let's go. You can rest at the old man's house tonight, and let the old man fulfill his duty as a landlord." "Okay, excuse me then. Fang is old." Sun Bin and Pang Juan nodded with a smile. The three of them followed the brigade and turned around. Pang Juan suddenly remembered something and scratched his head and said, "Junior brother, will the teacher be worried if we don't go back tonight?" We'll send someone to find him." "That's right." Pang Juan felt relieved. The next day, morning.   In the open space beside the bamboo forest, three rows of young men lined up to treat each other, with bamboo spears like a forest. Before the formation, Sun Bin glanced at the crowd solemnly and said calmly: "Everyone should be able to distinguish the front, rear, left, and right, right?" "Of course there is no problem." "But, if you can't tell the front, rear, left, and right, aren't you a fool?" Everyone burst into laughter. "That's good." Sun Bin smiled slightly: "Now, I will teach you a few simple commands and actions. You must pay attention carefully. If anyone makes a mistake later, don't blame me for the ruthlessness of military law." "Stand at attention. Keep your legs straight, Keep your chest up and your head up, hold the shield in your left hand, and raise the gun in your right hand. Don't move without orders. Of course, you don't have the shield now, just think about it." "The team is aligned based on the first person on the left side of each row. "Stand up. Step up with your left leg first, then your right leg. The order must be consistent with your companions on both sides." "Get ready to engage the enemy, and raise your bamboo spear at an angle. About the shoulder height of the person in front, prepare to attack the enemy. When the enemy rushes forward, the second and third rows keep their positions unchanged. Thrust out, and then quickly retract the gun. "" Sun Bin explained every move in detail, and the young men listened attentively. This requires hard work, and no one dares to be careless. It took about a quarter of an hour to explain the basic movements and commands. Sun Bin's face became stern: "Do you know the biggest difference between soldiers and rabble? That is military discipline. So, you must firmly remember your position. If Without orders, even if you die, you must die at your own position. It is strictly forbidden to attack without permission, and it is even more forbidden to turn around and run away. " "On the battlefield, one person's failure to follow orders may lead to the failure of the entire war and kill countless people. So, I can allow you to make mistakes during training, but if you go to the battlefield and dare to disobey orders, there will be only one result: killing without mercy! Moreover, Mr. Fang, is your family expelled from Fenglin Town? ?" Fang Che, who was watching on the sidelines, had no choice but to hold on to the end. He solemnly said: "Yes, I will never let him go if he dares to disobey the order. Do you understand?" "Understood?" The hearts of all the young people were awe-inspiring. Text Chapter 57: Preparing for war (4) PS: Second update. ***** "Okay, training begins. Stand at attention!" One hundred and twenty-six people stood at attention immediately. "Align to the left." One hundred and twenty-six people quickly adjusted their formation, but since it was the first time, it took a little longer. "Very good." Sun Bin also knew not to be too demanding, so he praised him. The young men couldn't help but look happy, but they still remembered the military discipline and did not act rashly, which seemed to be a bit of a prohibition. "Now listen to the order, march in unison - go!" Suddenly, something happened to the army formation that was relatively neat just now. Some people actually stepped out with their left foot, and some others stepped out with their right foot. This time, the team was in chaos. "Let's stand." Sun Bin was furious, shouted, stepped forward and pointed: "You, you, you, all come out for me." Six or seven people who made the wrong step came out embarrassedly, and there was even Uncle Han there. Inside. Sun Bin turned a blind eye and said coldly: "Did I ask you to step with your right foot first? Are your brains so full? Come here, each of you will hit ten military sticks, and execute it immediately." "No, it's really a beating!" ? Uncle Han and others were dumbfounded. Sun Bin and Pang Juan's four personal guards were also a little hesitant. After all, they were all fellow villagers, so they couldn't do anything. "What, didn't you hear?" Sun Bin said sharply. Fang Che coughed and glared at the four guards: "Didn't you hear the order? Go up and fight." Last night, Sun Bin exchanged opinions with Fang Che. Three days is a short time. If we want to achieve results, military discipline must be strict. Therefore, I am afraid that killing the mighty stick is inevitable. Fang Che is an old man and he agreed immediately. Now he will not hinder Sun Bin. Seeing that the elder Zhen had spoken, the four personal guards had no choice but to step forward and whispered: "Everyone, I'm offended, please lie down." Uncle Han and others had no choice but to lie down. The four guards did not dare to let go. They held thick and strong wooden sticks and beat the unlucky buttocks severely. "Bang, bang" For a moment, the military stick roared and penetrated the flesh with a sound. Some people couldn't help but scream in pain. Seeing this cruel scene, the other young men were silent, knowing that Sun Bin was not joking, and that he had to train without paying attention, and that he was really fighting. Pang Juan was secretly admiring him at the side, and thought to himself: My junior brother usually looks kind and gentle, but now when he is training in the army, he is really majestic and ruthless, and he has the legacy of his ancestors and grandsons! Soon, after ten blows with military sticks, Uncle Han and others were all grinning in pain. "Everyone, get up and return to the team. If you commit the crime again, the military sticks will be doubled." Sun Bin glanced at several people coldly and said expressionlessly. "Yes, yes." Uncle Han and the others said Nuonuo repeatedly. They were shocked by Sun Bin's iron-blooded methods. They gritted their teeth, endured the pain, and limped back to the team. Sun Bin was silent for a moment, allowing Uncle Han and others to relieve their pain, and then said in a deep voice: "The more you sweat in normal times, the less you will bleed in war. If you want to defeat the bandits and keep yourself and your family alive, you'd better give I remember this. Okay, let¡¯s continue the training. Let¡¯s move forward together!¡± For a time, although it was only a miniature military formation of more than a hundred people, it also had a serious atmosphere. very good! Sun Bin nodded happily. It seemed that this killing blow was not in vain. ?¡­ ?The training continues. Every day, Sun Bin practiced for at least eight hours, tossing these more than a hundred young men to the point of ecstasy. Within three days, almost everyone had shed some skin. However, the effect was immediate. This small bamboo spear team at least looked like an army. The afternoon of the third day. "Stand at attention!" "Align to the left!" "Let's move together!" At the command, a military formation of more than a hundred people held shields and raised guns, advancing forward in unison, full of momentum. "Stand at attention!" "The enemy fired arrows. Everyone squatted down with shields above their heads." The military formation of more than a hundred people stopped for an instant, and all the young men fell down in unison, holding the three-foot-square rattan shield on their heads. This is a scene that simulates being attacked by enemy bows and crossbows. "The enemy charges, all stand up, abandon their shields, and the first row of bamboo spears are raised, ready to engage the enemy." In an instant, the first row of forty-two bamboo spears about four meters long were raised flat, and the small army The formation seemed to immediately turn into a huge thorn, revealing its ferocious fangs. "Let's move forward together.""The enemy is approaching." "Ready, stab!" The military formation of more than a hundred people came to a row of scarecrows that had been prepared long ago. Sun Bin gave an order, and forty-two sharp bamboo spears were stabbed out. Time, bamboo spears are like a forest, thorns are like rows of mountains and seas, airtight. "Push, pounce" Dozens of scarecrows were immediately stabbed through, and thatch flew everywhere. "Put away the spear." "Stab again." The forty-two bamboo spears were quickly withdrawn and stabbed again. ¡­ In the blink of an eye, dozens of scarecrows were stabbed to pieces. If they were real people, it would probably be very miserable. "Okay, okay." Fang Che looked on with excitement: "You look like a powerful army. You are worthy of being a descendant of the Soldier Saint and a disciple of a famous master. Xiaosun, you insist on getting it." "Yes, junior brother," Pang Juan also expressed admiration: "Such a sharp bamboo spear array is unheard of. What's even more incredible is that you only used it for three days." Sun Bin was proud: You have never heard of this bamboo spear array. It's hundreds of dollars. Years later, Alexander the Great's invincible Macedonian phalanx spread across Asia and Europe! It's just that it's more streamlined. Such a powerful formation is of course overkill for dealing with a mere group of bandits. Sun Bin smiled and said: "Actually, our bamboo spear team looks sharp, but it is just taking shape. After all, the training time is too short and can only execute some of the simplest orders. However, I think it should be enough to deal with a group of bandits. "That's right." Pang Juan said excitedly: "If you train for a year and equip yourself with first-class armor and weapons, I think it will be no problem to defeat the most elite Wei warriors in the world." Martial soldiers! ? Sun Bin had seen the power of Wei Wu's soldiers. He thought about it and said with a smile: "I can't say for sure. I guess you have to fight to know. Moreover, the general's command ability is also very important." "Brother Sun," he said with a smile. At this time, Xi rushed over with a bow on his back and a sword on his back: "There is something wrong." Sun Bin was surprised: Could it be that the robbers are coming now? It hasn't been three days yet. He quickly asked: "What's going on?" Xi took a breath and said hurriedly: "Our squad captured a bandit's spy outside the town. After a beating, he confessed. The bandit had already gathered. We have gathered more than 400 people and are preparing to attack the town early tomorrow morning." Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief: We can't just come now. After a day of training, we are all exhausted. He sneered and said, "It's a good time to come, just in time to give them a taste of the bamboo spear. Brother Xi, your rebuke team is on strict alert. If there are any traces of the enemy, they will report them at any time." "Yes." Xi accepted the order. "Mr. Fang, senior brother, let's close the team, have a good sleep tonight, and let the bandits have a taste of their power tomorrow morning." "Hey." Pang Juan and Fang Che nodded excitedly. Text Chapter 58: First Arrival at the Battle Formation PS: Tonight at 12 o'clock, it will hit the new book list for the last time. I hope book lovers can vote for it if they are online at that time. Thank you. ***** The next day, early in the morning. The morning sun is rising, and in the hazy morning light, the vast mountain forests are looming. "Hurry, hurry up." "Come into the town later and kill all those who dare to resist. Let those mud-legged people know how powerful we are." Outside Fenglin Town, a group of several hundred bandits were gathering. Coming with a fierce momentum, he was ready to catch Maplewood Town off guard. The leader was a burly man wearing a green ge robe, a heavy sword on his back, and a black scarf on his head. ¡°This man has a dignified appearance and can be considered handsome. With his black scarf fluttering in the wind, he even looks a bit chic and elegant. He is a pirate, known in the green forest for his ruthlessness and cunning. Next to Tou Tuo, there was a burly, bald man wearing leather armor. This man had a ferocious appearance, and his nose was still lying limply on his face, like a fat worm. Apart from being ugly, he couldn't help but It makes people laugh a little. If Sun Bin were at the scene, he would definitely know this person. This guy is the second in charge that he and Gui Guzi met that day, with the bandit name "Shan Hu". A month later, the man's injuries were healed, but the broken nose could not be restored, and he could only retain this dignity. "The first boss, the second boss." At this time, a man who was inquiring about the news hurried back. "What's the matter?" Tuo Tuo stepped forward to greet him. "Go back to the headmaster's house," Chu Yan said breathlessly: "The little one went out to investigate, but Maple Leaf Town was already prepared. These mud legs blocked the entrance of the town, and there were also bows and crossbows. If the little one hadn't been clever, he would have been almost killed. "Hit!?" Tuo Tuo was shocked. He didn't expect these townspeople to dare to resist. "How many people are there?" Hundreds of people," said Kuan. When Tuo Tuo heard this, he felt reassured and sneered: "There are less than two hundred people who dare to resist. How can these mud-legged people get the heart and courage of a leopard? They really don't know how to live or die." "Brother," the mountain tiger also said with disdain. Interjected: "Didn't Fatty Cheng say that some Guigu disciples intervened? I think these mud-legged people are probably bewitched by them." Diantuo narrowed his eyes: "I have heard of this Guigu disciple, and everyone said this He is a man who is omnipotent and unpredictable. He is a strange person in this world. I want to learn how powerful this disciple of Guigu is. By the way, second brother, I think the Taoist priest who injured you that day is probably Guiguzi. "When Shanhu heard this, he looked ferocious and gritted his teeth and said: "Brother, the hatred of destroying my face is irreconcilable. You must help me avenge this." "I didn't say it before, are we brothers?" Tuo Tuo smiled. He patted Shan Hu on the shoulder: "Let's take it out on the younger one today. When we find out where the ghost valley is, my eldest brother will personally lead people to help you level it." "Great." Shan Hu said with a look on his face. He said with a ferocious smile: "Isn't that Guiguzi very good at fighting? I want to see how he can deal with hundreds of us." "That's right," Tuo Tuo laughed loudly: "Everyone of the brothers can drown him with just a spit of spit. "Let's go to Fenglin Town." "Hey." Shanhu agreed happily, holding the big ax in his hand. Early morning. The morning light gradually dissipated, and the vision gradually became brighter. At the entrance of Fenglin Town, Sun Bin and Pang Juan, leading more than a hundred young men, were standing quietly, ready for battle. The entrance to the town is narrow, less than fifty meters, and the size of the bamboo spear team is enough to seal it. On both sides, there are towering, steep and difficult-to-climb mountains, which protect the flanks of Sun Bin and others. This is also the reason why Sun Bin chose to intercept here. After all, the Bamboo Spear Team has only trained for three days. If you ask them to simply face the front, it might be okay. But if the bandits attack both wings, the poorly trained Bamboo Spear Team may be at a loss and unable to cope. Therefore, Sun Bin must make full use of his strengths and avoid his weaknesses. "Brother Sun," at this time, Xi hurried from the front to the back of the formation, panting: "The robbers are coming." "Well, how far is it?" Sun Bin seemed very calm. "Less than five hundred steps." "Very good." Sun Bin nodded: "You and the people from the Expedition Team can go down and set up defenses behind the town, just in case." "Yes." Xi accepted the order and led the people. Go in a hurry. Not long after, amidst a commotion, a large number of robbers appeared in the field of vision of Sun Bin and others, and gathered together. "Junior brother, they are here." Pang Juan was on the battlefield for the first time. Although he was excited, he could not help but be nervous that his palms were sweating."I see it." Sun Bin nodded. Like Pang Juan, he was also in the battle for the first time, and he was also very nervous. But he knew that he was the commander of an army and the soul of the entire army, so he must appear calm and composed. If he gets scared and gets confused, then the battle will be lost without having to fight. Therefore, in the eyes of Pang Juan and others, Sun Bin looked calm and calm, treating the thieves as if they were nothing. No one knows that Sun Bin is also pretending. "The crossbow team is on standby." Seeing that the thieves came within two hundred steps, Sun Bin issued the first order in a deep voice. In front of the formation, the crossbow team led by the old hunter Meng Kuan immediately prepared to meet the enemy. The eight crossbowmen immediately unfurled their strings, loaded their arrows, then knelt down on one knee, flattened their crossbows, and prepared to launch. Ten archers each took three feather arrows and inserted them into the soil in front of them for use. You should know that bows and crossbows are different. After the crossbow is loaded, it can be on standby for a long time, but the bow cannot. No matter how strong your arm strength is, if you don¡¯t shoot for several minutes without shooting, your strength will be exhausted. Therefore, archers will not prepare to shoot early. They usually shoot immediately after receiving the order. Not long after, the thieves approached hundreds of paces. Sun Bin was about to give the order to give the other party some color, when he saw the thieves suddenly stopped and someone from the team ran up. "Don't act rashly, let's see what they want to do." Sun Bin ordered. I saw a thief coming up, with a stern look on his face and an arrogant look on his face: "People on the other side, listen, our boss has said that it is useless to resist, you will only seek your own death. As long as you surrender obediently and donate money and food in full, The boss can guarantee that no one will be harmed, but if you don¡¯t obey, the whole town will be killed.¡± Hearing this, the young men couldn¡¯t help but feel a little commotion, and many people looked panicked and frightened. However, after three days of rigorous training, everyone has remembered the strict military discipline, but no one dares to shake the morale of the army. Sun Bin frowned. He knew that these young men were just ordinary people three days ago. When they suddenly faced the battle, it was inevitable that they would lack confidence and be worried and fearful. Any army that has not been tempered and experienced life and death cannot become an elite. No, we cannot let the enemy shake the morale of the army any longer. A cold light flashed in Sun Bin's eyes, and he said sternly: "Uncle Meng!" Meng Kuan understood, quickly took the arrow, opened his bow, and flew away with an arrow as fast as a shooting star. The robber with the sly eyebrows wanted to say something more. Suddenly he saw an arrow coming, and he was frightened out of his wits. He was about to turn around and run away, but it was already too late. "Pounce¡ª¡ª" Meng Kuan is indeed an old hunter, with excellent archery skills. The arrow hit the enemy's heart, and with a scream, the thief fell to the sky, wailing. Text Chapter 59 A great victory (Part 1) PS: Hit the list at 12 o'clock, please vote for recommendation, urgent! ! ! ******* Great, Uncle Meng is really awesome! Sun Bin was overjoyed and quickly encouraged everyone: "Have you seen that these bandits are nothing special? As long as everyone dares to resist, they will die. We will win!" Pang Juan also cleverly raised his arms and shouted: "We will win!" "We will win!" Win!¡± ¡°We must win!¡±¡­ The young people were so confident that they raised their guns and shouted like thunder. Thank God! Sun Bin secretly breathed a sigh of relief. It was not easy to finally restore the precarious morale. Sun Bin was relieved, but the thieves were furious. "Damn it!" Shan Hu gritted his teeth and said: "These mud-legged people are determined to go against us. Brother, go ahead and kill them all." "Yes, boss, you give the order." "Kill them all! Burn it all! Steal it all!¡±¡­ The thieves were also excited and howling. However, Tuo Tuo did not raise his troops in anger. Instead, he squinted his eyes and carefully looked at the enemy in front, with a calm expression. He wanted to see what the confidence of the people of Maplewood Town dared to resist him. He has been traversing the green forest for many years, and has repeatedly escaped death, relying not on bravery, but on superhuman caution. However, the armaments of the people of Maplewood Town made him smile. Except for a few bows and crossbows, they were all bamboo spears and rattan cards, not even decent spears. Can this fight? Almost as good as death. "At least, in the nearly thirty years that Tuo Tuo has lived, he has never heard of using bamboo spears, rattan cards or the like to fight. "Humph." At that moment, he sneered: "Second brother, you take a hundred people and charge forward." "No." Shanhu was overjoyed and went to order some people. "The crossbowmen are ready to cover, and the others are on standby. When the second master disrupts the enemy's formation, we will all attack together." "No." The thieves accepted the order with a bang. Soon, Shan Hu mobilized a hundred soldiers. "These people are armed with swords, axes, long swords, etc. Compared with the young men in Maplewood Town, they can be said to be well-equipped. But the problem is - the weapons are too messy and not unified. This is normal. The robbers' weapons come from a wide range of sources. Naturally, they have all kinds of weapons. In addition, there were very few soldiers wearing armor, only six or seven of them, and they were all simple and broken leather armors. There were slightly more people holding shields, about ten of them, but they were also in tatters and not all. Huh. This is not surprising. In ancient China, the control over weapons was generally loose, but the private manufacture of armor and shields was strictly prohibited. After all, if you have weapons, armor and shields, you are basically close to a regular army and pose a great threat to the government. Therefore, the armor and shields of the soldiers were basically captured from the battlefield, and it was inevitable that they would be in dilapidated condition. "However, Shan Hu's leather armor and shield are very shiny and in good condition. After all, he is the second in command. If he has good stuff, he must be filial to him first. "Young men," Shan Hu walked in front of the formation and said fiercely: "You will all charge me with all your might later. If anyone dares to retreat, don't blame me for chopping him up with an axe." "Second Master, don't worry." " It¡¯s just that it¡¯s not easy to deal with these bastards.¡±¡­ The soldiers were also full of confidence, and each one shouted more fiercely than the other. Sun Bin watched from the opposite side, sneered in his heart, and ordered: "The crossbow team, let them show their strength first." The enemy was still a hundred steps away, beyond the range of the bow, so only eight crossbowmen were launched. : "Whoosh -" There was a violent crash of bowstrings, and eight sharp arrows roared out, heading straight ahead. "Push, pounce" "Ah! I was hit by an arrow." "Asshole, it hurts." All the soldiers were killed by surprise. In the blink of an eye, five people were hit by arrows, two were killed and three were injured, and everyone wailed. . "Good shot." In Fenglin Town, all the young men couldn't help but cheer. Seeing that the bandit soldiers were nothing more than that, they became more confident. Shanhu was so angry that he thundered: "Arrowmen, send me arrows quickly and shoot them to death." Nearly sixty crossbowmen of the bandit army who had assembled had just woken up from a dream and rushed forward, preparing for revenge. Sun Bin was not willing to suffer such a loss, so he quickly ordered: "The crossbow troops retreat to the back of the formation, and the bamboo spear team is on top, ready to guard against arrows." The crossbow troops immediately retreated toAfter. The Bamboo Spear Team took a few steps forward, then all squatted down, holding the shield in their left hand high above their heads, hiding their bodies. "Whoosh" In the blink of an eye, the bowstrings sounded, and the bandit soldiers came roaring with arrows from their crossbows like rain. "Junior brother, squat down quickly." When Pang Juan saw him, he quickly pulled Sun Bin and hid behind the shield wall composed of four soldiers. This arrow has no eyes, so don¡¯t be careless. "Seize, seize" In the blink of an eye, a hail of arrows arrived, one after another hitting the rattan of the Bamboo Spear Team, but none of them made any achievements. Although the shield is crude, it still has basic protective power. "Damn it, cum again!" When the mountain tiger saw it, he was dumbfounded and couldn't help but become more furious, swinging the giant ax and shouting hoarsely. "Whoosh" The crossbowmen of the bandit soldiers did not dare to neglect, and they exerted all their strength to fire arrows one after another. "Seize, seize" Above the rattan card, there was a sound of arrows as dense as exploding beans, which made all the young men jump with fear. ¡°Push, ah¡ª¡ª¡± Finally, an accident happened. Some arrows passed through the gaps in the shield and luckily hit the target. In addition, the shields were crude after all. Under the dense rain of arrows, some of the shields began to break. A young man hiding behind was accidentally shot in the head by an arrow. He screamed and fell to the sky, dying on the spot. ¡­ In the blink of an eye, four young men were either dead or injured, which caused a panic commotion among the young men. Sun Bin saw this clearly and was very anxious. He shouted sternly with his shield on his head: "Don't panic, don't move, as soon as the formation disperses, everyone will be dead. The enemy's arrow rain will not last long, as long as we can survive it, we We will definitely win. Think about the relatives in the town, what will be the consequences if we lose?" The young men thought about their families behind them, and their military morale gradually stabilized, gritting their teeth and persisting in the rain of arrows. Soon, dozens of waves of arrows were fired, and the crossbowmen of the bandit army were panting and unable to open their strings. This archery is also a laborious activity. Tuo Tuo looked around and found that the effect of long-range strikes was not very good. The number of enemies killed was only single digits, and the opponent's morale was not messed up at all. He couldn't help frowning: "Stop shooting. Brother, you lead people to charge up. I'll Let¡¯s see how capable these mud-legged people are.¡± ¡°Yes, the master.¡± Shanhu held a shield and wielded an ax, roaring like thunder: ¡°Young men, follow me and kill them.¡± ¡ª¡ª¡± Nearly a hundred soldiers shouted wildly, followed by the mountain tiger, which swept in fiercely. It was really murderous. Text Chapter 60 A great victory (Part 2) PS: Please vote for recommendations again, urgent! ! ****** Hearing the movement, Sun Bin stood up quickly and gave the order quickly: "The Bamboo Spear Team listens to the order: all stand up, abandon their shields, and replace each other one by one. The first row of guns is leveled, ready to engage the enemy. The Crossbow Team listens to the order: Shoot and intercept the enemy. " Immediately, everyone in the Bamboo Spear Team stood up and threw away the thorn-like shields. The third platoon of bamboo gunmen first quickly carried the seven dead and wounded to the back of the formation, and then quickly filled the gaps. In an instant, in front of the bamboo spear formation, forty-two long and flat bamboo spears formed a dense forest of death spears, revealing their ferocious fangs. "But the soldiers didn't know how powerful it was, and they still rushed towards him howling. "Whoosh" The crossbow team was not polite, and threw more than ten arrows out, which immediately gave the group of minions an appetizer. "Push, pounce" "Ouch" Amidst the miserable howls, seven or eight soldiers fell down after being hit by arrows, their blood flowed out, and they were rolling all over the ground in pain. However, after all, the soldiers were outnumbered and they only hesitated for a moment before continuing to charge forward. The two sides were too close. Before the crossbow team could fire the second wave of arrows, the minions had already rushed to the bamboo spear formation. "Prepare -" "Stab!" Sun Bin seized the opportunity and gave the order sternly. In an instant, forty-two four-meter-long bamboo spears each moved forward, whistling and stabbing out, forming a dense forest of spears. This forest of guns is airtight and has no blind spots. "Push, pounce" The sharp tip of the bamboo spear was like the fangs of a poisonous snake, tearing apart the human body easily. More than a dozen of the fastest soldiers were hung on the long bamboo spear like meat skewers. Above, the miserable scream before death was earth-shattering. Even the broken leather armor of individual soldiers could not stop the ruthless penetration of the bamboo spear. How can this be! ? The soldiers behind were horrified. They did not expect that the simple bamboo spear could be so powerful, and they hurriedly wanted to stop. However, all the soldiers came in droves, and unless they were at the end, it was impossible for anyone to stop suddenly. They could only be passively pushed forward by the crowd, even Shan Hu, who was also startled. "Hold the gun!" "Stab again!" Sun Bin did not dare to neglect, and commanded the entire army with concentration. In order to avoid not hearing the order in the chaotic battle, he screamed at the top of his lungs. At this time, the first row of bamboo gun players were really surprised and happy. Neither of them expected that the seemingly simple bamboo spear array could be so powerful, killing more than a dozen bandits in one encounter. However, the bloody and cruel scene made the simple and kind-hearted people turn pale and their hands tremble. However, when Sun Bin's order came again, the first row of bamboo gun members had no time to think about it, and instinctively quickly retracted their guns and stabbed again. Three days of heavy training have allowed them to initially form an instinctive response to commands. "Push, pounce" "Ah¡ª¡ª" The dense forest of guns once again penetrated more than a dozen soldiers who were unable to escape, and the wails of death came one after another, which was terrifying. Many soldiers were frightened and angry and wanted to fight back. But the problem is that the long weapons such as daggers, spears, and halberds in their hands are only about 1.8 meters tall. "The bamboo spear is four meters long, so it can't be reached. "Plopah" The soldiers were dumbfounded, but the bamboo spear team was not idle. The sharp bamboo spears vomited again and knocked down several more. When Sun Bin saw this, he was secretly proud. He set the length of the bamboo spear at about four meters, which was very particular - too long would be inconvenient for operation, and too short would allow the enemy to get closer. This is because the training time of the Bamboo Spear Team is too short. You must know that the spears used by the real Macedonian phalanx can reach five to seven meters in length! "It's just that using such a long weapon will definitely require an extremely long period of time and extremely rigorous training. For a time, the Bamboo Spear Team became more and more courageous and confident as they fought, killing all the soldiers until corpses lay all over the field, blood flowed into rivers, and screams could not be heard. Shanhu was pushed forward by the crowd and looked forward. Seeing this tragic situation, his scalp was numb and his heart was trembling. However, after all, this guy was fierce, but he didn't lose control. He yelled: "Quick, use your shield, block it! Block it!" " All the soldiers were waking up from a dream. They were pushing and shoving, so they had to let their companions holding shields go forward first. At this moment, a bamboo spear that was withdrawn again rushed out like a poisonous dragon spitting a message, the target?It's a mountain tiger. It turns out that this guy has been pushed into the killing range of the bamboo gun. Shanhu was shocked. He didn't want to be skewered into meat. He hurriedly moved his shield with his left hand. He heard a "bang" sound and the bamboo spear hit the shield. Mountain Tiger's shield is not only in good condition, but also covered with thick copper. When the bamboo spear is pierced into it, there is nothing that can be done except leaving a white spot. Seeing that the defense was successful, Shanhu was overjoyed. He withdrew his shield like lightning and struck down the bamboo spear with an ax that had no time to withdraw. "Crack¡ª¡ª" Shanhu's ax was sharpened to an extremely sharp point. With one stroke of the ax, he cut off a half-meter-long section of the bamboo spear. Ha ha! When the mountain tiger is happy, the bamboo spear is the bamboo spear. If it still doesn't work, he will grab it with a big step and rush into the formation. With his tyrannical force, once he breaks into the formation for close combat, Shan Hu believes that he alone is enough to kill the entire bamboo spear formation. After all, he also saw that the Bamboo Spear Team was not equipped with any melee weapons except bamboo spears. ¡°Whoosh¡ª¡ª¡± However, at this moment, the bamboo spear he had just cut off slightly retracted, and then he stabbed it hard again. Shan Hu was stunned: Are you making trouble? Breaking the gun and stabbing someone? After all, in his impression, as long as long weapons such as spears, daggers, and halberds are cut in half, the enemy will have no choice but to wait and die unless they flee. A bare pole cannot stab anyone to death. "Pounce¡ª¡ª" Shan Hu was stunned, and the broken bamboo spear had stabbed him hard in the abdomen. "Haha" Shan Hu couldn't help laughing: "Idiot, you want to stab someone with a broken gun?" Who said that a broken gun can't kill someone! ? Qing Zhuang opposite him looked at him coldly, his eyes full of sarcasm and teasing. it hurts! Suddenly, a sharp pain came from his abdomen. Shanhu lowered his head in shock, only to see that the broken gun had penetrated the leather armor and penetrated deeply into his lower abdomen. A large amount of blood was gargling on the ground. flow. How can it be! ? Shan Hu looked in disbelief. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Qing Zhuang on the opposite side exerted force and pulled out the bloody bamboo spear, which immediately caused a splash of blood. I saw that the tip of the broken gun was still a sharp bevel. Shanhu suddenly realized that as long as you don't cut it vertically, the broken part of bamboo will still be very sharp. Originally, he was wearing good leather armor, and it would be difficult for the bamboo spear to pierce him seriously. But the problem is that the mountain tiger is trying to rush forward. When combined with the momentum of the bamboo spear, it is enough to be fatal. Text Chapter 61 A great victory (Part 2) PS: Urgently asking for recommendation votes, urgent! ! ***** This is a piece of shit! Shanhu wanted to cry but had no tears. Yes, he understood, but he had no chance to regret it because he was dead. Of course, he was not the only one who was fooled by this characteristic of bamboo. There were several minions who had cut off their bamboo spears and tried to get into the formation for close combat, but they all fell down with their eyes open. "Boom -" However, when the mountain tiger's huge body collapsed, it still caused serious consequences - the soldiers who were already frightened by the sharp bamboo spear array collapsed gorgeously. ¡°Oh my god, the second and second master is dead!¡± ¡°Run, run!¡± ¡­ The remaining soldiers shouted, and turned around and fled back. In the blink of an eye, there was no one left. ????????????????? Well, these soldiers are just a ragtag group. They can fight with the wind and ensure that they are all brave. But in the face of adversity, if you expect these people to become Dong Cunrui and Qiu Shaoyun, don¡¯t dream. When Sun Bin saw this, he couldn't help but let out a sigh of relief: He finally withstood it. "However, this is not an easy time yet. Once the robbers calm down, he may be the unlucky one. What we have to do now is to take advantage of the situation to pursue and defeat the robbers in one fell swoop. "The Bamboo Spear Team listens to the order: pursue immediately!" Sun Bin was high-spirited and gave the order to counterattack just in time. "Kill¡ª¡ª" the bamboo gunners shouted like thunder and pursued bravely. If before the battle, everyone was still a little nervous, fearful and other negative emotions, but the lightning-quick defeat of the enemy just now made everyone's confidence almost burst, and everyone howled like a tiger. What kind of robbers and desperadoes are they? "Follow up quickly." Sun Bin also cheered and strode forward: "Be careful to maintain the formation, don't attack without permission, and don't fall behind." Pang Juan, who looked in disbelief, woke up from his dream, and quickly called the four guards to follow him. . "This, this is a win!?" After the formation, everyone in the crossbow team was also dumbfounded. This win was so fast that it was hard to turn around. "Why are you still standing there?" Meng Kuan suddenly slapped his thigh and laughed loudly: "Everyone, go up and help." "Yes, yes, kill." The eighteen hunters cheered and followed happily. Sun Bin was excited, but Tuo Tuo was in tragedy. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Initially, when Tuo Tuo saw the second master rushing forward with his men with murderous intent, Tuo Tuo was still very relaxed, and he felt that he had no reason to lose. But then, the battle situation seemed to be a little unfavorable, and the front line seemed to be in a panic, but Tuo Tuo didn't take it too seriously. He believes that the bravery of the second master is enough to crush the stubborn resistance of these mud-legged people. "It's amazing. If the attack doesn't go well for a while, just go back and reorganize. He doesn't believe how capable those mud-legged guys are. But as if suddenly, the front collapsed, and the remaining soldiers fled back crying, shouting that the second leader was killed in the battle. What! ? Tou Tuo was simply dumbfounded. He was at the back of the formation and couldn't see the details of the battle ahead at all. He simply thought he was hallucinating. We lost the fight! ? The second boss died in the battle! ? How is this possible? Those mud-legged people have taken the magic medicine and are so powerful! ? "Kill -" At this moment, there was a cry of killing. Tuo Tuo looked up and saw that it was the bamboo spear team chasing the defeated troops and taking advantage of the situation to cover them up. not good! Knowing that something was wrong, the treacherous Tuo Tuo quickly shouted at the thirty or forty defeated soldiers who were running wildly: "Stop, go back and hold on, don't rush into the formation." However, what do you expect from this? It is simply impossible for a mob to take the overall situation into consideration and leave the fear of death to themselves and the hope of life to others. In an instant, the defeated soldiers, who only wanted to escape and turned a deaf ear to Tuo Tuo's screams, rushed into the formation. For a moment, there was a chaos of people bumping into each other, crowds squeezing each other, yelling, and hissing. "Kill¡ª¡ª" Seeing how cheap it was, the Bamboo Spear Team had no reason not to pick it up. They all rushed up and stabbed them out with one shot. "Push, pounceah" The soldiers were crowded too tightly, and when this row of guns went down, they stabbed more than twenty of them, and they screamed miserably. Sun Bin was so happy that he jumped up and down and shouted: "Quick, put your gun back, stab again, and keep your formation." At that time, the battlefield was so noisy that the bamboo gun team members couldn't hear Sun Bin's order at all, but they instinctively Know what to do. Anyway, the enemies in front of you are so densely packed that you just have to poke them with all your might.??. "Push, pounceah" There was a burst of screams, and a new round of bamboo spears stabbed nearly twenty people. At this time, the already panicked soldiers could no longer resist. They shouted and fled one after another. "Don't panic, don't be confused, just hold on." Tuo Tuo was anxious now. There was still hope for holding on. If he ran away, he would be completely defeated. He drew his sword and chopped down the two deserters, thinking desperately. Stop this collapse. However, there is a saying that "a defeat is like a mountain falling," and cannot be saved by human power. Seeing that Tuo Tuo was going crazy, the defeated soldiers simply ran around him and just ran away regardless. In the blink of an eye, nearly half of them were gone. ¡°Master, it¡¯s no longer possible, let¡¯s run away quickly.¡± Several of Tuo Tuo¡¯s cronies saw that something was not going well and hurriedly advised him. Tuo Tuo was stunned for a while, seeing that the situation was over, and if he didn't leave, he would have to catch up with him, so he couldn't help but sigh: "You are a loser, let's go." "Hurry up and cover everyone and leave." Several cronies were relieved and hurriedly escorted them. The robber Tuo Luo fled. Seeing that all the masters had fled, some of the soldiers who were still resisting had no intention of fighting and ran away one after another. "Pursue! Pay attention to maintain the formation." Sun Bin gave the order in high spirits. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± All the bamboo spearmen cheered and followed in pursuit. When they saw a soldier running slowly, they shot him without saying a word. Seeing that the situation was not going well, some of the soldiers knelt down and surrendered, but they were shot down by the bamboo spear team who had risen up to kill them. This may be suspected of killing the captives, but the robber is not a good bird, so Sun Bin just pretended not to see it. And after hearing the screams from behind, the soldiers fled faster and faster, using all their strength. Those who are smart will not need any armor, shields, or weapons in order to escape. Sun Bin and others chased him all the way, and saw that countless good things were thrown away on the ground. A member of the bamboo spear team felt itchy and had to bend down to pick it up. The formation was a little flustered for a moment. Seeing this, Sun Bin quickly ordered: "Pursue first, don't be busy picking up things. After defeating the enemy, come back and distribute them together." After defeating the powerful enemy, Sun Bin's prestige in the hearts of the young and strong men was temporarily unstoppable, and it was inevitable that he would have no choice but to follow suit. So, the bamboo gun team continued to pursue them with all their strength, and the bandits were pitiful. There were countless corpses along the way. Slowly, Sun Bin and others chased out of the valley. After all, the training time of the Bamboo Spear Team is still short, and they can still maintain their formation in the short term. However, during the pursuit, the weakness of their physical strength was completely exposed, and the entire formation was already skewed and untidy. Text Chapter 62 The Joy of Victory PS: It has been on the new book list for the last two days. It would be a waste if you keep your votes and don¡¯t use them. Please vote to support it. **** Seeing this, Sun Bin knew that it was time to withdraw his troops, and he quickly ordered loudly: "Okay, everyone, stop chasing. Stop, stop, withdraw your troops and return to the town." "Okay, everyone, stop. .¡± ¡°Brother Sun ordered not to chase.¡±¡­ Then all the young men panted and greeted each other and stopped one after another. "Junior brother," Pang Juan caught up with him in a few steps, his eyes filled with excitement: "Why don't you pursue me? Keep killing." Sun Bin shook his head: "Senior brother, everyone is tired, and the formation can no longer be maintained. At that time, even if a few dozen bandits dare to turn around and fight back, we will be dead. I think it¡¯s better to stop and withdraw our troops.¡± ', I was a little careless." "As expected of the future general of Wei, Pang Juan is very knowledgeable. "Okay, everyone, let's sit down and have a rest." Sun Bin saw that everyone was exhausted, so he quickly greeted them. "Yes, yes, rest." More than a hundred people felt their hands and feet weak, and they all sat down on the ground. However, although they were tired, everyone was in high spirits, and many people even boasted to each other, "How many thieves and bandits have I killed, how many have you killed?" Speaking of the excitement, some people even wished that the bandits would come back and kill them again. "By the way, junior brother," Pang Juan sat next to Sun Bin and said with some itch: "Today's victory was too easy. Tell me what's in it." Some people are born for war, and Sun Bin is , Pang Juan too. Pang Juan, in particular, has a kind of persistence in his bones. He is very thirsty for any knowledge about war. "That's right, Brother Sun, tell us about it." Upon hearing this, all the young men also gathered around. "Haha, okay." Sun Bin saw that he was idle, so he smiled and said: "Actually, we can defeat the bandits this time. It seems easy, but in fact it contains many mysteries." "First of all, let's talk about the bamboo spear array. No one has ever used this formation before, but it is my original creation (ok, the protagonist is a bit shameless, but Alexander the Great has not yet been born, and no one has asked him for copyright fees). Everyone has also seen this bamboo spear. The secret of the formation lies in two points: first, the length of the spear, and second, the coordination. ""Let's talk about the length first. The length of the bamboo spear is two feet, which is important. Today's long weapons, such as spears, spears, beryllium, etc. Generally, it is no more than one foot. Youdao is one inch long and one inch strong. The length of these two feet can ensure that we can attack the enemy, but the enemy cannot attack us, which makes us invincible. " "The second is. Cooperation. The difference between the rabble and the regular army is that the regular army has strict military discipline, has a measured progress, and knows how to cooperate, but the rabble does not understand. As you can see, a single bamboo spear has limited power, but forty-two bamboo spears are arranged as densely as a mountain. , There is no blind spot. Any enemy who wants to break into the formation will be attacked by one or even several bamboo spears, and he will not be able to escape death. " "You can imagine that we only have hundreds of bamboo spears. If there are hundreds of bamboo spears. Thousands of bronze spears and iron spears were arrayed like this. They were so invincible on the battlefield that they were crushed like powder. "Yes, that must be very majestic." Everyone couldn't help but feel fascinated after hearing this. Just thinking about it makes my blood boil so much that I can hardly control myself. Pang Juan was excited, but he pondered for a moment, and suddenly said: "Junior brother, although this bamboo spear formation is sharp, it also has weaknesses, right?" Sun Bin was stunned and said with a smile, "Senior brother also noticed it?" "Yes." Pang Juan pondered. Said: "The bamboo spear array is indeed invincible when attacking, but it seems to be shorter than the close range. Once the enemy comes close, the spear cannot be rotated easily, so I am afraid I will have to be slaughtered. If it were me, I would use part of my troops to feign a frontal attack." , and then sent troops to attack the two wings. It is difficult to look at the beginning and the end, and it is inevitable to defeat him. "Sun Bin was shocked: What a Pang Juan, he has a sharp vision! The biggest weakness of the Macedonian phalanx was actually seen through by him easily. This guy was really born for war. He admired: "Senior brother, you really have a sharp vision. Therefore, the bamboo spear formation alone can only deal with bandits, but it is not enough to actually go to the battlefield. It must have a certain amount of troops to protect the flanks and cooperate with the battle." Pang Juan suddenly realized: " I understand. The reason why my junior brother chose the battlefield is to use the valley to protect the flanks. " "Yes." Sun Bin said with a smile: "I am also afraid that there are discerning people among the robbers. Fortunately, these bandits. They are all stupid, not as smart as my senior brother. " "Haha" When the young men heard this, they all burst into laughter.   "Junior brother is really powerful," Pang Juan said with admiration: "We took advantage of the situation and linked up all the links to defeat these bandits. They really deserved to lose." "That's right, Brother Sun is the Queen of the Soldier Saint, "Can't he be powerful?" "Yes, yes, it's easy to catch these bandits." "I think the famous generals in ancient times are nothing compared to Brother Sun." Extremely flattering. "Oh no, I'm not that powerful." Sun Bin said a little embarrassedly: "Actually, winning this time really depends on luck. For example, if the robbers were more cautious, feigned a frontal attack, and then sent troops to raid from behind the town, After all, our Bamboo Spear Team has only been training for three days. If we don't know the end of the battle, we will definitely lose. " "In addition, since ancient times, the one who has suffered more than 30% casualties and still does not collapse is the strongest army in the world, and our Bamboo Spear Team. With a hasty army and insufficient training, we may only be able to endure 10% casualties. Our equipment is still too poor. After all, the bamboo spear is only a temporary measure and there is no unified melee weapon. If the bandits had more armor and shields, they would be more capable. If you are better, no matter how much you can endure the casualties and fight with us, we will definitely lose." Hearing Sun Bin's detailed analysis, everyone couldn't help but shudder. It was then that they realized that if the robbers hadn't been careless and ignorant of the power of the bamboo spear formation, and thus were caught off guard, it would have been difficult for them to win. Winning this battle really depends on luck. Seeing everyone's frightened faces, Sun Bin smiled and comforted: "Well, since ancient times, there has been no sure win in a battle. Generally, you can bet if you are 60 or 70% sure. We still won after all, right?" "Yes. , Yes, did we still win? " "That's right, those robbers are all idiots, how can they be so smart? " The young people also laughed, no matter what, winning is the last word. "Bang, bang" At this moment, there was a faint sound of footsteps from the front. It was quite messy, and there seemed to be a lot of people. Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, then his color changed, and he jumped up: "Quick, prepare to meet the enemy!" The young men were also panicked, and they quickly got up and quickly formed an array. For a while, there was a forest of bamboos and spears, ready to fight. Everyone thought that the robber must have returned. Text Chapter 63 Momen comes to help Soon, a group of swordsmen appeared in front of everyone's anxious eyes. The number is not large, about fifty people. I saw that these people were all wearing simple ge clothes and linen clothes, with straw sandals on their feet and long swords on their backs, and they were walking in a hurry. "Uh, what is this?" Sun Bin and others could not help but be stunned, because these people in front of them did not look like robbers. This is not about clothing, but a kind of temperament. I saw that all these swordsmen who came had a righteous look on their faces, and they definitely didn¡¯t have the evil appearance of the robbers. When they saw a miniature military formation suddenly appeared in front of them, the swordsmen also stopped in shock. "Junior Brother Sun, Junior Brother Pang, are you here?" Immediately, a handsome young man walked out among these people. Senior brother? Sun Bin and Pang Juan heard the voice was familiar, so they quickly left the bamboo spear team and stepped forward. When they took a look, it turned out to be Bai Gui. "Brother," Sun Bin and Sun Bin were surprised and happy, and hurriedly stepped forward to greet them: "Why is it you? You scared us." "It's not me." Bai Gui said angrily: "You two will never come back. The teacher was very worried, so he made a divination and predicted that you were in danger of being attacked by swords and robbers, so he quickly sent me to contact Momen for help. In the past three days, senior brother, I have been working non-stop, day and night. , I finally got down from exhaustion, and then I rushed back with my men. However, it seems that you don¡¯t need help from others.¡± Sun Bin and Pang Juan suddenly realized: It turns out that these people are the swordsmen of the Momen¡¯s "Failed Attack Academy". . "Hehe" Sun Bin scratched his head in embarrassment: "Why don't you see the teacher sending someone to look for us? It turns out that he sent his senior brother to find reinforcements. Thank you for your hard work, senior brother." "Yes, thank you for your hard work, senior brother." Pang Juan said no. Tai was good at talking, and he echoed with a silly smile. "Stop flattering." Bai Gui felt a little angry and glared: "I said, where did you two brats get the courage to dare to organize the townspeople to fight against the bandits!? Do you know how dangerous this is!? " Bai Gui could imagine what would happen if this failed. Therefore, during the past three days, he was really worried, fearing that Sun Bin and Pang Juan would do something bad. "Hehe" Sun Bin was still a little afraid of this senior brother, and said with a smile: "Senior brother, calm down, we, haven't we won?" Pang Juan was even more afraid of this senior brother, and did not dare to say a word. "Hmph!" Bai Gui snorted coldly: "Don't be so proud, God knows how you won. I think it's probably a blind cat that met a dead mouse. Come here, let me introduce you." Seeing Sun Bin and Pang Juan It was okay. Fortunately, he didn't want to scold these two daring fools anymore. "These are my two junior brothers, Pang Juan and Sun Bin." "This is the leader of Momen in Yangzhai, Han Zhuo." At that moment, Bai Gui acted as the introducer, pointing at a bearded and majestic sword-browed man from Momen. The middle-aged swordsman said. "I've met Brother Han." Because of the relationship between Guiguzi and Mo Zhai, both parties were not outsiders, so Sun Bin and Pang Juan hurriedly greeted him politely. "My family, you're welcome." Han Yun smiled and praised: "You are really a hero. Brother Bai and I were worried about you. Unexpectedly, you defeated the bandits yourself. It's really amazing." Bai Gui , Han Yun and others arrived a little later and did not encounter the escaping robbers. However, along the way, they saw all the weapons, armor and other objects that the bandits had thrown all over the ground. Although it was estimated that it was probably Sun Bin and Pang Juan who repelled the robbers, Han Yun was still impressed by what he heard with his own ears. It is not possible for everyone to defeat the strong with the weak or defeat the many with the few. Especially since the two young men, Sun Bin and Pang Juan, were leading the army, this is even more commendable. "Hehe, Brother Han, you've given me the award." Sun Bin had a tender face and was a little embarrassed by the praise. "Yes." Pang Juan was even more embarrassed: "This is all the credit of Junior Brother Sun, I just helped." "Okay, don't be humble. Tell me, what is going on?" Although Still a little angry, Bai Gui was also very curious. How did these two young boys lead more than a hundred townspeople to defeat hundreds of vicious bandits? Sun Bin then hurriedly explained what happened in detail. Bai Gui and Han Yun were stunned when they heard this. They were shocked not only by Sun Bin's audacity, but also by his astonishing military talent. "Hey" After listening for a while, Bai Guicai looked at Sun Bin in disbelief and said, "How did you get such a big head? Are you born to fight? No wonder the teacher and Senior Mo value you very much." "Yes. " Han Yun also praised."Brother Sun is so great now, he will become a famous general in the future." "Hehe" Sun Bin was a little embarrassed by the praise: "He just defeated a few bandits, not that much." "That one. ," Han Yun thought for a while and said, "Now that the danger has been eliminated, can Han go back?" "No." Sun Bin heard this and said quickly: "You have to say, 'Eliminate the evil,' and the bandits are still running away. A lot of them have been killed, especially since Tuo Tuo hasn¡¯t been caught yet. If he doesn¡¯t catch them all, he will definitely take revenge.¡± ¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Han Yun agreed, ¡°Brother Sun, what do you mean?¡± ¡°Just take a day off. Destroy the enemy's nest." Sun Bin said energetically: "My bamboo spear team will be the main force, and Senior Brother and Brother Han will lead the Momen swordsmen to protect the two wings. This way, there is no need to worry about the bandits seeing through the weakness of the bamboo spear formation." "Very good. "Han Yun said with a smile: "It is my duty as a disciple of Mo Sect to fight against the violent and help the weak. This is not a waste of time." "I agree too." Bai Gui also nodded. Of course he understands that while Han Yun and others are here, it is indeed the best opportunity to completely eliminate the Tuo Tuo gang. "Great." Sun Bin said happily: "In this way, the people near Songshan can live a peaceful life again. I would like to thank Brother Han on their behalf." "It should be." Han Yun said with a smile: "Well, Brother Sun, is it time to clean up the battlefield now?" "Uh, I almost forgot." Sun Bin scratched his head in embarrassment: "Brother Han, we have no experience in this matter, so we have to rely on your help." " No problem." Han Yun agreed and called to all the Momen swordsmen: "Please help me and clean up the battlefield together." Momen disciples have fought countless battles all over the world, and they are naturally familiar with cleaning the battlefield. "No." All the Momen swordsmen happily accepted the order and stepped forward one after another to clean up the battlefield with the young men of Maplewood Town. All weapons, armor, and shields are classified into categories. All belongings are concentrated. The dead bandits were gathered together and prepared for cremation. Those who were injured were treated, and those who were captured were put under guard. ¡­ ¡­For a while, Sun Bin and others were very busy. Text Chapter 64: Complete the mission of eradicating evil Chapter 64: Eradication of evil is easy. Fighting is easy, but finishing is difficult. I was busy until the afternoon, and with the help of everyone in Momen, I finally finished cleaning the battlefield. Sun Bin, Pang Juan, Bai Gui, and Han Yun gathered together and summarized their respective situations: In this battle, a total of 164 bandits were killed. Forty-six prisoners were taken. Only eight of them were intact, and they were all clever enough to escape by lying on the ground and pretending to be dead. "The rest were all injured, and half of them were so seriously injured that they might not survive the night. They would be stabbed to death or hacked to death. This is common sense." Of course, if you die, you will die. No one will cry out for these robbers. In addition, more than 300 pieces/sets of various weapons, armors, shields, etc., more than 23,000 copper coins from various countries, and more than ten gold coins were seized. About half of the remaining robbers fled. And here in Maple Leaf Town, two people died and five were injured, all casualties suffered from the bandits' crossbows at the beginning. In the ensuing hand-to-hand fight, Fenglin Town had the advantage, and no one was injured. ????????????????????????? Maybe there is a mistake. During the pursuit, one of the bamboo spearmen missed his footing and twisted his foot. He was barely injured. The first appearance of the Macedonian Phalanx was a great success! Seeing such a remarkable result, everyone looked at each other in astonishment, even Sun Bin found it a little incredible. "Hey, this is really -" Bai Gui scratched his head, not knowing what to say. It took him a long time to hold back a sentence: "This robber is too inexperienced." "No." Sun Bin was also happy: " The mob is still not good at all. " "Alas -" At this time, Han Yun sighed leisurely, frowning, not knowing what he was thinking. "Brother Han, what are you doing?" Sun Bin and the others were a little surprised. "It's okay." Han Yun forced a smile: "I was just thinking that maybe, in front of the army, our Momen are just like a mob. In recent years, we have suffered more and more casualties in battles with various ** armies." The scene was somewhat silent for a moment. There is no doubt about the personal swordsmanship of the Momen swordsmen. One against a hundred may be an exaggeration, but one against ten is stable. Of course, this refers to the arena, not the battlefield. Before the Spring and Autumn Period, fighting was relatively simple. Both sides found an open place and swarmed in. There were very few changes in tactics and battle formations. Therefore, the war at this time is not considered an art, perhaps it can only be regarded as a larger-scale and more organized rivers and lakes fight. But since the late Spring and Autumn Period, when Sun Tzu was born, war has become an art. The changes in tactics and the advancement of battle formations have all advanced by leaps and bounds, which has greatly improved the combat effectiveness of the army. This also led to a result: after Momen experienced its initial glory, it became increasingly difficult to compete with the well-trained armies of various countries. After all, the nature of Momen is just an organized group of knights and knights. However, this group is a bit special - they have distinct political beliefs. "Alas -" Sun Bin also sighed helplessly. It seems that Momen is gradually entering into trouble, which is also a historical necessity. ¡°Perhaps, Momen also needs a change, otherwise, sooner or later, like history, it will disappear in the long river of time. "Okay, let's not talk about this." Han Yun suddenly smiled and waved his hands: "This kind of important matter that affects the life and death of the closed sect should be left to Ju Zi to worry about." "Yes, yes." No one moved. He changed the topic sensually. "Xiao Sun, Xiao Pang." At this time, Fang Che, the old man of the town, walked up with a smile on his face, grabbed their hands and refused to let go, saying repeatedly: "Hard work, hard work, on behalf of all the folks in the town, Thank you. "This morning, according to Sun Bin's request, all the townspeople, including Fang Che, must stay at home, close their doors, and not go out until the news of the failure of the front line is returned. But the question is, who can stay? "If the front is defeated and the robbers rush into the town, even if you close the door, they will kick it open, right?" Therefore, the process of waiting for the news ahead is like a year. But fortunately, it didn¡¯t take long for the news of victory to come back. Not only was it a great victory, but there were very few casualties. At this moment, Fenglin Town fell into ecstasy, and everyone was running around telling each other, smiling happily. Fang Che was mature and prudent after all, and knew that fighting was hard, so he quickly started killing chickens and sheep, preparing to reward the three armies. Now, in the town hall, a feast has been prepared. ¡°Mr. Fang,¡± Sun Bin chuckled and said, ¡°You¡¯re so polite.We are all neighbors, so we should help each other. " "Look how well Xiao Sun said it. Fang Che was very happy. He glanced at Bai Gui and said enthusiastically, "Hey, Xiao Bai is here too." I heard that you went to Yangzhai to ask for help from the villagers. Thank you very much. " Bai Gui bowed and said with a smile: "You're too polite, old man. I'm a step late and can't be of much help. " "This is wrong. I'm just here to help. Besides, Xiaosun and Xiaopang, are you your junior brother? Mr. Fang said cheerfully: "Okay, everyone has been busy for a long time, and we must be tired and hungry. Let's go, let's go to the town hall. The folks have prepared a feast for everyone. Let's celebrate." " Hearing this, the scene burst into cheers. "Not long after, in the spacious town hall courtyard. Hundreds of tables were set up, and on each table, there were fish, meat, wine and vegetables, which was great for the poor. For the mountain people, it was quite a sum for them. If it weren't for special circumstances, they would not have had such a sumptuous banquet during the New Year. But after public recommendation, Sun Bin, who had made the most of it, became the chief. As the host, Fang Che naturally sat at the table together. Pang Juan, Bai Gui, and Han Zhuo sat at the table separately. It's okay for everyone else. Anyway, those who contribute will have their seats. "Everyone," Fang Che said with a smile. : "Today we repelled the bandits and our Maplewood Town was saved. It is really gratifying and congratulatory. For this first glass of wine, who should you serve? " "Of course it's Brother Sun. "Everyone agrees, and there is absolutely no objection to this. "Okay, Xiao Sun, I and everyone here toast to you. Fang Che smiled and said, "You must drink this glass of wine." " "Then thank you all. "Sun Bin was not polite and immediately raised his glass in response. Next, naturally, he paid tribute to Pang Juan and Bai Gui and Han Zhuo who came to help, and then they went their own way. Everyone was talking, laughing, and enjoying themselves, when suddenly they heard something coming from outside the hospital. There was a cry. ¡°What¡¯s going on? "Fang Che was a little unhappy. Who is here to cause trouble for everyone on this happy day? "Grandpa, let me go and take a look. "Fang Che's grandson, a strong eighteen-year-old young man, ran out quickly and came back after a while. He said with a wry smile: "Grandpa, it's Cheng Zhuang and Zhao Gou'er who died in the battle and are mourning. "The festive atmosphere in the banquet suddenly became a little dull. Fang Che couldn't get angry anymore and said with a wry smile: "There are no immortals in a war. Go and tell the two families, stop crying, the funeral will be postponed to another day, and today¡¯s celebration is not appropriate. Also, I have made the decision, and each family will be exempted from money and food for twenty years. After a few days, the town will also have some ideas. " "Yes, Grandpa. "Fang Che's grandson hurriedly ran out to tell him. The battle was fierce and dangerous! Logically speaking, Fang Che's treatment was very kind, but Sun Bin was still a little sad, and even the joy of winning the battle faded a lot. For a while, Sun Bin suddenly had some personal insights into why Mo Zhai hated war so much: If he wanted to bring peace to the troubled times and allow the people to live and work in peace and contentment, he had a long way to go. Text Chapter 65 Heading into the enemy's nest Chapter 65: Going straight to the enemy's nest Early in the morning. The fog is a bit thick. On the rugged mountain road, a team of about 200 people was meandering forward. The heavy dew made everyone¡¯s hair and clothes a little wet, but no one complained. The entire team maintained a resolute solemnity. It was Sun Bin and others. The main weapons of the Bamboo Spear Team are still bamboo spears and rattan, but the difference from before is that everyone is equipped with melee weapons. The first and second rows are captured bronze swords and iron swords. The third row is the captured tomahawks. In this way, if you encounter an extreme situation where the enemy is close, you will not be without any resistance. But Sun Bin did not use the armor, shields, etc. that were captured. The reason is very simple: weight-bearing! After all, the training time for the Bamboo Spear Team is still short. If the load is too heavy, they may be exhausted from just marching without having to fight. As the team was walking, there was suddenly a rush of footsteps in front of them. Sun Bin, who was walking in the middle of the team, couldn't help but look up. Those who come are happy. "Brother Sun," Xi said somewhat out of breath, but with a very excited expression: "We caught a tongue." "That's great." Sun Bin was delighted: "Have you done it?" "Hehe" Xi said proudly: "One meal After being beaten, this kid wants to sell his parents, how dare he not say anything! ? After we were defeated, we fled back to the Hidden Dragon Valley. Now, we only have more than 150 soldiers. In addition, there are more than 100 old, weak, sick and disabled people. " "Great" Sun Bin said happily. " It seems that this defeat has greatly damaged Tuotuo's vitality. " "No." Xi said with a look of gloating: "Also, the tongue confessed that many of the soldiers fled back with nothing. , So, the robbers are now very short of weapons." Sun Bin became even more happy: "This makes it easier to fight, Brother Xi, well done." "Hey, it's nothing." Xi scratched his head a little embarrassedly. Brother Sun, you are the one with great ability." "Stop flattering me, okay?" Sun Bin scolded with a smile. "Yes." Xi's face became a little solemn: "It is said that after the bandit escaped, he was afraid that we would settle the score with him, so he sent people overnight to strengthen the entrance of the valley, and what's even more disgusting is that he also blocked the trail in the back mountain." Sun Bin's brows wrinkled a little. Before coming, he interrogated several captured bandits and carefully learned about the situation of the bandits¡¯ lair, Hidden Dragon Valley. This 'Yinlong Valley' has a small mouth and a big belly. The mouth of the valley is dangerous and narrow, easy to defend and difficult to attack, but the inside is very spacious. There are hundreds of acres of fertile land and several mountain springs. It can be said that this is a mountain king. Great place. Therefore, when the bandits came here, they set their sights on this valley. The few families in the valley were all killed by the bandits, and the birds came to occupy the dove's nest. Sun Bin originally wanted to advance quickly and sneak attack from the back mountain trail to catch Tuo Tuo off guard. However, he did not expect that Tuo Tuo was so cautious that he not only destroyed the back mountain trail, but also raised and reinforced the valley entrance. This is troublesome. Needless to say, the original battle plan is no longer feasible and another strategy must be found. Damn, this cunning guy! Sun Bin felt resentful in his heart, so he had no choice but to say: "Brother Xi, you go back and investigate first, and we'll talk about it when we get to the place." "Okay, then I'll go first." Xi nodded, turned around and ran away. Sun Bin did not dare to neglect, and immediately informed Bai Gui, Pang Juan, Han Yun and others of the information. Seeing that there was no chance to easily resolve the battle, everyone was a little disappointed, but they could only think of another way. When the sun went up by three shots, Sun Bin and others finally arrived outside the Hidden Dragon Valley. At this time, the fog had dissipated and the field of vision was very clear. Sun Bin then looked around and saw the 'Hidden Dragon Valley'. The mountains on both sides were steep and towering, which was very difficult to climb. The mouth of the valley was only 20 to 30 meters wide, and it appeared A large slope of about fifty degrees. The slope is about 100 meters long and more than ten meters high. At the highest end of the slope, there is a steep pass. I saw that the wall of this pass was about eight meters high, and it was made of large rocks. There were almost no gaps between the stones, making it appear very solid. In front of the wall, a large number of sharp piles are buried at an angle of 45 degrees to the wall to prevent enemies and siege equipment from approaching the wall. Looking at it like this, Sun Bin scratched his head: This valley mouth really has a situation where one man is in charge and no one can open it! What a steal, reallyHowever, there were two moments. When Bai Gui and Pang Juan saw this situation, they also frowned, it was not easy to handle. At this time, the enemy sentry on the wall also discovered Sun Bin and others, and a Qingyue alarm bell rang quickly. Soon, there was a commotion on the wall, and dozens of soldiers rushed up to the wall to prepare for the attack. "Brother Han," Sun Bin saw this and turned to ask Han Yun: "You are well-informed, do you have any good ideas for this situation?" Momen disciples often assist weak countries in defending cities, so they have rich experience in defending cities, and they have been attacking since ancient times. , Shou Tongtong, with such ready-made staff, of course Sun Bin would not let him go. "It's difficult to handle." Han Yun scratched his head, "This kind of terrain can be said that one man is in charge of the barrier and ten thousand people can't open it. Strategies such as 'point attack' and attacking from the east and west are not easy to use. I guess the only way is to attack by force." "But the problem is that we don't have the ability to build large-scale siege equipment now. Even if we do, the slope is so steep that we can't get close to the wall. If we only rely on simple ladders and the like, we may suffer heavy casualties. Unless we can use these Bring out the robbers." Lead out! ? Sun Bin smiled bitterly and said: "If I were a pirate and was beaten so badly last time, I would definitely not come out again." "No." Bai Gui looked at Guan Qiang and shook his head: "Look at those soldiers. The posture doesn¡¯t look like he¡¯s about to come out, he¡¯s just holding on. ¡°What should we do?¡± Pang Juan was a little anxious. "No matter what, we can't attack by force." Sun Bin thought for a while and said, he couldn't let the villagers die needlessly. "Then - siege?" Bai Gui scratched his head and came up with an idea. "It's unrealistic." Pang Juan objected calmly: "First of all, there are mountain springs in the valley, so we are not afraid of water shortages; secondly, there should be some grain stored in the valley; and most importantly, the autumn harvest is coming soon, and I heard that there are still hundreds of acres of land. The harvest will not be small. Therefore, it is impossible to trap them in the short term." In terms of knowledge, Pang Juan may not be as good as Sun Bin who has a golden finger. But when it comes to basic military literacy, Pang Juan, who studied hard in Guigu for two years, is definitely the best. What¡¯s more, Pang Juan¡¯s military talent is second-to-none. "Senior Brother Pang is right." When Sun Bin heard this, he agreed: "If the stalemate continues, we will be the first to be exhausted. After all, the robbers are not distracted, but the villagers are the backbone of the family and cannot stand up to them every day. Here." What to do? For a moment, Sun Bin and others were at a loss what to do. ??If Pirates could predict history, they would be very proud. Bai Gui is the future prime minister of Wei State, Pang Juan is the future general of Wei State, and Sun Bin is the future military sage. Being able to stump these three strong men for a while is not something that ordinary people can do. Text Chapter 66 Sun Bin¡¯s Plan Chapter 66 Sun Bin's Plot At this moment, there was a commotion on the wall. A bandit leader with a black scarf on his head climbed up the wall and looked into the distance. Sun Bin recognized him at a glance and it was Tao Tuo. On top of the wall, Tuo Tuo was also looking at Sun Bin and others carefully, his brows furrowed. In Fenglin Town, in addition to the main battle bamboo spear team and crossbow team, there are dozens of unfamiliar swordsmen. And these swordsmen have high morale and strong looks, and you can tell at a glance that they are not easy to mess with. "Damn, where did these mud-legged people find help?" Tuo Tuo cursed in a low voice, feeling a huge headache. By asking the soldiers who escaped, Tuo Tuo already knew why they suffered a disastrous defeat the day before yesterday. Although he didn¡¯t know what the Macedonian Phalanx was, he could tell that the Bamboo Spear Team must be using some kind of extremely powerful military formation. And this kind of military formation has never even appeared in the world. Diantuo couldn't help but regret. If he had known that Gui Gu's disciple was so powerful, he wouldn't have provoked him even if he was beaten to death. But now, it's obviously too late. Not only have they come to their lair, but they have also recruited more helpers. This is basically to kill them all. Going to war? Taituo never thought about it at all. He no longer wanted to learn about that kind of terrifying military formation, and he had no confidence that he could win. Then we can only stick to it. With the dangerous pass and sufficient food, Tuo Tuo still had great confidence that he could hold on. However, it was a last resort, and he didn¡¯t want to have a head-on confrontation with Sun Bin. He only has this little capital left, and he has spent it all, so what the heck is he doing? Let's find a way to negotiate. Thinking of this, Tuo Tuo said loudly: "Who on the other side can make the decision? Can you come up and talk to me?" "What does this guy want to do?" Sun Bin, who was having a headache, couldn't help but be startled when he heard this. "Who knows." Pang Juan sneered: "This kind of gangster is always cunning, and most likely he wants to play some trick." If Tuo Tuo hears this, he will definitely feel aggrieved. He really just wants to negotiate. "Yes, junior brother," Bai Gui also objected: "I think you'd better not go." "It's okay." Sun Bin, who has always been bold, smiled and said, "If Brother Han is with you, there should be no danger. I Let¡¯s see what tricks this Tuo Tuo wants to play.¡± ¡°Okay, I¡¯ll go with you,¡± Han Yun agreed. When Bai Gui and Pang Juan heard this, they did not object. Han Zhuo was old in the world and had extremely good swordsmanship. With him protecting him, there should be no danger. At the moment, Sun Bin took a rattan shield just in case, and then walked towards the pass accompanied by Han Yun. When Tuo Tuo saw this, he also lowered his hands and signaled the soldiers to put down their bows and crossbows to show that there was no hostility. About five or sixty steps away from the pass, Sun Bin stopped, raised his head, and shouted at the pass: "I am Sun Bin, and I am Mr. Guigu's disciple. I can still make the decision. If you have anything to say, you might as well say it directly." When Tuotuo heard this, he couldn't help but feel bitter in his heart: Well, I was defeated by such a young man. This - how embarrassing! Although he was frustrated, he still forced a smile and responded: "Brother Sun is indeed a young hero. He is amazing. I admire him very much." Sun Bin interrupted lightly: "The boss has given you the award. Let's stop chatting and get to the point. ." Tuotuo had a sarcastic look on his face. He was trying to please someone but was slapped in the face. Naturally, he was very embarrassed, but the situation was better than others, so he could only say with a shy face: "The thief was offended the day before yesterday, which is really wrong. However, the thief has learned a lesson. In my opinion, it is better to shake hands and make peace. I wonder what Brother Sun thinks?" Sun Bin was stunned and thought: Ganqing wants to beg for mercy. He smiled and said: "Master, do you want me to let you go?" Tuo Tuo looked embarrassed: "It's really disrespectful to be so straightforward. Would you be dead if you were more tactful?" But he didn't dare to get angry, so he had to say: "That's about it, brother Sun, look -" "Why?" Sun Bin suddenly changed his face and sneered: "Why should I let you go?" So did Tuo Tuo. This proud and arrogant person was slapped in the face one after another by Sun Bin. The fire in his heart was boiling. He could hardly hold it back. He used his last effort to hold back his anger and said: "The thief can promise that he will never offend Fenglin again in the future." Town, what do you think, Brother Sun? " "Not enough!" Sun Bin said decisively: "As long as you are still here and don't invade Fenglin Town, what difference does it make if you want me to let you go? That's okay, just leave Songshan immediately." Tuo Tuo's face was extremely gloomy: "Is there really no discussion?" "No," Sun Bin also said coldly.?I am my last line. " The raging fire of Tuo Tuo was rising, and he could no longer hold it back. He was driven here by the Korean army from Wancheng. The powerful bandit group of two thousand people could not survive, which was miserable. " And these two people were miserable. After a few months, he finally regained some composure, but he was hit hard again. If he was driven out of Songshan again, then the bandit group, which was already low in morale, would probably disband completely. All his hard work was wiped out. This was even more uncomfortable than killing him. At that moment, Tuo Tuo looked livid and gritted his teeth: "Then there is no need to talk! ? Very good, let me tell you now, it is impossible for you to let me go! Just come here if you have the guts. I want to see how you can break through my valley. " "Then if you wait, you will regret it. "Sun Bin saw that the negotiation had broken down, and pointed at Tao Tuo without any sign of weakness, then turned and left. Han Yun slowly backed up, protecting Sun Bin's back to prevent the bandits from hurting people with hidden arrows. Sun Bin returned to the formation safely, Pang Juan stepped forward and said helplessly: "Junior brother, the guy in Tuotuo refuses to leave, and you refuse to attack by force. What should we do? " "yes. Bai Gui hesitated for a moment and then said: "How about agreeing to Tuo Tuo's conditions first, and then making plans later." " "no. Sun Bin's stubborn temper rose again, and he said bitterly: "If you dare to challenge me, you are rebelling against him." I don't believe it. There's nothing we can do about a group of robbers. "At the moment, he frowned and walked around in deep thought. Seeing this, Bai Gui, Pang Juan, and Han Zhuo had no choice but to use their brains and try to think of something. Suddenly, Sun Bin raised his head and stared at the steep pass. After a while, unexpectedly, Pang Juan laughed softly, and when he saw it, his heart moved: "Junior brother, do you have a solution? " "good. Sun Bin laughed and said, "I have a siege equipment that can attack the city without getting close to it." " "Isn't the slope too steep for you? I can just avoid you. " "But we have neither skilled craftsmen nor suitable tools and materials." "Han Yun was puzzled. The construction of large-scale siege equipment is quite complicated. "There is no need for these. Sun Bin said confidently: "This kind of siege equipment can be made from local materials." "Real or false?" Everyone looked at each other and couldn't help but feel suspicious. Text Chapter 67 Super Thunder Car Chapter 67 Super Thunder Car Just do it. According to Sun Bin¡¯s instructions, the third platoon of the bamboo spear team equipped with tomahawks was dispatched. Half of them were responsible for cutting wood, and half were responsible for collecting hemp, kudzu and other items. The rest were on standby to prevent bandits from leaving the customs and raiding. Since the required materials are common, there are plenty of them in the mountains, and by noon, everything is ready. Sun Bin did not delay, let everyone eat some dry food, and then started to take action. Among the young men, more than a dozen who knew how to be a carpenter began to use swords and axes to peel off the bark of the tree, and began to make parts according to the size and shape drawn by Sun Bin. More than ten people with weaving skills began to process the cut hemp, kudzu and vines and twist them into rope shapes. The rest of the people are still responsible for vigilance. For a time, Gu Qian was very busy, which made Tao Tuo, who had been guarding the wall vigilantly, very puzzled. What the hell are these idiots doing? Build siege engines? A bit like. However, the slope in front of this pass is so steep that it is difficult for larger siege equipment to be pushed up. Of course, even if these muddy legs can push it, don¡¯t be afraid. When going uphill, large siege equipment not only moves slowly, but also has a very unstable center of gravity. As long as it is closed and thrown down with some rolling logs or rocks, it can be easily knocked over and it will not be able to get close to the wall. If the other party builds a simple ladder, it will be easier, and climbing up will only lead to death. So, there is nothing to be afraid of. "Huh, let them go and have a rest. I'll go down and take a rest first. If anything happens, report to me." After watching for a long time, Tuo Tuo lost his patience and ordered the bandits to go back to the valley to rest. Time passed gradually, and it was evening in a blink of an eye. Under the golden afterglow of the setting sun, three strange-shaped behemoths were already standing in front of Sun Bin and others: The rectangular chassis was more than two meters wide and nearly five meters long. There is a crossbeam in the middle and front part of the chassis, and a large stone is tied to the crossbeam as a counterweight. In the middle of the bottom frame, there is a thick horizontal cable made of hundreds of hemp and kudzu. At both ends of the horizontal cable, there is a long twisted pole. In the middle of the horizontal cable, there is a strong long pole about three meters long. There is a rope tied to the middle and rear part of the long pole, and the end of the rope is wrapped around a thin beam at the rear of the chassis. ? And at both ends of this thinner beam, there is a pressure rod at each end. At the end of the long pole, there is a net bag made of rattan, which is almost the same size as a basketball net. Such a weird siege equipment has never been heard of by the young people in Maplewood Town, even the well-informed Momen swordsmen. What¡¯s even more amazing is that the materials used for this kind of siege equipment are ridiculously simple. The entire structure does not use any metal materials. It is just wood simply joined together with mortise and tenon, and then some hemp, kudzu, rattan and the like are used. It is true to say that it is made from local materials and can be built on the spot. "Junior brother," Pang Juan glanced curiously, but at the next glance, he still couldn't figure out the point. He said with a puzzled face: "What the hell is this?" In the 'Tibetan Scripture Cave' in Guigu, there are records of various sieges and defenses of the city. There are really quite a few books on instruments, and Pang Juan has always studied hard and knows almost everything, but he has no impression of the things in front of him. Bai Gui studied statecraft and business, but he is even more confused. Only Han Yun stepped forward to look at the horizontal rope, then at the long pole and net bag, with a hint of enlightened smile on his face. Sun Bin smiled and said: "Brother Han, you seem to have figured out something?" "Not bad." After all, he is a disciple of the Mo sect. He has seen many wonderful mechanisms. Han Yun's comprehension is much stronger than the average person, and he sighed in admiration. : "If my prediction is correct, this thing should use the strong twisting force of the rope to launch the things in the net bag, right? What an exquisite design!" "Not bad." Sun Bin praised: "Brother Han really has a good vision. It¡¯s awesome. I call this thing a trebuchet, or a stone cannon, or a thunderbolt chariot!¡± The trebuchet was invented in the middle and late Warring States Period. It had not yet been born at this time, so of course no one knew it. There were many types of trebuchets in ancient times, and the one built by Sun Bin was one of them - the torque trebuchet. Although this kind of trebuchet is extremely simple to make, it is not small in power. Sun Bin saw pictures on the Internet in his previous life and remembered it in his heart. However, this kind of trebuchet also has a weakness, that is, it cannot last long. Because within a day or two, the twisting force of the horizontal rope will gradually lose, and the entire trebuchet will be useless.?. Therefore, this kind of trebuchet is more of a disposable product, and the cost-effectiveness ratio is not high. Of course, Sun Bin will probably only use it this time, so this weakness doesn't matter to him at all. "Trebuchet?" Pang Juan said excitedly after hearing this: "I understand, you want to use it to throw stones to hit the wall, right? Great, try it quickly and see how powerful it is." "Okay." Sun Bin quickly asked people to find stones, as long as they were big enough to fit into a net bag. There may be many things missing in the mountain, but stones are the most indispensable. After a while, stones of all sizes were returned, and hundreds of them were piled up in the blink of an eye. "Okay." Sun Bin gave the order: "Erhu, you bring ten people over, and I will teach you how to operate." "Okay." Erhu was overjoyed and quickly called the ten people in the first row to come forward and listen. Immediately, under the command of Sun Bin, ten people stood on both sides of a trebuchet and began to shake the winch to slowly tighten the thick horizontal rope. The long pole twisted in the middle of the horizontal rope gradually gained strong rebounding force. However, it was tightly bound by the rope tied to the rear part and stuck to the bottom frame, like a trapped tiger in a cage, waiting anxiously. A moment of outburst. Finally, the horizontal rope collapsed so tightly that it could no longer be twisted, so Sun Bin ordered the winch to be locked. Immediately, Sun Bin took a stone bullet weighing about four or five kilograms and put it in his net bag. Although he can make this torque trebuchet, he knows nothing about its power and range. Therefore, it must be explored through test firing. After placing the stone bullets, Sun Bin called Erhu and another young man, and said: "You two, pull the lever together later, so that the stone bullets will be shot out. You must remember : The movements must be consistent, and you must let go quickly, otherwise, the pressure bar will reverse violently and may hurt you. " "Understood." The two nodded. "Then let's get started." Sun Bin asked everyone to get out of the way. After all, it was the first time to publish, so as not to cause any accidents and hurt people. On both sides of the pressure lever, the two tigers looked at each other and started counting: "One, two, three!" As soon as they finished speaking, they pulled the pressure lever at the same time and quickly released it. ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± Suddenly, there was a loud noise like thunder shaking the sky. The long pole that had lost its restraint quickly rebounded, shooting the stone bullets in the net bag into the air. Text Chapter 68 I can¡¯t hold on any longer Chapter 68: Can¡¯t Hold It Any Longer ¡°Whoosh¡ª¡ª¡± In mid-air, the speeding stone bullets made a piercing scream and headed straight for the wall, which was a full two hundred steps away. It was also Sun Bin's good luck. The trebuchet's range was not only sufficient, but also hit the target. "Boom -" only a loud noise was heard, and the stone bullet as big as a football hit the three-meter-high watchtower in the middle of the wall. In an instant, bricks and stones flew everywhere, dust rose up, and the huge The impact directly destroyed less than half of the sturdy watchtower. A few unlucky soldiers were caught off guard and were immediately swallowed up by the collapsed archery tower. "Oh my god, what's going on?" "Thunder God must be angry." "God spare my life." Such a sudden and sharp blow caused confusion among the soldiers who didn't know the truth on the wall, and they were running around. Some of them were so timid that they knelt on the ground and kowtowed to the sky desperately. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? d And everyone under the city, including Sun Bin, was stunned by the astonishing damage caused by this cannon. "Hahaha" Suddenly, Pang Juan burst into laughter and danced with excitement: "What a sharp trebuchet, it's really an eye-opener! Junior brother, what are you waiting for? Keep blasting quickly. I don't believe how long this wall can last. "Yes, yes," Bai Gui said happily: "Now, I see how rampant the pirate is." Han Zhuo looked shocked, but couldn't help but feel a little heavy: It seems that there is another problem in this world. With the addition of a powerful siege weapon, once word spreads, it will probably be even more difficult for our Momen disciples to help weak countries defend the city. Sun Bin didn't know Han Yun's worries, so he ordered with an excited face: "The Bamboo Spear Team obeys the order: each row is responsible for a trebuchet, and they take turns to fire the cannons. The rest of the people will stay on guard." "Oh¡ª¡ª "The bamboo gunners cheered and immediately rushed forward, scrambling to control the trebuchet, attaching their hatred to the bandits to the stone bullets and launching them. "Bang¡ª¡ª" "Bang¡ª¡ª" At the sound of thunder, three trebuchets poured a fierce rain of bullets towards the wall at the rate of one round per minute. Sun Bin, on the other hand, was jumping up and down to direct, reloading, adjusting the launch angle, etc. He was very busy. Now, the soldiers on duty at the wall were in tragedy. "Boom¡ª¡ª" "Boom¡ª¡ª" Every time a stone bullet falls, if it hits someone, the person will be shattered and their flesh and blood will fly everywhere. Even holding a shield is useless. Some of the stone bullets did not hit anyone, but as long as they landed at the top of the city, the flying gravel was a nightmare. Those who were hit also suffered head injuries, bleeding, broken bones and tendons. In less than ten minutes, looking at the wall, it was already a mess. The entire archery tower collapsed and became a ruin. Nearly half of the defensive parapet was damaged. From a distance, it looked like an old lady¡¯s mouth full of gapped teeth, which was extremely ugly. ? And nearly half of the dozens of soldiers on the wall were killed or injured, and the ground was wailing. Such a tragic image made Tuo Tuo, who rushed over after hearing the news, stunned and almost thought he was having a nightmare. "What's going on? How could this happen?" Tuo Tuo was furious. ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, a thunderbolt sounded in the distance, and then, a sharp stone bullet flew towards Tuotuo with great momentum. "Master, be careful." A soldier with sharp eyes suddenly threw Tuo Tuo down. ¡°Boom¡ª¡ª¡± The stone bullet missed Tuo Tuo, but landed on the top of the city. While splashing countless gravel, it jumped up and shot unwillingly. "Crack - ah -" a shrill scream sounded immediately, but one of the soldiers had his leg broken by a jumping stone bullet, and the white bones stubble pierced the skin and flesh, and was exposed to the outside. , the wound, blood gushes out like a fountain. Tou Tuo, who was thrown to the ground, got up a little dizzy. He caught a glimpse of the soldier with a broken leg. Just when he was feeling frightened and thankful, he suddenly felt liquid flowing down his forehead. When he touched it with his hand, it turned out to be bright red. Then he felt a sharp pain in his forehead, which was probably caused by the splashing rocks. Tuo Tuo looked at Guan Xia in shock. Under the setting sun, three behemoth-like trebuchets were roaring and firing out stone bullets one after another. The small pass groaned and trembled in pain under the raging stone rain. Tuo Tuo was dumbfounded: What the hell is this! ? He swore: This kind of terrifying weapon must, definitely and definitely never appear in the world.?. Tuotuo felt a little cold in his heart. ¡°The other party has such a terrifying weapon, and the barrier he thinks is impregnable is probably a joke. If you can¡¯t hold on, it will be a matter of time. what to do? "Master," at this moment, a leader rushed over in panic despite the splashing rocks: "It's not good, the wall can't hold up, it's already cracked, please come up with an idea quickly." middle. Tuo Tuo's vision went dark and he almost fainted. In the past two months, although he has spent great efforts to build a wall at the entrance of the valley, it is not as good as a regular city. What¡¯s even worse is that the wall is too narrow, only less than 40 meters wide. It is conceivable that this width will not last long if three trebuchets concentrate their firepower and bombard them in turn. what to do? Tou Tuo was a little confused. If he didn't run, he would be dead when the wall was blown down. However, even if he wanted to run now, would the other party let him go? He clearly refused the other party. Seeing that Tuo Tuo was speechless, the leader also became anxious: "Master, this 'Hidden Dragon Valley' can't be defended anymore. Since they don't want us to stay here, let's run away." "Run?" Tuo Tuo said with a bitter smile: "Can you let me?" "How about we give it a try?" The leader hesitated for a moment, but refused to give up hope of survival. Who wants to die? "Okay, hang the white flag." Tuotuo decided to give in in frustration. Soon, on the messy and dilapidated Guancheng, a white flag was suddenly raised and waved vigorously, as if it had been temporarily cut off from a certain piece of clothing. Under the city, someone with sharp eyes saw: "Brother Sun, look, the robbers are raising the white flag." Sun Bin looked up and saw, isn't it? He said happily: "Hey, I can't hold on anymore!? We haven't hit half of it yet. At this time, this is too loose. Okay, stop now. If you are brave, go up and ask, what does Tuo Tuo want to do? " "I'll go." He strode forward and stood five or sixty steps away: "People in the city, listen, if you have anything to say, hurry up." Tuo Tuo cautiously poked his head out of the door and saw that the trebuchet no longer fired. Then he calmed down and said with a smile: "Well, just now Pirates thought about it carefully and decided that it would be better to leave Songshan. I wonder if Brother Sun's previous promise still counts?" "Give in?" Pirates said euphemistically. Pang Juan's begging for mercy almost made Pang Juan laugh out loud, and said disdainfully: "Wait, I'll go ask." Turning back to himself, Pang Juan sneered at Sun Bin and said: "Junior brother, Tuo Tuo said he is willing to leave Songshan, ask you before It doesn¡¯t count.¡± ¡°Oh, the robber has surrendered.¡± All the young men cheered. "Hmph!" Sun Bin curled his lips contemptuously: "Now and then, I didn't want to attack the mouth of the valley by force before, lest the villagers suffer too many casualties. Now, it's better to eliminate evil and do everything possible. What do you think?" "Kill! Kill. !" All the young men also shouted in unison, hating these bandits deeply. "Okay." Sun Bin laughed loudly: "Then keep bombing." "Bang, bang" Soon, the thunderous thunder sounded again, and the stone bullets roared towards the target. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 69 The dying counterattack (Part 1) Chapter Sixty-Nine: The Dying Counterattack (Part 1) "Boom¡ª¡ª" "Boom¡ª¡ª" The already dilapidated pass was once again ravaged by a hail of bullets, and a soldier fell down with a howl. Being caught off guard, Tuotuo looked miserable: This, this is going to kill them all. "Master, what should we do?" "Yes, please come up with an idea quickly." "These idiots are too cruel, they won't give us a way to survive." The remaining leaders surrounded Tuo Tuo, Although there are soldiers holding shields to protect them, they are still in panic all day long. "Go to the city, I don't want this pass anymore." Suddenly, Tuo Tuo gritted his teeth. The leaders had no objections to abandoning the pass. After all, judging from the damage, the pass would not last long. Moreover, a group of people crowded up there would serve no purpose other than being a living target and dying. "Master, are you going to break out of the encirclement?" a leader asked. "No, retreat to the valley." Tuo Tuo looked ferocious and gritted his teeth and said, "I'm going to fight these idiots." What! ? When all the leaders heard this, they were horrified and advised one after another: "Master, this is absolutely impossible. If this happens, once those mud legs block the mouth of the valley, it will be difficult for us to fly." "Shut up, everyone. "Tiao Tuo said fiercely: "Look at the current morale, how can you break out? I'm afraid that as soon as you get out of the trap, you will run away. Is this a breakout? I think it's because they didn't die quickly enough!" , I know that Tao Tuo is right. "So, we are still dead, so we might as well fight with them." A fierce light flashed in Tuo Tuo's eyes: "Killing one will be enough, killing two will earn one. Maybe, as long as the gang of mud-legged people feel that it is not worth it, they will be able to Fight for a way out." "The boss is right, fight with them." "That's right, aren't there some hostages in the valley? If you don't let us go, kill them all." "That's a good idea. Let's do it." In despair, the leaders began to become hysterical, and they all decided to retreat to the valley and fight to the death. "Okay, let's go to the pass." Seeing that everyone had a unified opinion, Tuo Tuo gave the order. Immediately, the bandits, who had been frightened by the trebuchet, fled down the wall in pee. ?????????????? After a while, there was no one alive and kicking on top of the wall. Pang Juan had sharp eyes and quickly pulled Sun Bin and pointed out: "Junior brother, look, the robbers have escaped, and there is no one behind the wall." "Stop shooting!" Sun Bin quickly ordered and looked at the wall carefully. It was not that he couldn't see anyone anymore. With a thought in his heart, he hurriedly said: "Quickly, light the torches and be careful to prevent the enemy from breaking out." When everyone heard this, they felt awe-inspiring and lit torches one after another to illuminate the surroundings. By this time, it was almost dark, and the roaring fire made the battlefield as bright as day. However, after waiting for a long time, there was no movement, and there was no counterattack by the robber switch at all. Sun Bin was a little puzzled and couldn't help but said: "What the hell is this bandit doing? If he doesn't break out, does he want to wait for death?" "Yes." Bai Gui was also surprised: "Could it be a fraud?" "No way." Pang Juan With a look of disbelief, he said: "This guy is at the end of his rope, what else can he do to cheat?" "Brother Han," Sun Bin thought for a while and said to Han Yun, "In this case, you can bring a few people forward to take a look, and be careful. " "Okay." Han Yun nodded, then rushed forward with four Momen swordsmen. When he got to the door, Hanzhuo raised his head. After closing the door, there was silence, the lights were dim, and it seemed that no one was there. "You guys stay, I'll go up and take a look." Han Yun thought for a while and said. "Then be careful." All the swordsmen said one after another. "Don't worry." Han Yun nodded, then took out a flying grab from his waist, flicked it hard, and hooked it onto the battlement. After pulling it, Han Yun felt that the hook was firm, so Han Yun quickly climbed up. After all, the wall was only eight meters high, so the agile Han Yun easily jumped up to the top of the city without any effort. The evening breeze blew, and a strong smell of blood hit my nostrils. Han Yun did not dare to be careless. He carefully pulled out the long sword from his back and looked around the city head by the moonlight. There was indeed not a single soul in the city. ¡°Well, maybe that¡¯s not entirely true. On the city, at least there are still corpses scattered here and there, and a few seriously injured and dying ones are moaning weakly. Obviously, these people were let go by robbers?. Han Yun frowned and simply did a good deed and gave these unlucky ghosts a blow to avoid suffering any more pain. After searching the top of the city and confirming that there was no danger, Han Yun was bold enough to carefully descend the wall. After closing the wall, there was also silence, and half of the ghosts were gone. They all retreated into the valley! ? Han Yun was surprised, but he didn't dare to go further into the valley. After all, there are still two to three hundred robbers. If they are surrounded, no matter how good his swordsmanship is, he will still be able to escape death. ??????Looking around the valley, the night was heavy, but I couldn't see anything clearly. Han Yun thought about it and decided that it would be better to report the news first and lead the large group of people into the border. That way, even if the bandits have any tricks, they will not be afraid. Thinking of this, Han Yun immediately ran to the door, only to see that the door bolt was tightly closed and locked with a thick iron chain. Without saying a word, Han Yun waved his long sword, cut the lock, and slowly pushed the heavy door open. The four Momen swordsmen who were waiting to close the door suddenly saw the door open wide. They couldn't help being startled. Just as they were raising their swords to defend themselves, they saw Han Zhuo running out: "Quick, go and report to Brother Sun personally, just say close the door." There is no danger, the robbers have retreated into the valley, let him enter the pass quickly. " "No." A Momen swordsman took the order, turned around and ran back, passing the news to Sun Bin. When Sun Bin heard this, he felt a little unbelievable: "Is this bandit stupid? He didn't break out and retreated into the valley. Isn't he waiting to die?" It's our business." Sun Bin hesitated for a moment, feeling that with his own strength, even if Tuo Tuo had the ability to reach heaven, he would not be able to change the world. Then he nodded and said: "Everyone listens to the order: forget about the trebuchet, everyone. Enter the valley and clear out the bandits. ""Kill¡ª¡ª" In the midst of cheers, dozens of Momen swordsmen, including bamboo spears, crossbows, and swordsmen, rushed straight to the pass. Hanzhuo followed, and everyone rushed into the valley. Looking at the dark and undisputed valley, Sun Bin did not dare to be too careless. After thinking for a while, he ordered: "Everyone listen to the order: the crossbow team is in front, the bamboo spear team is in the back, and the formation is: senior brother, brother Han, You each lead a team to cover the two wings." "No." In a blink of an eye, everyone returned to their positions, and a small but complete Macedonian army formation was formed. "Rebuke the troops, stay at the wall, and guard the retreat." "No." He accepted the order happily and led his men away. "Now, all move forward." Sun Bin gave the order, and the small military formation immediately started to move, marching steadily towards the valley with neat steps. Text Chapter 70 The dying counterattack (Part 2) Chapter 70: The Dying Counterattack (Part 2) The military formation slowly entered the valley, and in the blink of an eye it was already a hundred meters deep. With the fierce flames of hundreds of torches, there is still no trace within nearly a hundred steps, and the silence is disturbing. Pretend to be a ghost! Sun Bin sneered in his heart: The valley is so big, let¡¯s see how long you can hide it. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, there was a cry of killing, and a hundred steps away on the right wing, dozens of figures jumped up in the hazy night. finally come! Sun Bin suddenly turned around. By the light of the torches, dozens of bandits were seen howling hysterically and charging towards them while waving their weapons. However, most of these people are old, weak, sick and disabled, and their equipment is very poor. It would be nice to have a broken sword in their hand. Quite a few of them are holding sticks and hunting forks. It is obvious that these are by no means the main force of bandits. . Why, you want to let out smoke and make a fool of yourself! ? Sun Bin sneered in his heart, trying to hide this little trick from him was just a dream, and ordered: "The right wing obeys the order, quickly defeat the enemy, and protect the safety of our formation." "Promise." Bai Gui, who was sitting on the right wing, obeyed the order and was still the first. When he went into battle for the first time, his blood couldn't help boiling. He raised his arms and shouted: "Brothers of Momen, follow me to kill." He actually waved his long sword and rode forward. "Kill¡ª¡ª" More than twenty Momen swordsmen did not hesitate and moved forward vigorously. Although the bandits have a numerical advantage, for the Momen swordsmen who have been on the battlefield for a long time, there is no pressure at all. No matter how powerful the robbers are, they can be compared to the well-trained armies of various countries! ? What's more, although the number of these bandits in front of them is large, they are only old, weak, sick and disabled, so there is nothing to worry about. In the blink of an eye, Bai Gui and others were in close combat with the bandits. "Ding, ding" "Ah" In the sound of gold and iron clanking, the battle situation was one-sided as expected. Although the number was small, the extremely elite Momen swordsmen almost killed one person in ten steps. In the blink of an eye, Then they killed the robbers until they were completely defeated and ran east and west. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± At this moment, the left wing of the military formation also heard shouts of killing, and dozens of menacing bandits jumped up. ?Similarly, they are also a group of old, weak, sick and disabled people with poor equipment. Sun Bin sneered in his heart. At this moment, he believed that he had fully understood Tuo Tuo's conspiracy. It is nothing more than using the old, weak and disabled soldiers as cannon fodder to divert his wings, while the main force goes straight to his main formation for a desperate fight. This move indeed has the courage of a strong man to cut off his wrist and fight against the odds. But, what¡¯s the use? There are only more than a hundred main force of bandits left. Facing the powerful bamboo spear formation, there is no chance of winning. ¡°Brother Han, I¡¯ll leave the left wing to you.¡± Sun Bin ordered with a calm face. "Okay, everyone, come with me." Han Yun felt refreshed. Although there were old, weak, sick and disabled people across from him, he finally had some work to do, right? ? Immediately, Han Yun and more than 20 Momen swordsmen also charged forward and fought hand-to-hand with the enemy from the left. Naturally, there were no surprises regarding the battle situation, and Momen had the upper hand. Watching the fierce battle between the two wings, Sun Bin looked forward leisurely: Tuo Tuo, should you show up now? "Kill -" Sure enough, as soon as the thought came to mind, there was a loud cry of killing in the night ahead, and a large number of hysterical bandits rushed out because they had no way to escape and were fighting with their last legs. This wave of bandits are all strong and well-equipped, and their number exceeds a hundred. Undoubtedly, after hiding for a long time, the main force of Tuotuo finally couldn't hold back anymore. "Everyone listens to the order: Throw the torches in your hands and illuminate the front of the formation." With the torch, not only the long bamboo spear cannot be held, but also the bow and crossbow are difficult to use, so they must be discarded. All the young men obeyed the order and threw their torches forward, forming a dazzling fire belt. "The crossbow team listens to the order: prepare to shoot, give these scum a taste of power." Upon seeing this, Sun Bin continued to give the order calmly. The experience of being a commander in just a few days has greatly tempered him. At the very least, Sun Bin was able to command with determination in a battle of this intensity. Meng Kuan and other twenty-four people immediately drew their crossbows and prepared to fire arrows. At this moment, something unexpected happened: "Let's go." "Hurry up." In front of the formation, dozens of steps away, there were bandits. Suddenly, thirty or forty women in ragged clothes came out. I saw that these women were all young, and some were quite pretty.   However, they seemed to have been ravaged, with empty eyes and haggard expressions, almost like walking corpses. At this time, seeing that he was pushed in front of the two armies, he looked even more frightened and panicked. Sun Bin was startled and quickly ordered: "Quick, stop shooting arrows and don't move rashly." Suddenly there was a bad feeling in his heart. Sure enough, Tuo Tuo walked to the front of the formation and looked at Sun Bin with a sinister expression: "Boy, have you seen these women? As long as you let us go, they can live. Otherwise, you are going to collect their bodies." "Fuck, "Despicable." "These bastards deserve to die." "It's so shameless to use women as a shield." Suddenly, all the young men were enraged, forgetting about military discipline, and started shouting curses. fire. Sun Bin also had a gloomy face. He never expected that Tuo Tuo would play this trick with him. Although this move was despicable, shameless, and despicable, it was undoubtedly very effective. At least Sun Bin was in a dilemma. It is unfortunate enough that these women are trapped in the den of thieves and ravaged. In fact, most of the time, their relatives are also murdered. Sun Bin is not a ruthless person. It is really impossible for him to ignore the life and death of these poor people. "However, these robbers are so cruel and vicious. If we let them go, wouldn't there be more victims?" ? For a time, Sun Bin fell into a painful struggle and didn't know how to make a decision. "Junior brother," Pang Juan's eyes turned red and he gritted his teeth and said, "These scumbags are so abominable. Let me lead a charge to rescue these sisters." "No." Sun Bin, however, remained calm and flatly refused: "The Bamboo Spear Team can only be invincible if they form a military formation. Once they rush in to fight and are distracted to save people, they are no match for the bandits. In the end, I am afraid that they will not be able to save people, but will suffer heavy casualties." "Then what? What to do?" Pang Juan jumped up and down anxiously. what to do? Sun Bin smiled bitterly: I still want to know what to do. At this time, seeing that Sun Bin was in trouble and that the cannon fodder on both sides could not hold on for long, Tuo Tuo waved his hand proudly, signaling to the bandits to use the hostages as shields and slowly press forward. This posture is clearly intended to force Sun Bin to give way, or more importantly, to take advantage of the opportunity to get closer, maybe he can turn defeat into victory. It has to be said that Tuotuo has been able to roam the green forest for many years. Whether you call him vicious or smart, at least he still has his uniqueness. Text Chapter 71 The dying counterattack (Part 2) Chapter 71 Dying Counterattack (Part 2) "No." "Help." "Please let me go." And seeing that they were being used as human shields, the women who were already extremely frightened were even more frightened. Their beautiful faces turned pale, and while they were trembling, many of the timid ones began to cry. However, the robbers were not polite and roughly pushed them forward. Seeing that the robber was advancing every step of the way, Sun Bin was also angry: What's the matter, you thought you were going to kill me, didn't you? ? If the tiger doesn't show off its power, you think I'm HELLOKITTY! He wanted to order a counterattack, but looking at the poor women in front of him, Sun Bin could not bring himself to do so. At this time, Pang Juan calmed down. Once he regained his composure, Pang Juan began to show his outstanding military talent and excellent military qualities. "Junior brother," Pang Juan said with a firm look, "How about you let me take command now?" "Senior brother, do you have any ideas?" Sun Bin was stunned, then nodded with relief and said, "Okay, then listen to my senior brother, you can give the command." Pang Juan nodded and immediately ordered: "Comer: Immediately notify the two wings, don't be reluctant to fight, quickly defeat the enemy behind, return to the army immediately, invite the thieves to attack behind." "Promise." Two soldiers hurried away. "The crossbow team, immediately retreat to the rear of the formation; the bamboo spear command: the first row, keep your guns flat and prepare to engage in battle." "No." The military formation immediately began to mobilize. "Junior brother, let's go to the back of the formation too." Pang Juan pulled Sun Bin and retreated to the back of the formation under the protection of two personal soldiers. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? " Sun Bin was a little confused for a moment. Seeing that the robbers had approached about 40 steps in front of the formation, Pang Juan calmly ordered again: "The crossbow team listens to the order: launch, intercept behind the hostages, pay attention to the angle." "Promise." Meng Kuan listened to the order, and more than 20 archers The skilled hunters immediately raised their crossbows, estimated the angle, and then loosened the strings. "Bang, bang" There was a violent sound of bowstrings, and more than twenty sharp arrows passed over the heads of the bamboo gun team and the hostages, and were ready to land on the heads of the bandits. "Push, pounceahI've been hit by an arrow" The robbers were caught off guard. Several of them were hit by arrows, and there was chaos among the screams. "Crossbow Team: Continue to volley, don't stop without my order." Pang Juan seized the opportunity and loudly ordered: "Bamboo Spear Team, listen to the order: move forward in unison, prepare to engage in hand-to-hand combat." The Bamboo Spear Team members were stunned: step forward Fight, but, but those women are still in front, what should I do? Seeing that the Bamboo Spear Team was not moving, Pang Juan became anxious, pulled out his long sword, and said sternly: "Listen, come forward, I have a way. Anyone who dares to disobey will be killed without mercy, and their families will be expelled from Maple Forest Town!" The Tao is kind but does not command troops. If the bamboo spear team does not move, Pang Juan will really dare to kill people. The bamboo gunners were stunned, so they had no choice but to bite the bullet, move forward in unison, and quickly approach the hostages and robbers. Seeing the dozens of sharp bamboo spears approaching fiercely, the women who were already frightened screamed even more. In the panic, some of the timid ones simply fell to the ground. At this time, Pang Juan suddenly ordered: "Listen, everyone, shout with me: Sisters, get down. Hurry up." All the bamboo gun players woke up and shouted: "Sisters, get down, get down quickly." The women Hearing this, some saw the opportunity and took advantage of the robbers behind them to be thrown into chaos by the thrown arrows. They didn't care about themselves and fell to the ground one after another. Those who reacted a little slowly, but when they saw the sisters around them acting like this, they quickly followed suit. In an instant, the bandits hiding behind the hostages were exposed, as eye-catching as bright lights in the night sky. how so? When Tuo Tuo was shocked, he reacted instantly and shouted hoarsely: "Quickly, pull these women up and use them to block them." However, how could Pang Juan miss this short opportunity that he had finally won, and immediately ordered: "Charge, kill." !¡± ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± All the bamboo spear members shouted and rushed a few steps in unison. The four-step-long bamboo spears were launched one by one and thrust out. "Push, pounceah" The robbers who were bending down to pick up the women were unlucky. They were stabbed to the ground in an instant, and their miserable screams were earth-shattering. "Crossbow team, stop shooting." "Bamboo gun team, continue the attack, don't stop." At this time, the two armies were in close combat. In order to avoid accidentally hurting his own people, Pang Juan ordered to stop shooting. At the same time, he roared like thunder, without a trace. Don't give the robbers a chance to breathe. "Haha" Sun Bin finally understood.Jujuan's intention was clear. In addition to admiration, he was jumping up and down: "Quick, charge, don't give these scum a chance." "Kill¡ª¡ª" All the bamboo gun members turned their full anger and gnashing hatred into After being hit by the bamboo spear, they roared loudly, stepped forward, and stabbed again. "Push, pounceah" The row of bamboo spears went down, blood flew everywhere, and there were screams, and another ten or twenty bandits were knocked down. At this time, the bandits who were defeated by the Bamboo Spear Team collapsed and no longer bothered to pull the women. With a cry, they turned around and fled in all directions. "Kill¡ª¡ª" At this moment, Bai Gui and Han Yun also defeated the enemy and led their men to attack fiercely from the flanks. Seeing that the situation was over, the bandits were even more confused. No one dared to turn around to resist. You squeezed me and I kicked you, just trying to escape. Tuo Tuo saw that something was not going well. He was smart and did not make any unnecessary struggle. He quickly turned around, blended into the fleeing crowd, and disappeared in an instant. Pang Juan was overjoyed and said with high spirits: "Haha, junior brother, we won the battle." Sun Bin was also heartbroken and said happily: "Yes, senior brother, you fought really beautifully." I have to say that Sun Bin admired Pang Juan very much. . Because of the golden finger of the time traveler, he is definitely stronger than Pang Juan in terms of strategy and many insights. But his outstanding military talent and profound military literacy gave Pang Juan excellent battlefield maneuverability. In this regard, Sun Bin is ashamed of himself. At this moment, the powerful bamboo gun team quickly passed over the lying women and pursued the fleeing robbers hard. The Momen swordsmen scattered in all directions and surrounded him from both sides. At this time, the bow and crossbow troops were of little use, so they stayed behind to treat the injured, gather women, etc. ¡­Half an hour later, the fighting in the valley gradually subsided. Almost none of the robbers who were blocked in the valley escaped. They were either killed or tied up with ropes. Sun Bin's side won a great victory. Text Chapter 72 The pirate ran away Chapter 72: Pirates ran away "Raise your head." "Did you hear that?" Accompanied by two personal guards, Sun Bin walked among dozens of uninjured prisoners and looked at them one by one by the light of the fire. , but no trace of the pirate was found. "Junior brother." At this time, Pang Juan came in a hurry. "Senior brother, have you found the pirate?" Sun Bin stepped forward quickly. "No." Pang Juan shook his head: "I have seen all the wounded soldiers of more than thirty bandits, and there are no bandits." "Hey, are they dead?" Sun Bin scratched his head, a little confused. "Maybe." Pang Juan sneered: "Death is a cheap thing for such a scumbag. In my opinion, he should be cut into pieces to relieve his hatred." "No. Let's go and find it." "Okay." , the corpses of hundreds of robbers were arranged one after another, and one or two corpses were carried over from time to time. The person in charge here is Meng Kuan. "Uncle Meng, what are you busy with?" Sun Bin stepped forward and said hello: "Is Tuo Tuo's body here?" "No. If I found it, I would have told you." Meng Kuan shook his head and said in surprise: " Why, the thief is not among the prisoners?" Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other, and suddenly had a bad feeling: Damn it, we won't let that guy escape! ? "Quick, senior brother, immediately send a team of people to block the entrance of the valley, and then search the whole valley." Sun Bin came back to his senses and said bitterly: "I don't believe this guy can grow wings and fly." "Okay." Pang Juan went immediately. arrange. Immediately, Bai Gui led a team of Momen swordsmen to block the entrance of the valley, while Meng Guan's bow and crossbow team guarded the prisoners and took care of the wounded. The rest of the Bamboo Spear Team and the Momen Swordsmen searched the entire valley, not letting go of an inch of land. "However, more than a hundred people have been busy for almost an hour, digging almost three feet into the ground, but there is still no trace of the pirates. "Damn it!" Sun Bin was so anxious that he flew into a rage: "Did that guy really grow wings and fly?" "Impossible." Pang Juan also looked annoyed: "The mouth of the valley has been guarded by a reprimand team, and there was no reward at all." " Let's go and ask the prisoners if they can find out anything." Sun Bin strode away with a gloomy face. "Okay." Pang Juan quickly followed. The two brothers came to the place where the prisoners were being held. Under the firelight, dozens of prisoners were squatting on the ground, looking terrified. Nowadays, people are fighting for their lives, and I am fighting for their lives, so they naturally have to worry about their own situation. After all, no one knows how the people in Maplewood Town will deal with them. Sun Bin glanced at the prisoners, and suddenly pointed at a thin prisoner who looked the most timid and said: "Come here, bring him over." "No." Two soldiers came up and picked up this guy. Come over. "Spare your life, spare your life, I will never dare to be a robber again." Before Sun Bin started to ask questions, the guy was so frightened that he fell to his knees and cried with snot and tears. ??????????? Even if there were no soldiers blocking him, this guy would probably be able to step forward and hold Sun Bin¡¯s thigh and call him ¡®Dad¡¯. "" Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other speechless: This girl is too timid, but it is just right for asking questions. "Get up." Sun Bin looked dumbfounded: "I haven't thought about killing you yet, but I'm afraid you'll become such a coward. Don't let me change my mind." "Uh" When I heard that I was overthinking, the guy immediately reacted. He came over, quickly got up, nodded and bowed: "Don't kill me? Thank you. Thank you." "Humph." Sun Bin said coldly: "Whether I kill you or not depends on your performance. When I ask you a question, you must answer truthfully. "Yes, yes." The man immediately climbed up and said, "You must have something to say." "Very good." Sun Bin nodded with satisfaction: "Then let me ask you, is there any hidden place in this valley?" "A hidden hiding place?" The man was stunned, then shook his head and said: "The valley is so big, and it's so flat. I've never heard of any place to hide?" " "No?" Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other: That's really a ghost. Is this pirate really flying? Sun Bin frowned, walked a few steps, and suddenly something moved in his heart: "Let me ask you, is there any secret passage behind the valley?" "Yes." The guy said honestly: "However, because I was afraid of your sneak attack, we were attacked the day before yesterday. The boss is ruined and there is no way anyone can leave. " Sun Bin said unwillingly: "This one is ruined. Is there a second one?" "The second one?" The guy was stunned and scratched his head in surprise: " I've never heard of this. It can't be possible.?. " "Think about it carefully. Sun Bin encouraged: "If you can remember, I can make the decision and spare your life." " "Okay, okay, then I'll think about it carefully. "When the guy heard this, his eyes lit up, and he quickly thought about it. After a while, he suddenly said excitedly: "I remembered it, maybe it really happened. " "Great, where is it? "Sun Bin was overjoyed. The guy hurriedly said: "It's in the back mountain. I have seen the head master and a few of his confidants sneaking around there several times, but there is nothing interesting to see there except trees and rocks. Now that I think about it, it's a bit fishy. " "Let's go, lead the way immediately. "Sun Bin made a decision immediately. Immediately, Sun Bin left the bamboo spear team to guard, took the bow, crossbow team and Han Zhuo, etc., and went straight to the destination. "It's here. "Not long after, in the bright light of the fire, the skinny robber led Sun Bin and others to a remote small valley in the back mountain. He was very sure that it was authentic. Sun Bin looked around and saw that the valley was not big, only more than a hundred meters long. **It is ten meters wide, with a small pool in the middle, surrounded by dense trees, and it is very quiet. "Spread out and search carefully to see if there is a secret passage out of the mountain. " "No. "Listening to Sun Bin's instructions, dozens of bow and crossbow troops and Momen swordsmen spread out and dug three feet into the small valley to search. "The good news came quickly. "Helmsman, Brother Sun, Brother Pang," not long after, two Momen swordsmen rushed over excitedly: "We found a secret cave, went in and took a look, and found that it led directly to the outside of the valley, and we also discovered that someone had just passed through. Mark of. " Sure enough! Sun Bin's heart sank and he said hurriedly: "Let's go and have a look. " Everyone immediately held up torches and followed the trail. When they got there, they found out that it was a very hidden cave. The entrance was not big, only the size of a doorway. Moreover, it was blocked by a large piece of kudzu. If you hadn't looked carefully, you would have found it. It¡¯s hard to find out. ¡°Damn it! "The skinny robber immediately quit, and gnashed his teeth and cursed: "There is actually a secret passage hidden, Tuotuo, you are so cruel, you used your brothers as cannon fodder, but you slipped away quietly. You are such a bitch, you will die a good death. " Sun Bin was speechless for a while. He was too lazy to deal with this kind of dog biting dog. He said in a deep voice: "Let's go in and take a look. Immediately, everyone separated the kudzu vines, held torches, and filed in. Text Chapter 73: Pirates and Backhands PS: Sanjiang recommended it, thank you all for your support. ? ****** ?Although the entrance to the cave is small, once you enter the cave, it is much wider, enough for three or five people to walk abreast. Two Momen swordsmen led the way. Along the way, they found a lot of footprints and newly burned out torches. Obviously, someone had just passed by here. After walking about two or three hundred steps, I pushed aside the kudzu vines that sealed the cave, and suddenly it became clear that I was out of the cave. Sun Bin looked around and saw that there were few stars and moon above his head, but he had already left the Hidden Dragon Valley. "Damn it!" Pang Juan stomped his feet angrily and said bitterly: "You really let this guy run away, you are so cunning." "Yes." Sun Bin also sighed and said depressedly: "You have underestimated the heroes of the world. ." Now, he finally understood Tuo Tuo's intention. The bandits are right in refusing to leave the valley to break out of the encirclement. With the bandit's morale, they will definitely disperse as soon as they leave the valley. Not only will you die faster this way, but the target of the robbing is obvious and it is difficult to escape. While retreating to the valley, the opportunity to steal the land came. If you can use hostages to get a life, that is the best situation. Even if it doesn't work, you can also let the thieves fight against the odds and muster up enough courage to fight desperately in order to find a life. Maybe we can get the other party to make concessions because the casualties are too great and they feel it¡¯s not worthwhile. Of course, if both efforts fail, that¡¯s okay. Thief Tuo has another tactic, which is to let the thieves serve as cannon fodder and cover, while he sneaks away through the secret hole. Even if the bandit group is over, as long as the green hills remain, are you still worried about running out of firewood? ? ¡°I have to say that pirates are very shameless and insidious. But the problem is that this shameless guy succeeded, which made Sun Bin extremely depressed. "Brother Han," Pang Juanwu said unwillingly, "Is there a way to catch up with this guy? We can't give him an advantage." "It's difficult." Han Yun said with a bitter smile: "After wasting so long, this guy may have run away. "Yes." Sun Bin also sighed: "The mountains are high and the forests are dense. Where can you find him? Forget it, just let him go this time. Sooner or later, he will have a chance." I'm looking for him to settle the score." "Let's go." Everyone had no choice but to prepare to return. "Bang¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a bowstring suddenly exploded in the grass on the right front, like thunder. Immediately, an arrow shot as fast as a shooting star and came straight towards Sun Bin! It¡¯s over! Sun Bin, who was caught off guard, had no time to dodge. He couldn't help but feel cold in his heart and felt endless despair. He didn¡¯t expect that his rebirth in the Warring States Period would be so short-lived. How could his ambitions end here? ? "Junior brother, be careful!" At this critical moment, someone suddenly pushed Sun Bin. Sun Bin staggered and fell to the ground. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Immediately, the sound of an arrow penetrating into flesh was heard next to his ears, as well as a muffled grunt of pain. "Brother Pang." There was chaos all around. Sun Bin hurriedly got up, turned around and saw that the person who saved his life and took the arrow for him was his senior brother Pang Juan. At this time, an arrow penetrated deeply into Pang Juan's left shoulder, and blood burst out. The old hunter Meng Kuan hugged Pang Juan nervously and used experience to put pressure on the wound to slow down the bleeding. "Brother, how are you?" Sun Bin was horrified. He quickly knelt down and held Pang Juan's hand tightly, so anxious that he almost shed tears. Speaking of which, this is the second time Pang Juan has saved him. As a senior brother, Pang Juan really loved him and had nothing to say, but he was always on guard against him. Even though Pang Juan saved him from a leopard last time, Sun Bin was not completely relieved. For a moment, Sun Bin felt really mixed emotions in his heart, guilt, self-blame, emotion all mixed together in confusion. It has to be said that sometimes, predicting history is not a good thing. This difficult problem tortured Sun Bin really hard. "It's okay. It's not a serious injury. He can't die." Pang Juan forced a smile and comforted Sun Bin. However, due to the severe pain, the muscles on Pang Juan's face were severely distorted, and sweat instantly covered his forehead. "Let's go." At this moment, Han Yun led several people and escorted a robber who was beaten to a bruised nose and face. "Brother Sun, this is the cold arrow that this guy fired." Han Yun had a look of hatred on his face. Just now, when Pang Juan was hit by an arrow, Han Yun immediately reacted and quickly pounced on him without saying a word.In the grass, just as this guy was about to run away, he was kicked over by Han Zhuo. Then, of course, there was an angry beating. "Were you the one who released the arrow?" Sun Bin suddenly stood up, his eyes filled with anger as he glared at the culprit. "Humph." The robber was very tough. After being beaten like this, he snorted without saying a word. "How dare you be so bold." "You are so tough-talking." "Beat this girl to death." Before Sun Bin got angry, several bow and crossbow team members got upset, and they went up to beat him violently, with punches and kicks. "Okay." Sun Bin waved his hands and said coldly: "Don't beat him to death." Everyone then gave up. I saw the robber¡¯s face was swollen like a pig¡¯s head, his nose was crooked, his teeth were missing, and his face was covered in blood. ¡°She was beaten so badly that even her parents couldn¡¯t recognize her. "Bah!" However, the robber was stubborn and said bitterly: "If you fight well, I will give you a good reward if you have the guts. How can you be a good man by torturing people? It's a pity that I didn't kill you with an arrow. You have to shoulder the great trust of the master." ." Sun Bin suddenly realized it, but felt a chill in his heart. This pirate is so scheming. He actually expected that I would come after him and ambush the killer here. ¡°If I hadn¡¯t been lucky, I might have let him succeed. "This ancient man cannot be looked down upon. While secretly alert, Sun Bin said solemnly, "Since you want to die, I will help you. Brother Han¡ª¡ª" Han Yun nodded, and with a flash of sword light, the robber's throat was slit, and blood gushed out. "Giggle" The guy stared at Sun Bin unwillingly, covered his throat with his hands, and slowly fell to the ground, his body gradually becoming cold. ¡°Taituo, just wait, I won¡¯t let you go. Sun Bin glanced at the silent mountain forest in the night and swore secretly. Then he turned around with a cold face and said, "Let's go back and treat our senior brother's injuries." Everyone was naturally angry when Tuo Tuo was allowed to run away and was tricked. No, but now I can only remember this account. In the night, a group of people returned in despair. Text Chapter 74: After the aftermath, return to the Valley Chapter 74: Returning to the Valley after the Aftermath The next day, morning. After working hard all night, Sun Bin and others finished counting the results. In this battle, a total of 174 bandits were killed, 48 were captured, and 41 were injured. ????????????? What Sun Bin¡¯s side paid for was nine wounded and no deaths. In terms of loot, it is equally generous. A total of more than 50 large and small houses in the valley, more than 420 acres of fertile land, and several furniture and farm tools were seized. There are more than 1,000 stones of grain, and the livestock are eight oxen, fourteen sheep, and six pigs. There is also a lot of money, with a total of more than 3,600 copper coins of various kinds, and even more than 60 gold coins. Of course, the most seized items were weapons. There were more than 200 pieces/sets of armor, shields, and weapons that were still functional. Such a result is truly brilliant. The only fly in the ointment is that the bandit leader Tuo Tuo and some of his confidants escaped, which cannot but be said to be a huge regret. In addition, this battle also rescued more than 40 innocent people who were kidnapped by bandits. Among them, there is one blacksmith, two cooks, and the others are all young women, a total of forty-one people. These forty-one young women were the ones who were taken hostage by the robbers last night. Originally, there were a total of forty-four of them, but unfortunately, three of them died in the chaos. Although Pang Juan¡¯s method is clever, it cannot be perfect after all. In chaotic battles, there are always people who are slow to react, and some who are grabbed by robbers and unable to escape, which leads to tragedy. "However, under the circumstances at that time, it was very rare to be able to save so many people. Even in modern times, well-trained anti-terrorism forces cannot guarantee the safety of hostages 100%. A certain casualty rate is inevitable. "Junior brother, what are you thinking about?" At this time, Bai Gui came over. Although he had been busy all night, he was in very good spirits because of the big victory. "Nothing." Sun Bin smiled: "I'm just calculating the results." "The results are remarkable." Bai Gui also laughed when he heard this: "But have you thought about how to deal with it?" "I'm just annoyed." Sun Bin He smiled bitterly: "There are too many messy things such as houses, furniture, farm tools, money, grain, livestock, and weapons. How to deal with them is a problem. What about the captives and wounded soldiers of the bandits? Also, most of those women have no relatives. , and how to arrange them?" "Yes." When Bai Gui heard this, he scratched his head and thought for a while: "Well, Maplewood Town contributed the most in this fierce battle, and they will get half of all the seizures. How will they be distributed internally? , Let Mr. Fang arrange it.¡± ¡°Okay.¡± Sun Bin thought about it and nodded in agreement. "The remaining half of the seizure, in addition to coins, will also be handed over to Mr. Fang to arrange for other nearby villages and towns to be subsidized." "It should be." Sun Bin also nodded and said: "There must be many nearby villages and towns that have suffered disaster." "In addition, Momen I want to give them half of the remaining coins to express my gratitude for their hard work this time." "This should be given. However, Momen never asks for compensation for helping others. Will they accept it?" Sun Bin was a little doubtful. "Is this easy?" Bai Gui said with a smile: "Instead of giving it to them, why not just ask Momen to help the poor? Anyway, if they accept it, we have this idea." Sun Bin was happy when he heard this: "Still Senior brother has an idea, let's do it." "There are still 25% of the money, I want to resettle those women," Bai Gui said thoughtfully, "If you have relatives, give them some travel expenses and compensation, and let them go to visit their relatives. If not, just ask Mr. Fang to arrange a marriage with someone nearby. Women must have a home, and those who are willing to accept her will also be given some money as a dowry. " Sun Bin said happily: "This is a good idea. Senior brother is really thoughtful." He suddenly hesitated: "It's just that those women are trapped in the den of thieves and have been ravaged. Is there anyone willing to marry them?" "Oh." Bai Gui heard this and agreed. Sighing: "There must be some. There are many people in the mountains who are poor and cannot marry a wife. There must be many people who are happy to give a wife and a dowry for free. However, after getting married, you will feel a little aggrieved. There is nothing we can do about it. It would be nice to have a home." "That's right." Sun Bin also smiled bitterly: "That's all we can do. By the way, senior brother, what should we do with those prisoners and wounded soldiers? "Kill them all, if you can't bear it. It¡¯s even more impossible to let it go. Wouldn¡¯t that be raising tigers and bringing disaster upon yourself? "This is also simple." Bai Gui is a talented person after all. After thinking about it for a while, he realizedHe had an idea: "Screen them first. Those who are labeled as thieves by the association and have no serious evil will be given some traveling expenses. Those who have done evil will be taken to the county and handed over to the government, so that the officials can be used as agents of suppression. When the results of the bandit war are reported, we can get some bounty." When Sun Bin heard this, he nodded repeatedly and said relaxedly: "Senior brother is still thoughtful, now the problem is solved." With a thought in his heart, he said lazily: " Senior brother, you are good at this kind of trivial matters. I think it is up to you to handle it. Junior brother, I will just be lazy and accompany Senior Brother Pang." Bai Gui couldn't laugh or cry for a moment: "You are lazy and playful, okay. Who said I am your senior brother? Just take good care of junior brother Pang. " "Haha, it's better for you, senior brother. Then I'll go and accompany senior brother Pang." Sun Bin was overjoyed and flattered him before running away. "This guy." Bai Gui shook his head reluctantly. However, seeing the brothers and sisters caring for each other and sharing life and death, he felt very happy in his heart. ?¡­ ?Three days later. Morning, at the entrance of Fenglin Town. Beside a carriage, Bai Gui stood first, and Sun Bin supported Pang Juan, who had a thick bandage on his shoulder, standing behind him. After three days of busy work, the funeral arrangements were finally settled, and it was naturally time for Sun Bin and the others to return. As for everyone in Momen, they left early yesterday morning. The people of Fenglin Town are not ungrateful. When they heard that Sun Bin and the others were going back to the valley, the whole town came out to see them off. For a time, the entrance to the town was really crowded and very lively. "Xiao Bai, Xiao Sun, Xiao Pang," Fang Che, the town elder, shook their hands tightly one by one and said gratefully: "This time Fenglin Town was able to escape the disaster and also lost a lot of benefits. Thank you so much." "You're so polite, Mr. Fang," Bai Gui said with a smile, "My master has always taught us that it is a gentleman's duty to help those in need." "Yes, Mr. Fang, you're welcome." He also laughed and said. "Mr. Guigu is really a strange person who can teach such outstanding disciples as you." Fang Che said with a look of admiration and regret: "If I hadn't known that the teacher didn't like to disturb me, this time, I would have come to thank him on behalf of the villagers no matter what. " Bai Gui said with a smile, "That's enough for me. I will tell my master. Okay, I won't bother you anymore. It's time for me to leave." "Okay, okay," Mr. Fang said hurriedly. I know you are not willing to ask for any gifts of thanks, but the little kindness from the villagers is some local specialties, which must be accepted." He said, waving his hand behind him. Immediately, all the villagers rushed forward, filling half the carriage with pheasants, live ducks, eggs, mountain mushrooms, etc. "" Sun Bin and the other three looked at each other helplessly, but they couldn't refuse, so they had no choice but to thank them repeatedly, get in the car and meander away amidst the cheers of the villagers. Text Chapter 75: Doubts in Guigu (Part 1) At noon. The carriage meandered into the Ghost Valley and reached the front of the house. When they heard the movement, Mao Meng and Wei Liao came out excitedly: "Senior Brother, Junior Brother Pang, Junior Brother Sun, you are finally back." "I heard that you defeated the bandits, hey. "It's so majestic." "That's right, I'm so envious." "Wow, there are a lot of good things in the car. I'm so lucky." Che, also smiled and agreed. "You are back." At this time, someone suddenly said with a smile. When everyone looked up, they saw Gui Guzi coming out of the cave and looking at Sun Bin and the others with a smile. "Teacher." Sun Bin and the other two people hurriedly greeted him. "No courtesy." Guiguzi said with a pleased look on his face: "Very good, you three have lived up to my expectations as teachers." "Thank you, teacher." Sun Bin and the others were very happy. "However," Gui Guzi's face suddenly darkened, and he glared at Sun Bin and Pang Juan: "Bo Ling, Zi Yi, you two are too courageous. You dare to provoke the townspeople to fight against the bandits. Have you ever thought about the consequences? What if you lose? "It doesn't matter if you die, how many villagers will be affected?" "Uh-" Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked embarrassed and did not dare to say a word. "Even a teacher wouldn't dare to take such a risk. You two are really a bit ignorant and fearless." Pang Juan was in awe of Guiguzi. Hearing this, he Nuonuo said: "Teacher, please calm down. Disciple realizes his mistake." "You. What?" Guiguzi glanced at Sun Bin. Sun Bin knew that Gui Guzi was concerned about him, so he had no choice but to say honestly: "This disciple also knows his mistake." "You two little monkeys still know what's good." Seeing that the two of them had a good attitude in admitting their mistakes, Gui Guzi's face brightened a little, He said coldly: "Fortunately, you two are lucky. Somehow, you actually won. But even so, you must reflect deeply, understand?" "Understood." Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked promising. "Okay, the three of you will follow me in and explain what happened in detail." Guiguzi turned around and left. Sun Bin and Pang Juan had no choice but to follow, both of them a little downcast. This teacher is too strict. No matter what, we still win. Look at this training, it is really embarrassing. Seeing this, Bai Gui secretly laughed in his heart, secretly poked the two of them, and whispered: "Don't be discouraged. In fact, the teacher is just being tough, but he is still very happy in his heart. Otherwise, he wouldn't praise you in the first place. He I am just afraid that you will take risks without knowing the importance of it in the future, so I will criticize you." Sun Bin and Pang Juan suddenly understood, winked at each other, and felt relaxed. At this time, when he heard the muttering behind him, Gui Guzi glanced back. Bai Gui immediately lowered his eyebrows and did not dare to say anything. "Sit down." Entering the cave, Gui Guzi sat down first and gave an order. Only then did Sun Bin and the other three dare to sit down obediently. "Who can tell me what happened?" Guiguzi said calmly. Although he is a clever strategist and proficient in astrological divination, he is not a god after all, so he cannot know the details. Being able to give a general recommendation is already quite remarkable. Bai Gui came last, and Pang Juan was poor at speaking. For a moment, both of them looked at Sun Bin. ¡°Uh, okay, it¡¯s me again. Sun Bin smiled bitterly in his heart. Seeing that he couldn't escape, he had no choice but to bite the bullet and tell the story in detail. Guiguzi said nothing, just listened quietly. When he heard that the Bamboo Spear Formation was showing off its might at the entrance of Fenglin Town, defeating the bandits in one fell swoop, Guiguzi couldn't help but be moved. With his knowledge, it is not difficult to see how powerful this bamboo spear formation is. But what surprised Guiguzi even more was that even he, who was familiar with military books, had never heard of such a powerful formation. It stands to reason that the birth of any powerful new formation must go through many hardships, and its inventors are all famous officials and generals. But Sun Bin, at such a young age, was actually able to create such an unprecedented and powerful new formation. ¡°Could it be that there are really geniuses who are born with knowledge in this world? ? Or, is there another reason? Although he was confused, Guiguzi did not say anything rashly, but continued to listen calmly. He instinctively felt that there might be a surprise. Sure enough, the emergence of the torque trebuchet surprised Guiguzi again. In the current war, there is an extreme shortage of large-scale long-range weapons. It is a bit excessive to say that there are no such weapons. If we say there is, it is a bit untrue.   As far as Guiguzi knows, there is only one type of large-scale long-range weapon at this time - the Korean bed crossbow! During the Warring States Period, crossbows had just begun to become popular. And the bed crossbow, the overlord of this kind of crossbow, only has a simple prototype, and its power is very limited. For example, the Korean crossbow can only fire a single arrow, with a range of only 300 steps. This is incomparable with later generations when the bed crossbow reached its peak, when one crossbow could fire ten arrows and the range was as far as a thousand steps. It is conceivable that at this moment, if a powerful and simple-to-manufacture large-scale long-range weapon suddenly appears, its significance and impact will be very significant. It may even reverse the course of a war. "Unprecedented powerful new formations, unprecedented large-scale long-range weapons, all were born in a small bandit suppression, and all came from the hands of a twelve-year-old boy. I have to say that this is simply a miracle, but it is also very strange. Gui Guzi remained calm, but he had made up his mind to cross-examine Sun Bin later. He felt that his disciple seemed to have some unknown secrets. Finally, Sun Bin finished telling his wonderful story, which made him thirsty and wanted to drink water, but unfortunately there was none. "Well, very good." Gui Guzi nodded lightly: "It seems that you can win, it is not a fluke, you still have some real skills. Bo Ling is better at strategy, Ziyi is better at tactics, and Dan is better at logistics, but they work together perfectly. ." Sun Bin and the other three looked at each other, feeling secretly proud. "Okay, Dan, Ziyi, you go out first. I still have something to ask Bo Ling." Guiguzi said suddenly. "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui and Pang Juan did not dare to disobey, so they could only look at Sun Bin sympathetically, thinking that Gui Guzi wanted to criticize Sun Bin alone. After all, Sun Bin was the well-deserved leader in wiping out the bandits this time. Sun Bin also thought so, and his face couldn't help but feel a little bitter: No, teacher, why are you holding on to me? "Bo Ling," Gui Guzi saw it and smiled faintly: "Don't worry, I don't want to scold you, I just want to ask, did you invent the bamboo spear array and the trebuchet?" "Yes." Sun Bin didn't think so. He nodded with satisfaction. Young people like to be pushy. He has said so in front of others, and now it is difficult for him to change his words. This is because Sun Bin's emotional intelligence is not enough. If he were more cunning, he would have seen that Gui Guzi had already had suspicions, and he would have lied to smooth things over. Text Chapter 76: Doubts in Ghost Valley (Part 2) Is there really such a genius in the world? ? Gui Guzi was a little unbelievable and continued to test: "Really? I thought that the bamboo spear array and the trebuchet were the family secrets created by my grandson in his later years. It seems that although Boling is young, he is very talented. I have gone straight after my ancestors, and I am relieved that the Soldier Saint is alive in heaven." "Broken! Only then did Sun Bin react belatedly. As a young boy, he said that he had invented such great weapons as the Macedonian phalanx and the torsion trebuchet. Gui Guzi is obviously doubting him. ??????????????? It¡¯s hard, this emotional intelligence really needs to be developed. Sun Bin secretly complained, but he quickly thought about it. Fortunately, this guy was also smart. He pretended to be embarrassed and said: "Actually, these two things are indeed inspired by the ancestors. Back then, after the ancestors passed away, only these two things were left. The first draft was obviously not perfect. After studying it carefully for several years, the disciples slowly filled in the gaps and perfected it. " Since there was a famous ancestor, Sun Bin directly used it to top the vat. We are a family anyway, so there is nothing to be embarrassed about. "Really?" But Guiguzi was not easy to fool, and said with a smile: "Can Bo Ling tell me about it in detail? For example, I am very interested in this bamboo spear array." "Uh, okay. Sun Bin was a little overconfident and knew that he might not be able to pass the test this time if he didn't reveal something genuine, so he had to think carefully and said: "For example, this bamboo spear formation is not independent, but part of a larger formation from our ancestors." The basic idea is as follows: with a spear formation similar to the bamboo spear formation as the main body, the main attack; the crossbow team as the rear team, the main long-range attack; the left and right wings are supplemented by light soldiers, the main defense, to protect the spear formation from the enemy "Flanking attack." After hearing this, Guiguzi asked a little puzzled: "This idea should be very complete, but where is the shortcoming?" "There are many shortcomings." Sun Bin pointedly pointed out: "First of all, the mobility is poor. The ability to adapt is not good. As the main formation, the spear array will attack like a wall and break everything. However, it must maintain its formation at all times and it is difficult to cope with the ever-changing enemy situation. " "For example, once the enemy is defeated, it will be destroyed. The spear formation cannot carry out an effective and fast pursuit at all. Once it is pursued, it will be chaotic, and it will be easily defeated by the enemy's counterattack. This will greatly increase the results and give the enemy a chance to breathe. " "Secondly, compared to the invincibility of the main formation. , the light soldiers on both wings are undoubtedly a weakness. If the enemy adopts a strategy of feinting from the front and attacking the two wings, the light soldiers on both wings may not be able to withstand it, but the bamboo spear array is not mobile enough and it is difficult to respond in time. Once the enemy If you break the two wings and attack from three sides, the main formation will also be broken. "That makes sense." Gui Guzi is indeed a master of military science. Question, then, Boling, how do you want to improve? " "First, I want to change the light troops on the left to heavy infantry similar to Wei Wuzu. In this way, the offensive and defensive capabilities will be greatly increased, and the left wing can be effectively protected. "Secondly, I want to change the light troops on the right wing to heavy cavalry. This will strengthen the right wing and also give the military formation excellent maneuverability for effective pursuit, cutting, and detours." "By doing this, the shortcomings of the military formation will be basically completed, and the war will be rampant in the world." Sun Bin is also smart. What he threw out at the beginning was just a simplified Macedonian military formation, but it was suitable for the national conditions of the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period. It is said that it was invented by Sun Wu, but there is no trace of it. What was added later was Alexander the Great¡¯s mature Macedonian military formation. In this way, the lie will be rounded out, which not only highlights your ability, but will not appear too abrupt. Guiguzi frowned and said: "Bo Ling, it is a good idea to use heavy infantry on the left wing. At that time, heavy infantry like Wei Wuzu had not yet appeared, so there was some lack of consideration. However, using cavalry, especially heavy cavalry, makes the decision. "It's impossible to fight with troops." Sun Bin smiled and said: "Why, you little monkey are still trying to become a division?" Gui Guzi snorted and said dismissively: "The cavalry is on horseback." It is difficult to stabilize and can only carry out low-intensity battles. Therefore, all countries have only equipped a small number of cavalry for reconnaissance, harassment, etc. There is no precedent for using cavalry as the main battle force. " "You are so whimsical. Once you go into battle, you will only use cavalry. It can be self-destruction. No, you don¡¯t even need to go into battle. As long as your heavy cavalry runs for one or two hundred miles, the horses¡¯ hooves will be worn out quickly under the huge load, and they will collapse without fighting.¡± , Guiguzi's vision was very poisonous, and he revealed the fatal weakness of today's cavalry in one sentence. However, no matter how clever Guiguzi was, he still couldn¡¯t figure out that Sun Bin was a time traveler, let alone that there would be horseshoes and stirrups in the future.device. "Haha" Sun Bin smiled: "Teacher, what if I said that I have a way to overcome these weaknesses of the cavalry?" Guiguzi was stunned for a moment, and then he keenly realized: the cavalry already has excellent mobility. After solving the weakness of being unable to carry out high-intensity battles and long-distance galloping, the cavalry will surely become the leader in war. This will be a huge revolution in the history of war! However, throughout the ages, many famous ministers and generals have not solved the weakness of the cavalry. How can a young boy do it? ? At least, Gui Guzi found it hard to believe. "Bo Ling," Guiguzi said with a look of astonishment, "You really have a way?" "Yes." Sun Bin nodded confidently: "It sounds mysterious, but in fact, it only requires two inconspicuous little things. However, these two things are very easy to copy. Once leaked, there will be no secret. However, the disciple still wants to keep it as a trump card and use it in critical moments in the future. Therefore, please forgive me, it is not convenient for the disciple to reveal it here. " "It doesn't matter. "Gui Guzi was shocked, but nodded unconcernedly: "The so-called 'Tao is not taught to non-human beings, and law is not taught to the six ears'. When more people know about it, it is no longer a secret. It is enough to change someone. In this war, you are right to be cautious." Gui Guzi believed that Sun Bin did not lie to him, and these two things did exist. "But Gui Guzi is open-minded. Everyone has secrets. Even if he is a teacher, he cannot force others. What¡¯s more, this secret is so amazing that it can change the pattern of war. "Thank you, teacher." Sun Bin nodded gratefully. "Okay, you can go out." Guiguzi waved his hand. "Yes, teacher." After finally dealing with the disaster, Sun Bin breathed a sigh of relief, stood up quickly, and ran away. He was relaxed, but Gui Guzi was not calm anymore. Although Sun Bin is young, the light on his body is already so bright that it cannot be concealed, and even a highly conceited all-rounder like him can't help but be amazed by it! Now, not to mention that Sun Bin also used Sun Wu as a cover, even if Sun Bin insisted that he invented the Macedonian phalanx and trebuchet, Guiguzi would believe it. Is there really a genius who is born with knowledge in this world? ? Perhaps, my ideal of rectifying the troubled times and bringing great order to the world can really be realized in this disciple. Guiguzi fell into deep thought. Text Chapter 77 What is War Ten days later, morning. Lecture platform. Under a tall ancient pine tree, Guiguzi put his hands behind his back and was explaining his art of war - Guigu Thirteen Chapters. Sun Bin and Wei Liao, who majored in the art of war, were listening, and Pang Juan, who was already seriously injured, was also there. "A wise man must know himself and the enemy when using troops, so that he can win a hundred battles without danger. To have a winning strategy, he must assess the situation, grasp the enemy's situation quickly and completely, and expose the enemy's weaknesses to few and hidden, and then alternately use conspiracy and conspiracy, which is why the army has no constant potential. , Water has no permanent shape, and you must not stick to the rules, which will give the enemy an opportunity to take advantage of it. " Gui Guzi said it very well. This theory was insightful even if he was two thousand years old. Hearing this, Sun Bin and the others nodded. "Very good." Guiguzi nodded with satisfaction: "It seems that you have understood it, so I will test you." "Please ask the teacher to give you a question." Sun Bin and the other three agreed, and they were all excitedly preparing to show off. "Okay." Guiguzi stroked his beard and smiled: "I would like to ask you, what is the highest state of war? Who comes first?" "I come first." Pang Juan, who had always been taciturn, actually rushed to speak. His eyes were bright and his expression was bright. Feiliang actually swept away the usual dullness and dullness: "Teacher, I think the highest state of war is to build strong soldiers, run across the world, be invincible in battles, and be invincible in all attacks. Lao Tzu said: 'Those who use Tao to help others cannot help others. "Strengthening the world with troops" means that war is an ominous thing, and a man of virtue does not rely on military strength to conquer the world. Ke Juan thinks this is a big mistake. " Sun Bin was surprised when he saw Pang Juan talking soberly. But I also realized something: It seems that Senior Brother Pang was born for war. When it comes to war, he seems to be a different person. No wonder he could become a famous general in the Wei Kingdom in the future, leading Wei soldiers to roam the world and shock all countries. Guiguzi listened and said calmly: "What's wrong?" "Teacher, look," Pang Juan said with a confident face: "If we can use benevolence, righteousness and morality to make the country peaceful and the people safe, then I'm afraid there will be no war in the world, let alone No country will be annexed. Since ancient times, there have been many virtuous monarchs, but none of them can protect the country from the harm of war. "" Let's give a specific example. If the people of Fenglin Town dare not resist. , but to talk about benevolence and morality to the other party. What will be the consequences? , and a large amount of property was seized, and life is much better now. " "So, what I said about 'strengthening the world without using war' is just a good wish, and it is destined to be impossible to realize. Since war cannot be avoided, we must learn to take advantage of it. War, use war to protect yourself, annex and attack enemy countries to gain benefits. This is a humble opinion of the disciple, please correct me." After saying that, Pang Juan looked at Guiguzi expectantly, hoping to get a compliment or two. . Gui Guzi frowned slightly, as if he was not very satisfied with Pang Juan's opinion. He looked at Sun Bin and Wei Liao and said, "What do you think?" Wei Liao thought for a while and said, "Junior brother Pang is a bit absolute. Use strong troops to run rampant. The world may seem majestic, but there are hidden dangers. As the old saying goes: No matter how big a country is, it will perish if it is warlike. Therefore, the disciple believes that the highest level of war is to use war with caution or even without war." Pang Juan was quite unconvinced after hearing this. He said: "Second Senior Brother, you have forgotten half of the sentence: 'Although the world is safe, if you forget to fight, you will be in danger.' If you don't want to fight, others will come to fight you." "No, no, I don't mean not to fight." Wei Liao defended: "I just want to say that if it can be solved without war, try not to use war. I think the highest state of war is to defeat the enemy without fighting." "How is this possible!?" Pang Juan didn't believe it. , thinking: Is the enemy stupid? Surrender without fighting? Gui Guzi's eyes lit up, and he seemed to appreciate Wei Liao's words. He looked at Sun Bin who had been silent and said, "Bo Ling, your two senior brothers are arguing, what do you think?" Sun Bin smiled and said, "I I also think what Senior Brother Wei said is more insightful, but I also have some additions. The highest level of war should indeed be to conquer the enemy without fighting, because once war is used, the country's power will be exhausted, the land will be desolate, and the people will die, and the consequences will be very serious. "So, I am right to say that war should be used with caution." "However," Sun Bin changed his words: "I am only half right. As long as people are greedy, war is bound to happen without fighting. The highest level of war is the war of men, but this situation is rare after all. Many times, war is still needed to solve problems, and war is not terrible, as long as the war can comply with the 'Tao' and the 'Potential', then. You will definitely win. " "Then what is 'Tao' and 'Position' in war?" Guiguzi asked. "'Tao' is the people's heart. As long as the war can conform to the people's heart, it can win, just like"King Wu defeated Zhou". ¡®Potential¡¯ refers to the general trend of the world, and this is the saying that ¡®those who follow the heaven will prosper, and those who go against the heaven will perish¡¯. " "good. Wei Liao applauded the case and said happily: "My younger brother said it very well. He can see it more thoroughly than my elder brother." " "very good. Gui Guzi also stroked his beard and praised: "What Bo Ling said is very close to my heart." Then he chose Wei Liao and said, "Bo Yin's words are also very good." "For Pang Juan, it is the last word. For Guiguzi, good is good, but he will not praise Pang Juan against his will just because he takes care of Pang Juan's emotions. This is a taboo for a teacher. In Guiguzi's view, Pang Juan's vision is still a bit narrow. It still needs to be tempered. No matter how high a talented martial artist knows how to fight, his future achievements will be limited. Looking at the happy Wei Liao and Sun Bin, Pang Juan couldn't help but feel a little frustrated. He believed that he was by no means stupid, and he was also good at learning. He works very hard, but why can't he be compared to others? Needless to say, Junior Brother Sun has a rich family background and is admirable for his ingenuity. Even Senior Brother Wei Liao, a seemingly lazy person, has many insights. "Okay," Guiguzi smiled: "I'll be here this morning. It's time to leave. Go back and review your lessons and understand them carefully. " "is teacher. "Sun Bin and the other three hurriedly stood up to see each other off. Gui Guzi walked away leisurely. Sun Bin turned around, looked at Pang Juan who looked depressed, and hurriedly stepped forward and asked: "Brother, what's wrong? " "Alas -" Pang Juan sighed: "Junior brother, aren't you very stupid? You always disappoint the teacher. " Sun Bin was stunned and quickly comforted him: "How can senior brother be stupid? It's just that a ruler is short and an inch is long. Senior Brother Wei and I may be slightly stronger in strategy, but Senior Brother is good at tactics, and is much better than us in adapting to situations and being decisive in dealing with things. " "Yep. Wei Liao also smiled and said: "Also, you are also very strong in swordsmanship. One of you can beat both of us. I envy you." " When Pang Juan heard this, his heart became much brighter, and he smiled a little sheepishly: "Senior brother, junior brother, you deserve the prize, how can I be so good. From now on, if there is anything you don¡¯t understand, you still need to teach me more. " "Definitely, are we brothers? "Sun Bin agreed immediately, and the three of them looked at each other and smiled. At this moment, the three brothers and sisters were really harmonious. This is the purest emotion. Text Chapter 78 War Game Deduction A few days passed in the blink of an eye. On this day, at the lecture platform, Gui Guzi was talking about the art of vertical and horizontal movements, but the only one listening was Sun Bin. Pang Juan, Wei Liao, and Mao Meng were not very interested in Zonghengshu. The statecraft and business skills that Bai Gui mainly studied involved a little bit of vertical and horizontal skills, but he started early and finished learning them long ago. Therefore, when the class starts this time, Sun Bin is the only one. "Zonghengshu is the secret of language. It is dedicated to persuading others with wisdom. It does not advocate dead remonstrance or forceful remonstrance. If you want to persuade the monarch, the best way is not to go straight, but to grasp the monarch's You can persuade the monarch and achieve your goals by following your preferences and expressing your opinions." Sun Bin nodded and said, "What the teacher said is true. I heard that Yan Zi, the prime minister of Qi Jinggong, was the master. He was adept at admonishing with words such as metaphors and metaphors, and the effect was very good." Gui Gu smiled and said, "It seems that Bo Ling admires Yan Zi very much." "Yan Zi admonished Duke Jing", you can study it carefully, understand the mystery, and understand this lesson thoroughly. "Okay, this lesson is over, you can go on your own." Waving his hands, he turned around and drifted back to the cave. get out of class is over, where are you going? Sun Bin stood up and scratched his head. It was still early to eat, so there was no need to be in a hurry to get "Yan Zi's Remonstrance to Duke Jing". Why don¡¯t you go see what senior brothers and the others are doing? Sun Bin made up his mind and went straight to the "Martial Arts Stage". He had heard early in the morning that Wei Liao and Pang Juan were going there. Not long after, the martial arts stage arrived. Sun Bin looked around and saw that Wei Liao and Pang Juan were indeed on the stage, and they were discussing something animatedly. "Two senior brothers, what are you busy with?" Sun Bin stepped forward with a smile. Wei Liao raised his head and said hurriedly: "Junior brother, I came just in time. Junior brother Pang and I are studying your bamboo spear array." "Oh." Sun Bin stepped forward with some curiosity, and saw hundreds of thumb-sized objects in front of them. Soldiers of various shapes and colors are arranged according to formations, which indeed looks like a Macedonian phalanx. "What did the two senior brothers come up with?" Sun Bin said with a smile. "I've gained a little bit," Wei Liao said anxiously, "It just so happens that the real master, my junior brother, is here. How about a review?" "Yeah. Yeah." Pang Juan also smiled innocently and nodded, looking very eager. "Okay." Sun Bin agreed with a smile. "That's right. Although this bamboo spear formation is sharp, it is not complete. Junior Brother also said that it needs two wings." "That's right." Sun Bin nodded. "As for these two wings, Junior Brother Pang and I have different views. Junior Brother Pang chooses heavy infantry like Wei Wuzu on both wings, but I suggest one heavy and one light." "Oh, what did those two senior brothers think about it?" Sun Bin also found it interesting. When he talked about military science, Pang Juan became very energetic and eloquent: "Junior brother, this is what I think. The Bamboo Spear Formation is invincible in attack. It is difficult to win against it head-on. However, its maneuverability is inconvenient and it is shorter than close combat. Therefore, if you want to break the bamboo, The best way to attack the spear formation is to attack the front and bypass the flanks. As long as the flanks of the bamboo spear formation are broken, the bamboo spear formation will be broken. "Yes." Wei Liao also nodded and agreed: " Junior Brother Pang and I agree on this." Sun Bin was surprised: There is indeed no shortage of discerning people in this world. As expected, one is a future famous general of the Wei State, and the other is a future master of military science. They both have first-class eyesight and can see through the weaknesses of the Macedonian phalanx at a glance. "In order to avoid this situation, the combat power of the two wings must be strong enough, so I chose heavy infantry like Wei Wuzu." Pang Juan continued confidently. "The heavy infantry may be slightly inferior to the Bamboo Spear Formation in terms of attack power, but it is also very sharp, and in terms of defense, it is even more impregnable, far from being comparable to the Bamboo Spear Formation. Therefore, if the heavy infantry is used in conjunction with the Bamboo Spear Formation, then The safety of the two wings of the Bamboo Spear Formation will be guaranteed, and its invincible attack advantage will be fully utilized." "Brother, you are right." Sun Bin nodded. Before the advantage of cavalry was discovered by the world, Pang Juan's formation was still very sharp. "I have a different opinion." Wei Liao objected: "The Bamboo Spear Formation is invincible in attack, but it must maintain its formation, so it is inconvenient to maneuver. Although the heavy infantry can better protect the two wings of the Bamboo Spear Formation, it carries a heavy load. Likewise, "This leads to a problem: maybe you can defeat the enemy, but you can't pursue it effectively and expand the results: or, if the enemy avoids fighting, you can't do anything because you can't catch up." "Such a? This will result in the loss of the leadership of the war, and it will be difficult to turn advantages into victory. Wouldn't it be passive! ? The two wings, one heavy and one light, can solve the problem of insufficient maneuverability. When pursuing, leading with light troops can increase the results of the battle: if the enemy avoids fighting, you can also use light troops to entangle the enemy and wait for the main support. " "Brother, this is wrong. Pang Juan said unconvinced: "You have solved the problem of insufficient mobility by one heavy and one light, but what about defense?" If the enemy attacks your light troops, can you guarantee that they will hold on? If you can't hold on, the whole battle will be lost. Wei Liao was also unconvinced and said: "As long as the dispatch is reasonable, the light troops can hold out for a certain period of time, and the bamboo spear array and heavy infantry can defeat the enemy's main force in time, then there will be no problem." " "Brother, you are gambling. What if you lose? Pang Juan retorted. Seeing that Pang Juan and Wei Liao were arguing again, Sun Bin couldn't help but feel a little confused, and quickly advised him: "Okay, okay, don't argue anymore." In fact, what both senior brothers said makes sense, but Senior Brother Pang is more stable, while Senior Brother Wei is more flexible. This is a matter of personal military style, not a matter of right or wrong. " Wei Liao and Pang Juan looked at each other and smiled sheepishly. "Actually, I personally think that if one wing still uses heavy infantry and the other wing uses chariots, will the effect be better? "Sun Bin said. "Chariots!? Pang Juan and Wei Liao couldn't help but be stunned. "Historically, chariots once dominated the scene with their powerful mobility and impact. Even how many chariots a country has is directly related to how many chariots a country has." It symbolizes the strength of this country. Therefore, in history, there are expressions such as "the country of thousands of times" and "the country of ten thousand times". However, since the Warring States Period, flowers are not as red as a hundred days. However, chariot soldiers began to slowly withdraw from the stage of history due to reasons such as huge costs, difficult training, and demanding battlefield terrain. The rapid development of bows and crossbows has also accelerated this trend. After all, chariots have huge goals. They are not as flexible as cavalry and can easily suffer heavy casualties from bows and crossbows. Nowadays, the number of chariots equipped by various countries is very small. For example, Wei, as a superpower in the world, only retains 600 chariots. Chariots are very limited in scale and rarely used on the battlefield. They exist more as honor guards and personal guards of generals. Therefore, for a while, Pang Juan and Wei Liao actually forgot that there was a "chariot soldier". . Text Chapter 79 Uninvited Guest "Chariot soldiers!?" Wei Liao thought for a moment and suddenly said excitedly: "What a great idea. In terms of mobility, chariot soldiers are better than light soldiers; in terms of combat effectiveness, the impact of chariot soldiers is not comparable to that of light soldiers. This solves the problem It is difficult to balance mobility and combat power. ""It's a good idea." Pang Juan agreed, but he also asked a question keenly: "It's just that chariot soldiers cost a lot of money and are prone to heavy casualties from enemy bows and crossbows. I'm afraid that even if you win the battle, the price will be huge. Not to mention small countries cannot afford to fight this kind of war, even big and powerful countries have to weigh it." Sun Bin said with a smile: "There is no such thing as perfection in the world. . As a general, you only need to consider whether you can win. As for whether you can afford to fight, that is the prince's business. " "Junior brother is right." Wei Liao and Pang Juan burst into laughter. Sun Bin felt a little ashamed. Undoubtedly, compared to chariots, cavalry is more advanced and more suitable for the Macedonian phalanx. After all, the impact of chariots and soldiers also has the same impact as cavalry. In addition, cavalry¡¯s flexibility, adaptability to terrain, and even cost are equally superior to those of chariot soldiers. So, historically, cavalry eventually replaced chariots. However, as Sun Bin said to Gui Guzi, the cavalry will be his secret trump card and cannot be revealed easily. Therefore, Sun Bin¡¯s advice to Pang Juan and Wei Liao could only go as far as chariot soldiers. As for whether there was any intention to guard against Pang Juan, I'm afraid Sun Bin himself couldn't tell clearly. Maybe there is, maybe there isn¡¯t. After all, Pang Juan rescued him twice, and Sun Bin would be lying if he said he was not moved. Now Sun Bin really regards Pang Juan as an elder brother and basically won't deliberately guard against anything. However, the lessons of history are profound after all. Subconsciously, Sun Bin may still be uneasy and instinctively keep some important secrets. ??I¡¯m afraid Sun Bin himself doesn¡¯t know this. Of course, no matter what the purpose was for hiding the truth from the two senior brothers, Sun Bin was still a little bit ashamed. After all, he has been a happy-go-lucky person since he was a child. But Pang Juan and Wei Liao were not aware of it. Instead, they were happy because they had gained a lot from today's war game. "Dang-dang" At this moment, a distant alarm bell suddenly came from the direction of the valley entrance, shaking the silent valley. "No, someone broke into the stone formation and triggered the warning mechanism." Sun Bin was horrified. Pang Juan smiled and said: "Junior brother, don't be nervous. They are probably mountain people who entered by mistake. This happens every year." "Yes, don't worry." Wei Liao stood up and said unconcernedly: "I'll go take a look. If so, I will lead the person out. "Then I will accompany my senior brother," Sun Bin volunteered. "No need." Wei Liao waved his hand and said with a smile: "I can do it alone. You guys will wait for me to go to dinner together." "Okay then." Sun Bin and the other two nodded and went down to the martial arts platform to wait for Wei Liao. Wei Liao went straight into the stone formation alone and soon disappeared into the huge foggy shadow. ?????????????After half an hour. Sun Bin was a little anxious while waiting outside the formation, so he turned around and said, "Senior Brother Pang, why hasn't Senior Brother Wei come out yet?" "Wait a little longer." Pang Juan scratched his head and said, "The stone formation is very big, and we may not be able to find anyone for a while. " "Okay." Sun Bin had to wait patiently. As soon as he finished speaking, there was a burst of chaotic footsteps in the stone formation, and then a figure staggered over. came back. Sun Bin and Pang Juan were overjoyed and hurriedly came forward to greet him. The person who came out was indeed Wei Liao. However, what shocked Sun Bin and Pang Juan was that Wei Liao was wounded in his left arm, with blood dripping down his face. Sun Bin was shocked and quickly supported Wei Liao: "Brother Wei, what's going on?" Wei Liao gritted his teeth and said with a look of hatred on his face: "Don't mention it. I went into the formation to search for a while, and sure enough I found someone breaking in, but They were two swordsmen wearing ghost faces. I was surprised and wanted to go up and ask what happened, but I didn't expect the two bastards to rush towards me with their swords drawn. Then he ran away. Fortunately, he was protected by the formation, otherwise he would have fallen into the hands of those two. "Ghost-faced swordsman?" Sun Bin was stunned and asked anxiously: "Is it bronze, silver, or gold ghost-faced?" It's two silver ghost faces." Wei Liao said in astonishment: "How do you know?" "Damn it." The guess came true, Sun Bin said bitterly: "These guys are "Ghost Hidden" killers, please inform the teacher."Pang Juan suddenly realized that they had already heard about the grievances between Sun Bin, Tian Gu and the "Ghost Shadow" killer after spending many days together. "Damn it!" Wei Liao said bitterly: "These rats actually chased them to Guigu. They are so audacious. Dare you hurt me!? You are not done with them." It's too late, I'll give you a warning." He walked straight to a cliff, reached out and grabbed an iron ring, and twisted it hard. "Dang-dang" Immediately, the mechanism was triggered, and a bronze bell on the martial arts stage sent out a specific warning signal-an enemy was coming! The reaction in the valley was quick, and within a moment, Gui Guzi, Bai Gui, and Mao Meng arrived hand in hand with weapons. "Go on." Bai Gui and Mao Meng threw three swords in the air, but they were the weapons of Sun Bin and the others. "Thank you, senior brother." Sun Bin and the others quickly thanked him and took the sword. "What happened?" Guiguzi asked hurriedly. At first, he didn't take it seriously when the stone formation warned him. Like Pang Juan and Wei Liao, he just thought it was a mountain villager who entered by mistake. He also thought that Pang and Wei happened to be at the martial arts stage and should be nearby to check, so he continued reading. But unexpectedly, it didn¡¯t take long for a clear warning signal to come out. This made Guiguzi very shocked. You know, Guigu has been building the valley for many years, but this is the first time that an enemy has come to the door. "Teacher," Sun Bin said hurriedly: "Two silver ghost faces entered the stone formation. Senior Brother Wei thought they were mountain people who entered by mistake, so he went to help, but he almost got poisoned." Only then did Gui Guzi notice that Wei Liao was injured. , couldn't help but said angrily: "It's really abominable for these rats to be so entangled! Dan, Chucheng, you should bind up Boyin's wounds first." "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui and Mao Meng hurried forward to replace Wei Liao. Use medicine to stop the bleeding and then wrap it tightly with a bandage. Fortunately, Wei Liao was always smart and ran very fast when he saw the situation was bad. However, it was only a skin injury, not serious. "Teacher, what should we do next?" Sun Bin asked, feeling very uneasy because the enemy's situation was unclear. Gui Guzi snorted coldly: "These two silver ghost faces are probably just outposts. Dan, you join the battle with the teacher, capture the two of them first, and ask the enemy's true identity." "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui accepted the order with enthusiasm. "You guys, wait here." Guiguzi ordered and took Bai Gui into the stone formation. Text Chapter 80 Qimen Dunjia (1) Stonehenge. In the hazy fog, two silver ghosts were scurrying around like headless flies, facing east and west. "Obviously, these two idiots don't know this stone formation at all. "Damn it!" After wandering around for a long time, still unable to get out, a tall and thin silver ghost said anxiously: "What kind of evil formation is this? It's so weird. Why can't I find the location of this formation after searching for a long time?" The other, burlier Silver Ghost Face sighed: "It's a pity that we didn't catch the kid just now. He must know how to get out of the formation. However, this formation is so weird, at least it is certain that this is the Ghost Valley." "Hmph. !¡± The taller and thinner Baiyin Guimian gritted his teeth and said: ¡°That old man Guiguzi dares to be my enemy, Guiyin. Don¡¯t let me catch him. Otherwise, I won¡¯t understand the pain in my heart without cutting him into pieces. "Hate." "What, are you two looking for a poor Taoist?" Suddenly, a Taoist priest appeared from behind a stone pillar. "Are you Guiguzi?" The two silver ghosts were stunned for a moment, and then exchanged looks with joy. "It's Pindao." Guiguzi said calmly: "I heard that a guest was coming, so I came here to greet him." "Catch him." Suddenly, the two silver ghosts shouted angrily, and they rushed forward with swords in hand. "Huh." Gui Guzi sneered, and disappeared behind the stone pillar in a flash. "Hurry up and chase." After finally seeing the hope of entering the battle, the two silver ghost faces were willing to let go, bypassing the stone pillars, and chasing after them. However, in the mist, Guiguzi flickered here and there, but disappeared. "Where are the people? Where have they gone?" The two silver ghosts looked dumbfounded and looked at each other, somewhat at a loss. "Giggle" At this moment, there was a strange sound suddenly coming from all around, as if something was rubbing. "No, it's a trap, hide quickly!" The two silver ghosts were stunned. "Crack¡ª¡ª" Just when the two were about to dodge, the ground beneath their feet suddenly cracked, and the two unlucky guys fell in like heavy stones. "Haha, caught it." With a burst of joyful laughter, Bai Gui turned out from behind a stone pillar and rushed to the pit in a few steps. In the pit, two silver ghosts were caught tightly by a large net, and they were squeezed together tightly, looking very intimate. "Dan, you did a great job." Gui Guzi also stepped out with a smile. These two silver ghost faces dared to play tricks in front of his old man. They really didn't know how to live or die. "Thank you, teacher." Bai Gui also looked proud. "Asshole, let us go." "Hitting people in the back is nothing." "That's it, if you have the ability, let us go, let's go one on one." But the two silver ghost faces were furious and fought hard in the net. Struggling and roaring. Guiguzi laughed and sneered: "Wise men fight with wits but not with strength. How can you two idiots understand? Dan, bring them up." "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui manipulated the mechanism to get these two people out of the trap. Pulled up. "Let us go." "Gui Guzi, don't be complacent, you won't be arrogant for long." The two silver ghost faces kept cursing. Gui Guzi snorted and said impatiently: "Dan, shut them up. Take them back quickly." "Yes, teacher." Bai Gui responded, pulled out the long sword from behind with a smirk, and stepped forward. ¡°You, what do you want to do?¡± ¡°Ah¡ª¡ª¡± ¡­ After two screams, the unlucky guy was hit hard on the back of the head by Bai Gui with the hilt of his sword, and he fainted on the spot. Not long after, the two silver ghosts woke up, but suddenly found that they were tied like rice dumplings. Looking around again, we saw that we had already exited the stone formation, and there were Guiguzi and five teenagers standing in front of us. ¡°Asshole, let us go.¡± The two silver ghost faces shouted in anger again. "Humph." Sun Bin sneered and said, "It seems you two are not clear about the situation yet. Well, let me give you a heads up." Then, without saying anything, he stepped forward and started punching and kicking him. Sun Bin hates these "ghost hidden" killers so much that he won't do it lightly. The pain made these two people cry like ghosts and howl like wolves. "Junior brother, your approach is too gentle, look at me." Wei Liao also said with a smirk. He was stabbed by these two men just now, and he was very unhappy in his heart. He didn't want to take revenge now? He stepped forward and kicked him hard.   That enthusiasm was much stronger than that of Sun Bin. "Aww-Aww" For a moment, the shrill screams made the listeners sad and the listeners shed tears. "Okay." Guiguzi saw that it was almost done, and he would be beaten to death if he hit him again. He coughed and said, "Stop." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin and Wei Liao then stopped with a look of relief. "Seeing the two silver ghost faces again, they also lost their masks. They were beaten until their noses were bruised and their faces were swollen. Their mouths were crooked and their eyes were slanted. It was so miserable. Guiguzi smiled and said: "You two, have you seen the situation clearly? Now, I ask and you answer, okay?" "You, don't even think about it." "That's right, I won't say anything, bah!" Although they were dying, the two silver ghost faces had very hard bones. They glared angrily and cursed endlessly. "Damn it, I really deserve a beating." Sun Bin smoothed his sleeves and waited to move forward to use his hands and feet. "Bo Ling, don't be impulsive." Guiguzi said with a smile: "Master, I admire people with strong bones the most. Let me entertain them personally." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin couldn't help but be happy when he heard this. Bai Gui and others also looked at each other with sympathy on their faces. Everyone knew that these two guys were going to be in trouble. "You, what do you want to do?" "We 'Guiyin' will not let you go." Seeing Guiguzi step forward with "malintentions", the two silver ghosts couldn't help shouting with stern faces. You know, the fear of the unknown is the most terrifying thing. However, Gui Guzi refused to say anything and leaned over and tapped the two of them a few times. ¡°Ah¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°It hurts so much.¡± ¡°It¡¯s so itchy.¡± ¡°I can¡¯t bear it anymore.¡± ¡­ Suddenly, the two of them seemed to be bitten by countless ants and poisonous snakes in their bodies. The pain was so painful that they were howling like ghosts and rolling all over the ground. After a while, the pain was excruciating. One of the two people was struggling like shrimps, and the other was desperately fighting for the ground with his head. The look of tears streaming down his face and in agony was really shocking. Sun Bin and others looked on, and they couldn't help but feel a little frightened. They could imagine with their toes how lustful these two unlucky ghosts were. Don¡¯t forget, Gui Guzi is a master of medicine and is very knowledgeable about human structure. His methods to treat people are much more ruthless than ordinary people. "How about it? What do you two think? To recruit or not to recruit?" Seeing that the heat was almost over, Guiguzi smiled and said in a leisurely manner. "I, I can't stand it, I'll do it, I'll do it." The two silver ghost faces couldn't stand the torture, so they all rushed to answer. At this time, the two of them really would rather die than experience this kind of pain again. Text Chapter 81 Qimen Dunjia (2) "Very good." Guiguzi nodded with satisfaction, stepped forward and tapped a few more times. Immediately, the two people felt that the severe itching pain all over their bodies, like ants biting and snake bites, quickly subsided. Their hearts suddenly relaxed, and they collapsed to the ground like mud. While gasping for air, they felt that the clothes all over their bodies were soaked. It's like fishing out of water. ¡°Compared with the relief and relief now, the experience just now was as unbearable as a nightmare. "You two, tell me, how did you find this place?" Gui Guzi said lightly. "Okay." The taller and thinner Silver Ghost Face also accepted his fate and said with a breathless smile: "That day, Daliang was defeated miserably. The leader was furious and ordered an investigation into the matter. Only then did he know that the Taoist Master turned out to be Gui Guzi." "Continue. ." Guiguzi nodded, not surprised. He stayed in Gongzi Ang's mansion for several days. Sun Bin also got engaged to Yinyu, so his identity could no longer be kept secret. "Okay. After finding out the whole story, the leader is very unwilling. I, 'Ghost Shadow', have been established for decades and have gone through three generations, but I have never suffered such a big loss. In order to maintain the dignity of the sect and restore the business reputation, I vowed revenge." " Therefore, the leader mobilized elite soldiers to go to Daliang to assassinate Young Master Ang. On the other hand, he sent people to Songshan Mountain to find the location of Guigu. The two of us were one of them. " "Two days ago, we heard that there were disciples of Guigu. He showed up in Fenglin Town and wiped out a group of bandits, so he came to investigate and concluded that Guigu Valley should be nearby, so he searched around and found this place. " "Huh!" Gui Guzi sneered when he heard this. Said: "You are really persevering. Do you really think that everyone in the world is afraid of you 'ghost hiding'!?" Young master, these killers dare to retaliate. Aren't they afraid of the public opinion?" "What's wrong with that?" Sun Bin sneered, "As long as you give money, these killers would dare to assassinate the king." "They are so greedy. How daring." Bai Gui sighed. "Tell me, how many of you have come back?" Guiguzi ignored the angry words of Sun Bin and others and continued to ask. "Sixty-three people are here." "Who are they?" "Fifty bronze killers, ten silver killers, two gold killers, and a sect leader." Hiss! Sun Bin couldn't help but gasped: Such a tyrannical strength, actually surpassing Daliang Shi. Sure enough, Gui Guzi couldn't help but frown slightly, but he didn't forget to ask carefully: "Offer? Who is this?" "This person's name is Zhou Cuo. He was originally a disciple of the Yin Yang Sect. He was proficient in Qi Sect Dunjia and hidden weapons. He later betrayed the Yin Yang Sect. , was recruited by the sect and respected as a worshiper. I came to Guigu this time because I was afraid that Qimen Dunjia would block the way, so I sent him to help. " Guiguzi sneered when he heard this, "Really, I want to take a look. How powerful this week's mistake is." "Compared to Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons, there is only one person in the world who can admire Mo Zhai. ??Wrong this week, it¡¯s just a bird feather thing! ? "Is there any more?" Sun Bin also said with disdain. "No more." The two silver ghosts smiled bitterly and shook their heads: "It's just that I hope it can give us a good time." The situation just now made the two of them really scared. Moreover, since they had been captured and betrayed the secrets in the door, even if Guiguzi was willing to spare their lives, they would not be able to escape death if they returned. In this case, it is better to seek happiness. "That's fine, then I'll help you." Guiguzi nodded, stepped forward and pointed at the two's fatal points. Soon, the eyes of the two silver ghost faces became blurred and their breathing stopped. This method of death is indeed painless and very humane. After all, Guiguzi is a man of Taoism. He has no choice but to get blood on his hands. Seeing that the two silver ghost faces were solved, Bai Gui asked: "Teacher, if these two people don't come back, the killers will come to the door soon. What should we do?" Guiguzi sneered: "If we are outside the valley, as a teacher, There may be nothing we can do to them, so we can only run away. But in the Ghost Valley, even if the enemy has thousands of troops, there is nothing to fear. As long as these rats dare to come, they will have a taste of the power of my Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons. " "Great." Sun Bin and everyone cheered. Among the people, even Bai Gui, who has been in the valley for the longest time, has never seen the grand scene of the strange gates and hidden weapons in the valley. When he heard this, he knew that there was a good show to watch. How could he not be excited? . "Okay, from now on, the five of you will take turns to be on duty here. If there is an enemy coming, give a warning immediately. As a teacher, go and open the whole valley."Come and wait for those rats. "Gui Guzi's face was grim, with murderous intent lurking in his face. Gui Guzi, who has always been good-tempered, was also angered by Gui Yin's arrogance of not knowing how to advance or retreat, and advancing step by step. Don't think that educated people are easy to bully. When Gui Guzi gets angry, he is still very scary, It will still leave enemies everywhere and teach them a profound lesson. ¡°Yes, teacher. "Sun Bin and everyone accepted the order happily. Guiguzi turned around and was about to leave, but Sun Bin suddenly said: "Teacher. " "What's wrong? "Guiguzi turned around. Sun Bin looked at Guiguzi, then at the senior brothers, and said apologetically: "I'm sorry, it's me who has caused trouble to everyone. " Guiguzi smiled and touched Sun Bin's hair lovingly: "Silly boy, why are you saying this? We are a family. " "Yes, junior brother," Bai Gui also said with a smile: "How can one family speak two different languages? If we have difficulties in the future, will you stand by and watch? " "Definitely not. "Sun Bin shook his head quickly. "That's it. Pang Juan also patted Sun Bin's shoulder gently and comforted him with a naive smile. Wei Liao and Mao Meng didn't say anything. They just stepped forward and patted Sun Bin's shoulder with a smile. All the care is in words. . Sun Bin felt warm in his heart, his eyes became moist, and he choked with sobs: "Thank you everyone. "In this life, although he has no family, it is enough to have such a teacher and such a senior brother. The new home of Guigu is equally warm. "Okay, don't be like your daughter's family. Went as a teacher. "Gui Guzi smiled and turned away. "Okay," Bai Gui clapped his hands: "Everyone, tell me, how to deal with these two dead people? " "That's not simple yet. Sun Bin sneered and said: "Throw it at the mouth of the valley and treat it as a meeting gift for those rats." " "Haha, good idea. "Wei Liao raised his hands in agreement. "Then I'll go hitch the car. Pang Juanhan smiled and said, "I can't bear to carry these two bastards so far." " "Haha" Everyone burst out laughing. Text Chapter 82 Qimen Dunjia (3) The next day. morning. On the mountain road outside the Ghost Valley, dozens of strange figures suddenly appeared, wearing black attire and ferocious ghost faces. No, there are personal exceptions. This is a middle-aged scribe who is about forty years old. He is dressed in a white shirt, has a handsome face, and is quite elegant. There is no doubt that these people are the notorious ¡®ghosts¡¯. And that scribe should be the so-called "ghost shadow" enshrined and the rebel of the Yin and Yang family - Zhou Cuo. "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a silver ghost face rushed up the mountain road ahead. "What did you find?" A golden ghost-faced man with slightly white hair but still a very tall figure stepped forward to meet him. "Go back to the three leaders of Jin," the silver ghost said with hateful eyes and gritted teeth: "My subordinates found the bodies of Silver Seven and Silver Thirteen at the mouth of a valley ahead." Because of the special nature of their profession, the 'Ghost Shadow' killers have no names, only code name. "Damn it!" Jin San also had a sharp look. Yin Qi and Yin Thirteen did not return all night. Although he had expected that something unexpected might happen, once it was confirmed, he could not help but feel resentful and his eyes were split. . ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? away from the rabbit and the fox is sad, and the thing hurts its own kind. "Leader Jin San, don't feel sad." At this time, Zhou Cuo Shi Shiran stepped forward and said calmly: "Yin Qi and the others probably discovered the 'Ghost Valley' and were killed. Their deaths are not without value. "That's right. As long as we kill that Guiguzi, the dead brothers can rest in peace." From the side, another golden ghost-faced person walked up, but she had a graceful posture and a slim figure. It was obvious at a glance that she was a woman. And judging by the sweetness of his voice, he must be very young. "Leader Jin Qi is right." Zhou Cuo said with a smile: "Let's go and see if this legendary 'Ghost Valley' is He Longtan Tiger's Den." "Let's go." All the 'Ghost Shadow' killers immediately came to see Bengui Valley. Not long after, the group of people followed the trail and came to the mouth of a valley. The valley was misty and there were countless huge stone pillars looming. In front of the entrance of the valley, two corpses were lying on the ground. They were Yin Qi and Yin Thirteen. Seeing this, Zhou Cuo stepped forward, leaned over and carefully examined the cause of death of the two people, and couldn't help but think deeply. "Mr. Zhou, what did you find?" The woman named Jin Qi stepped forward. "There are no external injuries." Zhou Cuo's eyes showed admiration: "He should have died from 'pulse cutting', what a powerful Guiguzi." "Pulse cutting?" Jin San, who also stepped forward, couldn't help but be startled. "Yes." Zhou Cuo explained: "This is a very rare killing method. The person must be proficient in the acupuncture points and meridians of the human body, and then use skill to cut off certain meridians, so that the person quickly loses his life. This kind of killing method , is not only very hidden, but also very demanding. There are only a handful of people in the world who are good at this." "It's really amazing." Jin Qi couldn't help but feel awe in his heart: "I've heard for a long time that Gui Guzi is good at everything, and it's true." " Huh." Jin San sneered: "It's just flashy, it's all about killing people, wouldn't it be straightforward to use a sword?" "" Zhou Cuo was speechless for a while: Well, I can't communicate with a warrior like you. This killing requires a lot of technical skills, otherwise, you would have the nerve to call yourself an ¡®expert¡¯! ? Shaking his head, he jumped onto a big bluestone and looked into the valley. At this time, although the sun was three high, the valley was still misty and misty. Countless huge stone pillars were looming in the mist, like a group of silent ancient giants, giving people an invisible pressure and shock. "That's right." Zhou Cuo nodded, jumped off the bluestone and said, "The mist and stone pillars in front of you are exactly a kind of 'Qi Men Dun Jia', which is called 'Maze Formation'. It cannot be a natural formation, it must be caused by manpower." "It must be Guigu." "Then what are you waiting for?" Jin San said calmly, "Sir, let's go in." "Don't be reckless," Zhou Cuo quickly warned. "The technique is extremely mysterious. If you rush in without knowing what is true, you will probably be trapped in the formation. What's more, there may be hidden weapons inside, so you need to be more careful." "That's right," Jin Qiye said. : "We don't understand these things, leader Jin San, let's just listen to Mr. Zhou." "Okay." Jin San didn't know how powerful he was, so he had to suppress his temper. Zhou Cuo carefully observed the stone formation and silently made calculations in his mind. After a long time, he nodded and said: "Let's go." Jin Qi said happily: "Sir, do you have a way to break the formation?" Zhou Cuo nodded proudly: "That's right. . Zhou is 80% to 90% sure that he is proficient in Qimen Dunjia. " "Great, sir, let's go in."? said with great joy. "Okay." Zhou Cuo agreed and said seriously: "Everyone follow me in, but you must remember: Don't walk around, let alone touch things. Otherwise, if you cause death, it will be too late to regret it. " "Yes." Everyone nodded in awe. Immediately, Zhou Cuo took the lead, followed by dozens of 'ghost shadow' killers, slowly sinking into the stone formation. As soon as they entered the formation, the "ghost" killers felt the fog was misty, and no one could be seen twenty steps away. Moreover, it was extremely quiet, and an invisible sense of depression swept over them. Unconsciously, everyone's breathing became a little faster, and their palms became slightly sweaty. Zhou Cuo noticed the change in his companion's mood and quickly comforted him: "Don't worry, everyone, these are just tricks. As long as you follow me closely and don't touch things randomly, you will be fine." "I know." The killers felt a little relieved and responded one after another. . Slowly, these people entered the formation gradually, but the journey was smooth and there was no danger. The killers gradually felt that the ¡®Qi Men Dun Jia¡¯ was nothing more than that. "Haha" Suddenly, amid a burst of laughter, a person emerged from behind a stone pillar and appeared beside the killers. It is Sun Bin. I saw him smiling and clasping his fists: "You guys have come a long way to work hard, I am Sun Bin, are you looking for me?" With that said, without waiting for the other party to answer, Sun Bin turned behind the stone pillar again. "It's this kid, catch him." "Hurry up and chase him." "Don't let him run away." The killers made a noise, and many people immediately left the team and went to catch up. You must know that the source of all the losses suffered by 'Ghost Shadow' lies in Sun Bin. Therefore, the mission of the killers this time, in addition to killing Gui Guzi, is to kill Sun Bin and steal "Sun Tzu's Art of War". As the number one killer in the world, "Kiyakure" will never accept any failure. Of course, 'Ghost Shadow' will calculate the reward after completing the task carefully with Tian Gu, and will not be polite. Therefore, when they saw Sun Bin, the killers were extremely jealous. Text Chapter 83 Qimen Dunjia (4) "Don't chase them." At this time, Zhou Cuo heard the noise in front of the team and hurried back, but it was already too late. There is a silver killer, and three bronze killers have chased him out and disappeared into the mist. "Sir, why don't you chase?" Jin Qi said with some confusion: "That Sun Bin is the one the leader asked for." "Alas -" Zhou Cuo stamped his feet and said, "You are confused, this is obviously a trick to lure the enemy." What! ? The killers were shocked, and Jin San said anxiously: "In that case, please lead the way, sir, and let's go rescue people quickly." "I'm afraid it's too late." Zhou Cuo said with a bitter smile. "Ah" As soon as he finished speaking, he saw several tragic wails coming from the thick fog, and then disappeared. The killers looked at each other, and it turned out that their words came true. "I'm so impulsive." Zhou Cuo shook his head helplessly and sighed: "Let's go and see the situation." Leading the way. The killers swallowed their saliva and quickly followed. After turning around a few stone pillars, I saw a pit on the ground. When I stepped forward to take a look, it was a bit terrible to look at. There are sharp blades all over the pit. And the one silver ghost face and three bronze ghost faces who were just chased out had dozens of blades in their bodies, and they died in extremely miserable conditions. Suddenly, all the killers couldn't help but feel a little scared. They are not afraid of strong enemies, but it is a bit unacceptable to die inexplicably and worthlessly like this. "Do you know how powerful you are now?" Zhou Cuo snorted coldly and warned again: "We have a large number of people. The opponent wants to induce us to divide our troops, and then use Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons to defeat each one. So, don't No matter how reckless you are, if you leave me, no matter how good your swordsmanship is, you can only be slaughtered by others." "Sir, calm down," Jin San said with a bitter smile, "We will definitely listen to you in the future. "I acted without permission." "Yes, everything depends on sir." Faced with the unknown dangers around him, the somewhat arrogant Jin San also lowered his attitude at this time. "Very good." Zhou Cuo nodded with satisfaction: "Then come with me." Turned around and continued forward. The killers quickly followed obediently. No one dared to underestimate this seemingly peaceful stone formation, but in fact it was full of dangers. Suddenly, Sun Bin emerged from behind a stone pillar and said with a smile: "Everyone, are you okay?" "It's this kid." All the 'Ghost Shadow' killers were furious, but the lessons from the past are not far away. But no one dared to step forward rashly. God knows, what traps are waiting this time. Hey, these guys have learned well? Sun Bin was very disappointed when he saw that the 'ghost' killers did not come after him. "Hmph, it's you again." But Zhou Cuo turned back from the front of the team, with a cold light in his eyes, and said in a cold voice: "How dare you bully my 'Ghost Shadow', no one is there?" Yi Yang! Hand, two cold stars flew out of the sleeves. Sun Bin was shocked and hurriedly stepped out of the way. "Ding, ding¡ª¡ª" But he saw two sharp flying knives passing by Sun Bin's ears, and the nails hit a stone pillar, sparks flying everywhere. so close! Sun Bin was so frightened that he broke into a cold sweat. He didn't dare to be arrogant anymore. He turned around and ran away. "Sir, do you want to pursue me?" Jin Qi asked hurriedly. "No need." Zhou Cuo sneered: "This kid is probably trying to lure us into the door of death. We can't be fooled." "Then let him run away like this?" Jin San said unwillingly. "Don't worry." Zhou Cuo said confidently: "As long as we break through their Qimen Dunjia and traps, we will catch them sooner or later." "Okay." Jin San had no choice but to restrain himself. "Let's keep walking." "Okay, everyone, follow." But Sun Bin, after making three turns in the stone formation, came to a formation center, where Gui Guzi and others were all. "Junior brother, what do you think?" Wei Liao stepped forward anxiously: "Can we attract those bastards?" "Forget it." Sun Bin said with a look of resentment: "Those guys were not provoked, but learned their lesson and never wanted to chase them again. , Now he has gone to the 'Shengmen'. The man named Zhou seems to know this formation. " "Damn it!" Wei Liao said in frustration, "I still want to entertain these bastards in the 'Death Gate'. , what should we do now?" Bai Gui frowned and turned to ask Guiguzi. "Interesting." Gui Guzi smiled faintly: "It seems that Zhou Cuo is somewhat capable of recognizing my 'Nine Palaces and Bagua Formation'. However, I want to see if he can recognize it." Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Formation'. "Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Formations!" ? Sun Bin and the four others looked at each other, but they had not heard anything. But listen to ghostsThe disciple smiled and explained: "The opposite is the reversal. The door of life in the 'Nine Palaces and Bagua Array' is the 'door of death' in the 'Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Arrays', and it is more difficult than ever to crack this anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Array." Times." "That's great." Sun Bin said happily: "Teacher, please set up the formation quickly." "Yes, Teacher." Bai Gui and others also looked excited. No one thought that the already powerful stone formation actually hid an even more powerful secret killing move. "Okay." Guiguzi nodded, walked to a stone pillar in the center of the formation, reached out and pressed on one of the small holes. ¡°Boom¡ª¡ª¡± Immediately, there was a roaring sound all around, the earth trembled, and a few stone pillars actually moved. ¡°Obviously, the situation is changing. But he said he was in the formation. Zhou Cuo was leading the "ghost" killers forward, and the sudden changes in the stone formation shocked these people. "What's going on?" "Everyone, be careful." "Don't move." The killers immediately broke into a commotion. Fortunately, they still remembered Zhou Cuo's advice, but no one dared to panic and run around. "Don't move, calm down! Calm down!" Zhou Cuo also shouted quickly. The killers gradually calmed down, but facing this unknown situation, they were still a little panicked. "Sir, what's going on?" Jin San and Jin Qi hurriedly stepped forward to ask. Zhou Cuo's face was gloomy: "So my guess is correct, the opponent has changed their formation. What a powerful Guiguzi!" Jin San was anxious: "Can it still be broken?" Zhou Cuo was also unsure. He just said: "It's hard to say. Let's wait until the battle stops and take a look before talking." Jin San and Jin Qi were anxious, but they had no choice but to wait patiently. Fortunately, the changes in the stone array soon stopped, and the surroundings returned to silence, and the killers finally felt at ease. Zhou Cuo didn't dare to neglect, he quickly looked at the stone formation and started making calculations quickly. However, after a long period of calculation, the stone formation that was very familiar just now has become extremely unfamiliar. How can this be! ? Zhou Cuo was shocked. Such a large-scale formation is difficult to set up and even more difficult to change. It is even more difficult to make it completely different. Could it be that this Guiguzi is really so powerful! ? Zhou Cuo felt unsure. Text Chapter 84 Qimen Dunjia (5) "Sir, can you get anything out of it?" Seeing that Zhou Cuo didn't speak for a long time, Jin Qi couldn't help but asked. "Well, I gained a little bit." Zhou Cuo said bravely. He has a very strong self-esteem and will never admit that he is inferior to others, so he can only pretend to be fat. "That's great." Jin Qi didn't know the details and said happily: "Please sir, please continue to lead the way." "Okay." Zhou Cuo, who was riding a tiger and couldn't get off, had no choice but to agree. However, it was really not as good as how to go. What should I do? You know, if you go in the wrong direction, you will die. ¡°However, it is even more unfeasible to leave the place where it is. They have no water or food. In a few days, they will all die of thirst and starvation, even without the enemy coming to kill them. Ideas were running through his mind rapidly, but there was no good solution for the moment, so Zhou Cuo decided to give it a try. What if you are lucky? Even if you make a mistake for a moment, if you can see one or two changes in the formation, you may be able to break the formation. "Let's go." Zhou Cuo pretended to be calm and continued to move forward, but his heart was pounding. You know, unknown dangers are always the most disturbing. As for the direction of progress, it is naturally a matter of wild guessing. The killers were at a loss, and they believed that Zhou Cuo was following them. ¡°Giggle¡ª¡ª¡± However, before walking dozens of steps, a strange sound suddenly sounded in the ears of the killers, which was very sudden. not good! Zhou Cuo was startled, but he saw the opportunity quickly and quickly threw himself down on the ground. At the same time, he quickly issued a warning: "There is a trap, everyone, be careful!" "Swish, swish" As soon as he finished speaking, the two surrounding stone pillars suddenly cracked countless times. A small hole sprayed out a large number of tiny arrows. "Everyone, be careful." Jin San shouted sharply, and the long sword in his hand danced like flying. "Ding, ding, ding" immediately knocked away several arrows. He was really guarding against the wind and rain. However, not everyone has such good skills as Jin San. "Push, pounceah" In the stone formation, screams were heard one after another, and the killers were in chaos, fighting on their own. Soon, the arrow rain stopped. The killers were stunned and looked around, but one silver ghost face and four bronze ghost faces had been shot into thorns. There were even more injured, three or four were seriously injured, lying on the ground in pain. Groaning. Zhou Cuo was lucky. A hail of arrows came down, but he was unscathed. He couldn't help but secretly feel lucky. You know, his swordsmanship is only average. "If we were to withstand this wave of arrows, we would most likely be dead or injured. How could we be as intact as we are now?" "Mr. Zhou, what's going on?" Jin San stepped forward angrily and asked. Zhou Cuo was a little embarrassed: "Well, the enemy has changed their formation, it's very complicated. I'm still in the process of testing, so some mistakes are inevitable." Jin San was furious in his heart: You're testing, but others will die. However, now that he was deeply trapped in the enemy's camp, he had no choice but to believe that Zhou Zhou was wrong. He had no choice but to hold back his anger and said coldly: "Then I hope Mr. Zhou will not make any more mistakes. We have already lost a lot of people." "I know. ¡± Zhou Cuo was also a little unhappy: Dare you accuse me? If you have the ability, break the formation yourself. "Okay," Jin Qi saw this and quickly stepped forward with a smile to smooth things over and said, "We are all our own people and should be in the same boat. Leader Jin San, don't be anxious. I believe Mr. Zhou can definitely break this formation." "I hope so." Jin San snorted coldly, turned around and said to the killers: "Why are you still standing there? Hurry up and treat the injured and get ready to go." "Yes." The killers quickly got busy. Fortunately, these people are just doing the job of licking blood with the tip of a knife. They carry the medicine with them and are very skilled in their movements. In a short while, the injured and injured were properly taken care of. A silver ghost stepped forward and said to Jin San and Jin Qi: "Two leaders, in addition to the five killed in the battle, four were seriously injured and seven were slightly injured. How should we deal with it?" Jin Qi suddenly felt a little dizzy. It¡¯s easy to deal with the dead, just stay temporarily, and it¡¯s easy to deal with the slightly injured, they can go with the team and it won¡¯t affect anything. But the seriously injured are in trouble. If you take them with you, it will definitely drag down the whole team. " Moreover, these people are seriously injured and should not move. Otherwise, they will only accelerate their death. But if these people are left behind, it is conceivable that they will be dead ends. Jin San was silent for a moment, then suddenly clenched his fist and said in a solemn voice: "Give those seriously injured a good time." Jin Qi pursed his lips and wanted to say something, but he couldn't.In the end, he didn't speak. She also knew that these seriously injured people could not be taken away, but they could not be left with the enemy, so this was the only way to deal with them. Although he is a bit ruthless, it is better to die in the hands of one's own people than to die in the hands of the enemy. "Go and execute it." Jin San waved his hand feebly, but his heart was filled with hatred for the enemy. "No." The silver ghost face retreated somewhat sadly. Although he knew that love was inevitable, it was inevitable that some rabbits would die and foxes would be sad, and things would harm their kind. Soon, several screams were heard, and the team, which was already somewhat demoralized, became even more depressed. "Mr. Zhou, let's go." Jin Qi sighed and said to Zhou Wrong. Zhou Cuo nodded. He didn't care about the death of several seriously injured people. It would be fine if it wasn't him. "Follow me." Zhou Cuo turned around and continued to lead the way. Of course, he was more vigilant this time. The killers followed silently. In the mist, a group of people followed Zhou Cuo, turning east and west, and walked about a hundred or so steps, but the journey was uneventful. The killers felt a little reassured, maybe they were on the right track this time. "Gurgling" At this moment, there was another strange and teeth-sore friction sound suddenly coming from the surrounding mist. "Be careful!" The killers immediately became alert like frightened birds. "Whoosh" Suddenly, dozens of balls were thrown from the surrounding fog, and they exploded when they hit the ground, spewing out large amounts of poisonous smoke. "No, it's poisonous smoke!" "Ahem" Suddenly, all the killers covered their mouths and noses in shock, but they were still choked with tears and couldn't stop coughing. The power of this poisonous smoke is really extraordinary. What¡¯s worse is that as soon as they were smoked by the poison, the killers immediately fell into chaos, running around like headless flies. "Whoosh" At this moment, more than a dozen balls were shot out of the surrounding fog. But this time, what exploded was no longer poisonous smoke, but countless poisonous needles as thin as an ox hair, flying all over the sky. "Chi-chiah" In the poisonous smoke, countless unlucky ghosts were hit and fell down with howls. Then they foamed at the mouth and turned blue. "It's a poisonous needle, get down quickly." Someone shouted cleverly while his soul was scattered. The killers all woke up from a dream and hurriedly lay down on the ground. Even though they were half dead from the poisonous smoke, no one dared to stand. ¡­Finally, the poisonous needle was finished, and the poisonous smoke slowly dissipated. Text Chapter 85 Qimen Dunjia (6) It seems safe. The surviving killers exchanged glances in fear, but for a while, no one dared to get up easily. God knows if the enemy has any back-up plan for such a vicious attack. "Everyone, get up. It's safe." Zhou Cuo stood up and greeted everyone with experience. Just then, when he heard the sound of the machine, Zhou Cuo quickly got down without saying a word. Even though he was in tears and dizzy due to the poisonous smoke, he still lay on the ground and did not dare to move. Experience tells him that the enemy cannot just release poisonous smoke, there must be back-up tactics. Facts have proved that he was right again. Only then did the killers get up in fear. Jin San almost gritted his teeth and said, "Count the casualties immediately." "No." The killers quickly accepted the order. Soon, the casualty count was completed. In this wave of attacks, a total of two Silver Ghost Faces and 11 Bronze Ghost Faces were killed, with no injuries. Yes, everyone who gets a needle will die from the poison on the needle. For Gui Guzi, a master of medicine, it is not difficult to prepare some poison that can seal the throat when blood is seen. Jin San¡¯s eyes darkened. So far, he has lost five silver ghost faces, twenty-three bronze ghost faces, and several others have been injured. In other words, before he even touched a single hair of the enemy, he had already suffered half of his casualties. "Asshole!" Jin San could no longer suppress his rage. He rushed forward, grabbed Zhou Cuo's collar, and said sternly: "You loser, look how many people you have killed? What do you know? Don¡¯t you know how to break the formation?¡± Zhou Cuo was also very annoyed: ¡°Leader Jin San, I am a worshiper in the sect. Even if you are the leader, you must treat me with courtesy. Let go of your hand, do you hear me? "Damn it!" A frightening cold light burst out from Jin San's eyes, and a strong murderous aura emerged spontaneously. Yes, he wanted to kill people. He wanted to cut this ambitious Zhou Cuo into pieces. If it wasn¡¯t for this trash, how could they have suffered heavy casualties, and how could they be in a dilemma in this hellish place? "W-what do you want to do?" Seeing the murderous look in Jin San's eyes, Zhou Cuo also panicked. With his skills, which were only slightly stronger than the Bronze Ghost Face, if Jin San wanted to kill him, it would be easy. He couldn't help but feel lustful. He yelled sternly: "I'm warning you, if you dare to kill me, you won't be able to leave this formation alive." Jin Qiyi didn't look good. The situation is bad enough now. If there is another internal strife like this, everything will be ruined. But it¡¯s really over. "Calm down, calm down." Jin Qi hurriedly stepped forward to help: "Jin San's head, please let go of Mr. Zhou first, and talk to him if you have anything to say." He winked. Jin San calmed down a little. He also knew that no matter how useless this Zhou Cuo was, he was the only one among them who knew how to use Qimen Dunjia and concealed weapons. If they kill this bastard in anger, then they will really have no hope at all. At that moment, Jin San suppressed his overwhelming anger, glared at Zhou Cuo fiercely, gritted his teeth and said, "You'd better pray that you don't make another mistake, otherwise, I will kill you first before you kill us all." Then he reluctantly let go. Zhou Cuo also stared at Jin San fiercely, secretly hating in his heart: Old man, you wait for me, how dare you humiliate me, I will not be a human being unless I take revenge. "Mr. Zhou, calm down, calm down." Jin Qi quickly calmed down the atmosphere and said: "The third leader of Jin is just in a hurry, and no offense is intended. Let's get back to business and think about how to break the formation. You see, half of us have been killed or injured. I can¡¯t afford the hassle. " Jin Qi said it tactfully, but in fact he was telling Zhou Cuo, you have to think clearly this time and don¡¯t make any mistakes again, otherwise it will end badly. Zhou Cuo blushed, suddenly his heart moved, and he laughed suddenly: "Hahaha, I thought of it, I thought of it." The killers looked at each other, isn't this guy crazy? Zhou Cuo said with excitement on his face: "I understand, what a cunning Guiguzi, this is the 'anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Formation'. I wonder why the road to life turned into a dead end." 'Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Arrays'? Jin Qi didn't understand, but as long as Zhou Cuo could recognize this formation, it would be fine. He said happily: "Since Sir has recognized this formation, is there any way to break it?" "It's difficult." Zhou Cuo clicked his tongue and took a break from the excitement. Calming down, he frowned and said, "I have only heard of this formation accidentally, but I have never seen it. It is so powerful that most people can't imagine it." "Then what should we do?" Jin Qi was anxious: "Could it be that we are going to be trapped in the formation? "Not necessarily." Zhou Cuo thought for a while and said, "Although this formation is mysterious, it comes from the Nine Palaces Bagua.Derived from ?¡¯, there are still traces to some extent. However, I need time to calculate. " "Then forget it. "Jin San snorted coldly: "Anyway, we have no choice other than this. " Zhou Cuo was furious in his heart: Old man, you are sarcastic, right? I remember you. He gritted his teeth, but pretended not to hear. He just kept silent and calculated carefully. When encountering difficulties, he squatted on the ground and used his hand as a pen. , drawing some strange numbers and symbols on the ground. In the blink of an eye, an hour passed. The sun had reached the afternoon, but Zhou Cuo was still buried in the ground, thinking thoughtfully. Jin San still seemed to have no solution. Jin San and Jin Qi were waiting aside, feeling a little restless. This ghost place was full of dangers. Even staying here for such a long time was a torment. But even so, Jin San and Jin Qi did not dare to rush. . What if Zhou Cuo was interrupted by them at a critical moment? "Jin Qi was impatient and immediately took two steps forward and asked impatiently. Zhou Cuo was excited but also a little solemn: "Only half sure. The gate of life of the 'Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Formation' is hidden among the seven gates of death in the main formation, making it extremely difficult to lock. Therefore, someone must try out the formation. " Trial formation! Jin San and Jin Qi looked at each other. "As you can imagine, this is by no means a good job. To put it harshly, this is cannon fodder, narrowly escaped death. "This -" Jin Qi is a little embarrassed. This is a job that makes people die. Who can Are you willing to go? Zhou Cuo said unhappily: "We can't let Zhou go to try out the formation, right? Do you still want to leave here? " Jin San had no choice but to say gloomily: "I'll make arrangements. " Turned around and left, and not long after, he led a bronze ghost face to the front. Although this person's face was covered by a mask and his expression could not be seen, his body was trembling slightly. He was obviously very frightened. . Unknown dangers are always the most frightening, let alone a murderous mechanism. However, after being called out by Jin San, he dare not not go. The strict rules are very ruthless. Text Chapter 86 Qimen Dunjia (7) "That's him." Jin San glanced at Zhou Cuo and said coldly, but the hatred in his heart became stronger. Jin San was very annoyed that Zhou Tso actually used elites like them as cannon fodder to test the formation. This feeling was very humiliating and helpless. If it weren¡¯t for this week¡¯s mistake in breaking the formation, Jin San would have been killed immediately. He is one of the top ten masters of 'Ghost Shadow' and has made great contributions to the organization, so he should not be punished. Zhou Cuo, however, looked calm. He was not the one trying out the formation anyway. Why would someone else do this stupid thing to him? He just pointed at the bronze ghost face and said: "You, walk forward, when you encounter the stone pillar, turn left first, and then turn right." The bronze ghost face swallowed hard, suppressed fear, and walked out slowly. One step, two steps Slowly, the bronze ghost face took more than twenty steps and approached a stone pillar, but everything was safe. According to Zhou Cuo¡¯s instructions, the bronze ghost turned left and passed the stone pillar and continued moving forward. "Let's go, follow me." Seeing this, Zhou Cuo also gave instructions behind him, and then followed the bronze ghost face. However, a safe distance of twenty or thirty steps was always maintained. When the killers saw him, they quickly followed him, but they were all worried in their hearts, fearing that something would go wrong again. In the blink of an eye, the bronze ghost face who led the way came to the second stone pillar and turned right as Zhou Cuo ordered. However, after not walking more than ten steps, the sound of friction from the mechanism suddenly sounded from all around. not good! The Bronze Ghost Face was instantly shaken. Just as he was about to lie down to avoid it, there was nothing under his feet, and a pit opened up. And in the pit, there are countless sharp blades. "Ah¡ª¡ª" was followed immediately by a shrill scream, which then stopped abruptly. "Stop." Zhou Cuo was startled and quickly raised his hand. In fact, Zhou Cuo¡¯s reminder was not needed at all, and all the killers who had been frightened had stopped long ago. "This road is blocked, find someone else." Zhou Cuo said calmly. Seeing the lack of guilt on Zhou Cuo's face, Jin San secretly gritted his teeth, then pointed at another bronze ghost face and said: "Bronze Seventy-Three, come on." This bronze ghost face was frightened, but the rules were strict and he resisted. He couldn't resist, so he had to walk over with heavy steps in fear. Zhou Cuo pondered for a moment, and then said to the man again: "You, walk forward, when you encounter a stone pillar, first turn left once, then turn right twice, repeating the cycle, do you understand?" "I understand." This copper seventy-three He gritted his teeth and said, his tone full of indomitable heroism. "Very good, let's go." Zhou Cuo nodded. This Tong 73 had no choice but to bite the bullet, be brave, and step forward with heavy steps to walk through the mine array. "Sir, did you gain anything from trying out the formation just now?" Jin Qi couldn't help but ask. "Of course." Zhou Cuo said confidently: "Now, I am at least 60% sure. However, if I want to be 100% sure, I have to try a few more times." "Okay." Jin Qi twitched the corner of his mouth, as long as it works. , otherwise, these precious manpower of the organization will be lost in vain. "Follow me." Zhou Cuo was too lazy to care what others thought and walked forward. The killers also quickly followed. A group of people followed Tong Qishan¡¯s footsteps, but they all kept a safe distance of twenty or thirty steps from him. ¡­Two minutes later, another scream came. Poor Tong Qishan was beaten to death by the ¡®nail board¡¯ that jumped up from the ground, leaving a river of blood. "Try again." Zhou Cuo remained expressionless: "I'm 80% sure." Substitute again. However, within three minutes, another scream was heard, and this time it was Tong Forty-Seven who died. He died from a very rare hidden weapon - a jujube stone nail, and his whole body was shot into honeycombs. Zhou Cuo smiled: "Very good, this formation is broken. Everyone, I am 100% sure, follow me." After saying this, he strode forward to lead the way. The killers were overjoyed, especially the lowest bronze ghost-faced ones. They were almost overjoyed. They finally didn't have to die, so they immediately followed. But he said it was outside the formation. Guiguzi stood quietly, and Sun Bin, Pang Juan, Wei Liao, and Mao Ying also stood quietly behind him. Only Bai Gui is not there. Not long after, a white figure came out of the stone formation, and it was Bai Gui who went to inquire about the formation. "Brother, how is the situation?" Sun Bin was impatient and asked quickly. ? ??The situation is not good. Bai Gui panted and said: "Teacher, I used the wrong people to test the formation that week. After a few deaths, I seem to have found a way to break the formation. Now there is no obstacle on the way and I am almost out of the formation." " "What, how could these bastards break the formation! ? " "That's right, God has no eyes. " Sun Bin and others were astonished and couldn't help but feel angry. Gui Guzi was also a little surprised: "This yin and yang rebellion is really quite capable. As far as I know, there are only a few people in the world who can break the 'Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Formation' , it seems that he has underestimated this guy. By the way, Dan, how many of them are left now? " "Running out. Bai Gui curled his lips and said: "Only about half of the people are left, and there are still a few injured." " "You deserve it. Sun Bin also gloated and said, "How can it be so easy to break through the teacher's strange formation?" " "that is. "Wei Liao and others also laughed in relief. "Okay," Guiguzi smiled faintly: "The enemy will come out quickly, let's retreat, the fun is still going on. " "Okay, teacher, where are we going now? "Sun Bin asked. "Go to the martial arts stage. Guiguzi stroked his beard and said with a smile: "It's a condescending position there, so I can have a good look at the enemy's situation." " "good. "Everyone nodded. Immediately, Guiguzi led Sun Bin and others to retreat, passed a group of mechanical stone men, and boarded the martial arts stage. A moment later. Some hazy figures suddenly appeared in the mist on the edge of the stone array. Then, the figures It gradually became clear that it was Zhou Cuo and the other killers who were slowly walking out of the stone formation. "Haha, they finally came out. " "It's not easy. " Although the killer is cold and ruthless, everyone couldn't help but burst into excitement and joy when they finally escaped from this nightmarish stone formation. Obviously, the stone formation that swallowed up half of their companions' lives left a real impression on them. It's too deep, too bad. "Huh" Zhou Cuo couldn't help sighing, and he was in a good mood. Although he experienced a lot of twists and turns, he was able to crack the "Anti-Nine Palaces Bagua". This achievement was enough for him. Proud for a lifetime. In addition, through breaking the formation, his understanding of the 'Qi Men Dun Jia' technique has also reached a new level, and he has gained a lot. Text Chapter 87 Qimen Dunjia (8) "Sir," Jin Qi also stepped forward very happily: "I'm finally out, thank you so much." "I said, I will succeed." Zhou Cuo looked proud. When Jin San saw this, he wanted to smash Zhou Cuo¡¯s old face into pieces. You, a loser, can break the formation. Is it really your own ability? That's the blood of countless people, okay? If you were the only one, I'm afraid you would have died in the battle. Of course, there is still need for this week's fault, so Jin San had no choice but to say nothing, pretending that he didn't hear this guy's wild words. "Then sir, let's move on." Jin Qi said. "Okay, I'll lead the way." Zhou Cuo was satisfied and strode forward. The killers did not dare to neglect and hurriedly followed. After experiencing the power of the stone formation, no one dared to take Guigu lightly anymore. Although the mistakes this week are not very reliable, it is still much safer than knowing nothing about it and running around blindly. After walking a few steps, a huge stone man suddenly appeared in the mist. The stone man is about three meters tall, wearing battle armor and holding a crossbow. He looks majestic and looks down at all living beings like an ancient god. "Stop." Zhou Cuo was startled when he saw the stone man. He instinctively sensed something was wrong and quickly raised his hand to signal. "Sir, what's the matter?" Jin Qi stepped forward and asked uneasily, "But what's wrong with this stone man?" "Yes." Zhou Cuo nodded solemnly: "This stone man seems to be the hub of the agency." "Hiss¡ª¡ª "The killers were startled. How far away from the stone formation, they encountered another trap. Could this ghost valley be murdering every step of the way? "Sir, is there a way to solve it?" Jin Qi said with a headache. "I'll give it a try." Compared with the mysterious 'Qi Men Dun Jia', cracking the mechanism is relatively simple, so Zhou Cuo is quite confident. So, signaling to everyone to wait where they were, Zhou Cuo cautiously walked towards the stone man. The killers also held their breath. One step, two steps Zhou Cuo carefully observed the ground to avoid missing any clues. At the same time, with every step he took, his toes had to test the ground first to avoid touching the mechanism. In the end, everything went well and Zhou Cuo successfully arrived in front of the stone man. After sizing up a huge stone man, Zhou Cuo knew that the key to controlling this mechanism should be on the stone man. Soon, relying on experience, his eyes fell on a protruding knob on the stone man's abdomen. This should be it. Zhou Cuo stretched out his hand, first turned it to the left without moving, and then turned it to the right. The knob finally started to turn slowly. Immediately, there was a "squeaking" friction sound from the stone man's belly and underground. However, soon, the friction sound stopped. success! Zhou Cuo was secretly proud, and immediately called out to the killers: "Come here, everyone, I have locked the mechanism." The killers were overjoyed and hurried forward. On the martial arts stage. Through the hazy mist, one could vaguely see the movement in the valley. Seeing that the mechanism was ineffective, Sun Bin couldn't help but turned around extremely unhappy: "Teacher, the enemy seems to have broken the mechanism, what should I do?" Gui Guzi smiled faintly: "Destroyed? Not necessarily, as a teacher. "The mechanism is not that simple." "Oh." Sun Bin and others looked at each other in anticipation. ¡­ ¡­ Jin San, Jin Qi and others rushed towards the stone man. The journey was uneventful. It seemed that the mechanism had indeed been destroyed. ¡°Quack¡ª¡ª¡± Just when these people were happy, a grinding sound of the mechanism suddenly sounded. what happened? The killers were stunned for a while, and Zhou Cuo was also stunned. "Whoosh" In this moment, the mechanism was activated, and countless holes suddenly opened on the cliffs on both sides, spraying out dense rain of arrows. In an instant, the sharp and sharp screams that broke through the air were terrifying. crack. "It's a powerful crossbow, get down quickly." Zhou Cuo roared and threw himself to the ground. In the fog, the line of sight is severely limited. Under this condition, it is almost impossible to block the lightning-fast and powerful crossbow. Therefore, the best way to survive is to lie down. However, the incident happened in a hurry, and those who reacted extremely quickly and had time to lie down were still a minority. Most people were immediately exposed naked to the rain of arrows. "Push, pounceah" "Damn it, I was hit by an arrow." In the mist, there was an immediate scream, and many killers fell to the ground after being hit by arrows, with blood gushing out, and they were dying.However, this wave of arrows went away just as quickly as it came. After just three or four breaths, everything returned to calmness, as if it had never happened. "Okay, that's good." Zhou Cuo, who had escaped another disaster, got up and let out a sigh of relief. Jin San also stood up, stunned, only blood covered the ground! Dead bodies all over the ground! Injuries everywhere! "Asshole!" Jin San broke out. He stepped forward, grabbed Zhou Cuo, and said sternly: "You trash, didn't you say it was safe? Are you willing to kill everyone before you are willing to do it?" Zhou Cuo He looked embarrassed, it was indeed his fault, but he had obviously locked the mechanism, why would he activate it again? He could only swallow his anger and said: "Leader Jin San, don't be anxious. I have indeed locked the mechanism, and I don't know how an accident happened." "Accident! Accident!" Jin San's eyes were red with blood, and he was furious: "It was a fucking accident. "Look, how many of our sixty-odd people are left now?" Looking at the casualties everywhere, he knew that the loss this time was definitely not small. No matter how thick-skinned Zhou Cuo was, he was speechless. Come. Seeing Zhou Cuo being ashamed and speechless, Jin San, who was already grumpy, let go of his collar, pulled out his sword with a clang, and said sternly: "I'll kill you, you loser." Zhou Cuo was horrified and quickly backed away: " You, what do you want to do? I'm warning you, don't act recklessly." Jin San was so angry that he couldn't hold it back anymore. With a flash of sword light, he actually struck him with a sword. In an instant, the sword shadow flashed. Cold, murderous aura overflows. Zhou Cuo knew Wan was no match for Jin San, so he turned around and ran away. Jin Sanyi slashed the air with his sword. Just as he was about to raise his sword and pursue him again, Jin Qi was already blocking the way with his sword. "Leader Jin San, calm down, don't be reckless." "Why are you still calm?" Jin San was furious: "It's all because of this waste that he overestimated his own capabilities and caused heavy casualties to everyone. Get out of the way, I'll fight for the leader's life. I'll punish you and kill this bastard." "No way," Jin Qi cried out, repeatedly urging: "Leader Jin San, how can we get out of here if you want to kill him? She said sternly: "You haven't finished yet. How many of us are left? I think everyone will die here today." Jin Qi was speechless. Likewise, her dissatisfaction with Zhou Cuo was also at its peak. Text Chapter 88 Qimen Dunjia (9) "No, it won't." Seeing that Jin Qi was also shaken, Zhou Cuo was horrified and said hurriedly: "This is really just an accident. I thought about it. This must be a double mechanism. I have a way to break it. Trust me. "Double mechanism?" Jin Qi frowned, a little confused. "Yes." Zhou Cuo could no longer be arrogant and quickly explained: "That is to say, this kind of mechanism is subject to double control. I locked the first level just now, but one of you must have accidentally touched the second level. The enemy is too You¡¯re so cunning, you really can¡¯t blame me for not predicting it well.¡± The killers looked at each other, all very frightened: This mechanism is so sinister that it¡¯s hard to guard against it! Jin Qi thought for a while and said softly: "Leader Jin San, look, there is a reason for this. Can you give Mr. Zhou another chance?" Jin San also calmed down a little. He also understands that no matter how bad his mistakes are this week, but now he is riding a tiger and it is difficult to get off, he still cannot do without the other party. If you want to complete the task, you need the other party to lead the way. ¡°Even if they want to escape, without Zhou Cuo, I¡¯m afraid no one can escape from this ghost valley. Even if you kill Zhou Cuo, you can only end up in the same end without any room for turning around. "Okay." At that moment, Jin San gritted his teeth and said, "I will give him another chance. If he makes another mistake, I will kill him first before he kills everyone." "Mr. Zhou, look What?" Jin Qi turned his head, his tone also very unkind. Zhou Cuo said firmly: "There will be no more accidents, I swear. Otherwise, just kill me." "Okay, I will remember your words." Jin San glared at Zhou Cuo and sheathed his sword. Turning back: "Count the casualties, hurry up." "No." Just now, the internal strife among the top management made the surviving killers stunned for a while, and they all stayed in place at a loss. Now, as soon as the internal strife subsided, they couldn't help but He breathed a sigh of relief and agreed quickly. Of course, Jin San did not kill that damn Zhou Cuo, which made the killers feel a little regretful. Soon, the casualty count was completed. In this attack, another Silver Ghost Face and Seven Bronze Ghost Faces were killed, and eight Bronze Ghost Faces were injured, four of whom were critically injured. This heavy casualty made everyone silent. No matter how cold-blooded the killer is, he is still a human being. Since he is a human being, he has emotions. It is inevitable that rabbits will die and foxes will be sad, and things will harm their own kind. After a moment, Jin Sanse said: "Let those seriously injured brothers be freed." The order was executed, but those few unwilling and desperate screams made the survivors feel heavy. Will they be able to complete this mission? Deep suspicion is like a huge stone, weighing heavily on every killer's heart, making it difficult to let go. Jin looked around at three o'clock. When he came, the strong lineup was already very withered. Now, there are only two gold ghost faces, four silver ghost faces, and thirteen bronze ghost faces left. Among them, there is one silver ghost face and four bronze ghost faces with injuries. Of course, there is the incompetent worshiper Zhou Cuo, but this guy is alive and kicking, not even a hair is missing. Jin San secretly hates him. On the martial arts stage. Sun Bin and his senior fellow apprentices were a little dumbfounded as they watched the miserable experience of the 'Ghost Shadow' killer quietly. How is this going? "Teacher," Sun Bin turned his head in shock: "The mechanism has been destroyed, how can it still be activated?" Guiguzi smiled, like a cunning fox: "What if the mechanism has dual control?" "" Sun Bin and others Speechless. Well, the difficulty of playing tricks with a super genius like Gui Guzi is indeed a bit frustrating. "Disciples," Guiguzi suddenly smiled again: "How about saying hello to our guests?" Bai Gui was startled: "Teacher, what if the enemy finds out that we are at the 'Martial Arts Stage' and they rush up?" Even if the enemy is killed or injured It was tragic, but the existing strength was not something they could match. "Wouldn't it be better to rush up?" Gui Guzi said meaningfully. "Haha, that's right." Sun Bin understood immediately and said happily: "Senior Brother, you forgot, there are also mechanisms on this 'Martial Arts Stage'." Bai Gui also suddenly realized it, and patted his head in embarrassment: "I understand, teacher. This is to lure the enemy deeper and trick them again. " "Haha" Sun Bin and others laughed. "Let me say hello." Sun Bin rushed to the edge of the stage excitedly and shouted into the misty valley: "Dear friends of 'Guiyin', Sun Bin is here. Please extend your hospitality to my master and disciple."?Are you satisfied? "The loud shouts turned into sound waves, spreading and reverberating in the empty valley. There was someone on the cliff! The killers who were about to move on quickly raised their heads, and they saw a vague stone platform on the cliff in front of them on the left. On the platform, There seemed to be countless people. ¡°So they are here. "Jin San looked a little ferocious, and he pulled out his sword with a clang: "Everyone, follow me. " "Absolutely not. " Zhou Cuo quickly stopped him. "Why? Jin San glared: "The enemy is right in front of us. As long as we charge forward, we can solve the problem once and for all." I've had enough of these strange armors and hidden weapons. " "Leader Jinsan," Zhou Cuo said with a bitter smile, "That Guiguzi is extremely cunning. Are you sure that this is not a trap? " Jin Sanyi was stunned and hesitated. Jin Qi also said: "Yes, leader Jin San, the enemy's move is clearly a trick. We can't be fooled again. Jin San said unwillingly: "Then we just turn a blind eye and let him become arrogant?" " "That's not necessarily the case. Zhou Cuo sneered and said, "As long as these stone men are destroyed, sooner or later they will be unable to sit still." " "All right. "Jin San could only look at the martial arts stage bitterly, sheathed his sword. "Then let's move on. Zhou Cuo said: "It's getting late, we have to hurry up." " "Okay, you go ahead and explore the way. Remember what you just said. "Jin San said coldly. "Okay, okay. "Zhou Cuo smiled and led everyone to the second stone man. This stone man held a green blade and stood on a stone platform with one foot, standing proudly. Zhou Cuo signaled everyone to stop twenty steps away, and he quietly tested Approaching the stone man. ¡­ When Sun Bin saw this on the martial arts stage, he couldn¡¯t help but turned around depressedly: ¡°Teacher, these guys are wise and didn¡¯t come. Now go to the second stone man. " "That's a pity, let them escape. . Guiguzi said with a regretful look on his face: "However, there are still more agencies behind, let's see if they survive." " Wei Liao sneered and said: "I hope they all die in the agency, so that we can save our troubles. " Bai Gui touched his nose: "It's hard to say, that Zhou Cuo is still quite capable, and there may be some changes. " Gui Guzi smiled faintly, with a hint of contemptuous coldness in his eyes. Text Chapter 89 Qimen Dunjia (10) In the valley. Zhou Cuo successfully approached the second stone man. Likewise, he found the knob on the stone man's abdomen. Last time, he broke the knob, but still allowed the mechanism to activate successfully. And this time, he won't make this mistake again. Zhou Cuo turned the knob to the right again, and sure enough, a familiar sound of mechanical friction sounded inside the stone man and underground. Soon, the friction sound stopped. Zhou Cuo didn't stop. He pulled out the long sword from behind, turned the hilt upside down, and then hit the knob hard. "Bang¡ª¡ª" The knob received this heavy blow and immediately sank deeply into the stone man's belly. At the same time, there was a "squeaking" noise coming from the stone man's body and underground, which made people feel sour. "Bang¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, the stone man's head exploded and turned into pieces of rubble and countless gears and chains, and the chaotic noise stopped suddenly. Zhou Cuo showed a proud sneer at the corner of his mouth: I destroyed all the mechanisms, let's see how you can activate them again. "You can come here." Zhou Cuo waved behind him. "I'll go first." Jin San no longer trusted Zhou Cuo, motioned for everyone to stay, and stepped forward cautiously. In this way, if there is another trap, a large number of casualties can be avoided. " Moreover, with Jin San's skills, even if he encounters danger and wants to escape, the chance is still quite high. This is also a foolproof strategy. As a result, Jin San walked all the way to Zhou Cuo, but it was smooth sailing, without even a hint of trouble. Phew! Secretly heaving a sigh of relief, Jin San glanced at Zhou Cuo coldly, as if to say: You're a smart guy, there's nothing wrong this time. ¡°Hmph, am I going to make the same mistake twice? ? Zhou Cuo was dissatisfied in his heart, but his face was expressionless. Anyway, a gentleman takes revenge. It's not too late in ten years. Let's take our time. Jin San, however, was too lazy to care what Zhou Cuo thought. He just turned around and waved: "Come here." When all the killers saw this, they all breathed a sigh of relief, and then they stepped forward with peace of mind and walked over. "Mr. Zhou, please continue to invite me." Jin San said coldly. Zhou Cuo felt resentful in his heart, but he continued to move forward without expression, carefully walking towards the third stone man. ?¡­ ?On the martial arts stage. Sun Bin saw it clearly and couldn't help but turned around in surprise: "Teacher, they have passed the second stone man. Everything is safe." Bai Gui also hesitated and said: "It seems that they completely destroyed the mechanism and the dual control has failed." Gui Guzi's face was also a little solemn: "This Zhou Cuo is really quite capable. He actually knows the reality of this dual control." "Teacher, what should we do?" Wei Liao asked anxiously: "If the stone man can't stop it, there will be someone behind him. There is no mechanism left." "Don't panic." Gui Guzi was always so calm: "Follow me to the last stone man." "Okay." Sun Bin and others nodded and exchanged glances: Could it be that this last stone man has something to do with it? What mystery? At this moment, the six masters and disciples took a path from the cliff and headed straight into the valley. After a while, Gui Guzi and Sun Bin returned to the valley and came to the last stone man. The last stone man is very special. He is not a soldier, but a scholar. He is dressed in a scholar's robe, holding a scroll in his left hand and a pen in his right hand. It seems that there is no murderous intention at all. Gui Guzi stepped forward, grabbed the stone man's scroll with his hand, and twisted it hard, spinning it around twice. "Boom -" Immediately, there was an earthquake-like roar from the underground, and the ground heaved and trembled, as if something was about to come out. How is this going! ? Sun Bin and others looked at each other in shock and quickly stabilized themselves. ¡°Boom¡ª¡ª¡± The ground was still shaking, and Sun Bin suddenly felt that he was rising. Yes, a huge stone platform is miraculously breaking out of the ground at the feet of the stone man, slowly rising upwards. Sun Bin was stunned: What a magical mechanism! ¡­¡­ After a moment, the stone platform rose to a height of one person, then slowly stabilized, and finally became calm. ?Looking at this stone platform, it spans more than a hundred steps and completely seals the Ghost Valley. Anyone who wants to enter the inner valley cannot get around it. The stone platform is more than thirty steps wide, and there are squares on the platform. Each square grid has its own color. To count them down, there are seven colors in total: red, orange, yellow, green, cyan, blue, and purple. Sun Bin was a little surprised: What, what is this?West? Not only Sun Bin was surprised, Bai Gui, Wei Liao, Pang Juan, and Mao Meng were also dumbfounded. They had never heard of the secret of the last stone man. "Teacher," Wei Liao spoke quickly and couldn't help but said: "This stone platform is so huge in scale, it seems to be very extraordinary." "That's right." Guiguzi said proudly: "This stone platform combines the two knowledges of Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons. , extremely mysterious. You see, this seven-color square is actually a formation. It was created by the master by integrating the knowledge of Yin and Yang, the Five Elements, the Three Oddities and the Six Elements, and the Eight Gates and Nine Stars. " "If you don't know this. If you make a mistake in the formation, a large number of mechanisms in the stone platform will activate, enough to turn the iron man into pus, break the bones of the diamond, and change the color of the immortal god. I want to see how this week's mistake can be broken. This formation is so powerful! Sun Bin and his brothers were shocked when they heard this, but they were both surprised and happy. It is conceivable that this formation, as the last portal of Guiguzi, must be Guiguzi's trump card, with infinite power. "Teacher, what is the name of such a powerful formation?" Sun Bin couldn't help but asked curiously. "My master calls it the 'Tianyan God-killing Formation'." Guiguzi said proudly. Awesome! Sun Bin and his brothers looked at each other excitedly. Looking at these domineering names, they knew that those rats were going to be in trouble. "Look, those rats are coming." Pang Juan pointed his eyes forward sharply. Sun Bin looked into the distance and saw some faint figures vaguely appearing in the hazy fog ahead. Not long after, those figures came to the audience, and sure enough, it was Zhou Cuo and others. This, what is this! ? Under the stone platform, Zhou Cuo and others raised their heads and looked at the huge thing across the Ghost Valley, and they were all dumbfounded. "Mr. Zhou, what is this?" Jin Qi asked in astonishment. "It seems to be a stone platform. Let's go up and have a look." Zhou Cuo felt a little uneasy. He saw a step in the middle of the stone platform and walked up it cautiously. The killers also quickly followed. A group of people went up to the stone platform and stood along the edge. They saw that there were countless squares on the platform, each with its own color. Opposite the stone platform, there was a huge stone man holding a pen and a book. He was actually a scholar. Next to the stone man, six masters and apprentices, Gui Guzi and Sun Bin, stood dimly. "Excellent, I really can't find it without wearing iron shoes, and it takes a lot of effort to get it." The killers couldn't help but exchange excited glances, ready to make a move. "Don't be impulsive." Zhou Cuo instinctively noticed the strangeness of the stone platform, and stopped him with a solemn expression: "There is something weird about this stone platform." The assassins were startled, thinking about the power of the Qimen Dunjia and the hidden weapons. Don't dare to act rashly. Text Chapter 90 Qimen Dunjia (11) "Are you facing the world-famous Mr. Gui Gu? Zhou Cuo is being polite." At that moment, Zhou Cuo cupped his fists and said politely. After all, Gui Guzi is a famous person in the world. Although the two sides are enemies rather than friends, Zhou Cuo, who prides himself on being a master, does not want to be too rude. "It's Pindao." Gui Guzi smiled faintly: "I didn't expect that the Yin Yang family would have a talent like you who is proficient in Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons. It's really amazing." Zhou Cuo was a little angry. "Gui Guzi's words are clearly mocking him for being a traitor to the Yin and Yang family. As the saying goes, a slap in the face is not a slap in the face, which is too much. "Humph, sir, you are sharp-tongued." Zhou Cuo turned coldly and retorted unceremoniously: "However, it is a pity that there are so many passes in front of you, but none of them blocked Zhou. You must be very disappointed, sir?" "Ha?" Haha" Gui Guzi laughed loudly: "Your Excellency can break through the formation only because of the strength of the people. If you want to boast, you should wait until you break my 'Tianyan God-killing Formation' first. " Zhou Cuo suddenly became angry. This was a naked attempt to assassinate him. He was incompetent and could only use cannon fodder to break the formation. He couldn't help but said bitterly: "Very good, when Zhou breaks this so-called 'Tianyan God-killing Formation' of yours, Let¡¯s see what else you have to say.¡± ¡°I¡¯ll wait and see.¡± Gui Guzi smiled lightly and then sat cross-legged next to the stone man. Sun Bin and others looked at each other and stood behind Guiguzi, ready to watch the show of these rats. Zhou Cuo withdrew his gaze and carefully looked at the square in front of him. There are seven kinds of grid colors, which can be known by just counting them. However, the arrangement of the colors seems to be completely unorganized. ????????????? At least, Zhou Tso looked at it for a long time and couldn¡¯t deduce any pattern. What kind of ghost formation is this! ? While Zhou Cuo frowned, he was also very anxious and complained secretly. "Sir," Jin Qi walked to the side at this time and whispered: "Can it be broken?" Zhou Cuo shook his head and said angrily: "Guiguzi is famous all over the world, how can his formation be so easy to break!? What's more! , This formation is probably the last barrier of Ghost Valley, and its exquisiteness can be imagined. "Okay, think about it slowly, we will wait." Jin Qi also knew that there was no rush, so he turned around and sat down. Rest. Seeing this, Jin San and others also sat on the edge of the stage to recharge their batteries. "Hey," Sun Bin gloated from the other side at this time: "That surnamed Zhou, you are dawdling, can you do it?" Zhou Cuo was furious and wanted to scold him back, but he thought about talking to a child To be more serious, I really had the identity, so I snorted coldly, ignored it, and just continued to think hard. Sun Bin couldn't help but feel a little bored. He also wanted to provoke him into hastily trying out the formation without thinking about it this week. In this way, he would probably be doomed. But who would have thought that Zhou Zhou was so cunning that he was not fooled. When Sun Bin was disappointed, he couldn't help but cursed in a low voice: "Coward." Wei Liao patted him on the shoulder and said with a low smile: "Junior brother, don't be anxious, I don't expect it. This guy can't break the teacher's 'Tianyan God-killing Formation', sooner or later he will be beaten to death." "Yes." Sun Bin nodded and waited with peace of mind. In the blink of an eye, an hour passed. The sun was gradually setting in the west, and the time was approaching evening. Zhou Cuo was still thinking hard and had no clue. "Junior brother, are you hungry?" Wei Liao poked Sun Bin who was bored. "A bit." Sun Bin touched his belly. The ancients had two meals a day. At this time, it was time to have dinner. "Are you hungry?" Wei Liao asked the others. "I'm hungry." Everyone said one after another. After struggling for a long time, it would be strange not to be hungry. Hearing this, Guiguzi opened his eyes and smiled faintly: "Bo Yin, go get some food. We probably have to wait." "Okay, I'll go right away." Wei Liao agreed, got off the stage and went straight to cottage. After a while, Wei Liao rushed to the stage with a few pieces of big cakes and a few water hyacinths: "Here comes the food. Teacher, this is yours, this is everyone's. Everyone got a piece of big cake and a water hyacinth. Then he ate it deliciously. It was an extraordinary time, so he had to prepare this big cake in advance. Otherwise, the killers couldn't help but swallowed when they saw this. They were so powerful and overconfident, but they didn't bring anything to eat, and they only had a water hyacinth with them. After struggling in the formation for a long time, they drank enough water to watch their opponents eat and drink. It was very pleasant to drink, and these people couldn't help but feel a little depressed. At that moment, someone picked up the water hyacinth and took a few sips.??If you don't have anything to eat, you should at least get enough water. God knows how long you'll be stuck here. And seeing that the killers had nothing to eat and could only drink water, Sun Bin and the others were extremely happy. "Well, this flatbread is so delicious." "It's soft and fragrant." "Yes, I even added a few bird eggs in the morning. It's a pity, some people are not lucky enough to eat it." Senior Brother A few of them were holding back their bad water and showing off with gloating, which made the killers so angry that they wanted to rush up and strangle these bad boys alive. However, with the killing array in front, the killers dared not act rashly, but they could only watch helplessly as their opponents became arrogant and kept sulking. Seeing the setting sun getting darker and darker, while Zhou Cuo was still immersed in his thoughts and gained nothing, Jin San couldn't bear it any longer. He stood up and stepped forward, saying coldly: "Mr. Zhou, it's getting dark soon. If you think about it again, If we don't come out, we'll have to spend the night here." "I know." Zhou Cuo was interrupted and said unhappily. At this time, he looked quite haggard, and his eyes were filled with bloodshot eyes. It was obvious that he had spent a lot of energy. "Then you should understand how dangerous it is to spend the night in this dangerous place?" Jin San looked coldly: "What's more, we have neither food nor water, and we have almost run out of water. How do you want everyone to persist?" " What do you think we should do?" Zhou Cuo was stunned and asked. Jin Sanyin**: "Either you break this ghost formation immediately, or you lead everyone out. Of course, if this mission fails, I will report it to the leader. This is all your responsibility." Seeing that Zhou Cuo was unable to break the formation after racking his brains, Jin San started to think about it. He doesn¡¯t want to accompany Zhou Cuo to death, but if he wants to quit, who will bear the responsibility for the failure of the mission? In "Ghost", once a mission fails, the punishment for the person responsible is very severe. Therefore, Jin San must find a scapegoat. So, Zhou Cuo, who is leading this mission, is the most suitable target, and it is justifiable to use it to top the cylinder. What's more, Jin San has always been dissatisfied with this person and wants to get rid of him quickly. ¡°You¡ª¡ª¡± When Zhou Cuo heard this, he became furious and wanted to refute, but was speechless. After all, in this mission, because he was dealing with Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons, others had always listened to him. If the mission fails, he will not take the blame. Text Chapter 91 Qimen Dunjia (12) Seeing that Zhou Cuo was speechless, Jin San was secretly proud and said solemnly: "It's getting late. Mr. Zhou must make a decision quickly to avoid harming himself and others." Jin San thought he had seen through Zhou Cuo. This person is timid and afraid of death. If he doesn¡¯t know the ¡®Tianyan God-killing Formation¡¯, he will definitely not dare to try the formation on his own. Of course, if this week¡¯s mistake still wants others to try out, Jin San will not agree. If he tries again, everyone will die. Then, Zhou Cuo has only one choice - to lead people out of the Ghost Valley obediently, and then take the blame. Sure enough, Zhou Cuo's face turned red and he was caught in the dilemma of riding a tiger. This ¡®Tianyan God-killing Formation¡¯ is so mysterious that he doesn¡¯t know it at all. If he wants to break the formation, he can only rely on cannon fodder to test the formation. Anyway, Zhou Cuo didn¡¯t dare to go there himself. However, he did not dare to mention this idea at all. Jin San and the assassins already had a grudge from the previous trial. If he dared to order like this, the angry Jin San and the assassins would probably tear him alive. So, in desperation, he also wanted to retreat. But if not many people are lost this time, then it¡¯s not a big problem to withdraw temporarily and admit defeat. ¡°After all, he is the worshiper of ¡®Ghost Shadow¡¯, and his status is respected, so even a small mistake cannot touch him. However, with the casualties so heavy now, if the mission has not been completed, the organization will never let him go. For a time, Zhou Cuo found it difficult to advance and retreat, and was extremely entangled. When Jin Qi saw this, he coughed lightly and stepped forward and said: "Sir, let's leave. We'll keep the green hills and don't worry about running out of firewood. If the leader punishes us, Jin San and I will intercede for you." .¡± ¡°It¡¯s really the most poisonous woman¡¯s heart. Zhou Cuo wanted to cry but had no tears. Jin Qi said it politely, but in fact, he put all the responsibilities on his head in one fell swoop. Obviously, seeing that Zhou Cuo couldn't break the formation, Jin Qi's thoughts also changed. Jin Qi, who has always supported Zhou Cuo, actually sided with Jin San in order to protect himself, preparing to let Zhou Cuo top the cylinder. "It seems that everyone has the same opinion." Jin San said with a proud tone and a smile on his face: "Mr. Zhou, what do you think?" Looking at Jin San, who was like a cat playing with a mouse, Zhou Cuo was irritated. Of course, Zhou Cuo, who was enraged, would never go out to try out the formation with enthusiasm and die calmly. He thought very simply: Since I can¡¯t get better, no one should think about it. If I die, everyone will die together! Thinking of this, Zhou Cuo hid his hatred deeply and pretended to be discouraged and said: "Okay, let's exit first." He forced a smile and said: "In case the leader pursues the case, I hope the two leaders can help me. " "Definitely." Jin San and Jin Qi didn't know what the plan was and couldn't help exchanging looks. "Then let's go." Zhou Cuo reluctantly looked back at Guiguzi in the mist opposite him, then turned around. "Let's go." Jin San and Jin Qi also waved to the killers. So, a group of "Ghost Hidden" killers who came fiercely, but suffered severe head injuries and bloodshed, prepared to evacuate. "Teacher, they seem to be retreating." Sun Bin saw it and shouted quickly. "Isn't it?" Wei Liao looked unhappy: "You haven't had fun yet, how could you escape from the battle?" Guiguzi also smiled slightly, stood up and said, "Mr. Zhou, why did you leave in such a hurry? I'm a poor man. I'm still waiting for you to break the formation." Zhou Cuo paused, his face flushed. He has always been arrogant. He originally thought that his attainments in Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons were unparalleled in the world, but he didn't want to fail completely in front of Gui Mianzi. He was so shocked that he was too embarrassed to argue with Guiguzi, so he immediately hid his face and walked away without looking back. The killers quickly followed and stepped down one after another. "Teacher," Bai Gui said anxiously: "These guys are going to run away. What should we do? Are we going to let them go like this?" Guiguzi smiled faintly: "Want to leave? It's not that cheap. Come on, let's take the small road to the stone formation. "Sun Bin was stunned: "Teacher, the enemy has been destroyed, can it still be used?" Gui Guzi smiled lightly: "The mystery of Qimen Dunjia is beyond your imagination. The Taniguchi Stone Formation can not only evolve the Nine Palaces Bagua Array. , the anti-Nine Palaces Bagua Formation, and the 'Five-Shaped Ground Formation' can also be derived locally. This formation was not launched by the teacher before, just to prevent these rats from escaping." "That's great," Sun Bin said happily. Come on, let's go and entertain these rats." "Let's go." Immediately, the six masters and disciples set off from the hidden mountain path and headed straight for the Taniguchi Stone Formation. ??Hurry and hurry along the way, ?Finally, as the sunset set its last tail, the six masters and apprentices returned to the martial arts stage. In the hazy moonlight, a bunch of torches could be seen jumping, entering the stone formation. "Teacher, they have entered the formation." Sun Bin said excitedly: "We are just in time, what should we do next?" "Follow me into the formation." A cold light flashed in Guiguzi's eyes: "None of these rats can think of a ghost. "Gu." "That's great." Sun Bin and his brothers were very happy. 'Ghost Shadow' was notorious and it was really satisfying to teach them a lesson. "Let's go." Gui Guzi took a step forward, led Sun Bin and others to lock the mechanism, walked vigorously down the martial arts stage, and went straight into the stone formation. In the stone formation, Zhou Cuo was holding a torch and leading the way. The killers each held torches and followed closely behind. Having learned from the past, no one dared to take a step at random. Gradually, we got deeper into the formation. "Stop." Suddenly, Zhou Cuo stopped and raised his hand to signal, as if he noticed something was wrong, he looked around. "Mr. Zhou, what's wrong?" Jin Qi stepped forward and asked. "It seems that the stone formation has changed again." Zhou Cuo's face was solemn: "To avoid accidentally triggering the mechanism, please wait here for a while. I will go to the front to check." "Okay, sir, be careful." Jin Qi did not doubt the location. nod. After all, Guiguzi has changed the formation once before, and it is not strange to change it again now. Immediately, Zhou Cuo held up the torch and moved forward slowly and carefully, seemingly step by step. Jin San, Jin Qi, and all the killers were waiting quietly behind. Soon, Zhou Cuo¡¯s torch disappeared into the mist and night, and only dim light and shadow could be seen. Time passed slowly, and in a blink of an eye it was half an hour. Jin San became a little anxious: "Why haven't you come back? Could it be that this guy made a mistake in exploring the formation and is already dead?" Jin Qi was startled: "Jin San has his head above his head, but we can't think like this. If this is the case, we will just I can't get out." "Hahaha" At this moment, a burst of proud laughter suddenly came from all around, and it seemed that it was Zhou Cuo. Text Chapter 92 Qimen Dunjia (13) When Jin Qi heard this, he was overjoyed: "Is it Mr. Zhou? But the exploration was successful? Then take us out quickly." "Get out?" Zhou Cuo said with a sinister smile: "You still want to go out?" Jin San suddenly felt a feeling in his heart With a bad premonition, he said sharply: "Zhou, what do you mean by this?" "What do you mean?" Zhou Cuo said bitterly: "I have gone through life and death in order to break the formation, and I have tried my best, but Guiguzi is famous all over the world. Is his formation so easy to break? You bastards can't break the formation, so you don't want to help me, but you still want me to take the blame? Let me tell you, it's not that easy. Let's die together. Die. Now, just stay here and wait for death. I¡¯m leaving.¡± Jin Qi was shocked and angry: ¡°I warn you, Zhou, if you dare to leave us, the organization will not let you go. "Yours." "Haha" Zhou Cuo laughed: "As long as you are all dead, who will tell the organization that I am still alive? Then, I will hide my name and go away, who can do anything to me?" Die for me!" Jin San was so angry that his hair stood on end and his eyes were about to burst. He drew his sword and rushed towards the direction where Zhou Cuo's voice came from. "Hahaha" Zhou Cuo laughed: "Why do you want to find me? For the rest of your life. Goodbye, everyone." The voice spread far away quickly, drifting and disappearing. ¡°Jin San¡¯s head is on top, come back quickly, don¡¯t be fooled.¡± Jin Qi was horrified when he saw this, and quickly wanted to shout to Jin San. However, it was too late. "Suddenly, Jin San, who was furious and mad, threw himself into the mist and night. As soon as he approached a stone pillar, he heard the sound of a mechanism. ¡°Swish, swish, swish¡­¡± There were screams like thunder all around, and countless cross boomerangs were ejected from several stone pillars, blooming with a cold light of death in the night sky. "Everyone, be careful!" Jin Qi shouted, quickly pulled out his sword and tried his best to resist. The killers were also stunned and drew their swords one after another. ¡°Ding, ding, ding¡­¡± For a moment, the sound of swords and darts clashing was as loud as beans. In the night, sparks splashed everywhere, as brilliant as flowers. However, something happened that shocked the killers: the dart that hit the air whimpered in mid-air, turned around in arcs, and turned around strangely. In addition, the darts thrown by the sword often do not hit the ground, but fly everywhere endlessly. The killers who were caught off guard were all struck one after another. Amidst a burst of screams, seven or eight people fell, most of them shot in the back. "Everyone, be careful, this escort will turn around. Come on, hurry up, everyone back to back." Jin Qi reacted very quickly and gave the order immediately. The killers woke up from a dream and immediately gathered together to face the enemy back to back. Sure enough, in this way, this weird dart can no longer sneak up behind him, and the casualty rate suddenly drops sharply. Soon, the darts finally ran out of kinetic energy and splashed down one after another. "Huh¡ª¡ª" Jin Qi let out a long breath and said quickly: "Quick, count the casualties." He went straight to Jin San. But Jin Sanzheng fell to the ground, and what was shocking was that he was hit by two darts in a row on his back. It is conceivable that as the trigger person of the mechanism, Jin San¡¯s location must be the center of the escort attack. Even though Jin San had mastered swordsmanship, he was unable to defend against such a dense and strange attack. "Leader Jin San. Leader Jin San." Jin Qi panicked and quickly picked up Jin San, calling anxiously. "Cough, cough" Jin San coughed several times, and a large amount of blood overflowed from his mouth. He said breathlessly: "Leader Jin Qi, I, I'm afraid I can't survive. You, you must try to escape." Go, report the matter to the leader, kill Zhou Cuo, and Gui Guzi, and take revenge for everyone." "Okay." Jin Qi gritted his silver teeth with hatred and vowed to take revenge. "Then I wish you good luck." Jin San said softly, then his head tilted and he stopped breathing. Jin Qi felt sad in his heart, so he gently took off Jin San's ghost face and hid it in his arms. For many years, the organization has not lost a Golden Ghost Face. Unexpectedly, Jin San died here today. The rabbit dies and the fox is sad. "Leader Jin Qi." At this time, a silver ghost face walked in. "How are the casualties?" Jin Qi hid his sadness and asked calmly. "One person was killed by the Silver Killer and one was seriously injured. Six people were killed by the Bronze Killer, two were slightly injured, and two were seriously injured." Jin Qi's eyes darkened: In other words, even the lightly wounded, there are still people who can be used. There are only eight left! You know, when they came, there was a huge lineup of sixty-three people. After a long time, Jin Qi recovered and said bitterly: "Help those three seriously injured brothers to escape."?We can't protect ourselves, and we can't take them with us. " "yes. "Silver Ghost Face nodded silently and turned away. After a moment, several screams were heard, and then the remaining seven 'Ghost Hidden' killers gathered around Jin Qi. Jin Qi said sadly: "We are waiting for the current situation. Everyone should understand. Without a guide, I am waiting in this ghost formation, and it is really impossible to escape death. "The killers didn't say a word, but their eyes showed despair. "Since we are going to die anyway, why not take a gamble. "Jin Qi's eyes showed a fierce and decisive look: "The eight of us will take turns to test the formation. Each of us is not many, and we can only walk fifty steps. If anyone is lucky enough to escape from the Ghost Valley in the end, please avenge the others, how about it? ¡± The seven killers looked at each other and nodded silently. As Jin Qi said, it¡¯s a death anyway, so why not just gamble on luck, maybe someone can survive? More importantly, although this method is cruel, it is absolutely Fair. ¡°Okay, let me go first. "Jin Qi raised the torch, looked at the hazy night ahead, and strode forward. Jin Qi didn't know anything about Qimen Dunjia or hidden weapons. Now, she just walked away. This is gambling with her life. Good luck, step on it If there is no trap, it is profitable. If you are unlucky and die, then accept your fate. Once you risk it, no danger will matter. In the blink of an eye, the fifty steps are here, and Jin Qi is lucky to survive. No mechanism was triggered. ¡°Security, come here. "Jin Qi secretly breathed a sigh of relief. Although he had prepared for the worst, if he could avoid death, then who wouldn't want to live? He immediately waved a torch behind him. Seeing this, the seven killers stepped forward quickly. "it's your turn. "Jin Qi turned his attention to a silver killer. The man nodded and moved forward silently. However, this time, he was not so lucky. "Ah¡ª¡ª" Before walking twenty steps, a stone pillar was hit A large burst of flames suddenly erupted, completely covering the silver killer. Suddenly, the man turned into a huge human-shaped torch, howling in pain, struggling, but soon fell to the ground, silently. No more, only the sound of the burning human body was still heard. Jin Qi was silent for a moment, and said in a solemn voice: "Go on. "The last Silver Killer nodded, silently stepped forward, and continued to explore the road. Text Chapter 93 Qimen Dunjia (14) In the stone circle. Zhou Cuo held up the torch and strode forward. Although the Anti-Nine Palaces Bagua Formation is mysterious, it is very familiar to him who has cracked the formation. In the blink of an eye, Zhou Cuo was near the mouth of the valley. "Boom -" Suddenly, there was another roar of moving stone pillars from all around. Zhou Cuo was shocked and stopped immediately. What¡¯s going on? Is there any change in this formation? For a moment, Zhou Cuo's face looked uncertain. Soon, the roaring stopped, and the arrangement of stone pillars in front of me seemed to be different from the 'Anti-Nine Palaces and Bagua Array'. It¡¯s really changed again! Zhou Cuo was dumbfounded. It is rare for such a large stone formation to change once, but to change it twice is simply magical. "Haha" Guiguzi's laughter suddenly came from all around: "Mr. Zhou, why are you coming and going in such a hurry? Just now, when faced with the 'Tianyan God-killing Formation', Mr. refused to teach me anything. Now, this' "Five Elements Trapping Formation", sir, please don't shirk it. "Five Elements Trapping Formation!" ? Zhou Cuo groaned secretly. He could guess with his toes that this formation must be very dangerous. However, he could avoid fighting the ¡®Tianyan God-killing Formation¡¯, but he couldn¡¯t evade the ¡®Five-Shaped Ground-Slaying Formation¡¯. Because, at this time, Zhou Cuo was already trapped in the battle. "By the way," Sun Bin's ridiculing voice suddenly came from all around: "Where are your companions? Could it be that you guys are coaxing and you abandoned them all? Tsk tsk, your character is really nothing to say. "Shut up." Zhou Cuo became angry: "Zhou and you have no grievances in the past, but we are just following orders. Why are we so hard to kill each other?" "Hmph!" Gui Guzi sneered! : "You want to pretend to be pitiful, do you think I am a fool? 'Gui Yin' is full of evil, and everyone will punish it. Your Excellency, just stay here obediently today." After saying that, there were no more words. Zhou Cuo¡¯s eyes turned red: Okay, since you won¡¯t give me a way to survive, then I¡¯ll fight. Isn't it just the five elements of metal, wood, water, fire, and earth? I just don't believe it and can't break it. After carefully looking at the formation, Zhou Cuo slowly walked towards the formation. According to his understanding of the Five Elements Theory, the so-called "five-shaped earth-sinking formation" is likely to be based on earth-type organs. As for the central part of the earth, it is very likely that the formation eye that controls the formation is in the middle. As long as you find this formation eye and destroy it, this 'Five Elements Trapping Formation' will be finished. Of course, Zhou Cuo understands Gui Guzi¡¯s cunning. Therefore, he did not dare to be careless. Every step he took was observed again and again to ensure that nothing went wrong. As a result, it took Zhou Cuo nearly half an hour to complete the short distance of fifty steps and two stone pillars. Not only did he walk slowly, but he was also under great pressure. He was literally sweating through his clothes. You must know that this hidden weapon is very dangerous. If you step on it wrongly, you may lose your body and die on the spot. Finally, Zhou Cuo, who was under great pressure, walked safely to a circle of stone pillars. This circle of stone pillars has four outer ones arranged in an arc shape, and one in the middle stands like the center of a circle. This should be the formation eye! Zhou Cuo's eyes shone: And the stone pillar standing in the middle coincides with the Five Elements Theory of "Central Belongs to Earth". It is estimated that the main office is on it. As long as it is destroyed, the formation will be useless. Immediately, Zhou Cuo slowly walked toward the five stone pillars. He walked a hundred miles and half a mile, but he still couldn't be careless. One step, two steps Finally, Zhou Cuo successfully walked into the circle of stone pillars and came to the stone pillar in the center. Thank God! Zhou Cuo was secretly relieved that everything was going well, and he quickly searched for the mechanism. Soon, he found a small stone cave. There are traces of friction on the edge of the cave, as if someone had touched it. It must be inside! Zhou Cuo's heart moved, and he quickly reached out and touched inside. Sure enough, he touched a ring. Zhou Cuo was overjoyed and quickly grabbed the ring. He twisted it with his left hand but it didn't move. He twisted it to the right. This time, it finally moved. "Creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak, creak out out out out out out out of the stone pillar. Haha, finally done! Zhou Cuo was ecstatic for a moment. However, at this moment, there was an almost unknown slight abnormal sound coming from Zhou Cuo's feet, which was very sudden. not good! Zhou Cuo, who has studied Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapons for many years, is extremely experienced. He immediately instinctively sensed something was wrong. He immediately turned around and wanted to rush out of the circle. However, it was a little late. The four stone pillars located on the periphery immediately cracked into a small circle.?, spurting out countless fine needles of cow hair, which looked blue under the firelight, obviously highly poisonous. "Plopah" Zhou Cuo was caught off guard. When he rolled out of the circle of stone pillars, he had been hit by several poisonous needles. A thick black air immediately rose up on his face. His eyes also turned black for a while, and the sky was spinning. Zhou Cuo was so stunned that he hurriedly sat down cross-legged, dug around in his arms, found a porcelain bottle, and quickly poured out a pill that was as white as jade and had a fragrant fragrance. Without saying a word, Zhou Cuo immediately put the elixir into his mouth. Suddenly, the thick black air on his face began to fade, and his eyes slowly regained clarity. This elixir is a detoxifying elixir carefully extracted by Zhou Cuo from a variety of precious medicinal materials such as Tianshan Snow Lotus and Millennium Ganoderma lucidum. It is the treasure at the bottom of the box that he uses to save his life. Although he could not completely eliminate the poison of the ox hair needle, he could at least control it in the short term. This bought him precious time to try to detoxify. Zhou Cuo breathed a sigh of relief, and bitterly pulled out six or seven fine ox-hair needles from his shoulders, back, and legs. He gritted his teeth and said, "What a ghost, you are so vicious. He actually set up a false formation, which caused harm to people." I almost died, you damn bastard who struck me with lightning!" He stood up unsteadily. Although he was poisoned, he still found a way to break the formation, otherwise, he would be trapped here. "Chi¡ª" At this moment, a sharp sword roar suddenly sounded in the fog and night, and went straight to Zhou Cuo's back. "Pounce¡ª¡ª" Zhou Cuo was caught off guard and was hit by a sword. The bloody sword tip penetrated his chest, and blood dripped down. who is it! ? Zhou Cuo turned around with difficulty and disbelief, and saw a graceful figure wearing a ferocious golden ghost face. Against the background of the fire, it looked even more terrifying and sinister, like a demon emerging from hell. "It's you, Jin Qi!?" Zhou Cuo almost thought he was dazzled. Weren't these people thrown into the formation by him? How could they find them here? "My surname is Zhou, you didn't expect us to meet again, did you?" Jin Qi's tone was extremely resentful: "Thanks to you, except for my good luck, everyone else is dead. It seems that God doesn't like you and wants you. Die." Zhou Cuo was about to cry but had no tears: This Jin Qi was lucky enough to pass through countless traps and happened to meet him. There is nothing to say except God's will. Text Chapter 94 Qimen Dunjia (15) "Jin, don't be complacent. If you kill me, you won't get out alive." A sharp pain surged through him, and Zhou Cuo felt that his life was quickly leaving him. He was crumbling and couldn't help but stare at Jin Qi with resentment. "Hmph, I don't have to worry about it anymore, you'll die before me anyway." Jin Qi snorted coldly, walked behind Zhou Cuo, and suddenly pulled out his sword. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Blood spurted out from the wound, and Zhou Cuo slowly fell down with an unwilling look on his face, dying on the spot. However, Jin Qi was a little confused at this time. Now, everyone is dead and she is the only one left. Although he killed Zhou Cuo and avenged his companions, he felt very relieved, but as Zhou Cuo said, without him, Jin Qi would not be able to escape alive. With no one to share the risk for her anymore, she can¡¯t always be so lucky. Thinking that his group came with full confidence, but ended up with such a tragic ending where the whole army was wiped out, and he himself was not going to die soon, Jin Qi felt a little sad, and he was heartbroken. That¡¯s all! Jin Qi sighed in his heart. Instead of dying miserably under the hidden weapons of the government, it would be better to end it himself, or at least die with dignity and dignity. Thinking of this, Jin Qi picked up the bloody sword and placed it beside his neck. He glanced at the world with nostalgia before making his move. However, the killer is cruel to others, but not necessarily to himself. What¡¯s more, Jin Qi is a woman. Jin Qi had no problem killing others, but when she really wanted to commit suicide, her hands were trembling and she couldn't make up her mind. "Pa, pa" At this moment, in the mist and night, a crisp round of applause suddenly sounded. "Who is it!?" Jin Qi was horrified and pointed with his sword. Then he saw Gui Guzi floating towards him, clapping his hands gently, followed closely by Sun Bin and his brothers, holding torches. "Wonderful! Wonderful!" Gui Guzi sarcastically said cheerfully: "I didn't expect that you would kill each other without Tao Dao to do anything. You are almost dead." Jin Qi's eyes were about to split, and he hissed: "Old man, stop. If you want to say something sarcastic, I will fight with you today." He raised his sword and went straight to Guiguzi. Since he can¡¯t survive anyway, Jin Qi would be happy if he could have another supporter. "Teacher, be careful." Sun Bin and his brothers quickly warned. "Don't panic, step back." Gui Guzi was unhurried, raising the dust in his hand and heading towards Jin Qi. Immediately, the two of them came and went, fighting together. ??????????????????????????????????????????: The Golden Seven Swords are bright and fast, while Guiguzi's fly whisk is like a spiritual snake, appearing and disappearing. After fighting for about six or seven times, Guiguzi suddenly shouted: "Let go." The whisk wrapped around Jin Qi's sword like a giant python, and before Jin Qi could struggle, he suddenly exerted force. Jin Qi is a woman after all, and her strength is not her strong point, so she immediately let go of her sword. "Whoosh¡ª¡ª" With a roar, the long sword flew out one or twenty steps, fell into the darkness, and was missing for a while. Jin Qi stood dumbly on the ground, heartbroken, and said calmly: "Kill me." In fact, when it comes to martial arts, Gui Guzi and Jin Qi are only between brothers. Even if they can win, it will take a lot of effort. However, Jin Qi is not at his peak at this time. Being trapped in the formation for almost a day and a half, Jin Qi was already exhausted mentally and physically. What's more, all his companions were dead, and he also experienced Zhou Cuo's betrayal, which was a huge blow to Jin Qi. At this time, Jin Qi¡¯s swordsmanship was at most half of its usual level. In this case, it is not surprising that Guiguzi won easily. However, Guiguzi did not kill Jin Qi, but simply said: "I don't kill women, so you can go." "Ah!?" Jin Qi was stunned, and Sun Bin and others were also stunned: What is going on? "You really let me go?" Finally, Jin Qi came back to his senses and looked at Gui Guzi in disbelief. "That's right." Guiguzi nodded and said seriously: "At this time, I have turned off the mechanisms in the formation. As long as you walk forward, when you encounter a stone pillar, turn left twice and then right once, you can safely leave the valley. "I don't believe it." Jin Qi sneered: "You are so kind?" Gui Guzi said helplessly: "It's up to you to believe it or not, but Pindao does not kill women. In addition, I also have something to say to you." "Take it back." "Let's talk about it." Gui Guzi's eyes were sharp, as if he could see through people's hearts: "Tell your leaders that good and evil will eventually be rewarded, so restrain yourself as soon as possible, otherwise, one day, it will be too late. Of course, if he does. Still not knowing how to advance or retreat, Pindao is waiting for him here." Jin Qi was silent for a moment.?Slowly said: "Okay, I will definitely bring these words. Farewell." "No." Jin Qi turned around, followed Guiguzi's words, and strode away. Intuition told her that Gui Guzi was not lying. If he really wanted to kill her, Gui Guzi could have done it just now. There was no need to do anything extra. Watching Jin Qi gradually walk away, Sun Bin became a little anxious: "Teacher, do you really let her go?" "Yes." Guiguzi nodded. "Why?" Sun Bin was a little confused: "Didn't you say that the task of eradicating evil is over?" "Haha" Guiguzi smiled faintly: "If a woman is let go or killed, it has nothing to do with the overall situation. Of course, more importantly, I am I want this woman to report the horror of Ghost Valley to "Ghost Shadow", so that these rats will not dare to cause trouble again. Otherwise, if we only have a thousand days to be a thief, without a thousand days to guard against thieves, we will never leave the valley. I don't want you. What happened?" "Teacher, you are right, you are thoughtful," Bai Gui said with admiration. Sun Bin also said helplessly: "That's an advantage for this woman." "Okay." Guiguzi said with a smile: "Everyone has worked hard during this period. Let's go back and have a rest. Wait until tomorrow to collect them again and collect all the corpses. It¡¯s taken care of.¡± ¡°Yes, teacher.¡± Sun Bin and others said happily, all of them beaming. This battle was really fought beautifully. Without any attack at all, the enemy was completely wiped out by relying on Qimen Dunjia and machine assassin weapons. It¡¯s really sharp. "Teacher," Sun Bin said excitedly as he followed Gui Guzi out into the battle, "I didn't expect this Qimen Dunjia and hidden weapon to be so powerful. Can I also choose to learn it?" "Yes, I want to learn it too." Pang Juan, Wei Liao They all said that even Bai Gui and Mao Meng, who were plain-tempered, looked a little excited. Guiguzi shook his head and said with a smile: "Qimen Dunjia and Mechanical Hidden Weapon, these two subjects are extremely mysterious and can be used for a lifetime. If you put in a lot of effort, it may affect the main course, and the gain will outweigh the loss. But if you don't put in a lot of effort, it may affect the main course. , and you can only learn superficially, in this case, it is better not to learn. You have also seen how powerful this Qimen Dunjia and the hidden weapon are. If you make a mistake, you will die." Sun Bin and others looked at each other and had no choice but to give up. Text Chapter 95 Pang Juan goes down the mountain (Part 1) Zhai day. It took Sun Bin and several senior brothers a whole day to dispose of the corpses of the 'ghost' killers. However, many of the activated hidden weapons cannot be restored for a while. "It will undoubtedly take a lot of labor to repair the dozens of mechanical stone figures that were destroyed by Zhou Cuo. With these tasks, Sun Bin and others who know nothing about the hidden weapons of the government will definitely not be able to help. Gui Guzi alone would undoubtedly be too busy. "Teacher," Sun Bin then asked, "What should we do with these activated mechanisms and destroyed stone figures?" "Simple." Guiguzi said with a smile, "There is so much work for a teacher to do alone, but You can find someone for help. " "You mean Momen?" Wei Liao woke up. "Yes." Guiguzi smiled and said: "The construction of Guigu is a huge project. It can't be accomplished by just one person, it is all the help of Momen. There are countless skilled craftsmen in Momen. This time, please trouble me again. That's Lao Mozi." "Haha" Sun Bin and several senior brothers were happy when they heard this. Gui Guzi and Mo Zi have an irreversible friendship. I believe that as long as Gui Guzi opens his mouth, Mo Zhai will definitely not refuse. This is the best thing, and it saves them trouble. "By the way, Bo Ling," Gui Guzi turned his head and said to Sun Bin: "'Gui Yin' has also sent someone to deal with your father-in-law, Young Master Ang. To avoid any surprises, you still have to send someone to inform him. In this way, you can go ahead tomorrow. Go to Yangzhai with your senior brother, look for Momen, and ask them to send workers to help. At the same time, ask them to send a letter to Daliang for your father-in-law. " "Okay, I will go there tomorrow. "As soon as he heard about this serious matter, Sun Bin immediately agreed. Bai Gui also said: "Teacher, don't worry." "Okay." Guiguzi nodded and looked up at the darkening sky: "It's been a turbulent time and it's time to settle down. Okay, let's all go back and rest." " Yes, teacher." The disciples nodded. Sun Bin also thought in his heart: Yes, it¡¯s time to settle down. Since I came to this world, I have hardly felt stable. It¡¯s so terrible. How can I study with peace of mind! ? ¡­ After Bai Gui and Sun Bin went to Yangdi for help, Momen soon sent many craftsmen to help repair the mechanism. It only took half a month to get everything done. In the meantime, Momen sent another letter for Young Master Ang. No, it should be two letters. ? One of the letters was from Gongzi Ang thanking Guiguzi for reporting the news. He said that after receiving the letter, he immediately increased his vigilance and conducted a close investigation throughout the city. As a result, he successfully locked the lair of the "Guiyin" killer, and then sent a large number of Wei soldiers to suppress it, killing them all easily. The other letter was from Yinyu to Sun Bin. When the senior brothers heard this, they started teasing him one after another, causing Sun Bin to run away in embarrassment and hide aside to peek. Of course, there was nothing too disgusting in the letter. He just told Sun Bin to study hard, take care of himself, and not to think about her. She would always be waiting for him. After reading this letter, Sun Bin felt warm in his heart. It felt good to be cared about. ¡­¡­ Then, as Guiguzi expected, everything slowly calmed down. And the ¡®Ghost Hidden¡¯ suffered serious injuries and his vitality was severely damaged. He seemed to have become honest and finally did not dare to die again. Sun Bin and his senior fellow apprentices were also focused on studying hard, and their abilities increased day by day. There is no time in the mountains. Six years passed in a blink of an eye, and the time was 363 BC. This day. In the mountain forest, a sika deer was running around in a panic, chasing two strong young people behind it. One, tall and slender, with a face like a crown jade, heroic yet elegant, is the grown-up Sun Bin. The other one, with a burly figure and extremely broad shoulders, mighty yet at the same time simple, is the grown-up Pang Juan. The two brothers, each holding a bow, chased after him. "Here!" Suddenly, Sun Bin stopped and quickly drew his bow and arrow. With a shout, the bow was like a thunderbolt and the arrow was like a shooting star. "Pounce¡ª¡ª" I saw the arrow hit the sika deer's neck. It whined and immediately fell to the ground with its four hooves twitching. "Haha, hit." Sun Bin was overjoyed. When Pang Juan saw this, he quickly stopped and said panting: "Haha, junior brother is really good at archery." Sun Bin said embarrassedly: "Senior brother, I have given you a reward. You have never given up to me." "How can you?" Pang Juan But he denied it and said with a smile: "Let's go. With this deer, we can have a good meal tonight." "That's right." Sun Bin laughed and couldn't help but swallow.Water and venison are very delicious. The two brothers rushed forward and saw that the wound on the deer's neck was bleeding continuously. They did not dare to neglect. They quickly took out the water bag, poured out the water, then placed it on the wound and began to collect the hot deer blood to avoid wasting it. You must know that deer blood is a very precious medicinal material, which can be used as a filial piety to Guiguzi. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Nearly two water bags were filled with them. Then the two brothers hung up the water bags, took turns carrying the dead deer on their backs, and rushed back. As evening approached, Sun and Bin returned to Guigu. "Two junior brothers, you are back. Hurry up, there are guests coming." From a distance, Wei Liao came up to greet him. "Are you having a guest?" Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other in astonishment. The Ghost Valley is very hidden. People in the world only hear its name but don¡¯t know where it is. Naturally, there are no visitors. "At least, Sun Bin has been in Guigu for six years, and he rarely has a guest in a year. "Yes." Wei Liao said with a smile, "You can't guess who it is? But what about the envoy sent by the eldest brother?" "Sent by the eldest brother?" Sun Bin and Pang Juan were surprised and happy. Three years ago, Bai Gui had already left the army and returned to the Kingdom of Wei, becoming the first disciple of Guigu to graduate from the mountain. In the past three years, there has been no news from Bai Gui. Sun Bin and others have always cared about this kind-hearted senior brother. Unexpectedly, there was finally news today. "Quick, let's go take a look. Second Senior Brother, this is for you." Sun Bin quickly threw the dead deer to Wei Liao, pulled Pang Juan and hurried towards Guigu Cave. Sure enough, as soon as the two entered the cave, they saw Guiguzi talking with a middle-aged man in his forties. "Teacher." Sun Bin and Pang Juan greeted him quickly. Guiguzi smiled and waved: "Come, you guys have met. This is Bai Di, the messenger sent by your senior brother. He is your senior brother's clan brother and your senior brother's capable subordinate." "Oh, Sun Bin (Pang Juan) ) have met Brother Bai." Sun Bin and Pang Juan also hurriedly greeted him. "The two eminent men are so polite, but I really don't dare to accept them." Bai Di quickly stood up and returned the gift. Guiguzi was famous all over the world, and he didn't dare to accept the gift from two Guigu disciples. "Let's all sit down and talk." Guiguzi smiled and nodded: "We are all family members, no need to be polite." "No." The three of them looked at each other and smiled, and then they all sat down. Text Chapter 96 Pang Juan goes down the mountain (Part 2) As soon as he sat down, Sun Bin couldn't wait to say: "Brother Bai, I wonder how my senior brother is doing? What is the position of the official of Wei now?" Bai Di hurriedly said: "Three years ago, Guidi came down from the mountain and was recommended to the Marquis of Wei by his family. Wei. When Hou heard that Guidi was a disciple of Guigu, he was overjoyed to receive him. Once the discussion was completed, the Marquis of Wei was very impressed with Guidi's talent and knowledge, and appointed him as Sikong Zuocheng, assisting the great Sikong in managing important matters such as water conservancy and construction across the country. In the past three years, Gui Di has made great achievements in building palaces and water conservancy projects, and has been highly appreciated by the Marquis of Wei. Moreover, Prince Ang heard that Gui Di was Bo Ling's senior brother, and he also valued him very much. The post was vacant due to illness, so Prince Ang recommended Gui Di to take over, and Wei Marquis readily agreed. " "That's great," Sun Bin said happily, "I didn't expect that in just three years, senior brother would become such a great figure in the country. He's an important minister, it's amazing." "Yes, senior brother is amazing." Pang Juan, who was somewhat dull, also looked fascinated by this. Being able to stand out has always been a strong ambition in his heart. "Yes." Bai Di also said with admiration: "Gui Di is not only talented, but also perseverant. In recent years, in order to control floods, he often stayed away from home for several months, eating and living on the dam. It can be said that he slept in the open air and was extremely hard. "It's God's blessing to be here today." "By the way," Bai Di suddenly slapped his forehead and said with a smile, "This time, Bai came not only to visit Mr. Guigu for Brother Gui, but also to serve the country. Hearing this, Gui Guzi waved his hand and said with a smile: "Needless to say, Gui'er wants to invite Bo Ling and the others to come down and help the Wei State together, right?" "That's right, sir, you really have a clever plan." Di Gong said: "Now that I, the leader of the Wei Kingdom, have wise ministers, good government and people, and prosperous industries, it is really a place for heroes. I wonder what you think, sir?" Guiguzi smiled and said: "I don't have any objections, as long as Bo Ling and the others are willing. . Okay, Bo Ling, go and call Boyin and Chucheng." "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin quickly got up and called Wei Liao and Mao Meng. Not long after, the three brothers came in and sat down one after another after seeing the ceremony. Guiguzi looked at the four senior brothers with a smile: "Your senior brother wants you to go down the mountain to help the Wei State, what do you think?" Mao Meng shook his head first, Feng Qingyun said calmly: "Teacher, disciples are naturally scattered. , I am determined to pursue the Tao, and this glory and wealth are not what I want, so I can only go against the good intentions of the senior brother. I still want to study with the teacher in the mountains for a few more years, and then find a mountain to seek the way of heaven." Sun Bin and Pang Juan. They looked at each other speechless: After all these years, Senior Brother Mao is still so persistent in Xiangdao. "Okay, everyone has their own ambitions, so you can't force it." Guiguzi nodded lightly. Wei Liao thought for a while and declined: "Teacher, you know my disciple's temperament. He is very lazy and cannot be an official. Therefore, I also want to study with you for two more years and then travel around the world to find a quiet place." "I will devote myself to studying and hope to achieve something in my lifetime." "Okay." Gui Guzi still nodded lightly. Wei Liao's talent in the art of war is very outstanding. Although it is a pity not to serve as an official, he can devote himself to studying in order to write books and educate people. Guiguzi also appreciates this kind of indifferent interest in fame and fortune. Bai Di was a little disappointed and could only look at Sun Bin and Pang Juan at the end. Sun Bin was a little hesitant. He wanted to go down the mountain, but he felt that he was still a little lacking in the art of war and vertical and horizontal skills. It was still a little early to go down the mountain. After thinking about it for a while, Sun Bin said: "Teacher, I feel that I still have some shortcomings, so I want to study with you for one more year, and then go down the mountain to find my senior brother." "That's fine." Guiguzi nodded appreciatively. He knew that Sun Bin had always been thinking about Yinyu, always remembering the hatred of destroying his family, and always looking forward to making achievements. However, it was not easy to keep a cool head in the face of all kinds of temptations. "Teacher," Pang Juan stood up suddenly, his eyes bright: "This disciple feels that he is successful in his studies and is willing to resound the call of senior brother and come down the mountain to assist the Wei State." Gui Guzi frowned slightly. Pang Juan has a strong desire for fame, and he is very clear about it. This is not a bad thing. How can he achieve great achievements without great ambitions? ? However, Pang Juan was a little anxious. In Guiguzi¡¯s view, Pang Juan still has some shortcomings, and it is best to stay in Guigu and study for a year or two more before going down the mountain. Thinking about it, it must have been Bai Gui's outstanding achievements in his official career that inspired Pang Juan. Of course, since Pang Juan has decided, Gui Guzi will not stop him. After all, people have to walk their own path, and as a teacher, he can't interfere too much. "Okay." Guiguzi sighed in his heart, but nodded lightly on his face: "Since you want to go down the mountain,?Pack up and hit the road tomorrow. " "Thank you, teacher. " Pang Juan was overjoyed and was very high-spirited for a moment. He felt that it was finally time for him to dominate the world. Bai Di secretly breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, Pang Juan agreed to come out. Otherwise, his trip would have been in vain, and he would inevitably be guilty. Gui asked. In addition, Wei Hou is behind the recruitment of talents for the country. If he does not do his job well, his future will be very bleak, but at least he can do it that night, on the mountainside. The burly and majestic Pang Juan stood with his back, looking at the misty Ghost Valley under the moonlight, with a look of sadness on his face. After all, he has been studying here for seven years. Pang Juan is very emotional about every plant and tree. Once it is time to say goodbye, it will naturally be inevitable. A little bit reluctant to give up. However, that bit of reluctance was quickly swallowed up by the desire to make achievements and get ahead. "I will definitely succeed!" Pang Juan clenched his fists tightly, and a cold light flashed in his eyes. "Senior brother," suddenly, someone behind him shouted with a smile: "So you are here, and I have been looking for it for a long time. Pang Juan turned around and saw that it was Sun Bin. He couldn't help but relax and said with a smile, "It's you, junior brother. What, is something wrong?" " "It's okay, I just wanted to see my senior brother off. Sun Bin walked forward with a smile and stood side by side with Pang Juan: "By the way, senior brother is here alone, what are you thinking about?" Pang Juan looked up at the stars and said with high spirits: "I am thinking that I must make great achievements and be powerful in the world, so that all those who look down on me will regret it, and those famous generals in ancient times will no longer be as beautiful as before!" Sun Bin sincerely blessed him: "With your ability, senior brother, I believe that your wishes will come true." " "Thank you, junior brother. Pang Juan was also moved and said: "Brother, please take the first step. When you come down the mountain, we brothers will join forces to help the Wei Kingdom dominate the world." " "Okay, it's settled. "Sun Bin also stretched out his hand in fascination. "It's a deal. Pang Juan also stretched out his hand and held it tightly with Sun Bin. For a moment, the two brothers looked at each other and smiled. They both felt that their hearts were full of passion and pride, and they wished that they could immediately guide the country and dominate the world. Text Chapter 97 Pang Juan¡¯s first call (Part 1) The next day, morning, at the entrance of Guigu Valley. A carriage is on standby. Because this trip is secretive, there is no driver. Bai Di drove the carriage himself. At this time, Bai Di and Pang Juan were standing next to the car, while Gui Guzi and others were seeing each other off. "Zi Yi," before parting, the always open-minded Gui Guzi patted Pang Juan on the shoulder with some reluctance and said, "Now that you are gone, we, master and disciple, don't know when we will see each other again. I have some harsh words of advice for my master, I hope you can remember it." "Please teach me, teacher," Pang Juan said hurriedly and respectfully. He has been lonely since he was a child and has not enjoyed much family love. Only in Guigu can he truly find the feeling of home. He really respected Guiguzi as if he were his biological father. Gui Guzi then said earnestly: "You are lonely, but you are determined and work hard, and my teacher sees it. This is very good. However, I hope you will not be blinded by fame and fortune in the future. You must stick to your true heart and always remember to do your best. The teacher¡¯s teachings are of the utmost importance to all people in the world.¡± Pang Juan¡¯s eyes gleamed with tears: ¡°The teacher¡¯s teachings must be kept in mind by the disciples. The kindness of raising them and teaching them skills over the past seven years is deeper than the sea and higher than the mountains. Please bear with me. Three bows." He said, kneeling on the ground and bowing three times. Guiguzi's eyes were also a little wet. He helped Pang Juan up and patted his shoulder: "Take care of yourself." Then he walked aside. "Junior brother, take care of it." "Junior brother, take care of it." "Senior brother, take care of it." At this time, Wei Liao, Mao Meng, and Sun Bin still stepped forward and said goodbye to Pang Juan reluctantly. "Thank you, everyone cherishes it." Pang Juan, who had always been dull and taciturn, couldn't help but choke and shed tears. "Okay, a man won't shed tears easily, let's go, let's go." Guiguzi waved his hand and tried hard to keep a smile. Pang Juan wiped his tears and said with a heart: "Teacher, brothers and sisters, Pang Juan is gone." He turned around and got in the car. "Mr. Gui Gu, all distinguished sages, bid farewell." Bai Di also bowed and drove away with Pang Juan. Watching the carriage rolling away in the background, Sun Bin silently blessed Pang Juan: Senior brother, I wish you a smooth journey and all your wishes come true. When we become brothers for a year, we will fight side by side again and rekindle our brotherhood. ?¡­ ?Ten days later. The capital of Wei State was Anyi. This is a majestic city second only to Daliang in Wei State. The city is more than ten meters high and three carriages can run parallel. It has a population of tens of thousands and is very prosperous. That evening, a dusty carriage arrived at the east gate of Anyi. "We're finally here." Bai Di, who was driving, breathed a sigh of relief and looked happy. After being away for nearly a month, he finally returned home. "Is this Anyi?" Pang Juan, who was sitting on the side, also looked at the majestic city like a tiger and a dragon in amazement, feeling excited. "Let's go into the city." Bai Di smiled and raised his riding whip: "I don't know if Gui Di is at home. He is often traveling outside this year." "I hope he is." Pang Juan hoped, and he and Bai Gui parted ways. Year, he really missed this senior brother. The carriage rumbled into the city, and two-quarters of an hour later, they arrived in front of a spectacular mansion. This mansion covers an area of ??at least thirty acres, which can be said to be a rare mansion in Anyi City, where land is at a premium. The two big characters "Baifu" on the lintel indicate that this is the home of the Bai family, a famous family in the Wei state. "We're here." Bai Di jumped out of the carriage with a smile. Pang Juan also quickly got out of the car. "Bai Zhi," seeing a car coming, the two servants in front of the door rushed to greet him and said with a smile, "You're back." "Yes." Bai Di nodded lightly. He was naturally very polite to Pang Juan, but to this After planting servants and servants, he returned to the arrogance of a noble boy: "Um, Brother Gui is at home? He hasn't gone out, right?" "What a coincidence." A servant said flatteringly: "The rainy season is coming, Master Sikong just inspected Fenshui yesterday. When I get back, I told the boys to report back as soon as I see you come back. "No, I'll go see Guidi directly. Ziyi, let's go." Hearing that Bai Gui was at home, Bai Di greeted Pang Juan happily. . "Hey." Pang Juan also nodded happily, handed the carriage and luggage to the servant, and followed Bai Di straight to the house. Not long after, the two of them arrived outside a small and elegant courtyard. "Gui Di. Gui Di." Bai Di stepped in and shouted with a smile: "Look, who has Brother Wei brought back?" "Let me see." Where he was speaking, a man walked out of the main room in front of him with a smile. I saw him, slender and elegant, it was Bai Gui. It¡¯s just that nowThe Bai Gui of ?? was very different from today. In the past, Bai Gui was fairer, but now, perhaps because he was traveling around and sleeping in the open air, it is obvious that his skin is much darker and rougher. In addition, Bai Gui used to be kind and enthusiastic, like a loving brother in the family, but now, his behavior is a bit more dignified and dignified as a high-ranking official. "Elder brother!" Pang Juan's eyes suddenly became moist when he saw Bai Gui, and he called out urgently. "Ziyi!" Bai Gui was also overjoyed. He quickly stepped forward, took Pang Juan's hand and said excitedly: "After three years of separation, you have grown taller and stronger. Okay! Okay!" "Senior brother, you I'm getting darker and thinner." Pang Juan choked up and said, "Everyone has missed you these past three years." "I miss you too." Bai Gui also choked up and said, "It's a pity that the official work is so heavy. Don't leave. By the way, do you want to go down the mountain alone?" "Yes." Pang Juan nodded and explained why Sun Bin, Wei Liao, Mao Meng and others did not come with him. When Bai Gui heard this, he sighed with some pity: "It seems that everyone has his own ambitions. It's a pity that Junior Brother Wei and Junior Brother Mao are talented. But fortunately, with the help of you and Bo Ling, our Wei Kingdom is still enough to sweep the world. Come on, let¡¯s talk inside.¡± ¡°Yes, Senior Brother.¡± Pang Juan nodded happily. "Brother Gui," Bai Di said hurriedly, "I won't go in. It's been a hard journey. I want to go back and rest early." "Okay, okay." Bai Gui said with an apologetic look on his face, "Thank you for your time, brother. I'll wait for another day." , Gui came to express his gratitude. "Gui said goodbye." Bai Di said goodbye. Brothers Bai Gui and Pang Juan entered the room hand in hand and sat down respectively. Immediately, a maid served them tea. Pang Juan scratched his head and wanted to talk about his farewell, but he was a bit clumsy and could only smile: "Elder brother, I heard that you have become the chief minister, and you have a high and powerful position. It is really gratifying." Bai Gui smiled: "We Brother, what are you talking about? With your ability, your future achievements will never be inferior to mine. You can rest assured and I will clear up the relationship immediately and let King Wei see you. Everything will depend on you. When he heard this, Pang Juan stood up and bowed deeply: "That's all for you, senior brother. Don't worry, Juan will not disappoint you." "Okay," Bai Gui said happily. Tell me about the situation in the valley in the past three years. " "Hey." Pang Juan agreed, and the brothers chatted affectionately. ¡­ On that day, Bai Gui arranged for Pang Juan to stay at his home. The conditions of the arrangement were of course excellent. In the evening, Bai Wang, the head of the Bai family, even hosted a banquet in person to entertain Pang Juan. The scale of the banquet was of course extremely luxurious. Pang Juan knew that he was able to receive such treatment because of his status as a disciple of Guigu. ???????????????????????????????????????????????? If not, he is a poor boy, not even from a poor family, and a rich and famous family like the Bai family may not even be interested in taking a second look at him. For a time, Pang Juan became more and more determined in his desire to stand out and become a master. In the blink of an eye, Pang Juan has lived in Bai Mansion for three days. In the past three days, Pang Juan had been waiting hard for an interview with Marquis Wei. It felt like his days were like a year, and he had trouble sleeping and eating. If Bai Gui hadn't taken time out to accompany Pang Juan every day despite his busy schedule, I'm afraid Pang Juan would have fallen seriously ill. On this day, Pang Juan was reading in the courtyard out of boredom. Next to him is a clear pond. There are rugged rockeries and strange rocks beside the pond. In the pond, there are blue waves and koi fish carefree. Such an elegant environment is really a good place to study. Of course, Pang Juan was a martial arts student, and he had something on his mind. He held the bamboo slips and read them for a long time, but not a single word entered his mind. "Zi Yi, I'm so happy, so happy!" Suddenly, Bai Gui ran in excitedly from outside: "The Marquis of Wei has agreed to see you. Come on, get ready immediately and follow me into the palace." Pang Juan was overjoyed and hurriedly clasped his fists and said: "Okay, okay, thank you, senior brother." After waiting for many days, it was finally time to show off his skills. "Why are our brothers so polite?" Bai Gui hurriedly waved behind him: "Quickly, bring up the clothes." Immediately, two beautiful maids, holding gorgeous brocade clothes, brocade crowns, and leather boots, walked forward quickly. . "Junior brother, meeting the Marquis of Wei is an important event. You must not be rude. This is the outfit I have prepared for you. Please change it quickly." "Thank you, senior brother." Pang Juan did not dare to neglect, and quickly changed into a new one under the maid's clothes. Gorgeous, brand new outfit. Looking at it now, Pang Juan was born tall and majestic.Wearing good clothes makes you look dignified and heroic. Bai Gui looked at it carefully and said happily: "It's true that a man relies on his clothes and a horse relies on his saddle. Junior brother is so handsome in this outfit! Let's go quickly, we can't keep Wei Hou waiting for a long time." "Okay, okay." Pang Juan nodded quickly, Then he followed Bai Gui out of the house. In front of the door, a carriage had been prepared, along with dozens of escorting warriors. The two got into the carriage and went straight to the palace. In the car, Pang Juan felt a little uneasy. After all, this meeting may very well determine his future fate. Can he not be nervous? "Brother," Pang Juan couldn't help but ask, "I wonder what Marquis Wei's personality is like? What are his hobbies?" Bai Gui saw that Pang Juan was a little nervous and hurriedly comforted him: "The Marquis of Wei is wise and powerful. Since he came to the throne, he has been attracting talents. Dedicated to revitalizing the Wei State, so don't think about those empty thoughts, just show your true skills and impress the Marquis of Wei with the skills of enriching the country and strengthening the army, that's it." "Thank you for the advice, brother," Pang Juan felt reassured. When he came down, he was not good at flattering others, but when it came to genuine talent, he believed that he would never lose to others. Text Chapter 98 Pang Juan¡¯s first call (Part 2) Not long after, the carriage entered Tianjie. Anyi has four major streets in the east, west, south and north, all of which are connected to the four gates and lead directly to the bustling palace. Bai Gui and Pang Juan were walking to Xitian Street. In Anyi, there is a saying that the east is rich, the west is noble, the south is poor, and the north is humble. Therefore, famous families all live in Xicheng. ??????????????????????????????????????This Xitian Street is wide enough for ten carriages to run parallel to each other. There are many shops on both sides, and there are endless pedestrians. It is really prosperous. At this time, seeing the convoy passing by with the flag of Da Sikong, pedestrians and vehicles naturally dodge one after another. Such majesty made Pang Juan envious, and he secretly made up his mind: This is what a real man should be! A quarter of an hour later, the motorcade arrived outside the Palace of Wei. "This is the important place of the palace. Stop anyone who comes." Immediately, a group of imperial guards guarding the palace gate stepped forward to shout. "Stop." A guard captain of the Bai family quickly shouted to stop the convoy. "Zi Yi, we're here, let's get out of the car." Bai Gui quickly grabbed Pang Juan's hand, and the two brothers got off the car side by side. The State of Wei admires the virtue of fire, so everyone loves red in their lives. As the symbol of the Wei State, the royal palace is no exception. Looking at it, you can see a bright red palace wall and palace rooms stretching one after another. It is really majestic and majestic. "It turns out to be Lord Sikong. I will be polite at the end." In front of the palace gate, a young and heroic young general saw that it was Bai Gui. He quickly stepped forward and greeted him respectfully. "It turns out he is Captain Yong. No courtesy." Bai Gui said with a smile: "I have been ordered by the Marquis of Wei to bring my junior brother Pang Juan to see me. I hope you can let me go." The young general said hurriedly: "The last general has been informed. Sikong, please." "Thank you." Bai Gui nodded and said to Pang Juan, "Junior brother, let's go to see Wei Hou." "Okay." Pang Juan nodded excitedly. Riding cars or galloping horses is prohibited in the palace, so Bai Gui and Pang Juan could only walk and hurried to the palace of Wei Hou. Not long after, the two brothers arrived in front of a majestic and magnificent palace. They saw a large number of elite guards surrounding the palace, protecting it airtight. There is no doubt that this is Wei Ying's palace. "I've met Lord Sikong." At this time, a young general wearing stainless steel armor and a sturdy back came quickly to greet him, holding his fists in a salute. "General Long, you are very polite. I have been ordered to bring my junior brother Pang Juan to see me. Is it convenient for the Marquis of Wei now?" "The Marquis of Wei has been waiting for a long time. Please take my leave." "Thank you and take my leave." Bai Gui cupped his hand and led Pang Juan on the footstep. Go up the long steps, pass through the groups of imperial guards, and go straight to the palace gate. "Senior brother." Pang Juan suddenly whispered. "Huh?" "The general just now was quite extraordinary. Who is he?" Bai Gui whispered: "His name is Long Jia, and he is the general of the bodyguard of the Marquis of Wei. He has great military exploits and is highly valued by the Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan He immediately said in awe, "I have admired your name for a long time." Nowadays, among the generals of the Wei State, apart from the famous general of the public family, Gongzi Ang, Long Jia is the most famous. As a native of Wei, Pang Juan was naturally thunderous. "Haha" Bai Gui chuckled and patted Pang Juan on the shoulder: "I believe that your achievements in the future will surpass him." "Yes." Pang Juan nodded, his eyes were shining, and his heart was full of joy. There is a surge of pride: I have a great responsibility in the world, who else can do it but me. In the blink of an eye, nearly a hundred steps had passed, and the two brothers arrived in front of the palace gate. In front of the door, there are two young eunuchs standing in high crowns and red clothes. They are both handsome and refined people. Bai Gui said politely: "I'd like to ask the two Huangmen to send a message. Bai Gui wants to see you." "Sir Sikong is very polite." A young eunuch said with a smile: "The Marquis of Wei has already given the order. You are here. There is no need to send a message. You can go in directly." " "That's the case, thank you very much." Bai Gui was happy. It seemed that the Marquis of Wei still attached great importance to this meeting, and he quickly motioned for Pang Juan to follow him inside. Entering the room, I saw in front of me an exquisite elegant room of about 100 square meters. In the room, furnaces of fragrant sandalwood were lit, and there were four young eunuchs and beautiful palace maids with low eyebrows. Waiting. And in the front, there is a person sitting in the middle against the wall, wearing a red dress, nearly four years old, with a majestic demeanor and bright eyes. Needless to say, it must be Wei Ying. "Your Majesty, Bai Gui, pays homage to the Marquis of Wei." Bai Gui hurriedly paid homage. "Pang Juan, a common man, has met the Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan did not dare to neglect, and he quickly paid homage with a respectful expression. "Bai Aiqing, please rise." Wei YingHe signaled Bai Gui to stand up, then stood up with a smile, walked to Pang Juan's side, stretched out his hand to support him, and said kindly: "Pang Aiqing, please get up too." "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan stood up, feeling a little flattered. You must know that he is just a commoner now, but Wei Ying can step down to help him personally, which shows that he values ????him. Of course, Pang Juan knew that what Wei Ying valued was his status as a Guigu disciple. If you really want to be reused, you have to rely on your real skills to impress the Marquis of Wei who is said to be eager for talent. "Yes." Wei Ying took a look at Pang Juan's appearance and couldn't help but nodded with satisfaction: "As expected of Mr. Guigu's disciple, he is indeed dignified and elegant." You know, the ancients have always valued appearance. If you are ugly, unless you You have Yan Shu's talents, otherwise, it is very difficult for you to be reused. "Thank you Marquis Wei for the compliment." Pang Juan was a little embarrassed by the praise and didn't know how to reply. Bai Gui laughed at the side and said: "My junior brother is a born warrior and is not very polite. I hope Marquis Wei will forgive me." Bai Gui knew that Pang Juan A bit dull and taciturn, so take a precaution first. Wei Ying, however, didn't take it seriously and said with a smile: "A real man should build his world with meritorious deeds, how can he imitate those talkative people? Come, dear ladies, please sit down quickly. Come and serve tea." "Thank you, Marquis Wei." Bai Gui , Pang Juan thanked him and sat down. Immediately, a beautiful maid presented him with fragrant tea. "My dear friends, please don't be polite." Wei Ying ordered with a smile, appearing to be a very polite and virtuous corporal, without the airs of a prince. "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan thanked him quickly, feeling that this Marquis of Wei was really good, and he was quite magnanimous. The three of them drank a few sips and exchanged some polite words. Suddenly, Wei Ying changed her tune, looked at Pang Juan and said with a smile: "I heard that Pang Aiqing studied military strategism in Guigu and is very proficient in it?" This is the test! Pang Juan cheered up and said, neither humble nor arrogant: "I am proficient but I dare not take it seriously. I have finally lived up to the teacher's teachings and gained a little." "Yes." Wei Ying nodded and continued to test: "In recent years, there have been many turmoils in the Wei State, and the vitality has been greatly weakened. I have been worrying about it all day and night, in order to enrich the country, strengthen the army, and regain its glory. Unfortunately, the results have not been good. Pang Aiqing is a disciple of Mr. Guigu. I don¡¯t know what advice he can give me. " Pang Juan said hurriedly: "Can you give me some advice? I dare to admit it, but I do have some foolish opinions. I hope I won¡¯t offend you.¡± ¡°Pang Aiqing, just tell me,¡± Wei Ying said a little urgently. To be honest, he is really a very ambitious king. He has always wanted to restore the world-shaking and invincible glory of his father Wuhou and grandfather Wenhou. "It's a pity that in the past few years, it has not been able to find any decent talents, leaving Wei with more than enough self-preservation and not enough progress. Wei Ying also sighed from time to time, feeling that she was ashamed of her father and ancestors. Now, when Wei Ying heard that Pang Juan, who was a disciple of Guigu, had some suggestions, she was very much looking forward to it. "Yes, Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan cheered up and talked immediately: "These days, the common people have also learned about the current situation of Wei State and feel that there are two points that can be improved. One: Although Anyi is a powerful city, Located in the east of Hedong, it is surrounded by the three kingdoms of Qin, Zhao and Han. Moreover, there is no danger to defend it. In the event of a war, if there is a slight mistake, the enemy can arrive at dawn. What's more, it is very dangerous. Anyi is far away from the fundamental places of Henan such as Daliang. There is only a narrow passage connecting it. Once the enemy cuts off this passage, Anyi will be like a duckweed without roots, which is even more dangerous. " "What Pang Aiqing said is very dangerous. "When Wei Ying heard this, she felt sad and asked anxiously: "Is there any solution?" You know, when Wei Ying came to the throne, she encountered the rebellion of the prince, and then Han and Zhao. The Allied Forces arrived almost at night, and Wei Ying was caught off guard. She quickly abandoned Anyi and retreated to Zhuze. The three-party coalition forces of Han, Zhao and Gongzi Xu followed and pursued Wei Ying, surrounding Wei Ying in Zhuze. If the Three Kingdoms Allied Forces had not been arrogant at that time and did not cut off Wei Ying's connection with Daliang and other places, and finally disbanded themselves due to civil strife, I am afraid that Wei Ying would have been defeated for a long time, and there would be no chance of turning defeat into victory. Now when she thinks about the past, Wei Ying still can't help but feel scared. "Of course there is a way." Pang Juan said confidently: "That is to move the capital from Anyi to Daliang." Wei Ying was shocked: "Move the capital!?" You must know that no matter which country or dynasty you are in, Moving the capital is a big deal and should not be ignored. "Yes." Pang Juan said enthusiastically: "The dense population and fertile land around Daliang are the essence of our Wei State. If we make Daliang the capital, we will no longer have to worry about the logistics being cut off, and there will also be sufficient strategies. Room for maneuver. ?The most important thing is that the water network around Daliang is dense and the water flows together, which is enough to act as a natural hazard. If we can take advantage of the situation, properly transform the water network, and build a strong navy, then even if the six countries come together, they may not be able to defeat the main beam. In this way, our Wei State can be in an invincible position no matter what situation it faces. " "good! Wei Ying stood up as she slapped the case, her expression extremely excited: "What Pang Aiqing said is so accurate, every word of it has solved my worries for many years. Well, I have decided to move to this city!" " "The Marquis of Wei is wise. Pang Juan was overjoyed. He never expected that his first suggestion would resonate so strongly with Wei Ying. Is he really the dull and taciturn Junior Brother Pang? This is like a different person! ? Especially with those eloquent words, Wei Hou, who has always been so calm, is so incredible. Junior Brother Pang finally found a stage that suited him. Bai Gui couldn't help but smile with joy. Text Chapter 99 Pang Juan¡¯s first call (Part 2) Chapter Ninety-Nine: Pang Juan's First Ming (Part 2) "Move the capital to Daliang, connect the water network, and establish a naval army. Okay, okay, from now on, our country of Wei will have no worries." Wei Ying became more and more excited as she thought about it, pacing back and forth in excitement. Bu: Why didn¡¯t anyone have this vision before? ? This talent is really important. "By the way, Pang Aiqing," Wei Ying looked more and more pleased with Pang Juan, and said happily: "If you have any other good suggestions, please share them with me." "No." Pang Juan's self-confidence greatly increased, and he became more energetic. Get up: "The second point is to strengthen the army. In the past, our Wei State dominated the world and was invincible, relying on the 50,000 Wei soldiers who were carefully trained by Wu Qi. Unfortunately, the common people heard that the strength of the Wei soldiers is now severely damaged. There are no more than four out of ten. I wonder if that¡¯s the case?¡± ¡°Yes.¡± Wei Ying couldn¡¯t help sighing: ¡°When I came to the throne, there were 50,000 Wei soldiers, 30,000 under my command, and 20,000 under the command of Young Master Xu. After the war, the strong troops were reduced to zero. In recent years, although I tried my best to restore Wei's soldiers, unfortunately, because there were no suitable generals, the progress was slow. So far, only 40% has been restored. Moreover, its combat power is not as good as before. If this were not the case, how could the barbarian Qin State dare to invade us? They even captured several of our cities in Hexi the day before yesterday. It is really abominable!" Pang Juan stood up suddenly and said with emotion: "Marquis of Wei. Don't worry, with Pang Juan here, training troops is not a problem. As long as Wei Hou trusts Pang Juan, Juan can give Wei Hou a more elite and powerful Wei soldiers in two years. By then, Pang Juan is willing to lead his army as Wei Hou. Attack the city and destroy the country. The direction of your sword is the direction of Pang Juan's attack. " "Good!" Wei Ying was overjoyed. Since Wu Qi left Chu, the powerful Wei soldiers lost their souls. Now it seems that this powerful army has finally won another outstanding commander. At that moment, Wei Ying stepped forward vigorously, held Pang Juan's shoulders, and said with emotion: "I admire Pang Aiqing's talent very much. Tomorrow, I will appoint you as the general and entrust the whole country's army to you. I wonder if Pang Aiqing dares to respond?" " What! ? Pang Juan was shocked and almost thought he heard wrongly. General, this is the highest military position in a country! If Wei Ying is sincere, then Pang Juan will create a miracle - leaping from a commoner to a general! This miracle is not only unprecedented, but it may also be unprecedented! This, this is incredible! You must know that Pang Juan¡¯s initial ambition was to be satisfied if he could become a deputy general or even a captain. "Marquis Wei, you must not!" Before the stunned Pang Juan could refuse, Bai Gui jumped up angrily and said anxiously: "Junior brother Pang is young and has little knowledge. He definitely does not deserve such a high position. Please think twice. ! " Since Wu Qi left Chu, the position of general of Wei has been vacant, because no one has Wu Qi's prestige and can't suppress the arrogant generals like Wei Wuzu! Since there are no generals, whenever there is a war, the Wei army is personally led by the prime minister or the Marquis of Wei. It can be said that countless generals in the Wei Kingdom have been eyeing the position of general for a long time. They are salivating and their eyes are blue. Under such circumstances, if Pang Juan comes out of nowhere and suddenly rises from a commoner to a general, one can imagine what the consequences will be. I am afraid that Pang Juan will immediately become a thorn in the eyes and flesh of countless Wei generals, and will be attacked by a group of people! If Pang Juan is a well-known minister and general who has been famous for a long time, Bai Gui doesn't have to worry about whether he can control the situation. However, Pang Juan is just a fledgling, eighteen-year-old young man, so how can Bai Gui rest assured! ? If one of them is not done well, it may lead to a disastrous end of ruined reputation. As a senior brother, Bai Gui certainly couldn't watch Pang Juan jump into such a big fire pit. "Yes." Pang Juan also hurriedly declined: "The Marquis of Wei has great trust, and Pang Juan is very grateful, but Juan really cannot bear such an important responsibility." Pang Juan is simple and straightforward, but he is definitely not stupid. Bai Gui's concerns are not worth mentioning. Of course he knew it all. Although the position of general is extremely tempting, he does not dare to jump into such a pit of fire. Wei Ying, however, waved her hand and said decisively: "You two dears, there is no need to say more, our minds have been decided. In three days, we will build an altar to worship the general." For some reason, Wei Ying looked at Pang Juan with a very excited expression. Love and trust, perhaps, this is the destined fate of this pair of monarchs and ministers. Of course, his status as a disciple of Guigu also adds heavy weight to this trust. No! ? Pang Juan and Bai Gui were dumbfounded. Wei Ying was too courageous. He was really confident that he would hand over the army of a country to an eighteen-year-old young man! ? "Pang Aiqing," Wei Ying looked at Pang Juan with a sincere look on her face.He said sincerely: "Although you are young and this is the first time we have met, I believe in my own vision. You will definitely be able to do it. Since Wu Qi left Chu, our Wei army has been in decline for too long. The former strong army has I have become a weak force that can be bullied by everyone. Every time I think about it, I feel sad and feel ashamed of my ancestors. I and the Wei State have no time to wait any longer. They must break the rules and use thunderous means to reorganize the three armies. Pang Aiqing, just go ahead and do what you want, I am willing to be your strong backing. I just ask you, I treat you like a countryman, do you dare to treat me like a countryman?" Pang Juan was moved. " Such a heavy trust, entrusted to a country, is probably only comparable to that of King Wen of Zhou Dynasty when he paid homage to his prime minister Jiang Ziya. As a prince of a country, he would dare to make such a bet. He, Pang Juan, is just a commoner, so what can he be afraid of? Is there anything you can say no to? "Bang!" Pang Juan lifted his clothes, knelt down heavily, and said excitedly: "The common people have so much trust from the Marquis of Wei, how dare they not die in service! Even if there are mountains of swords and seas of fire ahead, Pang Juan will not be afraid, and vows to strengthen the army for the Marquis of Wei. Sweep the world!" "Okay!" Wei Ying was overjoyed and quickly helped Pang Juan up, saying excitedly: "I hope that our monarchs and ministers will work together and never lose each other!" Pang Juan was also very excited and secretly made up his mind. , we must do a great job, live up to this life, and live up to the trust of Wei Hou. crazy! crazy! Bai Gui on the side was a little confused: the always wise Marquis Wei went crazy, and the usually steady Junior Brother Pang also went crazy! ? It's over, it's over, we're in big trouble now, God knows what trouble will come out! "Okay, okay." Wei Ying was very happy and waved her hand: "Come, let's have a banquet. I want money from Pang Aiqing, oh, and Lord Sikong." "Thank you, Marquis Wei." Pang Juan thanked him quickly. "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Although Bai Gui felt bitter in his heart, he still managed a smile on his face. He wanted to persuade him again, but seeing the sympathetic looks on Wei Ying and Pang Juan's face, he knew that it was better not to waste such effort. ?¡­ ?After the banquet. Pang Juan and Bai Gui had just left the palace. Bai Gui, who had been holding back his words, immediately pulled Pang Juan to a secluded place and complained: "Junior brother Pang, are you crazy? How dare you take over this general?" Pang Juan He smiled faintly: "Elder brother, what's wrong?" "What's wrong!?" Bai Gui said angrily: "It's very wrong. Have you ever thought about it, you are a fledgling boy with no military exploits and no qualifications? Who among the arrogant soldiers in the army can obey you? "I am the one who dares to disobey the order of the Marquis of Wei!" Pang Juan said with a cold look in his eyes, "Don't you know that military law is like a mountain, and those who disobey orders will die!" Gui was stunned for a moment, and then he remembered that his junior brother Pang was a ruthless person. "You can struggle to survive alone in the mountains at the age of nine. You can dare to kill a leopard at the age of twelve. If you were not ruthless, you would have died long ago. Bai Gui smiled helplessly and said: "Do you think killing people can solve the problem? Generals in the army are mostly from various famous families. They are intertwined with each other and often affect the whole body. You just try to do it casually? I'm afraid the families will counterattack. If you get up, even the Marquis of Wei will have a huge headache. " "What's more, they don't have to confront you head-on. They only need to work against you secretly and hold you back secretly. With their power in the army and the Wei State, they will It's enough to make you helpless and unable to do anything." Pang Juan was silent for a moment, but his expression became more determined, and he said in a deep voice: "Elder brother, I understand what you said, but the Marquis of Wei treats me as a scholar. , How can I back down with the weight of a country? " Speaking of this, Pang Juan's eyes showed a sense of absolute confidence and enthusiasm: "I am not afraid of difficulties, and I am not afraid of others' disobedience. , I have always respected the strong, and I am the strong one. If anyone is not convinced, I will use my own abilities to convince them. " "Of course, if someone is convinced on the surface, but secretly plays some tricks to hold me back, I, Pang Juan, will also use military law to let him know the consequences of violating the law. However, I believe that men in the army are upright. After all, such young men are in the minority and cannot make big troubles." Looking at Pang Juan, Bai Gui seemed to have made up his mind. Suddenly he realized that he, Junior Brother Pang, had grown up and had his own opinions. Maybe it was time for him, Senior Brother, to let go. "Well, it's up to you." Bai Gui smiled bitterly and sighed: "I hope you know what you are doing, think more about it when things happen, and never be impulsive." Pang Juan said gratefully: "Thank you for your concern, senior brother. It's all my fault. You took the trouble." Bai Gui looked helpless: "It doesn't matter if we, brothers, take the trouble, it's just a small matter. However, I want you to succeed and serve the country, but I don't want you to. Something happened." "Brother, don't worry.??, I know it well. "Pang Juan remains confident. Like Bai Gui, he is also the kind of tenacious person who will overcome all difficulties and achieve his goals once he makes up his mind. But unlike Bai Gui, Pang Juan is more ruthless and decisive. In the next three days, Anyi, which was originally very peaceful, suddenly became turbulent. Two shocking news began to spread rapidly: 1. The Marquis of Wei has decided to move the capital from Anyi east to Daliang. Currently, specific plans are being formulated. Plan. 2. The long-vacant position of general is about to be occupied, and he turns out to be only an eighteen-year-old young man. Suddenly, an undercurrent surges in Anyi City and is ready to take action. Text Chapter 100 Building a platform to worship generals Three days later. Morning. In the western suburbs of Anyi, ten miles away, a huge platform for worshiping the generals stood majestically. There were many banners and soldiers standing there, and it was very majestic. Three days ago, this place was still flat. Youdao is the power of the country, and it can move mountains and seas. Wei Ying gave an order, and tens of thousands of people built this platform in only three days. At this time, hundreds of Wei government officials, nobles, civil and military officials stood in the audience, and there was a solemn atmosphere. But Wei Ying stood on the stage with a solemn expression, quietly waiting for the heavenly official on the side to announce the auspicious time. Finally, the white-headed official looked at the sundial, walked to Wei Ying, and said respectfully: "Your Majesty, the auspicious time has arrived, and it's time to start the time." "Okay, you can announce it." Wei Ying said with a majestic expression. nod. "No." Tian Guan was lucky, and his clear voice instantly spread throughout the audience: "The auspicious time has come, the general worship has begun, General Pang Pang is invited!" "General Pang Pang is invited!" Immediately, a soldier continued to spread the word, until far away. Soon, a young general wearing a golden helmet, golden deerskin boots, a silver cloak on his back, and a sword on his waist came steadily from a distance, walking on a red carpet that symbolized power. and the glorious journey to becoming a general. If it¡¯s not Pang Juan, who is it? At this time, Pang Juan was really majestic and glorious. This is an achievement that many people have dreamed of in their lives but never achieved! But he, Pang Juan, got it easily. This kind of pride made Pang Juan so excited that he could hardly control himself. He wished he could immediately rush to the battlefield with his sword in hand to repay the king for his great kindness. After a while, when Pang Juan walked past the hundreds of queues composed of officials, nobles, civil and military officials on both sides, a look of hatred, jealousy, and contempt swept over him one after another, and there was an unsatisfied whisper: "So this is it. "Young man, you don't have a lot of skills, how can you be a general?" "That's right, if you have no military achievements and no qualifications, is the reputation of a disciple of Guigu so important? I don't know why Wei Hou values ??this boy so much." "Humph, I want to see how the army can convince him. Anyway, I am the first one to refuse to accept it." "I think this kid only has a few words, and it won't be long before he gets out of his own way."?¡­ ¡­ Listening to the sarcastic comments coming from all around, Pang Juan remained unmoved and walked more steadily. In his view, the strong only speak with actions, while only the weak chatter. However, when Pang Juan reached the front of the queue, a contemptuous snort came from his right. He stopped for a moment and turned his head to look. Pang Juan doesn't care about other people's cynicism, but he can't ignore people in this position. Because this is the position of the prime minister of a country. On the right side, at the front of the queue of civil and military officials, stood a man in his early fifties, with an arrogant expression and a majestic demeanor. His beautiful beard was slightly white, but he was very neatly maintained and beautiful. He obviously paid attention to his appearance. man of. Pang Juan knew that this person should be the current Prime Minister of Wei - Gongshu Zuo! This man was Wei Ying's uncle. After the death of Wei Wuhou, he was the first person to support Wei Ying as the throne, with great achievements. Therefore, even Wei Ying treated the uncle with courtesy. Pang Juan smiled faintly: "This must be my uncle, the old prime minister, right? Why, you seem to have a problem with Pang?" The uncle snorted coldly, and said with contempt on his face: "Young man with a yellow mouth, what skills do you have to draw on this?" A high position? Wouldn¡¯t it make the princes laugh at me because I have no one?¡± Due to his misfortune in his childhood, Pang Juan had a strong sense of self-protection and immediately retorted coldly: ¡°The old prime minister is old and frail, and I am dizzy. Look, it¡¯s better to resign as soon as possible, otherwise, if you delay national affairs, won¡¯t you make other countries laugh at you?¡± ¡°You¡ª¡ª¡± The uncle was furious, his face was livid and his whole body was shaking. With his prominent status, even the Marquis of Wei has respected him for so many years, so who would dare to ridicule him like this? What¡¯s worse is that Mr. Gongshuzuo has always been very small-minded. This person has always hated to see others being better off than him, and he has the temperament of retribution. At this time, Pang Juan had both of them. It can be imagined how much the uncle hated him in his heart. Pang Juan turned a blind eye to the raging anger of the uncle, and said proudly: "A man should stand up and put merit first. Only cowards can use their words. If the old prime minister refuses to accept Pang, just compete on the battlefield." With that, Pang Juan walked away without even bothering to argue in the uncle's seat. "Too arrogant"?How dare you be so rude to your uncle and prime minister? " "That's right, wait a minute, I want to see what kind of skills this young boy can have. " Next to the uncle's seat, several civil servants and generals who had heard about it couldn't help but feel aggrieved on his behalf and made complaints about him. The uncle also gritted his teeth and wished he could eat Pang Juan. You know, during the Warring States Period, although the prime minister was It is common for him to be a civilian but to lead troops in battles. The same is true for the uncle. He has been on the battlefield for many years and has rarely lost a battle. At this time, seeing Pang Juan challenging him "without knowing whether to live or die", he couldn't help but sneer secretly: "Young man." , you have to be crazy first. If you lose the battle one day, it won¡¯t be over until I make you want to die. Just say Pang Juan, straight up to the general worship platform, lift your armor skirt, kneel down and say: "Your Majesty Pang Juan." , pay a visit to the Marquis of Wei. Please forgive me for wearing armor and not being able to perform the full ceremony. " "General, no courtesy. Wei Ying hurriedly helped her and said sincerely: "From now on, I will rely on you to love you." " "I will go through fire and water without hesitation. "Pang Juan was also unambiguous. "Okay, let's begin. "Wei Ying immediately turned to Tianguan happily and gave the order seriously. "Nuo. The old heaven official immediately raised his voice and announced: "The auspicious time has arrived, and the worship will begin." Invite the talisman, seal, and command sword! Immediately, three soldiers came forward quickly carrying three trays. In the first tray, there was a large golden seal, about the size of a fist. The seal was a majestic lion. This is the handsome seal. , a symbol of power! In the second tray, there is a golden talisman, engraved with a tiger pattern, but there is only half of it. This is a token of military deployment since ancient times. When the army rebels, the power of running the army and the power of mobilizing troops are separated, and the tiger talisman used to mobilize troops is generally divided into two halves, one half for the general and one half for the king. Only the two talismans match one. He has the right to mobilize the army to carry out counter-insurgency and foreign expeditions. Otherwise, it is a rebellion. In the third tray, there is a golden sword with a cloud pattern all over the scabbard and a gorgeous hilt inlaid with pearls. Abnormal. This sword is the sword of the king. Later generations also called it the "Sword of Shangfang", "Sword of the Emperor", etc. With this sword on your body, you will be like a king. If anyone in the army dares to disobey the order, he can be killed first. . The combination of these three things gives the position of general the supreme authority! "Please give Wei Hou the seal of general!" "The Heavenly Official announced. Wei Ying solemnly picked up the commander's seal and handed it to Pang Juan, saying: "This is a major military and state matter, a critical responsibilities. Please be careful. " "I will obey your orders. " Pang Juan bowed down and accepted the seal. After repeating this etiquette three times, he gave Pang Juan all three seals: the commander's seal, the tiger talisman, and the command seal. "Pang Aiqing," Wei Ying then helped Pang Juan up again and said with a smile: "The city is already here. A mansion has been prepared for you, complete with servants and servants. You can go back to the mansion to get acquainted with it first, and then we will hold a banquet in the palace to celebrate Pang Aiqing's appointment as general. Pang Juan flatly refused: "Your Majesty is kind and I accept it with my heart. I thought so so I rushed to the military camp and started training troops." " "ah! ? Wei Ying was stunned: "Why is Wei Aiqing so anxious?" " Pang Juan said with emotion: "The Marquis of Wei treated his ministers as national soldiers, and I should repay him as national soldiers and train troops for the country. I just wish I couldn't do both. Why dare I delay? " "well. "Wei Ying was very happy in her heart. She was indeed a young man. She behaved vigorously and praised her: "Then, I will keep this banquet for Aiqing for now. When Aiqing succeeds in her military training, I will have a drink with Aiqing again. " "Thank you, Your Majesty. Pang Juan agreed with confidence: "Then I took my leave." " "Wait a minute. Wei Ying stopped Pang Juan, turned around and said, "Where is Wei Zheng?" " "The end will be here. "Besides, a young general who was less than twenty years old immediately appeared and bowed to accept the order. "Pang Aiqing," Wei Ying smiled slightly: "You join the army alone and have no one close to you, so it is inevitable that it will be inconvenient. This Wei Zheng is a son of the public clan and is quite capable. How about I send him to you as your personal guard? Pang Juan was stunned for a moment, and then understood Wei Ying's intention. Wei Ying had expected that he would encounter many difficulties in the army, so he wanted to use Wei Zheng to support him. "Thank you Marquis Wei for your kindness. I am ashamed to accept it. . "Pang Juan is not stupid, and of course he will not refuse Wei Ying's kindness. He has just come down from the mountain and is not familiar with the place in Wei. Naturally, he needs the help of one or two close friends. Otherwise, if there is a problem, he can't bother his senior brother all the time. whiteCome on, people are also very busy. "Yes." Wei Ying nodded and said majestically to Wei Zheng: "Wei Zheng, did you hear what I said clearly?" "Yes." Wei Zheng said solemnly: "The last general will definitely obey the orders of the general. , live up to the trust of the Marquis of Wei." "Okay." Wei Ying waved her hands and said: "You can just lead the general to the military camp." Wei Zheng accepted the order and said respectfully: "General, I will do it later. I'll leave it to you. Please!" "Let's work together." Pang Juan smiled and patted Wei Zheng on the shoulder. They were both young people and should be able to communicate well. He turned to Wei Ying and said, "Wei. "Hou, I'm leaving now." "I'm waiting for the good news from you." Wei Ying nodded, somewhat reluctantly. Sometimes, the fate between people is really a wonderful thing. "I take my leave." Pang Juan turned around and strode off the stage. "General, I'll say goodbye." Wei Zheng also bowed his hands to Wei Hou Gong and followed closely. When he reached the audience, Wei Zheng clapped his hands, and about fifty elite imperial guards followed him immediately. Pang Juan was not surprised. When Wei Ying took action, of course she would not send Wei Zheng away alone, but a personal guard headed by Wei Zheng. Immediately, dozens of people, led by Pang Juan, passed through the complicated expressions of the government offices, nobles, civil and military officials, mounted their horses one after another, and walked away. Text Chapter 101: Overwhelming the Heroes (Part 1) In the south of the city, the Wei army camp. The flags are fierce, and the spears and halberds are like forests. Looking from a distance, it is really majestic and majestic, and the murderous atmosphere soars into the sky and blocks the sun. ¡°Drive¡ª¡ª¡± Suddenly, a group of elite cavalry galloped from the official road, raising smoke and dust. "The military camp is an important place, stop anyone coming." Immediately, a soldier guarding the camp gate came up quickly and blocked the way. "Wha¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, the dozens of horsemen who had arrived reined in their horses and stopped in front of the camp gate. The leader was burly, with a strong back and waist, and he was wearing a golden helmet and armor. He was so majestic! ¡°If it¡¯s not Pang Juan and his party, then who is it?¡± "Bold!" Wei Zhengce immediately stepped forward and said sternly: "This is the huge general newly worshiped by the Marquis of Wei. How dare you block the road and why don't you get out of the way quickly!" "What! ? The commander was immediately shocked. In the past two days, the news about Pang Juan, the new general, had been spreading like wildfire. Everyone knew about it, and he certainly didn't know about it. ?????????????????????????? Didn¡¯t I pay my respects to the general today? Why was this huge general so impatient and took office so quickly and aggressively? Although he was surprised, the captain did not dare to do anything evil. No matter how young he is, he is still the new general worshiped by the Marquis of Wei. It is still easy to deal with him. At that moment, the soldier commander hurriedly clasped his fists and said: "It turns out that the general is in front of you. I'm sorry that I can't see the mountain. Come on, hurry up and hit the camp gate!" The soldier guarding the gate did not dare to neglect and hurriedly opened the door. Camp gate. Pang Juan's face was calm, and he couldn't tell whether he was happy or unhappy. He just urged the horse and said: "Let's go!" Military tent. "Boom -" The rumbling sound of horse hoofs instantly disturbed the silent military camp. Many soldiers came out of the camp in surprise and pointed at Pang Juan and his party. However, no one came to stop or ask anything. Pang Juan frowned slightly when he saw this. Not long after, Pang Juan and his entourage approached the Chinese army's tent. Immediately, a lieutenant from the Chinese army came up to block the way. He pressed his sword with his left hand and shouted vigilantly: "Stop, this is an important place for the Chinese army. You are not allowed to rush in, but wait." "Who is it?" "I am the new general Pang Juan. I have come here to take office. Please get out of the way immediately." "Li, do you have proof?" "How dare you!" Wei Zheng was furious, and the prince's temper became fierce, and he scolded fiercely: "How dare you, a small captain, be so rude to the general?" "It doesn't matter." Pang Juan chuckled, waved his hand, took out a gold seal from his arms, and threw it to the captain: "This is the commander's seal given by the Marquis of Wei. You can take a look." The captain looked carefully and found that it was indeed the golden commander. He couldn't help but hurriedly returned the seal, and apologized repeatedly: "General, forgive me, I will die ten thousand, ten thousand." Pang Juan dismounted sideways, took the seal with one hand, patted the captain's shoulder with the other, and said warmly: "What is your name? ?¡± ¡°Mo, Mo General Lu Chong.¡± The captain looked worried, fearing that Pang Juan would punish him. "Who?" "Hexi Dali people." Pang Juan smiled: "What a coincidence, I am also from Hexi, but from Pangcheng. We are half fellow villagers." He patted Lu Chong's shoulder affectionately: "No need. Worry, you are fine and there is nothing wrong with you.¡± Wei Zheng glared at Lu Chong fiercely, and thought to himself: The general is so magnanimous, he has given you an advantage. Lead the people to follow closely and enter the account. Lu Chong was a little stupid. The general seemed very kind and didn't blame him for the offense at all. He couldn't help but feel happy secretly. After Pang Juan entered the tent, he went straight to the commander's seat and sat down. The commander's seal, the tiger's mansion, and the command arrows were all placed on the table. After taking a long breath, he shouted in a deep voice: "Where is Lu Chong?" "Ah, the general is here." Lu Chong Awakening from a dream, he hurried into the tent and obeyed his orders. "Immediately beat the drums to gather the generals, summon the generals above the captaincy, if you don't come with three drums, behead!" When he said "behead", Pang Juan's thick eyebrows stood up, and fierce murderous aura burst out from his eyes. "No." Lu Chong's heart trembled, and he quickly took the order and rushed out of the tent. "Dong dong" Immediately, the Chinese army's drum, which had not sounded for a long time, roared, and the thunderous drum sound spread throughout the entire tent in an instant. "Damn it, who's playing the drum? I'm having a good time." "Who knows. No matter who it is, go and have a look first. Otherwise, if the three drums don't come, you will be beheaded." "Okay, okay, let's go quickly. ¡±¡­ When the generals of each battalion heard this gathering drum, they were all like chickens flying.Jumping, but no one dared to neglect, and rushed to the Chinese army tent. Not long after, all the generals gathered at the commander's tent. Someone grabbed Lu Chong and said, "Colonel Lu, why are you beating the drum? Who gave the order?" Lu Chong did not dare to say more, but said cautiously: "Generals, It¡¯s the order from the new general Pang Pang.¡± ¡°Pang Juan!¡± The generals couldn¡¯t help but be surprised: Didn¡¯t they say that they would pay homage to the general today? I heard that senior generals at the rank of lieutenant and general were ordered to attend the ceremony. What, the general meeting is over? But even if the general worship is over, this huge general should not go straight to the military camp. I'm so eager, I'm afraid the person who came is not good. While the generals were pondering their thoughts, Lu Chong hurriedly said: "Generals, don't be stunned. The three-tone drum is about to end, and the general is still waiting inside." "Then let's go in and take a look." "Yes. , just in time to see what our young and huge general is capable of. "" The generals were chatting, and many of them looked a little strange, and they all entered the tent. In the tent, Pang Juan was sitting steadily, with his back straight. The gorgeous armor, sharp eyes, and calm expression, coupled with the position bonus brought by the handsome seal, tiger seal, and command arrow, make Pang Juan exude a fierce pressure. The generals couldn't help but shut their mouths, exchanged looks with some fear, then stood quietly and watched what happened. "Dong dong" Soon, the three-way drumming was completed, and Lu Chong stepped into the tent, clasping his fists as a salute: "General, the three-way drumming is completed." "Very good." Pang Juan said slowly: "Are you late? "Not here?" "Go back to the general," Lu Chong said cautiously, "Except for the few officers who came to watch the ceremony, the rest are here." "I understand." Pang Juan nodded lightly. The military system of the Wei army: One hundred people are in a team, and the pawn leader is to lead it; 500 people are in a qu, and the qu leader is in charge of it; 1,000 people are in one unit, and a school captain is in charge of it; 5,000 people are in a brigade, and the captain is in charge of it . ? These establishments are relatively fixed, but the higher-up ranks of Guowei are less fixed. The army led by the state captain may range from 10,000 to 20,000 people, or from 30,000 to 40,000 people. It all depends on the specific situation. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: and "Pi Jiang", which means lieutenant general. At this level, the position is usually just a false position, that is to say, there is only a position but no actual command of troops. Only when war breaks out, will General Pi be temporarily granted real power to lead the army in combat. And the general, the highest military rank in Wei, is different from the general. In peacetime, the general can command the troops stationed in the capital. From this aspect, it should be a practical duty. However, the general has no actual jurisdiction over the military forces outside the capital. And, like generals, generals will only be given more real power when war breaks out. So, from this aspect, it is a false position. At this time, there were five Wei armies stationed in Anyi. The first group is the famous Wei Wuzu. The core of Wei's army is heavy armored infantry, about 20,000 people, led by Lieutenant Baning. The second branch, the Cangtou Army, is a light infantry force of about 30,000 people, led by Wei Han, the state captain. This is the most important combat force of the Wei army besides Wei Wu soldiers. The third branch, the Fenxiang Army, is an unarmored infantry force of about 20,000 people, led by Guo Wei Cuanxiang. Basically, this army is synonymous with ¡®cannon fodder¡¯ and ¡®dead soldiers¡¯. The fourth branch, cavalry and chariot soldiers, has a total of 4,000 cavalry, 600 chariots, and about 20,000 people, led by Lieutenant Li Yu. At this time, the cavalry has not yet risen, and is only responsible for supporting tasks such as repelling and harassing. However, the chariot soldiers have declined and are only responsible for some tasks such as etiquette and guarding the central army, and generally do not fight directly. Therefore, although the cavalry and chariot soldiers are well paid, their actual status in the army is even lower than that of the Fenghui Army. The fifth branch, the Tutu Army, has a total of 30,000 people and is responsible for the logistics and transportation of the entire army. Its status and combat power are undoubtedly the lowest. It is commanded by Zhang He, the national captain. These five armies are the team currently in Pang Juan's hands. However, the bad thing is that these five armies, each belonging to one force, are not simple: Baning, who commanded Wei Wuzu, and Cuan Xiang, who commanded the Fenghui Army. , that is the beloved general of the uncle, who has experienced hundreds of battles and has made great achievements. Wei Han, who commanded the Cangtou Army, was only nineteen years old, but he was from a noble family. Li Yu, who commanded the cavalry and chariot troops, was a descendant of Li Kui, the famous prime minister of Wei State, and a truly famous family. Zhang He, who commanded the servant army, was born in the Zhang family, a famous family in the state of Wei. It can be imagined that these five people are either veterans who have experienced hundreds of battles, or?It is extremely difficult to make them submit to Pang Juan, who has no military exploits and no qualifications. After scanning the crowd, Pang Juan was about to speak when a noise rang out from the tent: "What are you doing? You came to the barracks just after the general ceremony. You want to show off, so there's no need to be so impatient." "That's right. It caused us a lot of stress. Hurry up, you're so tired that you're sweating." "Forget it, let's go in and see what this guy is going to do." Amidst a burst of complaints, five generals wearing armor broke in from outside the tent. Pang Juan had an impression of these five people. He had seen them in the queue of civil and military officials under the viewing platform. There was no doubt that these were Baning and other five national captains. "I have met the general." "I am late for the ceremony. Please forgive me." Baning and others were very unhappy with Pang Juan, so the etiquette was naturally careless and perfunctory. Pang Juan was upset in his heart. Originally, he wanted to catch these five people off guard and test out the details of the army first, but he didn't expect these five people to be so vigilant. When he saw him going straight to the military camp, he followed him back. Of course, Pang Juan would not show any displeasure on the surface. He is a little dull, but he is definitely not stupid. There is no disciple in Guigu who is not a human spirit. At the moment, Pang Juan smiled faintly: "It doesn't matter, I am in a hurry. Generals, please join the queue." "Thank you, General." Baning and others clasped their fists nonchalantly and joined the queue one after another. Text Chapter 102: Overwhelm the Heroes (Part 2) Pang Juan then slowly glanced at the generals and said: "Today, Pang is meeting you for the first time. Let's get to know each other first. My surname is Pang Juan, and my given name is Ziyi. I am from Pangcheng. I am eighteen years old this year. I am studying under Mr. Guigu. In the future, I will eat in the same pot with you, and hope that we can live and die together and expand the territory for our country of Wei." The generals did not say anything, and some simply curled their lips. With these few words, you want to convince others? There is no such door. "Okay, I've finished the introduction. Next, please tell me your names." After hearing this, the generals looked at Banin, who was tall and thick, with a beard and a very majestic look. Undoubtedly, among the generals, Banin has the highest position and reputation. Baning was a little unhappy. He felt that as soon as he signed up, he felt that he was inferior to Pang, which greatly damaged his morale. However, although Banin seems rude, he is by no means stupid. "After all, Pang Juan is a general, and it is justifiable to ask his subordinates to sign up for a meeting. If he dares to disobey, it is inevitable that Pang Juan will not use the topic to his advantage, and he will be asking for trouble! ? Thinking of this, Baning could only reluctantly clasp his fists and go out: "Ba Ning, the last general, the military commander." "Yes." Pang Juan nodded lightly, and they knew each other. "Wei Han, the last general, is the captain of the Cangtou Army." Seeing Baning, he didn't even dare to jump out and make a fuss. Wei Han, who was tall and tall with the waist of a wasp and ape-like arms, didn't dare to be presumptuous, so he honestly signed up to see him. "The last general, Cuan Xiang, has met the state captain." Cuan Xiang, a famous general of Wei State, has a slender figure, a long scar on the left side of his face, and a very cold look in his eyes. You can tell at a glance that he is a ruthless character. No wonder, this person can lead the fighting army, which is known as "cannon fodder" and "dead soldiers". "The last general, Li Yu, is a national captain of cavalry and chariot soldiers." Unlike others, Li Yu is very handsome. Against the background of his armor, he does not have a bit of heroism. "The last general is Zhang He, a lieutenant in the army." Zhang He was born very ordinary, with a medium height and an average appearance. He was the kind of person who would be hard to find in a crowd. It¡¯s just that this person¡¯s eyes are very deep, and you can tell at a glance that he is a very scheming person. Seeing that the five captains were very honest, the others did not dare to stab each other. At that moment, more than twenty captains also signed up to meet them one by one. Pang Juan silently memorized everyone's name and position. From now on, these people will be his team. As a qualified general, it is impossible to know every soldier, but at least he must be familiar with his main generals. Soon, all the generals had signed up, and silence returned to the tent. Because Pang Juan calmly used his authority to make a move, the generals were a little suffocated, and they also slightly stopped looking down on them. Pang Juan sneered in his heart: This is just the beginning, let¡¯s play slowly. What did Junior Brother Sun say? Set things right, yes, I, Pang Juan, don¡¯t believe I can¡¯t make things right with you. At that moment, he said calmly: "Very good, we will be acquainted from today on. But to be honest, when I was learning martial arts in the mountains, I had always heard that the Wei army was well-trained, disciplined and powerful, but today we met , but it was a big disappointment. It is really better to see it than to hear it once." When the generals heard this, they were all furious: Boy, don't be too crazy, you are still nursing when we are on the battlefield. How dare you look down on me and so on! ? Baning, who has always been grumpy, stepped out of the queue and said coldly to Pang Juan with a very unkind expression: "The general must be responsible when he speaks. Ba wants to hear how our Wei army lives up to its name?" "That's right. , The reputation of Wei Guoqiangjun is not made by boasting, but by fighting in bloody battles. " "Huh, it turns out that I have nothing to say and nothing to do. " Baning started, and everyone below. The generals were also making a lot of noise, and the strange sound of yin and yang was really endless. If they hadn't cared about the general's identity, these arrogant and powerful generals would probably have eaten Pang Juan alive. Wei Zheng was furious: What¡¯s your attitude, you guys? This is the general appointed by the Marquis of Wei. Why, are you unconvinced and want to cause trouble? At that moment, he moved and wanted to step forward to scold the generals. Pang Juan noticed Wei Zheng's thoughts and quickly reached out to stop him, winking at him calmly to signal him to calm down. When Wei Zheng saw this, although he didn't know what Pang Juan was planning, he had no choice but to hold back his anger for the time being. The generals complained for a while, and when they saw Pang Juan sitting upright like a mountain, extremely calm, as if he had something to rely on, they couldn't help but feel a little weak. In unison, the noise suddenly stopped, and there was a strange silence in the tent. Pang Juan then smiled faintly and said steadily: "Pang is a man who never talks empty words. Since you are not convinced, let's talk about it. Just now, Pang led dozens of personal guards toIn front of the camp, the commander on duty first did not report back to the army, and secondly did not check Pang's identity, so he allowed Pang to go straight to the camp. Furthermore, Pang deliberately led dozens of guards to gallop horses. However, no one came forward to inquire wherever he passed. Didn't he hear that galloping horses are not allowed in the army? How dare you claim to be a strong army when your precautions are so low and your military discipline is so lax? If someone was an enemy in disguise, I'm afraid you would have been defeated long ago. "The generals suddenly had a look of pig liver color on their faces, which was aggrieved. "After all, there is no war now, and this is the capital of the country. There will be no enemy situation, and of course there will be no strong vigilance. However, the reason is You must know that for a strong army, no matter when or where it is, it must strictly demand itself in a battle-ready manner, and it must not be spared even if it is aggrieved. There was nothing to say. "Fortunately," Pang Juan continued to attack the generals: "Pang's group was finally stopped outside the Chinese army's tent. In the entire army, Lieutenant Qiao finally knew that he wanted to check the general's seal, so he didn't make a big joke of letting unknown people directly enter the central army. Therefore, in my opinion, as a soldier, Lieutenant Qiao is more qualified than you self-righteous veterans. Do you think so? "The generals' complexions suddenly rose from pig liver color to ocher red. They were really aggrieved and ashamed. Although everyone was very annoyed by Pang Juan's 'vicious' words, what he said was reasonable, but There was no way to refute it. For a moment, the generals were like eggplants beaten by frost - they were wilted, and their arrogance was greatly reduced. When Wei Zheng saw this, he felt secretly happy: If you guys are called arrogant, you will be shameless in public, right? It seems that the Marquis of Wei really knows people. This young and powerful general is really not easy to suppress. Pang Juan is also very happy. However, he also knows that this advantage at present. It¡¯s not enough for him to truly win over the army. He still has a lot to do. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t want to pursue the past matters. I also hope that in the future, you will be strict with yourself and work with me to build a truly strong army to expand the territory for our Wei State, so as to have a wife, a son, and a name in history. " Pang Juan slapped him and gave him another sweet date. "However, the generals obviously didn't want to eat this sweet date, and everyone looked at Pang Juan with a very unkind look. In everyone's opinion, Pang Juan was only as good as his words. There is no way to really convince everyone. Of course, Pang Juan understands the thoughts of the generals. He knows that it is time for him to show his true skills. At that moment, he stood up slowly and smiled lightly: "I, the general, know that. , you are not convinced. However, the military has always respected the strong, so what is a strong person? That is, military exploits and abilities. I can't prove my military exploits now, it will take time. However, in terms of ability, I am still very confident. " "I would like to discuss with you, whether it is archery, martial arts, or military strategies, you can choose whatever you want. Finally, if there is someone who can defeat me, I am willing to give up the position of general to the superior. I wonder if you all dare to compete? " "General, are you serious about what you say? "As soon as Pang Juan said these words, the eyes of all the generals shone, and they all said in unison. "General, for such a prominent position, everyone is naturally the most loved. "" A gentleman's words are followed by a whip. " Pang Juan was unambiguous. "Okay, let's compare. Baning was so excited that he slapped his thigh: "Pang, you said this yourself. Humph, I don't believe how capable you, a fledgling boy, can be. " "Yes, let's compare." " "Who is afraid of whom? " "Just let this kid get out of here. Whoever becomes a general among us will definitely be better than him." "" The generals were gearing up for a moment, eager to try. "General, this-" Wei Zheng became anxious when he heard this. Baning and others were all strong generals who had been fighting for many years, and no one was vague. If Pang Juan loses, where will Wei Hou¡¯s face go? ¡°No need to say more. Pang Juan waved his hand confidently and said to the generals: "Everyone, please invite me. Let's go to the school grounds." " "Please, General. "The generals shouted willingly this time, and they were very neat and powerful. " A moment later, on top of the school field. As a school field that can accommodate more than 100,000 troops, it is naturally very grand, covering an area of ??at least a thousand acres. At this time, Hearing that the new general was going to compete with the other generals, the whole army came to watch this strange thing. For a while, people gathered around him, and Pang Juan did not stop him. , just glanced at the generals and said: "Which general is willing to take the lead first?"??, come and give it a try? " "I'll come first. "The very majestic Banin took the lead and said proudly: "General, I will compete with you in martial arts. " "But, a fight of fists and kicks, or weapons? "Pang Juan agreed immediately. "Let's compare weapons. Baning said with some evil intentions: "We are soldiers, so of course we have to fight with real swords and guns. Competing with fists and kicks is a game for girls." " "That's fine. "Pang Juan is also proficient in all kinds of weapons, so he will not be afraid of anything. He smiled lightly and said: "General Na Ba, please choose the weapons." " "bring here. " Banin shouted loudly. Immediately, several Banin's soldiers rushed over carrying a heavy Qimen weapon and handed it to Banin. Pang Juan took a look and saw that it turned out to be a mace, made of fine steel. It is made of hundreds of steel needles that seem to be piercing the rod, and it weighs no less than a hundred kilograms! Text Chapter 103: Overwhelming the Heroes (Part 2) Good guy, it seems that Banin is born with divine power! Pang Juan couldn't help but be a little surprised when he saw this. You must know that there are only a handful of people in the world who can use such a heavy weapon. It seems that Baning is one of the famous generals of the Wei State and can command the soldiers of the Wei State. He is indeed a well-deserved reputation. Baning took the mace, weighed it confidently, and gave Pang Juan a provocative look: "General, please choose a weapon." "No, just use it." But Pang Juan said He drew out the sword lightly. Although it was made of fine steel, its weight and lethality were incomparable to that of a mace. Baning couldn't help but be stunned. He thought that Pang Juan would also choose a long weapon or a heavy weapon, but he didn't want to be so presumptuous and only chose a light sword. If this light sword collides with the mace, it will fly away with just one impact. Baning sneered in his heart: Good boy, you are so crazy. Since you want to humiliate yourself, how can I still be polite? It just so happens that you, the young man, offended the uncle and the prime minister, and Ba Mou happened to express his anger on behalf of the prime minister. Today, you will be disabled even if you don't die. "Well, let me invite you first, General." Baning said coldly. "General Ba, please go first." Pang Juan shook his head, looking very graceful. "So, that offends me." How could Baning be so polite? With a fierce light in his eyes, he rushed forward with a single stride, a gust of evil wind hung from the mace in his hand, and he struck it with great force and speed. "Hiss¡ª¡ª" When the soldiers watching the battle saw this, they took a breath: This General Ba is really serious! Pang Juan showed no fear. He saw the stick coming and knew that he had no advantage in weapons, so he did not fight forcefully. He dodged with his feet and avoided it. "Huh¡ª¡ª" The mace suddenly hit the air. Taking advantage of Banin's old moves, Pang Juan raised his sword. It was as fast as a meteor and as poisonous as a snake and scorpion, and it went straight to Banin's throat. What a ruthless swordsmanship! Banin was startled, but after all, he was a battle-hardened warrior. He was frightened but not confused. Seeing that he had no time to withdraw his mace to block, he jerked his head to one side to avoid the sword edge. At the same time, he took advantage of the situation and grabbed the sword. With one step, he slammed into Pang Juan's head fiercely. This move is by no means a serious martial art, but a deadly move. Although it is somewhat unsightly, its power cannot be underestimated. Pang Juan felt funny in his heart, but he made a dexterous move and made a very hidden hook under his feet. Baning's head hit the air, and he was about to turn around and fight again, but suddenly he tripped under his feet and fell to the ground. ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± The tall and mighty Banin fell, causing the ground to shake three times, and the mace fell out of his hand. "Hahaha" There was a shock at first, and then there was a burst of laughter: "General Ba made a handsome somersault." "That's right, look at this movement, it must be very painful." Is it different from Baning? The one who was dealing with it naturally took the opportunity to make some sarcastic remarks. "General Ba," Pang Juan did not forget his sense of humor and said with a faint smile: "General, I can't bear such a great gift." Baning got up in embarrassment, his face flushed with embarrassment, and his eyes seemed to be spitting fire. generally. "General Ba, do you want to admit defeat?" Pang Juan said with a smile. "Don't even think about it." Baning roared angrily, picked up the mace, and rushed towards Pang Juan furiously, whirring three times in a row. It has to be said that these three stick moves are powerful and heavy, and they are easy to lift and the moves are consistent. It is definitely difficult for ordinary people to deal with them. But who is Pang Juan? He is a natural-born soldier, an unprecedented general, and he usually puts in far more effort than ordinary people in his martial arts. Therefore, although Baning tried his best, under Pang Juan's flexible dodge, he didn't even touch a hair on his body. "General Ba, be careful." After dodging three times in a row, Pang Juan finally fought back. In an instant, nineteen styles of ¡®Momen Sword Technique¡¯ were used continuously, covering Baning like a violent storm, thunder and lightning. Baning immediately felt that the sword light in front of him was like lightning, and he was dizzy. He was so panicked that he tried his best to hide. He was killed and retreated step by step. He could only parry, but he had no ability to fight back. . Just when Baning was struggling to cope, Pang Juan suddenly stopped his offensive and sheathed his sword with a smile: "General Ba, you lost." Baning gasped for air, and when he heard this, he said angrily: " Fart, I didn¡¯t lose a hair, how could I lose?¡± As soon as he finished speaking, the red helmet tassel on Banin¡¯s head fell down with a clatter, and was cut off by its roots. Then, Banin¡¯s shoulder The armor and breastplate also slipped off one after another, but the cowhide ropes connecting them were severed. In the blink of an eye, except for the bald helmet, Banin was completely covered?Except for the armor. This miraculous swordsmanship stunned tens of thousands of Wei soldiers around and fell into silence. Baning also had a look of death on his face. If Pang Juan had just wanted to kill him, he would have been dead a long time ago. It is in vain that he usually claims to be brave and invincible, but he did not want to be so vulnerable in front of others. For a moment, Baning felt that his ambitions had turned into water. He threw down his mace dejectedly, hugged his fists at Pang Juan, and said with a forced smile: "General Xie, please pay attention, I will eventually be convinced of my defeat." General, you're welcome," Pang Juan said kindly, "It's just a small discussion, don't worry about the outcome. In the future, I will rely on General Ba a lot, so I hope you can teach me." "If you don't dare, I will do my best." Instead of taking the opportunity to ridicule himself, Baning couldn't help but nodded gratefully, feeling some admiration for this general with extraordinary martial arts skills. As the old saying goes, the strong are always respected in the army, and Pang Juan won Banin's respect with his outstanding martial arts. "Which general is willing to come and teach me?" Pang Juan glanced around. Although he won the first battle beautifully, his face did not look very proud. There was silence all around. At this time, no one dared to underestimate Pang Juan, the young general. "I'm coming." At this time, a very handsome young general in his twenties stepped out. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? However, it is the national captain Li Yu. "It turns out to be General Li. I heard that General Li is unparalleled in cavalry and archery. I wonder why I want to compete with the general?" "I guess it's archery. General Li is the best archer in the Wei army!" "Then do you think General Li can win? "It's hard to say, although General Li is extraordinary, our general doesn't seem to be a good person." There were whispers all around. Sure enough, Li Yu greeted Pang Juan politely and said, "General, how about we compare our archery skills?" "Yes." Wei Juan nodded. Although Li Yu seemed polite, Wei Juan saw this person's eyes. I saw the rebelliousness and ambition. "Okay. Come here, take the bow and set the target." Li Yu gave an order, and immediately, soldiers set up two archery targets a hundred steps away. At the same time, a personal guard presented Li Yu with a heavy black iron bow. Judging from the appearance of this bow, it was at least a three-stone strong bow! Those who can shoot such a powerful bow must have an astonishing strength of at least five or six hundred kilograms in their arms. There are only a handful of such strong men in the world. The Wei army is worthy of being the strongest army in the world. It is indeed a Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon. "What a bow!" Looking at the bow, Pang Juan couldn't help but be moved, with a fiery light shining in his eyes. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ Li Yu seemed a little proud: "This is a family heirloom, which made the general laugh. Let's shoot three arrows each, and the one who hits the most bullseyes will win. How about it?" "Yes." Pang Juan agreed. "Then the general invites you first?" "General Li invites you first." "In that case, I won't be polite." General Li was indeed rude. He immediately nocked an arrow, exerted his strength with both arms, and pulled away steadily. This three-stone strong bow. ¡°Bang¡ª¡ª¡± In an instant, the bowstring crashed like thunder, and an arrow shot through the air as fast as lightning. "Take it!" No surprise, it hit the target. "Okay!" There was a sudden burst of cheers from all around, and all the soldiers were beaming when they saw it: "You can cross the Yang with a hundred steps, are you there?" Li Yu's face looked slightly satisfied and he continued to draw his bow and arrow. "Take it!" The second arrow continued to hit the bullseye. "Take it!" Hit the third one, hit again. "General, it's your turn." Amid thunderous cheers from all around, Li Yuzhi looked at Pang Juan with satisfaction. In his opinion, he is sure to win this round. Pang Juan was also a little surprised by Li Yu's outstanding performance. You know, a hundred steps away, the bullseye looked almost the size of a copper coin. Those with bad eyesight could hardly see clearly, let alone hit it accurately. This arm strength, this look, this shooting skill, he is indeed worthy of the name of a marksman! However, Pang Juan was not afraid. "General Li, can you lend me your bow?" Pang Juan smiled calmly and stretched out his hand to Li Yu. Li Yu was stunned for a moment, then smiled and said: "Of course." As he handed the bow over, he secretly muttered in his heart: Not everyone can shoot my bow, can this guy do it? He wanted to see Pang Juan's jokes. ¡°?"¡ª¡ª" Pang Juan took the bow, and with a little effort from his ape-arm, he steadily pulled the bowstring to the full moon. "Okay!" "There was a burst of cheers all around. When Li Yu saw this, his expression changed, and he smiled a little reluctantly: "The general is so powerful. " "Haha, it's just brute force. "Pang Juan is also a little proud. You know, he is also born with supernatural power. Of course, when it comes to martial arts, Pang Juan is equally confident that he is not inferior to others. "Here comes the arrow. Pang Juan shouted. "General, arrows." "Wei Zheng was very eye-catching and immediately offered three arrows. Pang Juan reached out and picked up two arrows, put them on the bowstring together, and then pulled them away steadily. "No, this is to shoot. A flurry of arrows? " "This is too difficult. I have never seen anyone use a chain of arrows. " "That's right, our general is not too trusting, right? It would be ugly if we lost. "" The voices of discussion all around were shouting and spreading. Li Yu was surprised and curled his lips. "Anyone can shoot a series of arrows, but it is almost impossible to shoot accurately." It¡¯s his mission. In the past, there was no one who could shoot a string of arrows without being a hero! He looked at Pang Juan, but he didn¡¯t seem to be affected by the outside world. He took aim at it intently, and suddenly let out a loud shout, "Chi¡ªchi¡ª" where the bow string collapsed, two sharp arrows flew away as fast as meteors. " "Take it! " In the lightning flash, the two sharp arrows were one after the other, hitting the bull's-eye. What a beautiful shot! "" There was silence all around, and tens of thousands of soldiers were stunned. " A series of arrows, still a hundred steps away, actually hit it. It¡¯s unimaginable how difficult it is to be able to shoot so accurately! ¡°Okay! "Suddenly, Wei Zheng came to his senses first and was the first to cheer. "Okay! " "beautiful. " "This is the magic shot. " Tens of thousands of soldiers came to their senses one after another. For a moment, the cheers shook the earth and shook the earth, like rolling thunder. Li Yu was also dumbfounded: No, is it really, really hit!? Before Li Yu could reply, After coming to his senses, Pang Juan picked up the third arrow, opened the bow string like lightning, and shot another arrow. "Chi¡ª" the arrow flew away from the bow string. "This arrow is even more astonishing. It actually chased the shaft of the previous arrow, split it in half, and then shot it twice on the bullseye. "Oh my God, the meteor is catching up with the moon! This is a magical skill that only exists in legends. " This was a big deal. Earth-shattering cheers suddenly erupted from all around: "Arrow God! Arrow God" For a moment, there was a terrifying momentum that shook the whole world and shook the whole world. A proud smile appeared on Pang Juan's face, and he slowly raised the bow above his head, welcoming the thunderous cheers. This feeling , This kind of honor has always been his dream. Now, he finally got this feeling. It took a long time before the cheers slowly stopped, and Pang Juan walked towards Li Yu with a smile. General Li, if the original thing is returned, is there any more competition? " Li Yu took the bow with a frustrated look on his face and thought to himself: It's still a fart comparison. It's not on the same level at all. He smiled bitterly and shook his head: "The general has unparalleled magic and arrows. In the end, he will be convinced when he loses. " "Thank you, General Li, for your permission. "Pang Juan didn't overdo it. Instead, he clasped his fists politely. "General, you're welcome. "Although Li Yu is arrogant and undisciplined by nature, he also has the uprightness of a soldier. He has great admiration for Pang Juan, who surpasses him through his true ability. "Then, which brother is willing to give me a lesson? "After winning two battles in a row, Pang Juan's expression became more confident and high-spirited. There was silence all around, and no one dared to stand up anymore. Indeed, Baning, the strongest martial artist in the army, and the best archer were defeated so Damn it, who dares to show off again? Some people say that competing with Pang Juan is a big joke. Who doesn¡¯t know that the general in front of him is Mr. Guigu¡¯s disciple? Man? He is an immortal figure who is skilled in all aspects of military arts, vertical and horizontal arts, Taoism, divination, and medical skills. In terms of reputation in this world, only Mo Zhai can be compared with him.A disciple taught by such a strange man can think of it with his toes, so his military strategy is definitely not that strong. Who is stupid, go up and seek humiliation! ? Seeing that he had successfully subdued the entire army, Pang Juan breathed a sigh of relief and smiled lightly: "Since no one is willing to teach me, let's let it go. However, from now on, I don't want to see any yin or yang." If something illegal happens, don't blame the ruthless military law." "Nuo." There was a roar of mountains and tsunamis all around. It seemed that everyone was convinced and there was no objection at all. However, Pang Juan knew that this was just a superficial appearance, and there must be many people waiting to make a move. After all, a soldier, no matter how high his martial arts skills are, can only be a brave general; no matter how high his military strategy is, he can only be a soldier on paper. If you want to truly win military morale, you can only win military merit. However, Pang Juan believed that as long as he was given time to gain military merit, there would be no problems at all. He has this confidence. He is a famous general who will never be born. He is destined to shine in the world and be remembered in history. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 104 The hidden dragon is about to appear At night, Ghost Valley. Sun Bin was sitting by the cliff of the back mountain. Above his head, a bright moon cast a bright and cold light. At this time, winter has entered. Although it has not snowed yet, it is undoubtedly very cold. Sun Bin tightened the fur around his body and took out an exquisite mutton-fat jade pendant from his arms. Judging from the pattern and style, it was obviously a woman's thing. There were two beautiful seal characters "silver jade" engraved on the back. It¡¯s been six years, Yinyu, how are you? Sun Bin gently touched the jade pendant, thinking of that beautiful, gentle, and considerate girl. In the past six years, due to the inconvenience of transportation in ancient times, Sun Bin and Yinyu only communicated once. No doubt, for a boy and girl in love, this is cruel and heart-wrenching. However, in half a year, Sun Bin will go down the mountain. Thinking that he would soon be able to see his beloved and put everything he had learned to use happily, Sun Bin couldn't hold back his excitement. "Bo Ling." Suddenly, a kind call came from behind, and a middle-aged Taoist priest came lightly, it was Gui Guzi. "Teacher," Sun Bin hurriedly hid the jade pendant in his arms and stood up to greet him respectfully: "Why are you here so late?" "Teacher, I have seen that you have been a little absent-minded these past two days. Is there something on your mind?" "This -" Sun Bin scratched his head in embarrassment, how could he speak with such little children on his mind. "Haha" Guiguzi was so smart, he immediately smiled: "Miss Yinyu, right? No wonder, we have been separated for more than six years." "Made the teacher laugh." Sun Bin blushed a little. "What's the point? Humans are not grass and trees, how can they be ruthless." Guiguzi was very enlightened: and joked with a smile: "Fortunately, you can go down the mountain in half a year. If I keep you longer, Yinyu will probably scold me. This old Taoist priest is unreasonable." "Hehe" Sun Bin didn't know what to say and just scratched his head and smiled. "By the way, teacher," Sun Bin suddenly remembered something: "Has there been any news about senior brother Pang recently?" "No." Guiguzi shook his head, looking a little helpless: "It was sent by your senior brother four months ago. News." Four months ago, Bai Gui sent someone to Guigu again to bring news about Pang Juan. Knowing that Pang Juan was trusted by Wei Ying and directly assumed the position of general, Guiguzi and Sun Bin were all shocked. Eighteen-year-old general, this is simply unprecedented, isn¡¯t it? ? The masters and disciples were happy for Pang Juan, but they couldn't help but feel worried for him. Even though they knew in the letter that Pang Juan had temporarily suppressed the situation with his own ability, they were still worried. Because what soldiers ultimately rely on is their military exploits. Before Pang Juan achieved enough notable achievements, his position as general was like a sandcastle that could collapse at any time. "Alas -" Sun Bin couldn't help complaining: "Senior Brother Pang, it's true, it's been half a year, and he still hasn't received a letter. Don't you know how worried we are about him?" Guiguzi heard this and smiled bitterly: "Zi Yi's character Don't you know? He is very strong. He will not write to us until he has done something good and proved himself." Sun Bin was silent when he heard this: "It seems that Wei Ying's trust has been given. It gives Senior Brother Pang enough space to perform, but it also puts a lot of pressure on him. I hope Senior Brother Pang can hold on. "It's really worrying." Gui Guzi also said with some worry: "You are just starting out and you have to bear such a burden. It's a big responsibility, I really can't say whether it is a blessing or a curse. Fortunately, you will be going down the mountain soon. When the time comes, you and your brothers will join forces. If you are good at strategy and Ziyi is good at tactics, you will be invincible in the world. That is my teacher. I can rest assured." "Yes, I really look forward to the day when I can join forces with my senior brother." Sun Bin also looked forward to it. "Okay, it's getting late, go to bed quickly." Guiguzi patted Sun Bin on the shoulder and said with concern. "Yes, teacher." When he returned to the room, he took off his clothes and went to bed, but Sun Bin was a little shaken and couldn't sleep. The temperature in the mountains was a bit low, so there was a charcoal basin lit in the house. Sun Bin got up and used a fire fork to burn the charcoal fire more vigorously. Since I can¡¯t sleep, I just read a book. Sun Bin took out his treasured copy of "Sun Tzu's Art of War" and followed Gui Guzi to learn military strategies for six years, which gave him new insights every time he read "Sun Tzu's Art of War". Just as I was watching intently, someone suddenly knocked on the door: "Bang, bang -" "Who is it? The door is not bolted."??Please come in. "Sun Bin put away 'Sun Tzu's Art of War' with some surprise and said hello. "Junior brother, you haven't slept yet. " Wei Liao smiled and walked in with his clothes on and sat on the couch. Sun Bin smiled: "Senior brother, isn't he also awake? Suddenly he saw Wei Liao holding a small gourd in his hand, which smelled faintly of wine. He couldn't help but his eyes lit up: "Brother, what are you holding? Isn't it a bar?" " "yes. Wei Liao also laughed and said, "I couldn't sleep, so I happened to hide some fruit wine, so I came to drink with my junior brother." Chu Cheng is too boring to talk to. " "Haha" Sun Bin was also happy. He rubbed his hands and said, "Very good. It just satisfies the craving and warms up the body." "I stood up quickly and found two lacquer cups from the house. "It's full. Full. Wei Liao filled up the two cups and said, "Here, let's drink." " "Dry. "The two brothers drank it all in one gulp. "Comfortable. Wei Liao narrowed his eyes because of his beauty and said with a smile: "Teacher is good at everything, but he is a little too strict. He usually drinks wine secretly." " "Haha" Sun Bin Yile said: "Senior brother, if you come to me like this, you won't just be drinking. There is probably something going on, right? " "Hehe" Wei Liao smiled and said: "You know me, junior brother. Well, I have a problem, and I can't ask my junior brother to help me. " "Brother, please tell me. "Sun Bin naturally agreed. "That's it. Years ago, didn't I take a trip to the mountains? I received a letter from my family, saying that the bride's family had been urging me to get married since I was young, so they asked me to go back years ago to get it done. " Wei Liao couldn't help but look embarrassed as he said it. Sun Bin was happy when he heard this: "That's a good thing. Congratulations, senior brother. The Chinese New Year is only a few days away, so let¡¯s pack it up quickly. I think the teacher will not stop this kind of good thing. " Wei Liao said with a bitter face: "Junior brother, don't make fun of me. I still want to study with the teacher for two more years. Once I get married, I'm afraid I won't be able to come back. Moreover, my dream of traveling around the world will probably be difficult. " "That's it. Sun Bin also scratched his head in embarrassment, thought for a while and said: "Brother, I still think you should go back. After all, you are nineteen, and that girl is probably not young, right?" They have been waiting for you for so many years, so don't delay them. " "Besides, your parents are not young anymore, so it's time to fulfill their filial piety. Don't wait until one day you want to raise your son but your mother is not there. At that time, you will regret it. As for learning, there is learning everywhere in life, and it doesn¡¯t necessarily have to be in Guigu. " "A study tour? I can't come up with any ideas. After all, the old saying goes: If your parents are here, you won¡¯t have to travel far. Senior brother is still young anyway, so we can wait a few years before talking about it. What do you think, senior brother? " Wei Liao was silent for a long time, then patted Sun Bin on the shoulder gratefully: "Thank you, junior brother, you are right. I have thought about it for my brother, and I will say goodbye to the teacher tomorrow. " " Then I would like to congratulate my senior brother. Sun Bin smiled and clasped his fists, suddenly feeling sad: "It's just that as soon as senior brother left, Guigu became more and more deserted." I really miss the days when the five of us brothers and sisters would get together. " Upon hearing this, Wei Liao couldn't help but sigh a little: "Yes, senior brother is gone, junior brother Pang is gone, and now, I have to leave too. Although there is no such thing as a banquet that lasts forever, I feel really uncomfortable. Come on, fill it up, let's have another drink. " "good. "At that moment, the two junior brothers drank it all themselves. "Junior brother," Wei Liao said with a sad look on his face: "After I leave, the teacher will ask you and Chu Cheng to take care of him. " "Brother, please rest assured. "Sun Bin solemnly agreed. "Well, this parting means we are far apart. I really don't know if our brothers and sisters will be able to get together again. " "As long as you have the will, you will definitely do it. "Sun Bin said with certainty. "Yes, as long as you have the will, you will definitely do it. Wei Liao's eyes lit up: "Come on, let's have another drink." " "good. " At the moment, the two junior brothers had another drink. " By the way, junior brother, there is still half a year, you have to go down the mountain too, right? "Wei Liao doesn't drink much, and his eyes are already slightly drunk. "Yes, Senior Brother Pang and I have agreed to assist the Wei State together. Sun Bin drank much more, but the more he drank, the more excited he became. He winked and said, "Besides, as you know, my father-in-law is a young man. It is probably impossible for him to go to other countries." " "Haha" Wei Liao Da Le: "It seems that as soon as Junior Brother comes down the mountain, he will have a good harvest in career and love. Come, come, brother, I also want to toast you. I wish you success in your career and a happy marriage soon. " "Thank you, senior brother. Same joy, same joy. "The two of them laughed and drank another drink. "By the way," Wei Liao smiled and patted Sun Bin on the shoulder and said, "Junior brother, how is our friendship? " "Of course they are as close as brothers. "That's good," Wei Liao said with a cheerful smile: "You also know that senior brother is a poor man. He has no intention of becoming an official in this life. He still wants to travel around the world and educate people. If one day he comes to visit me, don't be offended. Senior brother. " Sun Bin was stunned for a moment, then laughed and said: "What are you talking about, senior brother? What does a little money mean? As long as the senior brother opens his mouth, the younger brother will help him with all his strength. " "Okay, come on, let's go." " Wei Liao was overjoyed and immediately drank another drink with Sun Bin. When he poured the wine again, the wine gourd was already empty. "Uh, no more? Wei Liao looked regretful: "Junior brother, let's just drink here." We will meet again someday if we are destined, and we senior brothers will have a great time. " "good. "Sun Bin was also very sad and said: "Then I wish my brothers a smooth marriage and a happy wedding. " "Thank you. gone. " Wei Liao laughed loudly, stood up unsteadily, and staggered away. Looking at the stumbling background, Sun Bin was also a little reluctant to leave. He knew that this was a seemingly lazy, but very emotional person. Goodbye , Senior brother, I wish you a safe journey. Text Chapter 105 Wei Wu Xiongbing (Part 1) 362 BC, early summer. In the south of the city, at the main camp of the Wei army, on the school grounds, 20,000 elite Wei soldiers stood quietly in their armor and weapons. Although the military formation was solemn, the murderous aura soaring to the sky was rushing towards them. On the general stage, Wei Ying carefully looked at the ace force under his command, from the equipment to the military appearance. On the side, Pang Juan accompanied him respectfully. For a whole year, Pang Juan worked tirelessly to train the three armies and improve military discipline. He became much thinner and darker. And Wei Ying also gave Pang Juan full trust. Even though many dignitaries, civil and military officials slandered Pang Juan in front of her, Wei Ying did not waver. And now, he finally reaped huge rewards. The current Wei soldiers are still well-equipped, but their morale has made great progress. Vaguely, Wei Ying seemed to see the invincible and invincible army of Wu Qi's period again. "Okay!" Wei Ying nodded with great satisfaction and patted Pang Juan's shoulder affectionately: "The military appearance is in good order and the morale is high. It is much stronger than a year ago. I really did not misjudge the person. Thank you Pang Aiqing for your hard work." "Marquis of Wei. That's a great prize. Without Bole, there would be no thousand-mile horse!" After years of recovery, Pang Juan is no longer as taciturn as he was when he was a child, but he still cherishes his words like gold. In Pang Juan's view, a good man should be proud of his merits and not his words. "Haha" When Wei Ying heard this, she couldn't help but feel quite proud. Everyone said that he was crazy. He would definitely destroy the Wei army by appointing an eighteen-year-old general. However, the facts showed that he was right, and the Wei army found an excellent commander and gained a new life. In this world, the only one who dares to employ people in such an eclectic way is Wei Ying. This is the domineering and self-confidence of a generation of heroes. "By the way, Pang Aiqing, can you take a look at the actual combat power of Wei Wu's soldiers now." Wei Ying said with a smile. After all, he is a heroic leader. Wei Ying knows that military appearance and military discipline are just references. What really determines the strength of an army is its actual combat power. Otherwise, no matter how good the military appearance and discipline are, it will only be a beautiful ceremonial army, not a strong army. "Yes!" Pang Juan did not refuse, and immediately ordered: "Send the order: The whole army of Wei Wu soldiers will be dispatched. After running for fifty miles, they will turn around to meet the enemy." "No." Immediately, a messenger came down to deliver the order. Soon, 20,000 Wei soldiers, led by Baning, drove out of the school grounds in a mighty manner and ran away at a fast pace. "Another order: mobilize 30,000 Cangtou Army troops to deploy at the school grounds and prepare for actual combat." "Promise." Immediately, another order was sent to the Cangtou Army troops to step down and rush to the Cangtou Army barracks. "Woo¡ª¡ª" Not long after, the majestic horn sounded throughout the Cangtou Army barracks, and a large number of sergeants quickly gathered and headed for the school grounds. The Wei army has a mature system for judging whether Wei soldiers are qualified or not. The standards are very clear and very cruel: Wearing three layers of leather armor, you must be able to fire a three-hundred-pound crossbow, have fifty arrows on your back, a long sword, a helmet on your head, and a sword on your waist. You must also prepare three Food for the day. Such a full combat load would probably reach the modern standard of about 35 kilograms, which is very astonishing! Under such an astonishing battle load, it is necessary to cover a hundred miles (about 30 kilometers in modern times) in half a day, and then immediately go into battle and defeat the powerful enemy. In this way, you can be considered a qualified Wei Wuzu soldier! Such demanding combat qualities, even in modern times, can be called an excellent special forces soldier, and are not something ordinary soldiers can achieve. From this we can imagine what a terrifying army the Wei soldiers, composed entirely of such elite soldiers, were! In the early Warring States period, it was no luck that the Wei State was able to dominate the world and be invincible. "Marquis Wei," Pang Juan said respectfully, "It's too early to engage in actual military confrontation. It's so hot now. How about we go to the commander's tent to rest for a while and come back later?" "No, I'm not that proud." Wei Ying said. He was very interested: "Pang Aiqing, just talk here with me." "Okay." Pang Juan was not good at flattering, so he nodded. "By the way, Wei Aiqing, I wonder how the recruitment of the new batch of Wei soldiers is going?" Wei Ying asked with concern. "Back to the Marquis of Wei, I ordered the whole country and the entire army to conduct screening. At present, 40,000 new soldiers have been initially selected. In two or three years, I am confident that I will return an elite army of 30,000 to the Marquis of Wei. This way , we can make up for the fifty thousand soldiers of Wei Wu," Pang Juan said confidently.   "That's great." Wei Ying was overjoyed, but he knew that training Wei soldiers was not easy. Not only are the new recruits carefully selected warriors from across the country and the entire army, they also have to undergo at least two to three years of arduous and scientific training. It can be said that it is not easy to create a Wei soldier. "But-" Pang Juan seemed a little hesitant. "Pang Aiqing, just tell me what you have to say." Seeing that Pang Juan seemed to have something to say, Wei Ying immediately comforted him. "Yes, Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan said seriously: "Military law stipulates that each Wei soldier must be granted 300 acres of fertile land for preferential treatment. The additional 30,000 people will require 9 million acres of fertile land. Please also ask the Marquis of Wei to make preparations in advance so that the soldiers will have no worries when the time comes." Wei Ying couldn't help but frown when she heard this. Yes, although Wei Wuzu is powerful, it is also an army that requires huge financial resources to support it. During the Warring States Period, soldiers had no military pay. It is compulsory to perform military service, and you even need to prepare your own weapons, armor, and even food and grass, and the compensation given by the state is a certain amount of fertile land. Wei Wuzu, as the core of Wei's powerful military, naturally received the highest treatment. ??Each Wei soldier will be awarded 300 acres of fertile land. So much land is enough to ensure that Wei Wuzu¡¯s family can live a comfortable life and prepare their own sophisticated weapons. "And after the soldiers of Wei died in battle or retired, these three hundred acres would not be recovered. Therefore, it can be said that the source of the strong combat power of Wei soldiers is the three hundred acres of fertile land per person. Without these three hundred acres of fertile land, Wei soldiers would not have sophisticated equipment and high morale, and they would not be able to die for the country without any worries. Then, the powerful Wei soldiers would no longer exist. Of course Wei Ying knew this. " However, it would be very difficult for Wei to provide nine million acres of fertile land at once, even if Wei was a superpower. In the early days of the founding of the People's Republic of China, Wei had a small population and was actively expanding its territory, so the fields were abundant. Therefore, when Wu Qi established Wei Wuzu, it was not difficult. However, as the country was founded, the population increased, and land was annexed, it was difficult for the country to come up with so much fertile land. ¡°I¡¯m afraid most of these nine million acres will require the state to use real money and silver to redeem them. This financial pressure is very terrifying. In the past few years, Wei Ying has been unable to supplement Wei Wuzu. On the one hand, it is because she does not have suitable talents, and on the other hand, she cannot afford so much money. However, in order to restore Wei's former glory, the arrogant Wei Ying also gritted her teeth: "Pang Aiqing, don't worry, these nine million acres of fertile land, even if I sell iron and save money, I will definitely prepare it for the general as soon as possible." Pang Juanda To be moved, he has been down the mountain for a year and has a very good understanding of the situation in Wei. Of course, he knows how difficult it is to prepare these nine million acres of fertile land. Wei Ying¡¯s support for him is of course unreserved. After being moved, Pang Juan wanted to share some of the pressure for Wei Ying, and immediately suggested: "Marquis of Wei, after a year of reorganization, our army is ready for a battle. If your Majesty is trustworthy, I am willing to lead the army to fight for Wei. The country is attacking the city and plundering the land to relieve the temporary emergency." Wei Ying's eyes lit up. It was indeed a good way to get rich overnight. "Does Pang Aiqing have a goal?" "Yes," Pang Juan's eyes flashed. A ray of cold light: "The State of Zhao has taken advantage of my civil strife in the past two years to invade me. I want to use it first to capture the two cities of Lieren and Feiyi. On the one hand, the land around these two cities is fertile and the water source is abundant, which can be used for economic development." Secondly, these two cities are the southeastern gateway to Handan, the capital of Zhao. Taking these two cities can not only teach Zhao a lesson, but also occupy favorable terrain and deter Zhao." "Okay! Wei Ying clapped her thigh happily: "What Pang Aiqing said is in line with everyone's feelings." She said bitterly: "Zhao Guo has not missed the brotherhood of the three Jins in the past two years. It's time to teach these bastards a lesson." "The minister will prepare first and will send troops as soon as the king gives the order." Pang Juan was also very happy. After lying dormant for a year, it was finally time to test his skills. "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a red flag messenger galloped over: "Get out of the way! Get out of the way! Urgent military situation!" Wei Ying and Pang Juanju were each surprised: What country is invading? "Quick, let the messenger come." Wei Ying hurriedly signaled to the guards not to stop him. I saw the messenger rushing to the stage with sweat on his back, fell to his knees, and said breathlessly: "Inform the Marquis of Wei, 80,000 people from the Han and Zhao coalition forces came out of Pilao City, led by the famous Zhao general Le Zuo, and their troops were directed towards Anyi. The military situation is urgent. Please make a decision." When Wei Ying heard this, she was furious: "How dare Han and Zhao do this?It's so rude, we haven't settled the score with them yet, but we invaded again. It's really too much! " Pang Juan was also very unhappy. In his opinion, Zhao and South Korea were openly provoking him. He couldn't help but said excitedly: "Marquis of Wei, I asked for orders to go out and fight. I will not kill any of the two countries without leaving a single piece of armor behind. I swear. Not returning to the army. " Wei Ying was a little hesitant. He trusted Pang Juan and saw Pang Juan's excellent military management ability, but this time it was actual combat, no better than others. Moreover, Le Zuo was a famous general of the Zhao State. He had been on the battlefield for many years and was very difficult to deal with. "If Pang Juan loses, the Han and Zhao coalition forces may attack Anyi, which will be a big trouble. "Pang Aiqing, don't worry, let me think about it. Come, take the messenger down and have a good rest. "Wei Ying said. Pang Juan sighed slightly in his heart. He knew that Wei Ying didn't completely trust him yet. I'm afraid that it would be difficult to entrust a life-and-death battle like this that concerns the safety of Wei to his hands. He needs more to prove himself. Much effort. Text Chapter 106 Wei Wu Xiongbing (Part 2) PS: I am going to Zhengzhou to study for a few days, so the update may not be stable, so please forgive me. ***** Soon, it¡¯s approaching noon. Twenty thousand Wei soldiers, led by Baning, turned back hundreds of miles and marched into the school grounds in a mighty manner. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Pang Juan did not give Wei Wuzu a chance to rest, and immediately ordered Wei Wuzu and the Cangtou Army to start a real-force confrontation. For exercises, Wei Jun also has a set of procedures. Tactical arrangements, etc., everything follows actual combat, only the weapons have been changed to look like they don¡¯t have an open front. So, 20,000 Wei soldiers and 30,000 Cangtou formed a formation on the school field. Under Baning's command, Wei soldiers were arranged into four square formations: the center, the left wing, the right wing, and the rear. Each square had 5,000 men each, which was very balanced. Under the leadership of Wei Han, the Cangtou Army also formed four formations tit for tat. "It's just that there are only 5,000 people on the left wing, right wing, and rear of the Cangtou Army, while there are 15,000 people in the center. ??Obviously, Wei Han had the idea of ??a central breakthrough. Although Baning is famous for his bravery, he is also sophisticated in his military use. You can tell what Wei Han's plan is at a glance. You want to play central breakthrough, right? ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Very good, I will make it my plan, stick to the center, and then make a roundabout on both wings, to see who can defeat whom first. "Boom" As the war drums rumbled, the two "participating" armies began to approach quickly, and a fierce battle was about to break out. Soon, the two sides were approaching 200 steps. "Stop!" Baning suddenly ordered: "Send the order: The three formations on the left, center and right should all change their crossbows and launch them at the enemy." Immediately, 20,000 Wei soldiers took out their powerful crossbows and sat down on the ground. The powerful crossbows equipped by the soldiers of Wei Dynasty are bow-strung crossbows, which means that they need to be cocked with the cooperation of both feet and hands. Otherwise, this bow force can reach the crossbow of the three stones, relying on both hands, it is estimated that, except for Pang Juan and Li Yu, few people can pull away. However, such a powerful crossbow comes with great power and a range of up to two hundred steps! "Shoot!" In a moment, the crossbow was ready. With a command, the bowstring crashed like thunder, and 20,000 arrows leaped into the air like locusts, covering the sky and the sun. Wei Han was horrified and scolded Baning for being cunning. The Cangtou Army cannot compare to the strength of Wei Wuzu. Each of Wei Wuzu is a crossbowman, a swordsman, and a sword and shield wielder. They are all-round terrifying. As for the Cangtou Army, these roles are all separated. Otherwise, just one load would be unbearable, not to mention that each Wei soldier would have to undergo rigorous training for several years. There are only nine thousand crossbowmen in the Cangtou army. Of the nine thousand people, only three thousand were equipped with crossbows, and the remaining six thousand were equipped with ordinary horn bows. What is even more depressing is that the Cangtou Army is only equipped with a light crossbow of one and a half stone, which can be opened with both arms, but the range is only one hundred and twenty steps. And the bows equipped by the Cangtou Army only have a tension of one stone, and the range can reach eighty steps. Therefore, even though there are many Cangtou soldiers, in terms of long-range firepower, whether it is density, power, or range, they are at an absolute disadvantage compared to Wei Wuzu. Therefore, Wei Han was a little dumbfounded when he saw Baning competing for long-range firepower. "Defense!" The depressed Wei Han only had time to roar, and the rain of arrows that covered the sky began to roar and fall. This time, the Cangtou Army was in tragedy. Those sword and shield soldiers were better, as they finally had shields to protect themselves, but most of the crossbowmen, spearmen, and halberdiers could only endure helplessly. "Seize, seize" "Oops, I got hit by an arrow." "Damn, I got hit by an arrow too." "These warriors are so despicable, they know how to bully people with crossbows." In an instant, enough Two or three thousand Cangtou troops were hit by arrows, and the formation was in chaos. Of course, these arrows have no arrowheads. However, according to the rules of the exercise, those who were hit by arrows must withdraw from the battle immediately because they have been killed. When Baning saw this, his face was full of pride. ?????????????????????????? For soldiers, winning is the last word. If you don¡¯t use it if you have an advantage, do you still have to use your own shortcomings to attack the enemy¡¯s strong points? Isn¡¯t that a fool? "Send the order, shoot another round." Baning decided to strike while the iron is hot.  Immediately, the soldiers of Wei who had fired one round sat down one after another and began to strenuously wind the powerful crossbows again. When Wei Han saw this, he couldn't help scolding Baning for being despicable. This was Chi Guoguo's way of bullying him because of his lack of long-range firepower. He couldn't help but gritted his teeth and said: "Send the order: Charge me, we can't stand here stupidly and get shot!" "Boom, boom, boom!" " In an instant, the drums of war were thundering, and the Cangtou Army mustered up their courage, shouting and launching a full-scale charge. As long as the two armies are connected, the advantage of Wei soldiers' long-range firepower will be unable to be exerted, while the advantages of Cangtou soldiers' large numbers can be exerted to the maximum extent. Seeing the Cangtou army rushing towards him, Baning naturally knew what Wei Han was planning. However, no matter how fast the Cangtou Army rushed, the distance of nearly two hundred steps was still enough for the Wei soldiers to fire another round. "Fire!" The bowstring sounded like thunder, and another round of 20,000 arrows rushed into the air and landed hard among the Cangtou army. "Ah, I was hit by an arrow." "Me too. Damn it, we were all killed." "Kill tens of millions of soldiers." Amidst a burst of depressing yelling and cursing, another two or three thousand Cangtou soldiers were mercilessly killed. elimination. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? The Cangtou Army had already suffered about five thousand casualties before the soldiers of Wei were even injured. The total number of the Cangtou Army was less than 30,000, and the casualties were nearly 20%. In ancient times, due to the limitations of the times, soldiers' morale and fighting ability were generally limited. About 20% of casualties were enough to collapse the average army. Therefore, most of the casualties of ancient armies often occurred not on the frontal battlefield, but in rout. In ancient times, if an army suffered more than 20% casualties and could still fight to the death, it was considered a strong army. If the casualties exceed 50% and they can still fight bloody battles without fleeing, then it is estimated that only invincible lions like Yue Jiajun and Qi Jiajun can do it. Even during the Qin Shihuang period, the invincible Qin army that reached its peak and swept across the six countries would probably not be able to reach this level. And the Cangtou Army can be considered a strong army. They can still survive nearly 20% of the casualties. Of course, this is also related to the fact that it is just an exercise and not actual combat. If they suffered such heavy casualties in actual combat, even if the Cangtou Army could hold on, their morale would probably plummet. "Charge, charge up, they don't have time to fire arrows again." Wei Han commanded the entire army, trying to maintain the formation and quickly approach. When Baning saw this, he did not show any weakness and quickly ordered: "Abandon the crossbow, hold the shield and raise the gun, hold the center, move around on both wings, and defeat them." "Kill¡ª¡ª" Immediately, ten thousand Wei soldiers on both wings roared out. , like two huge iron pincers clamping on the two wings of the Cangtou Army. When Wei Han saw this, his brows jumped. His formation is thick in the center and thin on the wings. Banin is seizing his disadvantage and preparing to fight to death. However, the two armies are about to engage in battle, and it is no longer possible to change the formation. ???????????????????? Let¡¯s have a fight and see if I defeat your center first, or you defeat my two wings first. Wei Han made up his mind and ordered sternly: "Guard the two wings, attack in the center, and kill them." "Kill¡ª¡ª" In an instant, the Cangtou Army and Wei Wu soldiers, two wings against two wings, the center against the center, killed one by one. A mess. In the blink of an eye, the characteristics of the formations of the two armies were revealed. On the battlefield on both wings, there were 10,000 Wei soldiers. Against the 8,000 Cangtou army who had been weakened by strong crossbows, they not only had a slight upper hand in strength, but also had an absolute advantage in combat power. On the first day of the confrontation, Wei Wu soldiers advanced with great success and killed The Cangtou army is retreating steadily and is in danger. In the central battlefield, Wei Wu's five thousand soldiers faced off against about 12,000 Cangtou troops who had been weakened by strong crossbows. With their absolute superiority in strength, the Cangtou Army launched a fierce attack. But Wei Wuzu was very tenacious. Although he was at a disadvantage, he was as steady as a rock and refused to retreat. Wei Han suddenly started to sweat. The center cannot break through, but the two wings will be unable to hold on. If this continues, he will lose 100% of the time. "Order: The rear team reinforces the two wings and must withstand it. The central square intensifies the attack and must achieve a breakthrough." This is a desperate move for Wei Han. Immediately, the rear of the Cangtou Army, which had not been weakened by the strong crossbows, divided into two armies and reinforced the two wings. For a time, the two precarious wings were finally stabilized. When Baning saw this, he smiled sinisterly: Good boy, I¡¯m just waiting for you to use your rear team. Immediately said: "Send the order: The rear team attacks the enemy's right wing. Give them a quarter of an hour to defeat the enemy."  "Woooo" Amidst the sound of the horn, the rear column of Wei Wu soldiers, who had been preparing to attack, moved, and five thousand people pounced on the right wing of the Cangtou army like wolves and tigers. In an instant, nearly 10,000 Wei soldiers launched a frantic attack on the right wing of the Cangtou Army, which had fewer than 5,000 people. Suddenly, the Cangtou Army couldn't hold on any longer. As a result, within a quarter of an hour, the right wing of the Cangtou Army, which had reached the critical point, completely collapsed. At this time, the central phalanx of the Cangtou Army was still miserable and failed to complete the breakthrough. "When the 10,000 Wei warriors shocked the right wing and rushed directly to the side of the Cangtou Army's central phalanx, there was no suspense about victory or defeat. On the general stage, Wei Ying couldn't help but nodded with satisfaction: "Defend like a rock, attack like thunder, Pang Aiqing, I have chosen the right person to hand over Wei Wu's soldiers to you." "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan was not very interested. . Of course Wei Ying understood why, and couldn't help but apologized: "Pang Aiqing, don't be anxious. Now, even if I want to hand over the important task to you, I'm afraid there will be strong opposition from the court. Why not, as you just asked, take the lead The army captured Liren and Feiyi, one is to contain and attack Zhao Guo, and the other is to prove your strength to the people of the world. "What do you think, Aiqing?" , then he promised generously: "I accept the order, and I will live up to the king's trust." "Okay." Wei Ying saw that Pang Juan knew the general situation and did not get emotional, so she couldn't help but nodded with satisfaction: "Just prepare yourself, and go to court tomorrow. "Let's discuss the matter of sending troops together." "No." Pang Juan accepted the order, with a fierce cold light flashing in his eyes: "Zhao Guo, if you are unlucky, Pang will sacrifice your flag first to vent his anger!" Text Chapter 107 Pang Juan goes to war The next day, morning. The monarchs and ministers of Wei State agreed to send Prime Minister Gongshu Zuo to lead the Wei army with 10,000 soldiers, 30,000 cangtou troops, 2,000 cavalry, 400 chariots, and 20,000 servants, a total of more than 70,000 people, to go north to attack Han and Zhao. coalition forces. At the same time, he sent General Pang Juan with 10,000 Wei soldiers, 20,000 attacking troops, 2,000 cavalry, 200 chariots, and 10,000 servants, a total of nearly 50,000 people, out of Taihang in the east, and directed his troops towards Zhao. List people, fat city. For a time, the Central Plains was once again caught in the flames of war and was in turmoil. ?¡­ ?A few days later. In the Taihang Mountains, a large number of Wei troops marched on the official road leading to Yecheng with their famous Fu caliber. ??Here, it is only more than a hundred miles away from Yecheng, and less than three hundred miles away from Liren and Feiyi. Although the war is imminent, Pang Juan's ambition is not very high. The day before yesterday, the proud look on the uncle's seat in the court hall made him still feel bad. In Pang Juan¡¯s opinion, what¡¯s so great about your father-in-law position is that you have seniority! ? "When a man is alive, what nonsense is his ability compared to his qualifications?" If you are really capable, then it will be better than comparing your military exploits. Pang Juan was determined to capture Liren and Feiyi this time, and he must do it beautifully and neatly, and he must not let his uncle compete with him. Thinking of this, Pang Juan finally became a little more interested. "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a red flag messenger from the front rushed over and dismounted: "General, urgent military information." "Say." "Report according to details, Zhao Guo heard that our army is going to attack Liren and Fei The army is mobilizing to assist the two cities. ""Great!" Pang Juan was not worried but happy when he heard this. In his opinion, simply conquering two small towns with only three to five thousand people garrisoned is not considered a skill at all. Now, if Zhao Jun wants reinforcements, that would be the best thing to do. This is simply because they are afraid that his contribution will be small, so they will give him the credit. For a moment, Pang Juan asked anxiously: "Do you know how many reinforcements there are? Who is leading the troops?" "Back to the general," the messenger said hurriedly: "There are about 50,000 reinforcements, and the leader is Zhao's general Bi. "Li Jing?" Pang Juan heard this, but he had never heard of it before and asked hurriedly: "Who is this?" The messenger said: "Come back to the general, this Li Jing is in his twenties and comes from a famous family in the State of Zhao - Handan." Li Shi, it is said, often thinks of himself as a good general. He is arrogant and has a strong family background. However, he has won the trust of Marquis Zhao. "Self-proclaimed as a good general?" Pang Juan didn't dare to be careless and asked, "What's the record of this man?" The messenger said: "I haven't heard of any record. This man has been serving in the Zhao Kingdom's Forbidden Army. This time I heard that he took the initiative to join the army, so he was named "General Pi, commanding the three armies." Hearing this, Pang Juan couldn't help but sneer in his heart: How dare you call yourself a good general with no achievements! ? In his opinion, Li Jing's behavior was that of a typical rich boy - not very capable, but always looking above his head and being arrogant. However, the more incompetent the enemy is, the better news it is for the Wei army. "Very good. Where are the enemy's reinforcements now?" "They should have left Handan. They will arrive at Liren and Feiyi in two days." "I understand. You can go down and rest." Pang Juan waved his hand and began to think about it in his mind. . Zhao Guo¡¯s reinforcements arrived at Lieren and Feiyi two days later. The Wei army needed four days. In this way, Zhao Jun will have the advantage of waiting for work. If he continues to defend the city, Wei Jun will be in trouble. The casualties of sieges are always very high. What¡¯s more, Zhao Jun still has a comparative advantage in terms of numbers. It seems that the best way is to lure the enemy out of the city to fight in the wild. This way, winning will be much easier. Having made up his mind, Pang Juan marched with peace of mind and went straight to Liren and Feiyi. ?¡­ ?Four days later. Outside Feiyi City, the Wei army was camped ten miles away from the city. Under the setting sun, a large number of Wei soldiers were squirming like ants, busy. Thirty miles northeast of Feiyi, Lieren City faces it far away, forming horns with each other. "Report¡ª¡ª" Just when Pang Juan was supervising the encampment of the army, and at the same time, he was alert to Zhao Jun's sneak attack, a Pegasus came to report. "What's the military situation?" Pang Juan was startled and asked quickly. "Go back to the general," Ku Kun said hurriedly: "I waited for the surrounding sentries and captured a spy. He claimed to be the messenger sent by Zhao General Li Jing. Please make a decision." "Oh?" Pang Juan was a little surprised, he thought he was It was Zhao Jun who wanted to sneak out of the city and defeat him, but he didn't know what Li Jing's intention was when he sent someone here? After thinking about it,"Bring the person here, I want to see him." "No." Pegasus flew away. Not long after, several rebellious Pegasus escorted a young scribe in Tsing Yi to the front and dismounted one after another. "General, we have brought you here." "Very good." Pang Juan nodded, looked at the Tsing Yi scribe, and said calmly: "Did Li Jing send you here?" "Not bad." The Tsing Yi scribe said politely, "Your Excellency It's General Pang Pang, whose name I have admired for a long time. My general has a letter of war, and I have specially ordered this person to hand it over to General Pang Pang. " He said and took out a silk letter. A declaration of war? Pang Juan took it in surprise and unfolded it to look at it. Then I saw Li Jing writing in his letter: He had heard about Pang Juan's disciple in Guigu for a long time, and he was honored to be able to meet him on the battlefield today. Pang Juan is specially invited to fight outside the city tomorrow morning to determine the male and female. After reading this letter, Pang Juan was a little confused. After all, the Wei army had dominated the world for many years, and he was worried that Li Jing would choose to go on the defensive and not dare to fight easily. But they didn't arrive. They didn't take him and Wei Jun seriously at all, and actually invited a fight. Pang Juan couldn¡¯t imagine where Li Jing¡¯s confidence came from. It's incredibly stupid. Even though he is a child of a wealthy family, it is strange for him to be so ignorant and arrogant. However, if the enemy wanted to give him a big gift, Pang Juan would naturally not refuse. He immediately smiled lightly and said, "Very good. Please reply to your general. Tomorrow morning, I will lead my army to greet you outside the city for a showdown." "With that, I'll take my leave, little man." The scribe in green bowed respectfully and was led away by Cui Huan. "Wei Zheng." Pang Juan turned his head. "General." Wei Zheng, who was on alert, hurriedly stepped forward to stand by. "Immediately send someone to summon generals above the rank of Lieutenant Commander to come to the Central Army to see me." After Pang Juan finished speaking, he strode away. "No." Wei Zheng quickly arranged for a few people to deliver the order, and then quickly followed Pang Juan. Not long after, the generals came to the central army one after another. "General." After the generals saw the ceremony one by one, they stood aside. After nearly a year of getting along with each other, everyone still admires Pang Juan. This young general not only has superb martial arts skills, but also has a rigorous military management attitude and excellent military training skills. More importantly, Pang Juan is not only strict with others, but also strict with himself. On weekdays, Pang Juan never drinks alcohol. Even during festivals when the whole army drinks freely, he only tastes it lightly and never gets drunk excessively. In terms of clothing, Pang Juan is also very simple and never wears gorgeous clothes. In terms of diet, Pang Juan is not like other generals who eat meat and eat food without food. Instead, he shares the joys and sorrows with the soldiers and eats the same food, which is never special. In training, Pang Juan also leads by example and never slacks off. Even during this year, Pang Juan never left the military camp without official duties, truly making the military his home. As for looking for flowers and willows, Pang Juan is not even interested. ¡­ In addition to being strict with himself, Pang Juan paid more attention to building military morale. Wei Ying usually gave Pang Juan a lot of property and land, and he also gave most of them to his soldiers. Every soldier whose family is in difficulty, as long as Pang Juan knows about it, he will help him with all his money. So, after one year, the majestic general had no money left. And every soldier Pang Juan asked his name, he would clearly recognize the general even if they were several months apart. When patrolling the camp at night, he would tuck every soldier into a quilt. When soldiers were injured or sick, Pang Juan often took care of them with his own hands and never cared about pus, blood or filth. ¡­ Pang Juan¡¯s wholehearted dedication was not in vain. In today's Wei army, I dare not say that everyone among the generals is convinced by Pang Juan. However, among the soldiers, Pang Juan has gained sincere support and high prestige. After glancing at the generals, Pang Juan elaborated on the fact that Zhao Jun came to declare a battle, and then said in a deep voice: "This general wants to use his plan to annihilate the main force of Zhao Jun in the wild. Therefore, I have agreed to Zhao Jun's decisive battle tomorrow morning. No. Do you know what you think?" "Isn't it true? This Li Jing is so stupid that he dares to fight with us in the wild?" "Isn't there any conspiracy? Our army has suffered several defeats, so some people no longer take our Wei army seriously." "Damn it, this little Li Jing dares to look down on us like this.""nbsp; For a time, the generals were talking a lot, but everyone looked angry at Zhao Jun's contempt. Once upon a time, the Wei army that dominated the world would be looked down upon so much! ? This is simply a shame for Wei people! "General," Guo Wei Cuan Xiang, who was accompanying the army on the expedition, came out and said fiercely, "At the end of tomorrow, I will invite the generals to be the vanguard and fight to the death against the Zhao army. If we don't win, we will be willing to serve as military commanders." "General," he also accompanied the army. Li Yu also took the initiative to invite him and said: "General, I would like to lead the chariots and soldiers as the vanguard to give Li Jing a taste of his power." "General, when it comes to charging into the battle and being invincible, it depends on our Wei soldiers." For a time, all the generals asked for battle one after another, and their morale was very high. Apparently, they were all angered by Li Jing's arrogance. Pang Juan smiled noncommittally: "It seems that everyone agrees to go to war?" "Of course." The generals almost said in unison, the enemy was slapped naked in the face, and he couldn't bear it if he was a man. What's more, the enemy took the initiative to ask for a field battle, eliminating the trouble of siege, which was even better. "Okay." Pang Juan stood up and said sternly: "The whole army will go out to fight tomorrow and we will defeat the enemy in one fell swoop. We want to show the world that our Wei army has not declined. It is still an invincible army!" "Invincible! Invincible!" There was a roar in the tent. "Then let's all disperse. Tomorrow's decisive battle will decide who will be the vanguard and who will be the rear." "Promise." The generals took the order and retreated, all gearing up, hoping to win. Yixue will be humiliated in tomorrow's battle. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 108: Unstoppable (Part 1) The next day, morning. "Woo¡ª¡ª" Amid the desolate and majestic horn sounds, a large number of Zhao troops marched out from Feiyi City and began to form an array outside the city. The State of Zhao is still a state of fire and wood. Therefore, Zhao Jun¡¯s flag and clothing are a bit weird. They are actually 70% red and 30% blue. Looking from a distance, the appearance of this army is incomparable with the red color of the Wei army. Soon, about 40,000 Zhao soldiers formed a formation outside the city. Zhao Jun's left and right wings each have 5,000 light armored infantry. The central square formation has 10,000 heavy armored infantry in the front, 15,000 unarmored infantry in the rear, and a hundred chariots and light cavalry in the rear. About two thousand people. This formation was quite satisfactory during the Warring States Period. The essence is: focus on the two wings, focus on breakthrough in the center, and once the enemy is defeated, pursue it with chariots and cavalry to expand the results. But when Zhao Jun's formation was completed, in the distance, there was still no movement in Wei Jun's camp. Seeing this, in front of Zhao Jun's formation, a young general in his early twenties with gorgeous armor couldn't help but feel contempt. He looked around and said disdainfully: "Isn't this Wei Jun afraid of this general and doesn't dare to fight? " Undoubtedly, this is the Zhao general Li Jing who has the same name as the military god of the Tang Dynasty in later generations. "Eighty percent yes." A state lieutenant joked with a smile: "The Wei army is no better than in the past. It has been defeated repeatedly. For example, the year before last, the Qin army was defeated by the Qin army at Shimen, with a loss of 60,000 soldiers. If it weren't for our Zhao country, For the sake of the three Jins coming from the same origin, I am afraid that even Anyi will be taken away by the Qin army. How dare Pang Juan Huangkou compare with General Li's power. , There are some who are trembling and dare not go out to fight. " Li Jing was so flattered that he said: "That's a pity. Guiguzi is famous all over the world. I thought his disciple would be capable, but he didn't think so. It¡¯s disappointing that this person is so pussy.¡± For a moment, Li Jing was really high-spirited, as if his power had reached a transcendent level that would scare all countries. ¡°Woo¡ª¡ª¡± Just when Li Jing was majesticly preparing to withdraw his troops, the sound of horns suddenly sounded in the usual Wei army camp. "Hey, Wei Jun dared to come out?" Li Jing and other Zhao generals were a little stunned. Looking from a distance, I saw the camp gate was wide open, and a large number of Wei troops came out in a mighty manner and formed an array outside the camp. "Well done." Li Jing was overjoyed and smiled at the generals: "It seems that Pang Juan still has some courage. Otherwise, bullying a timid pustule, even if he wins, would be boring." "Li The general is right. Just like a cat playing with a mouse, the mouse has to resist to get a good meal. "Haha, you are right. This Pang Juan wants to die, of course we must help him." It is a proud boast and clamor. Soon, I saw that Wei Jun also quickly formed a formation, but it was completely different from Zhao Jun's formation. Ten thousand of Wei's most elite soldiers were divided into left and right wings. Twenty thousand "Fighting Army", this kind of unarmored infantry, is located in the center. The rear team consists of 200 chariots and 2,000 cavalry. When Li Jing saw it, he laughed: "This formation is simply laughable. This Pang Juan actually has 20,000 'strength troops' as the main force of the central government. How can these scumbag soldiers stop our central government's hundreds of gold men?" "A powerful attack? If it were Wei Wu soldiers, I might be able to withstand one or two." "General Li is right. It seems that this Pang Juan is just an illusion." "It goes without saying that we will defeat the Wei army today." The generals of the Zhao army were also very high-spirited, as if they were sure of victory without having to fight. What is a ¡®man of one hundred gold¡¯? They are the heavy armored infantry of Zhao State. Since the Wei State established the "Martial Soldiers" and spread them all over the world, all countries have envied them and imitated them one after another. Zhao Guo also selected elite men to form heavy armored infantry. Because every heavy armored infantryman will be given a hundred gold reward, this army is also called the "Hundred Gold Soldier". Since ancient times, there have been many heroes in Yan and Zhao, and the folk customs have been very tough. Therefore, it is conceivable that these "people of a hundred golds" must also be very elite. However, after all, Zhao State does not have a famous general like Wu Qi. Compared with Wei Wu soldiers, the "man of a hundred golds" may not be inferior in personal martial arts, but in terms of overall cooperation and strict military discipline, he is far behind. Therefore, for many years, the "man of a hundred golds" has been suppressed to death by the soldiers of Wei Wu. However, with the civil strife in Wei, the military soldiers of Wei gradually declined and withered, and even became quiteHe suffered several defeats. In recent years, the Zhao army has defeated Qin and Wei in the west, and attacked Wei and Qi in the south, fighting repeatedly. In these battles, the ¡®Man of Hundreds of Gold¡¯ was naturally the absolute main force, and for a time he was powerful in the world. Therefore, it seemed that the "Senior of Hundreds of Gold" had the potential to replace Wei Wuzu and become the most powerful army in the world. Because of this, it is not surprising that the Zhao army was so arrogant when facing the Wei army. In front of the Wei army formation, Pang Juan looked across the way and saw that Li Jing, who was surrounded by thousands of people and looked arrogant, could tell at a glance. Pang Juan sneered in his heart. Since Zhao Jun was arrogant, he deliberately left the camp late to make Zhao Jun think Wei Jun was timid and make him more arrogant. Now it seems that the effect is quite good. In contrast, after one year of his training, the Wei army, especially the Wei soldiers, had already regained its former glory. When the two armies fight, Pang Juan believes that Zhao Jun will be very 'surprised'. "Go." Pang Juan rushed to his side and pursed his lips. Immediately, a soldier flew forward, rushed towards the Zhao army, reined his horse in the center of the two formations, and said loudly: "Zhao Jun, listen, our Wei army has accepted the battle as promised. Today, the two armies will fight on the battlefield." Male and female." After saying this, he drew his horse and returned. Pang Juan also waved his hand and led Wei Zheng and others back to the rear of the formation. "Hmph!" Hearing this, Li Jing seemed to feel that his dignity had been insulted, and sneered: "Since Pang Juan wants to die quickly, I will help him. Everyone returns to his position, beats the drums to attack, and beats the Wei army." "Defeat the Wei army." All the Zhao generals raised their arms and shouted, and returned to their positions one after another. Li Jing also turned his horse proudly and returned to the rear. "Boom" In an instant, almost at the same time, the war drums of the Wei and Zhao armies began to beat, and the two huge military formations quickly started to approach each other. The battle is about to break out. In the blink of an eye, the two armies were more than two hundred steps apart, and the Wei army stopped first. The Wei soldiers on both wings took off their crossbows and sat on the ground to string them. In the world, only Wei Wuzu can fire a three-stone crossbow. If you don't know how to use this advantage in long-range firepower, you won't be Pang Juan. "Damn it!" Li Jing was stunned when he saw this. Although it was his first time in actual combat, he still knew some of Wei Wuzu's offensive routines. However, just because you know something, it doesn¡¯t mean it can be solved. Like the soldiers of the Wei Dynasty, the "Scholar of Hundreds of Gold" is also equipped with a powerful crossbow, but the power of the bow is only two and a half stones, and the range is about 160 or 70 steps. Therefore, if there is a competition for long-range firepower, Zhao Jun will definitely suffer. "Command: Beware of arrows and get close to the enemy quickly." Li Jing quickly ordered that since long-range firepower was not advantageous, it would be better to engage in close combat. Immediately, the Zhao army increased their vigilance, and at the same time, they accelerated their pace and quickly approached the Wei army. In an instant, the two armies were one hundred and eighty steps closer. "Stand up and release!" After the ten thousand Wei warriors finished winding their strings, they all stood up and fired their arrows into the air at a 45-degree angle. "Whoosh whoosh" In an instant, two huge black carpets seemed to be woven in the sky, emitting a soul-stirring and terrifying scream, overwhelming Zhao Jun. "Defense¡ª¡ª" A hoarse roar rang out from Zhao Jun's formation. In fact, no need to be reminded at all, the Zhao army officers and soldiers within the shooting range raised their shields one after another. Of course, if you don¡¯t have a shield, you can only pray that you are lucky enough. "Grab, snatch, snatch" In an instant, arrows rained down, hitting the shield one after another. For a while, the sound of nails like violent beans was continuous. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? There are also many screams made by the unlucky ghosts who were hit by the rain of arrows. Soon, a round of rain fell, and at least nearly two thousand Zhao soldiers were hit by arrows and lay in a pool of blood, struggling for help. However, the casualties of Zhao Jun were basically light armored infantry on both wings. This is also the main target of Wei Wu soldiers' crossbow attack. As for Zhao Jun's "Soldiers of a Hundred Gold", not only were they equipped with strong shields, but they also wore three layers of leather armor. With such powerful protection, even powerful crossbows were powerless. Therefore, Wei Wuzu did not want to waste energy. . "Damn it!" Seeing that Wei Jun shamelessly used powerful long-range firepower to attack his weak wings, causing many casualties, Li Jing was filled with hatred. However, he also knew that now was not the time to get entangled, so he said sternly: "Send the order: Ignore the casualties, rush forward quickly, and engage in close combat with the Wei army. ""Boom" Suddenly, the Zhao army's war drums became more and more urgent, and the Zhao army sped up, quickly closing the distance with the Wei army. For a time, Zhao Jun's approach was so fast that heThis caused Wei Wuzu to lose the chance to shoot another round. When Pang Juan saw this, he was a little surprised: This Li Jing is a little clever, and he is not hopelessly stupid. "However, he was born with extremely sharp battlefield reflexes and responded quickly. "Order: abandon the crossbows on both wings, take the initiative to attack, and defeat the enemy's wings within two quarters of an hour, and then attack the enemy's center." "Promise." A soldier flew to convey the order. "Another order: Tell Cuan Xiang that no matter how big the casualties are, he will stay rooted to the spot and not take a step back. If he disobeys the order, he will raise his head and come to see you." "Promise." Another cavalry soldier galloped away. Soon, the Wei army moved as ordered. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± Ten thousand Wei warriors on both wings abandoned their crossbows, held shields and guns, and rushed towards the two wings of Zhao army with deafening shouts of killing. At the same time, the central government's 20,000-strong "Strike Army" also moved immediately. "Bows and crossbowmen are ready, and they will fire in unison." Following Cuan Xiang's order, the six thousand bowmen and crossbowmen attached to the "Fighting Army" fired arrows one after another. "Whoosh" In an instant, thousands of arrows formed a dense rain of arrows, heading straight towards Zhao's 'man of a hundred golds' who had already rushed forward. However, the ¡®Man of Hundreds of Gold¡¯, with his heavy armor and strong shield, had no fear at all. He only charged with murderous intent, preparing to defeat Wei¡¯s central army in one fell swoop with thunderous momentum. Text Chapter 109: Unstoppable (Part 2) "Grab, snatch, snatch" In an instant, arrows rained down, and as expected, they were helplessly blocked by the heavy armor and shield of the 'Man of 100 Gold', except for a few unlucky ones who were shot in the vital gate, toes, etc. Outside of the ghosts, casualties were minimal. However, Cuan Xiang¡¯s rain of arrows did not intend to kill many ¡®men with a hundred gold¡¯. He just wanted to harass the enemy. It would be better if he could disrupt the opponent's formation and buy some time. However, to Cuan Xiang¡¯s disappointment, the powerful ¡®Man of Hundreds of Gold¡¯ was only slightly confused, and then immediately reorganized their formation and charged forward. In the blink of an eye, they were less than thirty steps away. ¡°This ¡®man of hundreds of gold¡¯ from the Zhao State is indeed no ordinary strong soldier. Cuan Xiang knew that today, he would not be able to escape a bloody battle. However, he was always war-loving and extremely fierce, and he was not afraid of anything. He gave a stern order: "The bow and crossbowmen retreated and fired to intercept the enemy. The rest of the soldiers fought hard to the death. Anyone who dares to take a step back will be killed!" Immediately, The 20,000 "Fighting Army" moved according to the order. Six thousand bowmen and crossbowmen quickly retreated from the cracked passage to the rear of the formation, using projectiles to intercept and harass the enemy's rear troops. The rest of the Wei army formed seven formations in an instant. In each formation, there are five hundred sword and shield soldiers in the front, one thousand sword soldiers behind them, and five hundred halberd soldiers at the back, waiting in strict formation. In the blink of an eye, the wings of the two armies clashed first. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± Where the shouts of killing soared to the sky, ten thousand Wei soldiers rushed up like wolves and tigers, with long halberds like a forest, stabbing at Zhao Jun. Zhao Jun¡¯s two wings are all light infantry. Its equipment and combat power are quite similar to those of Wei's Cangtou Army, but it is undoubtedly far inferior to Wei's soldiers. What¡¯s worse is that the two wings of the Zhao army do not have an advantage in strength. There used to be 10,000 people, but they were shot by Wei soldiers, and now there are only 8,000 people left. Then, the outcome of this confrontation can be imagined - in just one encounter, the thousand sword and shield soldiers at the forefront of the Zhao army were ruthlessly crushed into powder by the Wei soldiers. Zhao Jun¡¯s thin shield was as fragile as paper in front of Wei Wuzu¡¯s violent Ge Feng. Often when a Wei soldier strikes with a strike, the Zhao army's sword and shield soldiers will have their shields shattered and people killed, leaving them completely unable to fight back. In the blink of an eye, a large number of Wei soldiers were like wild beasts, stepping over the messy Zhao army corpses and crushing forward. When Zhao Jun saw him behind him, he was so frightened that he lost his mind. Didn¡¯t it mean that Wei Wuzu was no longer what he used to be? Why was it that when we saw him today, he was so fierce and terrifying! Although the two were trembling, the military orders were so strong that no one dared to escape for a while. They could only step forward to intercept them under the coercion of the generals. However, Wei Wuzu remembered Pang Juan's strict order to defeat the enemy within two quarters of an hour. He rushed forward desperately, his eyes were blood red, as if he was going berserk, and the Zhao army was retreating steadily. How could he cry for his father and mother? Remarkable. But in the center of the two armies, there was another scene. With 10,000 "Senior Men of a Hundred Gold" as the lead and 10,000 unarmored infantry as the rear, the Zhao army launched a fierce attack on the Wei army. In this first confrontation, the Wei army was completely defeated. Just as the two wings of the Zhao army could not stop the soldiers of Wei, the 'Fengsui Army' could not stop the 'Men of Hundreds of Gold'. In just one round, all the five hundred sword and shield soldiers in the first formation were killed. However, the blood of their companions did not frighten the 'Fighting Army'. The remaining soldiers and halberd soldiers still rushed forward regardless of their own safety to intercept the 'Man of Hundreds of Gold'. Unfortunately, the 'Men of Hundreds of Gold' are all hidden behind heavy armor and strong shields, and their personal martial arts skills are not comparable to that of the 'Fighting Army'. Therefore, the bravery of the 'Fighting Army' can only be exchanged for more enemies. Crazy killing. In just half a cup of tea, all the two thousand Wei soldiers in the first line were killed. Corpses covered the ground, and blood gathered into streams. However, no one in the Wei army turned around and fled. These two thousand warriors defended the honor of the military with their lives. During this year, Pang Juan brought discipline, honor and courage back to the declining Wei army. This tragic scene made Cuan Xiang's eyes bloodshot, and he hissed: "For the second formation, come with me and stop Zhao Jun to the death. Kill¡ª¡ª" He waved a two-handed heavy sword and rushed forward crazily. "Kill¡ª¡ª" The second formation of two thousand Wei troops also rushed forward without fear. The heroic sacrifice of their companions made their blood boil and they gave up life and death. "Use the mantis' arm as a chariot, and the mayfly shake the tree, kill them all." The bravery of the Wei army angered the Zhao army. With an order, 10,000 "men with a hundred golds" ruthlessly crushed them in, and once again launched a crazy killing spree.   "Kill¡ª¡ª" "Kill¡ª¡ª" Cuan Xiang rushed left and right in the Zhao army formation crazily. Every time the heavy sword in his hand fell, whether it was the strong shield of the 'Man of Hundreds of Gold' or the heavy Armor, all shattered into pieces, killing dozens of people in an instant. " However, the 'man with a hundred gold' is not so easy to kill. In just a moment, Cuan Xiang was injured in at least three places, and the places where blood spurted out looked like a bloody man. What¡¯s even worse is that looking around, nearly all of the two thousand Wei troops in the second formation were killed. But even if the "Fenshi Army" risked their lives to snipe, the casualties of Zhao Jun's "Man of Hundreds of Gold" would be minimal. Wei Jun really traded his life for time. ¡°Kill¡ª¡ª¡± Seeing that almost everyone in the second formation was killed, the two thousand Wei troops in the third formation also rushed forward without hesitation. "Kill -" Cuan Xiang roared crazily: "Stand back Zhao Jun, whoever retreats will die!" Holding a heavy sword, he risked his life and fought in a bloody battle. The Wei troops were also angered and courageous by Cuan Xiang's bravery and fearless death, and they all rushed to kill him with red eyes. Even though moths were drawn to the flame, even though there were heavy casualties, no one took a step back. "These Zhao Jun are crazy!" "Are they really not afraid of death?" Wei Jun's bravery and fearlessness shocked Zhao Jun, and even the "man of a hundred golds" was a little angry. Seeing that the third formation of the Wei army also suffered almost all casualties, Wei Zheng saw this behind the formation and was very intolerable. He said in a trembling voice: "General, it's too tragic. How about we send some reinforcements? General Cuan is really in trouble." "No." Pang Juan flatly refused and said coldly: "The responsibility of the 'Fighting Army' is to stay firmly in the center and not to take a step back. There are no reinforcements. The rear troops have other uses." " Seeing the heavy casualties of the 'Fighting Army', Pang Juan actually felt uncomfortable. These Wei troops are all his hard work over the past year. However, as the saying goes, "Kindness does not command troops", on the battlefield, a general must take into account the overall situation. Even though Pang Juan loved his soldiers as much as his son, he had to make ruthless sacrifices locally for the sake of overall victory. When Wei Zheng heard this, his heart was as sharp as a knife, but he could only watch helplessly. at the same time. Pang Juan was confused, but Li Jing was furious. Although the main force of the Zhao army, the "Soldiers of Hundreds of Gold", was victorious all the way, they were tightly entangled by Wei's "Fighting Army" and were unable to break through the center. But Zhao Jun¡¯s two wings are in very bad shape. Under the crazy attack of 10,000 Wei soldiers, the two wings of the Zhao army were in danger and were about to be unable to hold up. The situation is undoubtedly somewhat unfavorable to Zhao Jun. The battle fought like this is undoubtedly completely different from the overwhelming and invincible situation that Li Jing thought beforehand. The combat effectiveness and courage of the Wei army greatly exceeded Li Jing's expectations. "Damn it!" Li Jing looked a little hysterical: "Are these Wei soldiers crazy? Why are they so unafraid of death?" "General," at this time, two messengers rushed over on horseback and panted: "The two wings are asking for reinforcements. They are I can¡¯t stand it any longer.¡± ¡°General, make a decision quickly.¡± "Order: Two thousand cavalry, reinforce the left wing, and a hundred chariots, reinforce the right wing. You must resist me." "Yes, general." The two messengers took the order arrows and rushed to deliver the order. "Also," Li Jing roared suddenly: "Send someone to tell Qin Long that I will give him another quarter of an hour. If he can't break through the enemy's formation again, I will bring him to see him." A military officer is also a national captain. "Promise." Another messenger heard the words and flew away. On the battlefield, Zhao Jun began a new round of mobilization. Two thousand cavalry and one hundred chariots in reserve began to reinforce the two wings. "Can you finally bear it no longer?" Pang Juan stood on a chariot, looking down at this scene, and couldn't help but sneer. He had been waiting for this moment for a long time. "Command: The rear team will attack, send equal strength, and intercept the enemy's cavalry and chariots." "Promise." A messenger flew away. In an instant, the rear of the Wei army, which had been waiting for a long time, also moved. One hundred chariots and two thousand cavalry quickly attacked and killed their opponents. On the battlefield, the Zhao army¡¯s cavalry and chariot soldiers had just arrived at the periphery of the battlefield on both wings, and were about to launch a surprise attack on the flanks and rear of the Wei soldiers. Where the iron hoofs rumbled and the wheels rolled, the Wei army¡¯s colleagues were already rushing towards them in a menacing manner.   In order not to expose their flanks and rear to their opponents and incur disaster, Zhao's cavalry and chariots were forced to give up their attempts to reinforce the two wings, and turned the entire army to kill their Wei counterparts who had not been kind to them. Soon, the cavalry and chariots from both sides met. For a moment, there was a wild dance of swords and spears, arrows flying randomly, the scream of war horses, and the sound of shattering chariots. ¡­ ¡­ When Pang Juan saw this, he was overjoyed. The time to deal the final blow to the enemy had finally arrived. "Send the order: Let Li Yu lead the last hundred chariots to attack and seize the enemy's center. Don't let Li Jing get away." Pang Juan heard from Sun Bin that this move has a very prestigious name of "decapitation tactic". "Nuo." The soldiers were ordered to fly away. Soon, Li Yu, who had been waiting impatiently for a long time, shouted: "Soldiers, the enemy is defeated now, kill!" "Kill¡ª¡ª" Amidst the thunderous shouts of killing, hundreds of military vehicles were used as beheading troops. Attacking quickly, bypassing the chaotic main battlefield, like a sharp dagger, it penetrated directly into the Zhao army's rear array. In the rear formation of the Zhao army, a soldier standing on the chariot watchtower saw this unexpected force with malicious intentions and hurriedly reported to Li Jing: "General Li, something bad has happened. A Zhao army chariot is coming towards us." "What? !?" Li Jing was shocked and quickly boarded the chariot. When he saw it, he was immediately stunned. On the chaotic battlefield, a strange army with hundreds of military chariots rolled up smoke and dust in the sky, and they were running towards them with great momentum. In the blink of an eye, they were only three or four hundred steps away from them. This distance is only a matter of seconds for the powerful chariot soldiers. Li Jing was dumbfounded. You must know that now, except for the more than a hundred soldiers around him, all his troops have been sent to the battlefield. This, this is what to do! ? While Li Jing scolded his opponent for being despicable, he also panicked: "Quickly, send the order: Let Guo Meng lead the army to come back for reinforcements." Guo Mengzhe, Zhao Junguowei, commanded the unarmored infantry of 15,000 people in the central phalanx. It has to be said that in panic, Li Jing made a completely bad move. Let¡¯s put it this way, on the battlefield of a fierce battle, the two armies are fighting hand-to-hand. If you suddenly order one army to retreat, you can imagine what kind of disastrous consequences this will cause. Immediately, a Zhao Jun messenger rushed to ask for help. However, Li Yu's chariots and soldiers came so fast, like an arrow leaving the string, they were only a hundred steps away from Li Jing in an instant. "General, it's too late to wait for reinforcements. You leave quickly, we will stop the Wei army." When the leader of Li Jing's personal guard saw that something was not going well, he was immediately horrified. Li Jing was also scared to death. Hearing this, he hurriedly agreed. He was helped onto his horse by his guards and fled with a dozen people. The leader of the personal guard led the remaining hundreds of people and rushed towards the overwhelming chariots of the Wei army. When Li Yu saw this, he sneered in his heart, and the horn blew on the chariot. In an instant, hundreds of chariots fired arrows like rain at Li Jing's personal guards who were blocking them. Amidst a burst of miserable howls, nearly half of them fell off their horses. Immediately, hundreds of chariots rolled over with force, and the conical blades inlaid on the wheels rotated violently, making a roar of death. The remaining Li Jing guards were either torn into pieces by the chariot's sharp blades, or died from the flying swords and halberds. In the blink of an eye, where hundreds of chariots passed by, more than a hundred of Li Jing's personal guards had suffered all casualties, and they did not cause even the slightest trouble to Li Yu. "Chase, don't let the enemy general escape." Li Yu was high-spirited and led his chariot in hot pursuit. After the Wei army formed, Pang Juan saw it on the chariot and was overjoyed: We won! He quickly said: "Quick, let the whole army shout: The enemy general has escaped, Zhao Jun has been defeated!" "No." A dozen soldiers flew away on horseback, shouting: "The enemy general has escaped, Zhao Jun has been defeated!" "The enemy generals have fled and the Zhao army has been defeated." For a time, the Wei army's shouts shook the sky and the earth, their morale was greatly boosted, and their attacks and defenses became more fierce and tenacious. Zhao Jun is just the opposite. After hearing Wei Jun¡¯s shouting, all the Zhao troops who were fighting fiercely turned back, and sure enough, Li Jing¡¯s banner was gone. At this time, all the Zhao soldiers panicked: Where is General Li? Could it be that he really escaped? Why did you lose suddenly? At this time, the 15,000 unarmored infantrymen of the Zhao Army behind the "Senior Man of a Hundred Golds" had just received Li Jing's general order. They did not dare to neglect and immediately turned around to prepare to rescue Li Jing. However, their move was misunderstood by the rest of the Zhao army: "Oh no, General Guo and the others have already withdrawn. We have lost, we have lost, let's escape quickly." For a while, they were only at a slight disadvantage. Zhao Jun suddenlyIt collapsed. The wave of collapse first started from the two wings that Zhao Jun was struggling to support. When the liberated Wei soldiers attacked the center with a thunderous force, Zhao Jun, who was already panicking, ushered in a complete collapse. Even the elite ¡®Men of Hundreds of Gold¡¯ were not spared and retreated all the way. After several years of frustration, the Wei army finally felt proud and proud, and immediately began a fierce pursuit. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 110 Sun Bin goes down the mountain midsummer. Early in the morning, the sun rises. By the bamboo forest, brothers Sun Bin and Mao Meng were doing their daily morning exercises. After years of tempering, their swordsmanship has become very exquisite, and the sword light dances like a dragon flying in the sky. "Brother, let's take a break." The day was too hot. Soon, Sun Bin was sweating profusely. He hurriedly called Mao Meng and stopped. "Okay." Although Mao Meng is light-hearted, he can't stand the hot weather. The two brothers picked up towels and were wiping their sweat when Guiguzi walked out of the cave and walked up quickly. "Teacher." When Sun Bin and others saw it, they hurriedly greeted him. "Bo Ling," Guiguzi walked up to Sun Bin, patted his shoulder gently, and said with some reluctance: "You have completed your studies, it's time to go down the mountain." Sun Bin was stunned. It turned out that in the blink of an eye, he was there It has been almost seven years since Guigu. Over the past seven years, Guiguzi has been not only a strict teacher, but also a loving father to Sun Bin. Of course he couldn't bear to part with him suddenly. "Teacher," Sun Bin said with some reluctance, "I can't bear to leave you. How about I stay with you for a few more days and leave later?" "Reluctant to give up." Gui Guzi said with a smile: "Besides, the country of Wei is in trouble now, and your senior brother Pang also needs your help." Sun Bin was surprised: "What happened to the country of Wei?" Gui Guzi looked solemn: "I was the teacher the day before. After leaving the valley, I heard that the Han and Zhao coalition forces came out of the prison and headed towards Anyi. When Sun Bin heard this, he frowned slightly and said, "If we only go this way, it's not a big concern. Senior Brother Pang can handle it. I'm afraid there will be some robbers." "Yes." Guiguzi also sighed: "Now is the time when Wei is at its weakest. This time Han and Zhao come to Fan, and I am afraid that other princes will take advantage of it. As a result, Wei's situation will be very difficult." After pondering for a moment: "Teacher, who do you think will take advantage of the situation?" Guiguzi thought for a while and said: "The only countries around Wei that are likely to send troops are Qin, Chu and Qi. Among them, Qin has suffered the longest from Wei. The deepest, and Qin Gong Yinglian was very ambitious. Since he came to the throne, he had mobilized his troops to strengthen the country and attacked Wei repeatedly in an attempt to regain Hexi. The year before last, Yinglian led his army to defeat the Wei army at Shimen, beheading more than 60,000 people. If it were not for Zhao Guo's rescue. Wei, I'm afraid, has already regained Hexi. This time, Han and Zhao are attacking Wei, and the three Jins are at odds with each other. Qin will probably not miss this God-given opportunity. However, Qi has always been rich and has no ambitions, and Qi Hou Tianwu is old. I'm afraid I won't get involved in this troubled situation. It's hard to say that Chu State has always been full of greed for land. However, Chu State is greedy and timid. Moreover, in recent years, there has been some unrest in the country. Therefore, even if we send out troops, I'm afraid it won't be very large. This is just a problem of scabies and has nothing to do with the overall situation." Sun Bin nodded and said, "What the teacher said is the same as what the disciples thought. Qi and Chu are not worried. Only Qin. That Yinglian is not an ordinary person. If he seizes the opportunity of the feud between the three Jins and invades the whole country, it will be really difficult for Wei to deal with it. " Sun Bin recalled that in history, Qin really sent troops this time. It is the army that conquers the country. In the early days, the Qin army was indeed victorious and even captured the prime minister of Wei, Gong Shuzuo. The state of Wei was in danger for a while. However, when the Qin army faced Pang Juan, an unparalleled brilliant general, the Qin army was doomed to tragedy. After a great battle, Pang Juan defeated the strong with the weak. The main force of the Qin army was gone, and even Yinglian was hit by poisoned arrows. He died soon after, and the whole country was dejected. And Pang Juan also stepped on the bones of the Qin army, became famous in one battle, and shocked the world. Thinking of this, Sun Bin was convinced that as long as nothing unexpected happened, Pang Juan would definitely be safe. However, Guiguzi didn't have Sun Bin's ability to predict the unknown, so he was quite worried about Pang Juan, patted Sun Bin on the shoulder, and said worriedly: "So, your senior brother Pang needs your help very much, so you'd better go down the mountain as soon as possible. " "Yes, teacher." Sun Bin nodded in agreement. This lively scene of princes competing for hegemony was very rare, and he didn't want to miss it. "Then you pack up and go down the mountain tomorrow morning." Guiguzi ordered. ¡°Yes, teacher.¡± ¡­ There was no words for the whole night. The next day, morning, at the entrance of Guigu Valley. The heroic Sun Bin led a big green horse with simple luggage on its back, preparing to say goodbye. Guiguzi and Mao Meng naturally came to see each other off. "Teacher, senior brother, I'll see you off a thousand miles away, but you'll have to say goodbye eventually, so please stay." PartingEven so, Sun Bin's eyes were a little moist. "Okay, okay." Guiguzi was also quite reluctant to give up, and he also started to chatter rarely: "Now that the war is in chaos, you must be careful alone. If you encounter difficulties, report the name of your master and your father-in-law. "Don't be brave." "I understand, teacher." Sun Bin felt warm in his heart. "Also, when the situation is stable, hurry up and get married to Miss Yinyu. Don't make me wait any longer. I'm looking forward to drinking your wedding wine." Old Sun Bin blushed and smiled: "Don't worry, teacher. , I will definitely not miss this wedding wine for you.¡± ¡°Okay, okay,¡± Guiguzi said with a smile, ¡°It¡¯s best to have a fat boy as soon as possible, so that I can teach you something.¡± Sun Bin sweated: Teacher, It's too early for you to say this. Seeing the embarrassment on Sun Bin's face, Mao Meng coughed and came to the rescue: "Junior brother, the battlefield is dangerous, you must be careful." "Thank you, senior brother." Sun Bin bowed. Senior Brother Mao is cold on the outside and warm on the inside. Although he is a little lazy in temperament, he is still a very good person. "It's getting late then, you can get on your way." Mao Meng said. Sun Bin nodded, looked at Gui Guzi, and said to Mao Meng: "Senior brother, I will take my leave. From now on, you will be the only one beside the teacher, so I ask my senior brother to do his best to fulfill his filial piety for everyone." He said sternly: "Please rest assured, junior brother, I will take good care of the teacher." "In that case, teacher, senior brother, Bin said goodbye." "Take care along the way." Sun Bin mounted the horse, glanced at Guigu with nostalgia, and then rushed towards Guiguzi He clasped his fists with Mao Meng and rode away. ¡°Alas¡ª¡ª¡± Looking at Sun Bin¡¯s retreating background, Guiguzi suddenly sighed, with a worried look on his face. "Teacher, why are you sighing?" Mao Meng was stunned: "Is it possible that you are not optimistic about Junior Brother Sun's future prospects?" "No." Guiguzi shook his head: "Bo Ling, a genius in the world, once he enters the world, will definitely become famous all over the world and make history. Leave your name." "Then why is the teacher worried?" Mao Meng was very puzzled. Guiguzi smiled bitterly and said: "My teacher made a divination for Bo Ling last night and got eight words: when you get it at the right time, you don't get the owner." Mao Meng was stunned and said uneasily: "You mean -" "Yes" ," Gui Guzi nodded and sighed: "Bo Ling will be able to make great achievements at the right time, but it is a pity that he will not be able to find his master in this life. He is doomed to wander around and have a rough life. " " What a fate! Mao Meng suddenly felt a sense of powerlessness in his heart, and felt deeply sorry for Sun Bin. Text Chapter 111 The Qin Army Attacks Feiyi. In the lobby of the county government office, Pang Juan was sitting steadily on the throne of the county magistrate, with a proud look on his face. Li Yu and other generals stood on both sides, and everyone was in high spirits. Yesterday morning, the Wei army achieved a brilliant victory. While completely defeating the main force of the Zhao army, they also captured Feiyi along the way. What a surprise. After the war, check the results: In this battle, the Wei army annihilated a total of 23,000 Zhao soldiers, captured 29,000 people, and only more than a thousand escaped. Not only that, Li Jing, the general of the Zhao army, did not run away, but was captured alive by Li Yu. In this great victory, the price paid by the Wei army was more than 8,000 killed and more than 2,000 wounded. Although the casualties were a bit heavy, since ancient times, there is no way to kill three thousand enemies and suffer eight hundred losses. However, fortunately, most of the casualties of the Wei army came from the "Fighting Army". As the main force, Wei soldiers only suffered less than 300 casualties, and the losses were very minimal. This made Pang Juan heartbroken but also quite pleased. Over the past year, he has focused on training Wei Wuzu, and it has produced very good results. "Come here, bring Li Jing to me." Pang Juan, who had rested for a night, was in high spirits. "No. Take Zhao General Li Jing -" A burst of shouting came down, and after a while, several Wei soldiers came in escorting the dejected Li Jing. "Kneel down." Wei Jun was naturally not polite to the defeated general, and immediately forced Li Jing to kneel down. Li Jing really wants to cry but has no tears. ¡°One day ago, he was a famous family member and the commander-in-chief of the army, with unlimited glory, but who would have thought that he would become a prisoner in the blink of an eye. If there was a medicine for regret in the world, Li Jing would definitely not be stupid enough to fight Pang Juan again. In Li Jing¡¯s eyes, Pang Juan is simply an evil devil. He is experienced and calm in military affairs, and he is also extremely cunning and cunning. Since ancient times, battles on the battlefield have been fair and square battles. But Pang Juan actually carried out a sneak attack despicably, which made Li Jing depressed and a little dissatisfied with the defeat. "Are you Li Jing?" Pang Juan said calmly, his expression full of the arrogance of a winner. "So what?" Li Jingwu said angrily: "Pang Juan, you hurt someone with a secret arrow, what kind of hero are you?" Pang Juan couldn't laugh or cry: The two armies are fighting, and naturally they will do anything in order to win. You are too naive, why are you so weird? Others are cunning! ? He sneered and said: "Since ancient times, a successful king has lost a bandit. You don't even understand the principle that soldiers never tire of deceit. How can you lead soldiers?" Li Jing was speechless for a moment. Apart from being ashamed, he couldn't stand up anymore. "Tsk, tsk, is this guy stupid? Who stipulates that you can't make sneak attacks in a war?" "He is a fool to begin with. Otherwise, how could he dare to fight a decisive battle with our army?" "Haha, that's right." The generals listened to Pang Juan's sarcasm. , was also a burst of vicious ridicule, which made Li Jing's face turn red and white in embarrassment. "Okay." Pang Juan waved his hand to signal the generals to be quiet, looked at Li Jing, and said coldly: "Now, I will give you two ways: first, you are mighty and unyielding, and I will reluctantly give you everything. " Li Jing was shocked. He was still young and still had a great life. How could he be willing to die? He begged, "General Pang, spare your life. I am willing to let my family pay a large sum of money to redeem it. I hope that I will be the same in the three Jin Dynasties." For the sake of Lian Zhi, please forgive me. " During the Spring and Autumn Period and the Warring States Period, there was a custom of redeeming generals when they were captured. Of course, whether the enemies agree or not is another matter. Pang Juan refused: "We, the State of Wei, are not short of money. However, as long as you promise to do one thing for me, I can spare your life and let you go back." Li Jing's eyes lit up, but he used his toes. He also thought that this matter would definitely not be easy to handle, so he said cautiously: "Dare you ask General Pang, what is it?" "Simple." Pang Juan said lightly: "I heard that Li Rui, the guard general of Liren, is a member of your clan. How about asking General Li to write a letter and ask him to surrender the city? " Li Jing immediately grimaced: "I'm afraid this won't work. If this spreads, both Li Rui and I will be punished. It will harm the family." "Let's do that." Pang Juan seemed to take a step back: "I will send a large army to force Li Rui to leave the city, saying that 'the Wei army is too powerful to be defeated'. Is there no problem?" Li Jing thought for a while, this could be a prevarication, and I'm afraid he couldn't help but not answer.?, smiled bitterly and said: "Okay, I'll write a letter now. I just hope that General Pang can keep his promise." "I will never break his promise. Take him with me." Seeing that he had achieved his goal, Pang Juan was in a good mood, and his somewhat unsmiling face finally showed on his face. A little smile. Wei Jun escorted Li Jing down. Li Yu then said with admiration: "The general is really good at it. In this way, others can easily get it." "Yes, yes, this is really a quick and easy attack. The general is so impressed that he fell to the ground." "The general's Is there any need to talk about my ability? Yesterday¡¯s battle wiped away the weakness of our Wei army for several years. ¡°Yes, yes, this is really a breath of bad breath.¡±¡­ Li Yu started, the generals. What a load of flattery. ?? If it can be said that before, only the grassroots soldiers were convinced of Pang Juan, and the generals were left to discuss, but now, after yesterday's brilliant victory, almost no one doubts Pang Juan's ability anymore. Among the generals, only Cuan Xiang was silent. Cuan Xiang now also admires Pang Juan's ability to use troops. There is another reason for his silence - after all, he is the prime minister's uncle, and he should not be too close to Pang Juan, lest he be misunderstood as betraying his old master. As for yesterday, Pang Juan asked the "Fenji Army" to act as cannon fodder to contain the main force of the Zhao army, the "Hundred Gold Soldiers", thus causing heavy casualties to the "Fenji Army", but Cuan Xiang did not resent Pang Juan. Cuan Xiang is also a veteran on the battlefield. Of course he knows that for the sake of the overall situation, sometimes one must sacrifice the local area. Moreover, Pang Juan could give such trust to the Fenxi Army, which had the weakest combat power and the lowest status. This made Cuan Xiang and the Fenji Army very proud - they had fought against Zhao's most elite hundred soldiers. Jin Zhishi', even though he suffered heavy casualties, he fought to the death and finally completed the mission brilliantly. I believe that after this battle, no one will dare to underestimate the ¡®Fighting Army¡¯ again! You know, real soldiers are not afraid of death, they are more afraid of the contempt of others! Pang Juan naturally knew Cuan Xiang¡¯s psychology well. To be honest, he also admired the brave general Cuan Xiang very much and really wanted to put his mind to use. However, untying the knot in Cuan Xiang's heart would not happen overnight, and Pang Juan could only find ways to do it slowly. "Report¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a red flag messenger came on horseback. He dismounted at the foot of the steps and hurried to the hall: "General, urgent report from Anyi." "What happened? Tell me quickly. ." Pang Juandun had a bad feeling. "Report to the General," the messenger said hurriedly: "Uncle and Prime Minister defeated the Han and Zhao coalition forces in the north of Huishui River, beheading more than 60,000 people, and captured Zhao General Lezuo alive. The remaining enemies have fled back to Zhao. Our army has a great victory." "Haha, great, the old prime minister really did something extraordinary." Cuan Xiang suddenly beamed when he heard this. "Yes, yes, I didn't expect the old prime minister to fight so beautifully." "Great, now, I see who else dares to despise our Wei army." "I have been holding back for several years, and today I can finally feel proud. "" When the generals heard this, they were also ecstatic. Unexpectedly, Wei Jun, who had been frustrated for several years, suddenly turned over and won every battle. Hearing this, Pang Juan frowned slightly. It was really beyond his expectation that the uncle's seat was so beautiful and neat. In Pang Juan¡¯s expectation, it would be best if Gongshu Zuo suffered a huge defeat and let him come to the rescue, and then he could turn the tide. This would show his ability. But now, Gongshuzuo's record has clearly surpassed him, which makes the arrogant Pang Juan feel comfortable. "However, this kind of competitive mentality cannot be made public to the public. ¡°After all, no matter what, we are all Wei people. We can be dirty secretly, but we must be united on the surface. The generals were rejoicing when they suddenly saw Pang Juan frown slightly. They suddenly thought of Pang Juan and his uncle's misfortune, and the cheers and discussions immediately subsided. After all, no matter how good the uncle is, he is still a civil servant of the prime minister. In addition to leading troops on expeditions, he does not directly manage the army. But Pang Juan is different. He is a general, the direct leader of the army. "If you appear to be too affectionate with the uncle, General Pang Pang will remember to wear small shoes for you every day from now on!" ? Seeing that the generals were afraid to speak, Pang Juan smiled faintly, raised his eyebrows and said: "I didn't expect that the uncle and prime minister's sword is not old, and he fought so beautifully. As a native of Wei, I am honored. Pass on the order and reward the three armies again today. "Enough wine and meat." "That's great, General Xie." The generals saw that Pang Juan was still alive.He was so angry that a big stone dropped in his heart: It seems that General Pang Pang is quite generous and not such a stingy person. Seeing that the generals' expressions relaxed, Pang Sui secretly breathed a sigh of relief, and finally made the situation smoother. "Come here, please go down and rest the messenger. We will entertain you with wine and meat." Just as Pang Juan asked someone to take the messenger down, there was a thunderous sound of hooves outside, and another red flag messenger rushed into the yamen. There is another urgent message! ? Pang Juan and the generals were stunned. "Report¡ª¡ª" The messenger crawled into the Yamen and said urgently: "General, something bad happened. Qin Gong Yinglian suddenly led 150,000 Qin troops to attack the country. Yuanli City has been conquered. The soldiers pointed directly at Shaoliang. "What!" This time, everyone was shocked. What a Qin army, taking advantage of the fact that the main force of the Wei army was at full strength and Wu Xia was not paying attention, he despicably took advantage of it. Shaoliang City is of extraordinary importance to the State of Wei. Behind Shaoliang City is the famous Shaoliang Ferry on the Yellow River, which is a transportation hub connecting the Hexi and Hedong areas of Wei State. At the same time, there is a north-south highway passing through Shaoliang City. This is the only north-south transportation artery in Hexi. It can be seen from this that the strategic position of Shaoliang City is so important that it is a battleground for military strategists. The Qin army's military front was directed at Shaoliang, and its strategic purpose was self-evident. Once Shaoliang is captured, the Qin army can not only cut off the Wei army's channel to reinforce Hexi, but also cut off the north and south of Hexi. As a result, Wei State may be in danger of losing all Hexi. "Damn it!" Pang Juan stood up angrily and said sternly: "What a Qin army, so vicious, he actually wants to take all of our land in Hexi. I think that our ancestors from the Wei State worked hard for decades and fought bloody battles to win Hexi. , How can we give it up to others!" "Yes, yes, we will defend Hexi to the death." "We will never give in if we destroy the Qin army." " The generals are also blazing with fire. He was so angry at the Qin army's despicableness and ambition that he wished he could kill all the Qin army immediately. "Be quiet." Pang Juan's anger subsided for a moment and he raised his hand to signal. The generals slowly calmed down. "Messenger," Pang Juan's eyes were sharp: "The Qin army has invaded the country. The situation is critical. I wonder how the Marquis of Wei will respond?" "Back to the general," the messenger said hurriedly: "The Marquis of Wei ordered Shaoliang City to fight to the death, and at the same time ordered the Marquis of Wei to fight to the death. The victorious uncle and prime minister quickly returned to reinforce Shaoliang." Hearing this, the generals couldn't help but secretly rejoice. Fortunately, Prime Minister Gongshu defeated the Han and Zhao coalition forces in three strikes and five strikes. Otherwise, the huge Wei State might not be able to send reinforcements for a while. In that case, Shaoliang would be in danger, and the despicable Qin people might really succeed. Pang Juan frowned: "I only order the uncle and prime minister to return to the army, what about me?" The messenger hurriedly said: "The Marquis of Wei has an order, please ask the general to end the war against Zhao as soon as possible, and then return to Anyi, just in case. "When Pang Juan heard this, he was furious: Damn it, let this old man, Uncle Gong, take the lead again. How can I, Pang Juan, be worse than him! ? However, although he complained, Pang Juan also knew that the important task of fighting the Qin army could not be entrusted to him. First: The Qin army came from all over the country, and the Duke of Qin also went out to fight in person. His determination to conquer Hexi was clear, but Pang Juan lacked prestige and qualifications, and the news that Feiyi had defeated the Zhao army had not yet reached Anyi. Once this happened, the important task of fighting the Qin army could only be given to Gongshu Zuo. Second: Pang Juan¡¯s army was far away in the hinterland of Zhao State, beyond his reach. Wei Ying could only transfer his uncle to the nearby army and return to the army. Of course, not to mention Pang Juan, the generals were also a little depressed. The Qin army came in overwhelming numbers, and Yinglian personally led the troops. It is conceivable that this battle between Qin and Wei will definitely attract the attention of the world and have far-reaching influence. Being able to participate in such a war is every soldier's dream. "General," Li Yu said immediately, "then let's capture the people as soon as possible, and then return quickly. Maybe we can get some battles." "Yes, yes, the general thinks so too." "Yes. Ah, we can¡¯t miss this kind of battle.¡±¡­ The generals also echoed, all of them looking eager and eager to try. "Okay. Once the following people are picked up the day after tomorrow, we will return to Anyi." Pang Juan also nodded readily and agreed. Although he was a little frustrated, he also didn't want to miss this battle and wanted to return to the army early to look for opportunities. What if the uncle is incompetent and unable to fight effectively, then wouldn't it be Pang Juan's turn? ¡°??Okay. "The generals cheered. As for whether Zhao Jun would counterattack after they evacuated Feiyi and Liren, no one cared about it. Zhao Jun lost two battles in a row, losing no less than 100,000 troops, and his vitality was seriously damaged. At least in the second and second battles, Zhao will not be able to stand up until it has trained enough elite soldiers within three years Two days later, Pang Juan, who had successfully earned his troops, left thousands of people to guard Feiyi and Liren, and Xingye led his army back west. . Text Chapter 112: Uncle Gong¡¯s Defeat More than ten days later, Pang Juanjun, who traveled under the stars and at night, finally arrived at Anyi. On this day, Pang Juan and his army were marching under the scorching sun. The past few days of traveling and lack of rest made this powerful army very tired. In order to boost morale and return to Anyi as soon as possible, Pang Juan even set an example by dismounting his horse and walking. The generals also followed suit. Therefore, although they were very tired, the morale of the army was still very high, and no one complained about being tired. "Drive¡ª¡ª" "Get out of the way! Get out of the way" Suddenly, there was a commotion in front of him, and the soldiers who were on their way got out of the way. Pang Juan looked up and saw a red flag messenger galloping towards him on horseback. . What happened? Pang Juan was startled and had an extremely bad premonition in his heart. "Where is the general? Urgent report from Anyi!" The messenger shouted while galloping on his horse, looking for Pang Juan. "Pang Juan is here, what happened?" Pang Juan said quickly and stepped forward to greet him. "Eh-" When the messenger saw Pang Juan, he quickly reined in his horse, rolled down the saddle, and said anxiously: "General, something bad has happened! The prime minister and the Qin army fought a decisive battle outside Shaoliang City. Our army was defeated. Ten Seventy-eight were lost, and the prime minister Gongshu was also captured alive. Now, the Qin army is besieging Shaoliang, and the city is in danger. " "What!" Pang Juan was shocked, his hands and feet were cold. He knew that Yinglian was a heroic leader and his ability to command troops was extraordinary. It would be difficult for the uncle to get any advantage. However, he originally thought that Gongshu Zuo would be disadvantaged in the decisive battle at most and retreating to Shaoliang would not be a big problem. As long as he leads the army to reinforce, the situation of the war can be reversed. But he never expected that Gongshu Zuo would lose so miserably. As a result, Wei State became very passive. Once Shaoliang falls and he is unable to catch up with reinforcements, Hexi will be really in danger. "Damn it, how could this happen?" Pang Juan's expression became very ferocious due to the mixture of shock and anger. "Back to the general," the messenger said hurriedly: "The Qin army was cunning. When they fought with the prime minister, they pretended to be defeated. When the prime minister pursued, they suddenly ambush their troops. Our army was caught off guard and was defeated. " "What a winning streak!" Pang Juan's eyes shone with a cold light: This is a good opponent, but he is confident that he will be able to defeat this powerful enemy. Calm down, calm down, the more critical the situation, the more calm you must be! Pang Juan took a long breath, forced himself to calm down, and then asked: "What is the purpose of the Marquis of Wei?" "Back to the general, after the news of the defeat of the uncle and prime minister spread, Anyi was shaken and the whole country was uneasy. The Marquis of Wei ordered the general to rush back to Anyi overnight to discuss countermeasures. "It's too late," Pang Juan said decisively, "Shaoliang is in a critical situation, and there is no time to wait. Once Shaoliang is lost, it will be difficult to recover." Report back to the Marquis of Wei, I will lead the army straight to Shaoliang at starry night. However, our army is not strong enough. Please send reinforcements to the Marquis of Wei as soon as possible without any delay. "The messenger nodded and immediately said: "I will change my horse and rush back. , Report to the Marquis of Wei." "Okay." Pang Juan immediately ordered Wei Zheng: "Immediately replace the messenger with water and dry food, and then summon the generals to discuss the situation on the roadside. It was critical, so I didn't dare to neglect and made arrangements immediately. Not long after, the generals arrived, and when they heard such a shocking change, they were all shocked to the point of freezing their hands and feet. If Shaoliang is lost, Hexi will be in danger. If Hexi is lost, Anyi, the capital of the country, will be nakedly exposed to the front of the Qin army, and the consequences will be disastrous. The last time, Qin State attacked Hexi, and Zhao State came to help. But this time, the three Jins have just turned against each other, and the state of Zhao has been severely weakened. I am afraid that no country will come to save the state of Wei. "General, tell me what to do, we all listen to you." Li Yu said fiercely. "Yes," Cuan Xiang also said with a fierce look in his eyes: "No matter how dangerous the situation is, we don't want us Wei people to surrender and fight with the Qin people." The uncle seat was captured, and Cuan Xiang was also very sad and angry. He was more anxious than anyone else to save people, and he hated the Qin people more strongly than anyone else. ¡°Yes, let¡¯s fight with the Qin people.¡±¡­ The generals roared angrily. "Very good." Pang Juan said excitedly: "I have sent a messenger back to the Marquis of Wei. If our army does not return to Anyi, we will march directly to Shaoliang. However, I am worried that you have been traveling very hard for days. I don't know "Can you persist?" "Don't worry, General, we can endure this hardship.""That's right, we are soldiers of the Wei State, not women. What does this hardship mean? You give the order." Everyone agreed without any complaints to rush to the battlefield immediately to fight the Qin army. This high morale is the accumulation of Wei¡¯s decades of dominance in the world. It is the pride and honor deeply ingrained in the bones of Wei people. "Okay." Pang Juan also said with emotion: "Everyone will return to their positions immediately. At the same time, the news will be announced to the entire army without any concealment. I believe that we, the men of the Wei Kingdom, cannot be crushed or defeated. We are in danger here." At this time, I will definitely turn my grief into strength and let the people of Qin have a taste of the power of our Wei army." "Promise," the generals responded like thunder. ¡­ Soon, the news of the tragic defeat on the front line and the critical situation in Shaoliang spread throughout the army. The whole Wei army was really angered by the Qin people's despicable act of taking advantage of the situation. Everyone's eyes were red and they gritted their teeth. For a moment, everyone seemed to have forgotten their fatigue and rushed to Shaoliang day and night. The mourning soldiers are available! Pang Juan was very satisfied when he saw this, but he couldn't hide the deep worry on his brow. I hope Shaoliang can hold on, it¡¯s still not too late! Four days later, Pang Juan's army, which had bypassed Anyi, was approaching the Yellow River and was only more than a hundred miles away from Shaoliang. With this distance, it can be reached in two days at most. Seeing Shaoliang in sight, although the Wei army was more exhausted, everyone's morale was very high. Everyone believed that under the leadership of Pang Juan, they would be able to defeat the Qin people and avenge their past humiliation. Time is approaching, the evening is approaching, and the sunset is like a song. Pang Juan saw that the Wei army was very tired and was not far from Shaoliang, so he ordered to camp and rest. The battle was imminent, and Pang Juan had to pay attention to the physical strength of the Wei army. "Report¡ª¡ª" However, as soon as the army set up camp, and Pang Juan hadn't even taken a few breaths in the tent, a messenger flew over. "Let him in quickly." Pang Juan stood up suddenly and quickly told his guards not to stop him, but he was a little uneasy. He didn't know whether the messenger brought good news or bad news this time. "Report to the general," the messenger dismounted and entered, not caring to rest and said: "The Marquis of Wei has mobilized all the troops that can be mobilized near Anyi, a total of 40,000 people, led by General Duan Zhipeng, and came to join the general at starry night. " "That's great." Pang Juan was overjoyed when he heard this. The Qin army had more than 100,000 troops, and he only had more than 30,000 troops. The comparison in strength was really huge. However, with Duan Zhipeng's 40,000 reinforcements, Pang Juan already had the confidence and courage to fight. "In addition, the Marquis of Wei has another sentence, instructing the villain to tell the general." "Please speak." The messenger looked solemn and said word by word: "The Marquis of Wei said: The safety of the Wei State is entirely entrusted to the general." Pang Juan looked solemn. stand up. You must know that the 150,000 people he and his uncle sit with are already almost the entire mobile force of Wei State. In order to send him 40,000 additional reinforcements, Wei Ying must have mobilized all the troops in Anyi and nearby areas. As a result, Wei's heartland was extremely empty. Once he is defeated, Anyi will be unable to resist the Qin army's front, and it will be impossible to protect it. By then, all countries that see the opportunity will swarm in, and it will be difficult for Wei to survive. Under such circumstances, it was not an exaggeration at all for Wei Ying to say that she had entrusted the life and death of Wei to Pang Juan. In an instant, Pang Juan felt the heavy responsibility on his shoulders. "However, a man who is determined to die is determined to try his hand at mending the cracks in the sky. This situation of shouldering a huge burden on one shoulder is not the stage he longs for! ¡°Okay, Yinglian, this time, I will use your reputation for a lifetime and the blood of 150,000 Qin troops to build up my reputation as Pang Juan!¡± In an instant, Pang Juan's eyes shone with extremely confident and awe-inspiring cold light, and he said to the messenger word by word: "Please report back to the Marquis of Wei: Pang Juan will live up to his trust and swear to destroy the Qin army!" "Promise. "The messenger also felt the overwhelming confidence from Pang Juan's expression and words, and the fatigue of traveling for days seemed to be gone. He said enthusiastically: "Even if the villain turns around, he will report the news to Wei Hou." "Okay. He nodded and shouted: "Come, please quickly prepare a new horse, dry food and water for the messenger without any mistakes." "Promise." A soldier came forward and took the messenger down without mentioning it. Text Chapter 113: Uncle Gong¡¯s Defeat (Part 2) Pang Juan, whose blood was boiling, couldn't restrain his excitement, turned around and looked at the huge silk map hanging in front of him. When fighting on the battlefield, you should know who you are and never be careless. Not long after, it was completely dark. Suddenly someone lifted the curtain, and it was Wei who was holding a tray. On it was a large bowl of oatmeal, three fried cakes, some pickles, and a piece of salted fish. "General, you've been on the road all day, let's eat something quickly." Pang Zheng put the tray on the table and called softly. "Well, okay." The aroma of oatmeal porridge attracted Pang Juan, who was a little hungry. He turned around and sat down, picked up his chopsticks, and ate the delicious food in big mouthfuls. He didn't dislike the rough and simple food at all. In terms of life, Pang Juan has always shared the joys and sorrows with the armed forces and has never been special. "Report¡ª¡ª" Pang Juan had just finished eating when there was a burst of rapid footsteps outside the tent, and someone screamed at the top of his lungs. Pang Juan was startled, and when he looked up, he saw a rebuker running in, and said quickly: "Why are you so panicked?" "Back to the general, something bad happened, Shaoliang fell." He knelt down on one knee, with a look on his face. He said anxiously. "What!?" Pang Juan was horrified. The chopsticks in his hand fell to the ground with a bang, but he quickly came back to his senses and said sternly: "That's nonsense. This place is more than a hundred miles away from Shaoliang. How did you know that Shaoliang fell? You "Do you know what crime it is to lie about military information?" "General, I don't dare to lie about military information. Please tell me," Pang Juan calmed down a little. "Yes, yes." Chu Kun quickly reported back: "The villain and a few others went out for twenty miles to scout. In the evening, they suddenly saw a large number of broken troops in front. Looking at the clothes and flags, they all looked like our Wei army. The villain and others hurried forward to ask, and then they realized that they were defeated troops from the front line, and Shaoliang had already fallen." Pang Juan's face turned pale, and he felt a little desperate in his heart: Could he hurry up and slow down? Rush, is it still too late? No, calm down, you must be calm. You are the soul of the three armies. If you mess up the situation first, then this battle will be lost. Thinking of this, Pang Juan took a long breath, his expression slowly regained his composure, and he said in a solemn voice: "Where are those defeated soldiers now? I am going to ask them." Ku Kun said hurriedly: "Go back to the general, I have brought two The rest of the defeated troops are still on the way, but we have pointed out the location of the camp for them, and they will be here soon. " "Very well, Wei Zheng, go get them in." "No." Wei Zheng hurried out of the tent, and soon he led two defeated soldiers in with depressed expressions and disheveled armor. "General, that's them." Pang Juan glared sharply and said angrily: "Assholes, look at you two, so dejected, do you still look like the soldiers of Wei Dynasty!? It doesn't matter if you lose the battle, don't you even Did you lose your morale and dignity? Stand up straight like a man." The two defeated soldiers were stunned, with a look of shame on their faces, and they quickly stood up with their chests and heads raised, finally looking like soldiers. . "That's more like it." Pang Juan finally calmed down a bit. He always believed that soldiers can be defeated, but they can't admit defeat. He snorted coldly: "Let me ask you, what happened to Shaoliang City? Why did it suddenly fall?" "Go back to Daliang City. General¡ª¡ª" A defeated soldier knelt down to reply. "Stand up straight, don't kneel." Pang Juan glared and became angry when he saw the two people cowering. "Yes, yes." The two defeated soldiers quickly stood up, and the man from before said cautiously: "Since the prime minister, my uncle, was defeated and captured, the remnants of our army, led by General Baning, retreated to Shaoliang City and Longtingyuan Great Wall, preparing to We desperately defended the ferry, waiting for reinforcements. However, the Qin army was besieged on three sides and attacked day and night. Our army defended the city desperately while calling for help from Anyi. " In this way, we defended for half a month. Although we suffered heavy casualties, we all suffered heavy losses. Encouraged by General Banin, he still held on. At this time, I heard that the general was about to arrive with reinforcements. Everyone's morale was very high, and they all thought that they would be able to turn defeat into victory and defeat the Qin army. "However, the night before yesterday, the Qin army suddenly dug a tunnel and broke into the city. The Qin army's spies who were waiting in advance in the city also set fire to cause chaos. Our army was caught off guard. After a hard fight in the middle of the night, Shaoliang fell and the remaining soldiers retreated to the Longtingyuan Great Wall." "Qin The army pursued them closely and stormed the Great Wall. Our army was demoralized and finally failed to hold on. The Qin army broke through the Great Wall at noon yesterday. "The Qin army sent troops to chase across the Changqiao, and our troops gradually dispersed and fled. They fled for a day and a night, but they did not dare to stop until they encountered the rebukes sent by the general.?This is how you can take a breath. That's basically what happened. "Pang Juan's face became solemn after hearing this. From the words of the defeated soldiers, he could clearly feel the cunning and ferocity of the Qin army. This is definitely a difficult opponent! "Okay," Pang Juan waved his hand and said: "Come here, take them with you. The two of them went down, arranged food and lodging, and had a good rest. " "No. "There are soldiers who lead the two of them down. "Wei Zheng. " "General. " "I am sending an order to the general: send more troops to attack the enemy, and send sentries fifty miles forward to prevent the Qin army from suddenly crossing the river and attacking our army. " "No. " "Also, send an order to the servant army: Set up camp immediately and prepare boiling water, wound medicine, and meals in preparation for gathering the remaining troops. Then send people forward twenty miles to provide guidance. " "No. " "Another order, officers above the rank of captain from all armies shall come to the commander's tent immediately to discuss matters. " "No. Pang Juan looked at Ku Kun who was kneeling on the ground and said, "Take him down and give each of their team two hundred coins." " "Thank you, General. "I'm overjoyed, two hundred dollars, but the harvest from two acres of land in one year is really a lot. "Let's go. " Wei Zheng led this man and quickly left the camp. After a moment. In the commander's tent, the generals who came after hearing the news were separated on both sides. Everyone's face was solemn and uneasy. Pang Juan slowly said: "Young Master Everyone has heard the news about Liang's fall, right? " "heard. " All the generals said, good things don't go out, bad things spread thousands of miles. In the blink of an eye, the bad news has spread a lot. The Wei army was a little panicked. The fall of Shaoliang announced that the fall of Hexi was imminent. The Qin army was so ferocious that everyone They all took a breath. The uncle's 70,000 troops, plus the defenders of Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Wall, totaled no less than 90,000 people, which was obviously much stronger than Pang Juan and Duan Zhipeng's 70,000 troops. In this way, Gongshuzuo also lost, and it was a miserable defeat. Now, if they were replaced, could they win? Once they were defeated, the situation in Wei would be really doomed. For a time, there was a feeling of "failure" in the tent. 'The pessimistic atmosphere is suffocating. "What? Seeing that the generals were a little downcast, Pang Juan smiled lightly: "Are you afraid?" Ready to throw in the towel? " "of course not. Li Yu seemed a little stiff and said: "The battle hasn't started yet, and it's not yet certain who will win and who will lose." " Cuan Xiang also gritted his teeth and said: "Anyway, I will not admit defeat. At worst, I will fight with the Qin army. " "Yeah? Pang Juan sneered and said, "I see that all of you are speaking harshly, but in fact you are afraid of the Qin army in your heart." "The generals suddenly looked embarrassed and a little ashamed. Pang Juan pulled out his sword and said calmly: "If anyone is afraid of the Qin army, then leave. I will not stop him. Your parents, wife and children at home are still waiting for you, live well. However, even if I am the only one left, I will go to the battlefield to let the people of Qin know that there is still a real man in our country. "The generals immediately blushed. Pang Juan's words made them feel ashamed. If they really escaped from the battle, it would be a lifetime of shame. Even if they could survive, what's the point? A man will be a hero in life, and a ghost in death. , How can you follow that useless person and die on the bed? "General," Li Yu's eyes were red and his expression was a little ferocious: "What you said is insulting us! The Qin army is nothing. Back then, I, the Wei army, beat them as if they were just for fun. Now, I, Li Yu, are not afraid of them either. Not to mention that the Qin army only has hundreds of thousands, even if it has more than 200,000 or more than 300,000, there is nothing to fear! " Cuan Xiang was even more ruthless. He suddenly drew his sword and cut off the little finger of his left hand with one blow. The blood was dripping from his hand. He said sternly: "How can a man of the Wei Kingdom flee in the face of battle? I, Cuan Xiang, cut off my fingers and swear an oath here: I will not defeat the Qin army, and I will not survive. " "I will fight with the Qin army and swear to destroy the Qin army. "The generals also had red eyes and started howling crazily. Everyone was like a lone wolf who had been attacked by a wolf and was in dire straits. For a time, the pessimistic and depressive atmosphere in the tent was swept away, and all that was left was the madness. "Good!" Pang Juan also stood up and said sternly: "You are indeed a good man of our Wei State. Let's show the Qin people. A moment of arrogance is nothing. They want to destroy our Wei State. They are still far away." Must win! " "We must win! " "We must win! ¡±  ¡­ Pang Juan raised his arms and shouted, and the generals immediately responded crazily. Pang Juan walked to the middle of the commander's tent, stretched out his hand, and said sincerely: "We are facing a powerful enemy. If we want to win, our army must unite as one. Here, I would like to ask everyone to give me complete trust, and Pang must also I will repay everyone with victory. If we are defeated, I, Pang Juan, will die in front of you, okay?" "General, I trust you." Without saying a word, Li Yu came up and put his hand on Pang Juan's hand. "General, we also trust you." The generals also put their hands on him. Pang Juan conquered everyone with his outstanding performance in the battle of Feiyi and his calm confidence in the face of danger. Seeing this, Pang Juan smiled and said brightly: "As the saying goes, 'When we unite as one, Mount Tai can move'. As long as we are united, our country of Wei will definitely be able to get through this. Now, everyone should return to their respective positions, encourage morale, and repair themselves." Soldiers are preparing for a decisive battle with the Qin army." "No." The generals agreed and returned to camp to prepare. Pang Juan also walked out of the tent and went straight to the rear camp. He must gather the remaining troops, reorganize them, and enhance his strength as much as possible for the upcoming battle of national destiny. ¡­ Soon, in the middle of the night, a large number of broken troops arrived at the camp one after another. After fleeing for more than a hundred miles, the defeated soldiers were already exhausted, hungry and thirsty. They were supported in twos and threes and looked weak. Many of them were injured and could only barely hold on, teetering on the edge of collapse. And the vast majority of people, in order to escape faster, have abandoned their armor and are unarmed. "Obviously, this battle was a disastrous defeat. The well-prepared Wei troops stepped forward to greet them, led the defeated troops into the camp, and then served hot and fragrant meals. After eating, everyone washed up and put on new clothes and armor. Those who were injured also received timely treatment. A large number of husbands who were with the army were busy and devoted themselves to the treatment. As the commander-in-chief of the first army, Pang Juan walked among the defeated troops, asking for help, covering up the wounded and handing him water. He was extremely caring. This made the defeated soldiers very moved, and many people shed tears. You must know that they were defeated on the front line, which was really shameful. However, Pang Juan not only did not blame or look down on them at all, but also cared about them so much. People's hearts are full of flesh, who would not be moved. In this way, without any effort, Pang Juan relied on his silent actions to win over the defeated soldiers. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 114: Gathering of Two Heroes The next day, noon. In the handsome tent, Pang Juan looked at the huge map quietly. For a long time, he didn't move at all. That burly figure seemed to be frozen. According to reports from Kuan Hu: After the Qin army chased across Changqiao, they quickly withdrew to Hexi due to exhaustion from the long battle. Now, the defenses of the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls are being reorganized in preparation for the counterattack of the Wei army. Pang Juan judged: The Qin army first broke the Gongshu Seat, and then took the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls. Although they won consecutive battles, they must have suffered a lot of losses. After all, the Wei army has been running rampant all over the world for decades, and its illustrious reputation is not just bragging. A conservative estimate is that the Qin army will lose at least 30,000 troops. However, even so, the 120,000 Qin army relying on the natural dangers of the Yellow River was not something that Pang Juan could defeat. Whether it is the number of people, morale, or geographical location, the Qin army has an absolute advantage. So, if the Wei army wants to win, it must use a surprise to win, but how can this surprise be used? Pang Juan thought hard. "General," at this moment, Wei Zheng rushed into the tent excitedly, his face beaming with joy: "Good news, good news." Pang Juan frowned: "What good news can there be now?" "General, General Baning is not dead, he is back." "What!?" Pang Juan was overjoyed when he heard this. "You said General Ba is not dead, he is back?" "Yeah," Wei Zheng nodded fiercely. "That's great." Pang Juan was also very happy. On that day, the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls were lost. After Baning led his army, there was no news. Pang Juan thought that Baning might have died in the battle, and he couldn't help but feel a little regretful. Unexpectedly, he returned safely now. You must know that Baning is an outstanding general and capable general in the Wei Dynasty. Pang Juan has always wanted to conquer this person. Now, Gongshu Zuo has been captured. This is a God-given opportunity to conquer Banin. "Let's go see General Ba." Pang Juan made a decision immediately and strode outside the tent. Wei Zheng quickly led the way. Not long after, Pang Juan arrived at the new camp specially prepared for the retreat. In the distance, hundreds of defeated soldiers were seen lying and sitting around, many of them had blood stains on their clothes and armor, and exhaustion was written on everyone's faces. Baning, on the other hand, was sitting in the middle of the defeated soldiers. His body was covered in blood, and several wounds were randomly wrapped with bandages. It was obvious that he was seriously injured. However, Baning looked nonchalant and was drinking water from a gourd. He was obviously very thirsty. It can be imagined that this is a group of soldiers who have experienced bloody battles. However, unlike the general rout, Banin and others were fully armed, with almost no shortage of soldiers and armor. Because these defeated soldiers are the soldiers of Wei, the soul and elite of the Wei army. "General Ba," Pang Juan strode forward and said happily, "Thank God, you are still alive." "General." Baning hurriedly put down the water ladle and stood up. "General." All the Wei soldiers broke up and stood up in a hurry. "Thank you for your hard work, everyone, sit down quickly, sit down quickly, everyone needs to sit down, no need to be polite" Pang Juan quickly pushed Baning to sit down and greeted the others. "General," Baning said with a look of shame on his face, "the general is incompetent and has lost his troops and territory. It's embarrassing for you." In fact, this tragic defeat is mainly the responsibility of the uncle. Although Baning lost the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls, it was still the same situation. He had really tried his best. Of course, Baning will not pass the responsibility to the uncle. After all, Uncle Gongzuo has trained Banin for many years, and he is Banin's coach. He can't be so shameless. "General Ba is wrong." Pang Juan said with a serious face: "You have tried your best. Everyone knows that this is not your responsibility." He then glanced at the hundreds of Wei soldiers beside him who were defeated: "I also I know it's not your fault that we lost the battle. You all tried your best. I am here to thank you for your bloody battle." "General." The soldiers choked. Since ancient times, defeated soldiers have been looked down upon. Who would have thought of Pang Juan¡¯s heart-warming words? "Okay," Pang Juan said softly, looking at the tearful people, "Let's all have a good rest. When we have regained our energy, we will fight back to Hexi and let the people of Qin know that I, the man of Wei, will always say Defeat!¡± ¡°Never say defeat!¡± ¡°Never say defeat!¡±¡­ The defeated soldiers roared hysterically, frustrated by the previous defeat.?Unfortunately, it was all wiped out. Banin was a little silent. Pang Juan's affinity and motivation are really amazing. This is completely different from Gongshu Zuo. The uncle seat is arrogant, luxurious and unapproachable. You can never expect that this uncle and prime minister will greet the soldiers and talk and laugh with them. In the eyes of the uncle, the soldiers are just untouchables and cannon fodder. Therefore, despite his illustrious military exploits, the army was more in awe of the uncle and prime minister than in respect. Faintly, Baning felt that the era of Gongshuzuo was fading away, while the era of Pang Juan was approaching in great strides. Reason told Baning that he should seek refuge with Pang Juan. After all, if Gongshuzuo is defeated and captured, even if he survives by chance, his reputation will be lost and he will have no future. But Pang Juan is at the top of his game and has a bright future. "However, Banin is a person who values ??love and justice. The uncle has cultivated him and made him betray, which is really not possible. However, Baning admired Pang Juan's charisma and military talent. For a moment, Banin's heart was really entangled, like a mess, hesitant and at a loss. Pang Juan seemed to have noticed Baning's thoughts and patted him on the shoulder with a smile: "General Ba, don't think too much and have a good rest. In any case, Wei needs you now. We will talk about other things later." , Pang Juan turned around and left. Baning also suddenly understood in his heart: Yes, now that the enemy is facing us, it is better to fight the enemy together. We can talk about some things later. With a thought in his mind, he said excitedly: "Brothers, have a good rest. The general will definitely lead us to fight back to Hexi." "Fight back to Hexi." "Fight back to Hexi." Suddenly, a wave of noise grew. It got bigger and bigger, seeming to fill the entire camp. "General, your morale is ready." Beside him, Wei Zheng looked around with a happy expression on his face. "Yes." Although Pang Juan was pleased, there was not much joy on his face: the joint efforts of the three armies were only the basis for winning the battle. However, he had no idea about how to defeat the Qin army that had the advantage. Think about it after you go back to the account, there will definitely be a way. Pang Juan clenched his fist confidently. Afternoon, almost evening. Pang Juan, who was still clueless, rubbed his swollen head. The opponent was very difficult and it would be difficult to win. "General," suddenly, a soldier came in: "There is a young man outside the camp gate. He is naturally your old friend. I want to see you." "Old friend?" Pang Juan was stunned. He had been away from home for many years and had been ghosting. Gu Xueyi has no old friends. Could it be that¡ª¡ªPang Juan suddenly smiled and said quickly: "Quick, please." "No." The soldier hurriedly left the tent, and Pang Juan also hurriedly came to the tent, looking into the distance, waiting anxiously. Not long after, I saw a young figure hurriedly leading a horse. That handsome face was so familiar, and that sunny smile was so warm. It was none other than Sun Bin. "Junior brother!" Pang Juan was so excited that he immediately rushed up, hugged Sun Bin, and hugged him tightly. "Ouch -" Sun Bin suddenly grinned: "Senior brother, please be gentle, you want to strangle me to death." "You kid, you are still so talkative." Pang Juan happily let go of Sun Bin and beat him hard again. He punched his chest and suddenly remembered: "By the way, why are you here?" "Hey, you've come down the mountain after completing your studies." Sun Bin looked high-spirited: "I heard that senior brother was in some trouble, so I came to help at night. "That's great." Pang Juan was overjoyed: "If you and I join forces, the Qin army will be defeated if they are too fierce. Come on, come with me and join us." Pang Juan is really happy. He needs help. , Sun Bin sent magical soldiers from the sky. "Yes." Sun Bin also nodded happily. He had been traveling for days and was very tired. "Wei Zheng, why are you still standing there? Hurry up and pick up the horse. Also, hurry up and ask the kitchen to prepare a few good dishes and bring a jar of wine. I will make an exception today because I am happy." "Hey. I Go right away." Wei Zheng quickly took the reins of the horse and arranged for the food to be served. Text Chapter 115 Internal discord Entered the back account. The two senior brothers sat down and talked endlessly about affection, chatting about separation and asking about Guiguzi's health. They were really happy. Soon, the food and drinks were served. "Come, junior brother, let's have a drink to reunite after a long separation." Pang Juan poured the wine himself and then raised his glass. "Thank you, senior brother." Sun Bin also raised his glass. After finishing the cup, Sun Bin said happily: "See you at the end of the year. I really think of my senior brother. By the way, senior brother, how is the military situation now? On the way, I heard that not only the uncle and prime minister were defeated, but also Shaoliang, Longtingyuan Great Wall and Fukou They're all lost." "No." Upon hearing this, Pang Juan sighed and said with a gloomy expression, "The Qin army is really coming in force this time, and Yinglian will be even more difficult to deal with." A strategy to defeat the enemy?" Sun Bin asked. "Not yet." Pang Juan shook his head helplessly: "The Qin people not only have the advantage in military strength, but also have the natural danger of the Yellow River in hand. It's really a bit of a dog bite and there is nowhere to bite." When Sun Bin heard this, he also frowned: "It's not easy to handle. Senior brother, come, let's talk while eating. You tell me the specific situation. I have a good idea." "Okay." Pang Juan then explained the detailed battle situation to him one by one. Sun Bin. Sun Bin listened carefully while eating and drinking. After listening, he carefully recalled the history in his mind. After all, he is not a historian, and he only vaguely remembers that Pang Juan won the battle. Even Duke Yinglian of Qin was hit by poisonous arrows during the war, and died with hatred not long after returning home. From this, Pang Juan became famous in one battle and shocked the world. However, the specific history is not clear and detailed, and he has not conducted detailed research. But these are enough. Pang Juan can win by himself, and with a genius like Sun Bin, there is no reason why he should lose! ? If you can¡¯t think of a way at the moment, then think about it slowly, since the decisive battle won¡¯t happen tomorrow anyway. Thinking of this, Sun Bin nodded and comforted Pang Juan: "Brother, don't worry, we still have time, we can think of ways slowly. It's better to wait for General Duan to arrive with reinforcements and join forces first." "That's the only way. "Pang Juan nodded. Although he was still a little anxious, with Sun Bin here, his confidence was undoubtedly strengthened. He suddenly smiled a little embarrassedly: "By the way, junior brother, the current situation is special, so I have to ask you to be a soldier. How about the counselor? After defeating the Qin people and returning to Anyi, my brother will recommend his junior talents to the Marquis of Wei for re-appointment. " Counselor means a staff officer. He has the power to make suggestions but not to command. It is a relatively noble position in the military. "No problem." Sun Bin didn't care about anything and agreed with a smile. Now, with the enemy facing us, it is natural to deal with the Qin people first. With his talent, how can he still worry about the future? "Come," Pang Juan raised his glass happily: "Let's drink to my brothers and sisters who can finally fight side by side." "Okay, let's do it." The two brothers drank another drink happily. ?¡­ ?Slowly, it¡¯s already evening. "General," suddenly, Wei Zheng hurried into the back tent and said excitedly, "Good news. In response, General Duan has led 40,000 reinforcements several miles away and will be at the camp gate soon." "Oh. !" Pang Juan was overjoyed and stood up quickly and said, "That's great, junior brother, let's go." "Okay, we're almost done eating." Sun Bin also stood up with a smile. Immediately, the two brothers hurried to the camp gate to wait. After a while, after hearing the news, the generals came to the camp gate one after another. Seeing this, Pang Juan naturally introduced Sun Bin, the new counselor, to the generals enthusiastically. When all the generals heard that Sun Bin was also a disciple of Guigu, they were all very happy. Pang Juan¡¯s abilities are admired by all the generals, so Sun Bin is definitely not bad either. It would be great to have such strong support at a critical moment. For a time, all the generals greeted him one after another and were all very polite. Sun Bin was not an arrogant person, so he naturally greeted the generals politely, and the atmosphere was extremely harmonious for a while. Pang Juan was of course very happy when he saw this. "General, look quickly, we are coming." Suddenly, someone with sharp eyes pointed towards the distance. Everyone looked up and saw that under the golden afterglow of the setting sun, a mighty army was approaching. For a moment, it was full of banners and a forest of swords and spears. It was really majestic. And there is a middle-aged general in front of the team, wearing silver armor and carrying a white horse. He is really heroic and majestic. There is no doubt that this is General Duan Zhipeng.   So majestic! Sun Bin's blood boiled with excitement when he saw it, and Xiang Yu's famous saying flashed in his mind: This is what a real man should do. Soon, the army came closer. "General Duan, it's been a hard journey." From a distance, Pang Juan cupped his hands with a warm smile on his face. Pang Juan had no contact with Duan Zhipeng, and they only met twice occasionally when they went to court. However, now that the two are fighting side by side, Pang Juan must be more enthusiastic in order to achieve unity and facilitate command. Logically speaking, Pang Juan is a general, and he personally greeted him warmly. As a subordinate, Duan Zhipeng, if something happened, he would have to dismount quickly and return the greeting in fear. However, Duan Zhipeng did not. This General Pi was as powerful as 2,580,000 yuan. He kept urging his horse until he was close to Pang Juan. Then he slowly dismounted. He clasped his fists carelessly and said with a face that said: "General, please come out to greet me. Duan." I can¡¯t bear it.¡± Pang Juan¡¯s face suddenly became gloomy. His character has always advocated retaliation, an eye for an eye. He asked himself that he had never offended Duan Zhipeng, but this person was so rude that he couldn't help but let him secretly commit suicide. However, now that it is not appropriate to coax in front of a powerful enemy, Pang Juan decided to endure the bad breath. However, his attitude became colder and he said calmly: "Wei Zheng, please lead General Duan to the prepared camp. I will also Let¡¯s have two more drinks with Junior Brother. Junior Brother, let¡¯s go.¡± He immediately turned around and walked away. Sun Bin also glanced at Duan Zhipeng coldly and followed Pang Juan. "General Duan, farewell." Seeing that Duan Zhipeng was so rude, the generals felt unhappy, so they all cupped their hands and dispersed. Duan Zhipeng may have some abilities, but his prestige in the military is now far inferior to Pang Juan's. The generals are not stupid, so they naturally know how to choose. For a moment, not to mention holding a banquet for Duan Zhipeng, no one even paid attention to it, not to mention how miserable it was. Duan Zhipeng's face turned from red to purple, and from purple to blue in an instant. He was so angry that he almost fainted from a cerebral hemorrhage. To be honest, he has always been very unhappy with Pang Juan. The reason is very simple. The position of General Wei has been vacant for many years, and Duan Zhipeng still has some ideas in mind. You must know that among the several generals in the army, Duan Zhipeng is outstanding in terms of qualifications and military exploits. More importantly, he comes from an excellent background and his ancestor is the famous Wei State Prime Minister Duan Qianmu. So, with his qualifications, military exploits, and family background, in Duan Zhipeng's opinion, this position of general is definitely his. However, the emergence of Pang Juan shattered Duan Zhipeng's dream. Can a native boy be a general? Duan Zhipeng, who is proud and arrogant, is of course unconvinced, and is naturally resentful. It is not surprising that Shicai was so rude. However, what made Duan Zhipeng furious was that Pang Juan also waved his sleeves away without politeness. This was simply not taking him as a senior in the army seriously. It was really arrogant and rude to the extreme. Of course, Duan Zhipeng, who is arrogant and arrogant, will not reflect on his mistakes and will only become more and more jealous of Pang Juan. "General Duan, this Pang Juan is so rude." Behind Duan Zhipeng, a state lieutenant came up with an angry look on his face. "That's right, it's really arrogant to be so disrespected by senior generals." Another captain came forward, with a bitter and hateful look on his face, as if Pang Juan was insulting his own father. . Having been in the army for many years, Duan Zhipeng is naturally not without foundation, and he still has some confidants. At this time, these confidants will naturally come out to fight against the injustice. However, Duan Zhipeng¡¯s confidants were in the minority after all, and more reinforcement generals chose to wait and see and remain silent. After all, the general is not as good as General Pi. No one would be stupid to get involved in such deep troubled waters. And, to be honest, many people are quite critical of Duan Zhipeng's arrogance and rudeness - now that the enemy is facing a huge enemy, it is too confusing to engage in internal fighting. Seeing that many of the reinforcement generals were pretending to be deaf and mute and not agreeing with him, Duan Zhipeng was annoyed and also quite bored. He could only snort: "Forget it, I'm too lazy to argue with this kid, let's enter the camp." "General Duan, please." ." Wei Zheng was also unhappy with Duan Zhipeng, who was ungrateful, and naturally he didn't give a good look on his face. ¡°If Pang Juan hadn¡¯t asked him to lead the way, he would have really wanted to leave and serve whoever he wanted. ?¡­ But Sun Bin said that he took a few steps to catch up with Pang Juan. "Senior brother," Sun Bin whispered: "This friend is so rude. Could it be that he is old with senior brother?"??What's the grudge? " "No. Pang Juan said bitterly: "In the past year, I have only seen this guy a few times when I went to court occasionally, and I have never spoken to him. What kind of grudges are there to talk about?" " "That's it. Sun Binruo had some enlightenment and said: "Then I understand. I am probably jealous that my senior brother got the position of general." " "snort! Pang Juan sneered: "There are many people who are jealous of me, and I don't care if there is one more person." If it weren't for the fact that he was faced with a powerful enemy and had to take the overall situation into consideration, I could have punished him for being rude today. " "Yes," Sun Bin said helplessly: "It is really a headache to encounter such a narrow-minded person in the face of a powerful enemy. "Hmph, if he has any dissatisfaction, it's best to just think about it in your heart. If you dare to blatantly violate military discipline and disobey orders, I will never spare him." "Speaking of this, a cold light appeared in Pang Juan's eyes. Now that Pang Juan has established a firm foothold in the army, he is not like the one who had to endure when he first arrived a year ago. Who dares to violate military discipline? He really dares to kill people. "Brother is right. Sun Bin also agreed: "Sometimes it's time to cut it off, but never be merciful." " "Okay, don't talk about these troublesome things, let's go back and continue drinking. " "good. "Sun Bin agreed with a smile, and suddenly something moved in his heart: "Senior brother, I have a plan to deal with this Zhi Peng severely, and make him unable to tell the story of his suffering. " "oh. When Pang Juan heard this, he was overjoyed and said, "Junior brother, come and tell me." " Sun Bin then approached Pang Juan and whispered: "Now, there are Senior Brother's Department, Duan Zhipeng's Department, and many broken troops in the army. The sources are mixed and are not conducive to unified command. Senior Brother can use this as an excuse to demand unified reorganization tomorrow. " "Wonderful -" Pang Juan is also a smart man, he can tell the truth immediately, and he said with a low smile: "If Duan Zhipeng agrees, we will leave him alone to save this old guy from causing trouble. If he doesn't agree, our excuse is fair and square. If he doesn't make sense, we can deal with him. " "Exactly. Sun Bin said with a bad smile: "Besides, after cleaning up, the reorganization still needs to be carried out. Anyway, it is not as good as him." " As the commander of an army, if you want to deal with your subordinates, there are naturally many fair and honest ways. This is an innate advantage. You can't accept it. "Haha" Pang Juan was happy: "That's great. With the help of my junior brother, it's much easier to be a brother. . In this way, tomorrow morning, I will act according to my plan. I want to see how Duan Zhipeng will deal with it then. " "Hehe" For a moment, the two brothers sneered knowingly. " At this time, poor Duan Zhipeng had just settled down in the camp and was having a meal with an unhappy face. How could he know that just because of a momentary It's rude, he's already being taken into consideration, and his prospects are very bleak. Text Chapter 116 Killing Duan Zhipeng The next day, morning. "Dong dong" In the Wei army's camp, all the soldiers had just stood up when they heard the thundering trumpets and drums from the Chinese army, which resounded throughout the entire camp. When the generals heard that it was beating drums to gather the generals, they did not dare to neglect and rushed there one after another. Not long after, the generals in the army, including captains and above, rushed to the central army and found their positions in the tents. And Pang Juan was sitting on the main seat, his face as sinking as water. Sun Bin stood next to Pang Juan. He was not wearing any armor and was dressed in green clothes. He looked free and easy and had an extraordinary demeanor. If you give him another feather fan, he will be almost the same as Zhuge Liang. Soon, the three drums were about to be finished, and Duan Zhipeng belatedly entered the tent with several confidants. Pang Juan looked at Duan Zhipeng calmly and sneered in his heart. Finally, after the three-way gathering of generals finished beating the drum, Pang Juan glanced at the Lieutenant Colonel Lu Chong at the tent, and said calmly: "Where is Colonel Lu?" "The general is here." Lu Chong hurriedly entered the tent and listened to the order. "Can all the generals in the army, including captains and above, be here?" "Come back to the general, they are all here." "Very good, you can go down." Pang Juan nodded with satisfaction, glanced at the generals, and said calmly: "Today I have summoned you all because I want to discuss something with you. Now that the war is about to begin, our army has different sources and is very disorganized, making it difficult for unified command. Therefore, I would like to reorganize it? " Duan Zhipeng was not a fool. He immediately realized that Pang Juan was trying to sideline him and reduce his military power. He couldn't help but feel hatred in his heart: Such a vicious Pang Juan had come up with such a dirty trick. "I object." Anxiously, Duan Zhipeng immediately jumped out. Pang Juan was prepared, and he pretended to be surprised: "It is a good thing to reorganize the three armies and unify the orders. Why does General Duan object?" "Uh¡ª¡ª" Duan Zhipeng was at a loss for words. How could he express his selfishness openly? ? What's more, reorganizing the three armies and unifying orders is not only the general's authority, but also a matter of course. He really has no reason to object. In desperation, Duan Zhipeng had no choice but to delay: "Well, General, our army has just arrived and the soldiers are tired. Isn't this reorganization a little too hasty?" "Too hastily?" Pang Juan snorted: "This general can do it. Wait, but will the Qin people wait? Will Hexi wait? If our army is defeated or Hexi is lost due to delay in reorganization, who will bear the responsibility? " "This -" Duan Zhipeng was speechless. Seeing that Duan Zhipeng was refuted and had nothing to say, Pang Juan felt relieved and said calmly: "Since General Duan has no objections, then the matter is settled." "No, no, I don't agree." Duan Zhipeng was anxious, He had already offended Pang Juan yesterday. It is conceivable that this whole series will definitely be ignored. Without military power, he is useless. I'm afraid that not only will he not be able to get any military exploits, but he will even be repaired by Pang Juan in every possible way, and there will be no future at all. How could this make Duan Zhipeng, who hated Pang Juan so deeply, willing to do so? "General Duan," Pang Juan immediately raised his voice and said sternly: "You'd better understand your identity! This general is the commander-in-chief of the first army. What I said is a military order, not what I am discussing with you?" See Pang Juan Using power to suppress others, Duan Zhipeng also became angry: "Pang, don't say it nicely. I think you are clearly avenging personal revenge and trying to sideline me. I tell you, there is no way. If you insist on doing this, I will report it to Wei "Pang Juan was furious. He didn't want to go too far. He just planned to clean up Duan Zhipeng and ignore him, but he didn't expect that this person was so ignorant that he not only yelled in public. He wanted to take the matter to the Marquis of Wei. In the face of a formidable enemy, they still want to make such a fuss. They are so ignorant that Pang Juanfu cannot bear it! "Come here," Pang Juan ordered sternly: "Duan Zhipeng is roaring handsomely. He has no military orders. Pull him down and punish him with fifty military sticks!" , this really requires fifty sticks, and Duan Zhipeng's life will be at least ten to six or seven. It can be imagined that Pang Juan really hated this close friend to his bones. "Promise." Pang Juan gave the order, and all the soldiers immediately poured into the tent and were about to hold Duan Zhipeng down and push him out of the tent. "Who dares!" Duan Zhipeng was also anxious: fifty military sticks? Pang, why do you want to beat me to death? In desperation, this man actually lost his head and pulled out his sword with a clang in the tent. His eyes were red: "Let me see who dares to come up." All the soldiers were stunned and at a loss, they all stopped. He went down and looked at Pang Juan. All the generals at this timeEyes rolled. Is this Zhipeng crazy? Not only did he blatantly disobey military orders, he actually dared to draw his sword in the commander's tent. You know, it is a capital crime for the Chinese army to show off its troops! "General Duan, don't be impulsive, put down your sword quickly." Seeing that the situation was about to get out of control, all the generals gave advice one after another. Even several of Duan Zhipeng¡¯s confidants did not dare to follow in the nonsense, and they all tried to persuade him. "Bang¡ª¡ª" At this time, Pang Juan started to slap the case, and he was furious: "Duan, do you want to cause this?" At this time, Sun Bin, who had been watching the development of the situation, had a cold light in his eyes: What an opportunity! Looking at Zhi Peng's bad character, if he just ignores it, he will inevitably cause trouble secretly. However, this person turned out to be stupid and sent troops from the Chinese army to take advantage of the situation to kill him and avoid future troubles. Thinking of this, and seeing that Pang Juan didn't seem to realize this, Sun Bin made a decision immediately, drew his sword immediately, rushed forward, and slashed at Duan Zhipeng with his sword like a dragon soaring into the sky. Duan Zhipeng was currently facing Sun Bin, wary of Pang Juan's soldiers, but he never expected that Cheng Yaojin would come out. ¡°Puch¡ª¡± By the time Duan Zhipeng realized something was wrong, it was already too late. In an instant, a huge head flew into the air mixed with blood rain. ¡°Plop¡ª¡ª¡± Immediately, the skull rolled down and the corpse fell down. Sun Bin held a sharp sword, glanced at the tent with authority, and said sternly: "Duan Zhipeng openly resisted the order, and the Chinese army showed off its troops. The crime is unpardonable. Now the law is rectified, and the military order is rectified!" There was dead silence in the tent. The generals all looked at Sun Bin with their mouths open. This man who joined the army was so brave. This, this is a general in the army. He will kill him when he says he wants to! ? Not to mention the generals, Pang Juan was also a little stupid. He didn't expect that Sun Bin, his junior brother, would suddenly rise up and kill Duan Zhipeng with one sword. Although it is said that Duan Zhipeng's crime is unpardonable, after all, he is a senior general in the army and has a profound background. He is not someone who can be killed just because he wants. The trouble is definitely not small. At this time, Sun Bin saw that Pang Juan was also stupid, and he was worried, so he winked at Pang Juan. After all, they have been brothers for many years, and they have the same mind. Pang Juan immediately understood Sun Bin's intention to kill Duan Zhipeng, and his heart suddenly moved: Yes, the enemy is facing the enemy, and Duan Zhipeng must not be allowed to stay. As long as we can win and take advantage of such tremendous achievements, no one in the DPRK will dare to say anything! ? Thinking of this, Pang Juan calmed down and said sternly: "Well done! Duan Zhipeng disobeyed military orders in the front, and the bright troops of the Chinese army were behind. These are all methods of death. Now we must uphold military law. All generals must remember, Don't do it again." "Promise." When the generals saw that Pang Juan didn't blame Sun Bin, they couldn't help but feel scared. They all thought that Pang Juan was deliberately trying to get rid of Duan Zhipeng. For a moment, they felt anxious and fearful of Pang Juan. "However, several of Duan Zhipeng's closest generals are absolutely terrified. With Duan Zhipeng dead, they have no support. Will Pang Juan take the opportunity to purge them too? ? Just when he was panicking, he saw Pang Juan's face softening: "Duan Zhipeng's crime is only one person's fault. Don't worry about the others. As long as you strictly abide by the military regulations, I promise that everyone will be treated as the same." "Promise." This time, Everyone breathed a sigh of relief. "Come here, take the dead body out." Seeing that the situation was stabilized, Sun Bin greeted the soldiers and then took Duan Zhipeng's body out. As soon as the bloody smell in the tent faded, the atmosphere became more relaxed. Pang Juan took the opportunity to say: "As for the reorganization, what do you think?" "No. Everything is subject to the general's orders." With Duan Zhipeng in front of him, who would dare to have any objections. Killing chickens to scare monkeys is naturally far less effective than killing monkeys to scare chickens. "Very good." Pang Juan nodded with satisfaction. As long as the three armies could act like an arm, he became more confident in defeating the Qin army: "In this case, all armies will be organized according to the order and must not slack off." "Promise." Again. There was a loud roar from the mountains and the sea. "Then please go back and appease the three armies, waiting for reorganization." "Promise." The generals retreated one after another, but their hearts were a little complicated. Soon, the tent became clear. Pang Juan then looked at Sun Bin and said with a bitter smile: "Junior brother, this move of yours can put senior brother on the fire." Sun Bin smiled faintly: "Senior brother, if we continue to fight, we will suffer chaos. As long as we can defeat the Qin army. "Who can say anything?" "Okay." Pang Juan gritted his teeth and said, "But we must inform Marquis of Wei about such a big matter." "That's right." nodded.  As soon as the reinforcements arrived, the leading general was killed the next day. If the reason was not explained, people would inevitably be suspicious. It would be bad if you are misunderstood and have bad intentions. "By the way, junior brother, tell me, will the Marquis of Wei be unable to withstand the rumors in the court and change generals before the battle?" Although the Marquis of Wei has always trusted him, Pang Juan is still a little worried. After all, being good at killing generals in the army is such a troublesome thing. Not small. "Probably not." Sun Bin smiled and shook his head: "It is a taboo for military strategists to change generals before the battle. I heard that the Marquis of Wei is quite wise, so he should understand this. Moreover, in the Wei army, in addition to senior brothers, there are also Who can take on this important task? However, in order to avoid the embarrassment of Wei Hou, we still have to defeat the Qin army as soon as possible." "That's right." Pang Juan also put aside his worries and took a long breath: "Junior brother, come, let's discuss how to reorganize. Okay." Immediately, the two brothers started discussing in detail. ¡­ The next day, the reorganization of the Wei army began, and it was completed three days later. The total number of Wei soldiers was more than 13,000, and they were still commanded by Lieutenant Baning. There are more than 24,000 Cangtou troops, led by Lieutenant Lu Shang. The Fenxi army, more than 12,000 strong, was still commanded by Guowei Cuanxiang. There are about ten thousand cavalry and chariot soldiers, still commanded by Lieutenant Li Yu. There are about 20,000 servants in the army, led by Guo Wei Jin Youjia. At this point, the entire army of about 80,000 people was reorganized and immediately headed straight for Shaoliang Ferry with murderous intent. Text Chapter 117 Making an attack in the east and attacking in the west (Part 1) Two days later. In the evening, the 80,000-strong Wei army approached Shaoliang Ferry in a mighty manner, with their flags covering the sun and their approach menacing. "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a flying horse came to Pang Juan and Sun Bin. He rolled his saddle and dismounted, and said hurriedly: "Report to the general, the Qin army suddenly demolished the Shaoliang Long Bridge and retreated to Hexi. Please order to make a decision." "What!?" Pang Juan became anxious upon hearing this: "Junior brother, come with me and take a look." Immediately, the two brothers rushed away, followed by dozens of guards. Then, go straight to Shaoliang Ferry. After a while, there was a sound like thunder and water in front, and a billowing yellow dragon was seen roaring southward. The majesty of the Yellow River really lived up to its reputation. ¡°Whew¡ª¡ª¡± Pang Juan, Sun Bin and others reined in their horses and stopped at the river bank. On the broad river surface, no long bridges remained. On the east bank of the Yellow River, only two huge stone bridge piers stood alone. "Damn it!" Pang Juan yelled angrily. You should know that the Yellow River is wide, has rough waves, and the current is fast, so it is definitely not possible for ordinary people to swim across it. Normally, if you want to cross the river, you have to either walk on the bridge or take a boat. But the problem is, if you want to take a boat, the Wei army has 80,000 people, and it is impossible to find enough boats in the short term. In addition, the hydrological conditions of the Yellow River are poor and there are very few places suitable for bridge building. Currently, only Puban and Shaoliang have long bridges. But the Wei army had no use for these two long bridges. The Shaoliang Long Bridge has been demolished, but the Puban Long Bridge has always been occupied by the Wei army to the east of the river and the Qin army to the west of the river. If there is no war between the two countries in peacetime, civilians and business travelers can walk across Puban Long Bridge. But now that the two countries are at war, it is impossible for the Qin army to let the Wei army cross the bridge. Even if it cannot hold it, it will be burned. This means that Pang Juan can only look to the west of the river and sigh. In this case, do you think Pang Juan was annoyed or not: "Brother, this Qin people are so disgusting. They obviously have superior military strength and good location, but they even demolished the long bridge. They are so cowardly, why are they fighting?" "Brother?" , I¡¯m afraid it¡¯s not that simple.¡± Sun Bin was good at strategy after all, and he immediately had some ideas in his mind. "Oh, what do you think the Qin army wants, junior brother?" Pang Juan was stunned. Sun Bin thought for a while and said: "The Qin army suddenly demolished the long bridge. It may not be because they are afraid of war, but maybe they just don't want to fight our army prematurely. There are probably two reasons for this. One: Although the Qin army defeated the uncle and prime minister, They also captured the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls, but the casualties were probably not small, and the soldiers must be very tired, so they need time to recover; 2: Although the Qin army captured the Shaoliang and Longtingyuan Great Walls, most of Hexi still belongs to our Wei Dynasty The country, this is a big hidden danger. The Qin army probably wants to clear their backs first, and then focus on the decisive battle with our army." After hearing this, Pang Juan sneered: "That's probably the case with the winning company. They are cunning when attacking. Fierce, but able to assess the situation and wait patiently. " "Yes, this is a good opponent." Sun Bin also praised: "However, the Qin army's demolition of this long bridge may not be a bad thing for our army." "No matter how you say it. ?" Pang Juan was a little confused. Sun Bin smiled and said: "Without the long bridge, the Qin army thought that we could not cross the river, so they would definitely relax their vigilance. Next, they should be able to safely divide their troops to attack various places in Hexi. This is our opportunity." Pang Juan said with a bitter smile: "If you can't cross the river, what's the use of having another chance?" "Yes." Sun Bin also became a little distressed. Suddenly, a familiar place name crossed his mind. "Haha, I have an idea." Sun Bin put his hands on his hands and laughed. Pang Juan's eyes lit up: "Junior brother, what are your ideas? Tell me quickly." "Senior brother," Sun Bin's eyes were bright: "There are enough ferries, I have no choice, but can we build another bridge?" "Build another bridge?" Pang Juan frowned and said, "Is the Qin army willing?" The Qin army is stationed on the other side of the river. If Pang Juan wants to build a bridge here in Shaoliang, the Qin army will definitely stop it. Sun Bin said with a smile: "Brother, I didn't say we would build a bridge here." "Not here?" Pang Juan said in surprise: "The hydrological conditions of the Yellow River are complex. Where can I find a place to build a bridge at the moment?" Sun Bin said with a smile: "I know there is one. It must be a place." "Where?" "Longmen." Sun Bin said a place name with a smile. This place, in later generations, will have many bridges built, and it will definitely meet the conditions for building bridges. "Longmen?" Pang Juan asked doubtfully: "I have heard that there seems to be a Longmen Ferry there, but?Can it really build a bridge? " "Absolutely. Sun Bin said with certainty: "The river there is only a hundred steps away, and there are cliffs on both sides. It is easy to set up stable bridge piers, connect them with iron cables, and lay them with wooden planks, so that people can pass by." " "Very good. Pang Juan was overjoyed: "This is really a village with no way out of the mountains and rivers, and yet another village with willow cases and bright flowers." If we can build a bridge at Longmen, we can quietly insert ourselves behind the Qin army and send a magic weapon from the sky. The Qin army will be defeated if it is unprepared. " "Exactly. "Sun Bin was also very happy. The golden finger of the time traveler is really useful. "Eh, that's not right. "Suddenly, Pang Juan frowned. Sun Bin was stunned: "Brother, what's wrong? Pang Juan smiled bitterly and said, "Junior brother, have you ever thought about how long it will take to build a new cable bridge in Longmen?" "Uh-" Sun Bin also realized the problem and said with a wry smile: "Even if we continue to rush the work, I'm afraid it will take at least a few months." "An iron cable bridge that spans the Yellow River and can carry a large group of people cannot be built in three or five days. "Yes. Pang Juan nodded and sighed: "Dragon Gate is more than a hundred miles away from here. The Qin army may not pay much attention to it, but it is easy to hide it for three or five days. It is almost impossible to hide it for several months." " "What should I do? "Sun Bin was a little confused. Finally, he found a place to build a bridge, but he didn't have enough time. Isn't this a joke? "Alas -" Pang Juan also sighed: "If we can build a bridge in Shaoliang, it will be better. Okay, the bridge piers are all ready-made. It only takes three to five days to build some iron cables, prepare some wooden boards, and connect them together. " Sun Bin rolled his eyes: Brother, the key point is that the Qin army refuses. Suddenly, he slapped his forehead and laughed: "Haha, I'm so stupid. It's enough if I can walk with an army, so why build a chain bridge? Wouldn't it be a floating bridge? " "Floating bridge? Pang Juan was a little surprised and asked quickly: "Junior brother, what is this floating bridge? Why have I never heard of it?" Sun Bin smiled and said: "Brother, this pontoon bridge is actually very simple. Just connect some ferries with iron cables, lay wooden boards on the boats, and fix them with wooden piles on both sides. It can be successful." As long as the ferry, iron cables and wooden planks are prepared in advance, a 100-meter-long pontoon can be built almost overnight. " "Very good. Pang Juan was overjoyed. The idea of ????this pontoon bridge is really ingenious. He said excitedly: "It is really a blessing for Pang and the country of Wei to have the help of my junior brother." Come on, we'll make arrangements right away. " "etc. Sun Bin hurriedly called Pang Juan: "Brother, this pontoon bridge is easy to build, but we have to discuss how to mobilize the army to hide it from the eyes and ears of the Qin army." " "This is simple. "Pang Juan's tactical planning ability is unparalleled in the world. After thinking for a while, he said: "Our army can camp in Hedong first, make a posture of rebuilding the Shaoliang Long Bridge, and attack Hexi. Then the Qin army will be nervous and focused. They will definitely be placed here. Then, we looked for an opportunity and left a group of suspected soldiers to bluff here, while the main force took advantage of the night to go northward, traveling at night and staying overnight, heading straight to Longmen. As soon as the pontoon bridge was built, they rushed directly to Hancheng and Pangcheng, and directly behind the Qin army. By then, the Qin army will be unprepared and will inevitably be defeated. " "Excellent. "When Sun Bin heard this, he also felt that this tactical plan was very clever, and said happily: "Senior brother, this is a good move to attack in the east and west. Okay, let's do it like this. " " Making a sound in the east and attacking in the west? Pang Juan was stunned for a moment and then laughed: "That's what I mean. Junior Brother described it vividly." " At this time, the thirty-six strategies have not yet been formed. When Pang Juan heard this, he realized that it was very clever. "Brother, let's go back. " "good. "Immediately, the two brothers drew their horses back to face the army that had seen the flag in the distance, and quickly greeted it. "General. As soon as they approached the army, they saw Baning urging his horse to come up to him. He said anxiously: "I heard that the Qin army demolished the Shaoliang Long Bridge?" " "yes. "Pang Juan nodded. "What should I do? Baning suddenly became anxious: "Without the bridge, how can we cross the river, the damn Qin army!" " Baning was defeated miserably at Shaoliang, which has always been a lifelong shame. Now, all he wants is revenge, and he also wants to rescue Uncle Enxiang Gong. Now that Changqiao is gone, how can he not Urgent. Of course Pang Juan understands Baning's thoughts, but he is not angry at all. Even if he can be rescued, Gongshu Zuo will lose his reputation and have no future in Wei. He doesn¡¯t deserve to be Pang Juan¡¯s opponent anymore. Baning¡¯s love and righteousness make him even more appreciated by Pang Juan. After all, who wouldn¡¯t think that his subordinates are ungrateful and ungrateful? ¡°Ba Ning.There is no need to worry, soldiers. Pang Juan smiled and patted Baning on the shoulder, then returned on horseback: "Sun Canjun and I have already figured out a strategy to defeat the Qin army. When we set up camp, I will explain it to you in detail." " "Moreover. "When Baning heard this, he was really overjoyed. "Report¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a fast horse galloped from the official road in the north. It was a light cavalry dispatched by the Wei army. "General," said Ben Ben When he got close, Gunan dismounted and said: "The villain took a small boat and sneaked across the Hexi sentinel. He found that the Qin army divided 20,000 troops and went north. They had taken Pangcheng and Hancheng. They found that the front of the army was sweeping northward. "Junior brother," Pang Juan immediately turned around and sneered: "Sure enough, you guessed it right. The Yinglian Company wants to take every step to digest Hexi first, and then fight us decisively." " "Shaoliang is the throat between the north and the south. I am afraid that the Qin army will not only divide its troops to the north, but also to the south, in order to take all of Hexi. In this way, there will be far fewer direct enemies left in Shaoliang, and our opportunity has come. "A ray of cold light flashed across Sun Bin's eyes. "Not bad. Pang Juan also had murderous intent in his eyes: "This time, I will definitely use Yinglian's heads to commemorate the soldiers who died in Shaoliang." " Yinglian may be a hero of the world and rarely encounters opponents. " However, when he met such unparalleled heroes as Sun Bin and Pang Juan, who were rare in a century, his tragic ending was destined. Text Chapter 118 Making an attack in the east and attacking in the west (Part 2) Two days later. In the morning, the Qin army camped and the Chinese army commanded the tent. An old man about sixty years old with gray hair, but a majestic expression and still strong body is reading a book. The old man looked at it very carefully, with concentration and no distractions. On both sides, there were several eunuchs serving with low eyebrows and obedient eyes. Outside the tent, there were densely packed majestic and tall soldiers. This person is Qin Gong Yinglian, a proud hero of our time. Twenty years before he came to the throne, Yinglian kept a low profile and pursued reforms to become stronger, but he never forgot to regain his homeland in Hexi. When Wei was in civil turmoil, Yinglian suddenly launched an attack. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????mbmbance out of For a time, the Qin army was powerful in the world. And Yinglian, with his extraordinary forbearance and outstanding military exploits, became a hero in the world and became famous in all countries. Undoubtedly, at this time, Yinglian's prestige in the Qin State was also unprecedentedly high. "Report¡ª¡ª" Just when Yinglian was concentrating on reading, suddenly, a scold rushed in: "Inform Duke Qin, the Wei army is building iron chains, sawing wooden planks, and collecting ferries in the east of the river. It seems that they want to build a bridge. "Oh?" Yinglian was stunned and said, "Send the generals to come to discuss the matter." "Promise." Not long after, there was a sound of footsteps, and the generals arrived one after another. "Father." "Mr. Qin." After the generals saluted one by one, they separated on both sides. Not long after, more than ten generals in the army and above were gathered. Yinglian glanced at the generals. The first person on the left is more than 20 years old. He is slender, brave and energetic. He is his eldest son Ying Qian. That is, the proud son of the world, mighty and magnificent, and brave three troops. The second person on the left is less than twenty, with thick eyebrows and big eyes, tall and strong. He is his eldest son Ying Quliang. This person was Qin Xiaogong, the British ruler of the generation who would later reuse Shang Yang and carry out reforms. On the right side, the first person is named Zhang. He is in his fifties, with slightly white hair and sharp eyes, not angry but powerful. Two years ago, it was this man who defeated the Wei army at Shimen and greatly boosted the power of the Qin army. Now, he is the number one general in the Qin Army. On the right side, the second person, whose surname is Shu Changmingguo, is about forty years old, with extremely broad shoulders, a fierce expression, and the power of a tiger. Months ago, it was this man who personally led the troops, destroyed the throne of the uncle, and captured him alive. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????: The other generals are also extraordinary. It can be said that the Qin State today is really full of talents, and it is not surprising that it can defeat the Wei army. "Gentlemen," Yinglian glanced at the generals and said calmly: "Just now, I came to report the situation. The Wei army was building iron chains, sawing planks, and collecting ferries on the other side. It seemed that they wanted to build a bridge. What do you think?" "Qin Gong," Shu Changguo immediately said: "The Wei army does not have enough ferries, and the Puban Bridge cannot be used. If we want to cross the river, we can only build a bridge. However, this is not a worry. Our army has occupied the ferry. As long as we be careful, the Wei army It is impossible to build the bridge successfully. " "Yes." Zhang Xi also agreed: "If the Wei army wants to build the bridge successfully, it must seize the Hexi bridge piers. As long as our army has more strong bows and crossbows on the shore, and the Wei army does not have enough ferries, How difficult it is to get ashore." "Haha" Young Master Qian gloated and sarcastically said, "It seems that Pang Juan has no choice but to do it stupidly." Ying Lian thought for a moment and said, "I am. Look, let's not be too careless. That Pang Juan is a disciple of Guigu. He was worshiped as a general by Wei Hou as soon as he came out of the mountain. He must be an extraordinary person. This shows that we should be cautious. Don't let him take advantage of you." "Second brother, are you too careful?" Gongzi Qian said dismissively, "That Pang Juan may be a bit capable, but after all, he is young, can he still compare to the uncle? Even our uncle has been defeated, so what does Pang Juan have to fear?" As soon as he said this, Zhang Yu and Shu Changguo couldn't help but nodded proudly to show their agreement. It can be imagined that after successive defeats of the powerful Wei Dynasty, which was once powerful in the world, the Qin army has become a little over-confident and arrogant. After all, Yinglian was not a mortal, and he was keenly aware of the vague self-confidence in the army. He frowned and wanted to reprimand, but he was afraid of hurting the spirit of the army. He hesitated for a moment, and then said lightly: "Since ancient times, arrogant soldiers We are bound to lose, so don¡¯t be too complacent. Let¡¯s do this. From now on, the four of you, Yinglian, Quliang, General Zhang, and General Shuchang, will take turns stationing at the ferry, and be prepared with strong bows and crossbows, and be on guard day and night.¡±"Promise." The generals accepted the order one after another, but many people still felt that they were a little overly cautious. Noon time. On the east bank of the Yellow River, Pang Juan and Sun Bin brought dozens of mounted guards to the bank. They set up a pergola and looked toward the west bank. The Yellow River here in Shaoliang is only 150 to 200 paces wide, and the water flow is relatively gentle. Therefore, it is not only suitable for building a bridge, but also the other bank can be seen very clearly as far as the line of sight. At this time, a large number of Qin army's crossbowmen were seen rushing to the shore and deployed in the fortifications that stretched for several miles behind the shore, and their prepared posture was fully revealed. It is conceivable that if the Wei army dares to invade, they will be attacked head-on. "Haha" Pang Juan saw this and smiled happily: "Junior brother, look, Qin Jun was fooled around by us." "Hehe" Sun Bin was also happy: "This is a good game of 'striking in the east and attacking in the west' by senior brother." " Let's go." Pang Juan said easily: "The Qin army has been attracted here. Let's go to Longmen in the evening." "Don't worry." Sun Bin suggested, "There must be a fortress for the Qin army to cross the river to avoid leakage. "It's best to clean up the area first." "That's right, I almost forgot about this mess." Pang Juan immediately ordered Wei Zheng, "Go immediately and send my order to Li Yu Police Station to use Qingqi to clear the area for fifty miles." , wipe out all the Qin troops." "No." Wei Zheng flew away. ¡­ Soon, thousands of fine cavalry from the Wei army attacked in all directions, and began a carpet-like clearing and siege near the camp. The Qin army that was lurking near the Wei camp suddenly encountered bad luck, and within half a day, they were completely wiped out. Qin Jun's ears and eyes were temporarily deafened. That night, Pang Juan and Sun Bin led the main force of the Wei army, 70,000 men, to quietly leave the camp and go north, heading straight for Longmen. In the camp, only 5,000 heavy baggage troops and 5,000 'attack troops' were left to act as a bluff for containment. Two days later, Longmen. In the early morning, when the first ray of sunshine shines from the sky, the darkness gradually fades away, and the earth begins to regain its light. As far as the eye can see, a huge pontoon bridge spans both sides of the Yellow River, like a vast dragon, extremely majestic. Overnight, the natural chasm became a road. From then on, this little nameless ferry was destined to become famous all over the world. On the east bank of the Yellow River, a large number of Wei troops were bathing in the cool morning dew, preparing to attack. "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a Wei army officer rushed from the west bank, came to Pang Juan and worshiped: "General, the pontoon bridge on the west bank has been fixed, and the army can pass." "Very good." Pang Juan nodded with satisfaction: " "Have you ever leaked out?" "Back to the general, we have marched thirty miles forward to ensure that the news of our crossing the river will not be discovered by the Qin army." The army marched straight towards Longmen County." Pang Juan waved his hand in high spirits. "Promise." The three armies responded and drove onto the pontoon bridge in a mighty manner and rushed to Hexi. Longmen County. It is located on the west bank of the Yellow River, only thirty miles away from Longmen Ferry. A few days ago, 20,000 Qin troops, led by Lieutenant Bai Jie, marched north from Shaoliang and defeated Pangcheng and Hancheng. The front was very urgent and pointed directly at Longmen. Su Gan, the magistrate of Longmen County, led his army to fight hard, but unfortunately he was outnumbered. The city was captured a day later, and Su Gan committed suicide and died for his country. After the Qin army occupied Longmen, they were exhausted after defeating three cities in a row, so they planned to rest here for two days before heading north. However, what Bai Jie never expected was that he would meet Pang Juan head-on. ?¡­ ?In the morning, the sun rises three poles. Outside the broken north gate of Longmen County, several Qin soldiers were guarding the door boredly, teasing each other. There are also very few people on the city, and only a few flags are flying in vain. At this time, the main force of the Wei army in Hexi has been completely destroyed, leaving only a small number of Wei troops stationed in various places. They are unable to protect themselves, let alone take the initiative to attack. Therefore, it is not surprising that the Qin army's defense is lax. Suddenly, there was a faint thunder from the sky. "Thundering?" A Qin army commander looked at the sky in surprise. However, it was cloudless and the weather was fine. It doesn¡¯t look like it¡¯s going to rain? The commander of the Qin army was wondering when he suddenly saw a long red line rising on the northeastern horizon, sweeping towards him quickly. No, it¡¯s the Wei cavalry! The chief of the Qin army reacted immediately and couldn't help but be frightened out of his wits: "It's an enemy attack. Close the city gate quickly." He was extremely panicked: God, where did so many Wei cavalry come from? Did it fall from the sky?   Several Qin soldiers were also frightened. Some said with a sad face: "It's so long, it can't be locked up." What! ? When Shi Chang turned around, he saw that only one of the city gates was intact, and half of the other gate was missing, making it impossible to close it. It¡¯s over! Shichang's eyes went dark and he almost fainted and fell to the ground. It turns out that the city gate was destroyed when the Qin army broke through before. After the Qin army entered the city, they felt that there was no danger nearby, so they made do with it and did not rush to repair it. Who would have thought that this small oversight would ruin the entire Qin army. Seeing that the Wei cavalry was getting closer and closer, so close that they could already see the murderous and ferocious face of the enemy. Several Qin soldiers were so frightened that their hands and feet were weak, and they said in a trembling voice: "What should we do now?" "What should we do now?" What can we do? Let's all run for our lives." Shi Chang cursed and immediately ran towards the city. This is very smart. He knows very well that today¡¯s cavalry is not the main force in combat, but is only used for surprise attacks, harassment and reconnaissance. So, the thousands of Wei cavalry in front of us must be just the vanguard. Behind him, there must have been tens of thousands of Wei army infantry, and it was probably Pang Juan who had already crossed the Yellow River. In this case, Longmen, who was caught off guard, was doomed. If you don¡¯t run for your life now, when will you wait? When several Qin soldiers saw it, they felt as if they were waking up from a dream. They hurriedly followed, and they also ran away with their heads in their hands, and fled in the blink of an eye. Text Chapter 119: Taking Three Cities in a Row (Part 1) "Dang, clang" By the time the Qin army's sentry on top of the city belatedly sounded the alarm, a large number of Wei army's cavalry were already approaching. "Whoosh" In an instant, a shower of arrows flew into the sky and headed straight for the city. Several Qin army sentries on duty were shot to death before they even sounded the alarm. "Charge in, seize the city gate, and wait for the army." Li Yu took the lead and rushed through the broken city gate. Then he left some to guard the city gate to meet the main force, while most of the rest quickly broke into the city and started setting fire everywhere. and destruction to disturb the enemy Qin army. Suddenly, fireworks burst out in Longmen City, and there was chaos. Not far outside the city, Pang Juan, Sun Bin, and Baning, with thirteen thousand Wei soldiers, also rushed over. As soon as they saw the fireworks in the city, they knew that Li Yu had succeeded in seizing the gate. Pang Juan was overjoyed and said: "God help me! Unexpectedly, as soon as I crossed the river, God sent me a big piece of fat meat." According to the scouts, the Qin army on the north road had 20,000 people, and Hancheng and Pangcheng each stayed behind with two men. Thousands, one thousand died in battle, and the remaining fifteen thousand were all at Longmen. I have to say, this is a big piece of fat. Pang Juan didn¡¯t expect that he would make such a big gain as soon as he crossed the river. This was really good luck. "Brother, don't be too happy too early. We should hurry up and respond to General Li to prevent the enemy from retaking the city gate." Sun Bin reminded. How did he know that the north gate of Longmen was broken at all, and even if the Qin army recaptured the city gate, it would not be able to hold it. "Okay, the army will speed up. The one who enters the city first will be rewarded with a thousand dollars." Pang Juan roared with high spirits. ??????????????????????????????????? When I heard this, the soldiers of Wei Dynasty seemed to have taken stimulants. They were chasing each other, running wildly, all trying to earn this huge bounty. In the blink of an eye, a large number of ferocious Wei soldiers poured into the broken north gate and attacked the four cities as planned. At the city gate, Pang Juan and Sun Bin looked at the broken city gate and were speechless for a while. "Damn it!" Sun Bin rolled his eyes and complained: "Isn't the Qin army too careless? They didn't even repair the door?" Pang Juan was extremely excited: "Since ancient times, arrogant soldiers will be defeated, and the Qin army will definitely lose this time. " in the city. Bai Jie, the captain of the Qin Army, was sitting on the county government's board of directors, and was discussing with his staff to collect some grain and grass in Longmen for the army. Suddenly, there was a commotion in the city. Bai Jie never thought that Pang Juan would sneak across the Yellow River from Longmen Ferry overnight. He immediately frowned and said, "Come, come and see what happened in the city?" The Qin people originated from the land of Xirong. They were brave by nature, but lacked military discipline. Therefore, In war, burning, killing and looting are commonplace. At this time, seeing the chaos in the city, Bai Jie thought that some Qin troops couldn't help but harass the place again. Although he was a little unhappy, he didn't take it seriously. This is Qin Jun¡¯s stubborn problem. As long as he doesn¡¯t go too far, he can just curse a few times and forget about it. However, just when the soldiers who took the order were about to go out to investigate, they saw a Qin Army captain rushing in covered in blood and crawling on the ground: "General Bai, it's great, a lot of Wei troops have come in." "Fart!" When Bai Jie heard this, he didn't believe it, so he yelled: "The main force of the Wei army is in the east of the river. They are sighing at the river. Where did they come from?" The captain said with a sad face: "General Li , it¡¯s true, if you don¡¯t believe me, listen to it¡ª¡ª¡± At this time, the noise was getting closer and closer, and it gradually became clearer. Bai Jie hurriedly walked out of the lobby and listened carefully: ¡°Kill, seize the dragon gate, don¡¯t let a Qin escape. "The Wei army is coming, run away." "You can't stand it any longer. Run for your life." Bai Jie was stunned when he heard this: This is impossible, so many Wei soldiers fell from the sky. of? "Report¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, another captain ran in with his armor crooked and his expression was extremely panicked: "General Li, something bad has happened. Pang Juan personally led a large number of Wei soldiers into the city. Brothers can't stop it. They all collapsed. "What!" Bai Jie's face suddenly turned green: How could this be possible? How could he cross the river? Why no news? Bai Jie was still feeling stupid, but the captain stamped his foot: "General Li, why are you still standing there stupidly? We can't hold the dragon gate anymore, let's run away. If it's too late, we won't be able to leave even if we want to." "Okay, Okay, retreat, let's go to Hancheng." Bai Jie woke up from a dream, and without thinking much, he hurriedly called out to the soldiers, got on their horses, and fled to Hancheng. The Qin army was already retreating steadily, but when Bai Jie fled, he?The army was defeated like a mountain and retreated, and it was out of control. Before noon, the war in the city gradually calmed down, and Wei Jun began to clean up the enemy and extinguish the fire everywhere. Different from the Qin army, the Wei army's military discipline is much better. Moreover, the Wei army has occupied Hexi for decades, and two generations of British rulers, Wei Wenhou and Wei Wuhou, have painstakingly governed it. Therefore, most people's hearts are towards Wei, and few people still think about Qin. motherland. At this time, seeing the return of the Wei army, the people in the city opened their doors to welcome the king's troops, and filled their pots and pans with pulp and baskets of food. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ As the saying goes: Whether you are close or not, you are from your hometown. Even when the people knew that even the general Pang Juan was from Pangcheng, Hexi, they were even more enthusiastic. Many village elders surrounded Pang Juan and insisted on toasting him. This is the pride of Hexi people. Pang Juan¡¯s drinking capacity was not good to begin with, so he could not withstand this situation, and he soon became drunk and hazy. Sun Bin saw something was wrong. He was planning to seize Hancheng and Pangcheng. What if he got drunk? ? He quickly called the soldiers and snatched Pang Juan out of the crowd. Then, the two brothers fled in despair amid the enthusiastic cheers of the villagers. ¡­ After fleeing into the county government office in embarrassment, Sun Bin and Pang Juan looked at each other with their armors crooked and in a state of embarrassment, and couldn¡¯t help laughing. Pang Juan said helplessly: "The folks are really lively." "Yes, the people's support can be used." Sun Bin said with emotion: "Three generations of hard work have not been in vain." "Not bad." Pang Juan also said cheerfully: "Yes. With the support of the elders in my hometown, I will be more confident to defeat the Qin army. " "By the way, senior brother, the Qin army's leader Bai Jie escaped and went straight to Hancheng. We'd better not give up. When the Qin army has a chance to breathe, I suggest that they send troops immediately and attack Hancheng and Pangcheng. " "As long as we capture these two cities, we can threaten Shaoliang's main force's food routes and back roads to the west, and we can threaten Qin's eastward. The capital is Yueyang. At that time, the Qin army is at a loss and will inevitably be defeated. " "That's great, that's what I have in mind." Pang Juan agreed: "Junior brother, you will be in charge of the army on my behalf. Come on, I will personally lead Wei Wu soldiers and a thousand Qingqi to attack Hancheng. What do you think?" Sun Bin was shocked and said, "Senior brother, this is absolutely impossible. I'm new here and may not be able to convince the crowd. Besides, the position of commander is not to be taken lightly. If you want to leave, let me go on your behalf." "That's fine." Pang Juan thought for a while, but he knew that what Sun Bin said was safer, and nodded: "That's it, I'll call Ba right away. Ning and General Li Yu, let them go with you." "Okay." Sun Bin nodded. Pang Juan immediately called Wei Zheng and asked him to send someone to order Baning and Li Yu to go to the county government to discuss matters, and at the same time gather Wei Wu soldiers and a thousand Qingqi. Wei Zheng made arrangements immediately. Not long after, there was the sound of horse hooves, and the blood-stained robes and dusty Baning and Li Yu dismounted from their horses and walked into the county government office. "General, Sun joins the army." The two men greeted each other. "No courtesy." Pang Juan smiled: "You two generals have worked hard, please sit down and have a rest. Come, serve tea." "No." Baning and the two sat down, and a soldier offered tea to them. Gululu drank it all in one gulp and shouted happily. "Two generals, are you injured?" Sun Bin said with a smile. "No." Li Yu said with a smile: "Sun Shenjun, don't look at the blood all over me, it all belongs to the Qin Army." "That's good." "I don't have a problem either." Baning also said nonchalantly: " It's just some old injuries that are almost healed." "Excellent." Sun Bin said happily: "Then, I wonder if the two generals are willing to work hard and accompany Sun to Hancheng?" "Haha¡ª¡ª" Li Yu Da Le said: "I was asked to mobilize troops and horses just now. I knew there was work to do. No problem. I am willing to obey the military orders." "Ba Mou must get it back." "Okay." Pang Juan said happily: "The two generals will be responsible for the charge. However, I hope the two generals will listen to Sun Shenjun's opinions." "No problem?" ." Baning and Li Yu agreed. Although they had only known each other for a few days, they still admired Sun Bin's resourcefulness very much. This time, he was able to fly across the Yellow River and attack Longmen by surprise, all thanks to Sun Bin's ingenious plan. ??Although she is young, she is indeed capable and cannot be ignored.   "Okay, okay." Pang Juan also breathed a sigh of relief. If he couldn't suppress this group of arrogant and powerful generals, Sun Bin would be in trouble. He said happily: "Then I wish you all the best." "Thank you, General. "The second general quickly handed over his hand. "Brother," Sun Bin said with a smile, "Don't just say nice things. This is not affordable. How about something affordable?" "Affordable?" Pang Juan was stunned: "What do you mean, junior brother?" "The soldiers are running non-stop, attacking one after another. "It's such a hard work, you, the general, have to show it, right?" Sun Bin said with a smile. Pang Juan laughed and said: "Okay, this general has made the decision. As long as Hancheng and Pangcheng are captured before tonight, I will give you five million yuan as a reward. In addition, you can also share half of the captured property. "How about it?" Baning and Li Yu were overjoyed. This is a huge reward. After hearing this, the soldiers will definitely feel more courageous and less tired. They hurriedly said: "Thank you, General, thank you Sun Canjun." "Okay," Sun Bin stood up with a smile and said: "Two generals, without further delay, let's set off as soon as possible." "No." Baning and Li Yu stood up and accepted the order. Immediately, Li Yu and Sun Bin led a thousand light cavalry as the vanguard, and Baning led 13,000 Wei soldiers. Stimulated by the heavy reward, the army hurriedly used some dry food, and then roared and ran all the way. Kill and rush to Hancheng. Text Chapter 120: Taking Three Cities in a Row (Part 2) afternoon. Hancheng, North Gate. Dozens of Qin soldiers lazily guarded the city gate. At this time, Hancheng was already in the rear area for the Qin army, so the defense was also very sparse. ¡°Boom¡ª¡ª¡± Suddenly, there was a chaotic sound of horse hooves ahead, and dozens of fast horses were seen galloping towards them, billowing smoke and dust. "Who is it!?" At the gate of the city, a soldier commander on duty stretched out his hand to stop him. "Eh-" The riders stopped one after another, and for a moment people shouted and the horses neighed. "You idiot, you don't even recognize me?" Someone yelled when he was riding, and he immediately gave the pawn a long whip. The commander of the army was angry. He raised his head and saw that the person who came was actually Bai Jie, the captain of the country. He couldn't help but lose his anger and hurriedly apologized: "General, please forgive me. I was blind and didn't recognize it. What are you -" I saw Bai Jie and the others were all sweating on their cheeks and backs, their armor was crooked, and many of them had specks of blood on their bodies, looking very embarrassed. "Stop talking nonsense." Bai Jie said impatiently: "Dragon Gate has been lost, and the Wei army will come to kill them soon. Close the city gate quickly." With that, he flicked his whip and ran into the city. Behind him, dozens of riders filed in one after another. "What, Longmen has been lost, and the Wei army is coming?" The soldier commander was stunned for a moment, his face full of disbelief: Didn't it mean that the main force of the Wei army was still in the east of the river and could not cross the river? Where did this Wei army come from? "My lord, my lord, are you still closing the city gate?" a soldier asked in panic. "Of course it's nonsense. Could it be that we are still waiting for the Wei people to come in?" The soldier commander came to his senses and cursed loudly. "Hey. Hey." All the Qin troops agreed and hurried back to the city, slowly closing the heavy city gates and locking them. ¡­ Soon, the news spread throughout Hancheng that Longmen was lost and the entire army of more than 10,000 people was annihilated. For a time, the morale of the Qin army dropped sharply and people were panicked, but the people of Hancheng were ready to move and were excited. at dusk. "Boom, boom" Suddenly there was a faint sound of thunder from the sky. The Qin army who was responsible for watching on the top of the city took a look and suddenly screamed in horror: "The Wei army is coming -" "Dang, dang, dang" The urgent alarm bells sounded frantically, shaking the whole city. When Bai Jie heard about it, he hurriedly climbed to the city, and saw thousands of Wei troops coming from the sky on light cavalry, with an astonishing momentum. Not far behind, there were tens of thousands of heavily armored infantry, all of them murderous and majestic. They were clearly the most powerful soldiers of the Wei Kingdom. "Damn it." Bai Jie couldn't help but feel angry and anxious: "I haven't even sat on my butt to warm up, and I'm chasing you again. It's really deceiving me. Come on, get ready for rolling logs and stones, strong bows and hard crossbows. If Wei Junruo If you want to attack the city, let me fight back. " This place is only a hundred miles away from Shaoliang, and Bai Jie's request for help has been sent out. As long as we can hold on for two days, reinforcements will arrive. In order to atone for his crime, Bai Jie also made up his mind to stop the Wei army. Soon, the city was in chaos, countless rolling logs and stones were transported to the edge of the city, and the crossbowmen were also in place. As long as the Wei army attacks the city, it will be attacked head-on. Under the city. More than a hundred years away, Sun Bin and Li Yu had already suppressed a thousand Qingqi. "What a pity." Seeing that there was no opportunity to take advantage, Sun Bin couldn't help but regretted: "We are still a step too late, the Qin army is already on guard." "So what?" Li Yu said dismissively: "Listen It is said that there are only two thousand Qin soldiers in the city, and when the soldiers arrive, they will be able to attack them in one fell swoop. " "Haha, that's right." Sun Bin was also happy. In a hurry, the Qin army neither had enough troops to defend the city nor sufficient preparations to defend the city, and it was impossible to defend Hancheng. It¡¯s just that Wei¡¯s soldiers had to pay some casualties. Just as he was talking, more than 10,000 Wei warriors rushed towards him with momentum like a rainbow. Longmen is more than sixty miles away from Hancheng, but this heavily armed attack came in a neat formation and without any disorder. You must know that the standard for Wei soldiers is: to be fully equipped, to attack hundreds of miles in half a day, and to be able to quickly enter the battle and win. "For more than sixty miles, there was no pressure on Wei Wuzu. "General Ba," Sun Bin dismounted to meet Baning, pointed at Han Cheng and said, "The Qin army is ready and can only attack by force. Now, it's up to you." "No problem." A flash of light flashed in Baning's eyes. A piercing cold light. As a soldier, wherever you fall, you have to get up. The humiliation given to you by the enemy will be repaid tenfold.   "Send my general order," Baning shouted sharply: "Beat the drums, and the whole army will take turns to cover and attack the city for me." "Kill!" "Kill!" More than 10,000 Wei soldiers shouted like thunder, One group used powerful crossbows to cover and suppress the city head, while the main force carried some long and light ladders and headed straight for the city. The long ladder is very short, only about seven or eight meters long. Of course it is not enough to attack the great city of Xiongguan. " However, Hancheng is just a small county town. The height of the city is only six meters, so it has more than enough measures. "Quickly, let me throw arrows, rolling logs, and rocks." When he saw Wei Wu soldiers approaching the city, Bai Jie panicked and screamed hoarse. The terror of Wei soldiers is well known to the world. Once they are allowed to board the city, the situation will be bad. Hundreds of Qin army bowmen and crossbowmen leaned out one after another to release arrows at the bottom of the city. "Bang, bang" At this moment, the bows under the city were shocked like thunderbolts. The three thousand Wei soldiers who were responsible for the cover began to take turns to show off their power in a three-stage attack formation. "Whoosh" In an instant, arrows were like locusts, heading straight to the city. The hundreds of Qin army bowmen and crossbowmen who had just leaned out suddenly howled miserably, and nearly half of them were killed or injured. None of Wei Wu was a Bai Lian Jing soldiers, and naturally he couldn't say. The Qin army suddenly panicked and turned back. When the soldiers of Wei who were attacking the city saw it, they were overjoyed. They rushed towards the city wall and built long ladders one after another. "Kill¡ª¡ª" For a time, countless Wei warriors descended on the city, and the sound of killing shook the sky. Seeing that the situation was not good, Bai Jie also went crazy. He slashed a cowering Qin soldier to death with a sword and said sternly: "Quick, shoot arrows, throw rolling logs and rocks for me. Anyone who is greedy for life and afraid of death will be killed without mercy!" "The Qin soldiers had no choice but to bravely poke their heads out, shoot arrows downwards, and throw stones. However, even with such caution, many Qin soldiers were shot and killed mercilessly if they were not careful. For a time, all the Qin troops became more and more frightened. They were almost suppressed and did not dare to take the lead. The defensive firepower was frighteningly sparse. And how could such a sparse defense block Wei Wu's soldiers? Not long after, the first batch of Wei warriors boarded the city. As soon as these warriors, armed to the teeth, landed, they immediately revealed their ferocious fangs and slashed at the Qin army with their long swords. The blood and flesh of the Qin army flew everywhere, and they easily stood up. Steady feet. Then, the Wei warriors who climbed the city gathered together in twos and threes and used shields to form a shield wall to firmly protect the entrance to the city and cover the rear team's climb to the city. As more and more Wei soldiers ascended the city, the defense line of the shield wall quickly expanded outward, and the main offensive began. The Qin army became increasingly unable to resist. It was retreating steadily, and sections of the city wall were lost. Bai Jie was really worried when he saw this. He really wanted to lose two cities in one day. Even if he had two heads, it wouldn't be enough to chop him off. "Come on, whoever retreats will die." Bai Jie roared crazily, kicking and hitting, urging the Qin army to come forward and desperately resist the attack of Wei Wuzu. "Kill¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a chaotic cry of killing suddenly rang out in the city. A large number of Hancheng people and servants of wealthy families, armed with various weapons and sticks, rushed out of their houses and rushed to the city. It¡¯s a riot, it¡¯s over! Bai Jie's vision went dark and he almost fainted. The Qin army was unable to fight against the Wei soldiers. If they were stabbed in the back again, it would be difficult to finish thinking about it. In the blink of an eye, the rioting people in Hancheng rushed to the top of the city and massacred the Qin army. The soldiers of Wei were overjoyed and quickly used their strength to flank the Qin army. The Qin army was outnumbered and had low morale. After this pincer attack, it immediately collapsed and fled in all directions. Seeing that the situation was not good, the leader of Bai Jie's personal guards immediately said: "General, the situation is not good. Before the Wei army enters the city, we should withdraw quickly." "Withdraw? Where to withdraw?" Bai Jie looked desperate: "Even I have lost Longmen and Hancheng, lost my troops and lost my land. Even if I can escape, Duke Qin will not let me go." The leader of the personal guards was anxious. You, Bai Jie, don't want to live. I haven't lived enough yet, so he said quickly: " General, this is not a crime of war. It is because the Wei army came too suddenly and we were caught off guard. I believe Duke Qin will forgive us. General, please go straight, otherwise we will really not be able to leave." Bai Jie heard this and said. It also ignited a glimmer of hope for survival: "Yes, yes, let's go to Pangcheng." The guard leader was overjoyed: "Hurry, protect the general, let's go to Pangcheng." Immediately, dozens of soldiers protected Bai Jie , a group of people took advantage of the chaos and went down to the city, and fled south of the city. The Qin army was already at its wits end, but now it saw Bai Jie fleeing, and it was an even greater defeat. Wei WuThe people of Hancheng and Hancheng took advantage of the situation to pursue and kill them, especially the people of Hancheng. As long as they encountered the Qin army, regardless of whether they surrendered or not, they would be killed with a fierce sword. The military discipline of the Qin army has always been poor. After the attack on Hancheng, they did a lot of looting and plundering. The people of Hancheng hated it so much that they would be polite if they got the chance to take revenge now! ? Soon, the Qin army at the top of the city was cleared, and the city gate was opened. The Wei military soldiers outside the city took advantage of the situation and poured in, quickly spreading throughout the city, taking over key areas and killing the remnants of the Qin army. . Outside the city, Li Yu couldn't help laughing when he saw this: "I didn't expect that it would all come down in one fell swoop. It's so easy." Sun Bin also laughed and said, "Yeah. But what's more important is that the people's support is for me, otherwise "It will definitely take a lot of effort." "Sun Canjun, brother Li, let's go into the city." Baning was also very excited. "Okay, let's enter the city." Sun Bin urged his horse, accompanied by Li Yu and Baning, and followed the Wei army into the city in large numbers, heading straight for the county government office. As soon as we entered the city, we saw the city full of joy. Countless Hancheng people walked out of their homes, filled their pots and pans with food, and warmly received the soldiers who had returned from the Wei army. The Wei army also strictly observed military discipline and did not disturb the people. For a moment, the scene of the soldiers and civilians having fun made Sun Bin feel like he had returned to modern times, and he couldn't help but feel a little dazed. Text Chapter 121: Taking Three Cities in a Row (Part 2) evening. The remnants of the Qin army were wiped out, and all the treasuries were taken over. Hancheng returned to the hands of Wei again. In the county government office, Sun Bin, Baning, and Li Yu couldn't help but high-five each other. "General Ba, General Li," Sun Bin said cheerfully, "We have finally taken down Hancheng, so congratulations." "Yes." Li Yu said with a smile, "It was all thanks to Sun Shenjun's clever plan to fly across in one night. Huang He caught the Qin army by surprise. "Yes, Sun Shenjun deserves the first credit," Baning agreed. He was an honest man and didn't know how to gossip. "The two generals are overrated." Sun Bin waved his hand politely: "I just want to talk, but I still have to rely on two generals to fight the war. By the way, we have to go to Pangcheng overnight. How about it, are the two generals okay? ?¡± ¡°I have no problem.¡± Li Yu agreed. The people he leads are all cavalry. After all, they have horses to travel, so relatively speaking, they may not be so tired. "However, it is difficult to say about Wei Wuzu. ¡° Running hundreds of miles in one day and fighting two battles in a row, even an iron man would probably be very tired. What's more, Wei's soldiers were heavy infantry and carried a heavy load. Baning also gritted his teeth and said, "Give me half an hour to rest. In half an hour, we can set off." "Okay." Sun Bin was overjoyed: "Then it's time for the two generals." Half an hour later. The sky was already dark, but from the large opening of the south gate of Han City, a large number of Wei troops marched out in a mighty manner, heading straight for Pang City. For a moment, the torch was like a dragon and as bright as a star. Pangcheng, about forty miles away from Hancheng. This distance, in normal times, would not be a problem at all for Wei soldiers who could be fully armed, attack hundreds of miles in half a day, and immediately jump into battle. But during the day, Wei soldiers had already attacked for hundreds of miles and fought two battles in a row. These forty miles were quite difficult. Sure enough, the army had not gone twenty miles, and the cavalry could barely support it, but the Wei soldiers were already walking heavily and sweating like rain. When Sun Bin saw this, he immediately dismounted and walked, setting an example while loudly encouraging the three armies. When the generals of the Wei army saw this, they also dismounted and shared the joys and sorrows with the three armies. At the end, even the cavalrymen dismounted and walked, leaving their horses to help Wei soldiers carry weapons and other items. In this way, the three armies worked together, gritted their teeth, and finally reached Pangcheng at midnight. "We're finally here." Looking at the brightly lit Pangcheng city in his sight, Sun Bin couldn't help but let out a sigh of relief. He looked back at the exhausted three armies and said hurriedly: "The whole army will rest for an hour, and then attack the city." "The whole army will rest. ""The whole army rests"" After the military order, the more than 10,000 Wei troops who could no longer hold up sat down, gasping for air, wiping the sweat from their foreheads, and then took out their water bags. , a wild swig. "Dangdang" Wei Jun just sat down to rest. At the top of Pangcheng City, he found that the Qin army, which was in flames outside the city, was also alarmed. Alarm bells rang all over the sky. For a time, the city was buzzing with people, and countless Qin troops were rushing back and forth, quickly setting up defenses. But Bai Jie, the miserable general who lost two cities in one day, had just fled to Pangcheng and had only slept for less than half an hour when he was awakened. When he hurried to the top of the city and took a look, Bai Jie's face turned green: Damn, these Wei soldiers are all iron men, don't they need a rest? In one day, not satisfied with defeating two cities, he actually wanted to capture Pangcheng as well. It¡¯s really too much of a lie. Do you really think I¡¯m a fool? ? A surge of anger rushed straight to his forehead. Bai Jie's eyes turned red and he said sternly: "Brothers, don't be afraid. The Wei army has been attacking continuously and is already at the end of its war effort. As long as we can hold on for a day or two, Duke Qin's reinforcements will arrive. By then, Everyone has a big reward." Although Bai Jie said it nicely, the Qin army was still a little frightened. Longmen and Hancheng were lost without any effort. Pangcheng only had 2,000 people, how long could they hold on! ? "Quickly, get ready to roll logs, smash stones, and arrows with golden juice. Anyone who dares to fight will be killed without mercy." Bai Jie did not care about the hard work. While the Wei army was still resting and had not yet attacked the city, he hurriedly attacked the city. Lower the defense. For a time, the city was very busy and panicked. Sun Bin saw it at the foot of the city. Although he knew that he could not give the Qin army time to prepare, otherwise it would definitely increase the difficulty of attacking the city. However, the three armies were exhausted and unable to stop it, so he could only watch. Li Yu was sitting next to Sun Bin, who was also out of breath. Seeing Sun Bin frown, he comforted him carelessly: "Sun Shen? Don't worry, there are only two thousand Qin troops in Pangcheng. As long as the Wei soldiers take a break, they will be able to capture it easily. " Baning on the side also snorted coldly: "Yes, no matter how tired I am, Wei Wujun, I will not take this small town lightly. " "Then there is General Lauba. "Sun Bin said with a smile. "Maybe, it will be like Hancheng later, and the people will help without us having to worry about it. " Li Yu said lively on the side. Sun Bin didn't believe it: "Haha, good things like this can come by chance but don't ask for it. How can you encounter it every time? " "Kill -" "Drive out the Qin army. " "Recover the land of Wei. " As soon as Sun Bin finished speaking, the city burst into flames, and countless voices shouted, rushing towards the city. "Isn't it, is your luck so good!?" At this time, not only Sun Bin was dumbfounded, but also Li Yu and Baning. "What are you waiting for?" Sun Bin suddenly jumped up and said ecstatically: "Quickly, order the army to attack the city and cooperate with the villagers." " "Yes, yes," Baning also came to his senses and said movedly: "We are soldiers, we cannot let the villagers charge into battle. He turned around and said loudly: "Brothers, listen, the villagers are cheering for us. How is it? Do you still have the strength?" " "have! " Tens of thousands of Wei soldiers roared in unison, their blood boiling with excitement, and all the fatigue in their bodies seemed to suddenly disappear. "Okay, kill them all. "Ba Ning pointed his mace and roared angrily. "Kill¡ª¡ª" The situation was favorable, and all the Wei soldiers did not care about resting anymore. They carried long ladders and rushed up at one go. The Qin army was dumbfounded now. Inside the city The people's riot had not yet been suppressed. Outside the city, the Wei army began to attack the city again. This was going to endanger their lives. For a time, the Qin army was unable to think about the future and was at a loss. Baning took the opportunity to attack wildly. Soon, a large number of Wei warriors boarded the city and attacked in all directions, quickly uniting with the people of Pangcheng. The Qin army was unable to hold back and was retreating. Sections of the city were lost. Bai Jie saw this. I feel like crying without tears. Undoubtedly, Pangcheng will be lost. He lost three cities in one day and night. Of course, he will not be famous in history, but he will be infamous in history. The hat was firmly on his head, and he couldn't take it off even if he wanted to. For a moment, Bai Jie really wanted to die. "General, I think, let's run away, right?" "When the captain of the soldiers saw that the situation was not good, he immediately wanted to run away. Anyway, he was used to escaping, and he had no mental barriers at all now. "Escape? Bai Jie smiled bitterly in confusion: "Where to escape?" Losing three cities in a row and jeopardizing the entire army's retreat is such a serious crime that Bai Jie himself has no shame in living in this world, not to mention that Duke Qin will not let me go. If you want to leave, go ahead and let me live and die with Pangcheng. I hope Duke Qin will not harm his family for the sake of Bai's death in the war for the country. " "General, if you don't leave, we won't leave either. "The captain of the soldiers and all the soldiers also shed tears when they saw him. They are all retainers of the Bai family, and they are still very loyal to Bai Jie. "Don't be stupid. Bai Jie shook his head sadly and said: "I have committed a very serious crime and can escape death, but you are still young and have family members waiting for you at home. It is really not worth it to die here with me." Let's all go. Go back and tell my father that Bai is unfilial and has brought shame on the family and Qin. Please take care of him in the future. " "General -" all the soldiers burst into tears. "Why are you so stupid? Let's go quickly. Bai Jie yelled: "Do you really want to die with someone here, you idiot!" " "General, take care. " All the soldiers bowed one after another, rushed towards the battle group, and broke through. " I am the only one left. Bai Jie smiled faintly, with a miserable expression: "Okay, let Bai die to atone for his sins." Kill¡ª¡ª" With a roar, Bai waved his bronze sword and went up to kill the general like crazy. "There is a general here. Kill him. "Suddenly, Bai Jie's bright armor attracted the attention of many Wei soldiers. You know, if you kill an enemy general on the battlefield, the reward may be enough to make you happy for a lifetime. "Kill¡ª¡ª" At one time, there were more than a dozen of them. Wei Wu soldiers pounced on him like wolves and tigers, and surrounded Bai Jie. "Catch him alive." "There was a soldier from Wei Dynasty who looked at him with gleaming eyes. "Fuck you!" " Bai Jie was determined to die. There was no fear on his face. He cursed loudly and drew his long sword.Like a rainbow, it comes with a long split. ¡°When¡ª¡ª¡± A Wei soldier quickly waved his shield to block the sword. When several Wei soldiers nearby saw this, they immediately stretched out their long swords from behind their shields and attacked Bai Jie's waist. Although Bai Jie was prepared to die, he wanted to kill a few more Wei troops. " Killing one is enough to earn money, killing two is enough to earn one. Anyway, Bai Jie doesn't want to be too lonely on the road to hell. At this time, he saw enemies approaching from all sides. Bai Jie dodged and avoided two long swords. He raised his long sword and knocked two more swords apart. Then, he pounced and crashed into the arms of a Wei soldier. The sword penetrated chest level and penetrated straight into the back. "Tiger!" Seeing Paoze's tragic death, all the Wei soldiers were furious, but they also knew that Bai Jie was difficult to deal with. Immediately, shield walls were connected on all sides, and they pressed forward step by step for the camp. Bai Jie saw that something was not going well. If he was surrounded by shield walls and all the weapons came out, it would be difficult for him not to die. He immediately roared and rushed to one side, slashing Huashan with his long sword, trying to forcefully open a way out. However, the soldiers of Wei had already expected it. In an instant, the four commanders all came out, immediately blocking all angles from which Bai Jie could approach. "Ding Ding-" Ge and Jianjian Ming, Mars splashed. Although Bai Jie opened two long -hit Chang Ge, he was forced to return to the original land. At this time, the other three shield walls were approaching. "Stab¡ª¡ª" Where there was a roar, more than a dozen long swords came from all sides, roaring through the air. It¡¯s over! At this time, even if Bai Jie had three heads and six arms, he could not avoid these dozen long swords, and he felt despair for a moment. "Plop" In an instant, several long spears pierced Bai Jie's chest, abdomen, and back, and there was a pitiful scream, and blood spurted out. "Get up -" Several Wei soldiers used their strength to lift Bai Jie up and hold him in the air. In mid-air, a large amount of blood spurted out from Bai Jie's mouth. He glanced at the direction of Qin with nostalgia and then dozed off. "Oh my god, it's General Bai." "General Bai is dead." "It's over, let's surrender." As soon as Bai Jie died, the Qin army, which had been retreating steadily, immediately collapsed and surrendered one after another. The Wei army and the people of Pangcheng took advantage of the situation and quickly swept through the whole city. When the first ray of sunshine at dawn shone on the earth, Pangcheng had returned to the embrace of Wei State again. Sun Bin immediately sent out light cavalry and fast horses to report the good news to Pang Juan. Text Chapter 122 The Qin Army was at a loss Shaoliang, Qin army camp. In the evening, in front of the Chinese army tent, a strong old man with slightly gray hair was holding a long bronze sword and was dancing with it. Under the setting sun, I could see the sword shining like a rainbow and tumbling like a dragon. It was really exquisite. After a moment, the old man regained his stance, exhaled a long breath of turbid air, and faint sweat appeared on his forehead. It¡¯s none other than Yinglian. "Papa" On the side, the young master clapped his hands happily and praised: "Father, your swordsmanship has become more and more proficient." He hurriedly handed over a towel: "Look at your sweat, wipe it off quickly. "Yinglian wiped the towel and handed the sword to Gongzi Qian. He wiped away the sweat and said with a smile: "I'm still old. I didn't blush or breathed when I danced with the sword. Now I'm almost done." He hurriedly said: "Father can eat a dou of rice and three kilograms of meat in one meal. His muscles and bones are far better than those of ordinary people. Who dares to say that he is old?" Tell me something nice in front of my father. By the way, where is your second brother?" "Oh, he is on duty at the ferry." "Very good." Yinglian nodded: "Is there anything happening with Wei Jun these days? "Is there anything unusual?" Young Master Qian said hurriedly: "There is nothing unusual. It's just that we tried to build a bridge every time, but the boats just couldn't get through. We shot them back." "That's good, but we can't be careless." "Young Master Qian nodded. Seeing that it was already getting late, he was just about to call his father to the tent for dinner. Suddenly, the sound of hoofbeats sounded like thunder in his ears, and a horseman came running wildly with several black flags on his back. "Report, urgent report from Longmen -" "Get out of the way quickly and let the messenger come." Yinglian looked shocked and quickly shouted and ordered to come over. Immediately, the surrounding guards moved out of the way. The messenger galloped over, swung his saddle and dismounted, panting and saying: "Qin Gong, something bad happened. The main force of the Wei army suddenly appeared in Hexi. General Bai Jie was caught off guard. Longmen has been lost and is now retreating to Hancheng. Please Qin Gong hurry up." Send reinforcements!" "What!" Yinglian and Gongzi Qian were stunned. "Fart!" Suddenly, Young Master Qian came to his senses, stepped forward and grabbed the messenger by the collar, and said angrily: "The main force of the Wei army is obviously on the other side, where did the Wei army come from in Longmen? Besides, the Yellow River is a natural chasm. How can the Wei army fly? Past? If you dare to lie about the military situation, I will kill you." "You are wronged!" The messenger shouted: "I don't know how the main force of the Wei army flew across the Yellow River, but Longmen has indeed been lost. This is a fact. This is General Bai's personal emergency letter." He hurriedly took out the silk book from his arms. Young Master Qian hurriedly opened the silk book and took a closer look, and suddenly his world was spinning. "Bring it to me and see." Yinglian snatched it and unfolded it. His face was livid and he said with hatred: "Qian'er, we have been fooled. There must be a suspicious soldier of the Wei army on the opposite side. He can attack the east and west with one move! What a Pang Juan! "B-But, how did the Wei army cross the river without noticing our moat net along the river?" Young Master Qian looked unbelievable. "My father doesn't know this." Yinglian also looked confused, but shook his head and said: "However, this is not a top priority. It is a fact that the Wei army has crossed the river. We must send reinforcements immediately to rescue Hancheng. Otherwise, once they are intercepted by the Wei army, The road to food and the way back is not far away. " "Yes, yes, what my father said is true." Young Master Qian was not stupid, and he immediately woke up. "Quick, beat the military drum and gather the generals quickly. Also, send someone immediately to call your second brother back." Yinglian turned around and strode towards the handsome tent. Prince Qian hurriedly ordered the drums to be beaten, and urgently summoned Ying Quliang. "Dong dong" Soon, the hurried drumbeats of the generals resounded throughout the camp. The generals were startled and rushed straight to the commander's tent in a hurry. As soon as they entered the commander's tent, the generals saw Yinglian's face sinking and his face ashen, and they felt that something was not good, as if something big had happened. For a while, no one dared to make a noise and stood silently. ????????? Not long after, as the drums of the Santong gathering were about to stop, there was a sound of horse hooves outside the tent, a man swung his saddle and dismounted, and hurriedly entered the tent. It was Ying Quliang who hurried back. "Father." Ying Liangliang greeted him. "Stand aside." Yinglian nodded, his face still as heavy as water. "Yes." Ying Quliang didn't know what happened, but felt that something was going on and quickly stood up. Finally, let¡¯s play the three-tone drum. Yinglian glanced at the generals and sighed: "Everyone, I just received the news that the main force of the Wei army suddenly appeared in Hexi, and Longmen - was lost." "What!?" This clear soundThere was a thunderbolt, and all the generals in the tent were stunned for a while. "This is impossible. Isn't the main force of the Wei army on the other side?" "That is, when did the Wei army fly over Hexi? Or is it at Longmen?" "Is there a mistake?" Looking at the uproar in the tent, Young Master Qian smiled bitterly. He said: "The news is correct. My father and I have read the emergency letter from General Bai Jie." "Oh my god, how is this possible?" "Are we fooled? The other side of the river is just a suspect? But, how did the main force of the Wei army sneak past? River, why didn¡¯t we notice it at all?¡±¡­ The generals looked in disbelief. "Everyone," Ying Quliang, who was a British leader after all, reacted quickly and said loudly: "The top priority is not to find out how the Wei army managed to hide their secrets, but to immediately reinforce Hancheng to avoid endangering their retreat." "That's right." Young Master Qian said. He said: "The main force of the Wei army has crossed the Yellow River. It is meaningless for us to stay here any longer. Father, I would like to lead a small group of cavalry first. The army will follow and fight with Pang Juan. I would like to see if Pang Juan is better than that uncle. How strong is the seat?" "Okay, let's do it." Yinglian made up his mind. Now, he can only fight head-on: "However, the Wei army on the other side cannot be ignored, and one army must be left as a containment." The generals asked: "Fan Che, how about you stay with 10,000 people?" This is a middle-aged general, elegant and resolute. He comes from the Fan family, a famous family in Qin State. He is not outstanding in military use, but he is more stable. "Please don't worry, Duke Qin. In the end, the Wei army will not be able to cross the river." Fan Che came out and accepted the order generously. "Okay." Ying Company Commander walked away: "The army has moved out of camp, Ying Qian, you will lead the charge." "No." The generals accepted the order with a bang, gnashing their teeth, and wanted to decide the outcome with the Wei army who had fooled them. "Report¡ª¡ª" At this moment, another messenger arrived on a dusty flying horse, rushed into the tent, and said anxiously: "Mr. Qin, something bad has happened. After the Wei army captured Longmen, they rushed to attack Han without stopping. General Bai Jie was resisting bravely, but he didn't expect the people in the city to riot and meet the Wei army. General Bai was caught off guard and lost Hancheng again. "What!" Now, the tent exploded. , all the generals yelled: "What happened to Bai Jie, this good-for-nothing, losing two cities in a blink of an eye? Even pigs are better than him." "That is, one general is incompetent, killing the entire army." first heard the bad news , Yinglian's eyesight went dark and he almost fainted. However, he is a hero after all. Yinglian calmed down and forced himself to stay calm. The more dangerous the situation, the more he must not lose his sense of proportion. "Okay, stop arguing." Captain Ying took a breath and said, "Now is not the time to hold people responsible. Longmen and Hancheng have been lost, and Pangcheng must not lose anything again. Send an order to discard all unimportant baggage. The army set off lightly and quickly rescued Pangcheng. "Nuo." Yinglian's calmness finally calmed down the generals of the Qin army who were in chaos. Text Chapter 123 The decisive battle with Pangcheng (1) It was said that we were going to set off immediately, but the mobilization of the army, the mobilization of food, grass, baggage, and the handover of the camp, etc., could not be completed with just a few words. It was not until an hour later, when the sky was already dark, that Gongzi Qian's 10,000 light cavalry rushed out of the camp gate, lit torches, and headed straight for Pangcheng. Three hours later, after midnight, the Qin army of about 60,000 people marched out of the camp in a mighty manner. The army stretched for more than ten miles, with countless torches. Looking from a high place, it looked like a huge swimming fire dragon. ¡­ ¡­ As dawn gradually approaches, a bright ray of dawn appears in the sky. Prince Qian wiped the sweat from his forehead on his horse and ran around for half the night. Even with his strength and bravery, he was already a little tired. "Young Master¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, a rider caught up from behind, but it was Lieutenant Li Gan. "What's the matter?" "Sir," Li Gan took off his helmet, his head was dripping with sweat, and suggested, "Brothers are very tired after traveling in the middle of the night. I think it's better to rest." "No." Gongzi Qian flatly refused: "Pangcheng is in danger, how can we rest? You tell the soldiers to be patient. We are only ten miles away from Pangcheng. We will get there as soon as possible." Li Gan looked helpless: "Master, even if you can If you insist, the horse won't be able to hold on. You see, this road is very difficult, and many horses' soles are worn out. If this continues, even if they reach Pangcheng, the horse will be disabled." Young Master Qian was stunned and reined in his horse. Stop on the side of the road and take a closer look. Sure enough, many of the war horses were not only covered in sweat, but some of their soles were worn out and shed red blood. Damn it! Young Master Qian couldn't help but curse secretly and felt a headache. You must know that today¡¯s war horses do not have horseshoe protection on their four hooves, so they cannot withstand long-distance running. Once the thin cuticle on the horse's hoof is worn through, the horse will be useless. What¡¯s worse is that there are many hard roads and mountains along the way to Pangcheng, which aggravates the wear and tear on the horses¡¯ hooves. "The army is ordered to rest for an hour and let the horses slow down." Although Gongzi Qian was very reluctant, he still gave the order to rest. "Otherwise, even if he rushes to Pangcheng with all his strength, his horse will be useless. By then, once the Wei army counterattacks, the lightly-armed Qin army without their horses will simply have to deliver food. "No." Li Gan breathed a sigh of relief. With Gongzi Qian's brave personality, he was really afraid that Gongzi Qian would act recklessly. At that moment, he quickly issued the order. The 10,000 Qin army's light cavalry were relieved and stopped one after another. Coincidentally, there was a small river not far from the road, so all the Qin soldiers led their horses to the river to drink. At the same time, he drank water and sat down slowly. The veterinarians accompanying the army quickly checked the wear and tear of the horses' hooves, applied medicine and bandaged them. Some horses' hooves are so worn that they can only be left for treatment, otherwise they will be useless if they continue to run. While the army was busy, suddenly, a scold came flying from the front, his voice was anxious: "Military emergency, where is the young master?" "What's the matter?" The young master was startled and hurriedly greeted the general. "Sir, something bad has happened." Cui Kun dismounted from his horse with a look of panic on his face: "The villain found a group of defeated soldiers in the ravine ahead. They claimed to be General Bai Jie's personal soldiers, and said that Pangcheng had fallen. "What!?" When Master Qian heard this, he was struck by thunder: Three cities were lost in one night. This was a great shame for the Qin army! "Trash! Trash!" Young Master Qian was so angry that his eyes were red, and he said sternly: "What about Bai Jie? Tell him to come and see me. I'm going to chop him up alive!" "I'm afraid General Bai can't come," he said with a bitter smile. , Those people said that General Bai knew that his crime was unforgivable, and he had stayed to live and die with Pang Cheng. " Young Master Qian was speechless. He was filled with anger and had nowhere to vent. He roared in anger, suddenly drew his sword, and slashed to the side. "Crack¡ª¡ª" A small tree as thick as a bowl was cut off at the waist and fell to the ground. "Sir, what's wrong?" Li Gan heard the noise and rushed over. "Pangcheng is lost." Young Master Qian looked sad and disappointed. "What!?" Li Gan was also speechless. The loss of three cities in one night was truly astonishing. This was unheard of in the history of war. What¡¯s worse is that the Qin army¡¯s retreat has been nakedly exposed to the Wei army¡¯s fangs. "Sir," Li Gan said with a solemn expression, "Since Pangcheng has been lost, it is meaningless for us to rush back, and it is also very dangerous. It is better to stay on the spot and wait for Qin Gong's main force to arrive before making a decision." "That's all. That¡¯s it. Send the order and set up camp.Qian sighed, feeling really depressed, and secretly said: "Well, Pang Juan, I really have you. Let's wait and see. It's still early to win or lose." "No." Li Gan quickly made arrangements. ?¡­ ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? morning. At the north gate of Pang City, Sun Bin, Li Yu, Baning and others stood outside the gate with relaxed expressions, looking into the distance. "Military advisor," Li Yu turned his head and said happily: "I didn't expect that these three cities could be obtained so easily. I still feel like I'm in a dream." "That's right." Baning also looked incredulous: " Normally, it would take five or six days, and a lot of people would die. " "Haha" Sun Bin said with a smile, "This is purely coincidental, and it is difficult to replicate. We caught the enemy by surprise. Secondly, we attacked overnight and caught the enemy by surprise. Thirdly, the hearts of the people in Hexi are with us. Only then can we achieve such amazing results. It will be difficult for us to think about such a good thing in the future." "That's true." When everyone heard this, they burst out laughing. Just as he was talking, Baning pointed forward with sharp eyes: "Look, military advisor, the generals are here, haha, they are so fast." Sun Bin looked up and saw a bunch of flags on the horizon, one in front of the army. Coming in force. "Great." Sun Bin also breathed a sigh of relief: "The main force has arrived, Pangcheng is considered safe, and there is no need to be afraid of the Qin army's counterattack." "That's right." Li Yu laughed loudly: "Now, it's our turn to occupy Taking the initiative, I guess the Qin army is still standing at the Shaoliang Ferry to drink from the wind. ""Haha" There was another burst of laughter in front of the door. "Ta-ta" At this moment, there was a sound of horse hooves flying in front, and several horses galloped towards them. The leader was Pang Juan. "Senior brother." Sun Bin hurriedly walked up to greet him. "Junior brother." Pang Juan laughed and reined in his horse, jumped down, took two steps, hugged Sun Bin, then punched Sun Bin hard on the chest, and praised: "Well done, thank you very much. !¡± Sun Bin said cheerfully: ¡°Senior brother, I¡¯m grateful. Firstly, the soldiers sacrificed their lives, and secondly, it was also a bit lucky. I didn¡¯t expect that the public support of our country in Hexi is so good.¡± ¡°Haha¡± Pang Juan said proudly: ¡°Since then. Since we took Hexi, several generations of monarchs of Wei State have worked hard, and their efforts are certainly not in vain. Now that the people of Hexi are in my heart, it will not be easy for the Qin people to take it back. " "Yes," Sun Bin agreed greatly. Text Chapter 124 The decisive battle with Pangcheng (2) "Report¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin and Pang Juan were talking. Suddenly, a horseman came galloping towards him. He dismounted and said in a hurry: "Inform the general and military advisor, the vanguard of the Qin army, about 10,000 people, has arrived fifteen miles away." We're setting up camp now, please give me orders to make a decision." "Hey - it's coming so fast." Sun Bin was surprised and asked quickly: "Do you know who is leading the troops?" "Go back to the military division and look at the flag. It's Young Master Qian, and all ten thousand people are Qingqi." Pang Juan smiled and said to Sun Bin, "Junior brother, it seems that the Qin people are really anxious." "That's right." Sun Bin nodded. He muttered: "Now, I'm afraid that Young Master Qian has learned that Pangcheng has been lost. If he is smart, he probably won't advance any further." "Well, now that Young Master Qian has arrived, the main force of the Qin army must be here soon." Pang Juan looked at him with an expression. He also became a little solemn: "Although our army currently has the upper hand, the Qin people are brave and good at fighting. Qin Gong Yinglian is another generation of genius. It will not be easy for us to win." "Haha" Sun Bin had a look on his face. He said confidently: "Brother, don't worry. The Qin army has lost the first move. I have made strategic mistakes. No matter how wise the tactics are, it will not help." "The enemy's strategy?" "We have gained something." Sun Bin chuckled: "My brother thinks that the Qin army is strong and it is not a good strategy to fight head-on. Even if it wins, it will probably suffer heavy casualties. It is better to come when the enemy is far away and is tired and unstable. A night attack?" "Night attack?" Pang Juan and the generals looked at each other in shock. You must know that before the Warring States Period, all wars were fought in an upright and upright manner. The two sides set up their formations on the battlefield, soldiers against soldiers, and chariots against chariots, to decide the outcome. The later tactical ideas such as the ability to be deceitful and the deceitfulness of soldiers were only just sprouting at this time. "Is this okay?" Pang Juan hesitated. "That's right." Gan Ning also scratched his head: "Military advisor, even if we win in such a sneak attack, it seems that we won't be able to win with force." "Stupid!" Sun Bin heard this and said angrily: "Soldiers are also deceitful. , the emphasis is on attacking the weak with the strong, attacking with the numbers, and being well-prepared, so as to win at the minimum cost. Is it considered graceful to inflict heavy casualties on the soldiers? This is a battlefield where you are fighting to the death. There is no need for courtesy on the battlefield, understand?" Gan Ning shrank from being scolded and did not dare to say a word. "Fight the weak with the strong, the few with the masses, and the unprepared with the prepared -" Pang Juan was thinking about Sun Bin's words thoughtfully, suddenly clapped his hands and laughed and said: "Wonderful, junior brother is indeed worthy of being a soldier." A descendant of the Holy Spirit, you have unique insights. As long as you can achieve victory, any conspiracy is acceptable. If you can reduce the casualties of the soldiers and defeat the enemy, there is nothing to worry about, junior brother, I have decided! "If the main force of the Qin army can arrive today, we will attack at night." It now appears that Pang Juan is worthy of being a famous general. He was born for the battlefield and has strong adaptability and learning ability to the evolution of the art of war. "It's just," Li Yu said with some hesitation: "The general, military advisor, Yinglian, etc. are all extraordinary people. Although we may not expect that we will attack at night, the daily defense must be tight. Even if we make a sneak attack, it will not be easy to succeed. " "Yes." Pang Juan couldn't help but feel a little troubled. "Don't worry, I have a 'Fire Ox Formation'." Sun Bin smiled slightly. Tian Dan's 'Fire Ox Formation' is famous throughout the ages, and if used at this time, the effect will be excellent. "Fire Bull Strategy?" When everyone heard this, some Zhang Er monks were confused. They had never done it before? "Junior brother, how does this 'Fire Bull Strategy' work?" Pang Juan also asked very puzzledly. Sun Bin then told the inside story one by one with a "bad smile" on his face. When everyone heard it, they were all ecstatic and praised it. Pang Juan also laughed loudly and said: "Junior brother is really a genius. He has come up with this idea. It seems that it will be difficult for the Qin people not to lose this time. He immediately sent an order to the whole city to collect cattle, and then ordered all the soldiers to have a good rest at night. , let¡¯s give a good welcome to the people of Qin.¡± ¡°No.¡± Everyone laughed. ¡­¡­ at dusk. The main force of the Qin army, led by Yinglian, also caught up with Gongzi Qian after a long journey. After joining forces, the Qin army began to busy setting up camp. The camp was not completed until the sky was dark. Immediately, smoke began to rise from the camp, and they began to make food. "Mr. Qin." In front of the commander's tent, Yinglian was silently gazing at the stars, thoughtfully, when suddenly a shout of respect came from behind him. Yinglian turned around, but it wasGeneral Zhang Yu nodded slightly and said, "It's the old general. Is there anything wrong?" "I heard that Duke Qin hasn't eaten yet, but he is worried about the war?" Zhang Yu asked. Qin Lian smiled bitterly: "Exactly. Our army originally had the upper hand, but Pang Juan's clever tricks made him regain his disadvantage overnight. What a powerful enemy! I really underestimated this person before." Zhang Juan. He sneered and comforted: "Don't worry too much, Mr. Qin. That Pang Juan just took advantage of our negligence and succeeded in his trick. If the two armies are really facing each other, he will have no way to hide. He knows how powerful our Qin people are!" "The old general said Not bad." Ying Lian also cheered up and said, "We have been fighting for many years, why can't we be as good as a kid with a yellow mouth? I want to see how capable Pang Juan is this time!" "Master Qin," Zhang Xihu stepped forward and said proudly: "Although I am old, I can still shoot a two-stone strong bow. Tomorrow, I would like to take the lead and test the enemy's formation." "Okay, I will win." Even Zhang Yu, who agreed with a smile and was very mature and prudent, still had great trust in him. "Then I will retire. Qin Gong, please have a meal and rest early." Please fight accurately, Zhang Yu couldn't help being in a good mood. "Yeah." Yinglian nodded, then returned to the account, asked the guards to bring the food, ate it up in big gulps, and then rested early to prepare for the battle tomorrow. ¡­¡­The night is getting deeper and deeper. The huge Qin camp also fell into silence. The center of the camp was completely dark except for the torches illuminating the road. But the walls surrounding the camp are brightly lit and lined with sentry posts. ????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Not to mention a sneak attack by a large group of people, even a small group of rebukes, it is very dangerous to get close to the camp. Yinglian is worthy of being a hero of his generation, and he is indeed watertight. "What a Yinglian, the guards are really tight." In the grass a few hundred steps away from the Qin camp, Sun Bin looked at the Qin camp carefully and admired it sincerely. "Hmph, the guard is really tight, tonight is also the day for Yinglian to die!" Pang Juan sneered, with murderous intent in his eyes: "Junior brother, it's getting late, let's get started." "Okay." Seeing that it was past midnight, Sun Bin nodded. nodded. "Light the fire." Pang Juan turned around and waved his hand solemnly and decisively. Text Chapter 125 The decisive battle with Pangcheng (3) "Light the fire!" "Light the fire!" Amidst the continuous shouts, what immediately lit up were continuous torches, spreading all over the fields like stars. "No, it's the Wei army, sound the alarm!" The Qin army sentries on the wall and on the watchtower immediately discovered the enemy's situation, and in the commotion, they all prepared to warn. ¡°Moo¡ª¡ª¡± Immediately afterwards, a hysterical roar of cattle came from the surrounding fields, and hundreds of strong cattle were seen rushing towards the Qin camp with blood-red eyes, neighing and jumping wildly. I saw these crazy bulls, each with a sharp short blade tied to their horns, and their tails were burned with kerosene, and they were ignited into a blazing fire ball. In an instant, under the stimulation of severe pain, the huge herd of cattle crashed into the Qin camp like crazy. For a moment, thousands of hooves were galloping, as if the mountains were collapsing and the ground was cracking. "Oh my God! Hurry, call the police!" Looking at this horrific scene, the sentinels of the Qin camp were so frightened that their faces turned pale. Some people were ringing the alarm bell frantically, while others ran away to report the news. "Hehe, it's too late!" Not far away, Sun Bin showed a "cunning and successful" smile, turned around and said: "Brother, let's follow." "Okay." Pang Juan nodded, turned around and said sternly: " The whole army listened to the order: Qingqi dispersed around to intercept the defeated troops of the Qin camp. The main force used the soldiers as the vanguard and followed the cattle into the Qin camp. They must kill all the Qin soldiers! " "Nuo! Wei Junshanhu agreed. "Come on." Pang Juan got on his horse and charged straight into Qin's camp. "Senior brother, wait for me." Sun Bin was also excited, and he immediately jumped on his horse and followed Pang Juan. "Kill¡ª¡ª" Behind the two men, tens of thousands of the main force of the Wei army rushed forward with wild shouts. For a moment, the sky was filled with flames and the sound of killing was like thunder. In the blink of an eye, the huge herd of cattle with a rage value of 100 ran into the Qin army's camp - "Boom -" The seemingly solid and thick wooden fence was suddenly smashed into pieces by the crazy herd, and countless Qin soldiers screamed and fled from the camp. After falling off the wall, he was instantly trampled by the overwhelming herd of cattle and turned into a pit of miserable flesh. After rushing into the Qin camp, the pained bull was running around wildly. It picked on people and bumped into the tents. The Qin troops rose up in a hurry and were defenseless. In a short time, they were not only picked to death but also trampled on countless people. The flames on the ox's tail ignited countless tents and baggage. In the blink of an eye, the huge Qin camp fell into terrible chaos. Looking around, there were flames soaring into the sky, cattle running wild everywhere, and Qin generals running around in a mess with incomplete armor. Taking advantage of the opportunity, tens of thousands of Wei troops poured into the Qin camp through countless breaches. They followed the invincible herd of fire bulls and killed them. The disorganized Qin army was slaughtered with corpses scattered all over the field. Its weakness of bravery but lax military discipline was quickly exposed. The entire army collapsed in an instant. Countless Qin soldiers fought against each other and scrambled to escape, not to mention the lack of military discipline. One person wanted to turn back and resist the Wei army who was rising to kill. "How could this happen?" "You were defeated like this?" Outside the Chinese army's tent, Yinglian stood up in a hurry, staring at the chaos with his mouth open and his face looking dull and shocked. As a lifelong hero, if you act upright, you can accept failure if you win. ¡°However, Yinglian couldn¡¯t accept anything he said was such an inexplicable, sinister, and frustrating defeat. For a moment, a huge feeling of resentment echoed in his chest, so uncomfortable that Yinglian almost vomited blood. "Father -" At this time, Ying Quliang and Ying Qian came in a panic. Their armors were crooked and covered with smoke, dust and sweat. There were only a dozen or so guards behind them, but the rest were rushed by the insurrectionary soldiers. Dispersed. "Father, the situation is over." Ying Quliang grabbed Yinglian and urged: "My eldest brother and I will open the way to protect you and fight out." "Yes, father, leave quickly, otherwise it will be too late." Ying Qian also looked anxious. You must know that the forwards of the Wei army are very close to the military tent, and they can clearly hear the Wei people's roar of "capture Yinglian alive". ¡°Moreover, the entire camp is now full of wildly scurrying fire bulls. Once they collide, it will be very dangerous. How terrifying the mad cow is, the people of Qin have proved it with blood and tragic defeat. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± Just as Ying Lian was about to open his mouth, he felt a pain in his chest, a blood arrow spurted out, and his whole body was shaking. "Father -" Ying Quliang and Ying Lian panicked. They quickly supported Ying Lian and said anxiously: "Father, what's wrong with you?" Ying Lian was not injured, he?It's heartbreaking. Before, he seized the golden opportunity of the decline of Wei State, raided Hexi, and defeated Gongsunzuo, which made him famous for a while. Seeing that the recovery of Hexi is in sight, Yinglian is really full of ambition. He seemed to see that he had become the most prominent generation of kings in the history of Qin, leading Qin to prosperity and leaving his name in history. However, just when he reached the peak of his life, what greeted him was a sudden, collapse-like defeat! This is a huge blow to the arrogant Yinglian. For a moment, he was really despairing. Yinglian knew that after this disastrous defeat, Qin would have no hope of fighting for hegemony for at least several decades. ¡°Whether we can survive as a country is even a question. At this moment, Yinglian even felt that he was a sinner of the Qin State, and even if he died, he would not be able to atone for his sins. "Sinner!" Thinking that the overwhelming army was defeated by him, Ying Lian spurted out another mouthful of blood, roared and pushed Ying Qian and Ying Quliang away, and pulled out the sword in a hurry, holding it across his neck. He wanted to kill himself to apologize for his crime. "Father, don't!" Ying Qian and Ying Quliang were frightened. They rushed forward quickly and grabbed Yinglian's sword while urging them: "Father, victory or defeat is a common thing for a military officer. We will protect you and fight out. "Stand up." "Capture Yinglian alive!" At this moment, there was a burst of shouting from the front, but a group of Wei troops came shouting wildly, all of them were elite Wei soldiers, aiming directly at the commander's tent. The first two generals are Pang Juan and Sun Bin. For Pang Juan and Sun Bin, defeating the main force of the Qin army was certainly a miraculous feat. If they could capture the king of Lian again, it would be a truly unparalleled honor. "Father, let's go!" Seeing that the situation was not going well, Ying Qian and the other two didn't care much. They hurriedly dragged Ying Lian onto his horse. Dozens of the most loyal guards gathered around, trying to save their lord and escape. Pang Juan was worried when he saw it. Can this duck with such a close mouth run away? Then he will regret it for the rest of his life. "If you win, don't leave." Pang Juan shouted, quickly picked up his bow and arrow, took aim, and loosened the string. "Bang¡ª¡ª" There was a sound of bow string, and an arrow whizzed out, reflecting the light of the fire, riding the cold wind, heading straight for Yinglian. Text Chapter 126 The decisive battle in Pangcheng (4) "Mr. Qin, be careful!" The chaotic battlefield concealed the traces of the arrows. It was not until they were very close that the soldiers were surprised. However, the warning was too late. ¡°Push¡ª¡ª¡± This arrow hit the chest of Yinglian, who was still confused, and a bloody flower exploded in an instant. "Ah!" The severe pain finally awakened Yinglian. The horse suddenly swayed and almost fell off the horse. "Haha, we hit the target right on target. Come on, brothers, and capture Yinglian alive." Pang Juan was overjoyed. He smashed his horse, danced with his sword, and went straight to Yinglian. "Kill, capture Yinglian alive." The momentum of the Wei army surged up like a tide. "Father!" Seeing that Yinglian was hit by an arrow, Ying Qian and Ying Quliang on the side saw their eyes almost splitting. They hurriedly drove their horses forward, supported Yinglian who was hit by the arrow, and shouted in panic: "Father, How are you? Does it matter?" Yinglian's face turned pale, but he finally regained his composure. He held back the severe pain in his chest, stretched out his hand to hold the arrow shaft, and snapped it with force, saying forcefully: "It doesn't matter to me. It is not advisable to stay here for a long time. Let¡¯s retreat quickly.¡± ¡°Yes, father.¡± Ying Qian and Ying Quliang were calmed down. They nodded quickly, turned around and said sternly: ¡°If you are not afraid of death, leave a group of people behind and protect Duke Qin. , retreat." "I'll cut off the rear." A dozen loyal and brave soldiers roared and turned to meet the rushing Wei army. Ying Qian and others protected Yinglian, and the rats fled away. "Get out of the way, you idiot." Pang Juan roared, swinging his sword and slashing hard. When he finally killed more than a dozen Qin soldiers who had been cut off, Ying Lian and others had already disappeared without a trace. "Follow me." Pang Juan was so willing that he and Sun Bin led a group of soldiers and horses to catch up in the direction. ¡­ Looking down from the sky, the huge Qin camp was plunged into a sea of ??fire and slaughter. The Qin army was finished! Finally, daybreak came. In the hazy morning light, Pang Juan stood beside the Qin camp that had been burned to pieces, his face couldn't help but feel a little depressed. After chasing Xiao Midiye, Yinglian and his party took advantage of the chaos and ran away. This made Pang Juan, who was obsessed with capturing Yinglian alive, extremely depressed. The miraculous feat that he was about to achieve was just ruined. "Damn it!" Pang Juan threw the riding crop to the ground angrily and stepped on it hard. "Brother, don't be disappointed," Sun Bin saw this and stepped forward to comfort him: "Although Yinglian has escaped, the main force of the Qin army has been destroyed, and the results of our battle are already great enough." "Humph¡ª¡ª" Pang Juan's face flashed. With a stern expression, he sneered: "Don't worry, Yinglian is dead. It's just a pity that we didn't catch anyone alive." "Dead?" Sun Bin was stunned and asked in confusion: "Senior brother, how do you say this?" Pang Juan said solemnly: "I put poison on the tip of the arrow and soaked it in cow and horse urine. No one except the gods can save Yinglian." Sun Bin was stunned. You should know that in ancient times, there were no such things as anti-inflammatory drugs, and wounds were extremely susceptible to infection and very dangerous. Now, Pang Juan has added poison and cow and horse urine in a sinister way. This is simply adding insult to injury. It is unjust for Ying to survive. ??History, Yinglian was hit by Pang Juan's arrow and returned to the west with his life. Sun Bin did not expect that he would change a lot of things once he traveled through time, but Yinglian would still die at the hands of Pang Juan. It seems that Pang Juan is destined to be the nemesis of Yinglian, a proud man of this generation. "Junior brother, do you think your brother's methods are not bright enough?" Seeing Sun Bin's silence, Pang Juan asked. Sun Bin shook his head: "On the battlefield, everyone is their own master. In order to win, they will do anything to win. There is nothing to say. I am just a little sad. This Yinglian company is a proud man, but the result is so pitiful. Sigh." Pang Juan was stunned and a little silent. After a long time, he sighed softly and solemnly: "Junior brother is right. Putting aside the identity of enemy and friend, this Yinglian can be regarded as a person." "Retribution¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, Li Yufei rode over, his face full of anger. Overjoyed, he turned over and fell off his horse as he approached: "General, military advisor, look, who is this -" With a hand, a head with gray hair and bloody flesh appeared. What can make Li Yu so excited must not be ordinary enemy generals. Sun Bin's heart was moved and he hurriedly said: "Could this person be the famous general Zhang Xi of Qin!?" "Yes." Li Yumei said with excitement: "The general was ordered to hunt around, and he met this person breaking out of the encirclement. He knew it was a line of defense. The big fish chased after it and finally killed it! "  "Haha, good! Good!" Pang Juan was so happy that he praised: "In the past, in the battle of Longmen, this man killed 60,000 soldiers of our Wei army. Today's conferment of his head is enough to comfort the heroic souls of our Wei soldiers! General Li , I will remember you for your great contribution!" "Thank you, General." Li Yu was very happy. It seems that he will not be able to get promoted this time. "Well, the Qin army still has a general named Changguo. I wonder if they captured this person last night or let him run away?" Sun Bin asked. "Not bad." Pang Juan and Li Yu also wanted to spit fire in their eyes when they mentioned Shu Changguo. You must know that in the Battle of Shaoliang, the Wei army was defeated miserably, and tens of thousands of people died in the battle. The culprit was this concubine. It can be imagined that everyone in the Wei army wanted to eat this man alive. "General, military advisor, I'm going to check it out right now." Li Yu said immediately. "Okay, let's go." Pang Juan nodded. It would be great if the two famous generals of the Qin army died here. "Report¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a flying horse came to report: "General, military advisor, I am very happy. General Baning has found the uncle and the prime minister." The uncle is also in the camp! ? Pang Juan and Sun Bin looked at each other in shock, both quite surprised. Damn it, it¡¯s true that good people don¡¯t live long, and disasters last for thousands of years! Not to mention how disgusting Pang Juan felt, he secretly said: There was so much chaos last night, how come this uncle and old thief was not trampled to death by the flaming ox and killed by the rebel army? Seeing Pang Juan's unhappy face, Sun Bin whispered: "Brother, let's go and have a look. Anyway, the old man has lost his reputation and is no longer a threat to you. Why don't you show your generosity by showing off." That's true." Pang Juan was also happy and thought to himself: It's just the old thief who has a good eye but a low hand. After making up his mind, he waved his hand and said with a smile: "Okay, let's go see the aggrieved uncle and prime minister." "Okay." The two smiled knowingly and mounted their horses. Text Chapter 127 The uncle is heartbroken Not long after, Pang Juan and Sun Bin were led to a large ornate tent. As soon as Pang Juan and Sun Bin got off their horses, someone opened the curtain and walked out. It was none other than Baning. I saw Baning¡¯s eyes were red, as if he had shed tears. ¡°Obviously, Baning had already discussed it with his uncle, but it seemed that the situation was not very good. You know, Baning is a tough guy who would rather bleed than shed tears. what happened? Pang Juan gave Sun Bin a confused look, and Sun Bin shrugged. He was not a god, so how could he know. "General, military advisor." Baning looked up and saw Pang Juan and the two of them. He hurriedly stepped forward to greet them, but he couldn't help but feel a little uneasy on his face. After all, everyone on earth knows that Pang Juan and his uncle are not getting along. Pang Juan smiled faintly, patted Baning's shoulder nonchalantly, then opened the curtain and entered. The uncle is already a dead tiger, what else does he have to worry about? "Don't worry." Sun Bin also smiled and patted Baning's shoulder, and followed Pang Juan inside. After entering the tent, I took a quick look and saw that the tent was very large in area, with front and rear tents, at least a hundred square meters. The furnishings inside were also very elegant and luxurious, it was like a mini-mansion. It¡¯s a miracle that this tent was unscathed by the chaos and fire last night! In the middle of the front tent, there is an exquisite black lacquer table, and behind it, an old man in red robe is sitting. It is the uncle's seat. At this time, the uncle was dressed gorgeously and cleanly, with a refreshing appearance, a very rosy complexion, and a very calm demeanor. It seemed that although he had been trapped in the enemy camp for many days, he seemed to be living a good life. Pang Juan was a little stunned. When he thought about it, the uncle at this time should at least be in a miserable state, looking ashamed, and unable to see him. But at the moment, it seems that this uncle has not only suffered little hardship, but also seems to be well treated by the Qin people. What¡¯s going on! ? Although he was puzzled, Pang Juan still calmly crossed his fists and smiled faintly: "Pang has met the prime minister, uncle. The old prime minister is safe and sound, so Pang is relieved. Wei Hou will be very pleased to know that." Although the words were polite. , but every look on Pang Juan's face revealed the pride and sarcasm of a winner. The uncle was not angry, and said calmly: "I'm sorry, General. In the past, when Yinglian was held as a hostage in Wei State, I took good care of me. Therefore, although I was captured, I still have this old love. It¡¯s not hard at all. Oh, please sit down, please.¡± ¡°Thank you, old prime minister.¡± Pang Juan and Sun Bin suddenly understood, and while pretending to be polite and sitting down, they couldn¡¯t help but secretly complain: This old man is really lucky. It's really unreasonable to live such a comfortable life after being captured. "This must be Mr. Guigu's other student, Sun Bin and Sun Boling, right?" The uncle looked at Sun Bin. "That's the boy." There was no grudge between Sun Bin and his uncle, not to mention that the old man was no longer a threat, so he would not be rude. "Sure enough, he is a talented person." The uncle said with admiration: "I heard from Baning that our country Wei was able to turn the crisis around this time, and little brother Donai helped the general. I would like to thank you on behalf of the country of Wei." He is the prime minister of the Wei State, a public servant, and the uncle of the Marquis of Wei. He is indeed qualified to say this on behalf of the Wei State. When Sun Bin heard this, he was a little stunned. He looked at Pang Juan and winked, which meant: Didn¡¯t he say that this uncle was very arrogant? When I met him today, he was very polite, right? Pang Juan was also surprised and muttered in his heart: This old man has changed his character! ? Not knowing why, he shook his head slightly at Sun Bin. Sun Bin had no answer, so he had to respond: "Thank you, old prime minister, for the compliment. I am not worthy of it." The uncle smiled and said nothing more. He turned to Pang Juan with a solemn expression: "This time I am incompetent. Shaoliang was defeated and fell into Wei. The country was in a dangerous situation, but fortunately the general turned the tide. Here, I would like to express my gratitude on behalf of the State of Wei. If I have offended you in the past, I would like to thank Haihan." After saying this, he stood up and gave a long salute. Pang Juandun was a little at a loss: Did this uncle take the wrong medicine, or was he playing some conspiracy? Logically speaking, at this time, Pang Juan should stand up and be polite and courteous. But he was not good at dealing with human affairs, and he was too surprised. He was stunned for a moment, unable to deal with it. It has to be said that Pang Juan¡¯s character is very flawed. When the uncle saw this, of course he knew why, but he was not annoyed at all. He just sighed softly in distress."General, don't worry too much. These are all my words from the bottom of my heart, and they are absolutely true. Since I was captured, I have looked past fame and fortune. I wanted to die to thank the people of my country. However, the Wei State is in critical condition and I can't rest assured, so I linger on." So far. Now, the Kingdom of Wei has no worries, and I have been saved by the general. I have decided to resign from the post of prime minister after returning to the Kingdom of Wei, and return to my hometown without caring about worldly affairs. The state of Wei is entrusted to the general." Pang Juan and Sun Bin looked at each other and suddenly realized. No wonder this uncle behaved abnormally. It turns out that he has already fully realized this. This is really the best thing. Just now, Baning burst into tears. He must have heard what the uncle said and felt sad to see that the old benefactor's pride was gone and he was no longer a hero. In addition, Pang Juan also heard a hint of the meaning in Gongshuzuo's words - he seemed to want to recommend him to the Marquis of Wei to take over the position of prime minister! Very good! Pang Juan was overjoyed for a moment. If he could be both prime minister and general, he would be a very human minister and would have no regrets in his life. What¡¯s more, he is still less than twenty years old! Such outstanding achievements are enough to make him famous and famous throughout the ages! For Pang Juan, who has always loved fame and power, the temptation was so great that it almost tickled his heart. Pang Juan was overjoyed here, but he left his father-in-law's seat hanging there. Sun Bin was speechless when he saw it. He, the third senior brother, really needs to practice when it comes to human affairs. He coughed lightly and winked at Pang Juan. Pang Juan was stunned for a moment, then he came to his senses, stood up quickly, bowed to the uncle, and said politely: "Old Prime Minister, you're welcome. Pang is from the Wei State. He should do his best to assist the Wei State and dominate the other countries." Since the uncle was so sensible, Pang Juan was generous and wiped out his grudges. What's more, he and his uncle had a feud, and there was no deep hatred. Reconciliation was not difficult. "Okay, okay," the uncle looked very happy: "In this way, I can feel relieved. Oh, the war has just ended and things are busy. The general and Military Advisor Sun will go on their own, so you don't have to worry about me." Pang Juan Diandian He bowed his head and said politely: "In that case, Pang will take his leave. If the old prime minister needs it, he can just send someone to pass it on." "Definitely." "Goodbye." Pang Juan and Sun Bin came out of the tent one after another, and couldn't help but look at each other and sigh: Thinking about how glorious the uncle's seat was back then, now it has seen through the world of mortals and its heroic spirit has completely disappeared. What a twist of fate! Text Chapter 128 The Death of Yinglian night. The northeastern border of Qin State, Weiyuan Fort. This is a castle at the junction of Hexi County between Qin and Wei. It is not big, but very strong. This time, Qin invades Hexi. Weiyuan Fort is not only a bridgehead, but also an important logistics supply hub, which is extremely important. After the disastrous defeat of the Qin army in Pangcheng, the remnant troops ran for dozens of miles overnight and fled back here. At this time, although it had fallen into the night, the government office located in the center of Weiyuan Fort was brightly lit. Ying Qian, Ying Quliang, Shu Changguo and other Qin generals who had been lucky enough to escape gathered uneasily in front of a big room. Everyone looked worried and frightened. The reason is simple - Qin Gong wins the battle and is in critical condition! Pang Juan's arrow had already seriously injured Jiang Yinglian, and because he was eager to escape, he ran all night and could not heal his wounds. So, as soon as we arrived at Weiyuan Fort, Yinglian fell. "Now, Ying Qian, Ying Quliang and the generals are all very anxious. The Qin army has been defeated so miserably. If Lian Ying, the leader of the army, has his faults, then the Qin State will really collapse. Seeing that the military doctor had been inside for a long time but could not come out for a long time, all the generals couldn't help but feel worried and had a very bad premonition. "Why, why don't you come out? Brother, will father be okay?" Ying Quliang was younger after all, and he felt very good with his father. He felt anxious and confused, and shed tears. Ying Qian was older and could still calm down. He hugged Ying Quliang and comforted him: "Second brother, don't worry, my father will be fine because of his good fortune." "Yes." Ying Quliang wiped his tears. ¡°Squeak¡ª¡± At this moment, the door opened, and a medical officer hurried in with a frustrated look on his face. "Master Lin, how is your father?" "Yes, how is Duke Qin?" The generals immediately rushed forward and surrounded the medical officer, who was all talking. The medical officer looked sad, shook his head and was speechless. The hearts of all the generals sank, and they were all speechless - Mo, could it be that Duke Qin has already, no, it's impossible! "Master Lin," Ying Qian grabbed the medical officer's shoulders and said sternly with a ferocious expression, "How is my father? You speak." "My eldest son," the medical officer also shed tears, with a look of pain and helplessness on his face: "The arrowhead from Qin Gong's body was successfully removed. Although the injury was serious, there was no fear of life. However, the Wei people sinisterly smeared poison and cow and horse urine on the arrowhead. Qin Gong ran all night again, and the poison had already seeped into it. Now, the high fever and coma are no longer effective, and it is impossible to recover!" "What!?" At this moment, Ying Qian and others were like lightning, and they were about to faint. . "Lord Lin," the concubine Changguo was anxious. He grabbed the medical officer and begged: "The situation is critical now. Qin cannot live without Duke Qin. Please think of a way. I, my concubine Changguo, give me "Kneel down." "General, don't do this." The medical officer supported the general and choked with shame: "Lin is from Qin and your father is in trouble. How dare you not try your best!" ? However, we have tried our best, but we are helpless. It is all because of Lin's incompetence! " At this point, the medical officer also burst into tears. There was deathly silence all around. Ying Qian and other generals were all dumbfounded. They all stood there in despair with expressions as pale as death. Is this how Qin is going to end? ? At this moment, a eunuch hurried out of the big house and said with a joyful face: "Your Majesty, your Majesty is awake. Call the two young masters and the generals in." When Ying Qian heard this, he was overjoyed and said to the medical officer: " Mr. Lin, listen, my father is awake. Go and see if he can be saved. " "Yes, Mr. Lin, please go and see again." The generals seemed to be grasping a life-saving straw. The already desperate eyes flashed with excitement and hope. However, the medical officer's face was ashen and he said in a trembling voice: "Generals, your Majesty, your Majesty has returned to his former glory. Everyone, you should hurry up and see your Majesty. I'm afraid time is running out." There was deathly silence again. This time, everyone was desperate to the abyss, and their hearts were really colder than ice. ¡°Father¡ª¡ª¡± Suddenly, Ying Quliang burst into the house crying loudly. Ying Qian and others came to their senses and followed silently. Indoors, Yinglian was lying on the couch, his face flushed sickly, but he seemed to be in good spirits, as if nothing was wrong. This situation is indeed similar to what everyone knows about the return of light. ¡°Father¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°Mr. Qin¡ª¡ª¡± ¡­ The generals felt so sad and sad that they fell to the ground one after another, wailing bitterly, as if the sky was falling and the earth was falling.Yinglian on the couch slowly looked around at everyone, but there was no familiar figure. He couldn't help but feel a sinking heart, and said in a trembling voice: "Where is General Zhang?" Everyone was silent, and everyone lowered his head sadly. , no one dared to speak. "Hurry up, tell me quickly." Ying Lian became a little anxious and coughed suddenly: "Why, my words are useless?" "Father," Ying Quliang choked and said, "According to the report of the defeated troops, General Zhang was unfortunate. , was killed by Wei general Li Yu when he broke out, and died for his country. " "Ah!" Yinglian shouted, and a mouthful of blood spurted out. ?Obviously, this news hit him hard. "Father!" "Mr. Qin!" Ying Qian and others were immediately panicked, and the eunuch nearby also hurriedly stepped forward and wiped the blood from the corner of Yinglian's mouth. "No need to be busy." Yinglian waved his hand with difficulty, signaling the eunuch to step back. Looking at his face, he was already pale and angry. Obviously, the news of General Zhang's death became the last thing that broke the camel's back. The straw drained Yinglian's last bit of vitality. Slowly glancing at his anxious son and everyone else, Yinglian sighed softly and said bitterly: "In this expedition, I thought I could regain my homeland and revive the Qin State, but I didn't want to be defeated in Pangcheng, lose our troops, and suffer serious injuries. The vitality of the Qin State is all my fault. Today, the Qin State is in danger of being destroyed. If the Qin State is destroyed because of this, I will not be able to face my ancestors even if I fall under the Nine Springs. Duke Qin, please don't blame yourself." Upon hearing this, Shu Changguo choked up and said: "Our Qin country has been in existence for hundreds of years, and we have never encountered any dangers. As long as you are here, we old Qin people will definitely be able to survive. This is a difficult time. " "Haha, there's no need to comfort me." Ying Lian smiled to himself: "I understand that I can't survive this level. It doesn't matter if I die, but Qin Guo will. , we must not die!" At this point, Yinglian looked at Ying Qian and Ying Quliang and said: "After my father's death, his legitimate son Quliang will succeed the king, and Ying Qian will assist in the government. You two brothers must agree to be their fathers. We must work together to protect Qin and prosper it. ""Father¡ª¡ª" When Ying Quliang heard Yinglian's explanation of his funeral, he couldn't help but burst into tears, feeling extremely sad. Although Ying Qian was also very hurt, he was older and was still calm. He choked and said: "Father, please don't worry. Qian will definitely assist my second brother, protect the Qin Kingdom, and prosper the Qin Kingdom." Ying Lian glanced at the concubine again. Guo and others said with difficulty: "And you, promise me, you will do your best to help the new king overcome this difficulty." "Yes, Duke Qin." Shu Changguo and others also cried bitterly. Yinglian breathed a sigh of relief, seemed to let go of the big stone in his heart, looked up to the sky, and murmured to himself: "I am so ambitious, but I ended up like this. I am really unwilling to accept it-" As he finished speaking, his eyes slowly closed. , so that there is no more sound. The medical officer came forward to take a look, tested his breathing with his hands, and immediately cried to the ground: "Everyone, Duke Qin¡ª¡ªis gone!" "Father¡ª¡ª" "Mr. Qin¡ª¡ª" Suddenly, inside Weiyuan Fort The cries of mourning shook the sky, the white sails fluttered, and the three armies mourned. Text Chapter 129 Pang Juan¡¯s bloody hatred Pangcheng. The Wei army is resting. "It's not that Pang Juan and Sun Bin didn't know the principle of pursuing victory while they were victorious, but that the army was exhausted from continuous attacks and battles. If you don¡¯t take a rest, you will collapse without being beaten by others. What's more, although the main force of the Qin army was destroyed, there was still a partial Qin army of more than 10,000 people in Shaoliang, which seriously threatened the Wei army's retreat. Until this hidden danger is solved, it is impossible for the Wei army to pursue Yinglian and others. However, after two days of rest, Pang Juan had already sent Li Yu to lead 10,000 Wei troops eastward, and to cooperate with the 10,000 suspect troops remaining on the east bank of the Yellow River to encircle and annihilate this partial division of the Qin army. At this time, the main force of the Qin army has been destroyed. The partial divisions of the Qin army that stayed in Shaoliang must have become panicked. The soldiers have no fighting spirit and the generals have no intention to fight. However, facing the Wei army, the morale is high and the strength is doubled. There is no problem in winning. ¡­ ¡­ In the blink of an eye, Wei Jun had been training in Pangcheng for three days. However, Pang Juan and Sun Bin were still very busy with trivial matters such as the mobilization of military supplies, the arrangement of camps, and the appeasement of public opinion. That evening, things finally came to an end. Pang Juan and Sun Bin relaxed and drank and rested together. The two of them had just had a few drinks when a soldier suddenly came in: "Report, General, there is a group of people outside the door. They say they are your relatives and have come to pay their respects." Pang Juan was stunned for a moment, looking a little surprised, and was silent for a while. He said coldly: "No!" "No." The soldier was stunned, and he was a little surprised. After all, everyone knew that General Pang Juan was from Pangcheng. He had returned with such honors and his relatives came to pay homage. How could he not see him? But the general said he was gone, and he, a small soldier, dared to say anything, so he had no choice but to respond and turn around. "Wait a minute." When Sun Bin saw it, he quickly stopped his soldiers and whispered to Pang Juan: "Brother, although these people have been sorry to you before, they are your relatives after all. If you avoid them, I'm afraid the world will say that you are because of You forget your roots when you are rich. "As a senior brother, Sun Bin certainly knew about Pang Juan's unfortunate childhood, but others may not know about it, so he had to persuade Pang Juan to keep a good reputation. Pang Juan was silent for a moment, clenched his fists, seemed to have made up his mind, and squeezed out a sentence through his teeth: "Okay, let's meet. I want to see how they still have the nerve to see me." Go quickly." Sun Bin winked at the soldier. "Promise." The soldier hurried away as if he had just woken up from a dream. After a while, there was a burst of chaotic footsteps outside the door, and several soldiers led more than ten men and women, old and young, over. As soon as they entered the door, these people bowed down with sincerity and flattery: "The little man pays homage to the general." Pang Juan didn't say a word. His eyes just stared at the two middle-aged men and women who had not bowed before, with cold expressions on their faces. Cold eyes. I saw that this middle-aged man was tall, with a white face and a beard, but he had his head lowered and looked ashamed, not daring to look directly into Pang Juan's eyes. But the middle-aged woman, whose charm was still there, looked at Pang Juan with a flattering and careful look, as if she wanted to speak, but was a little afraid to say it. Sun Bin immediately understood - this middle-aged man and woman must be Pang Juan's father and stepmother. "Cough¡ª¡ª" Seeing that Pang Juan didn't speak, Sun Bin coughed and lightly kicked Pang Juan under the table. Although he felt unhappy, Pang Juan still managed to smile: "I am Pang Juan. I have not seen you for many years. Are you all okay?" At this moment, those old and young couldn't help but become happy: "I said that the general is our village. "Little Pangzi, you still don't believe it?" "How can we have the same name and the same surname, and we are also from Pangcheng. Haha, our Pang family will be prosperous now." "It's not that we don't believe it, it's not that we are nine years old. Was Xiao Pangzi eaten by wolves in the mountains? " "Yes, we searched for him at that time but couldn't find anyone. Unexpectedly, Xiao Pangzi was not only still alive, but also became a general. " As soon as he heard this, Pang Juan was reminded of the miserable memories of his childhood, and his already cold face became even colder. As a general who commands hundreds of thousands of troops, Pang Juan's aura is still very scary. The temperature in the room seemed to have dropped to freezing point in an instant, and those old and young seemed to have reacted and fell silent for an instant. It seemed that Pang Juan's stepmother couldn't bear the pressure. She smiled and said with a flattering look on her face: "Xiao, Xiao Juan, I was not good for my mother back then, so I can't forgive you. You have a lot of money, please don't be a woman like me." Care about it." As he spoke, he stabbed his husband hard and whispered: "You dead man, please speak quickly."  Pang Juan's father had no choice but to bite the bullet and said: "Xiao, Xiaojuan, your stepmother told me everything. I misunderstood you back then, and it was all because of my father's fault. I'm sorry for you as a father, you You've suffered." "Hahaha" Hearing this, Pang Juan suddenly burst into laughter, so crazy that he even shed tears. what happened? Everyone in the room was stunned for a moment. Based on Sun Bin's understanding of Pang Juan, he suddenly felt that something was wrong. ¡°Xiao, Xiaojuan, you¡ª¡ª¡± Pang Juan¡¯s father was dumbfounded and at a loss. Suddenly, Pang Juan stopped laughing, his face darkened, and he said sternly: "Pang Rong, how dare you say this!? I am your biological son. Back then, you didn't believe me, but you believed in this stinky woman!? You Do you know what kind of life I was living at that time, worse than a pig or a dog?" Pang Rong, Pang Juan's father, suddenly looked ashamed and was speechless. Pang Juan choked up: "Can you imagine that a nine-year-old child was forced to flee into the mountains, sleep in the open air, live among wild beasts, and struggle to survive all day long? What kind of life was that?" Suddenly, all the Pang clan members looked ashamed and humiliated. head. Back then, although they did not treat Pang Juan harshly, they chose to watch Pang Juan's tragic experience and did not want to get involved. Therefore, they are at least half responsible for Pang Juan's unfortunate childhood. ¡°If the clan had come forward to rebuke Pang¡¯s father and severely punish his stepmother, then Pang Juan would not have been so miserable. "Fortunately," Pang Juan suddenly smiled softly: "Back then, I was lucky enough to meet my tutor, Mr. Guigu, and I was adopted and taught by him. That's how I achieved what I have today." Suddenly, his face hardened and he spoke every word. He paused and said, "However, I swore at that time that once I became successful in the future, I would definitely repay kindness and revenge!" Looking at Pang Juan's ferocious expression, the stepmother suddenly had a bad feeling and hurriedly smiled and said: "Xiao, Xiaojuan, it was all my fault back then. Just for the sake of your brothers and sisters, don't argue with me, a woman." Pang Juan glanced at the clan members and said calmly: "Back then, you guys You don¡¯t care about my life or death. Now, we don¡¯t owe each other anything, so you go away and don¡¯t expect to get anything from me.¡± Pang Juan is very smart. He knows that these people are shamelessly looking for him for nothing more than this. He wanted to get some benefits, but he had already been deeply disappointed with these tribesmen. How could he let them get their wish? "As for you -" Pang Juan glanced at Pang Rong coldly: "You are obsessed with sex and stupid. You are not worthy of being a father at all. You deserve to die! However, no matter what, you have nurtured me, so I I don¡¯t care about you. But from now on, we will never see each other again. You can go away¡ª¡ª¡± ¡°Xiaojuan¡ª¡ª¡± Pang Rong was shocked and stunned. It is conceivable that once the matter spreads, he will be crowned. He had a reputation of being cool and stupid, and was scolded and looked down upon. Pang Juan ignored him and just glared at the shameless stepmother with murderous intent: "As for you, you are vicious and mean. You can't atone for your sins without death! Come on, pull me down and beat you to death with sticks!" "Nuo!" All the soldiers After standing by for a long time, everyone understood what was going on. They gritted their teeth at this vicious woman. After hearing this, they stepped forward and tried to pull this bitch down. "No, Xiaojuan, please spare me, I, I know I was wrong -" The woman was so frightened that she suddenly lost her soul and sat down on the ground. She was crying loudly, begging for mercy, and she was even more heartbroken. I regret it so much. " If she had known that Pang Juan hated her so much, she should not have been greedy for vanity and dragged her husband and clan members to see Pang Juan. In the end, she did not get any benefits but lost her life. "Wait a minute!" Sun Bin saw that it was not good, and quickly stopped all the soldiers, and whispered to Pang Juan: "Brother, although this woman deserves to die ten times, she is still your stepmother in name. If she is killed, the public opinion will boil over. It¡¯s very bad for my brother¡¯s reputation.¡± ¡°In any case, China is a country that values ??filial piety, but Sun Bin could not tarnish his reputation by watching Pang Juan act recklessly. However, how can the hatred that has been in his heart for more than ten years be easily eliminated? Pang Juan said coldly: "Junior brother, everything else depends on you. This matter must not work." "Senior brother!" Sun Bin was anxious and said sternly: "Calm down. After all, it¡¯s not worth losing your reputation for such a vicious woman. Don¡¯t forget that you still have ideals, and don¡¯t forget what Wu Zi taught you back then!¡± In those days, Wu Qi killed his wife to make his ambition clear. , even though his martial arts were unparalleled and he swept across the world, his personal ethics were always criticized by others. In the end, he was suspected by the Marquis of Wei and had to flee to another country, all his previous achievements wasted. As a senior brother, Sun Bin certainly doesn¡¯t want Sun Bin to follow Wu Qi¡¯s path. Pang Juan calmed down a little. He was not a fool. Of course he knew that Sun BinThat's right, this is really for his own good. However, if he doesn¡¯t let out the bad breath in his heart, I¡¯m afraid he will struggle with it for the rest of his life. Thinking of this, Pang Juan took a long breath and said coldly: "Come here, take this stinky woman down, break her legs, and throw her out the door." The soldiers looked at Sun Bin hesitantly. Sun Bin was relieved in his heart. He knew that it would be impossible not to let Pang Juan vent his anger. However, it was not a big problem if he just broke his leg, so he nodded to the soldiers. "No." All the soldiers rushed forward and dragged the vicious woman down like wolves and tigers. "Spare your life, Xiaojuan, spare your life. Master, please help me -" The vicious stepmother's face turned pale with fear. When she was dragged out, a pool of yellow water stains was left on the ground. I was so scared that I peed. Pang Rong and other relatives wanted to plead for mercy, but looking at Pang Juan's murderous face, no one dared to say anything. You know, this is a great general with a lot of troops and great majesty! Don't make others angry and get yourself burned. "There are still these people, drive them out." Pang Juan glanced at Pang Rong and all his relatives, waved his sleeves, walked away. From then on, the two sides broke off all ties and never saw each other again. Sun Bin sighed and had no choice but to follow him. The soldiers behind him immediately began to chase away people. Pang Rong and others were ashamed, so they hid their faces and left. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 130: Attacking Yueyang from the West (Part 1) Pang Juan returned to the back hall. Although it could be said that he had an old grudge today, he did not kill the vicious woman, but he still felt a little unwilling in his heart. Sun Bin had to comfort him for a while, which made Pang Juan feel relieved. "Report¡ª¡ª" Just at this moment, some soldiers came hurriedly: "General, military advisor, we are reporting urgently. The Qin army in Weiyuan Fort suddenly became completely silent, and white flags were hung all over the city. If you look closely, you will know , that Qin Gong Yinglian has died of his injuries. " "Great!" Pang Juan was immediately overjoyed: This Yinglian is indeed destined to die. He said excitedly: "If Yinglian dies, the Qin army will definitely be frightened, and Qin will be destroyed this time." Sun Bin was not so optimistic. He knew that although Yinglian died, it would be impossible to destroy Qin. He quickly asked: "Now that Yinglian is dead, do you know who will take over?" "According to reports, it is Yingquliang, the eldest son of Yinglian." It is indeed him! Sun Bin secretly frowned. This Yinglian was Qin Xiaogong in later generations. He was a man of great talent and strong will. During his tenure, he boldly used Shang Yang's reforms, which made Qin rapidly become rich and powerful and laid the foundation for hegemony. In other words, historically, Yinglian has successfully survived the current crisis. It¡¯s just that Sun Bin is not a student of history after all, so he doesn¡¯t know many details. I don¡¯t know what method Yinglian used to overcome this difficulty. Seeing Sun Bin deep in thought, Pang Juan was a little surprised: "Junior brother, what's wrong? Do you think Qin can still make a comeback now?" "It's hard to say." Sun Bin thought it was better to give Pang Juan a warning, and said thoughtfully: "I heard "This is a brilliant strategy to win the battle. With this person as the king, even if the new king of the Qin State is killed and the army is defeated, I am afraid that it will be destroyed." "Junior brother, you are too worried." Ying Quliang looked down upon him and said disdainfully: "So what if Yinglian, wasn't he beaten completely by our brothers!? I don't believe how strong Ying Quliang can be." "Retribution¡ª¡ª" He was saying , another soldier flew to report: "General, military advisor, frontline scouting report: After the funeral, the Qin army quickly broke out of camp, abandoned Weiyuan Fort, and the entire army retreated to the capital of Yueyang." "Haha" Pang Juan heard this. , laughed proudly and said: "Junior brother, what I said is right, this Ying Quliang is a coward at all. Before our army went to fight him, he was so frightened that he ran away with his tail between his legs." Sun Bin was also stunned, Then he understood Ying Quliang's intention. The new monarch was mourned and the army was defeated. It was a time when people were panicking. With only a few remaining soldiers and defeated generals, Ying Quliang was unable to stop the advancing Wei army at Weiyuan Fort. Rather than being crushed to pieces by the Wei army because of overestimating their own capabilities, it is better to retreat to Yueyang, concentrate on defending the capital, and then wait for change. It can be said that this is the only correct response for the Qin Army at the moment. It¡¯s really not easy to win Quliang! Sun Bin admired secretly in his heart, and couldn't help but have some intuition. Perhaps, this time, Qin will still be lucky enough to escape like in history. However, after all, Pang Juan didn't have a golden finger like him, so Sun Bin couldn't persuade him any more, so he had to say: "Brother, let's take advantage of the situation and pursue him?" "Of course." Pang Juan said energetically: "As long as we break through Yueyang and destroy the Qin State, If the clan is defeated, the Qin State will definitely be destroyed. Qin is a great country in the world. If it can be destroyed, my two brothers will definitely be remembered in history. " I hope so. Sun Bin smiled bitterly in his heart. ¡­ After a day of preparation, Pang Juan and Sun Bin led the main force of the Wei army, more than 50,000 people, to march westward and attack Qin Yueyang. The bad news spread, the Qin Kingdom was shocked, and the people's hearts were frightened. One day later, the Wei army marched into Qin's territory in a mighty manner. Wherever they went, Weiyuanbao, Pinyang, Chongquan and other counties were surrendered without fighting. All the Qin soldiers and civilians in the city retreated, and they were not even given any food. The Wei army left behind one livestock and one grain of grain, and they actually made it clear that they would strengthen the walls and clear the wilderness and defend Yueyang. Pang Juan didn't care. In his opinion, the Qin army could only play these little tricks now, but in the face of absolute strength, any tricks were useless. Four days later, at the foot of Yueyang City, tens of thousands of Wei soldiers surrounded the Qin capital, making it difficult for birds to cross. It¡¯s evening. In the side hall of the Qin Palace, Ying Quliang sat high on the throne, while Ying Qian and other civil and military officials sat on both sides. ??Everyone has a solemn look on their face, and their foreheads are tied with filial piety ties, and a tragic aura of mourning soldiers arises spontaneously. "My lords," Ying Quliang said with a solemn expression, "Now that the Wei army is approaching the city, the Qin state is in danger. I hope that everyone can work together to overcome the difficulties." "Yes, Duke Qin." Zhu Wenwu agreed enthusiastically. "Brother, first tell us about the enemy and our military situation." Ying Quliang looked at Ying Qian. Ying Qian nodded and glanced down.The man said with a heavy expression: "Now, there are about 50,000 Wei troops approaching the city, all of them are the elites of hundreds of battles. In addition, once the Wei army regains Hexi, they can send at least 30,000 to 50,000 reinforcements. And we, Qin The main force of the army was 150,000, but only more than 10,000 people survived. The Yueyang soldiers found were only 30,000, and there were many wounded, old and weak. In terms of morale, it was also very problematic to withstand the upcoming fierce siege of the Wei army. , The difficulty is not small!¡± When the civil and military officials heard this, they also looked solemn. It seems that facing the menacing Wei army, even with the majestic Yueyang City as a barrier, it will be extremely difficult to defend. Especially the world-famous Wei Wu soldiers are even more intimidating. "Old Prime Minister Gan, please talk about people's livelihood." Ying Quliang looked at the old Prime Minister Qian Long beside him. Qianlong is a member of the noble family of the Qin State. He is highly virtuous and has great prestige in the court. Qianlong sighed: "The Wei army counterattacked too quickly, and everything was not rushed and completed. Now, there are 100,000 civilians and 30,000 soldiers in Yueyang City, but the food and grass are only enough for one month. Even if you live frugally, It¡¯s enough for a month and a half at most.¡± What! ? The civil and military officials were shocked when they heard this: The food and grass are only enough for a few months at most? This, this is really something bad. "Gentlemen," seeing all the civil and military officials looking depressed and desperate, Ying Quliang had no choice but to cheer him up: "Although the situation is critical, we, the old Qin people, have been in the country for hundreds of years and have never encountered any difficulties and obstacles. We have survived this time! ? This time, I believe that as long as everyone works together and does their best, our country of Qin can also overcome this difficulty." Now that the main force of our Qin army is gone, we have little chance of defeating the Wei army by our own strength. Only by recruiting reinforcements as soon as possible can we overcome this difficulty." "Where are the reinforcements?" Ying Quliang's eyes lit up, anxious. road. "Rong Di!" Du Zhi said calmly: "In the past, our Qin State General Yu Ping defeated the thirty-four Rong Di branches. The Rong Di Alliance swore never to rebel again and was willing to obey the orders of our Qin State. Now, the Qin Dynasty is in danger, why not hurry up Send an order to mobilize the Rong Di army to the east to save the situation? "What a good idea! Rong Di has a population of hundreds of thousands, and they are ferocious. They can send at least 50,000 elite troops to defeat the barbarians." This person has no military discipline to speak of. Once he is allowed to enter the pass, everything he passes will be turned into scorched earth. Even if the Wei army is defeated, our Qin country will also be severely damaged. " "What's even more terrifying is that the barbarians. I have always been unfaithful. I was afraid of the military might of Qin before. Now my Qin has been defeated and its national power is empty. If the barbarians see the truth after entering the pass and suddenly cause chaos, they will really be helpless. " As soon as Du Zhi said this, there was a quarrel in the palace, including those who agreed and those who opposed. When Ying Quliang heard this, he also frowned: Inviting Rong Di soldiers to enter the pass is indeed a risky move. If one of them fails, he will not be able to repel the Wei army, but he may be killed first. For a while, I was hesitant and undecided. Text Chapter 130: Attacking Yueyang from the West (Part 2) "Qin Gong," at this time, the chief historian Gongsun Jia stood up and said: "I think that Rong Di can be invited, but it is best to be a backup. If you really want to find reinforcements, I think it is better to go to Han, Zhao, and Chu as soon as possible "Three Kingdoms to save." "But South Korea and Zhao have just been defeated by Wei, are they still willing to send troops?" "That is, Chu is a barbarian state that loves profit and forgets justice, but is willing to help Qin at this critical moment?" The country?¡± ¡­ When the ministers heard this, they also started talking. Ying Quliang frowned and looked at Gongsun Jia and said: "Gongsun Aiqing, are you sure about Han, Zhao and Chu?" "Yes." Gongsun Jia confidently said: "Han, Zhao and I, the Qin Dynasty, are dependent on each other and will fight together. Qin State, if our Qin State were to fall, Han and Zhao would definitely be defeated. Moreover, although the Wei State defeated Han, Zhao and our Qin State this time, they also lost their troops and their vitality was severely damaged. Now, the only main force of the Wei State is in the hands of Pang Juan. The country is very empty, and it is a good time for Han and Zhao to take revenge. Therefore, I dare to conclude that Han and Zhao will definitely send troops. "As for the Chu State, it has always been ambitious in the Central Plains, but it was only because the Wei State was strong that it was suppressed." . In recent years, Wei has been weak, and Chu has been ready to take action. Now, once Wei defeats Qin, its power will inevitably rise again, which will be extremely detrimental to Chu's expansion. Therefore, I dare to conclude that Chu will also be willing to send troops. " "As long as Han, Zhao, and Chu are willing to send troops to help, Wei will be in danger, and Pang Juan can only be called back to rescue him. In this way, Qin's difficulties and Yueyang's crisis can be solved without a fight. There is no need to risk the use of Rong and Di. "Bing." "What a great idea!" Ying Quliang was so impressed. "Mr. Qin, I believe that what Gongsun Changshi said is indeed reasonable, and you can give it a try." "Yes, there is a high hope of success." When all the ministers heard that Gongsun Jia's analysis was very reasonable, they also nodded in agreement. "Okay." Seeing that no one had any objections, Ying Quliang immediately ordered Qianlong: "Old Prime Minister, you immediately send an eloquent messenger to the three countries of Han, Zhao and Chu to explain that they sent troops to rescue us." "Yes, Qin Gong." Qianlong promised. "Mr. Qin," Gongsun Jia took the initiative to invite him and said, "Among the three kingdoms, Chu is the strongest and its attitude is the most critical. Therefore, I am not talented, so I would like to ask you to be an envoy to Chu. I hope Duke Qin will allow me." "Okay." Ying Quliang was greatly moved: "Then I owe you Gongsun Aiqing. If Qin can survive this disaster, I will definitely thank Aiqing for your contribution." "Thank you Qin Gong." Gongsun Jia sat down excitedly. "As for the soldiers of Rong and Di, just as Gongsun Aiqing said, keep them for later use." Ying Quliang glanced at the people in the palace and said to a young and heroic young general: "Zi Cheshi, you are from a famous family. My ancestors have great prestige in Rongdi, so I will send you as an envoy to mobilize soldiers and horses in Rongdi to prepare for your use." "No." When the young general heard this, he also accepted the order. "Qin Gong," at this time, the general Shu Changguo said: "Whether it is asking Han, Zhao, or Chu to send troops, or transferring troops from the west, it will take time. But Wei is about to attack the city, and water from afar cannot quench the thirst of the people nearby, so , I will immediately open the treasury to the Duke of Qin, and reward the three armies heavily to boost morale and defend Yueyang!" "This¡ª¡ª" When Ying Quliang heard this, he looked embarrassed. Others didn't know the family background of the Qin State. How could he do it? Not sure. This time, to attack Hexi, Qin not only mobilized the entire country's troops, but also mobilized a large amount of materials, money and grain that had been accumulated for many years. As a result, Pangcheng was defeated miserably, not only losing troops but also losing all his wealth which was not very rich in the first place. Nowadays, although the Qin State Treasury is not able to escape mice, it is not much better. Where does the money come from to reward the three armies heavily? ? As soon as the concubine Changguo saw Ying Quliang's face, he immediately understood and said with emotion: "Mr. Qin, the country is in trouble. As a Qin citizen, how can I just sit back and watch? I am willing to donate half of my family property, about 100,000 yuan, to solve the country's troubles. " "General, this -" Ying Quliang was really moved when he heard this. "Qin Gong, I would like to donate 50,000 yuan." "I will donate 30,000 yuan." "I will donate 70,000 yuan." When all the ministers heard this, they also donated generously, showing that the people of Qin are united to solve the national crisis. of unity. "Okay, okay, I would like to thank you all on behalf of the Qin State." Ying Quliang choked up: "You are all so loyal. As the king of a country, I should set an example. From now on, the palace will be reduced by half. All the money will be used to relieve the national crisis. If so, it should be enough. " "The Duke of Qin is wise." When the ministers heard this, they were also very impressed. The Duke of Qin is already frugal, and now he saves half of it. If the cost is high, then life will really be more difficult, ?The average minister is not much better. ??This also shows the determination of the public to fight against the difficulties of the country and the wisdom of winning Quliang. With a good plan, and seeing that all the ministers were united, Ying Quliang finally relieved a lot of the huge pressure in his heart, and said excitedly: "Okay, with the support of all the gentlemen, I believe that we will be able to defend Yueyang and attack "Repulse the Wei army!" "Hold Yueyang and repel the Wei army!" The ministers also shouted. ?¡­ ?This is an early morning. "Woo" Early in the morning on the third day after arriving in Yueyang, the Wei army couldn't wait to launch an attack, rushing towards the city from all directions. The Wei army's attack was very methodical. At the head of the battle were 5,000 Wei soldiers, holding strong shields in their hands, forming a huge and dense shield wall, firmly covering the 5,000 crossbowmen behind them as they pushed steadily towards the city. Behind them, there are 5,000 Wei people carrying earth bags and 10,000 light soldiers carrying countless long ladders on standby. "Fire arrows!" Seeing the Wei army's shield wall approaching the moat, which was only thirty steps away from the city, an order was given from the top of the city, and arrows shot out like rain. " However, the soldiers of Wei were all elites who fought in hundreds of battles and had rich combat experience. The shield wall was perfectly assembled. Although the Qin army's arrows were like rain, they hardly even hurt a single hair of the Wei army. "Bang¡ª¡ª" As soon as the Qin army's arrow rain stopped, a bang was heard in the Wei army's formation. Then, the shield wall suddenly cracked, revealing countless crossbowmen who were ready to go. ¡°Whoosh¡ª¡ª¡± In an instant, the bowstrings crashed like thunder, and countless arrows screamed toward the city head like locusts. "Push, pounce" Blood splattered, and the Qin army was caught off guard. They screamed and were hit by arrows. The terrifying wailing made people's scalp numb. "Quick, hold on, fire arrows quickly." On the top of the city, the general of the Qin army was so anxious that he screamed hoarse. The Qin army's bows and crossbows were hurriedly preparing to counterattack. The shield wall under the wall suddenly closed and turned into a copper wall and an iron wall again, like an airtight turtle shell. "Ding ding" Another round of arrow rain poured down from the Qin army, but the result was just countless white spots on the Wei army's shield wall. "Damn it." Ying Cheng, the general of the Qin army who was on duty, was so angry that his veins were bulging in his forehead. He didn't expect that the Wei army was so well-trained and cunning. However, the Wei army did not care. Taking advantage of the Qin army's arrow rain to stop, the shield wall suddenly opened again, and another wave of arrow rain rushed towards the city. On the top of the city, there was suddenly another shrill wailing, and countless Qin soldiers were shot to the ground. For a time, the Qin army was so angry that they hid behind the wall and did not dare to show their faces. Text Chapter 131: Attacking Yueyang from the West (Part 2) Seeing that the counterattack at the top of the city was suppressed, Pang Juan from behind the formation nodded. Immediately, the five thousand Wei people on standby carried earth bags and went straight to the city. Their task was very simple, which was to use earth bags to fill in several passages in the moat so that the Wei army could reach the city directly. Of course, even with military cover, the risk of doing so is quite high. However, Pang Juan gave a very generous reward, and the Qin army's burning, killing, and looting in Hexi also aroused the raging anger of the Wei people, and everyone eagerly rushed to the city. On top of the city, Ying Quliang and other generals also hurriedly came upon hearing the news and rushed to the northern city where the Wei army was mainly attacking. However, as soon as they reached the top of the city, what made Ying Quliang and others furious was that the Wei civilians filling up the moat were getting closer and closer, but the Qin army timidly huddled behind the city wall and turned a blind eye. Are these the people of Qin who are still famous for their bravery and ferocity? ? Ying Quliang knew that Pangcheng's tragic defeat and Yinglian's death in battle had brought devastating damage to the morale of the Qin army. He must reverse this situation, otherwise, Qin will be doomed without waiting for reinforcements. "Where is the general on duty?" Ying Quliang shouted sharply. "Mr. Qin, the last general is here." A middle-aged general in his thirties rushed over in a panic. Seeing Ying Quliang's livid face, his heart pounded. "I ask you, the Wei army is approaching the city and Liyang is in danger, why don't you fight back?" Ying Quliang's face was cold. "Qin Gong," the general said with sweat on his forehead: "The Wei people are cunning and backed by strong walls. My bows and crossbows can't hit them. But as soon as our Qin soldiers show up, they will be shot dead. Generals and soldiers We are all helpless, so¡ª¡ª" "So, you just stayed back and let the Wei army march in, right? You are such a timid person who is afraid of death. What's the point of keeping you?" After that, Ying Quliang let out a "canglang". Pulling out his sword, he couldn't help but kill the general with one strike. In an instant, blood flowed all over the ground, and everyone was horrified. Ying Quliang's beheaded general showed his authority and looked around in a stern voice: "All the officers and soldiers are listening to the order. The Wei people are violent and the Qin country is in danger. If anyone dares to retreat, he will kill without mercy and kill the three tribes! Now, send me thousands of arrows. Stop the Wei army!" "No!" All the troops were afraid. Seeing Ying Quliang personally supervising the battle, no one dared to shrink back. They all leaned out and rained arrows down the city again. "Dangdang" However, the Wei army's tight shield wall still made the Qin people work in vain, leaving only countless clear white spots on the shields. "Whoosh" Taking advantage of the Qin army's arrow rain to thin out, the Wei army's shield wall cracked with lightning, and countless arrows were shot out. "Plop" "Ah" On the top of the city, countless Qin troops were hit by arrows and fell to the ground with howls. The concubine Zhangguo became anxious when he saw it: "Mr. Qin, we can't fight like this. Our army will suffer too much." The general thought that the crossbowmen could be divided into two groups, one group would be used as bait to lure the Wei army to shoot, and the other group would be used as bait. In order to ambush the troops, once the Wei army removes the shield wall, they will attack them severely. " "Good idea." Ying Quliang was very happy and immediately ordered to prepare accordingly. At this moment, five thousand Wei citizens rushed to the city. The well-prepared Wei army formation immediately opened several passages, allowing the civilians to pass while taking on the responsibility of covering them. All the people followed the passage, swarmed to the moat, and threw the bags of earth on their shoulders into the river. "Plopplop" As the water splashed, a simple embankment made of earth bags quickly formed and extended to the other side of the river. "Fire the arrow and kill the husband of Wei Guomin first." Shu Changguo said sternly. "Whoosh" The Qin army's crossbowmen, who were responsible for the bait, immediately leaned out and fired thousands of arrows to deal with Wei Guominfu. "Plop Oh, I've been hit by an arrow" Five thousand people from the Wei people gathered together, so they were the best targets. When the arrows rained down, one or two hundred people were hit by arrows, howling miserably. There was a lot of sound. Damn it! Seeing that countless villagers were killed and injured by arrows, the Wei army was furious. "Protect the villagers." Amidst the roar, the Wei army's shield wall cracked, and five thousand crossbowmen came out again, shooting vengeful fury towards the city. The crossbowmen of the Qin army who were massacring the Wei people suddenly howled miserably. Many people were shot by random arrows and fell to the top of the city like dumplings. "Okay, good shot!" The people of Wei were cheering loudly. On top of the city, another group of Qin army ambush soldiers who had been waiting for a long time leaned forward with arrows like rain. Before the Wei army's shield wall had time to close, they were caught off guard.  "Push, pounce" Many Wei army crossbowmen were hit by arrows and fell to the ground, and the neat formation was in chaos for a while. "Good shot!" Ying Quliang looked through the safer observation hole and was overjoyed when he saw this, and finally let out a bad breath. It was seen that the arrows of the Wei army had been suppressed for a while. On top of the city, the other Qin army's crossbowmen also responded with a burst of arrows. Suddenly, the casualties of the Wei army's crossbowmen and civilians skyrocketed, and the river filling work was suddenly unsustainable. "Damn it!" At this time, the person who was in charge of attacking the city and commanding the city was none other than General Baning. Seeing this, he really gritted his teeth. However, Banin, who has been in battle for a long time and has rich experience, did not panic. "The whole army is free to fire, covering the civilians to fill the river. Anyone who dares to take the lead will be killed without mercy by the Qin army!" Baning immediately changed his tactics and chose to fight head-on with the Qin army. Although the casualties would definitely be huge, there was nothing we could do to cover the civilians filling the river. War is meant to kill people. As long as you can win, any sacrifice is worth it. In an instant, thousands of arrows were fired from above and below the city. The rain of arrows was so dense that they collided frequently in the air, broke and fell. The casualties of the Qin and Wei armies also increased rapidly. Siege warfare is indeed a meat grinder for both the enemy and ourselves. The mind-numbing cruelty is unimaginable to those who have never been on the battlefield. However, the casualties suffered by the Wei army's crossbowmen were not in vain. They bought valuable time and opportunities for the civilians. The people also risked their lives and stepped forward, desperately using sandbags to quickly extend the dike to the other side. ¡­Fifteen minutes later, the Wei army¡¯s crossbowmen and civilians paid thousands of casualties, but finally opened up more than ten passages on the moat. The door to attack Yueyang is open! "Attack the city!" Facing the heavy casualties, Pang Juan behind the formation showed no expression. He just waved his hand coldly and issued the order for a general attack. "Dong dong" In an instant, the ten thousand light soldiers on standby behind the formation screamed to kill, and carried the long ladder straight to the bottom of the city with great momentum. The situation seemed good, but Sun Bin frowned slightly. At present, it seems that the situation of the Wei army is excellent, but Sun Bin is keenly aware of the danger hidden behind it. Now, the main force of the Wei army is in Hexi, and the country is empty. Once Han, Zhao, Chu and other countries look at the situation and launch a surprise attack, the consequences will be unimaginable. Therefore, Sun Bin believes that there is no need to rush to destroy Qin. To be on the safe side, it is better to return to the army first and stabilize the country. ??????????????????????????The famous king of Yingquliang is by no means an ordinary person. Is the Qin country really so easy to destroy? Anyway, Sun Bin doesn¡¯t have much confidence. However, he knew that the Qin army's invasion of Hexi had brought huge losses to the Wei state, and everyone in the Wei army was jealous. At this time, he suggested retreating, but no one would listen to him. Including Pang Juan. He is good at tactics but poor at strategy. This is Pang Juan's shortcoming. Thinking of this, Sun Bin sighed in his heart and could only take one step at a time. Text Chapter 132 Forced to Retreat (Part 1) "Kill -" Under the city of Yueyang, the Wei army roared and swarmed in, charging towards the city with murderous intent. For a moment, countless long ladders were erected towards the top of the city. "Hurry, hold on! Get ready to hit the rocks, don't mess up!" "And scratch the spears, push down the long ladder, we must not let the Wei army climb to the top of the city!" "Where is the gold juice? Get ready quickly." Seeing the most critical situation The time has come, and the concubine Changguo ordered down one after another to prepare for this fierce battle. "Mr. Qin, it's dangerous here, you'd better hurry down to the city. There are generals waiting here, so we must not lose an inch of ground." Because he was worried that Ying Quliang was at the top of the city, in case something went wrong, Shu Changguo hurriedly asked for instructions. "No!" Ying Quliang flatly refused: "The Qin State is in danger, and all the officers and soldiers are sacrificing their lives on the front line. How can I be alone in peace? I should live and die with you! Come here, get the drums and beat me." After passing the drum and beater handed over by the soldier, Ying Quliang walked to a huge war drum, took a long breath, waved his arms, and hit the drum head with the beater and drum. "Dong dong dong" In an instant, the rumbling war drums resounded through the city. The soldiers of the Qin army who were risking their lives to snipe the Wei army turned around and saw that it was Qin Gong Ying Quliang who was beating the drums to cheer. Everyone was in high spirits and very excited. Duke Qin didn¡¯t leave, he actually lived and died with me, and even beat the drum himself to cheer me up! For a time, the morale of the Qin army's officers and soldiers was greatly boosted, and they shouted wildly: "Drive the Wei army down, long live Duke Qin!" Under the city, the Wei army had set up a long ladder, and had just boarded it excitedly, preparing to attack the city. At this time, they heard There was a burst of wild shouting from above, and when he was stunned, he saw arrows and rocks raining down from his head. For a moment, people were thrown on their backs, and many were killed and injured. However, the Wei army was brave and brave and had dominated the world for many years. They would not suffer such a small setback and fled timidly. They roared and braved arrows and stones, climbed up the long ladder, and rushed to the top of the city. "Quick, where is the scratching gun?" With an order from the top of the city, countless scratching spears immediately stretched out from the city plate, hooked on the long ladder, some were pulled to the side, and some were pushed outward. Suddenly, the ladders collapsed, and the Wei soldiers on the ladders howled in terror, falling like dumplings, killing and injuring countless people. Damn it! The Wei army below the city was furious. After all, they had experienced hundreds of battles and were rich in experience. At that moment, a group of people struggled to hold on to the foot of the ladder, while the rest continued to attack the city again. On the city, the Qin army saw that they could not push forward and immediately changed their strategy. "Where is the golden juice?" In an instant, a large bronze spoon stretched out of the crenel, pouring down a large amount of hot golden liquid that exuded a strange stench. Many Wei soldiers who were climbing on the ladder were suddenly showered with water, and they screamed in horror. The golden juice spread everywhere, leaving their skin and flesh torn. What¡¯s even more terrifying is that gold juice is fecal juice plus poison arsenic, etc., which is extremely toxic. Once you are infected, even if you don¡¯t die at the time, you will die from viral infection after the injury. It can be said that this is a very vicious city defense weapon! "Be careful of the gold juice!" The Wei army was horrified and reminded each other. Those who were carrying light round shields quickly put the round shields on their heads to protect their bodies. As long as their IQ is normal, no one wants to be tainted by something as vicious as gold juice. However, even if there is a round shield to protect it, the golden juice is a liquid after all. Once it splashes, it will penetrate every hole. During the process of climbing the city, from time to time, some Wei soldiers screamed and fell down the ladder after being drenched in golden juice. For a time, the casualties of the Wei army increased sharply. "Damn it!" Seeing that the attack on the city was not going well, Pang Juan, who was behind the formation, tightened his grip on his riding whip, his expression could not help but look ferocious, showing that he was extremely angry. "Brother," Sun Bin couldn't bear it when he saw the heavy casualties among the soldiers, so he suggested: "The Qin army's counterattack is very vicious. It's better to withdraw and rest for a while, and then plan for the future." "No, our Wei army dominates the world, how can we be so embarrassed? ." Pang Juan was in a state of anger and would not listen. Sun Bin had no choice but to shake his head helplessly. At the foot of Yueyang City, after suffering a large number of casualties, the Wei army finally rushed towards the city, and cheers broke out for a while. "Where are the scratching spears?" At this moment, countless scratching spears stretched out from the top of the city and suddenly hooked the Wei army soldiers who were about to climb the city from the crenel. The sharp Gelsemium of the scratching gun immediately pierced Wei Jun's shoulder and cheek, and dragged him towards the crenel, blocking the small crenel tightly. "Ah¡ª¡ª" The Wei soldiers who were hooked let out shrill screams, blood spurted out, and struggled desperately. Then, each Wei soldier was hooked by at least two or three lances. How could he break free? Soon Being dying.   And the small crenel was blocked, and the Wei army behind could not get up, so they could only worry for a while. "Quick, pour the kerosene." At this moment, countless clay pots were thrown down from the top of the city, smashing on the long ladder and at the bottom of the city. They shattered one after another and splashed out a large amount of smelly kerosene. "No, it's kerosene. Let's go quickly." Wei Jun saw that something was not going well and wanted to flee. However, it was already too late. Countless lit torches were instantly thrown down from the top of the city. Immediately, flames shot up from the bottom of Yueyang City, sweeping through countless human bodies and long ladders. Each human-shaped torch screamed, struggled, and fell to the ground. ?¡­ ?Although the Wei army was strong, in the face of such heavy casualties, they finally could not hold on any longer, and they retreated in defeat with dead and wounded. Pang Juan did not expect that the resistance of the Qin army was so fierce, orderly and effective. In this attack, the Wei army suffered at least two thousand casualties, but it hardly posed much of a threat to the head of Yueyang City. It can be said to be an ultimate failure! This is a great shame for the proud and arrogant Pang Juan. It¡¯s no wonder that his face looks so good, he is really livid. However, Pang Juan is a natural-born general after all, with extremely high tactical talent. He will never be confused by a momentary victory or defeat. He gritted his teeth and said: "Ming Jin, withdraw your troops!" Given the time, he did not believe that the Qin people could stop him. How long can I hold him? "Dang-dang-dang¡ª¡ª" In an instant, the clear sound of the golden drum sounded, and the Wei army began to organize its troops. The Wei soldiers held their positions, and the army slowly retreated. On the top of the city, all the Qin troops couldn't help cheering when they saw this. No matter how ferocious the Wei army is, so what, they won¡¯t be able to defeat them neatly, so it¡¯s not that scary! When Ying Quliang saw this, he put down his drumstick with a sigh of relief. Undoubtedly, the Wei army's first siege was the most dangerous, because at this time the Wei army was at its most energetic. As for the Qin army, the main force was lost, the king died in battle, and people were in panic. Once the Wei army attacks the city, as long as the Qin army shows signs of weakness, it will probably be defeated like a mountain, and the country will be ruined and the family will be destroyed. Fortunately, Qin finally withstood and gained confidence. If we guard the city below, life will be much easier. As long as we can resist Han, Zhao, Chu and other countries and send troops to rescue them, Qin will be able to turn the crisis around. Thinking of this, Ying Quliang's confidence greatly increased. Text Chapter 133 Forced to Retreat (Part 2) Half a month later. Pang Juan looked at Yueyang City from a distance, his expression gloomy. The long battle line under the city was filled with long ladders, rams and other siege equipment that had been destroyed by the Qin army. Of course, most of them are still not as good as the bodies of the Wei army soldiers brought back. ?????????????? There are still many missed wounded soldiers of the Wei army, moaning in pain, while the Qin army is ferocious and unscrupulous leaning out from the city, using bows and crossbows to deal with these fish that have slipped through the net, without mercy. For half a month, the Wei army launched at least thirty sieges. Although every time, the Wei army was able to inflict heavy casualties on the Qin army, they were unable to gain a foothold at the top of the city. Once the Wei army reaches the top of the city, the Qin army will launch a crazy counterattack regardless of casualties. And all the Wei army could do was to retreat in embarrassment. And this morning's siege repeated countless past events. Pang Juan could see that as the Wei army's siege was frustrated again and again, the Qin army's will to resist and confidence were increasing day by day. If this continues, Yueyang may never be available. However, despite repeated setbacks, Pang Juan has not lost confidence yet, because he still has three trump cards that he has not used yet. The first two trump cards are reinforcements and Wei soldiers. Two days ago, Li Yu, who had wiped out the remaining Qin army in Hexi, led more than 30,000 reinforcements to reinforce the Yueyang battlefield. The strength of the Wei army increased greatly, but Pang Juan did not immediately mobilize the supporting troops, but asked them to recharge their batteries. In addition, there are more than ten thousand powerful soldiers in the world, Wei Wuzu, and Pang Juan has been kept as a back-up. In addition, since the siege of Yueyang, the Wei army has been building some powerful heavy siege equipment. After half a month of preparation, they were finally completed one by one. Among them, there is Sun Bin¡¯s important ¡®invention¡¯ - the trebuchet! But now, Pang Juan couldn't wait anymore. The so-called long nights and many dreams, so he decided to use all his options. "General," Gan Ning stepped forward angrily and said, "These Qin troops are too arrogant. Let the general lead the soldiers up. I don't believe these bastards can stop the soldiers." "Yes, General. We have rested for two days and are full of energy. Let us go." Li Yu also stepped forward to ask for a fight. "Okay, pass on the order. At noon, the whole army will have a full meal, and in the afternoon, the whole army will go out to fight! I don't believe that this Yueyang is really made of copper and iron." Pang Juan also became ruthless, with a ferocious look on his face, full of murderous intent. Sun Bin on the side smiled bitterly in his heart. He had known for a long time that Yueyang City would not be easy to capture, and the development of the situation had completely verified his suspicion. The golden finger of a time traveler is no small matter. Now, Pang Juan and others want to fight with all their strength. Although Sun Bin disagrees, it is not easy to undermine their morale. "I just hope there will be fewer casualties and nothing will happen in the backyard." Sun Bin sighed in his heart. ?¡­ ?Afternoon. "Dong dong" A burst of powerful and violent war drums suddenly sounded in the wilderness outside Yueyang City, spreading through the air. The Qin troops on the city were startled, and they all stuck their heads out and looked outside. Wherever you can see, you can see countless Wei troops coming overwhelmingly, and the leader is actually Wei Wuzu, the most powerful soldier in the world. In addition, there are countless huge and fierce figures in the Wei army formation. Huge archery towers more than ten meters high stand in the sky like giants. In the upper arrow towers, many Wei army crossbowmen are ready to go under the cover of the shield wall, their sharp arrows flashing with cold light. There is also a cloud chariot like a giant beast, which is pushed forward by numerous Wei troops. The suspension bridge hanging in front of the car will be the thoroughfare for the elite Wei troops in the car to reach the top of the city. Of course, it will also be a huge threat that the Qin army will face. There are even more deadly battering rams. These giant beasts, which use giant wood as their trunks and fine steel as their mallets, will directly threaten the city gate of Yueyang. Once the city gate is broken, the Wei army will be able to march straight in, and Yueyang will undoubtedly fall. In addition, there are some giant beasts that the Qin army has never seen before. These monsters have long cantilevered arms, crawling on the ground like huge earth dragons, silent but exuding terrifying power. ¡­ ¡°Quick, ring the bell to warn, the whole army is on alert.¡± The Qin Army officers on duty at the top of the city immediately realized that the Wei Army was about to attack with all their strength, and quickly warned the whole city. "Dang, Dang, Dang" Immediately, the urgent alarm bells rang throughout the city. Yueyang City immediately woke up like a rioting ant colony. Countless Qin troops and Minzhuang swarmed out from everywhere and rushed to the city. And Ying Quliang, just like every time, came to the city in person andBoost morale. However, when Ying Quliang led his generals to the top of the city and looked at the enemy's formation, they were horrified by the vastness and menace of the enemy's formation, and their faces were ashen. "Mr. Qin, the Wei army is ready to fight us to the death." Shu Changguo's face was gloomy. "Yes, in this battle in Hexi, our relationship with the Wei State has become too deep. I'm afraid Pang Juan will never rest until the Qin State is destroyed." Ying Quliang's face was also very solemn, and his expression was increasing day by day. My confidence is now a little weak. "Huh, there's nothing to be afraid of. Just come if you have the guts." A young general snorted coldly on the side, looking eager to try. It's true that a newborn calf is not afraid of tigers. Ying Quliang did not have such confidence as him. After a moment of hesitation, he made up his mind and said in a deep voice: "Give me the order: as long as all the soldiers can defeat the Wei army today, each of them will be rewarded with ten acres of land and one thousand yuan. The officers will be rewarded with double the amount." Those who kill enemy soldiers will be rewarded with a thousand coins, and those who kill enemy officers will be rewarded with a reward of five hundred coins. " When the common people heard this, they were shocked and said, "Mr. Qin, I have already given you a large reward. It's very empty. If such a large reward is given, where will the money come from? " Ying Quliang said calmly: "General, don't worry. Jun Wuxi said, the treasury has no money, so the money will be paid by the office, even if it is a waste of money. , I will not be short of a single penny reward from the soldiers." Hearing this, the generals were greatly moved. " Tens of thousands of soldiers and strong people are rewarded. This is not a small amount of money. Even if the office has accumulated it for many years, I am afraid it will be penniless. How can this happen! ? "Mr. Qin¡ª¡ª" Some generals wanted to persuade him again. "No need to say any more." Ying Quliang waved his hand and said decisively: "With the Qin State, there is an official office. Today, let the official office destroy the family and become the country." "Second brother," Gongzi Qian stepped forward and said with emotion. : "As a brother, I am willing to give away all my family property. As a clan member, in this critical institution, I should repay the kindness of the people of Qin for their support for many years." "Thank you, brother." Ying Quliang gratefully stepped forward and held Gongzi Qian's hand, turned around and said : "Go, pass the order." "Promise." In an instant, orders and envoys went out in all directions, spreading the word to the three armies about the righteous deeds of the official family and the country. For a time, the morale of the army was high. With such a wise official, there was no need for Qin to overcome the difficulties and revive. ¡°Great wind!¡± ¡°Great wind!¡± ¡­ In unison, tens of thousands of Qin troops in the city stamped their halberds and shouted. Not only was the atmosphere of fear swept away, but the morale was so high that it was eye-popping! Text Chapter 135 Forced to Retreat (Part 2) "Keep firing!" Seeing the huge Yueyang City groaning and trembling violently in the 'fire', and seeing the Qin army on the city running around and screaming in panic, Baning couldn't help but feel a burst of pleasure in his heart. The sound of "firing" was also very exciting. "Bang, bang" The operators of the Wei army's trebuchets were also extremely energetic and ravaged the enemy without any worries. This refreshing feeling was undoubtedly very satisfying. The Qin army was in trouble, and could only endure the "artillery fire" with their flesh and blood. Because they were afraid that the Wei army would take advantage of the situation to attack the city, they did not dare to go down to the city to escape. For a time, the casualty rate increased sharply, and the victims were everywhere. "Damn it!" The brave and sharp Young Master Qian's eyes were on fire. How could he have fought such a fierce battle? He couldn't help but gritted his teeth and said: "Those Wei dogs, if you have the guts, don't rely on the power of weapons. Come up and fight." Win or lose." Shu Changguo smiled bitterly in his heart: If you have an advantage, don't use it. Isn't that stupid? Wei Jun clearly wants to bully you, what can you do? ¡­ After a long time, after the trebuchet fired more than ten rounds in a row, all the Wei soldiers who were operating were so tired that they were sweating, their arms were sore, and they could no longer continue. Pang Juan saw it clearly and nodded with satisfaction: "Send the order, the thunderbolt chariots stop firing, the army attacks the city!" "Promise." Order the cavalry to come out. When Baning received the military order, he couldn't help but perked up: "The general has ordered, stop firing the thunderbolt chariots, and attack the city! Brothers, capture Yueyang for me and kill all the Qin people!" "Kill!" "Kill!" ¡­ For a time, the roar in the wilderness was loud and murderous, and a large number of Wei troops marched like thunder, pushing huge siege equipment towards Yueyang City. "Hurry, get ready for battle." Shu Changguo's expression changed. He knew the real test was coming and hurriedly gave the order. The Qin army also calmed down from the fierce "artillery fire", quickly treated and removed the wounded, cleared the rubble, rectified the defensive supplies, and prepared to face the fierce hand-to-hand combat. Not long after, a large number of Wei troops entered within 200 steps of Yueyang City. "Get ready to fire arrows!" Prince Qian raised his hand and gave the order. Immediately, thousands of Qin army's crossbowmen were ready. "Let go!" When the order was given, arrows rained down from the city, and they rushed toward the Wei army like locusts all over the sky. However, the Wei troops in the front were all elite Wei soldiers, all equipped with strong shields, forming a huge airtight shield wall. Although the Qin army fired arrows like rain, they could not hurt the Wei soldiers at all. Damn it! When Ying Qian was getting annoyed, the huge archery tower of the Wei army had stopped at about 150 steps. Thousands of Wei army's crossbowmen in the building were condescending and opened fire instantly. "Bang, bang" For a moment, the bow was like a thunderbolt, and countless 'migratory locusts' also rushed towards the head of Yueyang City. "Push, pounceah, I'm hit by an arrow" The Qin army was caught off guard and fell to the ground with howls. "Quickly, fight back, fight back!" With quick hands and quick eyes, the young master pulled out an arrow that was aimed at him, and was so angry that he flew into a rage. The Qin army also braved the rain of arrows and launched a fierce exchange of fire with the Wei army's crossbowmen on the archery tower. For a while, there was a dense scream in the air, like countless swarms of locusts circling in front of the city. However, after a short exchange of fire, the Qin army suffered a heavy loss. The reason is very simple: the archery tower is at least four or five meters higher than that of Yueyang City. The Wei army is shooting from above, and the Qin army has almost nowhere to hide, so the casualty rate is naturally very high. To attack the archery tower, the Wei army not only needs to shoot from above, but also accurately. The speed is insufficient, and the archery tower is also tightly protected, making it difficult to break through. By comparison, every time a Wei army crossbowman was killed, the Qin army had to pay a price of at least three people, which was naturally a huge loss. Soon after, the Qin army, which suffered heavy casualties, could no longer withstand it. They could only huddle behind the battlements and shields, not daring to show their heads. The arrows that returned fire were sparse for a while, and they no longer posed a threat. Even the young master Qian and the concubine Changguo had to avoid the edge for a while, hiding behind the shield wall of their personal guards, gnashing their teeth. Seeing that the archery tower was so powerful that the Qin army did not dare to take the lead, Baning was very satisfied. With a wave of his hand, dozens of giant cloud chariots rolled towards Yueyang City. Dozens of archery towers were also driven by the Wei army, following closely behind to assume cover. Not long after, the arrow tower stopped fifty steps away from Yueyang City. The view here is better and the suppression is more powerful. "Zhongyun Chariot directly crossed the filled-in moat and rushed towards the city. Seeing that the situation was not good, Ying Qian and Shu Changguo didn't care much anymore. They hurriedly braved the arrows flying above their heads and shouted loudly: "Quick, the Wei army is about to attack the city. The safety of Qin is at stake. Anyone who dares to retreat will be killed." Kill the three tribes!¡±  The Qin army had no choice but to muster up their courage, stick out their heads, and shoot the Wei soldiers who were pushing the cloud chariot with rain of arrows. However, the soldiers of Wei were all wearing three layers of heavy armor, and the arrows were so urgent that it was difficult to penetrate. Moreover, there were companions holding shields to protect them. Although the Qin army had exerted all its strength, it was still difficult to stop the cloud chariot from reaching the city. . "Put down the hanging tower." There was a roar, and the suspension bridge suspended from the top of the cloud cart suddenly fell down, hitting the head of Yueyang City heavily, erecting a Kangzhuang Avenue that was five or six meters long and two or three meters wide. "Kill -" Behind the suspension bridge, dozens of elite Wei soldiers in the tower were ready to attack. As soon as they saw the suspension bridge lowered, they immediately roared, holding a shield in one hand and a halberd in the other, stepped onto the suspension bridge, and rushed toward the oak tree. Yangchengtou. As soon as they landed, these Wei warriors formed a formation, swung their halberds and attacked suddenly, holding on to the breakthrough to cover the continuous follow-up of the follow-up troops. "Hurry up and drive the Wei army down." Seeing that the situation was not good, the concubine Changguo became anxious and personally led his army to rush towards a cloud chariot. "Follow me." Ying Qian yelled and led his bodyguard towards a cloud chariot. For a time, a fierce battle raged at the top of Yueyang City. The Wei army wanted to hold on and expand the breakthrough point, while the Qin army wanted to drive the Wei army back. Both sides fought bloody and hard. Under the city, seeing the Wei army attack the city in one fell swoop, Pang Juan nodded with great satisfaction: "This time, Yueyang is not finished yet!?" As soon as he finished speaking, he heard the thunderous sound of hoofbeats on the side, and a messenger with a red flag on his back, rushed to the city. The horse galloped forward. Emergency military situation! ? Pang Juan was shocked when he saw it, and said quickly: "Quick, let the messenger come." The guards around him moved out of the way to let the messenger run closer. He saw the messenger approaching, rolled his saddle and dismounted, panting like thunder, and said in an anxious tone: "Let's start." General, the general situation is not good. Taking advantage of the emptiness in our country, the three countries of Han, Zhao, and Chu suddenly invaded. They have invaded many cities and Anyang was shocked three times a day. The Marquis of Wei ordered you to return the army quickly to solve the national crisis! " With that said, the messenger presented the letter. "What!?" Pang Juan was stunned: Seeing that Yueyang City is at your fingertips, asking me to return to the army, what a joke! ? Sun Bin smiled bitterly in his heart: Unfortunately, I was right. He let out a long sigh: "Brother, the opportunity to destroy Qin has been lost. It's better to withdraw our troops." "God has wronged me!" Pang Juan really wanted to look up to the sky and sigh. Although he can continue to attack the city on the grounds that the general is out and the emperor's orders are not accepted, even if he can conquer Yueyang and Qin now, it is not a matter of time. But once there is a loss at home and the army is outside, it will become a rootless duckweed. , but everything is over. For a while, Pang Juan was so depressed that he almost vomited blood. After a long time, he gritted his teeth and said: "Send the order: the army stops attacking the city, withdraws, and returns to the country!" They were stunned, but they were worthy of being the strongest army in the world. Knowing that there would be a big change, they immediately formed a team, covered each other, and retreated. "The Qin army looked at the Wei army that suddenly retreated. They were happy and ecstatic, but they were also confused for a moment. The State of Qin was finally lucky enough to escape a catastrophe! Text Chapter 136: Retreating to Wei In the cool autumn wind, the main force of the Wei army, which was about to break through Yueyang, withdrew. Before withdrawing, the Wei army burned everything they could not take away, including the heavy siege equipment, which disappointed the Qin army. They also wanted to learn how to build these terrifying siege weapons. And I heard that Pang Juan, who had defeated Zhao and Qin in succession, returned to the country, and the three countries of Han, Zhao, and Chu, who wanted to take advantage, also returned one after another. If Pang Juan¡¯s name can be said to be world-famous, it was forged from the corpses of hundreds of thousands of Qin and Zhao soldiers, among whom there was a generation of heroes like Yinglian. Therefore, if it is not necessary, no country now has the courage to try Pang Juan. ?????????????????????? Then, it becomes inevitable to run away when things are good. This made Pang Juan, who was angry in his heart, very depressed. He was holding back his anger and was about to come back to find someone to vent to. But the person he was venting to had disappeared, and Pang Juan could only remember it bitterly in his heart, preparing to settle accounts with these people next time. ?¡­ ?Mid-August. After fighting outside for several months, Pang Juan led the exhausted Wei army back to Anyi from midsummer to Mid-Autumn Festival. Although tired, it was a victorious army after all. Therefore, the morale of the army was still strong and the military appearance was very neat. This made Wei Ying, who led all the civil and military personnel to greet him at the city gate, very satisfied. Not only was he satisfied with Pang Juan's talents, but he was also satisfied with his own vision. ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? If it weren¡¯t for Wei Yinghui, who had an eye for talents, how could Wei Guo have achieved today¡¯s great victory! From a distance, Pang Juan saw Wei Ying leading his team to greet him at a glance, and couldn't help but be very excited: What an honor it is to have the king personally greet her! ? "Junior brother, the Marquis of Wei has personally welcomed us! Get off your horse and introduce me to my brother." "Okay, okay." Sun Bin was also very happy. This was the first time he saw the leader of a country in this chaotic year. Jun. At this moment, the two brothers threw off their saddles and dismounted, and walked quickly towards Wei Ying and others. Behind him, the generals also dismounted and quickly followed. When he got closer, Pang Juan clasped his fists gratefully: "Pang Juan has seen the Marquis of Wei. I'm sorry that I'm wearing my armor and can't salute him fully." "I've seen the Marquis of Wei." Sun Bin and other generals also greeted him one after another. "General Pang is so polite." Wei Ying hurriedly helped her, her face full of joy: "General, in this expedition, he defeated Zhao and Qin in succession, and the enemy chiefs were crowned. It is really a great achievement and awe-inspiring in the world. It is really a blessing for our country Wei. "Ah." "Marquis Wei has given me the reward. It's all because of the sacrifice of the soldiers. The general has done nothing, and I don't dare to bother Marquis Wei to greet him personally." Humanity and sophistication. "General Pang is too humble." Seeing that Pang Juan won without being arrogant, Wei Ying also appreciated it very much and laughed and said: "Without the command of Aiqing, how could we have such a great victory? That Yinglian is a proud man of his generation, it's not good Let's deal with it. Come on, my dear friends, a banquet has been prepared in the city. Let's have a good drink." "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." The generals responded with joy on their faces, but Pang Juan hurriedly said: "Marquis of Wei, then. Where are the soldiers?" When Wei Ying heard this, she laughed and said, "Don't worry, my dear, the people in the camp outside the city have been treating you kindly. How can I treat the meritorious people badly?" Pang Juan said happily: "Then I will thank the Marquis of Wei on behalf of the generals. By the way, junior brother, I have met the Marquis of Wei soon." Sun Bin hurriedly stepped forward to pay homage: "Your Majesty, Sun Bin, has met the Marquis of Wei." Wei Ying hurriedly stepped forward and helped her eagerly. , while looking at the handsome and handsome Sun Bin, he said happily: "I have heard about Aiqing's fate a long time ago, and when I saw it today, it turned out that he is indeed extraordinary. This defeat of Qin is also due to Aiqing's contribution. I will definitely have many achievements." "Thank you, Marquis Wei." Sun Bin was overjoyed. If he could get Wei Ying's appreciation, he would be able to stand out. "Actually, speaking of it, we are not outsiders. Yinyu is my niece, haha." Wei Ying laughed and said, looking at Sun Juan meaningfully. As an outstanding king, Wei Ying naturally investigated Sun Bin long ago. Sun Bin was so well-behaved. He immediately understood what Wei Ying meant to win over and quickly changed his words: "Bin has met uncle." "Haha, good." Wei Ying was very happy: "You and Yinyu are not young anymore, so you can settle down." Come down, I will personally host the wedding for you." "Thank you, Marquis Wei." Sun Bin was overjoyed again. "Okay, dear friends, please enter the city quickly." Wei Ying waved her hand. Immediately, a group of people got on the carriage, got on the horse, and the large group of people rushed towards Wei Palace. The victorious army marched off to the barracks to drink heavily. ¡­ Needless to say, there was a lot of drinking in the palace, and then Wei Ying issued various decrees.?The long-awaited reward. Pang Juan was rewarded with 20 million yuan and 300,000 acres of land, and Pang City was used as a fief. Sun Bin was rewarded with 10 million yuan and 100,000 acres of land. He was also given the title of military advisor and senior official, which was considered a moment of honor. Because Sun Bin was newly arrived and did not have a mansion, Wei Ying thoughtfully gave Sun Bin an official residence in the most prosperous Tianjie Street in Anyi. It covers an area of ??more than ten acres and is quite spacious, which made Sun Bin very satisfied. The other generals also have their own rewards. For a time, everyone was happy. In the following days, Sun Bin was busy with social activities and hardly spent a day at home. There was no way around it. Sun Bin was a new member of the Wei State. Not only was he highly regarded by Wei Ying, he was also the younger brother of Pang Juan and Bai Gui, two important ministers of the Wei State, and the son-in-law of the younger brother of the Marquis of Wei, Gongzi Ang. Okay, isn¡¯t that head rusty? So, Sun Bin drank every day at noon and at night, which was really a bit drunk. This makes Sun Bin, who doesn¡¯t like socializing very much, very helpless. However, if you want to do something in your career and have good interpersonal relationships, you have to hold your nose and endure it. In this way, after a full month, Sun Bin gradually became leisurely. Next, Sun Bin started to do two things. The first thing is the marriage with Yinyu. Wei Ying has already sent people to Daliang to inform Prince Ang to escort Yinyu to Anyi to get married. Sun Bin was making preparations at home. Weddings in ancient times were very complicated, and the preparation work was so cumbersome that it made Sun Bin dizzy and about to cry. Fortunately, there is a local snake like Bai Gui here. This senior brother helped me without saying a word, and then things were straightened out. At the same time, Sun Bin also asked Bai Gui to send a messenger to Guigu to prepare to notify his master Guiguzi to attend the wedding. Sun Bin has no relatives for a long time, and Gui Guzi is his only relative. Naturally, he has to inform Gui Guzi about such a big event as a wedding. The second thing is of course revenge. Back then, Tian Gu killed all of Sun Bin's family and tribe in order to seize "Sun Tzu's Art of War". Such a blood feud naturally had to be avenged. In the past, Sun Bin did not have this ability, but now that he has grown up and has the powerful backing of Wei State, it is time for revenge. " However, this is a family feud and should not be avoided. Sun Bin does not want to use the power of Wei State. He must rely on his own strength to complete his revenge. Sun Bin was planning that as soon as the wedding was over, he would go to Qi in person to make Tian Gu pay for his blood debt. Text Chapter 137 Sun Bin¡¯s Wedding Early winter. At this time, the weather in the north was already very cold, and there was even a slight drizzle in the howling cold wind. ??At the east gate of Anyi, a young man with strong English talent was very enthusiastic. He is waiting for someone. Waiting for a confidante who has been separated for several years and missed thousands of days and nights to finally be reunited today. He is none other than Sun Bin, and what he is waiting for is silver jade. The wedding is approaching, so naturally the heroine cannot be left out, and Sun Bin has already received the news that Yinyu will arrive today. Therefore, Sun Bincai, who was very excited, waited here impatiently. "Military advisor," a tall and heroic soldier beside him looked at the howling cold wind and rain, and couldn't help but said: "It's too cold outside, you'd better rest in the doorway, and General Yumo will wait for you. Just stay here." His name is Yang Bu. He is a son of a good family. He has served in the army for several years and has been quite loyal and brave. He was originally the commander of Wei Wu's soldiers. After Sun Bin officially entered the court, there was always someone to protect him, so Pang Juan recommended Yang Bu to his junior brother. Sun Bin was also very satisfied with Yang Bu and regarded him as a confidant. Yang Bu is also very happy to be able to follow a young hero like Sun Bin. As a commoner, it is not easy to get ahead in ancient times where bloodline and reputation are valued, unless there is a noble person who is willing to support you. And Sun Bin is naturally a noble person in Yang Bu's eyes. Not to mention the descendants of famous families and famous teachers, there are also important ministers such as Gongzi Ang, Pang Juan and Bai Gui in the court. With a master like this, you have a bright future. Sun Bin ignored Yang Bu's attentiveness and shook his head with a smile: "This bit of wind and rain is nothing, I'm not that arrogant." After saying that, he tightened the fox fur around his body and continued to wait patiently. Yang Bu had no choice but to take a few guards with him. Not long after, a flying horse came from the front. When he arrived in front of Sun Bin, he swung his saddle and dismounted, panting: "Inform the military advisor, Miss Yinyu and Young Master Wei Ang have arrived, and they are in front." Sun Bin was overjoyed and said quickly: "Thank you for your hard work, brother, take a break. I'll reward you all when I go back in the evening." "Thank you, military advisor." Everyone was overjoyed. Sun Bin has always been very generous to the people around him, and it seems that he can get some benefits this time. Sure enough, after waiting for a long time, the flags were fluttering in front, and a bride-to-be-sent-off team of more than a thousand people came over in a mighty manner, including cavalry, infantry, servants, and maids. The appearance was really magnificent. Look at the flag, it¡¯s not the son and his daughter, so who are they! ? Sun Bin was overjoyed and hurriedly stepped forward to greet him, saying loudly: "Where is your father-in-law? My son-in-law, Sun Bin, is here to greet you." He also wanted to greet Yinyu, but he was embarrassed to say so. As soon as he finished speaking, he saw the curtain of a luxurious carriage in the procession being guarded by stars like a moon lifted up, revealing a tall middle-aged man with a military spirit. He was none other than the Young Master. hold head high. When he caught a glimpse of Sun Bin greeting him, the young master was overjoyed. He quickly jumped out of the carriage and greeted him with a big smile: "My dear son-in-law, we have not seen each other for several years, but we meet again." "I have met my father-in-law." Sun Bin did not dare. If you are lazy, come and pay homage quickly. "Bo Ling doesn't need to be polite." Young Master Ang hurriedly came to help Sun Bin and said with a satisfied look on his face: "After a few years apart, Bo Ling is indeed a great talent. As soon as he was born, he became famous all over the world. It's true that a famous teacher gives birth to a great disciple, good , Okay!¡± For a moment, Gongziang was very satisfied with his vision. ¡°If I hadn¡¯t had the insight to recognize talents and make a decisive decision back then, where would I have found such a good son-in-law? ? In the future, with the help of a good son-in-law like Sun Bin, his son Ang's position in Wei will definitely become more stable. "My father-in-law has given me a great reward, but my son-in-law is not worthy of it." Sun Bin quickly said modestly: "Um, I don't know -" Young Master Ang understood, laughed and turned his head: "Here, I'm here, I'll give you a good treatment." "Bring it here." Sun Bin looked up and saw a slender and tall figure appearing when the car curtain was opened, with a surprised look on his face. He was dressed in a snow-like white fox fur, looking both luxurious and pure. Who is it if it¡¯s not Yinyu who thinks about it day and night? ? "Silver jade!" Sun Bin was overjoyed and hurried forward to greet him. "Young Master." Yinyu also jumped out of the carriage and greeted him happily. Not long after, the two came closer in the cold wind and rain, their eyes facing each other, full of joy and longing for seeing each other again after a long separation. For a time, the two of them had thousands of things to say, but they didn¡¯t know where to start. "You've lost some weight." It took a long time for Sun Bin to hold back his words. "Well, I'm thinking of you, sir." Yinyu said softly: "I heard that as soon as the young master was born, he made a decisionHis meritorious deeds are famous all over the world. Yinyu is really happy for the young master, and his skills are finally put to use. " "Haha" Sun Bin was a little embarrassed by the praise. He rubbed his nose and said: "It's a trivial matter, it's not worth mentioning. Is the journey going smoothly? " "Well, with my father escorting me, I will be safe. " "Ahem" The young couple were chatting. On the side, a person who disturbed the scenery came. It was Gongzi Ang. The father-in-law interjected with a face of ridicule: "I said, what are you two whispering, please leave it here. Can we talk about it later? It's freezing cold today. It's freezing. You young people can stand it, but I, an old man, can't. " Yinyu suddenly blushed with embarrassment and stomped her foot: "Father, you are so evil, making fun of others. Sun Bin also looked embarrassed and said hurriedly: "My son-in-law didn't think well. My father-in-law invited me to the city quickly." My son-in-law has prepared a banquet in the mansion to entertain everyone. " "Okay, okay," Young Master Ang said happily: "It's so cold in this damn weather. Let's heat up two pots of good wine to warm up the atmosphere. Immediately, a large group of people entered the city in a mighty manner. After entering the city, Young Master Ang took his silver jade and some of his guards to Sun Bin's mansion for a banquet, while the rest returned to Young Master Ang's old residence in Anyi, each with their own arrangements that night. When the couple reunited, there was naturally a lot of excitement and intimacy A few days later, under the auspices of Wei Ying, Sun Bin and Yinyu got married in Anyi. The wedding was very lively, and everyone in the Wei Dynasty was very happy. Everyone with a certain status came to support the new rich man and gave him generous gifts. Sun Bin's huge mansion was almost filled with congratulators. , It can be said that he is very proud and full of ambition. However, to Sun Bin's great regret, Gui Guzi did not come. Gui Guzi replied to the messenger sent by Sun Bin and Bai Gui, saying that he was used to being idle and did not want to get involved in trivial matters in the world. , so I just wrote a message of "Happy Cooperation for a Hundred Years" to Sun Bin and Yinyu. Sun Bin had no choice but to give up. However, if Gui Guzi didn't come, Sun Bin would have no relatives to make the decision. Youdao is his eldest brother and his father. , Senior Brother Bai Gui had no choice but to go into battle and preside over the wedding as the groom's head. After a busy day, Sun Bin and Yinyu entered the bridal chamber, and naturally there was a lot of excitement Text Chapter 138 Bai Gui is appointed Prime Minister (Part 1) Honeymoon is very sweet. Sun Bin also took a vacation to enjoy this wonderful life. The young couple was so affectionate and loving that they really only envy mandarin ducks but not immortals. However, problems soon arose. That day, around noon, Sun Bin was practicing swordplay at home. Although the weather was cold, he was still dripping with heat and sweat when he came down from the sword. "Mr. Lang, you are tired. Look at the sweat on your face. Wipe it off quickly." Yinyu on the side sagely handed over a dry towel. "Okay, thank you, madam." Sun Bin took it with a smile and wiped his sweat. "Master, give it to me." Xiaoqiu on the side just took the towel when there was a rush of footsteps. "Military strategist, strategist." The person who came was none other than Yang Bu. Sun Bin turned his head, looked at Yang Bu who looked excited, and said with some surprise: "Yang Bu, what's the good news?" "I'm so happy, military advisor," Yang Bu said with a mysterious look on his face: "I heard outside that because Mr. Prime Minister Shu Lao has resigned from the post of Prime Minister, and his position is vacant. General Pang Pang has outstanding military achievements and will take over the post of Prime Minister. " "Really?" Yinyu was also very happy when he heard this: "If Senior Brother Pang becomes Prime Minister, Lang Jun. He will definitely benefit from it." Pang Juan pays homage to the prime minister? Sun Bin frowned, a little suspicious: In the original history, this did not happen, so something must have happened. Suddenly, Sun Bin remembered that in history, his elder brother Bai Gui had been the prime minister for many years, and the time was exactly at this time. Suddenly, Sun Bin understood everything. Just when he was about to speak, he heard the thunder of hooves outside the door, people shouting and horses neighing, and a personal guard announced loudly outside the door: "General Pang Pang has arrived -" "Junior brother!" The burly, armor-clad and heroic general strode in, followed by dozens of elite soldiers. It was none other than Pang Juan. I saw General Pang Pang, his face full of spring breeze and pride. Obviously, he had heard the rumors that he was going to become the prime minister. When Pang Juan thought that he would hold the military and political power of the Wei State and dominate the world, Pang Juan couldn't help but feel complacent. By then, you will be famous all over the world, and no one in the world will know you! "Congratulations, General, on your promotion to the position of Prime Minister." The clever Yang Bu immediately stepped forward and flattered him with a smile. "Yes, congratulations, senior brother." Yinyu also joked with a smile. "Haha, it's just a rumor. It can't be taken as true. It can't be taken as true." Pang Juan, who had always been dull and rigid, couldn't help but feel proud in his heart and was polite with a smile on his face. "Senior brother," Sun Bin sighed in his heart, but he greeted him enthusiastically and said with a smile, "I heard that senior brother has been busy with military affairs recently, how can he have time to come to me?" Pang Juan is indeed very busy. ???????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????¡­ "However, Pang Juan is a person with a strong desire for power, but he does not find it difficult at all. On the contrary, he enjoys it as much as he enjoys it. Sun Bin is different. He is not a workaholic. Marquis Wei gave him three months of wedding leave. He plans to go back to work after the break. It has only been more than a month now, so it's early. "Haha" Pang Juan said with a smile: "It's been a long time since we brothers and sisters had a drink together. Today, I suddenly remembered that I came to ask for two glasses of water and wine. Junior brother and sister-in-law, wouldn't they be unwelcome?" Yinyu said with a smile: "Senior brother, what are you talking about? What is a little water and wine worth? Lang Jun, you can chat with senior brother, I will go to the kitchen to make arrangements." "Okay, thank you for your hard work, madam." Sun Bin nodded, smiled and said to Pang Juan: "Senior brother , please. Yang Bu, please arrange the rest." "No." Yang Bu smiled and waved to Pang Juan's guards: "Brothers, let's go to the side room and have a good time." The guards agreed enthusiastically, and they were all outsiders. They put their arms around each other and left in a noisy way. Senior brother and younger brother sat down in the main hall. After chatting for a few words, Yinyu arranged for the servants to serve hot rice wine and several hot exquisite side dishes. Pang Juan arrived just in time. He had just caught up with the meal and didn¡¯t even have to wait. Immediately, Yinyu also sat down to accompany him, while Xiaoqiu served on the side, helping to pour wine and so on. "Brother, how about we have a full drink first?" Sun Bin picked up the wine cup first. "Okay, let's do it." Pang Juan responded with a smile. At that moment, the two of them drank it all in one gulp, feeling very happy. Sun Binwei was a little surprised. You must know that Pang Juan was very strict with himself and never drank alcohol in the army.?Even at home, I rarely drink alcohol. I only drink a little when attending banquets and other occasions. I rarely feel as refreshing as I do today. It seems that Senior Brother Pang really thought that he was going to take over as the Prime Minister, and he felt happy, so he came to have a drink with his close junior brother. Sun Bin sighed in his heart, wondering if he should tell him the cruel truth, but he hesitated for fear of hurting Pang Juan. "Junior brother, what are you thinking about? Eat your food quickly." Pang Juan picked up the chopsticks with a smile and ate happily. "Uh, okay, okay." Sun Bin hesitated again and again, but still didn't say anything. The two senior brothers chatted while eating, from the good memories when they were studying in Guigu to the current military and national events, it was very lively. During the conversation, Pang Juan did not mention anything about taking over as prime minister, and Sun Bin was happy to pretend to be confused. He knew Pang Juan too well and knew that this senior brother had a very good reputation and did not want to brag about himself to avoid being laughed at as shallow. Not long after, Pang Juan, who was full of wine and food and was quite drunk, was helped by the soldiers to mount his horse and left slowly. Looking at Pang Juan¡¯s retreating background, Sun Bin suddenly sighed softly. "Lang Jun," Yinyu was a little surprised: "Okay, why are you sighing?" Sun Bin looked a little sad: "Senior Brother Pang wants to take over the position of prime minister, but I'm afraid he will be disappointed in the end." Yinyu was shocked: "Lang Jun Sir, how is this possible? Now in the Wei Kingdom, Senior Brother Pang is so famous and has outstanding military exploits. Who can compete with him?" Sun Bin smiled bitterly and shook his head: "You are too naive and don't understand what the emperor's mind is. ! The most important criterion for the emperor's appointment is checks and balances, not military merit. If you were the Marquis of Wei, would you trust an outsider to hand over all the military and political power of the country? Don't forget, how did the Three Jin Dynasties come about? ¡± The three Jins are Han, Zhao and Wei. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????mbeffmblly out of the three kingdoms, namely Han, Zhao, and Wei, they took control of the Jin Kingdom and emptied the king. In the end, they simply divided the Jin Kingdom and established themselves on their own. With such a lesson learned from the past, how could Wei Ying not be wary with her sophistication. Yinyu also suddenly realized, sighed and said: "Things in the officialdom are really complicated. It seems that Senior Brother Pang is really going to be disappointed. So, Lang Jun, look at who will take over as prime minister in the end?" Sun Bin Weiwei Yixiao: "Now, in the Wei Kingdom, apart from Senior Brother Pang, there are only two people with such prestige. One is my senior brother Bai Gui, and the other is your father and my father-in-law. Choose one of the two." Bai Gui came from a famous family in the Wei Kingdom, and his talents and moral character were also very outstanding. No one would object to taking over as prime minister. ??Gongzi Ang, the younger brother of Wei Ying, is the head of the imperial family, has outstanding military achievements, and has always had prestige in the military. It is reasonable for such a person to serve as the prime minister. When Yinyu heard this, he couldn't help but be a little happy. After all, whether it was Bai Gui or Gongzi Ang who took over, they were not outsiders and would be of great benefit to Sun Bin. However, thinking of Pang Juan whose dream was about to come true, Yinyu couldn't help but worry: "What if Senior Brother Bai or my father takes over as prime minister, will Senior Brother Pang be in trouble?" Sun Bin was also worried about this. You know, Pang Juan's power The desire is very strong, and the mind is by no means broad-minded. However, the matter has come to this, and it is useless to worry. He smiled bitterly: "We can only take one step at a time." The couple couldn't help but sigh. Text Chapter 139 Sun Bin¡¯s Revenge At the end of the year, the phase ownership that had been rumored for a long time was finally decided, but the candidate surprised countless people. The successor is not Pang Juan, who is in his prime, nor is he the noble son Ang, but Bai Gui, who is relatively unpopular. Wei Ying¡¯s reasons are also very good. The State of Wei is about to move its capital to Daliang. Not only is the project huge, but there is a dense water network around Daliang, so water control work is also very important. Bai Gui is Wei's leading water conservancy engineering expert and financial expert. It has to be said that Wei Ying's reasons are impeccable and no one can say anything. Regardless of ability, origin, and moral character, Bai Gui is qualified for the position. Therefore, the Wei government and the public were quite convinced of Bai Gui's appointment as prime minister, but they just felt a little sorry for Pang Juan. However, Sun Bin had already seen Wei Ying's thoughts. It's just that he doesn't want Pang Juan to monopolize the power and lose his power. This kind of emperor's mentality is really not understandable to outsiders. As for Pang Juan, although he was disappointed with the result, firstly, Bai Gui's ability was undoubted, and secondly, he also respected Bai Gui, his senior brother, so he still forced a smile and came to congratulate him in person. This made Bai Gui and Sun Bin, who were a little worried about Pang Juan's confusion, breathe a sigh of relief. Not long after, Bai Gui, who was appointed as the prime minister, rushed to Daliang and began to take over the construction of palaces, dredging water conservancy and other matters, and intensively prepared for the relocation of the capital. As soon as the State should be represented by the son -in -law, after the capital was relocated, he was still politically politicized. In this way, the days passed day by day, and soon it was approaching the end of the year. At this time, a shocking news came from Qi State-Qi Huan Gong Tian Wu was dead! The cause of death is also a bit dumbfounding - Ma Feng, this monarch really died under the peonies, and he was so charming even as a ghost. The successor was Tian Yinqi, who was less than sixteen years old, and later became a powerful figure in the world - King Qi Wei. When Sun Bin heard the news, he couldn't help but be a little surprised. He remembered that Tian Yinqi, the hero, did not seem to ascend the throne so early. In other words, Tian Wu seemed to have died a little early. It seems that it was probably his little butterfly that traveled through time that caused some changes. Sun Bin was very excited because Tian Yinqi's accession to the throne meant that it was time for him to kill Tian Gu and take revenge. In the fish and meat village of Tian Gu, all kinds of misdeeds can be hidden from the stupid Qi Huan Gong Tian Wu, but they can never be hidden from the clever Tian Yinqi. Immediately, Sun Bin entered the palace and stated his family feud to Wei Ying, preparing to go to Qi in person to express his hatred. When Wei Ying heard this, she was a little surprised: "My dear, why bother so much? Why don't I personally write a letter asking Qi for Tian Gu? This thief will be handed over to Shou Qing. At this time, the little Tian Qi has just ascended the throne. I'm sorry." I dare not disobey." When she said this, Wei Ying looked arrogant, and the arrogance and domineeringness of the leader of the current superpower could be seen clearly. Sun Bin smiled and shook his head: "I thanked the Marquis of Wei, but this is a family feud. I don't want to offend others, nor do I want to damage the diplomatic relations between Wei and Qi and cause more trouble to the Marquis of Wei." Wei Ying He was stunned for a moment, then nodded in appreciation and said, "It's really rare for Aiqing to be public-minded. However, Tian Ju is a member of Qi's official family, and holds military and political power. He is not a mortal. Aiqing goes alone, how can he take revenge?" Sun Bin smiled faintly. : "Why should I use a knife to kill this thief!? All I need is a strong tongue and a little wealth." Wei Ying laughed loudly: "Okay, I will just sit at home and watch Aiqing perform. Revenge is a good show. Here comes¡ª¡ª" Immediately, a waiter came in to listen to the instructions. Wei Ying said: "Quickly take five hundred gold and give it to Sun Aiqing to show your strength." When Sun Bin heard this, he immediately refused: "Marquis Wei, you must not do it. This is my personal enmity. How dare you ask for a reward from the king?" Wei Ying waved her hand and smiled. Said: "A little wealth is nothing to worry about. The area under Tiangu's jurisdiction is bordering our Wei State. He has always caused trouble. I have been dissatisfied with him for a long time, but I have never been able to teach him a lesson. This time, I have my beloved minister to do it for me. Why don't you give me a gift?" Sun Bin said no more. He just handed over his hand as a courtesy: "Then Bin has thanked the Marquis of Wei. I will be on my way early tomorrow morning, so I won't make a special trip to bid farewell to the Marquis of Wei." "Okay, okay, I am waiting for the good news from Hou Aiqing in Wei." Wei Ying Laughed. That night, Sun Bin bid farewell to Bai Gui, Gongzi Ang, and Pang Juan. Early the next morning, he took only Yang Bu and a few other personal guards and flew to Linzi of Qi State in civilian clothes. Ten days later, Linzi. Sun Bin and his party of six entered Linzi City in a dusty atmosphere. Under the cold wind, the city was still crowded with people, and the shouts of hawkers kept coming and going. The prosperity of this largest city in the world was indeed extraordinary.   "Yang Bu," Sun Bin opened the curtain of the car a little tiredly and stuck his head out: "Find an inn to rest, I'm really exhausted after traveling so long." "Yes, young master." Yang Bu nodded. Nodding, the group immediately found an inn and visited them. After settling down, Sun Bin asked for a private room, ordered some food and drinks, and called the waiter who was about to leave. "Boy," Sun Bin smiled and took out a few large coins: "Let me ask you a few questions. If you answer them well, all the money will be yours. How about it?" These few coins are enough to pay for a sumptuous meal. It's not a small amount to buy food and drinks, or to buy a few stones of food. The waiter immediately nodded and bowed and said, "Sir, please tell me everything I know." "Very good, let me ask you." Sun Bin said with satisfaction. Nodding: "Now in Qi State, who is most favored by Qi Gong?" "Hui Gongzi, my servant Qiu Yu, and my favorite ministers Tian Chong and Fan Wen," "Very good. What are the origins of these three people?" "They are all Qi Gong's latent residence. After the Duke of Qi came to the throne, the old ministers were trusted and promoted. ""Are these three people honest?" The waiter curled his lips in disdain and said in a low voice: "Incorruptibles, none of them are good, and they are all greedy. "I'm going to die." Very good, the matter fell on these three people. Sun Bin laughed in his heart, and finally asked: "So, where do these three people live?" The waiter quickly told the three people's residence, and then looked at the knife coin in Sun Bin's hand eagerly. Sun Bin also pushed the coin over with satisfaction. "Thank you, Master. Thank you, Master." Xiao Er was so happy that he quickly picked up the knife and coins, put them in his sleeves, nodded and bowed. "Master," Yang Bu couldn't help but said, "Do you want to make friends with these three favored ministers, slander Tian Gu in front of Duke Qi, and kill this thief?" "Haha, Master, this is a good idea." Several personal guards were also smiling happily, and they were able to fight without any loss of blood. "No," Sun Bin said with a faint smile: "I decided to use a heavy courtesy to let these three people say a few good words for Tian Gu in front of Qi Gong, and they can praise them as much as they can!" "What!?" Yang Buji People are dumbfounded when they hear it: What kind of rhythm is this? This isn't for revenge, is it obviously to help Tian Gu get promoted? "Don't you understand?" Sun Bin smiled. "I don't understand." Yang Bu and the others were confused. They were all conscientious warriors, and even if they had no idea what tricks Sun Bin was playing. "It's very simple." Sun Bin sneered and said: "The people of Qi are not stupid either. Tian Gu has deep roots in Qi and is definitely not easy to mess with. If I make it clear that I am seeking revenge on Tian Gu, I am afraid these three people will not dare to help me. Moreover. , with Tian Ku's good eyes and ears, we may be noticed by him immediately if we make some small moves, which will lead to death. " "So, after thinking about it, we decided to do the opposite and pretend to be Tian Ku. I will give you generous gifts and Qiu Yu, and ask them to speak kind words for Tian Kui in front of Duke Qi. These three people will not be suspicious. By then, Tian Yinqi will hear Tian Kui's good reputation all day long, and he will definitely do it. "I don't know much about others, but I still know about Mr. Xin Qi. Although he is very young, he is very smart, ruthless and decisive. The most important thing is that he is very suspicious and never trusts others. When the time comes, , He heard nothing but good things about Tian Kui in his ears all day long, and without a single bad word, he would definitely become suspicious, and he would definitely send an envoy secretly to Ayi to investigate Tian Kui's situation. " "At that time, Tian Kui was in ruins. After all, Tian Yinqi, who felt deceived, must be furious, and Tian Gu¡¯s death is imminent!¡± At this point, Sun Bin¡¯s expression became ferocious and cold. "Young Master is very clever." Yang Bu and others looked at each other with admiration: What is level? What is wisdom? That's it. ¡­¡­ Text Chapter 140 Tian Gu¡¯s Death (Part 1) In the next few days, Sun Bin changed his name to Tian Fang and pretended to be Tian Gu's envoy. He secretly visited Qiu Yu and other favored ministers, offered heavy gifts, and asked the three of them to speak kindly to Qi Gong for Tian Gu. "The three of them, Qiu Yu, are all money-minded people, and seeing that it was such a small favor at no cost, they naturally agreed to it. For a time, the court hall of Qi State was suddenly filled with praises for Tian Gu, the governor of Ayi. The noise was so loud that it even spread among the people. For a time, people who didn't know anything about it all thought that Tian Gu was a very wise minister. Sun Bin has been sending Yang Bu and others to pay attention to the disturbances in Linzi's court and countryside. When he saw that the effect was so good, he was overjoyed: That field tenon is about to die! ¡°The next thing to do is to wait patiently, that¡¯s all. More than half a month later, Sun Bin had nothing to do. He was sitting by the window and having a drink by himself in front of the warm fire, looking at the snowy scenery outside the window. The wine is also hot and very stomach-warming. But Sun Bin was a little uninterested. It was now the end of the year, but due to revenge, he could not be with Yinyu. I have to say that this was a pity. "However, the only way to kill Tian Gu is to make these sacrifices worthwhile." "Master!" As he was drinking, Yang Bu suddenly ran in excitedly and whispered: "I'm so happy, Master." Sun Bin stood up suddenly and said excitedly: "Is there any news?" "Yes." Yang Bu laughed and said: "When the villain heard the news, the Duke of Qi suddenly summoned Tian Gu, the doctor of Ayidu, to come to Zi to accept the award. He is expected to arrive tomorrow. I heard that early the day after tomorrow, the Duke of Qi will be at the square at the main entrance of the palace. , to meet with Tian Gu. " "Great!" Sun Bin was overjoyed and sneered: "I guess Tian Gu was just happy about the pie in the sky, but I'm afraid he never thought that the reward from the Marquis of Qi was fake. His life is real." Yang Bu couldn't help but said, "Master, do you think that Qi Hou will really be fooled and get rid of Tian Gu for us?" "Yes, I'm sure." Sun Bin smiled confidently. Two days passed in a flash. Early in the morning, Sun Bin and others got up, tidied up briefly, and then went straight to the entrance of the palace, ready to watch a good show. In order not to attract attention, several people dressed and behaved in a low-key manner. Soon, Sun Bin and others arrived at the spacious main entrance square of Qigong. The square was very large, with a length of two to three hundred steps and a width of two to three hundred paces, and could accommodate tens of thousands of people. At this time, there are already a lot of people coming to see the excitement, a conservative estimate of nearly 10,000 people. In ancient times, because there was no farm work in winter, people still had relatively free time. If there is any excitement, I naturally want to join in. Sun Bin raised his head and looked at the main entrance of the palace. At this time, a five or six meter high platform had been set up in front of the door. In the middle of the stage, there is a gorgeous low couch, covered with snow-white fur, and with a wide ceiling. Looking at the eye-catching official badge on the ceiling, Sun Bin knew that this should be Tian Yinqi's seat. Near the high platform, there are already dozens of Qi guards in full armor maintaining order, preventing people from getting close to the high platform. And between the people and the high platform, there are two big cauldrons. There are firewood under the cauldrons, and the flames are erupting. The cauldrons are burning red, and the cauldrons seem to be filled with boiling oil. At this time, they are boiling, snoring. With sound. Next to the tripod, there are four burly and majestic warriors standing, holding iron palladium, I don¡¯t know what it is used for. "Sir," Yang Butun was a little surprised: "What are these two big cauldrons used for? Is it that Qi Gong is planning to entertain the officials?" In ancient times, the cauldron was not only a symbol of the important national weapon, but also a cooking tool. tool. Therefore, it is not surprising that Yang Bu asked this. Sun Bin knew the purpose of this cauldron, so he couldn't help but sneered: "You'll know it later, I'm afraid you won't have the appetite." Yang Bu shook his head in confusion, not understanding what Sun Bin meant, but Sun Bin didn't understand. He wanted to explain, but he didn't dare to ask again. At this moment, the sound of golden drums suddenly came from Qi Palace. Immediately, the palace door opened wide, and a large number of soldiers, attendants, maids, and courtiers filed out, guarding a gorgeous bird in the middle like stars over the moon. The big chariot. On the chariot, a young man in his teens was reclining. His face was slightly thin. Although he was still a little childish, he exuded the aloofness of a king. His sharp eyes made people dare not look directly at the majesty of the king. . This is the famous king in the history of Qi - King Tian Yinqi of Qi Wei! ? Sure enough, it's not general. Sun Bin nodded secretly. "When Duke Qi arrives, everyone kneels to greet him." The eunuch leading the way ordered in a sharp voice. "Meet the Duke of Qi." All the people?There is no chance to see the king of a country in ordinary times, and they all immediately prostrate themselves in fear. Sun Bin also bowed to the ground quietly and disappeared among the people. Soon, the royal chariot came to the edge of the high platform and stopped steadily. Several eunuchs immediately spread the red carpet on the ground until it was next to the steps of the high platform. "Please, Mr. Qi, please alight from the chariot." Tian Yinqi stood up and glanced proudly at the prostrate Wan Cheng in front of him. He couldn't help but feel excited: Qi State, it's finally my turn to make the decision. This is my time! Tian Yinqi got off the chariot with great ambition and walked onto the red carpet. He sat cross-legged until the platform collapsed, and then waved his hand: "Everyone is standing straight." In the square, countless people stood up one after another. Tian Yinqi then nodded to an eunuch standing aside. The eunuch immediately stepped forward and said sharply: "Qi Gong has an order: On the occasion of the New Year, the subjects of Qi are specially summoned here to reward good ministers and punish bad ministers." "In order to uphold the national style, Yan Jie, the official of Jimo Capital, came to the stage to ask questions." Immediately, a middle-aged courtier who had been waiting under the stage walked forward quickly, bowed down at the stage, and said respectfully: "I am Jimo." Yan Jie, the official of the capital, paid a visit to Duke Qi. "This man has a dark complexion and dry skin. He looks like an inconspicuous old farmer. If he were not wearing solemn court clothes, no one would be able to guess that he is a Qi official. Important minister. However, Sun Bin knew that Yan Jie was a well-known virtuous minister in Qi State. He was upright and honest, and was deeply loved by the people in the Jimo area. "Yan Jie," Tian Yinqi looked at Yan Jie and said calmly: "I heard in the palace that you imposed excessive taxes and expropriations in Jimo. The people were filled with resentment and everyone thought you were evil. In addition, I also received many complaints from local gentry against you. I wonder what you have to say about the complaint?" When Yan Jie heard this, his face suddenly became angry, and he said sadly: "Qi Gong Rong reported: I have never done anything corrupt or illegal in my place. These are all false accusations made by villains. To the extreme, please Qi Gong investigate clearly!" Sun Bin sighed: This doctor Yan is indeed upright and honest as an official, and he cares about the people, but he is too upright. When Yan Jie was an official, he did not know how to make friends with powerful ministers and give gifts to please him. Instead, he offended countless colleagues because he hated evil as much as hatred. When he was an official, he did not know how to win over the local gentry, but instead attacked the local tyrants and rested with the people. Therefore, both in the government and the public, there were naturally countless hidden arrows. Shooting at this wise minister, he tried his best to frame him and throw dirty water. But given Yan Jie¡¯s personality, it¡¯s not hard to imagine anyone who would speak for him. The people in the audience had heard about Yan Jie's reputation for a long time. Now when they heard that he was framed, they all had angry faces. The bold ones shouted: "Mr. Qi, Dr. Yan is a virtuous minister. You can't listen to greedy words." "You have wronged a good man." "That's right, Mr. Qi, Doctor Yan is a good official." The audience was in an uproar. Text Chapter 141 Tian Gu¡¯s death (Part 2) Listening to the noise of the people in the audience, Tian Yinqi remained calm and nodded expressionlessly: "I know, you just stand aside and listen to what I say." Yan Jie had no choice but to stand up and stand aside. , but his face was still filled with sadness and anger. At this time, the eunuch stepped forward again and announced: "Qi Gong has an order: Here, Ayidu doctor Tian Gu stands in front of the platform to ask questions." Immediately, a tall and thin middle-aged man with high cheekbones walked forward excitedly. , went to the stage and bowed down: "I, Tian Gu, the doctor of Ayidu, pays homage to Duke Qi." "Young Master, is he this person?" When Yang Bu saw this, he quietly asked Sun Bin. Sun Bin's eyes flashed with cold light, and he said coldly: "Yes, this is the person. Today is the day of his death!" On the stage, Tian Yinqi looked at Tian Gu carefully and said slowly: "Tian Aiqing, I often I heard that you have done a good job in Ayi. You have good governance and people live in peace. Everyone in the court is full of praise for you. " Tian Gu was so happy that he couldn't help but want to be promoted. He was heartbroken. Dao: It seems that the daily management of senior officials in the capital must have played a role. This money is really not in vain. But there was a look of loyalty on his face: "Qi Gong has given me the reward. These are all my duties. They are not worthy of mentioning. I dare not praise Qi Gong for them." When the people in the audience heard this, they also commented one after another: "This Tian Gu seems to be quite good." Famous Yes, he has become very famous recently, and he seems to have heard that being an official is very good" Tian Yinqi remained calm and just nodded: "Very good, you should stand aside and wait for me to say something." "Yes." Tian Gu thought that he would be promoted and rewarded today, and he felt really happy. At this time, Tian Yinqi called to the audience: "Where is Zou Qing?" "I am here." Immediately, a handsome, eloquent and majestic minister came out to the audience to receive orders. Sun Bin knew this person. His name is Zou Ji, a famous virtuous minister, prime minister, and academic master of Qi State. The world even calls him Zou Zi. "Zou Aiqing," a lazy smile appeared on Tian Yinqi's lips: "I heard that you recently went to another place for a private visit incognito. Is this possible?" "Back to Qi Gong, this is indeed the case." Zou Ji said calmly. . "Oh, so, where did Zou Qing go? What did he gain?" Tian Yinqi began to introduce the topic step by step, quite intent on exploring. "Back to Qi Gong, I went to Jimo first. There, I saw that the people were wealthy, living and working in peace and contentment, not picking up things on the road, and not closing their homes at night. Except for a few officials and rich gentry, the people all spoke very highly of Dr. Yan and were even grateful. The people built a shrine to Dr. Yan and offered incense all the year round. "Zou Ji's words were like sharp swords, piercing the lies of some thoughtful people. "Oh." Tian Yinqi suddenly smiled, looked at Yan Jie who looked surprised, and said meaningfully: "Doctor Yan, it seems that you are indeed unjust. Very good, you are a good official, I I appreciate it very much. I sent a message to Yan Jie and granted him a city of ten miles, a hundred thousand yuan of money, and a hundred lands of land, as a reward for his political achievements." Yan Jie was overjoyed when he heard this, and he quickly stepped forward to thank him and said, "Thank you, Duke Qi, Xue Chen Bu Bai. I'm sorry, thank you Duke Qi for your generous reward." "Very good, please step aside." Tian Yinqi waved his hand with satisfaction. Looking at the sudden turn of the peaks, Tian Gu couldn't help but be a little dumbfounded, and had a vague premonition in his heart: Zou Ji paid a private visit incognito, wouldn't he have visited the Ayi area? Thinking of this, Tian Gu couldn't help but feel worried secretly. At this time, Tian Yinqi asked Zou Ji again: "Zou Aiqing, besides going to Jimo, where else have you been?" "Back to Qi Gong, I have also arrived in Ayi. Unlike the rumors that Ayi's government is harmonious and the people live in peace, I saw What's more, the fields are desolate, the people are in poverty, bandits are numerous, and the official history is corrupt. In particular, Tian Gu, the doctor of Ayidu, is notorious for his clever plundering, corruption and lawlessness. The people hate him and want to eat his flesh. "Sleep on his skin!" Zou Ji's accusations were like thunder blasting in Tian Gu's ears, making him almost faint with stars in his eyes. Only now did he realize that Tian Yinqi called him to come to Zi, not to reward him at all, but to deal with him. "It turns out that Tian Gu is such a bastard!" "That's right, it turns out that he is a good official, but he actually deceives the world and steals his reputation." "Kill him! Kill him!" In the square, tens of thousands of people suddenly The roars were like thunder and the curses were so frightening that Tian Gu's face turned as pale as earth. However, he still felt a little lucky in his heart. No matter what, Tian Gu is a member of the Qi clan and an important official in both the government and the public. If he doesn¡¯t look at his public side and his private side, he can¡¯t really kill him, right?  "It's great. He should be dismissed from office. Anyway, he has made enough money in his life. It's not bad to be a rich man and spend the rest of his life peacefully." However, Tian Gu was wrong because he didn't understand Tian Yinqi's personality. What Tian Yinqi hates most in his life is that someone deceives him. As for the identity of the Tian Gu Sect, in Tian Yinqi's eyes, it is even less worth mentioning. There are many clans in Qi State, at least thousands of them. What does it matter if one or two are missing? Sure enough, on the high platform, Tian Yinqi's face turned cold and he said sternly: "Where is Tian Gou?" "I, I am here." Seeing the king's anger, Tian Gou couldn't help being frightened, his face turned earth-colored, his legs trembling, and he fell to the ground, shouting repeatedly Kowtowed: "I am guilty. I am guilty." "You are guilty." Tian Yinqi said solemnly: "Not only did you cause trouble to the place, but you dared to bribe the ministers of the DPRK and deceive me. You are really worthy of death. Come here. , threw the guilty ministers Tian Ju, Qiu Yu, Fan Wen, and Tian Chong into the cauldron and cooked them to death! " "Ah!" Tian Ju was so frightened that he wet his pants and kowtowed loudly. Desperately begging for mercy: "Qi Gong, please spare my life, I know my crime" On the side, Qiu Yu and the other two people were also frightened to death. They were all Tian Yinqi's favorites. They originally thought that even if they were exposed by Zou Ji, it would not be a trivial matter if they accepted some gifts from Tian Gu and gave him some kind words. However, they never expected that, It actually led to death! "Mr. Qi, please spare your life. For the sake of our dedicated service, please spare this villain." For a moment, Qiu Yu and the other three fell to the ground, wailing and crying until their noses were filled with tears. "Do it!" However, although Tian Yinqi is young, he is a ruthless person. When he trusts you, he will be very kind to you, but when he suspects and hates you, he will never miss you. The two cold people The words were said with murderous intent. "Nuo." Next to the cauldron, eight strong men with strong backs and strong waists rushed forward. They worked in pairs, picked up the tenons with iron forks, held them in the air, and went straight to the boiling cauldron. "Spare your life, Mr. Qi!" "The villain has realized his crime, huh" On the short journey, the four Tianju people were so frightened that they urinated, cried for their father, and cried for their mother. However, it was no longer helpful. . Soon, when they arrived in front of the cauldron, the eight strong men shouted and threw Tian Gu and the other four people into the cauldron. After several short and tragic howls, the boiling oil swallowed up the four people. A tangy aroma of meat began to fill the square. ?????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? Not long after, eight strong men put their iron forks into the pot, and with a loud crash, they threw up four skeletons that were fried to a crispy brown. As for the skin and flesh, they had already melted away! "Crash" For a moment, a pile of golden skeletons were piled on the ground. The scene was so tragic that the square was completely silent. Although all four of Tian Gu deserved their crimes, such a cruel and horrific way of death still frightened everyone. Some timid ones not only have earth-colored faces, but even have incontinence of urination. Tian Qiqiu, however, had a calm expression on his face and even nodded with satisfaction. He stood up and said proudly: "This is the fate of evil villains in my country of Qi! From today on, I will set up a slanderous tree outside the palace. Those who have grievances will complain about them, and those who are talented will write them down. The general will send people to copy them every day, so that the grievances will never have nowhere to redress. There are still worthy people in the field!" After a brief silence, a tsunami suddenly erupted in the square. "Long live the wise Duke of Qi!" The princes on this side are simply amazing! "Let's go." Sun Bin turned around calmly. To him, Tian Gu was just an insignificant opponent, so winning was not a big deal! The family feud is over, it¡¯s time to go home. Text Chapter 142 Return to Wei State At the end of winter, the snow is still falling. The majestic Anyi City was covered with a layer of silver, as if it had turned into a city of ice and snow, dominating the earth. On the official road, a car and several riders were speeding towards them. Seeing the capital city in sight, a knight couldn't help but cheer happily: "Sir, we are home." Hearing the sound, the curtain of the carriage lifted up, revealing a dashing young man wearing a white fox coat. It was none other than It was Sun Bin. "After two months of separation, I'm finally home." Seeing that he finally returned home, Sun Bin's face was filled with surprise and happiness. Soon, the convoy approached the gate of the city. Just as the Wei soldiers guarding the gate were about to come up to stop the tax collection, they saw Yang Bu took out his token and flashed it: "Master Sun is here, get out of the way quickly." I heard it was the Marquis of Wei driving. The famous man in front of them, the famous military advisor Sun Bin, and several Wei soldiers quickly moved out of the way and looked at the retreating convoy with reverence. Arriving at the gate of Defu, Yinyu had already received the news, and the whole family happily greeted him at the door. It was really dark and crowded with hundreds of people. As soon as Sun Bin got off the car, Yinyu shouted happily: "Lang Jun." and threw herself into Sun Bin's arms. In the past two months, Yinyu has been worried and worried about Sun Bin. The tenon tree has deep roots in Qi, but Sun Bin went to Qi almost alone, making revenge extremely difficult. Therefore, Yinyu has always been worried that Sun Bin will have some problems. Now, seeing that Sun Bin has returned safely, my heart is relieved, and my joy is naturally beyond words. "Haha" Sun Bin also hugged his wife tenderly and said with a smile: "Don't worry, look, I'm back safely." "Yes." Yinyu wiped the tears of excitement and joy from the corner of his mouth and raised his head: "Lang Jun, is Tian Gu dead?" "That's natural." Sun Bin smiled proudly. "Yes, madam," Yang Bu showed off with a proud look on his face: "You don't know, the young master just used a little trick and used the hands of the Marquis of Qi to pour a cauldron of boiling oil from the field joints and cook them alive. "What a joy!" "Ah!" Yinyu couldn't help but blush. When Sun Bin saw this, he glared at Yang Bu fiercely: "Such a horrible thing, what nonsense did you kid say? You really need to deal with it." When Yang Bu saw this, he couldn't help but shrink his head and didn't dare to say anything. "Okay, madam, let's not mention the tenon. Anyway, he deserves it. Let's go back to the house." Sun Bin hugged Yinyu and strode back to the talisman. At the same time, he said loudly and joyfully: "Send the order, let's reward today. The whole house has enough food and wine.¡± ¡°Oh, thank you, sir, ma¡¯am.¡± Suddenly, there was a roar of joy at the door of the house. This night, Sun Bin¡¯s family did not want to mention how they celebrated. Early the next morning, as soon as Sun Bin woke up, an angel flew over and said, "The Marquis of Wei has a decree. Sun Bin, the doctor and military advisor of Xuanzhong, is here to see you." Sun Bin, who wanted to have a good rest for two days, had no choice but to follow the angel in a hurry. Went to Wei Palace. As soon as he entered the inner room, he saw Wei Ying in the middle, General Pang Juan, Prime Minister Bai Gui on the right, and Young Master Ang on the left. The four of them were waiting for him happily. Sun Bin was startled and said quickly: "Your Majesty, Sun Bin, has met the Marquis of Wei." "No courtesy, no courtesy." Wei Ying smiled and said, "They are all members of our family. You are welcome. Come and sit down next to your father-in-law." "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Sun Bin stood up and greeted with a smile: "My father-in-law is here, senior brother, third senior brother." "Come and sit down." Young Master Ang quickly asked Sun Bin to sit down, and said with a smile: "Wonderful son-in-law, let's go together. Is it possible to fulfill your wish? Ha, looking at your happy face, it must be that your revenge has been overturned, right?" "Exactly," Sun Bin nodded proudly. Bai Gui smiled and said: "There must be a story in this, and we can't wait. Junior brother, tell me quickly." "Haha, okay." Sun Bin then sat down, drinking tea, and carefully recounted the story of revenge in Linzi. Talked about it again. "What a borrowed knife to kill someone!" Bai Gui heard this and clapped his hands in praise: "Junior brother, this move is really a stroke of genius. I admire it, I admire it!" My thoughts are changing, and Junior Brother Sun ranks first among our brothers." Hearing the praises from everyone, Young Master Ang couldn't help but feel proud. After all, Sun Bin is his son-in-law, and his son-in-law performed well. He, the father-in-law, naturally also has face, and he couldn't help but feel proud. He smiled and said: "I think that Tian Yinqi, although he is the king of a country, is also played by Bin'er. It seems that he is young or too young." "I don't think so." Who. Thinking of this, Wei Ying's face turned a little solemn and she shook her head meaningfully.  "Brother, what do you mean?" Young Master Ang was a little confused. Wei Ying did not answer. Instead, she looked at Sun Bin and muttered: "Bo Ling, in your opinion, what kind of person is this Qihou Tian Yinqi?" Sun Bin thought for a while and said slowly: "As I see it, Although this man is young, he is ruthless, extremely shrewd, and seems to be very ambitious. It can be seen from his setting up slanderous posts, recruiting wise ministers, and encouraging redress of grievances that he will definitely be a powerful enemy of Wei in the future! " Young Master Ang frowned and said in disbelief: "Bin'er, isn't Tian Yinqi as powerful as you said? This time, he was taken advantage of. " "It's different." Sun Bin shook his head and said. "I just took advantage of this person's suspicious characteristics, and I was unprepared. I think Tian Yinqi is a heroic figure. In his hands, Qi will definitely prosper. It's just that he is suspicious by nature. I may take advantage of this in the future. , "Yes." Wei Ying listened and nodded: "Bo Ling and I agree. Although this Tian Yinqi is young, he is already showing his glory. I'm afraid it will be difficult to deal with him in the future. Come, let's pay more attention to Qi Guo from now on." Young Master Ang, Bai Gui, and Pang Juan looked at each other and saw that Wei Ying and Sun Bin were quite jealous of Tian Yinqi, and they all stopped their contempt. . "Marquis of Wei," Bai Gui muttered: "Since Qi is bound to be in serious trouble in the future, can we adjust our national policy and suppress Qi first?" "No." Pang Juan refused: "Recently, our country has been in conflict with Qin, Zhao, Han, and Chu is already very tired of having a bad relationship with Qi. According to my opinion, in the short term, it is better to attack Qin with all its strength, weaken Zhao, guard against Han and Chu, and make good friends with Qi and Yan. Defeat them one by one." "Yes." Sun Bin agreed upon hearing this: "Even if Qi is in trouble, it will take time. If you want to plan for it, you must not rush." ??"Then let's deal with Qin first. "Gongzi Ang said bitterly: "Taking advantage of the fact that the Qin State has just lost its leader and defeated its army, we will first destroy the Qin State and avenge the attack on Hexi." "That's right." The emperor and his ministers immediately agreed. Wei Ying saw that it was already late, so she greeted: "It's already late, and all the ministers are not outsiders, so please stay and have dinner with me." "Thank you, Marquis of Wei." Sun Bin, Young Master Ang and others hurriedly thanked each other. Soon, the food and drinks were served, and everyone was drinking and talking and laughing. Young Master Ang suddenly patted Sun Bin on the shoulder and said with a smile: "Xianxiang, you have been married for several months, so you must hurry up. I am still waiting to give birth to my grandson." "Haha" Wei Ying and others immediately laughed, and Sun Bin looked embarrassed: "Well, my father-in-law, my son-in-law will do his best." "Okay, okay, junior brother, we are all waiting for your good news. "Pang Juan also felt disrespectful for the old man at this time. Sun Bin immediately turned around and said, "Hey, senior brother, don't just talk about me. After all, I'm still married, and you don't even have a wife. Wei Hou, senior brother, and father-in-law all rushed to help. , Find a good match for Senior Brother Pang, so that he will not be alone. " "Hahaha, no problem, I will pay attention." Wei Ying also laughed when she heard it. This time, it was Pang Juan¡¯s turn to look embarrassed. Text Chapter 143 The invasion of Chu Winter goes, spring comes, spring goes, summer comes again. ???????????????????????????????????????????????: The Wei army camp, above the school grounds, with flags blocking out the sun and a forest of soldiers, 40,000 newly formed Wei soldiers were neatly arranged and stood in awe. On the general stage, Pang Juan, Sun Juan and other generals looked at the audience with satisfaction. "Brother," Sun Bin was excited in his heart: "With such a strong army, the world can conquer the world. We, the Wei Dynasty, will unify the nine states and it will be just around the corner." Speaking of which, the Wei State was able to retrain 40,000 Wei soldiers, but it cost a huge price. Needless to say, the huge expenditure on equipment, the 12 million acres of fertile land granted to these new Wei soldiers is enough to give any country a headache. "However, Wei State spent all its resources and still succeeded in rebuilding. This shows Wei Ying's ambition and firm will. "Yes." Pang Juan also looked very proud: "No one in the world can stop such a powerful army. Last time, Qin State escaped disaster. Another day, I will ask the king for orders to attack Qin State again. This time, we must destroy them." "Yes, the hatred of Hexi was not settled last time." Baning and other generals gritted their teeth when they heard about Qin. "Okay," Pang Juan waved his hand and said in a deep voice: "Gather up your energy, hold your breath, and spread it on the people of Qin another day. Send the order to prepare for the military parade." "Promise." Immediately, a soldier responded, Then the military parade was ordered to begin. "Report¡ª¡ª" At this moment, a messenger came on a flying horse, rolled his saddle and dismounted from the stage: "General, military advisor, Chu State suddenly sent fifty thousand troops, led by Grand Sima Jingshe, to invade our country. At present, We have broken through several cities and are approaching Xiangling. The Marquis of Wei ordered you two to quickly enter the palace to discuss meeting the enemy." Pang Juan must have been furious: "This damn Chu barbarian, our general is about to attack Qin, but you and others come to cause trouble. , It¡¯s really killable!¡± Sun Bin sneered: ¡°Chu people have always been greedy, and the King of Chu, Xiong Liangfu, is not a good person. He may think that our country¡¯s national strength is weakened due to successive wars, so he wants to get some benefits.¡± A cold light flashed in Pang Juan's eyes: "Huh, I'm afraid that Chu people don't have such good teeth. We in Wei are not fat, but steel! Come on, senior brother, let's enter the palace." "Okay." Sun Bin nodded. At that moment, the two brothers handed over the military parade to Baning and others, and followed the messenger into the palace in a hurry. Arriving at the palace, as soon as you entered the main hall, you saw Wei Ying sitting in the middle, with many civil and military ministers sitting on both sides. "However, Bai Gui and Gongzi Ang are not here. Bai Gui and Gongzi Ang are both in Daliang, one is responsible for water control, and the other is responsible for building palaces. They are both making intense preparations for moving the capital in the second half of the year. "Marquis of Wei." Sun Bin and Pang Juan saluted quickly. "Without courtesy, please take a seat." When the Marquis of Wei saw his two beloved generals, he hurriedly waved happily. "Thank you, Marquis Wei." The two brothers thanked him and sat down aside. "Everyone, the Chu State is attacking with great force this time. That Jingshe is also a famous general of the Chu State. Who has a plan to retreat from the enemy?" Wei Ying glanced around. "Marquis of Wei," Pang Juan said immediately, "we are about to move the capital of Wei State, and the Chu State chose this time to invade. It is clearly a provocation to our country and wants to give us a show of strength. The general thought that he should immediately send troops to fight head-on. The general is incompetent and is willing to lead his army to attack and kill all the Chu soldiers." "Yes, yes," all the civil and military officials nodded after hearing this: "Our country has moved its capital to Daliang and its center of gravity has moved south. The Chu State will definitely be worried that our country will form a mountain to overwhelm it. This is why we took the initiative to seize the advantageous terrain, and secondly, we also wanted to give our Wei State a warning so that our country would not dare to invade south easily. It was a good idea. " At this time, Sun Bin stood up and said: " Marquis of Wei, there is no need to kill a chicken with a bull's sword! There is no need for my senior brother to attack the Chu army with only Jingshe. I am willing to lead 20,000 Wei warriors to the south to defeat the Chu army. My senior brother will stay in Anyi and prepare to attack Qin with peace of mind. "Yes." Wei Ying was still very confident about Sun Bin's talent, and immediately nodded: "In that case, Sun Aiqing will take the lead and go south to retreat from the Chu army." Pang Juan thought for a while. He felt that the most important goal at present was to deal with the ambitious, arrogant and undisciplined Qin State first. As for the Chu barbarians, who had great ambitions and lack of talents, they were not a personal problem. They could be taken care of slowly, so he nodded and said: "Okay, let Junior Brother Sun I'm relieved to lead the army." "Okay." Wei Ying was very happy and said immediately, "That's it, all the ministers will prepare quickly. In three days, Sun Aiqing will lead the army to Xiangling. ." Everyone took the order. After leaving the palace and about to mount his horse and return, Pang Juan suddenly stopped, patted Sun Bin on the shoulder, and said with some worry: "Junior brother, you must be more cautious this time when you lead the army alone. You know, the soldiers are fierce. War is in danger, be careless?. " Sun Bin said gratefully: "Senior brother, don't worry, I understand. " "good. Pang Juan smiled and said: "With your talent, as long as you don't be careless, Na Jingshe will definitely not be your opponent. As a brother, I will wait for your success in Anyi." " "Thank you, senior brother. " "That's right," Pang Juan thought for a moment and then said, "You are about to go to war, so don't go to the army for the next two days. Spend time at home with your brothers and sisters. She is just pregnant. I'm afraid she will inevitably be worried when you go on an expedition. Please comfort her. As for the matters related to the expedition, they were all arranged by me. " "Uh, thank you, senior brother. " Only then did Sun Bin remember that he was so excited that he took the initiative to ask for help, but ignored Yinyu, who was just pregnant. He couldn't help but said gratefully: "Thank you, senior brother, I will go home now. " "Okay, let's go. " Pang Juan nodded. Sun Bin led his guards back home directly. As soon as he entered the house, he asked a passing maid: "Where is Madam? " "Go back to the master," the maid said respectfully, "Madam is in the inner room. " Sun Bin nodded and entered the room alone. He saw Yinyu sitting alone with some red cloth in his hand, embroidering something. "Madam," Sun Bin stepped forward with a smile and said softly: "I'm back. ,what are you busy with? " "Mr. Lang," Yinyu stood up happily as soon as she saw Sun Bin, with a look of happiness on her face: "I am embroidering some bellybands for our unborn child. "Oh," Sun Bin was stunned and said with a smile, "Let me take a look." "After taking the fabric, I saw that the bellyband had basically taken shape, with some poor fat dolls embroidered on it. The needlework was very delicate and vivid. "It's really beautiful. Sun Bin praised: "It's just madam, just leave these tasks to the servants. You are just pregnant, so you should have a good rest." " "That's okay, I still want to make clothes for our children by myself. "Yinyu shook her head stubbornly, her beautiful face full of sweet maternal love. "Well, then you can do whatever you want. "Sun Bin shrugged helplessly. Thinking of the upcoming expedition, he couldn't help but feel a little guilty. At this time, Yinyu needed the company and care the most. It is said that it is better to know your husband than your wife. As soon as Sun Bin hesitated, Yinyu realized that something was wrong and couldn't help but let go. With the needle, thread and cloth in his hands, he was a little worried about the road: "Lang Jun, what's wrong, do you have something to tell me? "Uh," Sun Bin had no choice but to bite the bullet and said, "Madam, I just received the military report that Chu State has invaded southern Xinjiang and Xiangling is in danger. I have asked the Marquis of Wei for orders to go out." However, when I think that my wife is pregnant and needs someone to accompany me, my heart¡ª¡ª" When Yinyu heard this, she was very reluctant to give up, but she was very reasonable and said: "There is no need to say it, sir. As a matter of loyalty to you, sir, please do not think of me. It's just that the war is fierce and dangerous. You must be careful when you go here. Remember, my child and I are still waiting for you at home. " "Mrs. "Sun Bin was moved and held Yinyu's jade hand. With a husband and wife like this, what more could the husband ask for. Text Chapter 144: Just teasing you (Part 1) Xiangling. This is a border town with a circumference of only fourteen miles and a population of only forty thousand. Although it is not a grand city, it is still quite large. More importantly, because Xiangling was an important town in the south of Wei State and the gateway to Daliang, although the city was not large, it was built very tall and strong, with a wide moat dug around it, making it very dangerous. At this time, Xiangling City was surrounded by 50,000 Chu troops, and they were encamped in several layers. It was really an airtight place that was difficult for birds to cross. Facing a strong enemy, the five thousand Wei troops in Xiangling City could only parry and had no power to fight back. They only hoped that Anyi could send reinforcements early to drive back the barbarian Chu. In the early morning of this day, the Chu Army coach Jingshou raised the Chinese army account. Jingshe was born in the Jing family, one of the three most prominent families in the Chu Kingdom, and currently serves as the supreme commander of the Chu army, Da Sima. This time he was ordered to go to the Wei Kingdom. He was really ambitious and vowed to give the world-famous strong Wei a little bit. Look at the color. Since entering Wei territory, Jingshe has been going smoothly. In recent months, it has broken through six or seven frontier fortresses and reached the foot of Xiangling City. As long as Xiangling is broken, the journey to Daliang will be smooth. If he can even bring down the beams with one drum, then his scenery will be famous all over the world, and Wei will become a laughing stock in the world. "The most powerful country in the world, even the new country has been occupied by others, it is really laughable! Thinking of the beauty, Jing She almost laughed out loud. Of course, as the commander-in-chief of the armed forces, General Jing still had a solemn and majestic face. "Generals," Jingshe glanced at the tent with a thoughtful look: "If Xiangling has been completely surrounded by me, but the city of Xiangling is high and dangerous, and our army has been unable to attack it in the past three days, it is not as good as you can Do you have a good idea?" "Sir Sima," one general said, "It's better to dig a tunnel and break into it." "Shit." Someone said dismissively, "There is such a wide moat, you can't get close by digging a tunnel. "City wall." "Can't we just fill in the moat first?" "It's useless, the soil is loose and the holes can't hold up at all." "For a while, there was a quarrel in the tent, and Jingshe was in a state of confusion. It hurt. He couldn't help but slap the table and said angrily: "Shut up, stop arguing. Digging a tunnel is a bad idea. It's never feasible. Think about it again." "Lord Sima," at this time, a heroic young general came out and said : "The general thinks that we can take turns to attack the east, west and south cities during the day to draw the Wei army's attention away. Then, we can gather the elite at night and raid the north city, which may be successful." "Well, we can give it a try." Jingshe's ability to become the Grand Sima is not entirely dependent on his background. He still has some real abilities. After thinking about it for a while, he felt that his idea came from his background and he readily adopted it. Just as he was about to give the order, he heard someone coming on a flying horse from outside the tent to report: "Report, start." Report to Lord Sima: The reinforcements from the Wei army are nearly fifty miles away. Please make a decision." "Sigh-" Jing She was surprised when he heard this: "Do you know who is leading the troops?" "How many people are there? Sir, the leader of the army is still Sun Bin, the military commander of the Wei army. There are 20,000 Wei Wu soldiers and 10,000 auxiliary soldiers. " "His¡ª¡ª" When they heard that the enemy was the powerful Wei Wu army, the Chu generals in the tent suddenly felt. My brain hurts and my heart feels weak. You must know that although the 50,000 Chu troops who invaded Wei this time are elites from various tribes, their combat power is probably much lower than that of the famous Wei soldiers. "Hmph, look at your rat guts!" Jing She said with a disdainful look on his face: "Wei has been fighting for years, and the veterans of Wei's soldiers have been almost exhausted. Now 80% of them are just a bunch of new troops. You guys What a shame. What¡¯s more, it¡¯s not Pang Juan who¡¯s here, he¡¯s just a young boy named Sun Bin.¡± The generals were right when they heard this. This was also the time when Sun Bin was just born, and his reputation was overshadowed by Pang Juan's illustrious military exploits. Therefore, not many people really realized that this was a more terrifying enemy than Pang Juan. People of Chu, please be aware that you will pay the price for their frivolousness and recklessness. "Come here, give me an order: There will be no attack on the city today. The army will have a good meal at noon, and then form a formation in the north of the city to wait for the Wei army. Also, immediately send an envoy to see Sun Bin and tell him that he will be respectful at the foot of Xiangling City. Wait for him and ask him if he has the guts to fight. "Jing She is also cunning, but he has the idea of ??waiting for work. "Lord Sima is very scheming. If Sun Bin dares to fight, we will wait for him while we are at ease, defeat the weak with numbers, and teach him a lesson. If he dares not fight, it will just dampen the vigor of the Wei army." After hearing this, all the Chu generals also agreed. A flurry of flattery. Jingshe felt very unhappy for a moment. But Sun Bin said that since he left Anyi, he had been marching day and night, leading his troops southward. At noon that day, Xiangling was finally there.Just when Sun Bin was thinking that he could reach the city before sunset, there were several scoundrels in front of him escorting a Chu army scribe on flying horses. "Report, military advisor. We are scouting in front and have captured a Chu man. He claims to be the messenger sent by the Chu army's great Sima Jingshe, asking to see the military advisor." "Oh," Sun Bin was stunned and thought to himself: What's wrong with Jingshe What trick? He muttered: "Bring this person here." "No." Immediately, the Chu army scribe was escorted up. "That's Sun Bin. Why did Jingshe send you here?" Sun Bin said lightly. "The little man Zheng Qiao is the counselor in the tent of General Jing, the great Sima of the Chu State. He has met Military Advisor Sun." When the scribe heard that the young man in front of him was Sun Bin, he did not dare to neglect and said hurriedly and respectfully: "My great Sima Youfeng I have ordered the villain to bring this letter to Commander Sun, and please have a look at it." He took a piece of silk from his arms and handed it over. A soldier took it and handed it to Sun Bin. Sun Bin unfolded it and couldn't help but laugh. It turned out that Jingshe praised him highly in the letter, saying that he was a famous teacher and a great person, and he invited him to compete in the city. It can be said that how could Jing She¡¯s little thoughts be hidden from Sun Bin? Putting down the silk, he pondered for a moment, and then said with a smile: "Go back to General Jing and tell him that Sun Bin will be here soon. Please wait a moment." "That little man resigned." When Zheng Qiao heard this, he was overjoyed and secretly despised it. £ºYou are a young man after all, you can¡¯t hold your breath, and you are fooled after just a few words. "Okay, I won't send it away." Sun Bin waved his hand. As soon as Zheng Qiao left, the two generals Baning and Li Yu who were accompanying the army heard the news and rushed over. "Military advisor, I heard that the bandit Jing sent someone to deliver a message. What do you mean?" Baning was impatient and asked as soon as he came up. Sun Bin smiled and recounted Jing She¡¯s letter. When Li Yu heard this, he quickly said: "Military advisor, this scenery thief clearly wants to take advantage of us that we are tired from afar and have no stable footing. We must not be fooled." "How can that be done?" Baning heard this and said, He said convincedly: "If we dare not fight, we will think that we are afraid of the Chu army, which will be very detrimental to morale. Besides, I, Wei Wuxiong, have an army all over the world, and I have never been afraid of anyone. How can I be beaten by a mere Jingshe?" "Scared!" "Brother Ba, we must not act out of emotion when marching. We are not afraid of Chu's army, but we can't do it after three or two days of rest, and then we can fight Chu." It's not too late for people to decide the outcome. " Baning was unconvinced and was about to retort, but Sun Bin smiled and waved his hand: "Okay, don't argue. It's stupid to fight even though you know you're going to lose. Don't show weakness, your morale will be weakened." At this moment, Baning and Li Yu were confused: "Commander, what should we do?" Sun Bin smiled sinisterly: "Send the order: the army will camp on the spot, isn't Jingshe willing to wait? Well, let him wait slowly. Also, General Li, prepare a thousand light cavalry under your command and prepare more fire starters. At the third watch, I will raid the Chu camp and set fire to it. " Baning, When Li Yu heard this, he couldn't help laughing: "The military advisor is wise. When Na Jingshe meets the military advisor, it's really hard for him not to die." Sun Bin smiled. Text Chapter 145: Just teasing you (Part 2) night. In the Chu army camp, Jing She was very angry. After receiving the reply from Sun Bin that he agreed to fight, Jingshe was very happy and confidently waited for Sun Bin in the wild, ready to teach this "immature" boy a lesson. However, if you wait on the left, the Wei army will not come; if you wait on the right, Sun Bin will not come. It was not until the sun went down that the Chu army came to report on their horses: the Wei army did not advance at all, but instead camped on the spot. Only then did Jing She realize that he had been tricked, so he was very angry and wished he could immediately bring his army to kill him and beat Wei Jun severely. However, after a day of hard work, the Chu army was already exhausted. Jing She wanted to retaliate but was unable to do anything. Helpless Jingshe had no choice but to order to return to camp, but the bad breath in her heart could not be released. She lay on the bed thinking about how to regain her face someday. Drowsily, the aggrieved Jing She finally fell asleep. I don't know how long it took, but Jing She was sleeping soundly when she was suddenly awakened by a commotion outside the tent. She stood up in a hurry and shouted: "Come here! What's the noise outside the tent?" A soldier ran in crawling and rolling in. : "Da Sima, something bad is going on. The Wei army is attacking the camp with light cavalry and setting fire to it." Ah! ? Jing She was stunned, and then said angrily: "This is really unreasonable. How can a battle be fought like this? It's so shameless!" You know, the ancients at this time were still very simple, and fighting was about making an appointment with both parties. Make an appointment at a location, place their cars and horses, and then start fighting back and forth. In the end, whoever has more people and who is ruthless enough will win. Therefore, Jing She cannot accept the "despicable" behavior of Sun Bin who does not follow the rules and even conducts sneak attacks in the middle of the night. "Da, Da Sima, what should we do now?" Seeing that Jingshe was still struggling with the character of the enemy general, the soldier quickly reminded him. Jingshe came back to his senses and said quickly: "Quickly, send an order to each battalion to strictly guard the stronghold and not to panic. Anyone who disrupts the morale of the army will be killed! Anyone who attacks without authorization will be killed!" "Promise." The soldiers hurriedly went to send the order. It has to be said that Jingshe still has two brushes. In the dark night, if the enemy's situation is unknown and a rash attack is made, the enemy may take advantage of it and even be defeated. Therefore, the safest way is to stabilize the position first and then wait for it. Move by chance. In addition, most ancient people suffered from night blindness due to lack of nutrition. Therefore, they generally did not dare to choose night battles. If one person failed, they would kill each other and the whole army would collapse. Of course, the exception is the light cavalry used by sentinels. Because of the special nature of their tasks, these people not only receive better treatment, but also often drink pine needle water to improve their eyesight, so they can come and go without any hindrance even in the dark. This gave Sun Bin the confidence to send Li Yu to attack the camp. Jingshe gave the order, and the Chu army's battalions had a backbone, and they gathered together one after another. The Wei army's Qing camp was driven into the camp, and the position gradually stabilized. Li Yu, who led his troops to rush left and right in the Chu camp and set fire to the camp, saw that something was not going well and feared that he would not be able to leave if he did not leave. He quickly ordered the horns to be blown and the entire army to retreat. You must know that the cavalry at this time was not equipped with stirrups or horseshoes, and did not have the ability to attack the enemy's position head-on. They could only be responsible for some auxiliary actions such as sentry, sneak attack, and pursuit to defeat the enemy. Once surrounded by heavy Chu troops, they would not want to It is difficult not to annihilate the entire army. Therefore, Li Yu wisely avoided the person. Seeing that the 'despicable' enemy had been beaten away, the Chu army was relieved, and immediately dispatched manpower to put out the fire everywhere. It has to be said that the fire setting work by Li Yu and others was very effective. There was a burst of chaos in the dark night, and at least 30% of the camps outside Chu Camp were on fire. The losses were insignificant. After a while of busy work, countless fire spots were finally put out one by one. Looking at the messy camp and the dust-covered Chu soldiers, Jingshe was really depressed and angry to the extreme. His face was ashen and he gritted his teeth and said: "My dear Sun Bin, it's really Despicable and shameless! Give the order and have a good rest. The day after tomorrow, the army will break out and fight with that Sun Bin child!" "Nuo." All the Chu soldiers also roared, with ferocious expressions and eyes spitting fire. After defeating the enemy and extinguishing the fire, the Chu army began to rest again. After all, it was still dark, so they had to sleep. Who would have thought that not long after I fell asleep, the ghostly Wei Jun Qingqi appeared again. This time, Li Yu did not dare to rush into the Chu camp. He just walked around the camp and fired rockets into the camp. So, the Chu army camp was in tragedy again, and countless fire points were ignited again. Jing She was woken up again. When he heard about the battle, he was so angry that one Buddha was born and two Buddhas ascended to heaven. Fortunately, not a drop of blood came out. He couldn't help but became furious: "Sun Bin, you are bullying others too much! Come on"?, order all the light cavalry to come out of camp and hunt down the enemy for me. Those who are beheaded at the first level will be given ten acres of land and one thousand dollars! "The Wei army was equipped with light cavalry for sentry, and of course, the Chu army also had them. So, more than a thousand Chu army light cavalry quickly gathered, opened the camp gate, and rushed towards Li Yu and others with eyes full of fire. Li Yu and others were arrogantly letting go Arrow, when he saw his Chu army colleagues rushing forward with gnashing teeth, he couldn't help laughing: "Brothers, military merit is coming to your door! Let's retreat first. " With a whistle, the Wei army's Qingqi retreated into the night like a tide. How could the Chu army's Qingqi be willing to let go? They were in hot pursuit for a while. Both sides chased me and fled, and in the blink of an eye they were out for more than ten miles. At this time, the gap between the two sides became clear. The light cavalry of the Wei army all used majestic horses from the north, which were tall and strong in sprinting. However, the light cavalry of the Chu army were much worse. Most of them used ponies from the south, which were better at carrying weight but shorter at running. Therefore, after a while of chasing, the Qingqi of the Wei army ran more and more vigorously, but the Qingqi of the Chu army gradually lost control. The two sides slowly distanced themselves. "Damn it!" When the leader of the Chu army, Zhaohou Tong, saw this, he couldn't help but be extremely angry, but his horse was not as good as it was. What can anyone do? Seeing that the Qingqi of the Wei army was about to flee, Li Yu was a whistle. At that moment, two or three hundred Qingqi of the Wei army turned around and turned to the flank of the Qingqi of the Chu army. The main force of the cavalry turned around and headed straight for the Chu army's light cavalry. When Zhaohou Tong saw it, he was shocked and angry: the enemy clearly wanted to flank him on three sides and devour him. , when the horses are outnumbered, the Chu army's Qingqi is definitely no match for the Wei army's Qingqi. At this time, the smartest way is to escape quickly. However, thinking of Jing She in anger, Zhaohou Tong couldn't help but hesitate. This would be embarrassing. Can Jing She let him go? With this hesitation, the Chu Army Qingqi lost their best chance of escape. The Wei Army came in from three sides and cut off the return path of Zhaohou Tong and others. "Kill!" " Li Yu took the lead, swung the long sword in his right hand behind him, clamped the horse's belly with both legs, and pounced fiercely on Zhaohou Tong. Since ancient times, to capture thieves, capture the king first, and to shoot people, shoot horses first. As long as Zhaohou Tong can be killed first, he will be able to do it. Destroy the enemy at the minimum cost. Zhaohou Tong didn't even think about it anymore. He roared and charged forward with his sword. Li Yu nimbly avoided Zhaohou Tong's sword. With a sharp thrust, the bronze sword in his hand was thrust upwards, bringing up a piece of armor and a stream of blood on Zhao Tonghou's right rib. Zhaohou Tong groaned and swayed on the horse's back. Behind Li Yu, another Wei cavalry came after him, swiping his long sword and passing by Zhaohou Tong's throat. "Pounce¡ª¡ª" As black blood spattered, Zhaohou Tong's big head rolled down into dust. The commander was killed by the enemy, and the Chu army's light cavalry was completely discouraged. In addition, their combat power was inferior to others, and they were surrounded by the Wei army on three sides. The final result was self-evident. At dawn, more than a thousand Chu army's light cavalry were defeated. It had basically turned into a pile of dead bodies, with only a few dozen lucky ones left to break out of the encirclement and flee in panic. When the news came back to the Chu camp, Jing She couldn't help but scream, spurting out a mouthful of hot blood, and fainted. Text Chapter 146: Just teasing you (Part 2) early morning. Sun Binshi got up quickly, washed his face and brushed his teeth under the service of his soldiers. As soon as he sat down to eat breakfast, before he had eaten a few mouthfuls, the curtain was lifted and Yang Bu came in excitedly: "Qi Zhaojun, Li General Yu is back. " "Oh, let him in quickly." Sun Bin quickly put down his chopsticks. Yang Bu quickly went to the tent door and waved out. "Military advisor." Li Yu, who was covered in blood, strode in with a joyful look on his face: "The general has done his best. Last night, he not only turned the Chu camp upside down, but also wiped out all the Chu army's rebuking Qingqi, and killed them in formation. The enemy general Zhaohou Tong's head is here!" He said, raising his right hand. ????????????????????????????????????: A bloody and grinning head dangled in his hand, which was very eye-catching. Sun Bin was speechless for a while: You show me this thing so early in the morning, how can I eat? However, he was also happy in his heart and laughed loudly: "General Li did a great job. I wonder if Na Jingshe is so depressed that he fainted now?" "I think he probably vomited three liters of blood." Yang Bu joked. "Hey, if you are so angry with the request, it will save us a lot of trouble." Li Yu also looked gloating. "Okay, General Li, you have worked hard all night, go and heal your wounds and rest quickly. This time, you will be remembered for your great contribution, and the other soldiers will also be rewarded." "Thank you, military advisor." Li Yu was overjoyed, and handed over his hand. He put his head down and went to rest. "Okay, take off the head, pickle it with lime, and send it to Anyi to report your merits." Looking at the bloody thing, Sun Bin quickly waved his hand. "No." Yang Bu quickly took down the head and arranged to go. "Hehe" Sun Bin was eating breakfast and thinking: "It turns out that I just wanted to harass Chu Ying, but I didn't expect an unexpected surprise. I actually annihilated Chu Ying's rebuking Qingqi. In this way, Chu Ying Wouldn't he be deaf and blind now? Hey, it's really a big profit." Sun Bin was in a good mood and ate all the breakfast in one go. Immediately, the Wei army broke out of camp and rushed to the foot of Xiangling in one breath. However, Sun Bin did not enter the city. Instead, he set up camp in a flat and wide area in the west of the city, forming an angle with Xiangling. On this day, Chu camp was peaceful, without any provocation or action. "It's no wonder. Last night, the Chu army was tortured by Li Yu all night long. Countless tents were burned, soldiers suffered many losses, and even Jingshe was stunned. They were too busy to save themselves. There was no time to look for bad luck on the Wei army. Of course, when the Chu army comes to their senses, revenge is inevitable. Sure enough, two days later, early in the morning, there was movement in the Chu camp. The large group of Chu troops came out of the camp in a fierce and fully armed manner and came towards the Wei camp. With such a posture, no fool would believe it if they didn't want to regain their position. Sun Bin and others got their reward and quickly climbed up the wall of the village to watch. ?????????????????????????????????????????????: Chu troops were densely arrayed in military formations in the wilderness, their number was probably less than 30,000. You must know that the total number of Chu troops is only 50,000, and deducting some logistical equipment, it is almost an overwhelming force. "Hehe" Baning gloated: "I'm afraid that old guy Jingshe is really worried about General Li. This formation is obviously here to fight for his life." "Haha" The generals burst into laughter. "Military advisor, shall we all join the battle?" Li Yu turned to ask Sun Bin. "No." Sun Bin shook his head and said with squinted eyes: "Our army has traveled a long distance and is exhausted. It must rest for several days before it can recover. Besides, the Chu army obviously came with anger and full of vigor. Now and The Chu army will suffer a huge loss in a decisive battle. "What does the military advisor mean?" Baning asked. "The mountain man has his own clever plan." Sun Bin sneered: "Since the Chu army dares to come, no one can leave. Moreover, I want to capture Na Jingshe alive." Great! When all the generals heard this, they were all excited. They wanted to annihilate all the enemy troops and capture their commander. This kind of drama is what a soldier likes. But he said Chu Jun. ??????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????????? After standing outside for a whole day, everyone in the Wei camp didn¡¯t even have the enthusiasm to send a soldier out to say hello. Jingshe was depressed and angry and wanted to attack with force, but his reason told him that this was a very bad idea. The enemy's stronghold is strong, and the defenders are the world-famous Wei soldiers, who are very powerful in both close combat and long-range shooting. There will be no second result other than a bloody blow. So, Jingshe had no choice but to grit his teeth and lead his troops back to the camp, deciding to come back the next day. Of course, he had to think of some way to inspire Sun Bin to come out of camp.Otherwise, how can you get this bad breath in your chest? ¡­ So, the next day, Jingshe came again. This time, Jingshe chose twenty scolding hands. What are scolding hands? He is a master of scolding with clear words and a loud voice. These twenty people stood up in front of the formation and scolded Wei Jun and Sun Bin until their heads were bloody and covered with chicken feathers, and they continued to talk without stopping. Everyone in the Wei army was angry. How could a majestic and hot-blooded man be looked down upon by Man Chu? ? Gan Ning immediately called for battle and said: "Military advisor, let me lead my soldiers to fight and teach such a barbaric Chu a lesson." "That's right." Li Yu also said angrily: "Such a barbarian Chu really goes too far to deceive others." At that time, in the eyes of various countries in the Central Plains, the Chu State was remote in the wilderness, with backward culture and technology. It was really a barbarian country, and they all looked down upon it. It¡¯s really frustrating to be humiliated by such an opponent. When Sun Bin heard this, he said very calmly: "Don't be excited. If you go to fight, you will be fooled by Jingshe. Don't worry, I will let you have a good fight, but it's not the time yet. Come on, prepare for the banquet. .¡± Banquet? The generals were dumbfounded when they heard this: What does this mean? Sun Bin smiled and said: "Yes, prepare a banquet and put it on the wall of the stronghold. Even if the Chu army scolds them, we just drink ours and treat it like a monkey show." The generals were speechless when they heard this: The military advisor is really Having a good temper, being scolded like this, and drinking alcohol leisurely and calmly, this courage to do something in front of others is really amazing. Since the military order has been issued, let¡¯s get ready. So, after a while, something happened that shocked the Chu army. It was almost noon, and there was a lot of work on the wall of Wei Junzhai. Several tables were placed on the wall. Immediately, several military chefs came on stage and began to cook delicacies and roast whole sheep. In an instant, the aroma was steaming and spreading everywhere. . Chu Jun smelled it and swallowed his saliva, wondering: Wei Jun, what does this mean? Why move the kitchen to the wall? Jingshe was puzzled for a moment and didn't know what it meant, but soon he understood. After a while, Sun Bin and other Wei generals went up to the wall and sat down. Immediately, wine and delicacies were served one after another, and the group started drinking amidst the waves of curses. Jing She looked at it and almost burst into anger: This, do you think you are air? Really infuriating. He was furious and said: "Quickly, scold me, scold me hard, I don't believe how long the Wei people can endure it." After receiving the military order, the scolders cheered up and tried their best to kill the ancestors of the Wei army. Yatsura and all female relatives greeted her 'kindly'. However, what made Jing She despair was that no matter how lively he scolded, Wei Jun remained unmoved. Sun Bin and others drank lively and treated him as if he was nothing. From leaving the stronghold at sunrise to the scorching sun in the sky, and then to the sun setting in the west, seeing that the Wei army still had no intention of going to war, and the Chu army was exhausted, Jingshe had no choice but to order in frustration: "The army returns to camp, let's discuss it later!" Therefore, the Chu army, whose plan failed, had no choice but to leave in despair under the sunset. Text Chapter 147: Defeat the Chu Army The next day, the Chu army returned. This time, in order to motivate Sun Bin to leave the camp, Jing She played a new trick. He asked his subordinates to collect a lot of bright women's clothes, and asked a group of scolds to pick them up and provoke them in front of the camp: "Sun Bin, Sun Bin, a cowardly boy, it is appropriate to give your daughter makeup." "Sun Bin, Sun Bin, a woman's courage. , huddled like a mouse, ridiculous. "" For a moment, swear words were flying all over the place. When Wei Jun heard it, he almost exploded with anger and hurriedly reported to Sun Bin. Sun Bin was happy when he heard this: Hey, you are so creative. This method of stimulating generals is as good as Zhuge Liang's method of stimulating Sima Yi! However, Sima Yi is too old and too cunning to be fooled, and I, Sun Bin, am not a fool either. I won¡¯t go out, what can you do to me? ? Sun Bin hadn't gotten angry yet, but the generals were angry. "Commander, Jing She bullied others too much. He is so angry that he would kill someone! I can't bear it any longer. Military counselor, let's go to battle." Baning said angrily. It is said that when the general is humiliated, all three armies are humiliated. "That's right, military advisor, let's fight. It's been two days and we've almost rested." The generals also spoke one after another. "Hehe" Sun Bin smiled and said: "You guys are too impatient. I'm not in a hurry yet. Why are you so angry!?" "But, military advisor -" Baning should not feel angry. . "Okay," Sun Bin saw that the generals were anxious, so he had to reveal his trump card and said, "You don't have to bear it much longer, it will be fine in the evening." "Evening?" The generals' eyes lit up, and they all said, "Commander, what are you talking about?" "Go out?" Sun Bin laughed and said, "As of this evening, the Chu army has been provoking in front of our camp for three days. It is said that it has been exhausted again and again. After three days of tossing, the Chu army has not only lost its strength, but also probably lost its strength." We are exhausted. This is our opportunity. We can catch the enemy by surprise and defeat them in one fell swoop!" "Great!" The generals were excited when they heard the truth. Gearing up. "In addition, I also arranged two ambushes." Sun Bin smiled very 'insidiously': "The Chu army has killed all the Qingqi, so the sentry must be inconvenient, so they can take advantage of it. Last night, I secretly ordered General Li Yu to lead a thousand Qingqi. I quietly left the camp and hid behind the enemy's camp. I waited for the battle to begin and then attacked the Chu army's camp to disrupt their morale. In addition, I also secretly ordered Xiangling to leave the city overnight and lie in wait for the battle between the two armies. Then they made a surprise attack on Jingshe's flank. If Jingshe doesn't die in three directions, he will be lucky!" When the generals heard this, they glanced around and found that Li Yu was missing. This strategist of ours is really scheming. When Jingshe meets such an opponent, he will be so unlucky for eight lifetimes that it will be difficult for him not to die! "Great!" Baning danced with excitement: "The military advisor really has a clever plan. In this way, the people of Chu will be in trouble. In the past few years, the people of Chu have taken advantage of the weakness of Wei State and repeatedly attacked us. This bad breath finally came out today. "That's right, I want Chu people to bleed hard this time, so they can remember." For a moment, the tent was filled with murderous intent. "Okay," Sun Bin waved his hand: "If the Chu army wants to scold him, just let him scold him. Everyone just needs to rest and prepare for war. When evening comes, they will move forward bravely and defeat the enemy in one fell swoop." " Promise." All the generals cheered. Sun Bin continued to be unable to come out, and the Chu army continued to suffer misfortune. On this hot day, there is no shelter in the wilderness, and all the Chu troops are wearing helmets and fully armed. You can imagine how painful it will be to persist for a day. No, the time was approaching evening, and the Chu army was exhausted and staggering around. Seeing that the Wei army still did not come out, many officers and soldiers relaxed their vigilance, took off their helmets, loosened their armor, and even worse, their butts were So he sat on the ground and rubbed his legs to rest. Military appearance and military discipline were completely gone for a while. The Chu State is located in a remote area in the south. Its culture is already backward, and its military discipline is even more lax. It is not unusual at all to have such an appearance. "General," at this time, the right Sima Qu Ao stepped forward with sweat on his cheeks and said with a bitter face: "Go back, the Wei army will definitely not be able to leave today. You see that the soldiers are very tired, so you should go back early. "Let's rest." "Okay." Although Jing She was very reluctant, he looked at the tired army behind him and nodded helplessly. He thought Sun Bin was young and easy to deal with, but he didn't expect this. Although he is young, he is not only as cunning as a fox, but he is also able to endure what ordinary people cannot tolerate. It¡¯s so difficult! After giving the order to retreat, the Chu troops breathed a sigh of relief and returned to their camps to rest happily. "Boom" At this moment, war drums suddenly beat in the Wei camp. Immediately afterwards, the camp gate that had been closed for many days suddenly opened, and a large group of Wei warriors poured out like a tide and quickly formed an array. ? ??What's going on? Everyone in the Chu army was stunned for a moment: The Wei army had been unable to retreat for three days, so why did it suddenly come out now? Before Jingshe could recover, the 20,000 Wei soldiers were already in formation as fast as lightning. They were really well-trained and in great military appearance! Immediately, the drum beat changed, and the huge army of Wei soldiers quickly moved towards the Chu army. "Ha! Ha!" The 20,000 Wei warriors speeded up and trotted while shouting loudly in unison. For a moment, the sound was really thunderous and the momentum was terrifying. Jingshe finally came to his senses and said with great joy: "Well, Sun Bin, you have finally come out, sent the order, and are ready to fight!" When Right Sima Qu Ao heard this, he almost cried: "General, look at the soldiers like this. How can we fight?" Jingshe looked back and saw that not only was the morale of the Chu army low, but they were also staggering and exhausted. Most importantly, they saw that the Wei army was so frightening that they all looked frightened and panicked. It would be strange if such an army could defeat the powerful Wei soldiers who were just waiting for work. Jing Shedun was a little panicked: This Sun Bin is so insidious! After enduring it for three days, it turned out to be waiting for me here. What should I do? Before Jing She could come up with an idea, the menacing Wei army was already approaching. After holding it back in the camp for three days, when they were released, the Wei army was as powerful as a tiger and extremely ferocious. When they saw the Chu army, everyone was so excited that their eyes were blood red and they howled. There is no other way, just accept the challenge! Jing She gritted her teeth helplessly. At this time, if they retreat, they will be attacked by the Wei army. At that time, everyone in the Chu army will be afraid of falling behind and will rush to flee. It is difficult not to think that the entire army will be annihilated. If they fight hard, they may be able to repel the Wei army. After all, the Chu army still has a numerical advantage. "Get ready for battle! If you want to live, you have to fight for me." After all, Jing She was a famous general of the Chu State. When he made up his mind, he immediately roared at the generals. The Chu army was not fools. They knew that they could only fight desperately now, so they immediately became confused and reluctantly formed their formation. And Jingshe and others also quickly retreated to the back of the formation, preparing to direct this bitter battle. "Haha" In the wilderness, the Wei army's formation was getting faster and faster, and their momentum was getting stronger and stronger. In an instant, they were approaching the Chu army by more than a hundred steps. For a time, the overwhelming and terrifying pressure made many Chu soldiers turn pale and feel anxious. Text Chapter 148: Defeat the Chu Army (Part 2) "Shoot!" With a roar, the 20,000 Wei soldiers who were advancing rapidly pointed the crossbow in their hands into the air and fired the trigger. "Whoosh" In an instant, 20,000 sharp arrows roared into the air, forming a terrifying black cloud that covered the sky and fell with a hair-numbing scream. And the target is naturally the Chu army in front. The powerful crossbow was one of the weapons of the Wei soldiers, so Sun Bin had no reason not to use it well. Looking at the cloud of locust-like arrows in the sky, all the Chu troops were frightened out of their wits. "Be careful, put up your shield quickly!" The Chu army with the shield quickly squatted down, raised the shield wall above their heads, and tried to hide their bodies behind the shield. But the Chu army without a shield was in tragedy. With their liver and gallbladder split, they wanted to flee. For a while, people were crowded and bumped into each other, and it was chaos. Between the lightning and flint, a cloud of arrows fell to the ground. "Snatch pounce" The dense arrows kissed the Chu army's huge formation in an instant. The Chu army with shields was okay, most of them were lucky enough to escape, while those without shields were lucky. The Chu army was in a terrible situation. In the blink of an eye, a large area was shot down like wheat. Seeing the huge military formation again, it seemed to have turned into an ugly rag full of holes. "Ah" Thousands of Chu soldiers who were hit by arrows let out a shrill wail, which made people feel numb and heartbroken. But Wei Wuzu was unmoved. He quickly carried the crossbow behind his back, holding a shield in one hand and a gun in the other, and launched a surprise attack on the Chu army that was in chaos. "Don't move! Hold on tight and maintain your formation. The Wei army is coming!" When Jing She saw this, he jumped up and down and shouted like crazy. The Chu people deserved their reputation as brave men. Although they suffered heavy casualties and were exhausted, they still mustered up their courage and roared towards the oncoming Wei army. "Bang¡ª¡ª" In the blink of an eye, the two armies met, as if two surging waves collided together, and countless human bodies were knocked into the air. For a moment, the sounds of weapons clashing and screams merged into a huge sound wave. echoed over the battlefield. ??The soldiers of Wei are worthy of being the strongest army in the world. Although they are slightly inferior in numbers, they killed the Chu army in the first battle and turned their backs on their horses and retreated step by step. Although Jingshe was shouting and cheering at the end of the battle, it was still difficult to reverse the decline. "What should we do?" Jingshe was so anxious that he was sweating profusely. If this continues, if it lasts for another quarter of an hour at most, the Chu army will inevitably collapse. As the saying goes, good fortune never comes in pairs and misfortune never comes alone. Before Jing She could come up with an idea, bad luck happened again. ¡°General, it¡¯s not good, our camp¡ª¡± Suddenly, a soldier beside Jing She shouted, extremely panicked. Jing She turned around quickly, only to feel that her vision went dark, and she almost fainted. I saw the camp in the distance, filled with smoke and flames. Many Wei army light cavalry were clashing and setting fire in the camp. The few remaining baggage soldiers were unable to stop them. Instead, they were killed and fled in panic. "No, the camp is on fire!" "It's over, we are going to lose." At this time, the Chu troops who were fighting hard also found that their retreat was blocked. For a moment, the already panicked military morale became even colder. . "Kill -" At this moment, another ambush force suddenly appeared on the flank of the Chu army. It was Sun Bin's Xiangling Wei army who was ambushing here. This is the last straw that breaks the Chu army! ¡°It¡¯s over, we¡¯re doomed.¡± ¡°Run quickly.¡± ¡­ Seeing that the situation was over, the Chu army, which lacked discipline, finally collapsed, and suddenly the formation scattered and fled in confusion. It¡¯s over! Seeing this scene, Jing She's face turned pale. He tremblingly picked up the long sword in his hand and placed it across his neck, ready to kill himself. He is a sinner of the Chu State. He was defeated so miserably. How could he have the dignity to see Jiangdong¡¯s father again! "General, you can't!" When the generals around him saw this, they quickly seized Jingshe's sword and urged: "Victory and defeat are common matters for military officers. If you offend the Wei people for a while, we will come back to take revenge someday. Come on, Quickly protect the general and leave." A group of people quickly protected Jingshe and left. Wherever the Wei army would give in, they would kill with loud noises and pursue them in hot pursuit. I personally like this kind of beating up a drowned dog. ¡°As long as you kill an enemy, it means military merit, fertile land, beautiful houses, and women. This makes the whole Wei army not active! ? ?¡­ After the formation, Sun Bin looked at the easily won battle and wavered with some disinterest.?Shaking his head: Using thousands of years of military experience to defeat an opponent who is not that outstanding, it is really neither difficult nor fulfilling! Night falls. Sun Bin was waiting in the camp for good news like a stream of news. From time to time, he would receive scolding reports, pursue for many miles, capture a certain enemy general, etc. The tent was filled with joy for a while. Nearly midnight, suddenly, someone outside the tent shouted: "Strategist, strategist, look, who I have caught." As soon as the words fell, Li Yu was seen entering the tent with his head held high and a smile on his face. Behind him, two Wei soldiers were holding down a middle-aged Chu general, who was only tied up like a rice dumpling and had a bruised nose and a swollen face. Sun Bin took a closer look: Good fellow, isn¡¯t it Jingshe! He couldn't help but said with great joy: "Great, General Li has done a great job this time! Where did you catch this guy?" In any case, this Jingshe is also the great Sima of Chu State, the highest commander of the army, and he can capture him alive. What an achievement! Li Yumei smiled brightly and said: "Back to the military division, after the general raided the Chu camp and set fire to it, he led a group of people to lie down on the main road to see if they could get some advantages. Unexpectedly, he happened to meet Jing She and the others. He lacked horses and couldn't run fast, so he was captured by the last general. " "Haha" Sun Bin was happy when he heard this: "You are really clever. Well, I will give you a big credit for capturing the enemy's commander!" " Li When Yu heard that he was so happy, he couldn't close his mouth. After returning home, he would definitely be very prosperous. Without further ado, he quickly said: "Thank you, military advisor." Sun Bin looked at the embarrassed Jing She, smiled and said happily: "General Jing , Did you expect that we would meet like this? Where did your prestige go a few days ago? Tsk, look at this guy." Jingshe looked at Sun Bin, eyes blazing, and said angrily: "Sun Bin, you are a soldier in vain. The descendants of the Saint are so insidious, despicable and vicious in their military use. I cannot accept the defeat!" Sun Bin couldn't laugh or cry for a moment: How justified was he in losing! ? He smiled faintly and said: "General Jing, a soldier, is a deceitful person. He doesn't even understand this simple truth. It just means that you are too stupid and deserve to lose. You are behind the times." "Asshole, I will fight with you. "Jing She was furious. He had always thought of himself as a famous general, but he had never been so despised. He was about to rush towards Sun Bin like crazy. "Bold!" Yang Bu saw that it was okay. He rushed forward and knocked Jing She down with one kick. Several soldiers also rushed forward and held Jing She down, and then he was beaten violently again. Li Yu also said angrily: "If you're not honest, give me a beating. Damn it, you still think this is your territory of the Chu Kingdom." "Okay." Seeing Jing She howling and screaming after being beaten, Sun Bin was speechless for a while: "Stop beating him, suppress him, don't abuse him, and provide him with good food and drink. When he is escorted back to Anyi, he will be handed over to the Marquis of Wei to deal with him." "No." Yang Bu and others stopped angrily. He took action and held Jing She down like a dead dog. "Well, I am very happy to have achieved a complete victory this time. Send the order, prepare to reward the three armies, and break camp and turn back today." "Promise." In an instant, the cheers in the Wei camp shook the heaven and the earth. Text Chapter 149 The Cycle of History (Part 1) The news of Sun Binxiang's great victory in the Ling Dynasty spread all over the Wei State in an instant along with the fast horses, and then spread to all directions. At first, Sun Bin's brilliance was still obscured by Pang Juan's illustrious military exploits, but this time, in just a few days, he defeated 50,000 Chu troops and captured his army's supreme commander, Sima Jingshe, alive. Sun Bin's brilliance could no longer be obscured. Live, it will be like the sun for a while. People in the world unanimously ranked Pang Juan and Sun Bin as the "Two Bijas of Wei"! ?¡­ ?It¡¯s time. Qi State, royal palace, imperial garden. Tian Yinqi was sitting by the pond, holding a fishing rod in his hand, with a leisurely look on his face and a lazy expression. "Report, Qi Gong, Prime Minister Zou Ji wants to see you." Suddenly, a close servant came to report in a hurry. "Oh, let him in." Tian Yinqi was a little surprised. It's not the time to go to court. Could something have happened? "No." The attendant hurried away. After a while, the elegant Zou Ji hurried over and bowed: "I have met Duke Qi." "I love you, no courtesy." Tian Yinqi waved his hand, turned around and said with a smile: "But what happened? Otherwise, I will be punished for disturbing my enjoyment." Zou Ji hurriedly said: "It is indeed a big deal. I just received an urgent report that Jing She was defeated." "Failed?" Stunned, he said with some surprise: "I seem to remember that the Wei army has just sent troops for more than a month. I'm afraid they have just arrived in Xiangling, right?" "Not bad." Zou Ji smiled bitterly: "In fact, the Wei army has just arrived in Xiangling, but then Jingshe didn't hold out for five days, but he was defeated and the whole army was wiped out. Even he was captured alive by Sun Bin. " "Hiss¡ª" Tian Yinqi, who had always been calm and composed, also changed a little: "Then Jingshe, too. There are several famous generals in the Chu State who have made great achievements in the south and north. How could they be so unsuccessful this time? "Zou Ji sighed: "It's not that Jing She is incompetent, but that Sun Bin is too powerful." As he said this, he told the story of the battle. A detailed watch. After hearing this, Tian Yinqi looked solemn and said: "Zou Aiqing, this Sun Bin is indeed extraordinary. He is unpredictable and difficult to defeat. Wei already has a strong foundation, and its soldiers are the strongest in the world. And then there are people like Pang Juan and Sun Bin." An excellent commander may not be a blessing to all countries. " "Yes." Zou Ji also had a big headache: "Once the Wei State recovers from the civil strife, I am afraid that no one will be able to defeat it. Wei is on the border, so it is inevitable that he will suffer this disaster." Tian Yinqi was silent for a moment, and suddenly said: "By the way, Zou Aiqing, is Sun Binyuan also from our country?" "That's right." Zou Ji nodded: "This person is a soldier. After Saint Sun Wu, he lived in Sunzhuang, Zhencheng. Speaking of which, he and Qi Gong came from the same family, but they were relatives. However, a few years ago, Sunzhuang was suddenly destroyed by thieves, and Sun Bin was nowhere to be found. , appeared in the world as Guiguzi's disciple, and was probably rescued by Guiguzi and taught him to be successful. " "Yeah." Tian Yinqi nodded, touched his chin, and said thoughtfully: "Zou Aiqing, what do you think? Since this Sun Bin has a great connection with our Qi State, can we try to get him to switch to our Qi State and be used by me? " "This -" Zou Ji pondered: "It would be extremely difficult to win over Sun Bin directly because he has deep connections in the Wei State. , Bai Gui and Pang Juan are his senior brothers, and Gongzi Ang is his father-in-law. He is also highly valued by Wei Ying. It can be said that he is in a position of strength. If there is no special reason, he will not consider switching to another country. " Tian Yinqi thought for a while. He smiled faintly and said: "There is no special reason, then can we create it? After all, Sun Bin is not from Wei. Wei Ying has always been suspicious, and I don't believe it. He is completely at ease with Sun Bin." Zou Ji's eyes lit up: "Qi Gong is very scheming, my minister I understand, and I know what to do. Please rest assured, Mr. Qi, that Pang Juan will be in the pocket of our Qi Kingdom soon." "Haha" Tian Yinqi laughed: "Then I will wait for the Prime Minister. Good news.¡± ¡°No. I¡¯m leaving.¡±¡­ Early autumn. The weather is still hot, but what is even hotter in Anyi City is a rumor. I heard that because Qi Gongtian admired Sun¡¯s reputation as military advisor, he sent an envoy from afar to send generous gifts to the Sun family as a fellow countryman. Someone saw with his own eyes that the gifts were enough to pull five or six carriages, which was very rich. Immediately afterwards, without waiting for Sun Bin to return, Wei Ying also suddenly issued an order to give Sun Bin generous gifts. The gold, silver, jewelry, brocade, etc. given to him filled more than ten carriages, which completely overwhelmed Qi Gong. For a time, there was a lot of discussion in Anyi City, and everyone laughed at Qi people for not overestimating their capabilities. But Sun Bin, who was still on the road, knew nothing about all this. ¡­ It wasn¡¯t until a few days later that Sun Bincai led his army back in triumph.When Wei Ying heard the report, she personally led all the civil and military officials of the Wei state to the city to greet him, which was a great honor. On the way into the city for the banquet, Bai Gui rode beside Sun Bin. When no one was watching, he whispered to Sun Bin: "Junior brother, do you know what happened in Anyi recently?" "What?" Sun Bin was a little surprised. , I don¡¯t know why Bai Gui is so mysterious. Bai Gui whispered: "A few days ago, Qi Guotian suddenly sent an envoy to Anyi to visit your house. He said that he admired the name of his junior brother and knew that he came from the same origin. He felt honored, so I offer you A generous gift in exchange for friendship. My brothers and sisters couldn't resist it, so they had to accept it. " "Sigh¡ª¡ª" Sun Bin knew something was wrong when he heard this. You should know that what the king is most afraid of is that his subordinates are flirting with other countries, especially Sun Bin. He is not from Wei, but from Qi. This is even more suspicious of melons and plums. He can't help but complain: "Yinyu is confused, how can I accept this gift?" Bai Gui smiled bitterly and said: "No. It's just that the younger brother and the younger brother are a daughter-in-law. How can I accept it?" You understand these twists and turns, after all, this person is sent by Qi Gong, and he is a member of your clan, so he is very flattered and can't refuse the kindness." Sun Bin frowned: "Brother, I wonder how Wei Hou will react?" Bai Gui was a little relaxed. He smiled and said: "Marquis Wei didn't seem to care. Instead, he immediately awarded a generous reward and sent it to Junior Brother's house. However, Junior Brother still needs to be careful in the future to avoid suspicion." "I know, Senior Brother." Sun Bin looked a little solemn. . Bai Gui said that Wei Ying didn't care, but Sun Bin didn't think so. If Wei Ying didn't care, then why didn't he wait for Sun Bin to return before hastily issuing a generous reward? This was simply because he was worried that Sun Bin would be attracted by Qi State, so he was anxious to show his kindness. Speaking of which, although Bai Gui is a wizard in business, governance, water conservancy, etc., he is an honest man after all and is not so sensitive to intrigues. As for Pang Juan, he was even more insensitive. Otherwise, it would not be Bai Gui who reminded Sun Bin now, but Pang Juan. It seems that I am not from Qi after all, so Wei Hou is still a little worried about me. Sun Bin sighed, but fortunately, things were not too bad. He just had nothing to do with Qi State in the future. Thinking of this, Sun Bin felt relieved and stopped thinking about it. How did he know that the old and cunning Zou Ji had already prepared many back-ups and was waiting for him as the saying goes: the tree wants to be quiet but the wind does not stop. That night, not to mention the feast, after the banquet, Wei Ying also rewarded Sun Bin with generous gifts. At the same time, he also named Sun Bin as military advisor, general Pi, and senior doctor. His fame was unlimited for a while, and he became the military commander of the Wei State second only to Pang Juan. of real power figures. For a time, everyone in the seat congratulated one after another and everyone was envious. Sun Bin knew Wei Ying's intentions and smiled bitterly in his heart. In order to win him over to serve in the Wei Kingdom, Wei Ying treated him with double courtesy. Back to the house, when he saw Yinyu, Sun Bin analyzed the matter. Yinyu also felt very regretful. How could she, a female class, think so much. Sun Bin had no choice but to comfort Yinyu and told her that if Qi State sent envoys to give gifts in the future, she would just decline and it would be fine. Yinyu felt relieved now. Text Chapter 150 The Cycle of History (Part 2) Chapter 150: Historical Cycle (Part 2) More than ten days passed by. That evening, Sun Bin returned from the army. As soon as he arrived at the door of his house, he saw several carriages parked in front of the door. There were more than a dozen swordsmen in brocade clothes standing beside the carriages. A middle-aged man in rich clothes was chatting with the housekeeper in front of the door. What are you wearing? "Uncle Fu, what's going on?" Sun Bin got out of the car and asked the steward. "Master," Butler Fu Bo hurriedly stepped forward and said, "This is Duke Qi's envoy, and he is here to bring you a gift. You have asked me not to accept any gifts from Duke Qi, so I refused, but this "My Lord, I won't leave." "Oh!" Sun Bin frowned when he heard this: What on earth does Tian Yinqi want to do? ? At this time, the middle-aged man in rich attire came forward respectfully: "I have met Military Commander Sun, this little man, Tian Lang. Military Commander Sun has great military exploits and is famous all over the world. I am truly lucky to be able to see you today." He came here as a gift. What's more, since he was from his hometown, Sun Bin didn't want to be too rude, so he had to say politely: "Mr. Tian, ??thank you very much. Sun is very grateful to Qi Gong for his love. But after all, we belong to two countries now. To avoid the suspicion of melon fields and plums, this gift is I still ask your envoy to bring it back, but Sun will accept it. " "This - okay." When Tian Lang saw it, Sun Bin refused, so he had to give up. After all, you can't force others to accept gifts. , and, after all, gift-giving is just superficial, as long as the following things are done well, the purpose will be achieved. "By the way, just before the break, Qi Gong also asked a villain to bring a letter to Military Advisor Sun. Military Advisor Sun may not accept this gift, but you can't refuse this letter." Tian Lang said respectfully and took out a gift from his arms. Tip bag. Sun Bin thought for a while, Tian Yinqi is the king of a country after all. In terms of genealogy and distant relatives, it is not easy to be too disrespectful. What's more, no matter how he solicits in the letter, he only needs to stand firm and remain unmoved. He nodded and smiled and said: "Well, Sun will accept this letter. It's hard work and you will travel thousands of miles. Uncle Fu, go to the mansion and take 10,000 yuan and give it to the envoy. You can be a little bit of Cheng Yi." He reached out and took the brocade bag. . "Yes, sir." Uncle Fu agreed, and was about to ask someone to pick it up when Tian Lang said quickly: "Master Sun, you are so polite. How can this be done? The villain has enough money to deal with, and there is really no need for such kindness. Then I took my leave." Seeing Tian Lang's refusal, Sun Bin was no longer polite and nodded: "Good riddance, my dear." After seeing Tian Lang off, Sun Bin smiled bitterly: It seems that this is the case. Tian Yinqi is really perseverant. It's no wonder that this person has always been ambitious and wants to become the overlord of the world like Qi Henggong, but now Qi State doesn't even have a capable general, so how can he be willing to do so. However, I had a good stay in Wei State, and I didn¡¯t want to change jobs casually. Shaking his head, Sun Bin walked into the mansion. Yinyu Then, the couple happily had dinner. Now, Yinyu is pregnant with Liujia and has a big belly. It is the time when she needs someone's care. Therefore, no matter how late Sun Bin is busy in the army, he will come back to accompany his wife. After dinner, Sun Bin came to the study and asked the servant to serve him a cup of fragrant tea. Then he opened his brocade bag and prepared to read the letter from Tian Yinqi. In the brocade bag, there was a silk letter. Sun Bin opened it and looked at it, and he couldn't help but feel a little dazed. The letter on the snow-white silk is indeed true, and the content is also Tian Yinqi's admiration for Sun Bin, and his pride as a member of the same clan, etc. However, the problem is that there are many alterations in the letter, and the content is intermittent and very fragmented. It¡¯s puzzling. Sun Bin was a little surprised: Could it be that Tian Qiqi was careless and sent the draft of the letter? This is really careless. He shook his head with a smile and prepared to put the letter down and put it away. At this moment, Yang stepped into the inner chamber and reported: "Military advisor, the chamberlain He Wujing came to visit. I wonder if you will see me or not?" "Please come quickly." Sun Bin said hurriedly. This He Wujing is a person close to the Marquis of Wei and is highly favored. Since ancient times, even if the person close to the leader is not high in official position, no one dares to neglect him. Otherwise, they can always do something for you in front of the leader. Shoes to wear. Sun Bin is such a smart person. In addition, he has been much smoother in his two lives, so he will naturally not make such a small mistake. Soon, He Wujing entered, and Sun Bin hurriedly stepped forward and said politely: "I don't know what fragrant wind brought Mr. He to my house. I'm sorry if I missed you from afar!" He Wujing is an elegant scholar. Hearing this, he said with a smile: "Master Sun, you are very polite. Our families are not far away. I have nothing to do. I would like to come to ask for a cup of tea. Isn't it unwelcome?" Sun Bin smiled: "Master He, what are you talking about?" "Come here, please take a seat." The two of them sat down. He Wujing said that he had nothing to do and came to ask for a cup of tea. Of course, Sun Bin would not take it seriously. However, this person's arrival?Why exactly? While he was guessing, He Wujing smiled and said: "Just now, I bid farewell to the Marquis of Wei from the palace. When I walked nearby, I heard someone talking, saying that Qi Gong sent many generous gifts to Military Advisor Sun. It is really enviable. ." Oh, I see. Sun Bin suddenly realized that he was here to inquire about the news from the Marquis of Wei, and he quickly said: "Master He heard it wrong. Sun has already returned the gift. After all, they belong to two countries, and they should be polite to avoid suspicion." He Wujing heard this. , very satisfied, and said with a smile: "Commander Sun is really a cautious person. By the way, I heard that Qi Gong also sent a letter. I guess it must be full of admiration for Military Master Sun, right?" When Sun Bin heard this, he felt in his heart Wry smile: It seems that, after all, I am from Qi, and the Marquis of Wei is still not worried about me. He was magnanimous in his heart and had nothing to show to others, so he smiled and said: "Master He guessed it right, the letter is here. If Master He has any indication, you can take a look." "Oh, is it convenient?" He Wujing was still pretending. dodge. "Of course it's convenient." Sun Bin stood up, took the silk book from the case, and handed it to He Wujing. He Wujing opened it and looked a little surprised: "Commander Sun, why is this letter so full of alterations and alterations?" Sun Bin also didn't understand: "I'm also wondering, maybe I accidentally read the draft by mistake. "Send it over." "Really?" He Wujing looked suspicious: How could a majestic king make such a small mistake? What's more, Linzi is thousands of miles away, so it is convenient to recover the wrong letter. Many important parts of this letter have been obliterated. Could it be that there is something hidden? As soon as he saw He Wujing's face, Sun Bin knew that he had been misunderstood again. However, this letter was just like this, and it was useless for you to explain it. He couldn't help crying in his heart: It seems that he can't have anything to do with Qi Ren in the future. It's a matter of concern, otherwise there will be endless troubles. After chatting for a few more words, He Wujing said goodbye and left. However, instead of returning home, he went into the palace late at night, asked to see the Marquis of Wei, and told the story in detail. When Wei Ying heard this, her brows furrowed: "Sir, do you think what Sun Bin said is true or false?" He Wujing stroked his beard and muttered: "As the king of a country, how could Tian Yinqi send the draft by mistake? What's wrong? According to what I saw, there must be some private things in the letter. After reading it, Military Advisor Sun erased it. " "Private things?" Wei Ying was confused: "Mr. Do you want to rebel against Wei and join Qi? "The matter is so important that He Wujing did not dare to make a judgment, and said in a deep voice: "This, I don't dare to judge in vain. It doesn't matter which country has the qualifications of a famous general like Sun Junshi. Either way, it is possible to achieve the goal of becoming a king. Tian Yinqi is an ambitious person, so it is inevitable that he will not use high-ranking officials and generous salaries to recruit him. However, there is insufficient evidence to say what Military Master Sun's intentions are. " Wei Ying pondered. He said: "After all, Sun Bin is from Qi and is a distant relative of the Duke of Qi, so we have to prevent him from changing his family. Sir, you can secretly arrange personnel and keep strict surveillance. But you must not be noticed by him. After all, this person has made great contributions to our Wei State, and he has There is no evidence, so we can¡¯t chill the hero¡¯s heart. And¡ª¡ª¡± Wei Ying didn¡¯t say much, but He Wujing also understood that Sun Bin was not alone in Wei State. Prime Minister Bai Gui and General Sun Bin were his senior brothers, and their friendship was irreversible. , the king's younger brother Gongzi Ang is his father-in-law, it can be said that a single move can affect the whole body! He Wujing nodded solemnly: "Please rest assured, Marquis Wei." "Then go down." Wei Ying waved her hand. "No." He Wujing stepped back. Sun Bin, what are your intentions? Wei Ying walked to the window and looked up at the star rain, feeling a little worried. Text Chapter 151 The Cycle of History (Part 2) Summer passes and autumn comes. At this time, everything was ready for Daliang to be the new capital, so the entire central government of Wei State was busy preparing to move. It was very busy up and down. Sun Bin is naturally no exception. Not only did Wei have to worry about the redeployment of its military forces, but the relocation of a large family was also very troublesome. While being busy, Sun Bin couldn't help but forget the trouble Qi State had brought to him. However, he did not expect that the trouble was not over, but a more terrifying storm was brewing. ?¡­ ?This day, late at night. A heroic school captain, leading a dozen elite soldiers, was patrolling the streets of Anyi carefully. Although the capital is about to be moved, as long as the capital is not moved, they must stick to their posts without slacking off. In ancient times, a curfew was imposed after nightfall in the city. Therefore, the streets were deserted and deserted, with not a single soul in sight. It was completely different from the bustling Anyi during the day. At this time, a dark shadow suddenly flashed in front of him. The captain was immediately alert and shouted: "Who is it?" The shadow seemed startled and hurriedly ran into an alley. He must be a bad person if he is so sneaky! The school captain immediately drew his sword and said sternly: "Quick, chase me and catch the ones alive." He ran first. "Promise." More than a dozen warriors responded, and they pursued him aggressively, wielding shields and wielding weapons. Seeing Wei Jun chasing after him, the shadow seemed to be even more panicked. He ran away with all his strength and ran quite fast. However, the captain also had a fierce spirit and would not give up until he caught someone. He kept chasing the target and did not lose it. . Suddenly, the black shadow seemed to be in a panic and plunged into a narrow alley. The school captain was familiar with the road, and he burst into laughter when he saw it: "What a good thief, there is no way to escape now, it is a dead end alley! Brothers, seal the entrance of the alley, and let's catch the ones alive." "Here." All the soldiers The soldier responded, and immediately left four people to seal the entrance of the alley, while the rest followed the captain and chased in. When I chased after him, I saw, sure enough, there was a dead end ahead. The black figure was scratching its head and scratching its head anxiously under the high wall, jumping up and down, but it just couldn't climb up. "Run, why don't you run?" The prey couldn't escape, so the captain was no longer anxious. He sneered and teased while sizing up the target. I saw the person in front of me, wearing purple clothes, more than thirty years old, thin and lean, wearing a short sword on his waist. At this time, because there was no way forward or backward, he had a panic look on his face. "Get it for me." The captain ordered sternly. When the soldiers heard the order, they rushed forward to arrest the person. When the man in purple saw it, he hurriedly said: "Wait a minute, I am from the residence of Military Master Sun. Don't misunderstand me." The soldiers were stunned for a moment and then Some hesitation. You should know that although there is a curfew, it is only for ordinary people, not the wealthy and powerful. What's more, Sun Bin is also a famous military general, so he is one of his own. "You are from the residence of Military Advisor Sun?" The captain was not easy to fool, and sneered: "Who are you kidding? If you are really from the residence of Military Advisor Sun, you must have a pass when you go out late at night. Then why did you go to the warehouse when you heard me shouting? Are you running away in panic? I see that you are obviously a thief, and there must be something fishy. Come and capture him, and search him carefully." "No," the soldiers immediately rushed forward and knocked the man in purple down with his sword. , pushed to the ground and searched. "My lord, I didn't find the access token on Military Advisor Sun's residence." Soon, the search was over. As expected, the other party was indeed a fake. The captain couldn't help but look complacent: "Boy, if you want to lie to me, you are a little naive. By the way, did you find anything suspicious?" "No." The soldier replied: "There is only a bag of copper coins and a few gold coins." "Gold coins? Bring it to me." The captain took the gold coins and looked at them carefully. He saw that the gold coins were heavy, beautifully cast, and valuable. More importantly, this The gold coins were not made by Wei, but by Qi. Qi¡¯s gold coins? Could it be that this person is from Qi? Is there something ulterior motives behind being around late at night? The captain became more and more suspicious. He looked at the target in front of him and suddenly sneered: "Take off his boots and give them to me." "No." A soldier stepped forward and took off the two boots of the man in purple. Hand it to the captain. The boots were made of deerskin and were very fine. However, the soles were a little too thick. The captain flicked the soles of the two shoes with his fingers and found an abnormality in the left shoe. The captain was overjoyed and hurriedly cut open the sole of the shoe with his sword. Sure enough, there was a silk book wrapped in oil leather sealed inside. At first sight, the book was revealed, and the Ziyi man who was pressed by the dead immediately looked at the dead ash.   The captain couldn't help but raise the silk book in his hand proudly: "What a fool, you still lied and said, what is this?" The man in purple glared at the captain fiercely, but just clenched his teeth and said not a word. "Don't tell me? I don't know how to read it myself." The captain sneered, and immediately opened the oil paper and unfolded the silk book. After taking a look, his face changed drastically and his hands trembled: This, how is this possible! ? All the soldiers were stunned: "Sir, what's wrong?" The captain calmed down, quickly put away the silk book, and said with a solemn expression: "Don't ask any more questions, this person is very important, tie him up for me, and quickly escort him to the Ministry of Punishment. "Prison." "Promise." When the soldiers heard this, they couldn't help but be shocked. They knew that something was unusual, and they immediately stood up as if they were facing a powerful enemy. They tied up the man in purple and took him into custody immediately. Go to the prison of the Ministry of Punishment. Just as he was about to set off, the originally honest man in purple suddenly roared violently, broke away from the two escorting soldiers, and slammed into the wall next to him. "No, stop him quickly!" The captain was anxious. The soldiers tried to stop them, but they were unable to do so. With a bang, the man in purple hit the wall with his head. His brains burst open and blood flowed out. He twitched a few times on the ground and died. . The captain was dumbfounded. After a long time, he stamped his feet angrily: "You idiot, I didn't expect you to be a dead soldier. You were so careless." "Sir, this, this person is already dead, what should I do?" The soldier smiled bitterly. The captain looked helpless: "Even if you die, you have to be sent to the Ministry of Punishment. No matter whether you are dead or alive, it is still evidence. Let's go." "No." Immediately, the soldiers picked up the dead body and went straight to the Ministry of Punishment. When he arrived at the Ministry of Punishment, the captain asked him to put down the dead body, and at the same time urgently asked to see Wei Sheng, the chief minister of Wei State. Wei Sheng is the clan member of the Wei State. He is in charge of torture throughout the country and is also an important minister. Naturally, he has already fallen asleep at this time. When he was woken up by the yamen servant, Wei Sheng had a look of displeasure on his face, but when he saw the silk letter presented by the captain, he broke into a cold sweat and immediately sobered up. Wei Shengping stepped back and asked the captain in a low voice: "Besides you and me, who else knows about this matter?" "Sir, I know the stakes are very important, so how dare you make it public? Not even the escorting soldiers know about it?" Know the details." The captain said quickly. "Very good." Wei Sheng nodded with satisfaction: "This matter is of great importance. Come with me to the palace as soon as possible and meet the Marquis of Wei overnight." "No." The captain accepted the order, but hesitated: "By the way, sir. "Should we inform General Pang Pang about this matter?" Wei Sheng thought for a moment, nodded and said, "This matter is directly related to the military, so we really have to let General Pang Pang know about it. Let's go into the palace first, and I'll do it at the same time. Send someone to ask General Pang to meet you in the palace. " "Very good." The captain nodded. Late at night. Wei Ying was sleeping soundly when she was suddenly woken up by an eunuch: "Marquis Wei, Marquis Wei, wake up quickly. Master He Wujing and Master Wei Sheng are urgently asking to see you." Wei Ying was startled and hurriedly got up. She came to see you so late at night. Maybe something big happened, so he hurriedly asked: "Do you know what it is?" "I don't know," the eunuch said hurriedly. "Then change clothes with me quickly." Wei Ying did not dare to neglect, quickly put on her clothes and hurried to the outer room. "Marquis Wei." As soon as they saw Wei Ying coming out, He Wujing and Wei Sheng hurriedly paid their respects. "What happened to the two beloved ladies that they came late at night to see me?" Wei Ying asked quickly before she could sit still. "Marquis Wei, please read this book." He Wujing presented the silk book. Wei Ying opened it suspiciously and saw that this letter was actually written by Sun Bin to King Qi Tian Yinqi. It meant: Thank you very much King Qi for admiring him and promising him the position of general and a hundred miles of land. He is willing to Serving the Qi State, after all, the Sun family and the Tian family come from the same origin and are connected by blood. However, surrendering to Qi was a matter of great importance and he could not do it in a hurry. He planned to go straight to Qi with Qingqi Jiancong in the name of inspecting military affairs in the local area some other day. As for family members, what trouble does a man have without a wife? ? Text Chapter 152 Sun Bin defected to Qin (Part 1) Sun Bin wants to rebel against Wei and join Qi! ? Wei Ying was like a thunderbolt, and looked at He Wujing and Wei Sheng in shock: "Where did this letter come from?" "Back to the Marquis of Wei, this is what the patrol sergeant got from a suspicious man in purple. Found it." Wei Sheng said hurriedly. "Call all the relevant people quickly, I want to inquire in person." The matter was of great importance, and to avoid misunderstanding, Wei Ying did not dare to be careless. "This -" Wei Sheng said with some hesitation: "For the information to Marquis Wei, the man in purple has already hit the wall and died when he saw what happened. Now only the captain in charge is waiting outside." "Dead?" Wei Ying looked a little confused. Gloomy: It seems that Qi Ren's group is a dead soldier. What's the matter? I want to make him die without any evidence! ? He gritted his teeth and said, "Then send the captain to see him." "No." He Wujing hurried to the door and brought in an imposing and nervous captain. "What's Aiqing's name?" Wei Ying softened her expression to avoid making the captain too nervous. "To the Marquis of Wei, the general's name is Ran Ke." The captain looked excited and flattered. It was truly a blessing to be personally received by the king of a country. "Very good." Wei Ying said slowly: "The matters involved today are of great importance. I hope you will report truthfully. Do you understand?" "Please rest assured, Marquis Wei, the general will never dare to hide anything." Ran Ke said quickly. "Very good, then tell me what happened in detail." Wei Ying nodded. "Promise." So, Ran Ke recounted what happened from beginning to end in detail. Wei Yin was silent for a moment, and when he was about to speak, he heard someone reporting outside the door: "Reporting to the Marquis of Wei, General Pang Juan is asking for an audience." "Please come quickly," Wei Ying said quickly. "I've met the Marquis of Wei." Pang Juan hurried in, met Wei Ying first, and then looked at Wei Sheng anxiously: "Master Wei, in the middle of the night, you sent someone to tell him that something big happened, and asked Pang to come to the palace overnight. What happened?" Wei Sheng was about to speak, but Wei Ying said, "Pang Aiqing, please sit down first. Ran Aiqing, tell Pang Aiqing what happened in detail." "No," Ran Ke said. Tell what happened again. When Pang Juan heard this, he was shocked: "H-how is this possible? Junior Brother Sun is definitely not that duplicitous person. There must be some misunderstanding." "General Pang Pang," Wei Sheng said with a bitter smile: "We don't want to believe this either, but The evidence is conclusive, the letter is indeed the handwriting of Military Master Sun." Wei Ying handed the letter to Pang Juan without saying anything. Pang Juan quickly took the letter and browsed it hastily. His face suddenly became very ugly: "This, this is indeed Junior Brother Sun's handwriting, but, but, I still can't believe it." "I think it is not difficult to understand. "He Wujing said with a gloomy face: "Commander Sun has always been conceited, but in the Wei State, as long as General Pang Da is around, it is difficult for him to replace him. He is from Qi, and he is distantly related to the Qi clan, so it is only natural to be moved by him. " "Yes." Wei Sheng nodded and said, "After all, Military Master Sun is not from Wei, so he is very loyal to our country. It's doubtful." Hearing what He Wujing and Wei Sheng said, Wei Ying, who was already somewhat suspicious, couldn't help but become suspicious of Sun Bin. However, Sun Bin is a rare genius in the world after all. Wei Ying did not want to give up so easily. He looked at Pang Juan and said in a deep voice: "Pang Aiqing, think about it carefully, has Sun Bin been unusual recently? Is it credible that Sun Bin rebelled against Wei?" " Pang Juan was silent for a moment. To be honest, based on his understanding of Sun Bin for so many years, he knew that Sun Bin was a man of his word and that he would never commit such a despised betrayal. Undoubtedly, the whole thing was a conspiracy by the Qi people, who must have wanted to use the help of Wei to get rid of Sun Bin and break his own arm. Pang Juan should try his best to explain for Sun Bin both in terms of emotion and reason. But when the words came to his lips, Pang Juan hesitated because he had some selfish motives that he didn't want others to notice. First of all, judging from the current situation, Wei Ying and others have already become suspicious of Sun Bin. If I try hard to defend him, I am not sure whether I can convince Wei Ying and others. I may also get burned and make Wei Ying and others doubt me. Secondly, Pang Juan has been with Sun Bin for many years, and he is very clear about Sun Bin's abilities. He may be slightly inferior to him in tactics, but he is definitely far stronger than him in strategy, and the importance of strategy is definitely stronger than tactics. Moreover, Sun Bin's communication skills and affinity are far stronger than those of the taciturn Pang Juan. In recent days, Wei Ying's love for Sun Bin has skyrocketed, and has become a faint threat to Pang Juan's status. In this way, if two people work together in Wei State, over time,The bright light must be overshadowed by Sun Bin. In fact, Sun Bin has only been here for a year, and his brilliance is already comparable to that of Pang Juan. The two are known as the "double gems" in the Wei military circle! This point was intolerable to Pang Juan, who was extremely utilitarian and competitive, and made him feel extremely threatened and uneasy. When he was studying art in the past, Pang Juan had not yet experienced the pleasure of power, and he still dreamed of the wonderful prospect of brothers serving in the same country and supporting each other. However, in reality, Pang Juan could not accept the failure of being surpassed and stealing the limelight. , even if the other party is his junior brother. Before, Pang Juan still considered the friendship between his brothers and held back, but now, either due to opportunities or forced by the situation, his mentality could not help but slowly slide into the dark abyss: there is no need to add insult to injury, just give him a gentle push , then, no one in the Wei military circle can compete with him. Thinking of this, Pang Juan couldn't help but said with a sad face: "Now that I think about it, Junior Brother Sun is indeed a little unusual recently. He often talks to me about the past in Qi when he was a boy. I didn't pay much attention to it before, but now it seems that it may be true. The desire to return to the country.¡± Hearing what Pang Juan said, Wei Ying no longer had any luck. Even Sun Bin¡¯s senior brother stopped speaking for him. Will there still be misunderstandings about Sun Bin¡¯s rebellion against Wei and Qi? Thinking of this, Wei Ying's face couldn't help but turn cold. At this time, Pang Juan suddenly left his seat, prostrated himself on the ground, and said with a sad look on his face: "Marquis of Wei, even if Junior Brother Sun has his faults, after all, he has made contributions to the state of Wei, and he is a brother-in-law with his ministers. I hope that the Marquis of Wei can be accommodating. Don't In the end, Pang Juan still felt guilty after thinking about the friendship between his brothers for many years. He thought that to save Sun Bin's life, he only needed to eliminate Sun Bin's threat to him. "This -" Wei Ying couldn't help but hesitate after hearing this. With his character, he could not be used by Wei. To avoid future troubles, it was inevitable to kill Sun Bin. Seeing this, Wei Sheng thought for a while and advised: "Marquis Wei, in my opinion, it is better to imprison me, otherwise, it may be difficult for Prime Minister Bai and Young Master Ang to deal with them." When Wei Ying heard this, she couldn't help but be greatly surprised. Headache, Sun Bin's identity is indeed very special. Among the three important ministers of the Wei State, Bai Gui and Pang Juan are his senior brothers, and Young Master Ang is his father-in-law. The emotions of these three people must be considered. "Okay." Wei Ying had no choice but to nod: "Let's imprison him for a long time first. If he can change his mind later, we will talk about it." "Thank you, Marquis Wei." Pang Juan couldn't help but breathed a sigh of relief, and the guilt in his heart was finally relieved. "Marquis Wei," He Wujing said immediately: "Since we have made a decision, it is better to make a decision quickly and arrest Sun Bin without further delay." "Okay." Wei Ying thought for a while and said, "To avoid it. If the news is leaked, it is better not to mobilize the army. Wei Sheng, I will let you lead the troops of Sikou Yamen to capture Sun Bin. What do you think?" "Okay" Wei Sheng nodded: "I have five hundred soldiers and ten thousand cities. It's enough to guard Sun Bin's house with hundreds of soldiers." "Then you can do it right away," Wei Ying said. "Promise. I will mobilize the troops right away." Wei Sheng immediately stood up without hesitation and returned to the Yamen to mobilize the troops. "My dear friends, please stay here with me and wait for the news." Wei Ying looked at Pang Juan. "No." Pang Juan nodded. He knew that Wei Ying was afraid that he would become soft-hearted and go out to report the news to Sun Bin. To be honest, if Pang Juan calmed down, he really didn't know if he would regret doing this, or if he would be soft-hearted and send a message to Sun Bin to let him escape from Wei. But now that he couldn't escape, Pang Juan put down the struggle in his heart and waited silently. Text Chapter 153 Sun Bin defected to Qin (Part 2) Sikou Mansion. Late at night, on the roof of a house dozens of meters away, there were four swordsmen in black crouching quietly, looking at the Sikou Mansion. Suddenly, the silent Sikou Mansion quickly became lively. Groups of fully armed soldiers and government officials quickly gathered from inside and outside the mansion to the square in front of the mansion. It looks like something big is going to be done. "Leader," a thin man in black whispered to the west and left: "It seems that the Wei people are about to take action. What should we do?" The one called the leader is a capable man in his thirties. The cold and stern man smiled slightly when he heard this: "Of course I went to inform Sun Bin. Now, he has no other choice but to return to Qi with us." "Hey, Zou Xiang is really smart, a simple divorce It's a pity that Bing Qi died heroically for the sake of the plan. "Bing Qi died a worthy death for the sake of Qi State. After I return, I will ask Prime Minister Zou to show mercy to Bing Qi's family." "Brothers, thank the leader on behalf of Bingqi." The men in black were very happy. "Well, then let's go to Sun Bin's house immediately. Also, Ding Si, hurry up and notify Group A. We must delay the Wei army as much as possible on the way to buy time for us to take Sun Bin out of Anyi." "No." At that moment, the four men in black quickly got off the roof, jumped downstairs, and left in two ways. Late at night, Sun Mansion. Sun Bin, who didn't know the danger was approaching, was sleeping soundly. Suddenly, Yang Bu knocked on the door hurriedly: "Military advisor, military advisor, wake up quickly." Sun Bin suddenly woke up and hurriedly put on his clothes and opened the door: "What's going on in the middle of the night?" Yang Bu He said anxiously: "Commander, several people came outside the door. The leader called himself the envoy of Qi. He said that he had something urgent to do and asked to see the military advisor." "A urgent matter?" Sun Bin hesitated and said, "Do you know what it is?" To be honest, for the sake of To avoid suspicion, Sun Bin did not want to see Qi Ren, so as not to cause gossip again. "I don't know, I don't know," Yang Bu shook his head and said, "I just said that his life and that of the military advisor are at stake, so I don't dare to neglect him and come here to ask for instructions." "Is it related to my life?" Sun Bin pondered for a moment, and was a little unsure. What was it? After thinking about it, he said, "Okay, just bring him in and I'll ask." "No." Yang Bu hurried away after hearing this. "Husband," at this time, Yinyu also stood up in his clothes and stepped forward to ask worriedly: "What, is something wrong?" "Don't worry, it should be nothing serious." Sun Bin didn't want Yinyu to worry, so he quickly comforted him and said: " You rest first, I'll go to the study and wait." "Okay." Yinyu had to put aside her worries for the time being and go back to bed. After a while, Yang Bu led a fierce and cold swordsman in black into the study. When this man saw Sun Bin, he cupped his hands and said, "The villain Tian Wuya has seen Military Master Sun." Sun Bin looked at him. The man frowned and said, "Your envoy came to visit late at night. What's the important matter? You know, Sun is now a minister of Wei, so it's very inconvenient." "I heard that Military Master Sun is in imminent disaster, so I came here to tell you." Tian Wu Ya looked solemn. "Oh, I'd like to hear the details." Sun Bin was not a bluffer. He didn't believe that something bad would happen if he did well. "The villain just found out that Pang Juan, He Wujing, Wei Sheng and others made slanderous rumors in front of Wei Ying, saying that Military Advisor Sun intended to rebel against Wei and surrender to Qi, and fabricated some evidence. Wei Ying believed it to be true and was very angry. She sent Wei Sheng Mobilize troops and come to capture Military Advisor Sun. Isn't this a big disaster?" Sun Bin was shocked. His first reaction was that it was impossible. After all, he had no grievances with He Wujing, Wei Sheng and others, so there was no need for them. He was harming himself, not to mention involving Pang Juan. He and Pang Juan were brothers in life and death. "Haha," Sun Bin laughed: "How is this possible? Did your envoy make a mistake?" Tian Wuya smiled faintly: "Whether it was a mistake, Military Advisor Sun will send someone to find out. Now, we are here to arrest you. I'm afraid the troops are already on the way." Sun Bin frowned, called Yang Bu, and said in a low voice: "Send someone to check immediately, and the whole government is on alert, and wake up Madam." "Nuo. Dazed, he hurried to the door and ordered a few soldiers. After a few people ran quickly, he returned to the room, pressed his hand on the hilt of his sword, and watched Tian Wuya eagerly. Tian Wuya didn't mind, he just said calmly: "The villain has sent some men to intercept the Wei soldiers on the way, but it won't take long. Military Advisor Sun needs to make plans early." Sun Bin still didn't believe it and looked at Tian Boundless and without words. Tian Wuya is not in a hurry. He knows that certain news will come soon, and Sun Bin will have to believe it even if he doesn't believe it. ? ?Next, the study fell into an unspeakable silence. After a while, the soldiers sent out hurriedly came to report: "Military advisor, something bad happened. The Sikou Mansion indeed sent thousands of armored soldiers and officials to our house. There were many swordsmen in black holding light crossbows on the road. , were harassing. The villains took advantage of the chaos and secretly arrested a government officer for interrogation. They said that they had indeed come to arrest the military advisor under the orders of Wei Hou and Lord Wei Sheng, and the crime was that they rebelled against Wei and surrendered to Qi. If you dare to neglect, please report quickly." Sun Bin was shocked when he heard this: This, this, how could this happen? What went wrong! ? For a time, even though Sun Bin was resourceful, he couldn't help but feel a little confused. "Military Sun," Tian Wuya took the opportunity to say, "The treacherous ministers of the Wei State are in power, and even a loyal minister like you is suspected, which is really despicable. Now that the Wei State does not need you, it is better to follow the villain to the Qi State. I, the Duke of Qi, are wise. Shenwu, and he is eager for the talents of Military Master Sun. If the monarch and his ministers can work together, they will be able to create a great cause and leave a lasting legacy. I wonder what Military Master Sun wants? As a person from Wei, he naturally knew how important Sun Bin was to Wei. What's more, he was always by Sun Bin's side, so he naturally knew that Sun Bin was unjustly accused. Immediately he said urgently: "Commander, you must not leave. Once you leave, it will be really unclear. I believe there must be some misunderstanding. As long as you stay and make it clear to the Marquis of Wei, it will be cleared up." "Hmph!" Tian Wuya sneered upon hearing this: "Wei Ying has lost trust in Commander Sun. Do you think he will listen to your excuses? What's more, Pang Juan, Wei Sheng, and He Wujing?" Since you are thinking of framing Military Advisor Sun, you must be fully prepared. If you run away now, you can still save your life. If you stay, you may die without seeing Wei Ying. " "You¡ª¡ª" Yang Bu was furious and wished he could. Tian Wuya was cut with a sword, and he said to Sun Bin hastily: "Commander, you must not believe him. If you make a wrong step now, you will be doomed." Sun Bin pondered, why did things suddenly deteriorate like this? What happened in it? What kind of changes would happen, he had to think clearly about it. Yang Bu said it well. If he makes one wrong move now, he will be doomed. Therefore, he cannot mess up. Sun Bin carefully combed through the little information available, trying to find out what went wrong. Wei Sheng and He Wujing, why did they frame themselves? Is it deliberately for the enemy, or do you get the 'evidence'? ¡°Senior Brother Pang Juan, why on earth don¡¯t you defend yourself? Is it impossible to tell the difference, or is there another reason? Logically speaking, if he rebels against Wei, the arrest operation must be very top-secret and rapid. How could the Qi people get the news so quickly? Moreover, even the manpower to intercept the pursuers is ready. It seems that they have been prepared for a long time? ?¡­Suddenly, Sun Bin¡¯s mind flashed through a series of Qi State¡¯s attempts to win over him, and he couldn¡¯t help but wonder: Could it be that Qi State was behind all of this? The purpose is to force yourself to leave Wei State? Thinking of this, Sun Bin couldn't help but look "wandering" and looked up at Tian Wuya: "If Wei Sheng wants to arrest me, he must have sealed off all the gates in Anyi. Even if Sun wants to defect to Qi, I'm afraid he has no power or intention now." Tian Wuya Upon hearing this, Sun Bin was overjoyed and didn't know Sun Bin's intention, so he immediately said: "Don't worry, Master Sun. Our Qi State has built a secret road in Anyi. It may not be possible for a large army to pass through, but there is no problem in sending a few people away quietly." It turned out to be Qi people. Get the ghost! Sun Bin sneered in his heart, having roughly guessed the cause and effect. However, even if Qi's tricks could deceive Wei Ying, Wei Sheng, and He Wujing, they would never be able to deceive Pang Juan. ¡°After all, Pang Juan had been his classmate for many years, so he would not have known Sun Bin¡¯s personality. So, why didn¡¯t Pang Juan defend him, but instead sat back and watched Wei Ying order his arrest? It seems that Senior Brother Pang is still suspicious of himself just like in history! Sun Bin closed his eyes in pain. Other than that, he could not explain Pang Juan's motives. In order to change history, Sun Bin made a lot of efforts, but now it seems that the huge inertia of history has made his efforts in vain. His Sun Bin and Pang Juan are destined to be lifelong enemies!